Ae RAN ILENG Ae vid sheae Loh Peas baht vagy Wiral! ky : | Bah Whos ay | a ‘ wh Pa otis | hy 2 ht i HON Se WP % wig Ray pats f i Ape y aps) ee Sus in ee ees ta at Bra ae Fa Bye ay : bay vy ‘a ar i < a Wi ean rie i Pw A: “a iy AA iD 4 } ‘ AT ABA BAsSt KENT SCIENTIFIC AND NATURAL jiloTORY SoOCGiE TY. REPORT AND TRANSACTIONS Year ending September 30th, 1901. Series Il. Vol. LL. SHERIFF STEPHEN HORSLEY, M.Inst.C.E. Our Late President. See Page 33. Bove tl? KENT ~ Scientif fic and \\atwal History Society, A « WITH WHICH IS INCORPORATED THE Canterbury Yholographic Society, AFFILIATED WITH THE ROYAL PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY AND S.E. UNION. ESTABLISHED 1857. Rooms :—~BEANEY INSTITUTE, HIGH STREET, CANTERBURY. REPORTS AND TRANSACTIONS for the year ending September 30th, 1901. SERIES It. VOL... I. Edited by the Hon. Secretary, A. LANDER, Ph.C,, F.S.M.C., The Medical Hall, Canterbury, To whow all communications should be sent. CONTENTS. $< LIST OF OFFICERS - RULES AND REGULATIONS ... WINTER MEETINGS— “Man's Place in Nature’s Seale of Life,” Mr. 5. Horsley, M. Inst. C.E. “ Garbon Process of Photography,’’ Mr. J. Kay oc “« Structure and Growth of Corals," Mr. J. Morgan... «« Photography with Films,” Mr. J.T. Sandell Ye “Compression, a Factor in the Formation of Mountains, ” Gata McDakin ... ob: oti “« Tele-Photography, ” ee A. Phanider’ F «« Apparatus used in the ERGIOeTSnny of Natuaal Objects, site. W. H. Hammond uC Sees of the Beautiful in ine dome & ae Org ganisms, ” Mr. Sibert Saunders cc “ How to Enlarge Photographs,” Mr. W. Gard ie 208 «The Infinitely Great and the Infinitely Small,” Mr. S. Harvey, BYE. Co) ERG:S. fess <6 cae ee **Clouds and Cloud phaieranby,” Mr. F. C. alle 7 ‘Polarised Light and Colour Phenomena,” Mr. W. 12h aan B. < ‘« Kodak Films,” Mr. A. T. Horne es Social Evening with Exhibition of Apparatus na een ines GHGs aes DEATH OF OUR PRESIDENT SUMMER EXCURSIONS— Tunbridge Wells Wye The Warren Minster... Reculvers Whitstable ANNUAL MEETING ANNUAL REPORT TREASURER'S REPORT LIBRARIAN'S REPORT.. REPORT BY BRITISH ASSOCI ATION DELEG ATE CAPTAIN McDAKIN ON ‘‘ COAST EROSION” = MR. SIBERT SAUNDERS ON ‘“‘ THE COMPARATIVE SCARCITY OF FISH AND THE APPEARANCE OF CREPIDULA IN WHITSTABLE BAY” 3 ce = eee MR. B. F. MAUDSON ON “ COLEOPTERA DR. BRIAN RIGDEN’S METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS. MR. F. A. SMALL ON ‘‘ LEPIDOPTERA ”... = THE STEPHEN HORSLEY MEMORIAL FUND LIST OF MEMBERS East Kent Natural Xistory Society. OFFICERS, 1901-02. President : S: HARVEY, Esq., E-1:C., F:C.S: Vice-Presidents : THE VERY REV. THE DEAN of CANTERBURY, MATTHEW BELL, Esq., W. OXENDEN HAMMOND, Esq., CAPTAIN J. GORDON McDAKIN, REV. A. J. GALPIN, M.A. Treasurer : W. P. MANN, Esgq., B.A., Simon Langton Schools. Librarian : Mr. FIDDIAN. Committee: Rey. J. PATTERSON, W. H. NETHERCLIFT, Esq., Captain STEAD, H. M. CHAPMAN, Esgq., G. RIGDEN, Esq. W. COZENS, Esq., SIBERT SAUNDERS, Esq., J. F. WHICHCORD, Esq. Hon. Secretary : Mr. A. LANDER, The Medical Hall, Canterbury (To whom all communication should be addressed ). Assistant Secretary : Mr. E. B. HAYWARD, 6 Burgate Lane, Canterbury. Local Secretaries or Referees. To organise special observation and investigation, and report upon definite subjects, in accordance with the suggestions ot the British Association. The Members of the Society are invited to assist the work of the Sub-Committees by giving notice of any facts or occurrences relating to the subjects of investigation named to the General Secretary, or to the Local Secretary, who will always be glad to receive the information, and tender any advice or assistance in their power. Botany : The Misses Hotmes AnD PHILLPOTTSs. Coleoptera: B. F. Maupson, Esa. Entomology : StipNey Wess, Esq. Geology : Cart. J. G. McDaxin anp A. S. Retn, Esq., M.A., F.G.S. Hymenoptera, etc.: Rev. W. M. Ropwe vt. Lepidoptera : F. A. Smaut, Esa. Marine Zoology : Stsert SAUNDERS, Esq. Ornithology : H. Meap-Briaas, Esa. VII. TITLE AND OBJECTS OF THE EAST KENT SCIENTIFIC AND NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. The objects of the Easr Kent Screntiric anp Naturau History Soctery shall be the Collection and Diffusion of Practical and Theoretical Knowledge respecting Science and Natural History, in all their Branches, both in relation to the particular District and the General Science. RULES AND REGULATIONS. MEMBERSHIP. 1.—The Society shall consist of Ordinary, Honorary, and Corresponding Members, and of Associates. 2.—Every candidate for admission into the Society as an Ordinary Member must be proposed by two Members, and the election shall be by show of hands, or by Ballot, taken at any Meeting of the Committee, or at a General Meeting—one negative in five votes to exclude. 3.—The annual Subscription to be paid by Ordinary Members shall be Ten Shillings; the Subscription shall become due on the Ist of October in each year, and shall be paid in advance for the current year. Any Member neglecting to pay his Subscription for three months after it is due, shall be applied to by the ‘Treasurer or Secretary, and if the Subscription remain unpaid for three months atter such application, he shall cease to be a Member of the Society. 4.—The Committee shall have power to admit, without ballot, on the nomination of two Members, any Lady who shall be desirous of becoming an Ordinary Member, and her Subscription shall be Five Shillings. This rule shall apply also to such sons, brothers, and nephews of Ordinary Members, as may be regularly resident in the same house with those Members; and also to Associates. 5.—Any persons distinguished for their researches in Natural History, for their liberality to the Society, or for their connection with similar Societies, may, on the recommendation of the Committee, be elected Honorary or Corresponding Members of the Society, such Honorary and Corresponding Members shall not be subject to any of the expenses of the Society, and shall have no vote in its affairs, nor be entitled to take books out of the Library, or to the Reports and Notices. 6.—In order to cultivate the study of Science and Natural History, among individuals of the class of Mechanics, etc., residing in the district, the Committee shall have power to admit individuals of that class as Associates, provided they shall first communicate some information or observation on Science or Natural History, exhibit such specimens or present them to the Local Museums, as shall by their merits, satisfy the Committee. Such Associates shall enjoy the privileges of Honorary Members, and their annual subscription shall be 5s. 7.—When the Head of any School or College in Canterbury is an Ordinary Member the Students of such Szhool or College may be admitted to the Society’s Scientific Meetings and Excursions, the number proposed to be brought to any Meeting being intimated to the Secretary in time for him to provide accommodation. 8.—The Officers of any School Natural History Society, not exceeding three for eaca School, may, on the nomination of the Head of such School (such Head being an ordinary member) be enrolled Associate Members with the same rights as to the use of the Library as ordinary Members. MANAGEMENT AND BUSINESS MEETINGS. 9.—The affairs of the Society shall be conducted by a Committee of Management, which shall consist of not less than six Members, who shall all be chosen at the Annual Meeting, the President, Vice-Presidents, Treasurer aud Secretary being ez officio members. Three Members of such Committee VIII. shall form a quorum. The Meetings shall be held at such times as the Secretary may deem necessary. At any regular meeting including a sufficient number of Committee Members, they may then and there declare themselves and act as a Committee for the ordinary business of the Society. 10.—An Annual Meeting shall be held on the second Tuesday in October in each year at Canter- bury, for the purpose of electing the officers for the current year, receiving the Annua‘ Statement of Accounts and Report of ,the Committee, and conducting the general affairs of the Society, but the President shall be proposed for election at a Meeting held in the previous January. {1.—Special General Meetings may be summoned by the Committee, or by the Secretary, on the requisition (in writing) of any six members of the Society, the specific purpose of the Meeting being stated in the notice, which shall be sent to each Member not later than one week before the time of such meeting. 12.—All questions discussed at the Meetings shall be decided by a majority of votes; and if upon any ary question the votes shall be equal, the Chairman of the Meeting shall have the second or casting vote. 13.—In the event of any vacancy occurring in the Officers or Committee between the Annual Meetings, the same shall be filled up by the Committee. Should any member of the Committee absent himself from all Committee Meetings for six months, anew member may then be elected to fill his place. 14.—In order to facilitate the objects of the Society, the Committee shall be empowered to appoint any member a Local Secretary for the town or district in which he may reside, or a Referee for any particular branch of Science. Such local Secretaries or Referees shall be ex-officio members of the Committee, and shall, if possible, send to the Committee, before October 3rd, an Annual Report for their district—or particular branch of science, such report to contain observations on the prevalence and earliest appearance of particular species, the effects of severe frosts, gales, etc. ; new discoveries or spccial photographs taken ; or work done on the lines recommended by the Committees of the British Association. SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS AND EXCURSIONS. 15.—The Meetings for Scientific Business shall be held fortnightly at Canterbury during the winter months; and extra Meetings at such place and time as the Committee shall have posted due notice of in the Society’s apartment. Each member shall have the right of introducing a Visitor at these Meetings. 16.—There shall be Excursions fortnightly, or as often as the Committee arrange, in the summer months, on Thursday afternoons, and extra Excursions at such times and days as the Committee shall have posted due notice in the Society’s apartment. Each member shall have the right of introducing a visitor at these Excursions. 17.—Minutes of the proceedings of all meetings shall be entered by the Secretary in a book kept for that purpose. 18.—The Secretary shall give due notice of Meetings and Excursions to every Member, stating the time and place thereof, LOCAL AND DISTRICT MEETINGS. 19.—To promote still further the objects and interests of the Society, Local Secretaries appointed under Rule 14, and Members living outside Canterbury, are invited to organize Meetings or Excursions in their district, and to give notice of the same to the General and all the Local Secretaries, stating the time and place of Meeting, and what particular subjects are to be brought forward. COLLECTION OF SPECIMENS. 20.—The Society shall endeavour to add worthy and typical specimens of objects directly connected with Natural History to the Canterbury Koyal Museum. Such addition to be made in accordance with the Rules of that Museum. LIBRARY. 21.--Only Books and Periodicals connected with Science and Natural History shall be purchased by the funds of the Society, and the number and particular books of this class to be purchased shall be determined by the Committee. 22.—All the Books and Periodicals shall be kept in the Reference Library of the Beaney Institute so long as the Agreement between the Society and the Corporation lasts, to be referred to or taken out in accordance with the special rules sanctioned for that Library. 23.—Members are also invited to lend books for the use of the Library, reserving to themselves the full right of ownership ; such Books to be under the care of the Librarian, and not allowed to he taken out of the Library. 24.—In order to allow the Society’s Librarian to examine the Books they must all be returned to the Library and none taken therefrom during the first week in every June. 25.—The time during which a book may be retained without renewal shall not exceed one month and the Society’s Librarian shall request a member who has had a took beycnd this period to return it to the Library at once. FIRST WINTER MEETING, TUESDAY, OCTOBER 97x, 1900. Mr. HORSLEY’S PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. “THE PLACE OF MAN IN NATURE'S SCALE OF LIFE.” The first winter meeting of the members of the East Kent Natural History Society was held onTues- day evening, October 9, in the Reference Library at the Beaney Institute. Mr. Stephen Horsley pre- sided, and a large attendance included Mr. Sidney Harvey, Captain Stead, Mr. W. P. Mann, Miss Proudfoot, Mr. Walter Cozens, Mr. A. Wetherelt, Rev. A. J. Galpin, Captain MeDakin, Rev. Wm. Rodwell, Miss Phillpotts, Miss Holmes, Mr. Blofeld, Mr. Lander, Mr. Hayward, Mr. Kay, and Mr. W. H. Fiddian. Mr. Horsley explained that it had occurred to the Committee that it would be much better that the year of the Society should commence in future on October 1 instead of January 1. The latter date ovcurred in the middle of the lecture season, whereas if they began im October they would includein their transactions the whole of the papers read in that session. Another reason for the change was that they were welcoming to the membership of the Society a large number of members of the Canterbury Photographic Society. That would be a great addition to the strength of the East Kent Natural History Society, and the existence of the photographie section would enable them to under- take many branches of scientific work with which they had not hitherto been able todeal. In many other societies it was customary to elect a President twelve months before he was called upon to act, in order that he might prepare his presidential address and generally prepare for the work. He would suggest that in the case of theirown Society the chief business at the general meeting in January would in future be to elect a President for the following year. A resolution embodying the change was unani- mously agreed to. On the motion of the President, seconded by Mr. Sidney Harvey, a large number of new members were elected, including members of the Photographic Scciety. The President said it would be within the recollectiin of the members that at the last annual meeting he suggested the appointment of various referees or local secretaries to deal with different branches of Natural History. Upon this he la d special stress,as he was anxious that it should become a better working Society. He was glad to announce that the following had consented to act:— Geology, Capt. McDakin; marine zoology, Mr. Sibert Saunders; ornithology, Mr. H. Mead- Briggs ; entomology, Mr. Maudson; conchology, Mr. Sydney Webb; botany, Misses Holmes and Phillpotts; photography, Mr. Kay; meteorology, Mr. Brian Rigden. He had no doubt that at the end of the year they would be deluged with reports as to the work accomplished. He thought these appointments marked an epoch in the history of the Society, and he appealed for more workers who would undertake special branches of investigation. Mr. Horsley went on to acknowledge the work done for the Society by the united and devoted efforts of Miss Phillpotts and Miss Holmes. These ladies had gone through the herbarium owned by the Society, had excluded from it those flowers which were not recorded as Kentish, and, with much labour, had arranged it in a cabinet in such a manner that it was now comparatively easy of access (applause). The programme for the season had now been arranged up to Christmas, and would include the following: —October 23, lecture by Mr. Kay on “Carbon process of photography ” ; November 6, lecture on “Corals,” by Mr. John Morgan, one of the best authorities on the subject; November 20, lecture by a representative of the Sandell Company on “ Various photographi2 processes ”’; December 4, lecture by Captain McDakin on “ Compression as a force im the composition of mountains”; December 18, “Tele-photography,” by Mr. Lander. On the motion of Captain McDakin, seconded by the Rey. A. J. Galpin, a vote of thanks was accorded the Rev. J. G. Brine for the gift of Phillips “Manual of Geology” (two volumes). THE PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. The Presidential address by Mr. Horsley was a most thoughtful and instructive review of “The Place of Man in Nature’s Scale of Life.” He observed: “In the study of natural history, one cannot but be struck by the marvellous intricacy of the arrangements by which the so-called lower creatures are enabled to hold their own, to live and continue to live in this world, which seme may think is the world ef Man; nor can one fail to be lost in admiration at the beauty of form, structure, or colour in the most minute and almost invisible organisms ; or at the immense and to us unknown powers, that exist in the vegetable kingdcm, whereby moisture and nutriment is carried to the very topmost branch of the gigantic Wellingtonia ; nor, indeed, can we do cought but wonder at the flight and buoyancy of birds ; the instinct of dogs ; the extraordinary velocity of some fishes possessed of fins apparently inadequate to move the bulky mass, say, of a dolphin, which, keeping pace for miles with a fast ocean-going steamer, will now and then, with but httle evident exertion, forge ahead, go round the ship and return to its position alongside, while the mighty triple expansion engines—looked after by at least a dozen human beings—are laboriously forcing the ship along at a dolphin’s every day pace. The contemplation of these wonders of Nature has, I think, a humbling tendency on Man as Lord of Creation, and in these days, perhaps, a little humility might do us good; let us therefore contemplate Man as one group in the great Animal Kingdom, and go onto compare his powers with those of other created things. In the first place, and in order to infuse into us a sufficiency of humility, what would happen if Man were suddenly and totally removed tiom this earth 2? The world would go on just as it does now, we should not be missed, except temporarily by a few domestic animals—pet cats and dogs for instance—who in a short time would adapt them- selves to the wild life in which their progenitors lived. Birds, beasts, fishes, all the host of living and moving creatures would view our departure with indifference ; most would not know we had gone—the limitless members of the vegetable kingdom would continue to live and reproduce themselves as before; rivers, no longer made subservient to man’s will, would continue to flow onwards to the sea ; the tides would continue to ebb and flow ; and all Nature would continue its course as if Man hed never exis‘ ed. This thought is humbling, and scarcely accept- able to our notions, unless we remember that after all we are but a section or family cf the great group of Mammals, which in its turr is but a family of the still greater kingdom of animals. We may, perhaps, derive some comfort from the thought that if, instead of Man, monkeys were vemoved there would Le equal indifference to tke change ; but, on the other hand, Man would for a long time feel the absence of, say, horses, or cows, or sheep, while those anima's would not miss us. We may even go further in our self-abasement, and consider that, whereas Man would not be missed by the vegetable kingdom, if Man were left and the vegetable kingdom 1emoved, what a terrible catastrophe it would be. Rumisant animals gould not exist ; our food must he the flesh of cainivorous animals, who, in preying upon each other, would in a short time so reduce their number that starvation wouid exterminate the race of Man and of beasts ; our clothing must be the skin of carnivorous animals ; our houses built entirely without wood ; ard our fires kindled by flint and natural iron. What an impossible world it would ke to live in if, out of the three kingdoms designed by the Creator, one—tle vegetable king- dom—should be exterminated. But as such a catastrophe is not likely to occur, let us, taking things as we find them, consider Man’s powers as compared with those of other created living things. In the first place we muss be struck by the thought that Man is progressive, that is to say, what satisfies him to-day will not satisfy him a few years or a generation hence, while other created things, animals, birds, fishes, seemingly are content to go on in the same way as they did from prehistorictimes. Man, perhaps, first found shelterin natural caves, then constructed mud huts to live in, and gradually improved upon these huts until he lodged himself in stone or brick- built houses of many storeys, with all kinds of new inventions to give him light, air, warmth, and comfort. Birds apparently construct their dwellings now as they did in by-goueages, and whether it is that they are unable, or unwilling, to change their style of architecture, they appear to be now in this XIXth Century quite as content as they wera centuries ago. Is the fact of Man gradually developing the modern villa trom the original cave, evidence of his superiority over birds, or is it merely a token of his restlessness ? We pride ourselves, and with justice, on our powers cf organization, whereby a few men selected out of a town population can rule that population, see to its requirements, hygienic or educational, and its safety and immunity from disease or disaster ;—we extend that organization to embrace the requirements of the -vhole nation, by means of our Parliament and Supreme Government: but this elaborate system is the outcome of cvuturies of experience and experiment; while apparently such creatures as ants have, so long as they have existed, known how to live together in huge communities, with what must be the most elaborate arrangements for self-government beyond the dreams of the most advanced Socialist. No one can have watched the progress of anarmy of white ants hurrying along in an unbro‘en line of hundreds of yards in length, in perftct order, repelling the attacks of solitary enemies or of bands of marauders intent on doing as much mischief as possible ; sending out their scouts, who convey news to their commanders, constructing tunnels for themselves when it seems necessary to march under cover, carrying theireggs with them, providing themselves with food on the mareh ;— no one, I say, can have watched their wonderfully organ*zed expeditions without woncering wh. ther their generals are not equal in administrative talent to our own General Roberts or Kitchener, whose marches, wonderful and successful though they be, are followed by lengthened periods of inactivity for want of g Ss oy Ko) 10 ‘molgsy €% “Bug oyedsey 2Z RSSNIK 1h PUR DE ‘suuasoqdoy 61 "RIOMYDY ST} ‘erodosaty 91 ‘et[Aydoapueg gt ~“waoydo[4yg FL wlsung gt “BULNEO GT miyAqdooupiy, TL pue OL 1@ 81 61 LT IL iat eT al Ol ‘ST¥YNOO JO VUANGY NGAGIA AO SNOMLVALSOTI 11 Site Se ‘quoyy O[Avg ‘ayy JO worsstimaed pury Aq ,VITVIISNY Ul AS![VANFUN' VW 5, TOay paonpoadayy ‘SUaaa TVHOO WO MATA ee quey ear Ss Ijq Jo uorsstumazed pury Aq “Ble. AISNY UL 4ST[RAN{QRN ¥ ‘SSHaRA TVIOO HO MALIA ” 110, 1 paonpoaday which followed the contemplation of so much beauty (cheers). On the table were a number of specimens of coral from the Natural History Section ot the Canterbury Royal Museum, which the lecturer had named, and also some very fine specimens brought by Mr. Morgan, and presented by him to the Museum. The lantern was manipulated by Mr. Fiddian and Mr. Argrave. At the conclusion of the lecture, the President said he hada very pleasant duty to perform in thanking Mr. Morgan for his extremely interesting and instructive lecture on a subject of which few of them knew anything before that evening. One of the great merits of the lecturer was not only his intimate acquaintance with his subject, but also his ntense love for it, and the enjoyable way in which he had set it before them (hear, hear). The more they looked into Natural History, no matter what branch it was, the more wonderful appeared the works of the Great Creator. Look- iug at the structure of the corals, it was a marvellous thought that the thousands of polyps all bad a common stomach, and any food which one had in excess was shared by the others. It seemed to him that in this particular the wildest dream of the Socialist was realised, for the animals all obeyed one great law, and lived for the Colony as a whole and not for themselves. In this respect coral was not more wonderful than the creations of the vegetable world. There were many specimens of coral on the table, and there were a large number in their Museum below. He was afraid people did not take enough interest in them, but he was always ready to give any assist- ance in his power (hear, hear). Mr. Sidney Harvey proposed a vote of thanks to Mr. Morgan, and expressed the hope that before long they would have the pleasure of seeing him in Vanverbury again (hear, hear). Mr. Morgan having briefly returned thanks, the proceedings terminated. Through the kindness of Mr. Morgan and the courtesy of the Camberwell Vestry we are able to reproduce two plates illustrating several of the corals described by the lecturer and photographs of which were shown by means of the lime-light lantern. In the lecture it was stated that there did not exist any English text book dealing with the nomenclature and classification of corals, therefore it would be unwise in describing these illustrations to attempt an authoritative classifi- cation. We can only follow some rough plan. Coral polyps belong to the Sub-kingdom Ceelen- terata—which, translated into the vernacular means with a hollow stomach, Corals belong to one of three orders :— (1.) Aleyonaria. (2.) Madreporaria. (3.) Hydrocoralline. Coral polyps of the first mentioned order are characterised by two things, the number of their tentacles is eight, and they are fringed. Asa rule these corals are horny, but a few exceptions are composed of carbonate of lime. The second order are stony, i.e.: composed of carbonate of lime, and the Polyps have siw« ten- tacles, or a multiple of six. But in some fossil 13 orders as Rugosa we find four, or a multiple of four. The third order is very different to the others, and although the Polyps are very small, yet they form heavy rock-like coral termed Hydrocoraline, which occurs iu large masses and contributes very considerably to the great reefs of the Pacific. All the corals illustrated belong to the second or Madreporarian order. In the illustrations, Figs. 1 to 5, are various Madrepores, well illustrating the beautiful and varied forms which are met with. Fig. 6, Pachyseris rugosa, belongs to the family Lophoserid2, which includes several graceful forms of coral, see Figs. 9, 17, 18, and 19. If the surface of this (No. 6) coral is examined witha lens it looks like delicately woven muslin. Fig. 7, Dendrophyllia ramea, is said to be obtained off the coast of Portugal, at a depth of half a mile! Most members of this geuus flourish at great depths. Fig. 8, Galazea clava. Jn this family a number of cups stand on one.common platform. Dr. Hickson speaks with admiration of the living Galazea as he first saw it. “The polyp cups,” he says, “are raised half an inch above the general surface, and contain most beautiful emerald green polyps, united with one another by delicate fleshy strands of the same colour. When I first saw it the polyps were fully expanded, and the mass looked like some handsome ornament studded with emeralds of the first quality.” — “A Naturalist in Celebes,” p. 134. Fig. 9, Mycedium. Professor Dana gives it another and more appropriate name, Phyllastrea, meaning star leaf coral. This genus also belong to the tamily Lophoseridz. Figs. 10 and 11, Tridacophyllia (lettuce corals), have the walls of tbe calicles thinner than any other genus, their substance is ttle more than that of tissue paper. Fig. 12, Oculina, of the family Oculinide. In this family we come again to a purely branching coral. But the substance 1s much more compact than the Madrepores, so much so that white necklet beads may be made and polished from the delicate marble-like stems. These corals abound in the West Indies, but Mr. Saville Kent only met with a solitary species on the Great Barrier Reef. Fig. 13, Fungia, of the Fungidae or mushroom corals, takes us to the class of single corals; that is where the whole is the deposit of one single zoophyte. Starting from a small disc on a parent stem, this disc is ultimately thrown off to lie at the bottom of some ocean pool and grow to larger dimensions, and sometimes into fantastic shapes. Fic. 14, Stylophora, is remarkable for the brilliant crimson colour of the zoophytes. Fig. 15, Dendrophyllia, see also Fig. 7, many corals of this genus are very beautiful, as D. nigrescens, which Dana describes as rising to a height of three or four feet. ‘The stem is sur- roundsd by a cortex of olive green. The zoophytes have a green centre with an orange circle, and the tentacles are white. It needs little imagination to conceive of this coral with all its zoophytes expanded and gracefully moving to catch the food as one of the most beautiful objects that either sea or land can afford. 14 Fig 16, In Alveopora we have the lightest of all the stony corals. The walls are s» pierced all round with holes as to resemble a lattice work rather than plates of carbonate of lime. Figs. 17 and 18, Agaricia, and Fig. 19, Loghoseris, with its fern-like crests, balong to the family Lophoseridz, as also Fig. 6. Figs. 20 and 21, Mussa, like some other corals, multiplies from a single cup. Mr. Saville Kent states that the polyps of this genus do not expind their tentacles in daylight. Fig. 23, Astrea, of the family Astreide. Some of these corals are found in blocks of great size. Mr. W. Saville Kent, who has studied coral reefs perhaps more closely than anyone else, and whose beautiful book on the Great Barrier Reef of Australia is ons of the mst woadarful prolastions on coral life that has everappeared, has very kindly sent us two plates fur reproduction ia our pies. These views, tikea with great care and skill, con- stitute a revelation to the ordinary mind as to the real conditious of coral growth. The views are from Mr. Saville Kent’s most recent book, “ A Naturalist in Australia.” We regret we are unable to reprodace them in the lovely colours of nature. We must refer our readers to Mr. Kant’s books if they are interested in the subject of coral reefs, for in them are many beautiful photographs and descriptions of fascinating scenes that we can hardly imagine. FOURTH WINTER MEETING, TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 20ru, 1900. “ PHOTOGRAPHY MADE EASY.”—LECTURE BY MR. SANDELL. The fourth winter meeting of East Kent Natural History Society and the Photographic Society was held in the Reference Library of the Beaney Insti- tute on Tuesday evening, November 20. There wasa large audience, who listened with deep attention to a lecture by Mr. J. T. Sandell, M.P.S., of London, on “ Photography made easy ” by means of double coated platusand films. Capt. J. Gordon MeDakin presided, and there were also present Miss Cole, Councillor J. F. Whicheord, Misses Mason (2), Councillor Weight Hunt, Masses. W. H. Fielding, P. Finn, J. Kay, G. P. Argrave, W. G. Austin, J. T. Smith, Johnson, Fiddian, Mockridge, W. Surrey, F. Snell, Buckley, A. Lander (Hon. Secretary), etc. The Chairman, in opening the meeting, referred to the pleasure it gave him to be present, especi- ally at a photographic meeting, and said he did not look upon photography simply as a servant of science, but in itself an art and a science which was well worthy of study and practice. He expressed regret at the absence of the President (Councillor Horsley) who was again very unwell. The Secretary having read letters of apology for non-attendance from the President, Mr. Sidney Harvey, Miss Holmes. and Miss Phillpotts, he pro- posed the following lady and gentlemen as members of the Society :—Dr. Swora, Miss Sworn, Mr. Hamilton, and Mr, Sage, of Bifrons. Councillor Whichcord seconded, and it agreed. The Photographie Secretary, Mr. J. Kay, then read his report on the developing competition, which stated that soiae very good results had been obtained, the prize being awarded to Mr. C. Buck- ingham, Mr. Sandell then delivered his lecture. He said he was asked to describe the why and wherefore was of the Cristoid double plates, with which he was identified and which iacreased the facility with which photography might be practised. To do this it would be necessary to go into the theory of photography rather more deeply than they would care to be troubled with, and so he would confine himself more particularly to the mechanical art. The primary difficulty met with in photography was in the exposure. An amateur was quite at sea at first as to what exposure he should give, and the general result was that for some considerable period his work was a_ series of failures, in all probability from gross over-exposure. It occurred to him that this over- exposure could be overcome by means of the device of placing a second film at the back of the more sensitive film: The light passing through the upper film was modified on the less sensitive film, so that if the upper film was over-exposed they would have a correct exposure on the lower one. The film consisted of the Double Emulsion film of the Sandell * perfect ’’ plate, each layer being coated more thickly than 1n the plate. ‘I'he combination was thus independent of any base whilait was 25 times lighter than glass plates. He experimented with this and the results were perfectly successful. But they could scarcely do away with one difficulty in photography without introducing other, and there were at first some slight difficulties in working the plates. Here many workers failed. They failed to see that where they had to develop an image so deeply set in the film the development must be a perfect one. They found they had given an over-exp)sure and the picture coming out fogged, they gave it up. But with the double films, to over-expose both, it would be necessary to give a much longer exposure than anyone would do, and so that difficulty was obviated. ‘The development of the film was quite free from difficulty, and there was no necessity for modifying the developer for any kind of exposure. The lecturer then developed a roll of the Cristoid double-film, on the roll being twelve exposures, viz., from one second up to twelve seconds, and although the exposures varied so much the whole roll developed quite easily in the one bath, all the twelve pictures being equally perfect. The audience watched this with deep attention, and many questions were asked bearing on the process. 15 At the suggestion of the Hon. Secretary, Mr. Sandell had brought about two dozen rolls of exposed Cristoid films, on each roll being six exposures varying from two to twelve veconds each. These were then distributed amongst the members present for them to develop as a compe- tition, and bring their results for comparison at the next meeting. At the close Councillor Whichcord, who had taken the chair on the departure of Capt. McDakin, proposed a vote of thanks to the lecturer, which was seconded by Mr. Fielding, and carried unani- mously. FIFTH WINTER MEETING, TUESDAY, DECEMBER 47x, 1900. “COMPRESSION, A FACTOR IN THE FORMATION OF MOUNTAINS.” EECTURE BY CAPTAIN J. GORDON McDAKIN, A meeting of members of the Society was held in the Reference Library at the Beaney Institute on Tuesday, December 4. In the absence of the President (Councillor Horsley), Mr. W. P. Mann, B.A., presided, and there were also present :—Capt. J.Gordon McDaki1, Mrs. McDakin, Captain Stead, Mr. and Mrs. Kay, Councillor Wright Hunt, Mr. J.T. Smith, Miss Abbott, Miss K. Holmes, Miss Philpotts, Miss M. P. Drake, Mr. J. Kennedy, Mr. A. Lander (Hon. Secretary), etc. In opening the proceedings, the Chairman ex- pressed his sorrow at the absence of their Presi- dent. He was still very indisposed, and he (the speaker) was afraid that Mr. Horsley worked too hard for the Society and the Beaney Institute generally, and did not take the rest he ought to when he felt a little overdone. One of the oldest members of the Society, Dr. James Reid, had resigned owing to advancing age and failing health, and he (Mr. Mann) proposed that he be elected an honorary member of the Society. Dr. Reid had been a member of the Society since its formation—a little over forty years ago—and was one of its chief supporters. He had donean immense amount of work for the Society in botanical and geological observations, and in recent years as librarian, and had re-arranged and supplemented the Society’s herbarium. He hoped when the Hon. Secretary communicated with Dr. Reid he would tell him how very much they appreciated his great services in the past. Mr. Mann also proposed Mr. Blaxland as a member of the Society. This was put to the meeting and carried unanimously. ts, The Hon. Secretary then called attention to the exhibits on the table. The Rev. W. Rodwell had very kindly presented to the Society a box of microscopic slides ; there was also a finished Cristoid film, which had been developed by Mr. Sandell at the last meeting. Apropos of the interest which was being shown iu wireless talegraphy, Mr. Lander said he had brought an instrument for members to examine. It was a wonderful thing, and by means of that instrument messages could be transmitted thirty or forty miles, and could be read or printed in the Morse Code at the other end. He then briefly outlined the programme for the next Session, and announced that on December 18 he would give a lecture on “Tele-photography,” the new method of taking pictures at a distance. Captaia J. Gordon McDakin next delivered an instructive and interesting lecture on “ Compres- sion, a factor in the formation of mountains.” He illustrated the lecture by means of photographs taken when on a journey to Zermatt, in Switzer- land. The subject of compression might not be, perhaps, all important, but it had played a very prominent part in the formation of those promin- ences on the earth’s surface called mountains. The lecturer then proceeded to show pictures of the strangely contorted rocks on the Axenstrasse above Tell’s Platte, also the structures of the Jungfrau mountain, and passing on toa descrip- tion of the Matterhorn, gave a thrilling account of its first ascent,and the sad fatality which occurred on that occasion. Having described the Valley of Zermatt and its geological structures, Captain McDakin spoke of the beauties of the sunrise among the mountains. Healso mentioned some experiments made by himself on the effect of pressure on clay, fuller’s earth, chalk, ete. ; saying that those parts which had been compressed enabled ,them to resist denudation to a much greater extent than the last compact material. If these results were remarkable when the pres- sure only amounted to perhaps one hundred Ibs. per square inch and the denudation of gently moving water for twenty-four hours, how much greater must have been the results of a pressure of millions of tons and a denudation extending over tens of thousands of years, the results of which 16 were shown in the contorted rocks of the river gorges and in the mountain peaks ? The Chairman proposed a vote of thanks to Captain MecDakin for his lecture, which was seconded by Councillor Wright Hunt, and carried with enthusiasm. Captain McDakin briefly re- turned thanks. SIXTH WINTER MEETING, TUESDAY, DECEMBER 18rTx, 1900. “TELEPHOTOGRAPHY.’—BY MR. A. LANDER, Pu.C., F.S.M.C. The sixth winter meeting was held in the Beaney Institute on December 18. Mr. S. Horsley presided, and the attendance included: Councillor Whicheord, Mr. W. P. Mann, B.A,, Miss C. Phillpotts, Miss K. Holmes, Miss Sworn, Miss Holman, Miss Ellis, Mrs. Lander, Miss Mason, Mr. C. Buckingham, Mr. W. Surry, Mr. F. C. Snell, Mr. C. Hayward, Mr, J. Kennedy, Mr. J. T. Smith, Rev. W. M. Rodwell, and others. A number of interesting exhibits were placed on the table: (1) four cards illustrating entomology, botany and ornithology, etc., by Messrs. Colman and Co.; (2) an instructive case showing the manufacture of the lead pencil from the plumbago to the finished article, both shown by Mr. J. T. Smith ; (3) collection of British and foreign ferns for the herbarium, presented by the President ; (4) peculiar specimen of cyclamen from Bifrons, with a regular pink line down one of the petals, shown by Mr. Sage; and (5) additional micro- scopical slides, given by Rev. W. M. Rodwell. There were also two specimens of the ring (or common grass) snake, shown by Mr. Fiddian. The President said a gentleman, named Mr. Gerald L. Latham, was compiling a work on British snakes, and had written to the Society asking: “(a) Which is the most common snake in Kent ? ; (b) What is the average length of the adder in Kent ? ; (c) What is the average length of the ring snake ?; (d) Does the smooth snake occur to your knowledge ?” The questions could beanswered by m2mbers of the Society, and heasked any who were interested in Kentish snakes to send the Secretary as much information as they could on the subject to forward to the gentleman in question. iss Pidduck and Mrs. Holman were elected new members of the Society. Mr. Horsley said it would be remembered that some little time ago when the Photographic Society joined that Society, they had a small balance in hand, which, it was dec‘ded, should be expended on books on photographic subjects to be added to the Society’s library. The balance amounted to £3 12s., and 17 books had now been purchased with that sum, and were on the table for the inspection of the members. The President then called on Mr. Lander, who gave an illustrated lecture on Telephotography. Mr. Lander said it was very difficult to describe the method and apparatus of Telephotography in anything like popular language. Michael Faraday, one of our best lecturers, once said that “ Lectures which really teach will never ba popular; lectures which are popular will never teach.” It will be essential to say something about lenses and the sciemce of optics, and if some find this portion of the lecture uninteresting, I trust they will bear with me for the sake of the many amateur photographers who should know much about this subject, to enable them to use their lenses to the best advantage, and I trust that the numerousand interesting lantern-slides that I shall throw upon the screen will interest all, and will illustrate in a graphic manner the results to be obtained by this comparatively new method of photography. Many an amateur photographer, having inad- vertently left his lens at home, has before to-day fixed his visiting card over the flange in his camera, pierced a small hole in it with a pin, and by this means secured a photograph that otherwise might never have been his, or fallen to his lot again. The pin-hole has some advantages over a lens, one is that we can vary the size of our picture without moving the camera. Suppose, when we see the picture on the ground glass, we should like it to be larger, we simply rack out the camera until the picture is large enough to suit our fancy, or, if we like it small, we rack the camera in until the image is small enough. This is exactly what we ean do with more advantage in Telephotography- The pinhole camera teaches us many things, and gives us a clear insight into the formation of images of different sizes. I have tried to show this in Fig. 1. The arrow A B represents the object and P the pin-hole; the focussing screen, with the inverted image, is represented at a b, at b1, and a2 b2 respectively. The squares, a, al, and a2, represent the outline of the picture, and show how that the image a1, being double the size of a, the exposure must be four times as long, and in a2 sixteen times, because the same light covers respectively four and sixteen times the original surface at a. Let us now proceed to lenses, but before coming to a telephotographic lens it will be necessary to know something about the optical properties of its constituent lenses. There are certain elements of a lens necessary to find the magnitude and position of the image. These are the “ four Cardinal points,” viz., the two focal points, and the two principal points, but mn thin lenses the two latter are usually assumed to coincide in one optical centre. A lens is a portion of a refracting medium bounded by two spherical surfaces of revolution which have a common axis called the axis of the lens. I To determine the centre of the lens. ._In Fig. 2, | with ax as the centre, and ax K the radius, describe the circle R, and with az1 as the centre, and art R1 the radius parallel to the other radius, describe the larger circle R, then the piece L is the lens. Lot us take this piece out and make it a little larger as Fig.2 If. Here the line ax is the axis of the lens, let us join the two parallel radii by a line meeting the axis of the lens at C, then a point C is the centre or optical centre of the ens. Any ray of light which in passing through the lens passes through C will emerge paraliel to its original direction or in a very thin lens it will practically pass through the lensin a straight line. In thick lenses Fig 2 III. there are two princi- pal points which do not coincide in one optical centre. Produce the line A to the axis of the lens, and likewise the line D, we then get two new points, NI N2, which are called the principal or nodal points of the lens. These have the property which is evident from the figure that any ray of light proceeding from any direction towards one of these points passes out of the lens as if it had passed through the other. The centre, to use an [rishism, is sometimes outside the lens altogether, as in Fig 2 IV. Draw the two parallel radii as before, join the ends and produce until the line meets the axis at ©, which is the centre of the lens, and the puint from which the focal length must be measured not as it is popularly supposed from the middle or the surface of the lens. II. ‘Todetermine the two focal points of a lens. If a beam ot parallel rays (as rays from the sun or other very distant object) meets one surface of a convex or positive lens in a direction parallel to its axis the rays will, after passing through the lens, meet at a point F, Fig 7 I. This point is ealled the principal focus or principal “focal point” of the lens and its distance from the centre C of the lens is the focal length. Similarly, if we present the second or other surface of the lens to the incident parallel rays they meet again at a point F, which is the second or other focal point. No real image can be formed at any position nearer to the centre of the lens than its principal focus. It is evident that rays from a luminous object placed at its principal focus would, after passing through the lens, emerge parallel, and if 17 the object were nearer to C the rays would diverge after passing through the lens. The focal points possess the property that any ray meeting the lens in a direction parallel to the axis of the lens passes through the focal point on the further side of the lens. Every lens (or zombination of lenses) may be defined as possessing a centreand two focal points. These elements are sufficient for us to determine the position and magnitude of the image of any object. We need not now trouble to draw lenses, but indicate them by the principal plane passing through the centre of the lens, and by setting off the positions of the focal points on the axis. In Fig. 3 let L be the lens and C the centre, and AB theobject. Wehave learnt that any ray from A B, parallel to the axis as the line A L, will, after refraction, pass through the focal point &. We have also learnt that any ray passes through the centre without ?deviation, as the line A C. The point where these lines meet will be the position of the image of that point of the object. Similarly, we may take any other point of the object as B and draw lines and find the position of the image of that point of the object, and in this way reproduce the object at a b. Nowa step further. The magnitude of the image depends on the distance of the centre C to the object and the distance of © to the image. To express these relations we must introduce an optical law known as the ‘‘ Law of Conjugate Foci.”. Fig. 4 is really Fig. 3 in outline. Suppose the object A B is 60 inches away from the centre of the lens, and that the focal length of lens is 10 inches, then the object will be 50 inches away from F, or the front focal point ; let us call this distance 7. We shall find that the image a b will be 12 inches from the centre of the lens, or two inches beyond the other principal focus F; let us call this distance y. Then the focal length of the lens multiplied by itself equals the distance—z multiplied by the distance y, or f2—=zy. The linear size of the image is to that of the object as their respective distances from centre of lens, or as 12 to 60, that is as one to five, or the magnification is one-fifth. A simple method of finding magnification is to divide focal length of lens into z—hence here, magnification one-fifth. Let us now see the utility of this, and how we can thus find the ezact focal length of our lenses. It is not even necessary to know the centre C of the lens, let us find the exact position of the front focal point by taking the lens out of the camera and holding the reverse side to the sun and noting very carefully and exactly the distance of the sun’s image from the front of the mount or hood of the lens, we thus know the front focal point F (Fig. 6). Then screw the lens into the camera front and carefully focus the sun on the ground glass, and thus find the back focal peint F. Now rack out the camera an exact and known distance, say, two or three inches; this distance is y. Then place an object in front of the camera and move to and fro until exactly in focus, then the distance of this object from the front focal point is z. Now we know f.—7y, therefore, Viry—, that is to say, multiply together x and y, and extract the square root, gives us the exact focal length. 18 Diagrams copied and adapted with permission from Dallmeyer’s Telephotography. Another exact method of finding the focal length of a lens is Fig.5. As before, we find front focus F, and back focus F of lens, and mark this distance on a base board. This distance F to F is only approximately double the focal length of lens, because the lens. being 4 combination or thick lens, the two principal points P Pdo not coincide in one centre. Place an object of definite size at point A Babout half the distance F to F beyond F, and then place screen about a similar position a b beyond F, and move the screen and object alternately until the image is quite sharp and exactly the same size as the object. Then the distance F to a b 1s the exact focal length of the lens. It is aneful for the amateur to test this and fiad the exact fucus, and see if it agrees with that marked on the lens or in the catalogue. I recently bought a lantern lens from London for a special purpose, and, although marked 8-inch tocus, its real focus was uearly 10} inches. With negative or concave lenses the same general laws hold good as with positive lenses, but as negative lenses form no real images, they are useless for photography when used alone. Fig. 7 II. shows how parallel rays of light behave on passing through a negative lens. Let us take a card with two holes as A and B, and allow light from the sun or sky to pass through the holes and strike the lens at A B. If we place a card on the other side of the lens we find that instead of the rays converging to a focus as with a positive lens (Fig. 7 I), they diverge, andif we move the card to and fro, we shall find a position where the spots of light A. B, are double the distance apart that they were before entering the lens at A B. This distance F from the centre C of lens is the focal length, and the rays appear to come from a focus on the other side of the lens at a point F. If we reverse these conditions as Fig.7 II. we shall find that the converging rays emerge parallel; but if the rays converge to a point I between the principal focus F and the centre of the lens they will still converge, and come to a focus somewhere between F and infinity, Fig. 7, IV. It is thus that a negative lens is used in Tele-photography. We have already seen that by using a convex lens we can thus converge the rays and allow them to pass through a negative lens, and, if we vary the distance between the two lenses, we can alter the position of the focus to anything between infinity and the surface of the negative lens, as in Fig. 8,1.,II.,and III. If the lenses are of the same focal length, when placed close together as Fig. 8, I., the two act asa plain piece of glass. It is as Fig. 8, II., that we use the lenses in Tele-photo- graphy, but instead of using simple lenses as in the figure we, of course, use achromatic and rectilinear lenses for both the negative and positive combinations. In positive lenses we found the rule for magnificition was to divide the distance of the object from the lens by the focal length of the lens and subtract one, but in negative lenses the rule is to add ove instead of substracting. It will perhaps be useful for reference if I give _a few concise rules for Telephoto lenses. (1) To find the magnification, divide the camera 19 extension (distance between negative lens and screen) by the focal length of the negative lens and add one: M _* +1 (2) To find the camera extension necessary for a certain magnification, multiply the focus of negative lens by magnification required less one: E =f (M—1). Ezample.—-+lens f —10 inches, — lens f — 4 inches, object 60 inches distant, aad we desire the photo half-size. Magnification by + lens is = 1-7th (Fig. 4), her.ce we must magnify this image 3) times (3}—1) x 4 = 10, hence the camera extension will be 10 inches. Let us take another example. Suppose a 6 feet clock 4 mile distant and we wish a } inch image of this clock with + lens 10-inch focus and — lens 3-inch focus. We shall tind that the camera extension will be about 16 inches. (3) To find the focal length of the combination used for any camera extension, multiply focus of the positive lens by the magnification. (4) To find the exposure, multiply the exposure of the positive lens alone (with the stop used) by the square of the magnification, or divide the F stop number (F38, F6, etc.) by the magnification, and this will give us F number of combination. There is a great saving in camera extension, the back focus always being much less than the equivalent focus of the lens ; for instance, a 5-inch C.D.V. Portrait Lens with 2}-inch negative covers a 15 X 12 plate with back focus of 18 inches, but the equivalent focus is 41 inches. A 6-inch C.D.V. Portrait Lens with 2°4-inch negative covers a 1-1 plate with back focus of 12 inches, but the equivalent focus in 50 inches. The positive lens should be a rapid rectilinear or portrait lens working at F6, or at least F8, because by Rule 4 we find that the F number rapidly increases with the magnification. and Lord Rayleigh has shown that it is not possible to use a smaller stop than F71 without vitiating the results, owing to the diffraction of the light through so small an aperture. Thelens should be as free as possible from distortion and astigmatism, etc., because any error is magnified by the negative lens, but it is not always the lens that is at fault. Finding that a friend sometimes obtained sharp pictures and at other times pictures not sharp with a lens I knew to be a good one, it occurred to me to examine his eyes, and I found the astigmatism was in the human eye and not in the lens. If my friend focussed on the vertical lines, the picture was sharp, but if the horizontal lines were the prominent ones, the picture was indistinct. This astigmatism of the human eye is a thing often overlooked in the focussing of a picture on the ground giass of the camera. Although the Telephoto-lens is not a lensto be used on every occasion, as some other lenses. yet in the future it is bound to come into very general use because of the numerous advantages, especially for scientific and natural history purposes. We cannot always walk up to a bird with a camera, but by using this lens we can obtain magnified results at some distance. Its use in time of war from balloons and for astronomy, and many other purposes, will at once occur to the photographer, Paotograph of St. Albans Abbey, by J. R. Dallmeyer, Esq., F.R.A.S., taken with a lens of 16-inch focus. Abbey nearly one mile distant. Photograph of St. Albans Abbey with Telephoto lens from exactly same standpoint as the other picture, but perhaps its most extended use will be in obtaining pictures at a distance, and varying their size without walking up and walking back with the camera until the picture as seen on the ground glass just suits our purpose.. There is another use not quits so evident to the general amateur which I must mention in closing, and that is the more perfect rendering of perspective. Every one is familiar with the distortion of a very wide angle lens, how it makes a little room look a huge hall, and how it magnifies near objects and dwarfs the distant ones, but the same defects are often 3een in pictures taken with comparatively narrow angle lenses. Artists’ pictures are viewed at a distance of three to four times the length of the longest side, and it thus looks right and many photos look wrong. The proper distance to examine a photograph is approximately the focal length of the lens, or usually the length of one side instead of three or four times this distance. To obtain more artistic pictures we must avoid a prominent foreground too near the camera and use a lens having a focal length of three or four times the longest side of the picture. This is cumbersome and expensive with ordinary Oe ee es SEVENTH WINTER 21 lenses, but the telephoto lens makes it easy and practicable. In conclusion I have to thank Messrs. Dallmeyer and Co., and their publishers, Mr. Heinemam and Co., for kind permission to copy or use any of diagrams in Dallmeyer’s Telephotography, which is the standard work on the subject, and it is to this work that I am indebted for the substance of this lecture, and anyone interested in the subject cannot do better than refer to that treatise for fuller information. The pictures are from blocks kindly lent by Messrs. Dallmeyer and Co. They represent St. Albans Abbey taken at a distance of 1,600 yards (ordnance map measurement), one with a 16-inch landscape lens, the other with the telephoto lens, both being equally reduced from 15 x 12 prints. At the conclusion of the lecture Mr. Horsley proposed a hearty vote of thanks to Mr. Lander for his lecture. He spoke of the great use which tele-photography was to architects, to lovers of animal life, and scientific men, and humorously pointed out that it might also be requisitioned in detective work. The vote was carried with acclammation, and Mr. Lander having replied, the meeting terminated. MEETING, TUESDAY, JANUARY 157, 1901. ‘“THE PHOTOGRAPHY OF NATURAL HISTORY SUBJECTS, AND MICRO- PHOTOGRAPHY WITH HOME-MADE APPARATUS.”—BY Mr, W. H. HAMMOND anp Mr. A. LANDER. Mr. Sidney Harvey, F.I.C., F.C.S., presided at the meeting of members held in the Keference Library of the Beaney Institute on ‘I'uesday even- ing, January 15, 1901. Amongst others present were Messrs. Henry Fielding, J. McClemens, L. Ward, W. Surry, T. G. Marsh, F. M. Argrave, W. Smith, Miss E. Harvey, Miss E. N. Harvey, Messrs. J. Cutting, C. Buckingham, W. R. Dunham, A. Lander (Hon. Sec.), ete. The Secretary read a letter from the President of the Society (Mr. S. Horsley), who was announced, together with Mr. W. H. Hammond, to give a demonstration of the apparatus used for the photography of natural objects. Mr. Horsley had been suddenly called away to London on account of the very sericus illness of his son. The Chairman expressed regret for the absence of the President, and also his sympathy in the trial that had come upon him. Speaking of the use of photography with the microscope, as applied to Nature, Mr. Harvey said it was of great assistance in detecting agricultural insect pests, and by this means a large number of destruc- tive insects could be discovered The black currant mite did enormous injury to their currant crops and for the last ten years it had almost prevented anything like a crop being realised. It was only recently that the pest was discovered, but chemistry was coming to the aid of agriculture and he hoped this terrible pest would ultimately be exterminated (hear, hear). In the absence of Mr. W. H. Hammord, Mr. Lander explained the method by which natural objects could be photographed, and read the following notes by Mr. Hammond describing the apparatus :-- Figure 1] represents the camera screwed on to a sideless box, by means of an ordinary camera screw. The box slides up and down the upright board, which has a slit sawn in it nearly all its length; itis held in position by tightening up what is known as a perambulator screw. Under the camera a board, removable at will, is shown with four 6-inch nails driven in it, which supports a sheet of glass (in this case a clean 12in. by 10in. plate). Ifa white background is desired, a white card 1s put under the glass, sloping slightly towards the hight, and the object laid on the glass, by this means shadows are avoided ; for some subjects a piece of brown paper may be used instead of the white card, Ifa black background is desired the object should be laid on a piece of perfectly black velveteen on the glass and the white card removed. The apparatus stands on the ledge of a north window when in use. A small stop must be used (f 32) and backed plates to get the best results. Imperial ordinary backed are not to be beaten. For flowers with blue, yellow and green, use an Ilford chromatic plate and No.6 yellow screen. White flowers can be photographed on black velvet without a trace of halation. Develop with :— Metol 2 grs. Quinol mae 2 or 3 grs Pot. carb. ... Kise 24 grs. Pot. metabisulphite 5 gs. Pot. bromide = 1 gr. Water 1k oz, For a quarter plate. For the slight magnification of insects and small flowers extend the camera to the utmost limit, use a small stop and focus by sliding the box up and down. With a Ross Rapid Symmetrical of about 4 in. focus by extending camera 18 ins, about 1) diameters is obtained. By putting a round spectacle lens of 8 in. focus on top of the photo lens, about 3 diameters is obtained or more with a spec- tacle lens of shorter focus. Sometimes an ordinary low power micro-objective is screwed on by meansof an adapter to the camera (of course without the photo lens), higher magnification can be got, but the field is small and there is very little depth of focus ; this can, however, be increased by putting a small Lris diaphragm (known as Davis’s shatter) immediately over the objective. For focussing a OOS EIGHTH to to focussing glass is absolutely necessary, and a thin Zin. No. | circular cover glass, should be stuck on the centre of the ground glass focussing screen (ground side) with canada balsam, by which means a very accurate focus can be obtained with the focussing glass. Mr. Lander then threw on the screen several pictures of leaves, pieces of bark, flowers, etc. Pages of books, which had been photographed by the same process, were also shown, followed by several beautiful coloured slides. At the close the Chairman proposed a vote of thanks to Mr. Lander for coming to the rescue in the kind way he had and giving them such a pleasant evening. He (the speaker) did not think that Canterbury was the sleepy old place it was often called. Looking at it froma Natural History point of view, they had had some great naturalists in Canterbury, géntlemen who had held very high positions in the City and had done a lot of good for their fellow townsmen. Mr. Henry Fielding seconded, and said he had as a rule found that the people who grumbled and said that Canterbury had nothing to interest them had nothing in them to interest others. They were people without avy brains, who could not amuse themselves and expected to find people in the town who had nothing else to do but to sit about and amuse them. He had the greatest contempt for such people, and he took every opportunity he could to show them so. They should also thank the Chairman for presiding. The vote was carried unanimously, and Mr. Lander returned thanks. WINTER MEETING, TUESDAY, JANUARY MASI, WSIOM. “GLIMPSES OF BEAUTY IN THE STRUCTURE OF MARINE ORGANISMS.” LECTURE BY MR. SIBERT SAUNDERS, The annual meeting of the members was held in the Reference Library of the Beaney I[nsti- tute on Tuesday evening, January 29th, 1901. The President (Mr. Stephen Horsley) occu- pied the chair, and amongst the large audience, which filled the room to overflowing, were Captain MeDakin, Mr. Sibert Saunders, Mr. S. Harvey (Vise-Cbhairman), the Deputy Mayor (Mr. W. H. Netherclift), Mr. W. P. Mann, Rev. W. M. Rod- well, Mr. J. F. Whichcord, Miss V. Mason, Miss Holnes, Miss Phillpotts, Miss E. M. Harvey, Miss N. Harvey, Miss Abbott, Miss Pidduck, Miss Longhurst, Miss Harris, Miss Reakes, Messrs. J. Smith, J. MeClemens, L. Ward, W. Cozens, T. B. Rosseter, W. Surry, W. Godden, Buckingham, Fiddian, and others. . Tbe minutes of the last annual meeting were read and confirmed, and tke three reports of the Committee, Treasurer, and Librarian were read and adopted. They were considered very satis- factory, and showed that the Society was in a far more flourishing condition than it had been for many years past, the total number of members being about one hundred. The financial statement was also very satisfactory, and for the first time during a long number of years there was a balance in hand on the 1ight side, and after paying off all liabilities, £6 6s. was left to be carried forward. The report of the Librarian showed that the library had been re-arranged by him and was ready for the use of members. This valuable library is now available not only for members, but also for | PHOTOGRAPHY OF NATURAL HISTORY OBJECTS, BY Mr. W. H. HAMMOND. Mie SINGLE FLOWER (Orehis hireina) EMRE OAK. CHESTNUT. aAP the general public of Canterbury for purposes of reference. The President and officers were re- elected en bloc till the end of September next, as the commencement of the Society’s year has been altered from January 1 to October 1. The President then called upon Mr. 8. Saunders to give his lecture entitled “Glimpses of Beauty in the Structure of Marine Organisms.” The lecturer began by remarking that probably many who had seen the title of the lecture had been inclined to ask ‘“‘ Why speak of Glimpses of Beauty?” “Surely,” they might say, “ Beauty is abundantly manifest throughout the natural world! To take only that branch of natural history to be dealt with in this lecture—marine lite; how much beauty is to be found in a collec- tion of shells, which must be readily discerned by everyone who has eyes to see—beauty of form, beauty of colour! Or look at a collection of Algzx and see the delicate beauty there displayed |” Yet, admitting all this, the point which it was now desired to press on the attention of the audience was, that there are hidden charms in the structure of many organisms which are only revealed to the student whomakes a close and care- ful examination. Indeed, there are many objects whose external appearance presents no special attraction, which may yet possess a structure formed on a pattern of great beauty, or in which some delicate material reveals an unexpected charm of ornament. The lecturer said he proposed to deal only with the invertebrate classes, and, commencing with some of the larger and better- known creatures, to ask his audience to travel with him down the scale of beings inhabiting the great world of the sea, glancing at one here and there, till we reach the confines of life in organisms too minute to be examined by the human eye, unless assisted by the instruments which science has devised to help us in our search. Referring to shells of many of the GastroropA, which are among the most beautiful objects to be found in collections, where the elegance of their form and the brilliant colouring of many species at once arrest the eye and excitea feeling of admira- tion in the mind of even the superficial observer, attention was directed to the exquisite lining of the interior of the shell by a nacreous enamel of absolute smoothness, as though highly polished ; often tinted with delicate hues or exhibiting a brilliant iridescent appearance ; sometimes of unblemished whiteness. This perfect lining throughout every portion of the interior of ashell was well seen in a longitudinal section of Fusus antiquus on the table, and in an abnormal form of Buccinum carinatum lined with the purest white enamel. The iridescent hues were shewn in Haliotis splendeus. Passing to the Nudibranchiata, in which the shell is either absent, or only exists in a rudi- mentary form, it was explained that the kreathing organs form a prominent appendage to the body of the animal, being arranged on the surface, often in such a way as to produce the effect of a lovely flower ; at other times asa fringe of delicate tassels on either side of the body or on the dorsal surface. In many species the colour of the animal and of the branchiw is very striking. The genus Eolis contains many examples of this beauty of colour. 3 To illustrated the elegance of the tuft of branchiw an excellent picture of Doris Johnstoni was thrown on the screen. As an illustration of a “glimpse” of beauty in the structure of an animal whose general appear- ance is most unattractive—and even repulsive— the sucking disks from the arms of a cuttle fish (Cephalopoda) were shewn by the lecturer. Each disk was seen to be an elegant cup-shaped body, composed of muscular membrane, the striz of which, radiating trom the central aperture to the circumference, formed a pattern of beautiful symmetry—and it was explained that at the bottom of the central cavity is a piston capable of being retracted immediately the circumference of the disk is placed in contect with the surface of an object—thus producing a vacuum and secur- ing the adhesion cf the sucker to the object attacked. Attention was next directed to a pecular characteristic of the Gastropod molluscs, which affords a striking illustration of beauty in the structure of the strauge dental apparatus with which these creatures are furnished. This organ (sometimes called 4 “tongue” or “ palate,” but more correctly described as a radulaor odontophore) is a tube, the front of which is, as is were, slit up and spread out within the proboscis-like mouth. On the interior are innumerable rows of minute spines or hooked teeth, the form and arrangement of which varies greatly in different species. In many cases the teeth are siliceous and capable of being used as a file or boring instrument. By its means the Dog Whelk (Purpwra Lapillus) ard Whelk Tingle (Nassa reticulata) perforate the shell of the oyster or mussel, patiently drilling a hole with absolute regularity and uniformity until the body of its victim is reached. In others, the teeth may be of a horny rather than a siliceous substance, and are only adapted for rasping some softer material than shell or mowing down fine growths of vegetation. The common Periwinkle, the Limpet and other vegetable feeders, are furnished with an odontophore of this description. Under examination by the polariscope many of the odontophores are objects of great beauty, the form and arrangement of the teeth being thus seen to advantage. In addition to the typical species above mentioned odontophores of T'rochus: zizy- phinus, Haliotis, Natica, Aplysia, and Cyclostoma elegans were exhibited. The Class Tunicata exhibits a variety of forms, and some of the smallest are (as usual) the most beautiful. They are invested with a tegument or tunic which is not shell but is, in some species, thin and as transparent as glass, in others thick and opaque. To this class belong the Ascidians which are regarded by some distinguished naturalists as “the nearest relations to the vertebrata, in consequence of the presencein the larval form of the rod-like body (notochord) which disappears in the mature animal, and in the vertebrata is replaced by the spinal column.” [Pascoe’s “ Zoological Classification,” p. 172). Clavellina and Perophora are beautiful forms of Tunicata. The latter especially affords an opportunity of studying the living actions of the Ascidians, its tunic being perfectly transparent. The Botryllidz again are compound animals, each 9 4 individual animal being imbedded in a jelly- like substance. Botryllus Schlosseri, found on seaweeds, is a beautiful object, the jelly-like mass containing groups of individuals arranged star-wise around a common outlet (the mouths being on the outer circumference of the circle), and the appearance is that of a beautiful mosaic in two shades of green. There are allied forms in other colours. The Polyzoa, generally considered as belonging to the great sub-kingdom Mouuusca, but some- times transferred to that of Vermgs, are mostly microscopic animals usually in clusters or colonies, each animal inhabiting a separate cell, and the whole group forming sometimes a miniature plant, and in other cases encrusting seaweeds or stones with a network of delicate tracery or an engraved pattern of great beauty. Such are the different forms of Lepralia, Membranipora, of which several species were shewn, as were also Lagenipora socialis, Lichenopora regularis, Bugula avicularis, and others. Among the Annelids we get many “ Glimpses of beauty,” chiefly in respect of colour. The sea- mouse (Aphrodita), the Eunicide and the Phyllodoces all exhibit metallic and iridescent lustre of the most brilliant character. Pectinaria carries a pair of combs of gold. The Serpule and . Tabelle protrude from the tubes in which they live, splendid gill-tufts, and a group of Serpula con- tortuplicata, with their calcareous tubes gracefully convoluted and supporting each other, is a charming sight. Such a group was now exhibited. Among other illustrations of this part of the lecture, microscopic preparations of a gill-tuft of Branchicoconuma, and the cirri of Cirratula were greatly admired. The sub-kingdom EcuinopEr- MATA teems with illustrations of beauty of structure. The skeleton of the common “ five- finger” or “starfish” is a thing of exquisite beauty, composed of thousands of particles of carbunate of lime held together by calcified membrane of transparent texture, the whole resembling the finest lacework. The “sandstar” (Ophiura) has a small central disk,which contains the organs of digestion, and is composed of a number of plates arranged symmetrically, and on the underside (on which 1s the mouth) the arrangement of the plates forms a pattern of great beauty, the mouth itself being an aperture in the form of a star of five rays, fringed with short, sharp, moveable spines, which serve as teeth. The five arms or rays are composed of a number of segments with over-lapping plates, so articulated as to render the ray flexible, the whole being covered with retractile integuments by which the movements of the innumerable joints are regulated. The slender rays taper to the finest point. In the “ Brittle stars ” (Ophiocoma), the rays are furnished with long spines, hooks, and other appendages, and in this genus we find the charm of colour added to that of form, for there is an almost endless variety of tint in the different species, and even among individuals. The class EcuinorpeA--of which the sea-urchin (Echinus Spheera) is a familiar example—has the body rounded and enclosed in a shell composed of numerous closely connected calcareous plates and studded with tubercles on which are jointed moveable spines. Certain plates are perforated for the emission of the tube feet, and each of these ambulacral tubes terminate in a sucker formed by a minute calcareous plate surrounde] with muscular flesh which when pierced close to any substance, forms a vacuum until the creature re- laxes its muscular contraction. The common fiye- finger, sun star, and others of the Asteroidea, are furnished with similar “sucker feet.” As the beauty of the skeleton of the starfish cannot be be imagined until all the investing animal matter has been patiently and carefully removed by chemical agency, so if is not until the superficial forest of spines and suckers has been got rid of that the structure of the sea-urchin’s shell can be seen with its wonderful complication of angular plates fitted together with the greatest nicety ; and then only can the beauty of the contour of the shell—its delicate gradation of colour, and the regularity of the rows of polished tubercles to which the spines were jcined, and of the perfor- ated chanuels for the protrusion of the feet be realised. Examples of these skeletons were exhibited, and lantern pictures displayed an Echinus in the act of travelling up the glass side of an aquarium ; an arm of Ophiocoma rosula (showing the sheafs of spines, hooklets, etc.), and many sections of Echinus spines. Glancing now at animals still lower in the scale of life, we found among the Meduse some beautiful forms, one of which (Cuvisria carisochroma) was shown on the screen. The floats are arranged like strings of pearls around the margin of its circular body which, thus supported, spreads its delicate filamen- tary tentacles to considerable depth. The upper surface of the disk also exhibits a pattern of extreme beauty. Beroé is one of the ciliograde acalaphe and is a globular, or rather lemon-shaped body, with longitudinal bands of cilia which, by their vibration, cause the body to revolve and at the same time produce iridescent hues which have a lovely effect as the animal propels itself through the water. The Corals and Zoophytes were next dealt with and contributed some admirable pictures, but to understand the marvellous beauty of the creatures they must be seen alive, and examined under the microscope. And thus the lecturer brought his audience to the contemplation of the lowest sub-kingdom in the animal world, the Prorozoa, and here the element of beauty asserts itself in some of the Ruizorpopa. Here we have the Foraminifera— minute, nearly structureless animals—yet pro- vided with a calcareous shell which often exhibits a beatiful form equal in grace of outline to the Nautilus or Ammonito. These tiny bodies are among the earliest forms of life. The chalk formations are almost entirely composed of their shells. The shells are perforated by numerous pores, through which extensions of the animalare protruded. A beautiful picture was shewn of Rosalina with the pseudopodia protruding like rays around the body of the creature. Several other slides of Foraminifera were effectively shewn. The Polycistina,allied to theForaminipora, have siliceous instead of calcareous shells. These are, therefore, indestructible and are of great variety of form and beauty. The are all oceanic, and when alive are of the most brilliant colours. They existed in enormous numbers in distant geologic2! periods and formel (with the Distomice) large deposits in many parts of Europe, Afric1, and America, notably in Barbadoes, where large masses of rock are composed almost entirely of Polycistine. Examples of great beauty were shewn. Here, said the lecturer, we part company with the animal world at its lowest boundary, ana make the acjuaintance of strange forms of vegetable life having the power of motion— the Diatomaca — minute organisms, enclosed in a siliceous eavelope or cell, often exhibiting au elaborate pattern. ‘This siliceous envelope consists of tvo valves or plates, the cavity ,between the two being filled with the cell contents. When the vegetable matter has been got rid of by boiling in nitric acid, there remains the flinty envelope, which is one of the most interesting objects tor examina- tion by the microscope. A number of extremely beautiful examples were shown by the lantern, viz.: Mixed groups from Hungary in several different combinations — Coscinodiscus, Helio- peltis, Biddulphia, Triceratum favus, Tricer- atium quadratus, Arachnoidiscus ornatus, Isth- mia nervosa, etc. The concluding observations of the lecturer were as follows:—Thus must end our feeble attempt to snatch some glimpses of the hidden beauty that exists in most organic bodies, although the eyes of comparatively few men ever rest upon it. We have seen that, the more we investigate the structure, and unveil the framework which supports the outward form of many familiar objects, the more do we discover of beauty and grace, while some creatures, whose external appyaradce 18 mst attractive, are rarely seen by man; and it is noteworthy that in our investigations this evening in a descending scale from the mollusca to the diatomacece we appear to have found more and more beauty in the creatures belonging to each succeeding class and order. Certainly not the least beautiful are those which came last under our observatio'. Many of those are so minute that a single one can scarcely be discovered if laid on a piece of glass. These moving beings existed in the depths of ocean, living their life unseen by the eye of man ; dying by myriads long ages ago, and now, being indestructible, form great masses of earth and rock. Yet, when separated and examined with the microscops, they display the most exquisite symmetry of form, and beauty of ornamentation in endless variety. So with portions of the structure of many of the larger organisms when cirefully examined. The section of the spine of an Ezhinus; the many-coloured spicules of Gorgoni1—the siliceous odontophores of the Gasteropoda. The sculptured cells of Lepralia and other Polyzoa, all these reveal beauty which is not suspected, and never found till searched out with care and pains. For what, and for whom, was all this beauty— this microscopic beauty—created? The discoveries we make in these researches are analogous to the discovery by the travellor who is tbe first of human kind to visit some remote part of the earth, and who suddenly comes upon an unknown flower of the rarest beauty, which has probably been blooming for ages unseen by, and unknown to man. ‘Thousands of such flowers are blooming now upon the earth. Myriads of creatures as beautiful as those we have seen to-night exist, unknown to us, after centuries of investigation. Some, perhaps, so minute that our limited vision, even aided by the most powerful glasses, can never discover them. Such refiections, if they inspire a feeling of gratitude for the power of insight into the marvels of nature already vouchsafed to us, may help to keep us humble “In Nature’s infinite Book of Mystery A little have I read.” Perhaps I had better conclude with a more practical reflection. If the industrious research of the student of nature is rewarded by the dis- covery of so much beauty which otherwise would never have b. en seen and known, what a justifica- tion that fact is for the existence of such a Society as ours, and what an incentive to its promoters and supporters t) continue to afford facilities to students to prosecute their researches. It seems to me also that I have this evening exemplified the wisdom of associating the practice of photography with the primary work of the Natural History Society. But for the labours of Mr. Fiddian, who has most kindly prepared for me a number of slides and lent me some already in his possession, my lecture would have been a very dry one. I am also greatly indebted to Mr. Maan for the use of his sp!endid lantern, to Mr, Langer tor much kind help, andto the Rev. W. M. Rodwell for the loan of some of his beautitul marine microscopic slides. Captain McDakin proposed a vote of thanks to the lecturer, which was seconded by Mr. W. P. Manor and carried with acclamation, Mr. Saunders briefly returning thanks. The Secretary then showed some diffraction grating:, by ‘horp, of Manchester, and ex- plained that they were maie by ruling the grating with abont 15,000 lines to the inch, and then painting it over with a solution ot celluloid in acetone. This was allowed to dry, and on being peeled off was a perfect casting of the grating. This was mounted between glass and used instead of a prism for spectroscopes and other scientific purposes. ‘The great advantage of this new method was that it gave a better spectrum and is also very much cheaper. Before the company separated several interest- ing slides showing the Proclamation of the new King at Canterbury on the previous Fridiy were thrown on the screen. Oue -howed the Town Clerk reading the Proclamation at Westgate, and was kindly lent by Mr. H. B. Collis, of the West- gate Studio. te 3 eee ae NINTH WINTER MEETING, TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 127H, 1901. “ HOW TO ENLARGE PHOTOGRAPHS.’—LECTURE BY MR. W. GARD. The ninth winter maeting was held in the Reference Library of the Beaney Institute on Tuesday, February 12. In the absence of the President of the Society (Mr. S. Horsley), whose enforced seclusion through continued ill-health was much regretted by all present, the chair was tiken by Mr. S. Harvey, one of the Vice- Presidents. ‘The numerous compiny present included Councillor J. F. Whichcord, Miss V. Mason, Miss Cole, Messrs. J. G. Johnson, W. P. Mann, A. Kennedy, W. Surry, F. C. Snell, C. Backingham, W. dustin, W. Smith, W. Cozens, F. J. Sage, F. M. Argeave, W. . Fiddian (hon. librarian), A. Lander (hon. secretary), and othars, The Secretary called the attention of the m>et- ing to the num2rous photographic publications . taken in by the Society, and which were laid upon the table week by week. He also referred to the up-to-date standard works on photography which had recently been purchased by the Society, and added to the Library. The exhibits were not very numerous,but included some valuable specimensof the Diguerrotype processof photography brought by Miss Cole. Thesy prints illustrated one of the oldest processes of taking photographs, and were in remarkable contrast to the recent baautiful specimens of photographic art placed round the room. Messrs. Lander and Smith also exhibited some novelties in photographic apparatus, cameras, ete., and also presented to the Library for reference several copies of the “ British Jouraal of Photo- graphy Almanacks.” Mr. W. Gard then proceeded to give his demon- stration on *‘ How to enlarge photographs” which was listened to by an attentive and appreciative audience. After describing the various methods of enlarging by daylight and artificial light, the lecturer stated that artificial light was much to be preferred on account of its greater uniformity and also because it was more available for amateurs at night. Several forms of apparatus were figured, and diagrams thrown upon the screen by means of the lantern. The various illuminants were com- pared and the advantages of electric illumination described. The lecturer exhibited a simple form of home-made apparatus illuminated by electric lamps, and then went on to make some enlarge- ments by this means. Though the exposure was very short, only about fifteen or twenty seconds, the pictures, upon development, were found to have been fully exposed and were very successful, being much admired when handed round, together with the negatives, for the audience to examine. The different forms of bromide paper and various developers were men- tioned, amidal or metol-quinol being stated to be the best general all round developer for such work. At the conclusion of the lecture, upon the proposition of the Chairman, a hearty vote of thanks was accorded Mr. Gard, who suitably re- plied. EEE ess TENTH WINTER MEETING, TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 267H, 1901. “THE INFINITELY GREAT AND THE INFINITELY SMALL IN NATURE.” LECTURE BY MR. W. P. MANN. The tenth winter meeting took place in the Refer- ence Library of the Beaney Institute on Tuesday, Feb. 26, 1901. Mr. Sidney Harvey, F.I1C.,F.CS., presided over a crow led attendance, amongst those present being Miss Phillpotts, the Misses Harvey, Couucillors Stead and Whicheord, Messrs. W. P. Mann, J. McClemens, W. Cozens, F. M. Argrave, J.G. Marsh, W. H. Fiddiao, C. Buckingham, F.C. Snell, W. Sucry, W. Godden, E. Foxell, W. Gard, Miss Sworn, Mrs. Husbands, Mrs. Somerville, Mrs. Bowler, Miss Cole, and the Hon. Sec., Mr. A. Lander. In opening the proceedings, the CHAIRMAN re- ferred with regret to the absence through ill- health of the President of the Society (Councillor S. Horsley), but expressed pleasure at the fact thit he was slowly progressing towards recovery (hear, hear). ‘The advertised leztuver, Rev. A J. i. Galpin, for certain reasons was unable to attend, and he (the Chairman) had the unhappiness to stand in his place. lt was a great disappointment, and they missed that evening what would have been a very great treat in listening to Mr. Galpin. On the motion of Miss Coxe, seconded by the CuArgMAN, Mrs, Bowler was electeda member of the Society. Councillor Wx1cucorp proposed the elec- tion of Miss Violet Mason as a member, Councillor Sreap seconded, and it wasagreed to. The Secretary then explained the exhibits and objects of interest which were p!aced upon the table for inspection by members. At the last meeting Mr. Gard gave a lecture on how to enlarge photographs, andthe Secretary had now |rought two valuable enlargers with him, the use of which he explained tothemembers. He also called attention to the March number of the “ Photogram,” which had just been issued. Mr. S.W. Harvey, who had left the town, still took a deep interest in the Society and had kindly presented them with a number of interesting lantern slides of the Cathedral and other Canterbury views, which would be very valuable at some of their lantern meetings, He hoped other members would take the hint and follow Mr.Harvey’s example. Mr. LanpeErR then read a report on the recent annual affiliation meeting of the Royal Photographic Society in London, with which the Canterbury Society is now affiliated, and which Mr. Harvey had attended as a delegate. With the report was enclosed a copy of the “ Red Book,” which con- tained information respecting the Society and its lecturers, ete. This book gives the holder the privilege of photographing in the Zoological Gardens, London, and other public places and grounds, and the Secretary explained that he hoped it would be possible, by consulting the Dean, to get permission for tlie Society to take photographs in the grounds of the Cathedral. The report also stated that the Executive Committee regretted thas more photographic slides had not been sub- mitted by members of the affiliated societies, and Mr. Harvey considered that the Canterbury Society ought to contribute at least a dozen annually. On the motion of Councillor Wuicucorp, seconded by Councillor Sreap, the report was adopted, and a vote of thanks passed to Mr. S. W. Harvey. The Hon. Sec. announced that at the next meeting Mr. F'. C. Snell would give his lecture on “ Clouds and cloud photography.” Mr. Stoney Harvey then delivered his lecture on “the infinitely great and the infinitely small in nature,” Mr. W. P. Mann taking the chair vacated by him. The subject was, he said, an extremely difficult one to deal with, but at the same time it was one upon which a few remarks from him might not be out of place in a Society like that. Of course, in nature “great” and “small” were terms of comparison only ; they were not terms of essential value, and in order to com- prehend the great and the small they needed instruments to appreciate their differences, and when he said that he made no reflection upon that instrument which nature had already provided them with,—the human eye. An instrument or machine such as the human eye, which received and expounded and rceorded all the impressions produced through its organism, was no slight machine, for, in order to do so, it had to receive and deal with every second, 392 billions of impressions tor the red rays of light, or 757 billions for the violet rays, and with other kinds of light sums between these two tremendous estimates. It was one of the most marvellous structures that the mind of mau could conceive, and, in addition to that, it. must be remembered that an eye capable of dealing with things microscopical or telescopical, or acting as a polariscope or prism would be positively useless for the practical pur- pose for which the eye was intended. So there was no disrespect to the eye when he said that for certain purposes artificial instruments devised by man should be used. The theory of the tele- scope and the miscroscope, to which he wished to advert, was practically the same, although the construction was somewhat different. The object of both was to bring objects somewhat nearer, when they could not otherwise be dealt with. The teleseccpe brought things nearer when viewed at a distance, and the wiscro- scope enabled them to view minute things at a very short focus. The lecturer then went oa to describe the different microscopic powers, which, starting with a lens magnifying ten diameters of the object beneath it, ranged up to 2,000 diameters. When they had reached that they had gone as far as most workers with the microscope cared to go, but there were certain rare instruments of very much higher power, and they could magnify up to four or five thousand diameters. As showing how closely interwoven the infinitely great and the infinitely small were, they had in the heavens objects in which the unit—a million of miles—went a very little way to express their extreme and tremendous distance, and they used, in order to bridge over that vast interval, vibrations of light, which, in the case of some of the wave lengths, were from one hundred and thirty-nine thous:ndth to one hundred and fifty thousandth part of an inch. These vibrations took place, as far as modern theories aided them, in a medium which was at once the most profoundly mysterious they knew of, viz.,the ether. By means of and trusting to the integrity of these vibrations, they were able to view and to reason upon, and to appreciate to a limited extent, the nature and size and properties of bodies many thousands of millions of miles away. Here, then, they had a sort of partnership set up between extremely minute vibrations and immensely large bodies at a great distance, and here the great and small met. But they had to deal with even smaller quantities than these. When they considered the minuteness of the atoms of which matter was built up they had far smaller substances. They could, of course, arrive at something like an approximate idea of the size of an atom, but it was, however, very approximate. If they could imagine a single drop of water, magnified to the size of the earth itself, and if they could imagine the component parts of that drop of water magnified to a corresponding extent, and if they could see the atoms so magnified also, they would be, according to Lord Kelvin, approximate to something between the size of a bullet and a_ cricket ball. That was mere theory, but it would give them some idea of the extreme smallness of an atom. The most refined of modern instruments were a very long way from reaching a separate atom and no one ever expected to see one apart from anything else. Matter was always in a state of vibration, and if they took a mass of steel or a gaseous body like air, it was certain that the molecules or atoms of which it was composed were in rapid motion. And when they considered that perhaps these atoms never touched one another, bat were farther apart than their own diameters, the marvel was that matter was so stable as it was. If they could see for an instant the component parts of Canterbury Cathe- dral they would find them all in~ rapid quivering motion, moving in their orbits and in short vibrations, but always moving. The very stability of the Cathedral depended upon that very mobility of those atoms. They moved under strict laws and regulations, and if they ceased to move it would mean destruction. And however ready they were to resist and set back the finger of time on their buildings, they could readily understand that by atmospheric action these atoms gradually took to themselves wings and flew away, and so they got surface decay, and restor- ation had to be resorted to. Here again they saw the relation of the infinitely small and the infinitely great. Mr. Harvey then went on to speak of the invention of the Spectroscope, and how by its means and by burning certain metals they were able to detect the presence in the sun of a large number of metals in a state cf fusion corresponding to those on earth. That was one of the grandest discoveries the world had ever seen. Astronomers had also turned their attention to the stars and they were able to descern, by means of the rays of light seen through the spectroscope, between a solid body and a gaseous body in a state of ignition. The lecturer then spoke of the state of the earth before ELEVENTH WINTER TUESDAY, MARCH 127TH, 1901. it was inhabited, and of its gradual cooling and the condensation of water upon it, dwelling on the formation of rock and strata, such as Dover cliffs, the Tyrol, the coral reefs, etc., by means of billions and billions of skeletons and shells of minute organisms, which, although almost invisible to the naked eye, yet went to make up- gigantic hills. In conclusion, Mr. Harvey, expressed his belief that the science of the future would be an extended application of chemistry, ard they were proud to think that the leiding men in chemistry had come from cur own little island. When they thought of Cavendish, Woollaston, Priestley, Dalton, Davy, and Faraday, and of what these men had done, and contrasted it with the accomplishments of their German friends, they had no reason to be ashamed of their heritage in the matter. The future of chemistry was very momentous. Before long they would have to re-consider their food supply, and would have to provide it artificially, the same remark applied to their fuel, which would have to be sought in another direction than at present. But, with the memory of the men he had named, and with the spirit of enquiry in their midst, they need have no reason to fear for the future (loud cheers). A large number of magnificent slides, kindly lent by Mr. Lander, Mr. Fiddian, and others, and illustrative of the lecture, were then thrown on the screen by Mr, Fiddian, and were much appreci- ated by the audience. In proposing a vote of thanks to Mr. Harvey, Mr. Mann remarked, while regretting the absence of Mr. Galpin, yet he thought they would agee with him that they bad had a very interesting and delightful lecture. He bad been deeply interested, and could not but admire the wonder- ful simplicity with which Mr. Harvey had put those facts before them. He asked the audience to accord Mr. Harvey a hearty vote of thanks. This was done and Mr, Harvey briefly replied, after which the meeting terminated. ee MEETING, “CLOUDS AND CLOUD PHOTOGRAPHY. ’—LECTURE BY MR. F. C. SNELL. An interesting lecture on ‘‘Clouds and Cloud Photography ” was given by Mr. F. C. Snell in the Reference Library cf the Beaney Institute on 'l'mesday, March 12,1901. Capt. MeDakin presided oyer a large attendance, which included Mr. Sidney Haryey, Miss Nora Harvey, Mr. A. B. Harvey, Mr. J. McClemens, Mr. Henry Fielding, Mr. W. P. Mann, Mr. A. Kennedy, Mr. W. H. Fiddian, Mr. H. Joad, Mrs. Bowler, Mr. W. Surrey, Mr. F. M. Argrave, Mr. C. Buckingham, Mr. J. G. John- son, Mr. W.G. Austen, Mrs. F.C. Snell, Mr. A. Lander, Hon. Sec., and. many others. The Chairman, in opening the meeting, said he rejoiced to find that the Society had awakened to new life, which was due to the energy of both its Committee and President, whom he sincerely regretted was unable to take part in that meeting. He saw Mr. Horsley that afternoon, and he was glad to tell them that he was nearly well. He hoped that before long he would be ‘sngeajg-org YySTy ‘epnorg sngrigg patyaq hhe TAVISLIAM wWetO “NMWOCNODS SCRIV AOL “SNYRIZS-OLIIL) MOT ‘spnor9 supnmng DNINGTAA ‘SMOQCVAUW GAL NI “TTANS ‘0 ‘d “AW Aq ‘AHdVADOLOHd GNOTS present with them again, and, with the advancing summer, they might, sooner or later, expect that he would again favour them, with his wise counsels and genial presence amongst them. The Secretary reminded the members that the summer would soon be coming on, and last year they had very pleasant excursions once a fort- night. Some few of the excursions were arranged for Saturdays to suit those engaged in schools who could not go on Thursdays, but unfortunately they were not attended so well as could be desired. The Committee would hold their meeting in a few weeks’ time, and he invited suggestions from members as to the programme for the coming summer, etc. He had received a letter from the Secretary to the South Eastern Union, asking if they could hold the Congress at Canterbury in 1902. That would be a matter to be decided very soon, and would mean that they would have to secure offers of hospitality for the delegates, ar- range excursions, get rooms for lectures, and give a public soirée and reception on the Friday evening, to be held by the Mayor if possible. This matter would also come before the Committee in a very short time. The Secretary also announced that the International Congress of Zoology would be held in Berlin in August, and enquired whether anyone would care to represent their Society. He read a letter from the Royal Meteorological Society, stating that, with the exception of Dover, they had not a single representative in Kent and part of Sussex. The Society had branches throughout the length and breadth of the land, and the correspondents sent up reports on occurrences of interest to the Society. Mr. Horsley had written stating that it ought to be very easy to get repre- sentatives in the district, and Maidstone was now the only place where he (Mr. Lander) knew of no one who would do this. The Secretary also called the company’s attention to the new star which had appeared since their last meeting, and which had aroused such interest throughout the world. He mentioned that it was visible in Canterbury that evening. Mr. Snell then gave his lecture on “Clouds and Cloud Photography.” In introducing the subject he remarked that cloud photography had hitherto been a somewhat neglected branch of work, but photographers were now realising the importance of 1t, and, appreciating the beauty of the results, were giving it more serious thought and attention. The practical part of cloud photography, although special plates (isochromatic or colour sensitive) were required, presented no greater difficulties than any other branch of photography, a little extra care being required in the development. The lecturer laid stress upon the fact that skies or clouds should not be considered as accessories to a photographic picture, but as a necessary part of it, for the reason that, to truthfully represent nature with its blue, or grey, or clouded sky, a suggestion of one or other of these must be given in the finished picture. A series of lantern slides were shown, illustrating the different forms or types of clouds, accompanied by a short description 29 of each ; also some slides of clouds alone, followed by the same clouds fitted to different landscapes. Mr. Snell also explained the variations of size, shape and colouring of clouds with regard to their position in the sky, and emphasized the importance of due regard being given to correct perspective, tone, and lighting. He spoke rather fully on the subject of securing the clouds and landscape at the same time and on the same plate, and explained that although under certain conditions very fair results were obtainable by that means, yet in the great majority of cases the great difference in the exposures necessary for skies and landscapes prevented the best results being secured. The most important reason fur using a separate negative for the sky was that by this means the photographer was enabled to select any cloud or sky which would not only help the composition of his picture, but also harmonise with the sentiment of the scene. Photographers were advised to use every care in seeing that the lighting of the clouds corresponded with the lighting of the original scene, and were cautioned against using sunset skies with mid-day landscapes, and vice versa, as false effects obtained by such mistakes were readily noticeable. The most important part of the whole subject, the lecturer said, was the selec- tion of clouds suitable to the subject in hand, a sky of an unsuitable form or one of too loud and striking a character often having the effect of completely ruining an otherwise effective picture. An outline of the principles of orthochromatic photography was given, and the properties of the plates and the action of the colour screen, which it is necessary to use in this branch of work were described. A number of marine views and moon- light effects, with the clouds in the same negative, were also shown, as were a set of slides kindly lent by Mr. A. Horsley Hinton, editor of the Amateur Photographer. A few sets of prints from the lecturer’s negatives, showing clouds and land- scapes separately and also joined together, were passed round after the lecture. Mr. S. Harvey proposed a vote of thanks to Mr. Snell, saying if any doubt remained about the utility of the Society it had been dispelled that evening. They had listened to a very able dis- course on cloud photography by one who had studied the question with great care and critical ability, and he hoped to have the pleasure of hearing moreabout the subject later on(hear,hear). Mr. Henry Fielding seconded. He was sure they would agree with him that the pictures showed most extraordinary artistic taste. He (Mr. Fielding) had taken a great interest in cloud photography, and he looked forward to hearing Mr. Snell again, particularly on the sub- ject of developing and the different lights he bad striven to get at times. The vote of thanks was carried unanimously, and Mr. Snell, in returning thanks, said if he had only given them half the pleasure in listening to his lecture that he had experienced in delivering it he would be many times repaid. eee ee ek OK ‘30 TWELFTH WINTER MEETING, TUESDAY, MARCH 26ru, 1901. “POLARISED LIGHT AND COLOUR PHENOMENA.” LECTURE BY MR. W. P. MANN. The twelfth winter meeting of members took place at the Simon Langton Schools, Canterbury, on Tuesday, March 26, 1901, by the kind invitation of the Headmaster, Mr. W. P. Mann. Amongst the many members and friends were Mr. Sidney Harvey, Miss Harvey,Miss Holmes, MissPhillpotts, Mr. A. Lander (Hon. Sec.) and Mrs. Lander, Mr. Blofield, Miss MacCanlis, Miss Sworn, Mrs. Pratt, Councillor Whicheord, Mrs. Gard, Mr. Whalley, Mr.Gard, Miss Drake, Mr. Cozens, and many othe's. Between 7 and 8 p.m. a conyersazione was held in the Physical Laboratory, when the mewbers examined with great interest the valuable micros- copes, polariscopes, ete., which were on the tables. At 8 c’clock Mr. W. P. Mann gave a highly interesting lecture in the Lecture Hall on “ Polar- ised light and colour phenomena.” Mr. Sidney Harvey. who presided, said it might be well to explain the reason of their presence there that evening. First of all, the Beaney Institute would not have held the large assembly which had gathered there. Secondly, their kind friend, Mr. Mann—who was always ready to come to the rescue—required, in order that a lecture of that nature might be illustrated in a proper manner, costly and extensive apparatus which would be too large to ask him to bring to the Beaney Institute, where, with a lack of appliances, it would ba impossible to show any experiments at all. They were Mr. Mann’s guests, and not for the first time, for the first lecture was delivered on premises adjacent to that building more than 25 years ago. They had enjoyed his hospitality on previous occasions, and they hoped they would enjoy it again (hear, hear). The CHarrMan then proposed Mrs. Somerville as a new member cf the Society, and that lajy was unanimously elected. The Hon. Secretary read a list of the exhibits on the table. They were, he said, mainly microscopical. Mr. Harvey had sent two microscopes, under one of which were some vegetable tissues illuminated by ordinary and polarised light. Tae President of the Society (Mr. S. Horsley) had, during his illness, mounted a lot of pollen, which under the microscope looked very beautiful. He had sent them some thirty specimens with the microscope. Mr. Mann had brought his microscope, and Miss Holmes and Miss Phillpotts had brought their's with some dandelion seeds under them. A very curious atlas, dated 1675, was also on view, kindly sent by Miss Hogben. It was not a map in the ordinary sense of the word, but a beautifully coloured chart of every coast in the world, showing all the rocks and sand banks. With reference to the lecture on “Cloud photography,” .ecently given by Mr. Snell, Mr. Horsley had expressed a wish that some member would take up the subject and photograph the clouds regularly. It would be necessary to note the exact time and day on which each photo was taken. The Royal Meteoro- logical Society had written to their Society asking them to make observations. On the first Thurs- day in every month special balloons would be sent up throughout Europe, specially to view the clouds, and, if possible, to photograph them, and find their distance from the earth. If members could take away their cameras from earicaturing their friends occasionally, and take the clouds they would get valuable results (laughter), With reference to the proposed visit of the South-Eastern Onion to Canterbury in 1902, Mr. Lander stated that a meeting of the Commit- tee of the Union was held recently, and it was decided to accept the Canterbury Society’s invita- tion tocomethere in May of next year. Ata meeting of their own Committee it was suggested that a strong local committee be formed to arrauge for the reception of the Union. The following names were suggested:—The Mayor (Alderman Hart), Deputy Mayor (Councillor Netherclift), the Dean of Canterbury (Dr. Farrar), Miss Phillpotts, Miss Holmes, the Puesident of the Society (Mr. Stephen Horsley), Mr. Bennett Goldney, Mr. Henry Fielding, Rev. W. M. Rodwell, Mr. Facer, Mr. S. Harvey, Mr. W.P. Mann, Councillor Whichcord, Mr. Blofeld, Mr. Cozens, Rev. A. J. Galpin, Captain Stead, Mr. Snell, Mr. Horsnaill, and Mr. A. Lander (Hon. Sec.). The Mayor had promised to do all that lay in his power to help them, and suggested that a reception should be given in the Beaney Institute. Of course that was a matter which would have to be settled later en. The visit would cost the Society something like £25 altogether. The Secretary also stated that during the month they had only had 40 hours of sunshine in Canterbury, whereas in some years they Lad had as much as 180 hours. They had during the first week of the month more rain in Canterbury than in any other place in England. Mr. Marsh proposed, and Mr. Argrave seconded, that the names mentioned above form the Com- mittee, with power to add to their number, and this was unanimously agreed to. The Secretary stated that it was proposed to have excursions on alternate Thursday afternoons during the summer. Lympne and Hythe, Rye and Winchelsea, Dungeness and Minster Marshes, Maidstone and District, Whitstable, etc., had been suggested as suitable places to visit. The Chairman, before asking Mr. Mann to deliver his lecture, mentioned that their President was looking quite his old self again, and his absence that evening was due largely to his enforced rest, and which he hoped would continue to be enforced. It would be very unwise for him to have ventured out that night, but they hoped to welcome him back when it was warmer (cheers). In asking Mr. Mann to give his lecture, the Chairman said he thought he was very brave to attempt to deliveritatall. Of all the subjects capable of being made plain nothing would beat polarised light. Mr. Mann then gave his lecture on “ Polarised light.” He first referred to the two theories of light, the corpuscular and the undulatory. By the corpuscular it was supposed that light was caused by the emission from luminous bodies of exceedingly mirute particles, which, falling on the eye, so affected the retina as to give the sensation of light. This theory had now been abandoned, and the undulatory theory was almost universally accepted. By this theory light was supposed to be due to wave motion found in the “ether,” a fluid which must exist not only tkroughout space, but actually around the particles of solid bodies. The properties assigned to this ether were extreme elasticity and extreme tenuity, and it was to various kinds of undulations or waves in it that they owed the manifestation of light, heat, electricity, and magnetism. The operations of wireless telegraphy were due to waves in this ether. Mr. Mann showed that the movements or vibrations of the ether were across the direction of the rays of light, so that to a person looking at a star the vibrations would be across the line from the star to the observer. These vibrations were not simply in one or two, but in all directions, e.g., if the ray is supposed to be coming through the hub of a bicycle wheel, the vibrations are along the spokes. He then explained how on mechanical principles all these vibrations could be reduced to two directions, one vertical, the otber horizontal, and _ the impression on the eye would be the same. Now if by any means one set of vibrations were quenched they would have light of quite a different character, though even then they would need special appliances to detect it. Such light was said to be “polarised,” or to have acquired “sides.” This peculiar character could be given to light by reflection from glass or polished surtaces, or by causing it to pass through certain -erystals which, owing to their structure not being uniform, caused any ray of ligkt to be split into two in passing through them. These two rays on emerging had acquired “sides,” and if they attempted to pass them through a similar crystal 31 they find their properties different from those of ordinary light. The contrivance for giving these “sides ” toordinary light was called the“ polariser,” that for detecting the “ sides ” was called the “analyser,” but the two were interchangeable. The lecturer polarised light from the lantern by glass plates and analysed it by a Nicol’s prism made of Iceland 8 after which he showed some beautiful colour phenomena. With the polariser and analyser crossed so as to give no light on the screen, he introduced between them a thin plate of selenite, perfectly colourless, and immediately there appeared on the screen a band of brilliant red. On the analyser being turned a quarter-way round there appeared a band of green, and he next showed, by a double image prism, by which thesetwo colours could be producedat onceand made “to overlap, showing that the cvlours were truly complementary. This effect was produced by the selenite splitting up the light into two parts, which traversed the selenite with different velo- cities, and on emerging one was half a green wave length behind the other, thus causing the destruction of green and the appearance of its complementary colour. A considerable number of designs were shown made in selenite of different thicknesses, and therefore giving different colours, and in each case a quarter turn of the analyser eaused every colour to change to its complement- ary. All crystals had similar effects upon light, and also most organic substances. and an ordinary quill pen flattened out gave beautiful colours. Then a piece of granite ground very thin was placed in the stage and again beautiful colours resulted. The structure was not uniform. It was, he said, by meansof polarised light that rubies aud precious stones can most easily be tested, for it revealed at once the peculiar structure. All bodies under strain or pressure become unevea in structure, but it is difficult to detect this unevenness. A piece of glass was placed in the stage. As no colour was produced it was evidently uniform ; but on being subjected to pressure by screws it immediately began to show colour, and as the pressure was increased the colours became more brilliant. The lecturer concluded by saying that he had confined himself to experiments made by plane polarisea light. The effects produced by circularly or elliptically polarised light were still more wonderful. He wished the audience to remember that not one of the crystals or objects he had used had a trace of colour in it—that all colour was produced from white light by the destruction of colour—and that polarised light was of great value in revealing to them the wonderful structure of crystals and other sub- stances. In proposing a vote of thanks to Mr. Mann, the Chairman said he had accomplished his difficult task, and had not only crowded into a single lecture what many would have put into twe, but, by his felicitous language and thorough know- ledge of the subject, combined with the capacity for making others understand it, he had given them a most enjoyable lecture, and had been ably seconded by Mr. Lander and Mr. Whalley. The vote was carried with acclamation, and Mr. Mann briefly responded. 32 THIRTEENTH WINTER MEETING, TUESDAY, APRIL 91u, 1901. PRACTICAL DEMONSTRATION ON BY MR. A The thirteenth winter meeting was held in the Reference Library of the Beaney Institute on Tuesday, April 9,1901. Mr. Henry Fielding was voted to the chair, and there were also pre- sent the Deputy Mayor (Councillor Netherclift), Miss Holmes, Miss Phillpotts, Messrs. P. Finn, Austin, Argrave, Surrey, Snell, Buckingham, the Hon. See. (Mr. Lander), and others. The Hon. Secretary proposed Mr. Hacksley, one of the masters of the Simon Langton School, as a new member. Councillor Netherclift seconded, and the election was confirmed. Mr. A. T. Horne (of Kodak Limited, London) then gave a practical demonstration of the development of rollable films, Dekko paper, and Panoram photography. Mr. Horne developed several lengths of films, both as a whole and by cutting off each picture separately. He gave several valuable hints to amateur photographers as to developing photographic films, and also with regard to such important questions as light, length of exposure, etc. He also developed some photos ————< — eeOeOSeeSe THE USE OF KODAK MATERIALS, T. HORNE. taken with the Kodak Company’s Dekko paper: which he exposed by burning a small quantity of magnesium ribbon before placing the paper in the developer. Mr. Horne had also brought a number of beautiful cameras, including some of the very latest productions of his Company, which he fully explained to his audience. He also generously offered to forward sample packets of “ Dekko paper” for trial by the members of the Society. In proposing a vote of thanks to Mr. Horne, the Chairman remarked on the absence of the stiffness which it was said, sometimes characterised lectures of that character. The lecturer's genial and humorous manner, and his readiness to answer all the questions put to him, had made the evening a very pleasant one. Personally, he (the Chair- man) used the Kodak films, and had always found them exceedingly satisfactory. The vote was heartily accorded, and in reply, Mr.Horne said he had long looked forward to paying a visit to the fine old Cathedral city of Canterbury, and he should long remember the kindness shown him that evening by his audience. ——~ LAST WINTER MEETING, TUESDAY, APRIL The last of the series of winter mestings was held in the Reference Library of the Beaney Institute, Canterbury, on Tuesday, April 23. Mr. Sidney Harvey presided over a very large attend- ance. Amongst those present were Miss Holmes, Miss Phillpotts, Mr.and Mrs. Austen, Miss Harvey, the Deputy-Mayor (Councillor W. H. Netherclift), Mr. Mann, Miss Sworn, Mrs. Summerville, Mr. Husbands, the Misses Longhurst (2), Miss Pidduck, Miss Truscott, Messrs. Fiddian, G. J. Johnson, J. T. Smith, W. Godden, S. Whalley, C. Buckingham, F. C. Snell, W. Surry, and F. M. Argrave, Mrs. Argrave, Mrs. Lander, Mr. W. Gard, and the Hon. Sec. (Mr. A. Lander). The meeting took the form of a social evening and exhibition of apparatus, etc., of scientific and photographic interest. The table was covered with a large number of 23RD, 1901. exhibits of scientific interest, many of them of great value, which were examined with much interest by the members. The Chairman briefly opened the proceedings by expressing regret at the continued absence of their President (Mr. S. Horsley), who was always to the front in meetings of that nature, and endeavoured to make them as lively and interesting as possible. In his absence he felt he could not do very much, but he might express his pleasure at seeing so large a number present, and would call on the Hon. Secretary to read a list of and explain the different exhibits. The Hon. Secretary stated that the Rev. W. M. Rodwell had kindly brought bis large binocular microscope, under which he had placed a number of marine objects ; Miss Hogben had sent a curious Atlas, 250 years old, which showed the reefs, shoals, and sandbanks round all the coasts of the world. Mr. Buckingham had brought two enlarge- ments of woodland scenes at Epping Forest, and Mr. Brownhill some foreign ferns and mosses. Mr. Snell had brought some pictures, which those members who heard his recent lecture about clouds would be very iaterested in looking at, as several of the pictures were described in that lecture. ‘The Society’s microscope was on the table, and Miss Holmes and Miss Phillpotts had also brought theirs. The same ladies had kindly arranged on the tables a number of spring flowers, and also some specimens showing the large collec- tions of orchids in the herbarium. Mr. Austen had brought his Biokam, which was an apparatus for taking and exhibiting living pictures. The Secretary went on to express regret that the Royal Photographie Society had been unable as yet to send their loan collection of prize photographs for exhibition, and then exhibited his Wireless Telegraphy apparatus, by which, he said, messages could be transmitted for many miles. He had also fitted up a receiver, and delighted the audience by switching on the electricity and producing a current which moved the indicator in the receiver at the other end of the room. He exhibited a phonograph, and explained how it could be connected to a loud-speaking telephone by which the phonograph or any mstrument could be heard by a room-full of people, when the instrument emitting the sound was perhaps miles away. The Secretary humuvrously suggested 33 that the Canterbury Press would perhaps in the near future set up an instrument of this kind in their office, with a wire connected with the different rooms where meetings were held. By this means reports could be received and written out by the reportecs without attending the meet- ings (laughter). He alsoshowed a chart showing the weather in Canterbury during April, and said that that day the thermonieter stood at 74 degrves in the shade,which was the hottest day of the year, and that was also the fifth successive day of continuous sunshine in Canterbury, a thing which was almost unprecedented at the present time of the year. During the first three weeks of March they had only 40 hours of sunshine,but for the same period of April they had had 143 hours, so they were making up for lost time. Mr. Lander also exhibited a standard barometer and mentioned that the readings of the barometers as reported in the various morning papers varied very greatly, and for accurate and comparative work it was necessary to have standard instruments and to compare all others with them at frequent intervals. Many of the instruments in use and generally supplied were far from accurate. He also exhibited a Kromskop, an apparatus for showing photographs in colours, and the pictures seen in all the colours of nature were very much admired by those present. A very pleasant and interesting evening was spent and the wish was expressed that more meetings of a similar kind should be held. DEATH OF OUR PRESIDENT (COUNCILLOR STEPHEN HORSLEY). By the death of Mr.Stephen Horsley, who expired on Wednesday morning, May lst, at one o’clock, the City of Canterbury sustains a great and lamented loss. The deceased gentleman has been an invalid for many months, but with care and nursing it was hoped that his valuable life would have been spared for some years. Grave symptoms, however, made their appearance on Monday last, and the result upon a frame already much enfeebled proved fatal, as stated, at the early age of 53 years. Mr. Horsley wasa son of the Rey. J. W. Horsley, first Vicar of Dunkirk, near Faversham, and of Mrs. Horsley, now aresident at Dover. Born at Dunkirk on St. Stepben’s Day, 1847, he was educated at King’s School, Canterbury, aod early developed a taste for the profession of a Civil Engineer. He went to India in that capacity in 1867, and spent 26 arduous years as a Civil ser- vant, having under his charge a very extensive district. He returned to England and settled in Canterbury in 1893, and with his characteristic energy at once threw himself into every kind of religious and philznthropic work, especially that affecting the welfare of the younger generation. As Town Councillor, Sheriff, member of the School Board, and a Governor of the Simon Langton Schocol—not to mention the fact that he was President of the East Kent Natural History Society and Curator of the Beaney Institute—he worked unceasingly and harder perhaps than his failing health justified. His many kind acts and self- forgetting conduct won him hosts of friends, especially among the young, and the memory of his genial presence, his able service to the Church, and his good citizenship, will not soon fade away. He was an enthusiastic Freemason, and his presence will be sadly missed by his brethren of the United [ndustrious Lodge, No. 31. The late Mr. Horsley was a brother of the Rev. J. W. Horsley, for many years Chaplain of Clerkenwell Prison ; nephew of the late Colonel Horsley ; and a cousin of Mr. W. H. Horsley, of St. Stephen’s. He leaves a widow, four sons, and a married daughter. with all of whom the deepest sympathy is felt. The loss sustained by the East Kent Natural History Society by the death of Mr. Stephen Horsley during the term of his Presidentship is simply irreparable. He was a born scientist, and h’s knowledge was both varied and extensive, while his energy and industry were indomitable, Thoroughness characterised the whole of his work, and he loved to communicate to others, especially the younger members, all that he knew, while he possessed in an eminent degree the happy knack of rendering obscure subjects easy of comprehen- sion, Nothing was regarded by him as a trouble, and he was ever the kind and cheery friend and companion of all those interested in natural science who sought his aid. He was a clever microscopist, and his labours in this field, and more particularly in photograpby as applied to plants and natural objects generally, were both extensive and valuable, notably his very numerous lantern photographs of the British orchidace and many other families of indigenous plants, dissected and coloured in his own inimitable manner, and which attest at once his great skill and intense devotion to nature. His social qualities were on a par wi.h his other gifts. He had a warm and loving heart, and his personality will not be forgotten by those who knew and admired him. The Mayor of Canterbury at the meeting of the Town Council on Wednesday, May lst, said that before they proceeded with the rest of the business, he wished to inform them that they had, unfortunately, lost one of the worthy members of that Council. It was reportad before they came into that Court and he regretted to say that the report bad proved only too true, Mr. Horsley. their worthy friend, had passed away to a better clime. His services were well-known to them; he had yiven them to the City with all the love and devotion he was capable of. Mr. Horsley had served them faithfully and conscientiously, and he was quite sure that not only every member of the Council, but every inhabitant of Canterbury would deplore his loss. It was only a few days since that he (the Mayor) had the pleasure of proposinga hearty vote of thanks to him for theser- vices he had rendered to them in connection with the Beaney Institute, and now a few hours had passed away, and he was gone from them. His place could not possibly be filled, and tke capvbilities and resources at his command, his great experience, his geniality, and everything about him endeared him to every member of that Court (hear, hear). He (the Mayor) felt very deeply the loss which had come upon them, and words he could not find to expressit. Mr. Horsley had gone in the midst of years. not in old age, but he had devoted those years that God had given him to the service of his brethren and the old City of Canterbury. He hoped they would concur with him in sending a vote of condolence to his widow and family, and that they would have put on their minute-book a record of the very valu- able services he had renlered to the City. The Deputy Mayor said it was his melancholy privilege to second that vote of condolence with the family, and that their recognition of Mr. Horsley’s eminent services be entered on the minutes of that Court. He was indeed a man of the most exceptional energy and versatility, but his energy perhaps could best be appreciated by those who knew the sad malady under which the later years of his life were spent. Many men 34 would have made no effort at all to have under- taken a public duty in the presence of such a disease, but they had seen hiva there when it had been nearly painful for him to speak, and yet taking a prominent and interested part in the most important discussions of that Council There was one other point in Mr. Horsley’s character which, he was quite sure, had impressed every member of that Council who had been brought into contact with him, and that was his unvarying conscientiousness of aim and pur- pose in everything he undertook (hear, hear). It was not only a loss to them which, as the Mayor had suid, was irretrievable, and his seat would long remain vacant, but it was a loss to the whole City of Canterbury, and they were only expressing, he was sure, the wishes of the whole citizens of Canter- bury who had reaped directly or indirectly a distinct advantige from his presence amongst them, in recording their appreciation of his services, and entering it prominently in the minutes of that Council. The motion was then put and carried in silence. THE FUNERAL. The funeral of Mr. Stephen Horsley took place at St. Danstan’s Churchyard, Canterbury,on Saturday afternoon, and was attended by a large number of personal friends and acquaintances desirous of evincing the great respect and esteem in which the deceased was held, and of sympathy with the sorrowing widow and family. ‘The ficst part of the service took place in St. Duastan’s Church, being conducted by the Vicar (Rev. W. E. Evill). The service at the graveside was read by the Rev. J. W. Horsley (brother of the deceased). ‘The chief mourners were Mrs. Horsley (widow), Mr. Bernard Horsley (eldest son), Messrs. F., R,and V. Horsley (sons), Miss Horsley (sister), Mr. W. H. Horsley (cousin), and Mr. Sankuy (son-in-law). The mem- bers of the Canterbury Town Council, of which body the late Mr. Horsley was a member, present were: Aldermen Collard and Mason, Councillors Netherclift (Deputy Mayor), Pope (Sheriff), Russell, Wright Hunt, Godden, Stone, Gentry, and Stead. Amongst the members of the East Kent Natural History Society who attended were Mr. Sidney Harvey, Mr. A. Lander, Capt. McDakin, Mr. Henry Fielding (Town Clerk), Rev. A. J. Galpin, Mr. Brian Rigden, Miss Holmes, Miss Phillpotts, M1. H. M. Chapman (Chairman of the Canterbury Board of Guardians), Mr. W. Cozens, Mr. W. P. Mann, Miss Abbott (Whitstable), Miss Cole, Miss Harvey, Mr. F. M. Facer, Mr. A. E. Horsnaill, Mr. A. Wetherelt, and Mr. F. M. Argrave. Amongst others present were Rev. Canon Maclear, D.D. (Warden of St. Augustine’s College), Rev. R. J. E. Boggis (Sub-Warden of St. Augustine’s College), Dr. Bedford, Rev. C. R. Tyrwhitt, Rev. M. F. Williams, Rev. H. D. French (Rural Dean), Rev. F. R. Mercer, Colonel Reeves, Mr. Randall Port, Mr. C.G.Williams, Mr. J. W. Farmery (Chief Con- stable), Mr. M. L. Bell, Messrs. Byron Dewhurst, J. Pott, J. F. Francis, C. Terry, J. Baggs, E. T. Kennett, and many others, There was a very large number of beautiful wreaths, including a large cross of primroses, blue- bells, lilies, lilac, ete, which nearly covered the coffin, from the East Kent Natural History Society. Others who sent wreaths were: Mrs. S. Horsley and family, Mr. and Mrs. W. H. Horsley, Mr. and Mrs. E. H. Sankey, Mr. and Mrs, Herbert Tritton Sankey, Mr. and Mrs. B. Sankey, Mr. and Mrs. Sidney Harvey and family, the Mayor and Corpora- tion, Alderman Hart, Dr. Maclear, Dr. and Mrs. Aldington Gibb, Mrs. and Miss Bennett, the Pupil Teachers’ Centre, Mr. F. Bennett Goldney and Staff of the Royal Museum, Colonel Cantis, Miss Hannam, Staff and elder scholars of St. John’s Board Schools, Miss Gertrude Tong, Mrs. Valpy, Misses Mary and Irene Valpy, St. Peter’s Church, Canterbury, Mr. W. H.and Miss Daisy Fiddian, Miss Edith Playne, Mrs. and the Misses Black- more, Mr. Woolley, the Misses Worsfold, Captain Lambert, United Industrious Lodge, Ida, Frances, and Lily Bird. 35 The coffin, which was of polished oak, bore the inscription : “Stephen Horsley, C.E., born Decem- ber 26, 1847, died May 1, 1901.” The cross from the East Kent Natural History Society was lowered into the grave with the coffin. During the funeral the Royal Museum and Beaney Institute were closed, while flags flew at half-mast from the public buildings and principal warehouses in the City. There was a Requiem Celebration of Holy Com- munion at St. Peter’s Church, Canterbury, at 7.30 a.m., on Saturday, the altar being draped in black and white. Deceased was for many years a regular worshipper at St. Peter’s Church, and his daughter was married there last year. Members of our Society have agreed to erect a marble cross and curb over the grave, and to plant suitable flowers as Clematis Jackmanni and others, our late President being very fond of all flowers, especially purple ones. FIRST SUMMER EXCURSION, WEDNESDAY, MAY 297TH, 1901.—TUNBRIDGE WELLS. The first summer excursion took place on Wednesday, May 29, the venue being Tunbridge Wells. Leaving Canterbury by the early morning train, the members were joined at Ashford by a party from the Dover Sciences Society. Those present included the President of the East Kent Natural History Society (Mr. S. Harvey), Captain McDakin (President of the Dover Society), Mr. N. S. Lander, Mr. Argrave, Miss Sworn, Miss Fletcher, Miss Cole, Mrs. Elvey, Miss Elvey, Mr. D. Webb, and the Hon. Sec. (Mr. A. Lander). After luncheon the party drove over Rusthall Common to the High Rocks, the geographical structure of which was explained by Captain McDakin. The day was brilliantly fine and was the hottest experienced so far during the year, the thermometer standing at 81 in the shade and 122 in the sun. Many flowers in bloom were noticed, amongst them being the hawthorn, chestnut, oxeye-daises, speedwell, broom, labur- SECOND num, and bluebells. The party were met at Ashford by Dr. Abbott, who conducted them over the district, pointing out interesting geological and other features. Dr. Abbott kindly entertained the party to afternoon tea at his residence, and afterwards showed them many interesting inorganic formations, which had all the appear- ance of being produced by living organisms. Some of these have been sent to the Kensington Museum, and others to the Royal Society, causing a good deal of interest amongst scientists. He also showed a curious fungus (Mitrula paludosa) which is somewhat rare, Later on the party left for Canterbury, having spent a very enjoyable day. A prize of one or more certificates for photographic work (technical and picturesque) will be awarded at the end of the season for the three best views of shipping, clouds, waves, etc. ; the prints to be judged by the London Board of Judges. SEE SUMMER EXCURSION, THURSDAY, JUNE 20TH, 190i.—WYE. On Thursday, June 20, the second excursion of the members and friends took place. A numerous party including the Deputy Mayor (Councillor Netherclift), Capt. Stead, Messrs. Brownhill, J. T. Smith, Mr. A. Lander, (Hon. Sec.), Mrs. Preston, Miss C. Phillpotts, Miss K. Holmes, Miss Cole, Mrs. Lander, Miss Pidduck, Miss Longhurst, Mrs. Smith, Miss Abbctt, and others met at the 36 S. E. station and proceeded to Wye by the 1.51 train. Brakes and conveyances met the train at Wye, but as the weather looked somewhat uncertain it was decided to go over the Agricultural College before going on the Downs. The party was met at the College by the principal and some of the staff who very kindly pointed out the numerous things of interest in the College and the Farm. By this time the weather seemed more promising, and the conveyances were brought up and all proceeded to the Downs accompanied by Professor Percival, who pointed out many rare plants and explained the interesting features in them. Several orchids were found, many of which grow nowhere else in England. It is difficult to decide what plants, are natives of Britain and what may have been introduced in various other ways. Professor Percival has spent years trying to find out if hops are indigenous to this country, and, so far, without success. It is generally supposed that hops were introduced into England in the reign of Henry VIIL, but this is not so. ‘The Professor has examined all manners of old records, and traced to their origin many popular errors. He finds that hops were grown in England in the reign of Henry VI., because he found records of money being paid to men to show people how to grow them. 4e also found an autograph letter from Henry VIII. ordering that his beer should contain no hops and no brimstone. The earliest treatise on agriculture and one of the earliest books in the English language is a book on hop EOE gcowing by Reynold Scot, of Scot’s Hall, Kent, dated 1578, and entitled “The Perfite Platforme of a Hoppe Garden.” It gtves full details of how best to grow hops and is illustrated with wood- cuts, and tells the people of Kent that they will make their fortunes if they turn their farms into hop gardens. ‘The various methods of training hops were shown and the advantages of each method described. The Professor also told the members much about plants and showed how some were very sensitive as the tendrilsof White Bryony, a plant which grows along the hedges of the hop fields. If atendril of this plant is touched near the point the whole tendril immediately twines itself up and each half curls in opposite directions with a peculiar twist in the middle. Among the numerous plants found were specimens of Draba nuralis, a very rare plant, until recently never thought to grow in Kentat all. Many pretty species of Polygala or milkwort were found in the three colours, red, white, and blue, also several orchids including Aceras anthropophora,the Green man, Gymnadenia conopsea, the sweet scented orchid, orchis masculata. Ophrys musicifera, the fly orchid. One specimen, Paris quadrifolia, was very remarkable, having five leaves instead of four. Asperula cynanchia, Bryonia dioica Draba verna, Convolvulas arvensis ete. Nineteen of the members sat down to a substantial repast at the King’s Head Hotel, and then returned to Canterbury by the 7.16 train after spending a most interesting and enjoyable after- noon. eee THIRD SUMMER EXCURSION, THURSDAY, JULY 47x, 1901.—THE WARREN, FOLKESTONE. The members and friends of the above Society met at Canterbury West Station for the 3.18 train to Folkestone Junction on July 4. The party included Misses C. Phillpotts, K. Holmes, Palmer, and Hammond, Messrs. Brownhill, F. C. Snell, C. Buckingham, and W. H. Hammond, and the Hon. Secretary (Mr. A. Lander). The Warren was reached soon after 4 o’clock, and several good photographs obtaimed with the numerous cameras carried by the members. Although this interesting spot is so near Canterbury it appears to be practically unknown to a large number of people. The beach is a good place to find many interesting seaweeds, and is literally covered with treasures in the shape of metallic ores, copper and iron pyrites, etc, and fossil shells and plants of almost endless variety, washed out of the sott chalk by the action of the tide. The cliffs abound in vegetable life, over 80 separate species of plants being counted in flower. These included many rare plants, and some of the orchids for which this spot is famed. Among others found were Gynmadenia conopsea, Ophrys apifera, Orchis maculata, Ononis arvensis, Ajuga reptans, Anthriscus cerefolium, Asperula cynanchia, Chlora perfoliata, Convolvulus arvensis, Echium vulgare, Equisetum arvense, Euphrasia officinalis, Festuca sylvatica, Lotus villosus, Leontodon Lirtus, Brachypodium sylvaticum, Lithospermus officinale ; Selene nutans (Nottingham catchfly), very uncommon in Kent and elsewhere; Anthyllis vulneraria or lady’s fingers ; Iris foetidissima, the purple flag; Glaucium luteum, the horned poppy. This handsome plant was found in abundance; it stainsalmost anythinga deep black. Rosa rubiginosa, the sweet briar; Orchis pyramidalis; Origanum vulgare, or marjoram ; Orobanche caryophyllacea, a rare and curious plant confined to Kent. EEE eee 37 FOURTH SUMMER EXCURSION, THURSDAY, JULY 187H, 1901.—MINSTER. The fourth summer excursion took place on Thursday, July 18, when the party assembled at Canterbury West Station, and left by the 2.20 train for Minster. At Minster the party met a number of scientific friends from Margate and Dover, and then proceeded to examine the flora and fauna which abound in the numerous marshes that surround Minster. A most enjoyable afternoon was speat, and abundance of specimens were secured. These marshes are simply choked with curious plants and creepers, and, although it was late in the season for several flowers, many were still found in bloom. Among other plants the following were noticed: Crowfoot order: Ranunculus circinnatus and many other more common crowfoots. Water lily order: Nymphea lutea, the yellow water lily ; Crucifers : Nasturtium Oficinale, the watercress ; Senebiera coronopus, the swine-cress. Mallows: Malva Rotundiflora. St. John’s wort: Hypericum per- foratum. Pea and bean order: Trifolium repens and fragiferum, the yellow and the lovely little strawberry -headed clover; Vicia cracca and sativa, two vetches; Lathyrus pratensis, the meadow vetchling. Ononis spinosa, the prickly rest harrow, many of these were pure white instead of the usual purple. Willow herb order : Epilobium hirsutum and others. Mare’s tail order: Myrio- phyllum spicatum, the water millfoil, so named from the Greek, meaning ten thousand leaves, because of its extremely numerous and delicate leaf- lets. Horn wort order: Ceratophyllum demersum. Umbelliferous order: Apiwm graveolens, the wild celery,which, when cultivated in rich soil, and the leaf stalks blanched by depriving them of the light, forms the ordinary common or garden table celery ; Sison amomum, stone parsley ; Pimpinella sazifraga, tbe Burnet Saxifrage; Sium latifolium and angustifolium, the two British water parsnips ; Enanthe fistulosa and pimpinelloides, the water- drop worts ; Torilis anthriscus, the hedge parsley. Madder order; Galium verum, the yellow bed- straw,a pretty plant on salt sea shores ; this plant in the Highlands of Scotland mixed with alum is used as a red dye, and the plant itself is also used asa rennet to curdle milk. Compound flowers : Inula dysenterica, flea bane ; Senecio Jacobea and Aquaticus, the ragworts ; Crepis Virens, the hawk’s beard. Gentian order: Menyanthes trifoliata, the buck bean, a plant of exceedingly beautiful flowers growing out of the marshy water, whose root is very bitter, and forms one of our best tonic medicines. Borage order: Myosotis palustris, the true forget-me-not. Nightshade order: Solanum nigrum and dulcamara, the black and woody night shades. All the plants of this order are more or less poisonous, and most of them are used extensively in medicine. Many were used by the ancients, and the mandrake was thought to possess miraculous properties, being said to shriek when taken out of the earth and to cause the instant death of anyone who heard its cries. Hence the person who gathered it always stopped his ears and harnessed a dog to the root, who, in his efforts to escape, uprooted it, and instantly fell dead. This plant is still much believed in ia country districts. Figwort order: Veronica bauzboumi, Bartsia odontites, red _ bartsia. Labiate order: Lycopus Europeus, the gipsy wort, named from the Greek, meaoing wolf’s foot, because of a fancied resemblance of the leaf. Several mints, Ballota nigra, the black horehound; Prunella vulgaris, self-heal, the name from the German for quinsy, for which it was thought to be aspecific. The butter-wort order: Many plants in this tiibe have the property of giving con- sistence to milk, and prevent it separating into either whey or cream, and it is used by the Lap- landers for preparing their delicious solid milk. Utricularia vulgaris, the bladder wort with its pretty yellow flowers—remarkable because the plaut is covered with little bladders. Utricularia minor, the other and rare species of this plant, was also found. Primrose order : Anagallis arvensis, the scarlet pimpernal, the lovely little scarlet flowers of this plant only open in fine weather and then, strange to say, close up almost exactly at two o’clock every day, with such regularity that one could almost set his watch by it. Plantam order: Plantago Coronopsus, the buckshorn plantain. Goose-foot order: Cheno- podium alba. Persicaria order: Rumux Hydro- lapathum, the great water dock, a picturesque plant nearly six feet high with exceedingly large leaves, perhaps the largest of any British plant ; it is closely allied to the rhubarb of our gardens. Water star wort order: Callitriche verna, the spring star wort. Nettle order :—Parietaria officinalis, the wall pellitory, with its curious little hairy flowers, which, if touched before their ex- pansion, the filaments suddenly spring from their incurved position and throw their pollen on any insect or fly that may have touched the flower. Many people think the effects produced from our English nettles are bad enough, but they are as nothing compared with the effects produced by some foreign species in this order, as the deadly Upas tree or the Java nettle, the sting of which is like the burning of a red-hot iron,and the effects of which may last for a year or even cause death. Frogbit order : — Anacharis alsinastrum, an American plant which was accidentally introduced into Britain, but has spread so rapidly that it has choked up many of our canals and shallow rivers. In this order occurs the Vallisneria, a curious plant which grows under water, but allows its flowers the benefit of the surface by means of a long spiral stalk, but as soon as the flowers are fertilized the spiral stalks contract and curl up and draw the flowers to the bottom, where the seeds ripen. Hydrocharis Morsus-rane, frogbit, a floating aquatic with creeping stems, round leaves, and delicate white flowers. Rush order: Juncus bufonius, the toad rush, and Juncus glaucus. Water plantain order: Alisma plantago, the great water plantain. Arrow yrass order: Triglochin palustre, the marshy arrow grass. Reed mace order: which is illustrated by the great reed mace or cat’s tail, six or eight feet high, or even ten, found in ponds, sometimes incorrectly called bulrushes. Spharganium, ramosum, the burr reed. Duck weed order: Lemna minor, the common lesser chickweed, the minute little plant which often covers the surface of stagnant water, with the insects which it harbours, and is greedily devoured by ducks. All the British plants of this order were found, viz: L. Gibba b. Polyrhiza, L. Trisulca. Pond weed order : Zannichellia palustris, large horned pond weed; Potamogeton natans perfoliastris, and others, plants remarkable for their thin, almost transparent leaves, which when dried, have the appearance of gold-beater’s skin, and are so sensitive of moisture that they will curl up when laid or the palm of the hand, like the gelatine fish and other advertisements one sees at the chemist’s. Butomus umbellatus, the ~~ FIFTH 38 lovely flowering rush, one of our most striking wild flowers. The water also abounded with innumerable multitudes of brilliantly coloured beetles and insects of all descriptions, and various interesting alge were found, including Spirogyra, Oscillaria, Ophicytium, etc. Many Desmids, iocluding Cosmasia, Periastrium, Closterium, and numbers of diatoms, including Synedra, Nitzschia, Navicula, Cocconema, Gomphonema. ‘he entomologists pre- sent noted three species of the Vanessidz, viz :— ¥. io the peacock, V. atalanta the admiral, and V.urlice the small tortoiseshell. Colias hyale, the pale clouded yellow, the last is sporadic in its appearance, and until last summer had aot been seen for many years. The numbers of V. urtice were truly remarkable, and every bed of nettles bore marks of their ravages when larve. ‘Two or three of the Geometers of interest were also seen, but of no particular rarity. In one of the ditches was noticed a specimen of the deadly black adder. This rare variety of the viper has the reputation of being more vicious and more poisonous than the commoner coloured viper. SUMMER EXCURSION, THURSDAY, AUGUST Isr, 1901.—RECULVER. Members and friends met at the Beaney Insti- tute on Thursday, August 1, and then proceeded by brake to Reculvers. The party included the President (S. Horsley, Esq.) and Mrs. Harvey, Miss Holmes, Miss Phillpotts, Miss Sworn, Mrs. Fletcher, Mrs. Stevens, Mr. A. Sworn, Mr. A. Lander (Hon. See.) and Mrs. Lander, Mr. C. Buck- ingham, Mr. J. C. Snell, Mr. and Mrs. Austin, and others. Many interesting photographs were taken of the curious old towers and the lovely beach. Some of the party secured several interesting plants, many of which only grow on the salt marshes fringing the sea, such as Salsola kali (prickly saltwort), Saliconja herbacea (jointed glasswort), Beta maritima and other allied plants, Statice limonium (sea lavender). Owing to mauy people being away for holidays it was again found impossible to make up excursion parties during the holiday munths, and therefore the following excursions fell through :—August 15th, Cranbrook; August 29th, Selling; and Ssptember 12th, Lympue and Hythe. ——— LAST SUMMER EXCURSION, THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 267TH, 190i.—WHITSTABLE. On Thursday, September 26, a party of about 20 members and friends proceeded by the 2.10 train to Whitstable, where they were met by Mr. Sibert Saunders, one of our best local authorities on marine zoology. Among the party were Mr. S. Harvey, F.LC., F.C.S. (President), Captain Stead, Mr. W. P. Mann, B.A., and Mrs. Mann, Mr. W. G. Austen and Mrs. Austen, Miss Sworn, Miss Boyden, Miss Hurst, Miss Abbott, Miss Cole, Miss Brownhill, Messrs. W. Cozens, W. Brownhill, F. M. Argrave, and A. Lander (Hon. Sec.) The day was a perfect one tor the time of the year ; overhead the sun shone in a cloudless sky, and not a breath of air disturbed the smooth mirrorlike surface of the sea as the party proceeded in boats to the far end of the “ Street ’’ where they arrived shortly before low tide. Here abundance of marine life was found and numbers of interesting organisms were caught und placed in bottles and their peculiarities pointed out by Mr.Saunders. The sea-weeds were covered with lovely zoophytes, which, when examined with the various lenses, looked like veritable crystal palaces full of life and activity. The tiny creatures were seen to move about and extead their tiny delicate tentacles in search of food and then when something was discovered they would suddenly seize it and curl up until almost invisible, afterwards slowly unrolling them- selves again. A most interesting afternoon was thus spent and many of the party were quite sorry when the time came to return to Whitstable for tea and the train back to Canterbury. On the return journey the boats were taken over the beds of zostera or sea-grass, a curious plant or grass that grows under the sea near some of our shores and as the boats slowly passed over these beds the dredge net was let down and Mr. Saunders succeeded in catching a lovely specimen named Cydippe pomiformis, which was transferred to a bottle of clear water and then passed round the boats and examined with some- thing like fascination by most of the party. This little organism looks like a clear, transparent erystal ball, in which are numerous rows of delicate cilia, and as these tiny fringes wave to and fro they appear to revolve like paddle wheels and WN Eee 39 make the creature look like a brilliantly-tinted fairy as it floats about in the sunlit water. Among other living organisms found were the following :— Spongia.—Grantia. Hydrozoa.—Coryne pusilla, C. ramosa, Sertu- laria pumila, 8. abietina, 8. filicula, Plumularia falcata, P. pennatula, P. cristata, P. setacea, Obelia gelatinosa, O. geniculata, Laomedea obliqua, Cam- panularia integra, C. volubilis. Ciliograda.—vUydippe pomiformis. Echinodermata.—Ophiura albida. Annelida.—Terebella conchilega. Podosomata.—Pycnogonum littorale Polyzoa.—Crisidia cornuta. Bicellaria ciliata, Bugula avicularis, Bowerbankia imbricata, Pedicel- laria Belgica. Tunicata.—Botryllus polycyclus, B. violaceus, Perophera Listeri. Sa ANNUAL MEETING, TUESDAY, OCTOBER 81, 1901. The annual meeting of the members was held on Tuesday evening, October 8th, at the Beaney Institute, Canterbury. Mr. Sidney Harvey, F.C.S., F.I.C., presided, and a numerous attendance included Mrs. and Miss Harvey, Mr. W. P. Mann, Rev. W. M. Rodwell, Mr. Walter Cozens and Miss Cozens, Mr. and Mrs. Marsh, Counvillor W. H. Netherclift, Captain and Miss Stead, Dr. Abbott (General Secretary of the South-Eastern Union of Scientific Societies, Tun- bridge Wells), Mrs. Somerville, Mr. and Mrs. Husbands, Mrs. Stevens, Miss Sworn, Mr. and Mrs. Argrave, Mr. L. Ward, Mr. A. Wetherelt, Mr. A. Lander (Hon. Secretary) and Mrs. Lander, Mr.W. Surrey, Mr. J. G. Johnson, Mr. W. G. Austen, Mrs. Maudson, Miss Boydon, Mr. W. Gard, Mr. C. Buckingham, Mr. F. C. Suell, ete. The annual reports of the Committee, Treasurer, and Hon. Librarian were adopled and ordered to be printed. Mr. A. S. Reid, M.A., F.G.S., our delegate to the British Association was thanked for his report, which contained many valuable suggestions as to the special lines of work that might be done by members. “Notes on Coast Erosion” by Captain J. G. McDakin, “ Notes on the Comparative Scarcity of Fish and the appearance of Crepidulain Whitstable Bay” by Mr. Sibert Saunders, ‘‘ Weather Report ” by Dr. B. Rigden, “ Notes on Coleoptera” by Mr. B. F. Maudson, and “ Notes on Lepidoptera” by Mr. F. A. Small were also presented. The election of officers was then proceeded with. Mr. Mann nominated Mr. Harvey for the Presid- ential chair. He regretted exceedingly the cause that led them to appoint another President. They were most grateful to Mr. Harvey for having taken up the duties in the period since the death of the late Mr, Horsley, and he was sure he was only ex- pressing the wish of every member of the Society when he said they hoped that he would undertake the duties of President again.—Mr. Walter Cozens seconded, and the motion was unanimously carried. Mr. Harvey said he felt honoured by that re- assertion of their confidence that evening. He was wishful when he laid down the office, after 11 years’ service two or three years ago, that someone else would have been found worthy and able to undertake the duties. They had thought other- wise, and he knew that there were difficulties at the present moment. He did hope, however, that the Society would be able to renew its presidents a little more frequently in the future. The following were re-elected Vice-Presidents : The Dean of Canterbury, Mr. Matthew Bell, Mr. W. O. Hammond, Captain Gordon McDakin and the Rev. A. J. Galpin. Mr. Blofeld, having removed to London, resigned the position of Honorary Treasurer and the President moved that a hearty vote of thanks be accorded for the manner in which he had been a kind and constant friend of the Society in troublous times. He also proposed the election of Mr. W. P. Mann to the vacant office. These propositions were unanimously carried, and Mr. Mann kindly accepted the position. The President also moved the re-election of Mr. W. H. Fiddian as Librarian to the Society and made appreciative mention of the onerous work which he had carried out in cataloguing the books of the Society’s library. This motion was also readily agreed to. Mr. Mann having,’ as Treasurer, become an ex-officio member of the Committee, Mr. W. H. Netherclift was elected in his place and the following others re-appointed : Rev. J. Patterson, Captain Stead, Mr. H. M. Chapman, Mr. G. Rigden, Mr. W. Cozens, Mr. Sibert Saunders and Mr. J. F. Whichcord. Mr. Lander was re-appointed Honorary Secretary, the Chairman observing that the Society was very fortunate in having so kind, attentive, and painstaking an officer, and also that he lived so near, being only next door. 40 THE 44th ANNUAL REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER 3oth, Igot. The Committee have pleasure in being able to report that the Society is in a more satisfactory condition than it has been for many years. The membership showsa slight increase over the preceding year. We have lost by removal, resignation, or death, three members, and five new ones have joined thus making the number 100, inciuding eight corresponding members, seven honorary members, and 14. associates. The death of the President, Mr. Stephen Horsley, has caused deep and universal regret, and this is the first time in the history of the Society that a President has died during his tenure of the office. Mr. Horsley became a member of the Society in 1894, on his return from India, and in 1895 he accepted the Hon. Secretaryship in place of Mr. F. Baker. In 1899 he was chosen as President, and every mem- ber of the Society knows how well he discharged his duties, first as Secretary, and then as President. The Committee teel that the loss the Society has sustained by his death is almost irreparable. A pro- posal was made that the expense of a memorial cross over his grave should be provided by the members, and as this proposal was gratefully accepted by his widow and children, subscriptions were invited and the necessary amount has been provided. A brief account of his life will be found on page 33 of the Transactions. Mr. Sidney Harvey, who was Presideut for several years before Mr. Horsley, has consented to be President for the coming year, and the Committee feel that his acceptance of the duties will give much satisfaction to every member of the Society. The year just closed marks the beginning of a new era in the Society’s existence. The official year now begins on October Ist instead of on January lst, and this year tha Society will revert to the former practice of publishing its own transactions, inasmuch as the union with the Dover Society has been dissolved by mutual consent During the past year the Scientific meetings have been held every fortnight, instead of once a month, and they have generally been well attended. A detailed account of the proceedings is given on pages | to 33. Excursions during the summer months have taken place every fortnight. Most of them were well attended and proved to be enjoyable and interesting, but experience seems to point to the advisability of making no excursions during the latter half of August and the first two weeks of September. ° Although the evening meetings and excursions have been well attended the Committee feel that there is cause for regret that the original work and investigations do not come up tothe standard of previous years. There are several ways in which members might do much for the advancement of a knowledge of Natural History, and the Committee desire to call the attention of members to the able and suggestive Report which has been received from Mr. A. S. Reid, M.A., F.G.S., who for several years has been the Delegate of your Society to the Association of Corresponding Societies in connection with the British Association. The Royal Meteorological Society also invites records of systematic observation on the first appearances of flowers, birds, and insects, and also on the occurrence and effects of severe frosts, gales and storms. Captain McDakin represented your Society at the Congress of the South-Eastern Union of Natural History Societies, and he reports that the invitation for the Union to meet in Canterbury next June was received and accepted with great satisfaction. It is probable that nearly 50 delegates will be present, and it is hoped that every member will be ready to assist the President and Committee in their efforts to make the Congress a success. Miss Holmes and Miss Phillpotts have during the past year carefully examined the Society’s Herbarium and have made many valuable additions to it. This Herbarium is now almost complete, and it contains such a collection of Kentish plants as perhaps hardly any other Society possesses. The late President did good work for the City while he held the office of Honorary Curator of the Beaney Institute, and Messrs. Small and Maudson rendered him valuable aid in naming and placing the Collection of Insects and Butterflies in the Royal Museum. To the Rev. W. M. Rodwell has now been entrusted the care of most of the Natural History specimens in the Museum, and it is hoped thaf our members will render him their best assistance. A. LANDER, Honorary Secretary. 41 Financial Statement for the year ended 30th September, 1gor. Dr. £s.d. | Cr. ASG To Balance of Cash from year ended By E. Crow, Periodicals : Geological, ete., 30th September, 1900 F Sr Gr 1 to Christmas, 1900 2 15 0 5; Subscriptions received for year “ended ; Ditto, to Midsummer, 1901 ’ 112 6 30th September, 1899.. 5 a Ra 10 0 ,, W. G. Austen, Printing Cards, ete., to ;, Ditto 30th September, 1900 5 +} 10 0 Christmas. 1900 Nude xo ;, Ditto 30th September, 1901... ... 22 11 0 ;, Ditto, to Midsummer, 1901 . 16 9 ;, Donations received for year ended ;, Royal Photographic Society Subscrip- 30th September, 1901 :— tion for year to 3lst December, 1901 Taleo. Miss Phillpotts, 5s. 5, Stephen Horsley, Expenses ve Mr. Miss Holmes, 5s. Morgan’s Lectures on ** Corals ”’ 15 0 Miss Kingsford, 5s. ,, Stephen Horsley, for Index Books for - 15 0 | Library . a 2 6 Subscriptions from Associate Members jis: Ha Society, ‘Subscription ‘for 3 year r 1901 Es beat) for the year ended 30th Sept., 1901 210 0 | .. G. Abbott, Subscription to S.E. Union | vee: 1900. an ;, West, Newman and Co., for Journal of Botany for 1900 ete 16 0 | ,, County Fire Office Premium ll 3 | ,, Kentish Gazette, Printing Post-cards, | etc., to Midsummer, 1901 113 0 ;, Kent Herald, Printing Post-cards, etc., to September 30th, “1901. 218 6 »» Proprietor Science Gossip, Subscription 1901—2 (payable in advance) 2 6 6 ;, Honorary Secretary, Petty Incidents 4 6 6 les ‘5 Treasurer, Ditto 2 6 1 v-35 - Librarian, Ditto 10 11 ;, Balance to year commencing Ist Octo- ber 190s teenie es Nees teed Oy 2 £30 2 1 JB) Pe al ASSETS. £s.d. LIABILITIES. To Subscriptions due, but not ahi pat ot 810 0 5, Cashin hand... i iorit NIL. £19 10 11 Examined and found correct, J. A. BLOFELD, WILLIAM P. MANN, Hon. Treasurer. I Ooeeeeee5ar@sa@aa—@a@an@n@OD@D@—o@@aeae—_— _. HON. LIBRARIAN’S REPORT FOR toot. I am pleased to report a slight increase noticeable in the use which has been made of the Library, an increase which it is to be hoped will steadily continue. Our Library now contains more than 1,200 volumes, besides a valuable collection of pamphlets. It is an especially serviceable Library, almost invaluable to workers in all branches of Natural History. Photographers will also find the books of instruction very helpful and thoroughly up to date. There is a card catalogue of the books to render reference easier, and also special indexes. The books are available for the use of the members at all times when the Reference Library is open, viz. :— 11.0 a.m. to 1.0 p.m. and 6 p.m. to 8.30 p.m. daily except Wednesday, when it is closed all the day. The following gifts to the Library are acknowledged with the best thanks of the Society to the donors, viz, :—‘‘ The Entomologist,” from Miss Kingstord ; “ Nature,” trom G. Rigden, Esq. ; “ Meteor- ological Register for Canterbury,” from B. Rigden, Esq. ; “ The Photogram,” from S. W. Harvey, Esq. ; “ Amateur Photograpber,” from the Publishers. The following reports, etc., have been received from other Societies in exchange relations with ours :—Smithsonian Institution (U.S.A.), 3; Wisconsin Geological and Natural History Society, Missouri Botanical Garden, National Museum of Buenos Ayres, Institute of Geology (Mexico), Field Columbian Museum (U.S.A.), Milwaukee Museum, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Carneige Museum, British Association, City of London College Natural Science Society, Hastings’ and St. Leonards’ Natural History Society, Cardiff Natural History Society, Eastbourne Natural History Society, South London Entomological and Natural History Society, Ealing Natural History Society, Hoimesdale 42 Natural History Society, Royal Microscopical Society (6), Rochester Natural History Society (2), Wellington College Science Society, Marlborough College Natural History Society. The following Societies with whom we are affiliated and to whom we pay an annual subscription have sent publications :—S.E. Union of Scientific Societies (“S.E. Naturalist”), Quekett Microscopical Club, Ray Society, Royal Photographic Society (monthly journal). The serials purchased have been :—(1) Annals and Magazine of Natural History ; (2) Journal of Rotany ; (3) Knowledge; (4) Geological Magazine ; (5) Zoologist ; (6) Science Gossip ; (7) Junior Photographer. “ Knowledge ” was formerly presented by our late President. The Committee have decided to discontinue (1) “ Annals and Magazine of Natural History” and (2) “ Journal of Botany.” The thanks of the Society are due to Miss Holmes and Miss Phillpotts for subscribing to the Quekett Microscopical Club, to Mr. S. W. Harvey for contributing a number of lantern slides, etc., and to Rev. W. M. Rodwell for presenting over 100 microscopic slides. W. H. FIDDIAN, Hon. Librarian. REPORT OF OUR DELEGATE TO THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION CONGRESS. To the President and Committee of the East Kent Natural History Society. GENTLEMEN,— I attended the two Meetings of the Conference of Delegates of Corresponding Societies of the British Association for the Advancement of Science. during the Annual Meeting of that Association at Glasgow this year, as Delegate for your Society, and I beg herewith to append a short report of the Conference of Delegates, in so far as the proceedings seemed to me to be of interest to your Society. Our first meeting commenced at 3 p.m. on the afternoon of Thursday, September 12th, and the chair was taken by Dr. Rudler, who, in the course of his opening remarks, laid special stress on the following points :— (1.) The importance of each Society sending to the Conference the same delegate year by year, rather than sending a new representative each year. (2.) The value of delegates from Societies all over the Kingdom being able to exchange views once a year, and talk tozether over the work done by their Societies. (3.) The proper relations of Local Societies towards Local Museums. (4.) The important work that Local Societies might do by undertaking the registration of type specimens. These specimensare scattered throughout the land in museums and private collections, and their whereabouts is unknown to the scientific world at large, unless they are registered in some accessible publication. The same remark applies to various antiquities and monuments which are known to local men, but, as they are not registered in any way, are lost to the general scientific world. (5.) The greater importance of system xtizing the work now being done than of entering upon new fields of enquiry. There is an immense quantity of valuable work done by Local Societies which is almost useless by reason of its not being carried out on the systematic lines laid down by the various Committees of the British Association, appointed for the purpose of collecting and summarising these observations. (6.) Among various matters which Local Societies could make systematic observations on, and prepare permanent records of, the Chairman mentioned “‘ the history of the rivers of the district ”—course of flow, changes of flow in past, likely changes in future, and in likening some of our Societies to a river, he pointed out how they began life with plenty of energy and rush, but, as time went on, gradually worked down to a base level, where they remain until some upheaval takes place in their area. The remainder of the first Meeting of the Conference was taken up with the discussion ot a paper read by Mr. J. O. Bevan, advising that all Corresp nding Societies should be requested to undertake a systematic Survey of the Archeology, Antiquities, Ancient Monuments, etc., of their districts, preparing maps of the same on the lines already laid down by the Committee engaged in this work. During a very lengthy discussion, the details of which will be put before you in the Annual Report of the Conference of Delegates, the following points were touched upon, among many others, which I select as of advantage for your consideration :— (1.) Societies should, as far as possible, secure continuity of representation at the Conference by appointing the same Delegate year by year. 43 (2.) Secretaries of Societies should always keep their Delegate posted up in matters which they wished brought before the Conference, and should take care that all papers and informa tion referring to the Conference are sent on to their Delegate. (3.) Societies could do work of great value by watching the well-sinking or other boring going on in their districts, keeping records of the same, and, where ‘possible, preparing and publishing sections. These valuable details remained buried in contractors’ nofe- books, unless unearthed by the energy of the Local Societies. After a prolonged discussion the Conference appointed a small Sub-Committee to discuss Mr. Bevan’s paper and to prepare a resolution thereon, which should be put to the next meeting The second meeting of the Conference took place at 3 p.m. on Tuesday, Sepforntne 17th. I attended the Conference as your Delegate, and also as the accredited representative of the Committee of Section C (Geology) of the British Association, having been appointed by the Committee on Monday. The first business was the Report of the Sub-Committee appointed to consider Mr. J. O. Bevan’s suggestions, and draw up aresolution. This was presented by Professor W.W.Watts, and will be laid before you in the {printed report of the Conference. In substance it recommended that the Local Societies should be asked to engage themselves to carry out systematic work on some of the following subjects, details of the methods to be adopted being obtainable from the Secretaries of the various existing British Association Committees (names and addresses will be found in the Annual Report of the B,A. in your Library). The subjects enumerated in the resolutions were as follows :— The Registration of l'ype Specimens. Coast Erosion. Record of Bore-holes. Underground Waters. Erratic Blocks. Underground Fauna. Geological Photographs, Photographic Record of Plant Life. Systematic Archeological, Ethnographical, and Rotanic Surveys of Districts. Variations in Course of Rivers. Variations in Shape of Lakes. This resolution was adopted unanimously, and, pending your receipt of the printed report, I would urge on the Society the great value of its systematising its work on lines already adopted and published by British Association Committees on the above subjects. Sub-Committees might be formed out of members interested in some of the above subjects ; the Secretary of the Sub-Committee should communicate with the Secretary of the British Association Committee on that particular subject and obtain from him details of what is wanted to be done and how todoit. The day of reading of Scientific Papers at meetings of Local Societies is past. What is wanted now is systematic work on definite lines for the collection and preservation of valuable records that are either fast disappearing or are of use for the future determination of, at present, unsolved problems. A great number of the Local Societies have for many years been working on these lines, and most invaluable records have been collected and transmitted to the British Associat-on Committee for comparison and report. As a member of the Geological Photographs Committee of the British Association I have had ample oppor- tunity of seeing the valuable work that has been done by Local Societies on these particular lines, and I wish I could congratulate the East Kent Society on something of the kind. There is vast oppor- tunity in your district for work, systematic work, not decultory individual effort, on some of the subjects mentioned above. What is wanted is the “ upheaval” to prevent the Society cutting down, like the river system, to a “ base-level” and there remaining. The best methods of work, the means to be adopted, the ends to be aimed at, are already laid down for us by experts in each subject ; it remains for us to take advantage of these and so make our Society of some practical use, and fully justify its position as one of the Corresponding Societies of the British Association. The next business before the Conference was to receive suggestions and reports from the Delegates from the Committees of the various Sections of the Association. The Chairman called for representation of the Section in alphabetical order. Section A (MarHEemATICAL AND PuysicaAL ScieNcE).—No remarks. Section B (CHEmistry).—No remarks. Secrion C (Grotoay).—Mr. A. S. Reid, representing the Committee, informed the Delegates that they had no new subjects to put before them, but begged them to keep up their very valuable work for the Committees already in existence, e.g., Geological Photographs, Erratic Blocks, Movements of Underground Water, etc., ete. As both Professor Watts (Secretary of the Geological Photographs Committee) and Professor Kendal (Secretary of the Erratic Blocks Committee) were present, he asked them to say a few words about their work. Professor Watts spoke of the immense help given by various Local Societies, which he named, and showed the first album of reproductions of geological photographs, with notes, which is now nearly ready for publication. As there are no erratic blocks in East Kent, I will not report Professor Kendal’s remarks. Section D (ZooLocy).—Mr. Denney, the representative, had no remarks to make. 44 Section E (Grograruy).—Dr. Cornish called attention to the new Committee that had been formed to systematically study the lakes of Great Britain. He did not advise Local Societies to attempt a survey of a lake for themselves, but he felt sure they could assist in the preliminary stages, especially by collecting a list of local references, papers, old descriptions, etc., of local lakes. Secrion F (Economics).—No remarks. Section G (MzcwanicaL Scrence).—The representative spoke of the standardisation of screw threads, and experiments now being made in motor traction to discover the best form of roadway for motors. Section H (AnrHROPoLoGy).—Mr. Balfour made a valuable and suggestive speech, urging upon the Societies to collect, ere the originals had disappeared, photographs of anthropological and archzological interest in their districts. Moreover photographic or descriptive records were wanted of all survivals of primitive Cusroms and AprLiances that are dying out. Dr. Garson followed in the same strain, and it seems to me that here is a piece of work eminently fitted for the E.K.N.H.S. to take up systematically. Mr, Henry Balfour, Anthropological Department, The Museum, Oxford, will give information as to methcds to be adopted and what material is required. The Society has skilled photographers among its members, I believe, and the amount of material in East Kent I know to be ample to employ members for some time. But the work must be undertaken on systematic lines, and not by sporadic efforts. Section K (Borany).—The representative of this Section reported that a Committee had been formed to study the Blue-green alge (Cyanephycex), and that specimens of these alge would be helpful and should be sent to Mr. H. Wager, Arnold House, Derby. It further pointed out that the Corresponding Societies could greatly help the Botanical Photographs Committee by collecting photo- graphs of botanical interest instancing such objects as “ Characteristic or rare plants photographed in situ,” “ Hypertrophia, etc., produced in plants by parasitic fungi,” “Effects produced by attacks of insects,” etc., ete. These should be sent to Professor Weiss, Owen’s College, Manchester, who will shortly issue a circular on the subject. Here again is work eminently suitable for members of the East Kent Natural History Society. In all cases of photographie records—geological, botanical, anthropological, etc.—the Local Society should keep a duplicate set of photographs. Secrion L (Epucatrion).—This Section was only formed this year, and as yet has appointed no Corsmittee which the Local Societies could help. Finally, taking a general view of the work of this year’s Congress of Delegates from the Corres- ponding Societies of the British Association, I think two important matters stand out for your considera- tion :—(1) Is the East Kent Natural History Society as full of life and energy now as it was in its earlier days, or has it like the old river system worked itself down to its “ base-level” ? If not—well and good ; but if you perceive signs of loss of interest, of dillitanti-ism, of falling off in energy and production of useful results, then (2) may not the necessary “upheaval” be brought about by the Society following the excellent example of other similar Societies and (in addition, of course, to its present work) taking up systematically some of the lines of work indicated above. I do not mean to say that nothing has been done by the Society on these lines, for LT know of certain past work in coast erosion, geological photography, etc., etc., but I think it probable that a great deal more could be done and that the work might be better systematized by following carefully fhe instructions given by the Secretaries of the British Association Committees, and by appointing evening meetings, at which reports of the Society Sub-Committees should be brought up and discussed when practical work (photographs, maps, well sections, geological sections, plans, etc.) could be shown, before transmission to the Secretaries of the British Association Committees. At the recent Conference, Delegates of some Societies were able to show Ordnance Maps of their districts, in which their Society had marked every ancient monument, archeological and anthropological points of interest, etc., etc. ; others had prepared geological sections of all borings and cuttings in their district, others had details of the work done by their Societies, and surveys carried out on the lines laid down by other British Association Committees. If our Society has, during the past year, made any permanent records of like nature, they have not been communicated to their Delegate, and I was, therefore, unable to make any statement to that effect, and, in conclusion, I would point out that it is a matter of great importance that the Sociaty Secretary should keep the Society’s Delegate fully informed of all such work done by the Society, so that when, each year, he meets the Delegates of the other Societies of the United Kingdom he may be able to justify his Society’s claim to its position as one of the chosen Corresponding Societies of the British Association for the Advancement of Science. I have the honour to remain, Gentlemen, Your obedient servant, ARTHUR S. REID, M.A., F.G.S., Delegate from the East Kent Natural History Society to the Conference of Delegates of the Corresponding Societies of the British Association tor the Advancement of Science at the Glasgow Meeting of 1901. Glenalmond, September 21st, 1901. 45 GEOLOGICAL REPORT—COAST EROSION. Since, what may truly be called, the great work by Dr. Arthur Rowe, F.G.S., on ‘‘ The Zones of the White Chalk of the English Coasts,” published in the proceedings of the Geologists’ Association, Vol. XVL., Part 6, for 1900, there bas been comparatively little to record except the Coast Erosion most noticeable at St. Margaret’s Bay, where since the six-inch ordnauce map of 1876 was published, no less than 200 feet of the foreshore has been washed away. One of the old inhabitants remembers about 45 years ago a horse-road extending underneath the cliffs to the Cornhill Coastguard Station about two miles East from Dover. Such a road is dotted on on the six-inch map of 1876 from St. Margaret’s to Deal. One of the recently erected houses, near the site of the old Coastguard Station, is a perfect wreck. The shingle bank which was the natural protection of this part of the coast has been gradually carried to the Eastward and not renewed from the West as it was previously to the building of the Admiralty Pier at Dover, which now intercepts the shingle. This effect was observed soon after the Pier was built more than forty years ago, when the houses at the East Cliff, Dover, would have been swept away if the sea-wall had not been built at a great cost for their protection. ‘Che shingle does not pass round the Admiralty Pier. ‘The gravel sheet found in the Bay isa subangular river-gravel and quite different from the spherical shingle of the beach. This subangular gravel sheet is quite compact like a macadamised road and covered with sand or silt, making an in- different holding ground for ships’ anchors. Another effect of piers built out at right angles to the shore line of the Channel is that the waves running parallel to the coast are turned round on to shore in like manner to a cylindrical ruler rolling down a sloping deck, which on catching any obstruction, is retarded at one end and deflected round the corner. The waves for a similar cause attacking the coast to the leeward ot the obstruction. The set of the currents along the coast has also an important effect on the movements and accumulation of the shingle or denudation of the coast, and its consequent erosion. J. GORDON McDAKIN. 13, Esplanade, Dover. ———— REPORT ON MARINE ZOOLOGY OF WHITSTABLE BAY FOR THE YEAR 1901. There have been no phenomenal tides, winds or frosts to 1eport. NOTE ON THE PROBABLE CAUSE OF THE COMPARATIVE SCARCITY OF FISH. During the past year soles have been fairly plentiful in the estuary of the Thames, owing, probably to the exceptional weather throughout the summer; but the quantity of fish caught in this locality for some years past has been very scanty compared with the yield at a period within the recollection of most of the fishermen ot the present day. Not wany years ago sprats came into these waters in such numbers and with such regularity as to warrant considerable outlay by the men in providing themselves with the proper nets for this particular fishery, which was then an important and profitable industry. Now, alas, ‘‘stowhoat-gear,” as the tackle was called, has quite disanpeared from the Kent side of the estuary. Buss also came inte the bay in shoals, and were captured with a trawl net, while now only a few frequent our sh: re at certain places where they are taken with the honk. The present absence or comparative scarcity of these and other species of fish which were once plentiful in this neighbourhood may, perhaps, be traced to the disappearance of large banks of Zostera marina which existed on the shore off Seasalter down to within the Jast 30 or 40 years, extending seawards for not less than a mile below high water mark. Such a forest of waving vegetation afforded shelter to innumerable annelids, entomotraca, zoopbytes, and the smaller gasteropcdous mollusca, as well as to the ova and yourg fry «f many fishes. ‘Thus it became the feeding and spawning ground of many of the Jarger species, until it was found convenient to remove the sandy silt in which the “sea-grass” flourished for the purpose of ballasting ships. Thus the Zostera beds were destroyed, and the fish no longer frequent the shore which has been denuded of the vegetation which afforded them shelter and fuod. ON THE OCCURRENCE OF CREPIDULA IN WHITSTABLE BAY. Crepidula is a genus of molluses of the family Calyptrzide, of which family the type-genus Calyptrza (cup-and-saucer limpet) and Pileopsis (bonnet limpet) have representative species in Jiritish waters ; but it is believed that, hitherto, Crepidula bus not been known as a permanent resident on our shores, being, as it was thought, confined to warmer regions. Within the last three or four years Crepidula fornicata has been discovered attached to stones and shells in Whitstable Bay, and has recently been observed in considerable numbers; which fact, together with the circumstances that many of the older specimens bear two or three younger generations upon the shell of the animal first 46 attached (a peculiarity of this mollusc), it may be inferred that the creature has accommodated itself to its new conditions, and will become naturalised on the northern shore of Kent, to which it was probably introduced upon oysters brought from the south of France. The characteristic of Crepidula is a thin, but strong plate in the interior of the shell, converting the narrower half of the boat-shaped concavity into a chamber—hence the name, “a little slipper.” The species, » hich form the subject of this note, is named from the arched or vau'!ted form of the shell (Lat. fornix). Specimens from Whitstable are in the Natural History Museum at the Beaney Institute. SIBERT SAUNDERS. Whitstable. NOTES ON COLEOPTERA. The year 1901 has not been without interest as regards the study of Coleoptera. The following are the names of some of the specimens which bave been taken during the season. Of the ApEPHaGa : One specimen of Carabus nemoralis from Blean—this species does not appear tu be so common as some of the other species of Carabus about Canterbury. Several of C. granulatus have been taken along the Stour marshes, also a few Stenolophus elegans from between Faversham and the Swale. These last are considered rare. From the same locality come Harpalus rotundicollis (several), Amara convexius- cula (fairly plentiful). One specimen of Anisodactylus pwciloides (a salt marsh insect), Dichirotrichus obsoletus (abundantly), and last, but not least, the very rare Pogonus luridipennis (one specimen only). Deal yields us several good beetles, notably Harpalus cordatus (one), H. consentaneus (a few), Amara Sulva (one), Demetrias monostigma (plentiful). From Whitstable Metabletus obscuro-guttatus, which is a very long name for a very small beetle. From Stodmarsh some brilliant specimens of Chlenius nigricornis and melanocornus. Within the City of Canterbury a few Pristonychus terricola and Sphodrus leucopthalmus, and one specimen of Hydrophilus piceus found outside a pond on the Nackington Road. This and the stag beetle vie with each other for size in this country. Of the CLavicoRN series : From Canterbury Necrophorus interruptus (one, taken in a window) and Hister bimaculatus (a few). From Whitstable Hister Quadrimaculatus (rather uncommon). Trinley Park yields Silpha Thoracica, 8. tristis, Necrophorus humator, Lycoperdina boviste (found ia puff balls), allnice specimens. I must also record Saprinus immundus from Deal. Others as follows :—Mycetophagus 4 pustulatus (St. Martin’s, Canterbury) ; M. populi, M. multipunctatus (Upstreet) ; Tenebrioides mauritanicus (the Barracks) ; Soronia punctatissima (St. Stephen’s). Of LAMELLICORNES: Lucanus cervus (Little Barton and Boughton) ; £gialia arenaria (Deal) ; Geotrupes typheus (Old Park and Chilham) ; Serica brunnea (Whitehall Road, Canterbury) ; one Tow scaber (taken in my hand whilst flying in St. Stephen’s Road). Of SERRICORNES: Necrobia violacea (Harbledown) ; Corymbites tessellatus (Canterbury) ; Microcara livida (Stod- marsh) ; Hedobia imperialis (from several places) ; Malachius marginellus (Reculver). Of Loneicornes : Pogonochaerus bidentatus and Lamia textor (both from Blean). Of the PHyTopHaaa: Donacia crassipes (Little Barton); D. Clavipes. braccata, cinerea (Reculvers); the rare Labidostemis tridentata (Littlebourne) ; Clythra 4 punctata (Chartham and Chilham) ; Cryptocephalus purvulus (Littlebourne) ; Cryptocephalus morwi (Littlebourne) ; Cryptocephalus fulvus (Stodmarsh) ; Cryptocephalus bilineatus (var.) (Stodmarsh) ; Chrysomela staphylea (Whitehall Road) ; Chrysomela orichalcia (Reculvers) ; Melasoma populi (Charing); Melasoma longicolle (Charing) ; Paytodecta rufipes (Charing) ; Phytodecta viminalis (Charing) : Galeruc-lla nymphexe (Wickhambreaux) ; Galerucella sagittari (Wickhambreaux) ; Galerucella tenella (Stodmarsh); Luperus nigrofasciatus (Littlebourne) ; Podagrica fuscipes (Reculvers) ; Podagrica fuscicornis (Reculvers); Cassida equestris (Stodmarsh) ; Cassida vibex (Stodmarsh) ; Cassida nobilis (‘T'rinley Park). Of the Hereromera: Heliopathes gibbus, Opatrum sabulosum (both from Deal); Helops ceruleus (Stour marshes) ; Melandrya caraboides (Fordwich) ; Nacerdes melanura (Herne Bay); Oncomera femorata (Chartham) ; Pyrochroa coccinea (Petham); Mordella fasciata ‘Harbledown); Anthicus humilis (Faversham and Whitstable) ; Anthicus in-tabilis, Anthicus antherinus (Faversham and Whitstable). Of the RAYNCHOPHORA : Plinthus caliginosus (Trinley Park) ; Liparus coronatus (Fordwich) ; Liparus germanus (Fordwich). Of the BracHELYTRA: Staphylinus cesareus (Stodmarsh) ; Staphylinus pubescens (Wye) ; species of Bledius (Faversham). All these species have been variously collected by Mr. W. M. White, myself, Mr. F. A. Small, and a few others. The Hydrophilus piceus was found by the Coroner’s Officer, Mr. Ives. B. F. MAUDSON 34, St. Peter’s Street, Canterbury. 47 “LOBT ‘9ST 1090790 ‘oyws.ngy “Fo ‘SO'WW NYASIY NVIVE *o.taZ MOOG 4snl [[OJ TAA 4t L1aNgg 4M f 4SO.1y JO SOOATOp OF poroqzstBoa sev.iH VO zojouoUTAONy OF “TOGT Wey Armiqoq Jo py Stu ong Turn “LOGL ‘196 ‘gdag uo SUA TOM{NY ong UT LsOuT GANHOAP LSALY OT, Wg pur pug [udy pur ‘70g pus ‘yQ6z “WOR “IO qoavpy “YygLZz put yQGT Saunuve ‘Y4gz pur 4yLz “oa ‘sAup woz UO poJOU SUA | ANIM HOTH ANAA ,, AIT “dag pur “ygog pun wer diag “Yq6, CUNE “WQET [Ady ‘492 pur Ige Young ‘O06T ‘HOT “4dag uo “wos on} BuLinp VF 910M O10," SWAOLSUAANOA HT, “41 Uo Uns Surumtour Apavo ory Ajo suy puy ‘yyA107 HOOUS ‘PUNOLT OY} CAO “4ICT ST AOJOUIOUNAOYY OYJ, —*"JOAOT WOS OAOGU 4904 BG PUY ‘punoazd OAOGU “UIg “45h “AOJOWUIP UT SorfoUur g SI odd oid oy f,~ ‘ALON ST et |i ee Sl ate | $8 Cre Gceiee— see WRT UO OLE 148 GO QOL oreg | star | O89 | “S “G'N |*4 quieqdeg ome |leeg! L £9'T 09008 | = 98G UO SPP 196 40 of Sa'09 coer | 96'69 | ‘S hoe gsngny = pene. 7m at | 8aT OZO0E i 498 UO oth ISTE WO O68 19°99 60S | gel | ‘S'N ere PATE rp) rar | lat) tol TS0';0E | = 198 UO OBE | 4S8TZ UO o9L 09°8¢ LYOP 08°99 | “sole A bane aoe) ee ies 1) eed Td" 0966% | & ae H9¢ WO oZE | 196% UO OAL 19°aS 6OTP | 616S | "'N ; Au i fee! Ys | @@r | o.eez | 8 a 1G WO OL 981% 10 689 tole | s6oce | esses ‘Ss er aeoy, o albeteietia (fe aga | 68°T OPL 6S al = UGG UO oF ISTE WO 40 OO'LE | £0'E 60° Ty ‘N eee EN Z | &I 88'T 96°63 8G WAST UO o2T | 1963 UO oS OF SE 00°86 OF LE ‘'S'N Arwniqeg y | > | 9 £9" zoos =| 06 = 9L UO o€T 1912 UO OIG orcs | 60°6% Ga bE Axon pe r | @ €1 49% 100g =O = PUGS HO OSG HP UO 68S 18°0F 68°98 19'SP a aequieouqy ms I LT PG £866 4 = PUZZ UO OLB | 48T 10 09 06° TP 86°98 Of LP | 'S SESS ON ad I Ir vs 0S0'0E P = PUSS HO WOE 146 YO OL 68°8P SP OF ors | ‘Ss a |‘Sanoy Fz *[e.0] 00S | | “1193 omg ur |(sanoq #z/(Sot{ouT ur) 04 | szepon *“TOA0 \ *‘sanoy, "Sano sons {fey atom) ogy ut {o"| Woon paqoar100 pau pun *WyuoU eT} “yyuoM ety “u'n 6 tid tid “pom qorgas mo) 40 9¢* Janqg szomjaqy suanp| qyuomeyy | p78 JO 008 JO AnLMp sarpret | Supmp Amproa qu ong ar eyy Of SuMAvsg sAnp jo |qOry wo “an) sdup | Teynies Suump Sur | sdup jo | sAup jo qsaMory | “sorts OSUAIOAY TULLE CA XT azoquinN | SAup jo Aa Ityog, | -pvatesnaoay| roqumny | coqumnyy | | aSuroay osmoay | zoqmnyy | | | el “TTY AN IVY “Wa La WOU” | “SOLA WOWN GAL “"LO-OOGT ‘BMHHLVEAA AHOAAHMAINVO 48 NOTES ON LEPIDOPTERA FOR 1901. The season has so far been a very good one for Lepidoptera generally. In the early spring I visited the Sallow bushes on several occasions, but as the evenings were windy and cold just at the time when the bushes were in full bloom, very few moths appeared ; however, I managed to take a few of the following species:—Teniocampa graciles (Powdered Quakers), 7. Bubricosa (Red Chestnut), 7 Mimosa (Blossom Underwing), and two or three others. ee The butterflies were, I think, a trifle later than usual in making their appearance, and most of the species usually found in the different localities in our woods, etc., have been fairly plentiful. Amongst other species which have been more plentiful this season than is usually the case may be mentioned Vanessa polychloros (large Tortoiseshell). Several friends as well as myself have bred a good number of this species from larve found feeding on cherry trees in orchards and on elm trees. The Pale Clouded Yellow (Colias hyale) has been seen in some of the clover and lucerne fields about Canterbury, but not nearly in such numbers as it was last year. About the end of April and the beginning of May the larve of many species of moths were very common, amongst which I found several Tryphena finibria (Broad Yellow Underwing) and one Bombyz quercifolia (lappet moth). The latter species has been very scarce around Canterbury for several years, but now seems to be turning up again, several specimens having to my knowledge been taken during the season. 2 = The brown-tailed Moth (Liparis chrysorrhea) is another species which has become comparatively common again after having almost disappeared for some years from the district. Several specimens of the Convolvulus Hawk Moth (Sphinx convolvuli), also some larve of the Death’s Head Hawk Moth (Acherontia atropos) have been brought to me for identification —On September 12th I took one of the former species hovering over the flowers of the tobacco plant. F. A. SMALL, 95, Westgate, Canterbury. THE STEPHEN HORSLEY MEMORIAL FUND. Dr. RECEIPTS. a , | Cr. DISBURSEMENTS. : s. d. in Brew i x ; , { By Hats Cross on Coffin 3 i 0 a Mr. b. Horsley Be 02 0 y Memorial Cross on Gray 91 15 Mr. W.P. Mann... = ant ae) ete Capt. J. G. MeDakin ; Par eat. 30 Mr. S. Harvey .. on Lei 6 | Miss Holmes S45 = iG Miss Phillpotts sks 6: | Rey. A. J. Galpin ed 50 Mr. W. Cozens Uy bails (8) Mr. J. A. Blofeld eel, Mr. George Collard te0; \0) 7] Mrs. Horsley, Sen. E 1 0 4} Mr. H. M. Chapman 15 0 Mr. W. E. Drake ‘ or 10 6 | Mr. A. Lander # 10 0) Mr. F. M. Facer... E 10 0 | Mr. J. McMaster % 10 0 | Mr. 8. Saunders ... : 10 0 Mr. G. Rigden Se : 10 0 | Mr. Wright Hunt 10 0) Capt. Stead w 0 Miss Abbott of 10 0 | Miss Kearney oad ; ( Mrs. Rigden Miss Rigden . Miss Proudfoot .. Mr. F. M. Argrave Mr. W. Brownhill Mr. F. G. Marsh . Mr. W. H. Hammond Mr. E. B. Hayward .. Mr. F. C. Snell Mr. C. Buckingham NO ho SO Sr or or er or orcs £23 15 10 £23 15 10 WILLIAM P. MANN, Hon. Treasurer. 49 CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. Bartlett, Mr A. D., Zoological Gardens, London Bates, Mr H. W., London Britten, Mr J., K.S.G., F.L.S., Royal Herbarium, Kew Marshall, Rev. E. S., Witley, Godalming, Surrey Masters, Dr. Maxwell T., F.R.S., Ealing HONORARY Fiddian, Mr W. H., 6 Railway Terrace, Winchep, Canterbury Hayward, Mr E. B., 6 Burgate Lane, Canterbury Kemp, Dr. William, Wellington, New Zealand Puzh, Mr, Vernon Place, Canterbury Mitchinson, Right Rey. Dr., Sibstone Rectory, Ather- stone Saunders, Mr G. S.. Common Trimen, Mr H., Botanical Department, British Museum 20 Dents Road, Wandsworth MEMBERS. Reid, Mr James, F.R.C.S., Bridge Street, Canterbury Rosseter, Mr T. B., F.R.M.S., 6 Nursery Terrace, Canterbury Small, Mr F. A., 95 Westgate, Canterbury ASSOCIATES. Argrave, Mr F. M., 1 Deseret Cottages, Ada Road, Wincheap, ‘anterbury Blaxland, Mr A. D., 7 Hawks’ Lane, Canterbury Backingham, Mr C., 13 York Road, Canterbury Finn, Mr Percy R., St. Margaret's Stores, Canterbury Gard, Mr W., Duerdin, Beaconsfield Road, Canterbury Hacksley, Mr W. H..33 Havelock Street, Canterbury Harvey, Mr A. B.. 13 Tremadoe Road, Clapham. S.W. Harvey, Mr 8S. W., 2 Almeida Street. Upper Street, London, N. Hawkins, Mr E. M., F.I.C., Stone Street. Petham Kennedy, Mr A., 32 Dover Street. Canterbury Reid Mr A., 5 Dane John Grove, Canterbury Saze, Mr F. J., Bifrons Snell, Mr F. C., 8 Guildhall Street, Canterbury Surrey, Mr W., 6 Dane John Terrace, Canterbury MEMBERS. Abbott, Miss, 1 West Parade, Island Wall, Whitstable Adams, Mr J., Prospect Villa, Nunnery Fields, Cantez- bury Austen, Mr W. G., 18 St. George’s Street, Canterbury Barker, Mr R. H., 11, St. John’s Place, Canterbury Bell, Mr Matthew, Bourne Park, Caaterbury Blofeld, Mr J. A., 42, Forest Hill Road, Honor Oak, London Bo-vler, Mrs, Tho Precinsts, Canterbury Briggs. Mr H. Mead, 8 High Street, Canterbary Browahill, Me W.. 42 St. Peter's Streat, Canterbury Chipman. Mr H. M., The Priory, St. Martin’s Hill, Canterbury Chipman. Mrs H. M., The Priory, St. Martin's Hill, Canterbury Cole, Miss, 53 London Road, Canterbury Cook, Miss, 24 St. George’s Place, Canterbury Cozens, Mr W.. Ferndale, Old Dover Road, Canterbury Doré, Me F. H.. 37 Nunnery Fields, Canterbury Drake, Miss, Victoria Road. Wincheap, Cinterbary Dunham, Mr W. R., St. Margaret's Street, Canterbury Facer, Mr F. M., B.A., Kent College, Canterbury Farrar. The Very Rev. Dr., F.R.S., The Deanery. Ca nterbury Fielding, Mr H., The Precincts, Canterbury Galpin, Rev. A. J., M.A., King’s School, Canterbury Hamilcon, Mr, 11 Sun Street, Canterbury Hammond, Mr W.H., Whitstable Road, Canterbury Hammond, Mr W. O., St. Albans Court, Wingham Harvey, Mr Sidney, F.1.C., F.C.S., 18 Watling Street, Canterbury Harvey, Miss A. M., The Laurels, Watling Street. Canterbury Heaton, Mr J. Henniker, M.P.,33 Eaton Square, Lon- don, W. Higgins, Miss, 41 Castle Street, Canterbury Holland, Rey. Canon, M.A., Precincts, Canterbury Holman, Mrs, 34 Nunnery Fields, Canterbury pea Miss, The Laurels, Whitstable Road, Canter- mury Horsnaill, Mr A. E., Swarthmore, Barton Fields, Can- terbury Hunt, Mr Wright, The Pynes, Nunnery Fields, Can- | | Whichcord. Mrs. 4 De Castro Terrace. Canterbury terbury Hurst, Miss, Fairbourne House, Dane John, Canterbury Jennings, Mr W. J., Latchmere House, Canterbury Johnson, Mr J. G., Easteott, Old Dover Road, Canter- bury Kearney, Miss, Terrace House, Bridge Kingsford, Miss, 14 St. Danstan’s Terrace, Canterbury Lander, Mr A., Ph.C., F.S.M.C.. The Medical Hall. Canterbury Longhurst, Miss, Summerhill, Harbledown, Canterbury Mann, Mr W. P., B.A., Simon Langton Schools, Can- terbury Marsh, Mr F. G., 1 Beaconsfield Terrace, Canterbury Mandson, Mr B., 34 St. Peter's Street. Canterbury Maylam, Mr P., Watling Street, Canterbury McDakin, Captain J. Gordon, 13 Esplanade, Dover McMaster, Mr J., J.P.. The Holt, Canterbury Netherclift, Mr W. H., F.RiC.S., 8 St. George’s Plaze, Canterbury Patterson, Rev. J.. Nunnery Fields. Canterbury Phillpotts. Miss, The Laurels, Whitstable Road, Can- terbury Pilcher, Mr A. H., Kent Herald, Canterbury Pidduck, Miss, 13 St. George’s Place. Canterbury Proudfoot, Miss, Whitefriars, Canterbury Reid, Mr A. S., M.A., F.G.S., Trinity College, Glenal- mond, Perth Rigden, Mr G., 30 St. George's Place, Canterbury Rigden, Mrs, 30 St. George's Place, Canterbury Rigden, Miss. 30 St. George’s Place. Canterbury Rodwell, Rev. W. M.. Kedington, St. Margaret's. Can- terbury Rosenberg. Mr G. F.J., B.A., King’s School, Canterbury Saunders, Mr Sibert, Bank House, Whitstable Smith, Mr J. T., Salisbury House, St. Thomas’ Hill, Canterbury Stead, Captain, Rose Lawn, London Road, Canterbury Stevens, Mrs, St. Mildred’s Rectory, Canterbury Summerville, Mrs, 44 St. Peter’s Street, Canterbury Sworn, Miss, 45, St. Peter's Street, Canterbury Wacher, Mr Sidney, F.R.C.S., 9 St. George's Place. Canterbury Waller, Miss, Martyrs’ Field House, Canterbury Webb. Mr S., 22 Waterloo Crescent, Dover Wetherelt, Mr A.. 61 Havelock Street, Canterbury Whicheord, Mr J. F., 4 De Castro Terrace, Canterbury Wilson. Miss, Rém2r House, 24 St. George's Place, Canterbury EAST KENT “SCIENTIFIC OND NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. _ REPORT AND TRANSACTIONS FOR THE Year ending September 30th, 1902. Series Il. Vol. Il. a ‘ 7 * = 7 “ > & oe er ee eee Teme mnnadhig er riammationr ed ste anaes ee i gern we a ae | i i : y 5) ‘ i i . ‘ q f ¥ ‘ + r ‘ "y ‘ ‘ | ~ _* \ Py ' ‘ / *yAodayy Layzna 44 y—"punord ayy uo Avy 41 su pastaaaqnd AyyRaoqt] SV QIMaz ayy JO YON] “194 B] OM9 0 Aep vB uorzeqzuud ayy Ut eueds otfy Jo WyUase S143 pu ‘|iey ayy Aq UMOp paxyoouY 919M ‘940 ‘savad ‘se[ddu jo sjaysnq jo spaapunzy ‘90AvY Fward 4ySnora wA0ys ay} ‘UO¥SAT, ‘4ANOH WBYIvY 4B SsUOIyDZUN[d 4rmay UT *QUOPSPILY ‘apjazv~) Ulayspg-yjnog Jo zoyipoy Aq yuey A[pury yoorg | [amoyspreyy ‘tadooy *y “4H Aq OJON zj|ee Aeyary | *Z0O1 ‘YJOI Jaquisjdas—"IDINLSIG ANOLSGIVW AHL NI WHOLS AHL Set Bee) “ scientific and \atural Ppistory Society, WITH WHICH IS INCORPORATED THE Canferbury YWhotographic Society. AFFILIATED WITH THE ROYAL PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY AND S.E. UNION. ESTABLISHED 1857. Rooms :—_BEANEY INSTITUTE, HIGH STREET, CANTERBURY. REPORTS AND TRANSACTIONS for the year. ending September 30th, 1902. SERIES It. vot. tit. Edited by the Hon. Secretary, A. LANDER, Ph.C,, F.S.M.C., The Medical Hall, Canterbury, To whom all communications should be sent. CONTENTS. SEE: acini coe LIST OF OFFICERS WINTER MEETINGS :— “The Supremacy of Life,’’ Mr. Sidney Harvey, F.1I.C., F.C.S. ... “Modern Deyelopers,’’ Mr. Nightingale “The Great Barrier Reef of Australia,” Mr. J. — Lantern Evening : “Coins and Christianity,” Me s. Webb : “The Photography of Flowers,” Mr. H. J. Malby... Social Evening with Exhibits.. “Photographic Enlargements aid the Kind of ieaave ‘Needed, fe Mr. Henry Fielding... ; “The Wind and the Weather,” Mr. a Tete “Photography of Birds’ Nests and other Natural Objects,” Mr. F. ©. Snell “The Functions of Plants,” Mr. J. B. Cornfoot “The Charm of our Woodlands,” Mr. C, Buckingham “The History and Progress of Astronomy,’ Mr. B. Maudson “A Trip up the Rhine with the South London Photo Society,” Mr. F. W. Slater, F.R.P.S. “ Photographic Facts,” Mr. F. O. Byndl CONGRESS OF SOUTH-EASTERN UNION OF SCIENTIFIC SOCIETIES KENTISH WELLS AND DEEP BORINGS IN THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF CANTERBURY, Mr. W. Whitaker, B.A., F.R.S,, F.G.S., Assoc. Inst.C. E., F.San. Inst. SUMMER EXCURSIONS.. eee Boe ie Ans aes REPORT BY BRITISH ASSOCI ATION DELEGATE, Mr. A. S. Reid, M.A., F.G:S. s PHENOLOGIC AL OBSERV ATIONS FOR 1902 : ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTES FROM ASHFORD, Mr. W. R. Jeffrey NOTES ON LEPIDOPTERA, Mr. F. A. Small and Mr. 8S. W. Webb NOTE ON HYMENOPTERA, Rev. W. M. Rodwell ... “BOTANICAL NOTES,” Mr. W. H. Hammond HON. LIBRARIAN’S REPORT FOR 1902 HON. SECRETARY’S REPORT FOR 1902 ANNUAL MEETING, 1902 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ; CANTERBURY WEATHER CHARTS... EAST KENT WEATHER STATISTICS, 1902 METEOROLOGICAL NOTES LIST OF MEMBERS PAGE Cast Kent Watural Xistory Society. eee EEO OFFICERS—1902-03. President : S. HARVEY, Esq., F.1.C., F.C.S. Vice-Presidents : THE VERY REV. THE DEAN OF CANTERBURY, MATTHEW BELL, Esq., W. OXENDEN HAMMOND, Esa., CAPTAIN J. GORDON Mc DAKIN, REV. A. J. GALPIN, M.A. Treasurer : W. P. MANN, Esq., B.A., Simon Langton Schools. Librarian : Mr. FIDDIAN. Committee : Rey. J. PATTERSON, W.H. NETHERCLIFT, Esq., Captain STEAD, H. M. CHAPMAN, Esq., G. RIGDEN, Esq., W. COZENS, Esq., SIBERT SAUNDERS, Esq., W.H. HAMMOND, Esq. Hon. Secretary : Mr. A. LANDER, The Medical Hall, Canterbury. Assistant Secretary : Mr. E. B. HAYWARD, 6 Burgate Lane, Canterbury. Local Secretaries or Referees. To organise special observation and investigation, and report upon definite subjects, in accordance with the suggestions of the British Association. The Members of the Society are invited to assist the work of the Sub-Committees by giving notice of any facts or occurrences relating to the subjects of investigation named to the General Secretary, or to the Local Secretary, who will always be glad to receive the informatian, and tender any advice or assistance in their power. Botany : The Misses Hotmes anp PHILLPOTTS. Entomology : SipNeY Wess, Esq. Hymenoptera, etc.: Rev. W. M. Ropwetu. Lepidoptera : F. A. Sma, Esa. Ornithology : H. Meav-Briaas, Esq. Coleoptera : B. F. Maupson, Esa. Marine Zoology: SrperT SaunpeErs, Esq FIRST WINTER MEETING—OCTOBER 8th, 1901. “THE SUPREMACY OF LIFE.” FResIDENTIAL AppREsS BY Mr. Srmpney Harvey. The first meeting was held in the Beaney Institute on Tuesday, October 8th, 1901. Among those present were the President, Mrs. and Miss Harvey, Mr. W. P. Mann, Rey. W. M. Rodwell, Mr, W. Cozens and Miss Cozens, Mr. and Mrs, Marsh, Councillor W. H. Netherclift. Captain and Miss Stead, Dr. Abbott (Tunbridge Wells), Miss Boyden, Mrs. Summerville, Mr. and Mrs. Hus- bands, Mrs. Stevens, Miss Sworn, Mr. and Mrs. Argrave, Messrs. L. Ward, W. Gard, J. G. John- son, W. G, Austen, etc. After the annual election of officers, the passing of the reports and other business of the annual meeting, Mr. Sidney Harvey delivered the Presidential Address, taking as his eubject “ The Supremacy of Life.” He remarked that it was with no ordinary feelings that he occupied that position that night. He and some of them had been look- ing forward, in view of the circumstances, to an address from their late President, Mr. Stepken Horsley. That address was in his mind when he first jomed the Society, it was the subject of many conversations hetween him and the speaker, and at the time of his last illness he had got together a great deal of the subject-matter of it, and was looking forward in the hope that he would be able to deliver it. The subject was one that had occu- pied his thoughts for years, a very difficult subject and one that wauy had attempted to elucidate, but in Mr. Horsley’s hands he felt sure a great deal of hight would have been thrown upon its intricacies. It was on the action of petrifaction, more particularly as developed in the formation of flints and the preservation in those flints of delicate animal organisms. It so happened that the Canterbury Museum possessed a very magnificent collection of polished flints, flinte containing a great many deli- cate animal formations of marvellous beauty,and it was a puzzle to their late friend how these forma- tions took place, bearing in mind the many different theories which were broached as to how the flints became solid, whether by water action, or whether by heat action, or in what way. Mr. Horsley had prepared a great deal of the subject matter of the address to have been delivered that night,and he(the speaker) believed it existed upon paper, but it had not yet been found by the family. But he must promise on their behalf that wnen found it should be put intoshapeandat some future meeting of that Society it should be read in his memory (hear, hear). ‘lhe fact of their being disappointed in that address that evening had somewhat modified his own observations, and he would only try, in the few remarks he would make, to follow on Mr. Horsley’s lines, and he felt that he stood in his place, speaking with his voice, and using bis words. At the same time it was of a different subject he wished to speak, but one which was very dear to their late friend’s heart—“‘The Supremacy of Life.” In these days and the days that bad passed, the fact of the universality of death had placed to a certain extent a great check upon any acceptance of the creed which had for its subject the supremacy of life. The old Roman pvet ages ago had sung something like this: ** As in the woods, dead leaves are changing with the fleeting year, and the earliest fall the first, in like manner do words perish with old age, and those of more recent birth flash and shine like men in the times of their youth, but we and our works are doomed to death.’” In these sad, but beautiful lines they had the creed of past ages as regarded therrelation between living forms and inert matter. His object that night would be to show that life was not a mere subjective form,a mere transition of matter or force, but that in itself it had authority and power over material things, and could not only hold its own, but exercised its sway in many directions, and held the hope of still further permanent and great developments in thefuture. In looking back to those times when no life existed, and those times were long, one was reminded of the power of the physical forces exhibited during the earth’s history. They had, of course, the loss of heat and the gradual coalescing of the particles, followed by a liquid ass still in a high state of temperature prohibi- tive of even crystalline forms. Then came the formation of rocks, and here again they had wonderful order and system, and an impressive display of tender care by the Great Artificer. How long that state of things existed it was impossible to say, but it must have been a very long succes- sion of years before it came to an end. They were at length arrested, in looking back at the past history of the world, by the apparition of life. Hesaid this because it was sudden and abrupt, and it was the appearance of something utterly unlike anything in the mineral world or anything in existence before. Although 1t was very difficult to draw a distinction absolutely between a living and a life- less form, there could be no doubt in any one’s mind in examining the most simple form of life to be able to point to it and say “ this is something new, this is a living thing.” It was difficult to conceive in what form life first appeared. No doubt simple organisms came first, but where and how ? We could in these days of research witness beginnings. Mr. Harvey went on to speak of the manner in which it was possible to maintain the sterility of certain liquids, but pointed out that immediately the air was permitted to reach them a _ rapid change came about, and germs of bacterial life were developed. They had there an astonishing development of life so rapid and so abundant that there was nothing like it in the world. He did not say that that was the early history of life but 1t was very much like it. Here they had an invasion of sterile matter not from within but from without. We had been in the habit of thinking that organic matters held in themselves their own corruption. That was an old story, but the recent discoveries by Tyndall, Pasteur and others, showed, and it was accepted as a fact, that as long as matter free from life could be kept from the action of germs that matter would remain sterile for any length of time. It was interesting to go back and see the past work of life as illustrated in the Dolomites as_ the representatives of ancient coral growths, in chalk cliffs which were merely a huge cemetery of skeletons and mineral appendages of what were once alive. No mean portion of the world’s crust in the aggregate had passed through the dominion of life and was retained for the re-appropriation of this all-invading life, and must ultimately be re-nssumed if one gave it time. Mr. W. P. Mann said he had been asked to lead them in giving expression to their thanks to Mr. Harvey for his address that evening. He would simply say that Mr. Harvey had chosen a subject of paramount and fascinating importance, and had evidently given to it much anxious thought. He had the power of putting that thought into eloquent, precise and accurate language, and that gave his address one of its principal charms (applause). He was sure that he need only pro- bo pose that the best thanks of those present be given to Mr. Harvey for his address. The vote was unanimously accorded and briefly acknowledged. NEXT YEAR'S VISIT OF THR SOUTH-EASTERN UNION. The President next called upon Mr. Abbott, who was cordially received, He spoke of the pleasure with which the invitation to Canterbury for next year had been accepted by the members of his Union, which comprises over thirty societies. As regarded the collection of specimens shown by him that evening, they cams from a magnesian lime- stone bed near Sunderland, about two square miles in extent, and which was originally a Dolomite bed. The specimens were principally lime and but little of the magnesia remained. No one could tell the conditions which led to the deposit of this bed, which was from 100 to 200 feet thick, but all the geologists and zoologists who had worked at it believed that it was entirely inorganic. But if inorganic, and the forms shown in the speci- mens had been brought about without the aid of vegetable or animal life, they must come to the conclusion that there was something very like life in inorganic matter. There wasnow a large number of these specimens at South Kensington. Besides the specimens shown by Mr. Abbott, cases of insects arranged by Mr. Small and Mr. Maudson were on view, also a record of the remarkable atmospheric variations in Canterbury early in the week, prepared by Mr. Lander. SECOND WINTER MEETING—OCTOBER 15th, 1901. “MODERN DEVELOPERS.” By Mr. NIGHTINGALE. The second winter meeting was held in the Reference Library of the Beaney Institute, on Tuesday, October 15, 1901. Among those present were the President, Mr. S. Harvey, F.I.C., E.C.S. {in the chair), Miss Smith, Miss Brownhill, Messrs. W. P. Mann, W. Brownhill, F. C. Snell, C. Buckingham, W. Gard. Mr. and Mrs. Argrave, Messrs. W. G. Austen, E. Foxell, R. Pilcher, H. A. Langston, W. Surry, the Hon. Sec., Mr. A. Lander and others. The President stated that the memorial cross was now erected over the late President's grave, in St. Dunstan’s Churchyard and members would doubtless be interested to see it. Mr. H. A. Langston was proposed for election as an associate by Mr. C. Buckingham, this was seconded by Mr. W. Surry, and carried unanimously. The Hon. Sec. announced that one of the members, Mr. F. C. Snell, had been successful in winning the prize for the best print on Kudos paper and that this was very satisfactory seeing that the competition was open to anyone in Britain Mr. Nightingale then delivered his lecture on “Modern Developers.” He first described the properties of the various developers, their keeping powers, and their action on the latent photo- graphic image. He pointed out how some were more suitable than others for certain effects, and that others as Pyrogallic acid were quite unsuitable for papers ; whilst some such as Amidol and Metol, and especially a mixture of the latter with Hydroquinone was specially suitable for either plates or papers. He advised amateurs to perfect themselves with one developer and | stick to it, for in that way better results would be obtained. He showed some prints from neyatives developed with Ferrous-oxalate, and then proceeded to develop some prints on Velox paper with a mixture of Metol and Hydroquinone. These proved to be very satisfactory, and the members present were especially interested in seeing how various designs were printed on the pictures by using various masks. The toning of Carbona paper was then demonstrated, and the lecturer showed how any desired colour could be obtained. After this Mr. Nightingale showed how the Hypo in the prints or negatives could be quickly and easily eliminated by using Hypax.a form of per-carbonate of potash which effervesced upon being placed in water, oxygen gas being given off which destroyed all traces of hypo without affecting the print in any way. At the conclusion of the demonstration the President moved a very hearty vote of thanks to Mr. Nightingale, and said he would emphasise the importance of sticking to one developer, because now photography had been the means of the discovery of so many new chemicals, it was impossible to try every new thing. He also hoped it would be possible to have many such free and easy demonstrations as that evening, because he believed more could be learned and more good done than by mere formal lectures, Tne vote of thanks was carried with acclamation, and the lecturer suitably replied. THIRD WINTER MEETING—NOVEMBER 5th, Igor. “THE GREAT BARRIER REEF OF AUSTRALIA.” By Mr. The third winter meeting was held in the Reference Library of the Beaney Institute on Tuesday, November 5. lhe members present included the President (Mr. Sidney Harvey) in the chair, the Deputy Mayor (Dr. Netherclift), Councillor Whicheord, Mr.W. P. Mann, B.A., Miss Holmes, Miss Phillpotts, Miss Cole, Miss Cozens, Miss Abbott, Mrs. Stevens, Mrs. Somerville, Messrs. W. Cozens, W. Surry, W. H. Hamm ond, C. Buckingham, M. Husbands, W. Gard, J. T. Smith, the Hon. Sec. (Mr. A. Lander), Mrs. Lander, Mis3 B. Smith, and others. On the tables were a large number of interesting exhibits, including a number of beautiful sun-prints of plants and ferns by Miss Holmes and Miss Phillpotts; fruitof Pyrus japonica by Miss Cole; two albums of very interesting phot- micrographs by Mr. W. H. Hammond, showing in detail the eggs of the moth Botys hyalinalis and the development of the embryo from the time that the eggs were laid until the larvae were fully de- velopad ready for hatching, a period of abouta fortnight Mr. B. Rigden kindly preseateed to the Society many annual volumes of “ British Rainfall,” and Mr. Baker, a previous Hon. Sac. and City Surveyor, presented photographs of the Elham Valley rail- way cutting. Both were thanked for the gifts to the Society. Mr. W. H. Hammond was unanimously elected a member of the Society and the President then briefly introduced Mr. Morgan, of St. Leonards-on-Sea, who gave a lecture on “The Great Barrier Reef of Aus- tralia,” illustrated with coral specimens and a series of excellent lantern slides. Mr. Morgan referred to his former visit to Canterbury and to the loss the Society and the Museum had since sustained by the death of the Honorary Curator, Mr. Stephen Horsley, to whom he paid a tribute of affection and respect. Placing on the screen a map of a portion of Queensland, with the part of the Pacific that washes its shores, he pointed out the course of this great Reef from Sandy Cape to Torres Straits—1,250 geographical miles. Within the shallow seas, enclosed by this reef, which is a true barrier to the mighty Pacific, there are lesser reefs called fringery reefs. The reef-forming corals are the product of polyps that flourish only in water 68° or more in heat, found theretore almost exclusively within the tropics. They exist, too, at only a limited depth—from 25 to 30 MorGan. fathoms below the surface. Yet this immense reef has its sides towards the Pacific going down to depths varying from 500 to 2,000 fathoms. The question avose, how was it formed ? There were two rival theories ; stated briefly they might be thus given. Mr. Darwin, Mr. Dana, and others believed that the shores all along the coast of Queensland have been slowly sinking during recent geological times ; and that the coral polyps built up the reef or rather the reef was formed of the debris and remains of such corals at a corres- ponding rate until the vast structure has been attained. Dr. Murray and others, on the other hand, contend that the bed of the ocean has been continually coverad by the materials brought down by rivers and washed from the rocks of the shore, augmented by the remains of marine animals of various kinds, until some portions reached within 25 fathoms of the surface. This formed resting places for the coral polyps and formed a home for their structure. The circular form of many Atolls might thus be accounted for, being formed on the summits or slopes of sub- marine volcanoes. These theories were severally illustrated by diagrams from various geological works. The lecturer also detailed somewhat fully the operations carried on in 1896-7 on the reef at Funafuti by Dr. Sollas and Mr. Stanley Gardiner, of England, and Mr. Hedley, of Sydney, by whom the reef was bored and the core obtained sent to England for examination. Though too early to pronounce, it was thought by good authorities that the evidence was in favour of Mr. Darwin’s theory, since the materials brought up from the 690 feet of thickness were of much the same character throughout. Layers of chalky ooze, such as Dr. Murray’s theory required, were absent. The question could not, however, be regarded as at present determined. The lecturer next gave a series of most beautiful and instructive views of the reef at different points, and of the inner reefs where the corals are left by the retreating tide uncovered to observa- tion. These were all taken from photographs made by Mr. Saville Kent during his 3} years’ stay on the Queensland coast. The lecture was concluded by an earnest appeal to the naturalist and the man of science to cultivate and rejoice in the marvellous beauty which this little-studied subject in common with the better known fields of Nature affords to the mind. A vote of thanks to the lecturer was proposed by the President and carried with acclamation. The President said that evening marked a very important event for they were using for the first time the electric Nernst lamp in the lantern and he asked the Hon. See. to explain the lamp and show how it worked. Mr. Lander said that for many years they had looked for an electric illuminant suitable for the lantern, and that at last something like perfection was discovered in this lamp. In principle it is like the Welsbach incandescent mantle, but, instead of making the mantle incandescent by means of a gas flame, a powerful current of elec- f tricity was passed through a small rod of the substance, which was in that way heated to a white heat, and therefore gave out a very brilliant heat. As many of them had seen the account in the Kentish Gazette and Canter- bury Press of a trial of two of these lamps in the streets, Mr. Lander explained that the use of these would save over half the amount of the electric light bill ot those who used them, and said someof the members, as well as himself, were fitting them in their business establishments. In the lantern the light was particularly brilliant and perfectly steady. FOURTH WINTER MEETI LANTERN The fourth meeting took the form of a lantern evening, when members brought their lantern slides and bad them exhibited in the lantern by meaus of the Nernstlamp. In this way members were enabled to see specimens of each other's work and compare notes, and it is hoped that thus much good was done and many useful hints noted down for future work. Among those present were the President (S. Harvey, Esq.), Miss Cole, Messrs. C. Buckingham, H. A. Langston, W. NG—NOVEMBER oth, 1901. EVENING. Surry, F. C. Snell,W. H. Hammond, the Hon. Sec. and many others. The slides included a large number ot magnificent records cf natural history subjects, etc., by Mr. W. H. Hammond, Mr. F. C. Snell, Mr. W. Surry, and others, and one or two specimens of colour-photography by the Hon. Sec. Mr.A.Lander). A very enjoyable and instructive evening was spent, and it is hoped that a lantern evening will be a feature of the programme of future sessions. FIFTH WINTER MEETING—DECEMBER 3rd, 1901. “COINS AND CHRISTIANITY.” By Mr. The fifth winter meeting was held in the Reference Library of the Beaney Institute on Dec. 3, 1901. The President of the Society (Mr. Sidney Harvey) presided, and there were also present Miss Holmes, Miss Phillpotts, Miss Hurst, Mrs. Summerville, Mr. and Mrs. Husbands, Miss Sworn, Miss Cozens, Mis3 Cole, Miss Smith, Mr. W. P. Mann, Mr. W. Cozens, Mr. T. G. Marsh, Mrs. Marsh, Mr. W. H. Hammond, Miss Hammond, Mr.C. A. Gardner, Mr. F. A. Small, Mc. C. Buckingham, Mr. E. Kennedy, and the Hon. Secretary (Mr. A. Lander). The exhibits included a pitcher-plant, sent by Mr. F. J. Sage; three copies of an antiquarian itinerancy, nearly 100 years old, sent by Mr. Gardner ; some ancient coins, sent by Miss Cole and Miss Holmes; galls on elms, sant by Messrs. Snell and Buckingham; a number of “ Brownie” photographs and enlarzements, sent by Mr. F. J. Sage. A competition had been arranged for the best photos taken during the summer excursions and the prints sent in were now on view. Mr. C, Backingham took the prize, which consisted of the Society’s certificate and the new book entitled « Photography for Naturalists.” S. WEBB. Mrs. Husbands was unanimously elected a member of the Society, after which the President briefly introduced Mr. Sydney Webb, of Dover, who then gave his lecture on ‘Coins and Christianity,” in the course of which he traced the coins of circulation from the dawn of coinage. He remarked that lumps of metal were the first medium of exchange after barter in kind, and dealt with the primeval methods of exchange. He also pointed out that archaic weights in them- selves were not coins. Pliny recorded that blocks of metal were first stamped in the reign of Servius Tullius, 578 B.C., and he derived the name Pecuniz from pecus—cattle; while our English word “ pecuniary” was evidently born of the same source. Our £ s. d. wera equally from the litin, libra, a pound weight, solidus, representing the smaller piece, a shillinz, and denarius, the peany. Similarly they found money to have been derived from the temple of Juno, Moneta, where the implements for coining were placed in the custody of the priests. The lecturer continued : The history of the Romans has been given in greater detail by ancient writers than that of any other nation, whose accounts for the most part treat of wars and laws rather than the customs and home life of the community, yet when we come to examine the meagre particulars of neighbouring states we find that the Grecian and even the Macedonian kingdoms were very far advauced over the Romans in the art of coinage, so far indeed that we lose the history of their ancient Coins in tradition and surmise, whereas that of Rome is so clearly written that all may read it. It is then to the Grecian States and their offsets, and those of the monarchies of the Western Asian Provinces, we must look for our oldest examples of true coins of negociable value not too heavy to be carried on the person. These were formed in a very simple way ;a more or less spherical lump of metal, of ascertained weight, either of gold or of mixed gold and silver, known as electrum, was plac2d upon a die, upon the face of which the device had already been sunk, and the lump was forced into every part of the pattern by a heavy blow from a hammer upon a punch that washeldabove. Thecoin was then complete; all the ancient examples have been thus executed, as the reverses only show the mark made by the impact of the instrument thus forced down upon the lump of metal. From the time the Greeks took the lead in coinage of money they adopted a figure or portrait in high «relief upon one side of the piece, whilst the other side more slowly developed in its turo. The metal dump or dis2, even from the oldest dates known, was always struck cold, never cast. This is very significant and it was probably done by design, necessitating as it did more manual labour. Counterfeits on the contrary for more than 2,000 years have been either plated or for the most part cast in moulds, and thus are easily detected by anyone with the slightest knowledge. The Patrician families of Rome issued their own coins, and these consisted for the most part of denarii, silver or plated pieces about the size of a sixpence, but of twice its substance, upon one side was a helmeted head, either that of Pallas or Roma, and upon the other a cornucopia, or sacri- ficial emblems or instruments, an altar, or temple portico, figure attribute of war, piety, zharity, good fortune, chastity, or what not, bird, stag, or other animal. Almost if not quite so early as the ox and lion, the figure of a horse appears upon coins, even before the face of man, which seems to have been eschewed until a much later period, probably because of the difficulty of making an actual portrait of the ruler. First a horse standing, then a horse galloping, or a horse with its owner by its side, next a horseman on a galloping horse. Two horsemen on horses repre- senting the dioscuri, and so on until we arrive at the war chariot drawn by four or more horses. The Romans having succeeded in establishing a coinage of their own quickly recognized their in- feriority and induced Grecian artificers to super- intend the Roman mint by doubtless large promises, and greater emoluments and privileges than they allowed even their own citizens. The results of this were immediate and lasting, for not only did the Romans’ coins increase in beauty, but their homes and architectural art also received a vast impetus ; and when the nation dominated the greater part of the civilized world this influence spread wide and wider. The greatest cf the celebra- ted Julia family—Caius Julius —like other original men, was applauded, detested, and worshipped in turn by his contemporaries,who decried his reform- ing statutes as only passed by the Senate to curry favour with the masses of the people, while they equally denounced his presence with the army as only desirous of obtaining itsservility. He was a man hated in his lifetime but praised after death, insomuch that his surname given in disdain became a title of honor eagerly sought by Em- perors. Like our Duke of Wellington, he had every honour that the people could give bestowed upon him, for instance it was decreed that he should on all public occasions wear the triumphal robe of state, that he should receive the title of Parens patriz, that statues of him should be placed in all the temples, that the fifth month should be called Julius, that his portrait should be copied upon the national money of Rome (a new departure altogether), that he should be Perpetual Dictator, and finally upon the death of the Chief Pontiff should occupy supreme power. This then may be said to be the first of the national series where portraits come in. His coins show him asa long necked mar with great firmness of character and determination, as evinced by his heavy jaw. The reverse bears various emblems of peace,indicating, like the symbols upon an Indian’s grave- stone, the non-necessity of ettering. The hands clasped show his reconciliation with the Senate, the fasces with axe detached the emblem of peace, and the caduceus of Mercury and the globe that this peace was universal But you might guess many times before you hit upon the person who first described himself as tmperor upoo the Romans’ coins—it was indeed no other than Brutus. He whose pious soul was so filled with indignation‘at Cesar’s rise to absolute power, that he joined in conspiracy against his former friend. That he was proud too of his treacherous action there is no doubt, for otherwise he would not have adopted asa reverse the cap of liberty and daggers with the date of his crime. Speaking of the Christain Symbols on old coins, the lecturer dealt with the coins of Constantine and his successors. Coming to the reign of Justinian he remarked: His coins are lettered partly in Greek and partly in Latin characters. Finding the laws of the empire in great confusion he engaged Trebonius, an eminent lawyer, to prepare a compilation of them, the result being the celebrated codes and institutes, which form the great body of civil jurisprudence to this day. He was of a religious turn of mind without ostentution,and invented the so-called Greek cross, wherein he attempted to show the three crosses on Calvary; the creation is not happy and reminds one of the bamboo work of a firescreen. Justinian IT. ascended the eastern throne in 685 : he was a man of cruel and implacable temper, and having been taken prisoner by Leontius bad his nose cut off. During a storm at sea his confessor urgel him to prayer and to forgive all his enemies. His prayer was * May I now perish if I spare one of them ”—and it must be added that upon re-ascend- ing his throne he kept his word. Yet he affected 6 great piety und was the first to introduce upon his coins a reputed likeness of our Saviour. The adoption of images and pictures in churches had by this time become almost universal, and after several attempts by succeeding monarchs to sweep them away, and their subsequent reintroduction by others, a compromise upon the subject was made which continues on the Continent to the present time. The Greeks moreover succeeded in establshing many points of doctrine and discipline, but it seems a strange anomaly between them and the Church of Rome, that those who profess a horror at bowing before stone or wood should kneel without scruple to paint and canvas. The division of an Empire into two or more states,even when assuciated together in the strongest bands of kinship and ties for mutual aid or defence, is always a sign of weakness; and when the relizious worship is in- volved in the departure, a speedy disintegration is bound to follow. The wealth of the Roman nation more than their actual skill in war, had drawn the eyes of the less civilized peoples with longing towards them, and the wondrous tales of their magnificence as told by returning hostages, fired their enemies with military ardour. Almost simultaneously, their more distant colonies revolted or were snatched from their grasp, the Roman territories were invaded and Rome, proud Rome itself, became the prey of the barbarian. Rome fell and with it for a time fell civilization, but with it fell also civilization’s vices, that had so long made the first city of the worlda byeword and a disgrace (hear, hear). The lecture was illustrated with lantern views, with the Nernst lamp, worked by the Hon. Sec. At the conclusion a vote of thanks was accorded the lecturer, on the motion of the President. A number of photographs, made by Mr. Webb, were also thrown on the screen, including scenes in Dover and neighbourhood. SIXTH WINTER MEETING—DECEMBER 17th, 1901. “THE PHOTOGRAPHY OF FLOWERS.” By Mr. H, This was one of the affiliation lectures circulated by the Royal Photographic Society. The lecture was read by the Hon. Sec.,and the lantern worked by Mr. F. Sage. Those present included the President (S. Harvey, Esq.), Miss Sworn, Mrs. Summerville, Mrs. Husbands and Mr, H. W. S. Husbands, Miss Cole, Miss Hurst, Messrs. F. Sage, F. C. Snell, W. Surry, C. Bucking- ham, ete. The lecture was well written, and the slides were magnificent specimens of the work that can be done by anyone with such simple objects as the flowers that grow in our gardens, or in our country lanes and meadows. The author described in detail the apparatus used, and said it was best to arrange the lighting so that most of the light could fall on the flowers from one side, J. Mauby. and thus make them stand outinrelief. This was easily done by the help of a folding screen, or even an ordinary clothes-horse, arranged near a large north window of almost any room, ‘The use of chromatic plates was then described, and six photographs of a bunch of daffodils shown to illustrate the different results that could be obtained by using various plates both with and without a yellow or other coloured screens. For all flowers with yellow and green it is generally sufficient to use a chromatic plate without any screen, but with reds, orange, etc., it was best to use also a yellow screen. Many splendid pictures were shown, and it was especially interesting to note the different results that could be obtained by different methods. SEVENTH WINTER MEETING—JANUARY 14th, 1902. SOCIAL EVENING The seventh fortnightly meeting was held in the Reference Library of the Beaney In- stitute on Tuesday evening, January 14. The President (Mr. S. Harvey) presided and the attendance included Mrs. Stevens, Miss Phillpotts, Miss Holmes, Mrs. Somerville, Mrs. Husbands, Miss Abbott, Miss Cole, Mrs. Bowler, Miss Reakes, Miss Harris, Rev. J. T. Smith, Messrs. J.T, Smith, C. A. Gardener, W. Gard, A. Lander (Hon. Sec), A. F. Husbands, W. Surry, and F. C. Snell. The gathering took the form of a social evening andexhibition. The exhibits were very numerous WITH EXHIBITS. and interesting, and included twelve pictures from the Royal Photographie Society, representing some of the best works which nave been hung at the axhibition in London. The photos were as under:—“ A Woodland path” by W. T. Great- batch ; ‘“‘ Bachelor Life,” Howard Esler; ‘“ Wait- ing for the Wind,” C. F. Inston ; “ Sandhills and Sunset,” Hugo Meynell; “A Sunny Glade,’ W. J. Warren; “ The Waning of the Day,” A. J. Golding ; “ Chester Cathedral,” E. Dockrel ; “G. F. Watts, R.A.,” F. Hollyer; “A Windy Day,” Perey Lankester; “Homa with the Morning Breeze,” H. W. Bennett ; “ A Hampshire Home,” J. Kidson Taylor; “ Capital, Canterbury Cathedral,” Ernest Marriage. One of the largest pieces of amber ever found on the Eastern Coast was exhibited by the President ; three cases of moths by Mr. Small; an album containing photographs by Mr. Snell; some curious rubbings of brass and old photos by Miss Cole ; carnivorous teeth, found at the gravel pit near Whitstable Tunnel, by Mr. W. Cozens; an Indian wolf’s head and description and photos by Miss Palin. Three generations of orchids were shown by Mr. Sage, illustrating the hybridization of the plants. The two grand-parents were shown, which, by crossing the pollen, produced a new species of plant. This new flower was crossed with another flower, which again produced a i different sort. Mr. Austin showed his biokam, and among the films which he exhibited was one of the boys of the Simon Langton School playing with snowballs. The Secretary showed a number of photographs illustrating all the modern methods of colour-photography, including some by Dr. Joly, of Dublin ; Messrs. Sanger Shepherd, and Co., of London; M. Lumiere, a Frenchman; and Mr, Ives, an American. He also mentioned that two members of the Society were to be cougratu- lated on their recent success in winning prizés in different competitions. Miss Palin was the only winner in Canterbury of one of the T.E.B. prizes for best Christmas card photos, and Mr. Snell in a lantern slide competition, open to the world, had been successful in winning a first prize with his four lantern slides. EIGHTH WINTER MEETING—JANUARY 28th, 1902. ‘‘ PHOTOGRAPHIC ENLARGEMENTS AND THE KIND OF NEGATIVE NEEDED.” By Mr. Henry FIievpins. The eighth winter meeting took place in the Reference Library of the Beaney Institute, Canterbury, on January 28. Mr. Sidney Harvey, F.C.S., F.L.C., presided, and there were also present Mr. Henry Fielding, Mr. J. F. Whichcord, Mr. W. P. Mann, B.A., Mr. W. H. Hammond, Miss Holmes, Miss Phulpotts, Miss Hurst, Miss Harvey, Miss Palin, Mr. and Mrs. J. G. Johnson, Messrs. Austen, Kennedy, A. Lander (hon. sec.), W. Gard, C. Gardner, A. Cozens, W. Surry, C. Buckingham, F. Snell, etc. Rev. Dr. Greaves and Mr. A. Cozens were duly elected new members of the Society. The President then called upon Mr. Henry Fielding to give his lecture on “ Photographic Enlargements.” Mr. Fielding commenced by saying that he took it that the Society existed to help and encourage each other in their various studies. He had learnt a good deal in the past at some of the meetings, and he hoped that some of his remarks that evening might perhaps be the means of helping some present, and at the close he hoped they would criticise his methods and in that way also help him in his future work. An enlarged print from a negative is obtained by means of either an ordinary camera or by an enlarging lantern. In the case of the camera the negative is placed in a frame in the same position as the ground glass is for the purpose of focussing and is then placed against a shutter, which closes up the window with the exception of a hole cut to admit the camera back. Placed against this hole the daylight penetrates the negative and - throws the image through the lens (your ordinary lens) on to a screen in a similar way to the magic lantern. This image is allowed to play on to a piece of bromide paper, which is ultimately developed. In the case of a lantern being used the process is similar, with the exception that artificial light—electric, gas, or oil—is used instead of daylight, and the lantern instead of your camera, Equal work can be done with either means, but the lantern being always supplied with the same intensity of light gives more certain results than the ever changing day- light, and can of course be used at night. Now, taking an ordinary negative such as we are in the habit of printing from on P.O.P., we should find on putting it into the lantern and looking at the image on the screen, that whereas the shadows (the thin parts of negative) are very brilliant, the denser parts appear quite dark, and if we then gave an exposure of say two minutes to the whole picture the resulting print (when developed) would consist of very black shadows, the denser parts being bald white patches—a picture utterly useless and unpleasant, the reason being that in enlarging on bromide the dense or thick parts of the negative require a longer time for the light to penetrate and affect the paper than is the case with P.O.P. This difficulty is rectified by means of shading either with the hands or cardboard the thinner or more brilliant parts of the image, letting them play on the paper the time you by testing or experience find necessary, and then preventing them longer affecting the paper by placing hands or cardboard between the lens and the paper, and constantly slightly moving the shade to prevent defined lines showing. The dense parts are still exposed as long as is wished, and in this way an even picture is obtained and the harsh contrast before mentioned is avoided. But it is obviously better if we are able to use a negative which requires none of this shading, but which can all receive the same length of exposure. The advantages are so clear that I need not mention them except to point out that with such a negative, after finding the time required for the first exposure, one can print off any number of duplicates with absolute certainty. I have now led up to, and trust you will see, my reason for describing as I propose to do the method, or a method, of obtaining a suitable negative for enlargement purposes. In taking your negative you will readily understand that as the image has to be magnified, sharp definition is requisite, and to get this a small stop is necessary, | commonly use F'44, or still smaller if I have had to tilt the camera and use the swing back. In American cameras a lens with stop marked four is equal to F8,and if marked eightis equalto F11, etc. Return- ing tooursubject having focussed up, theimportant item of length of exposure has tobe considered, and in this all who have not yet used them will find an actinometer invaluable, with its help mistakes ought never to occur. Now, in exposing we wish to obtain a negative with very little contrast, and a long exposure is therefore necessary, say, half as long again as for a negative for ordinary photo- graphical purposes, as distinct from enlarging; for example, say, the time required in the ordinary case is four seconds, give six seconds. We may, however, be taking a subject which has objects close to the camera and others far off, say trees on the left close at hand and a church on the right in the distance. Now an equal exposure on this subject would be apt to give considerable contrast, the distant church being over-exposed and the near trees under-exposed—this might be somewhat overcome in the developing, but a far better course is after exposing a sufficient time for the church on the right to shade that portion of the lens (the right hand side) by means of the lens cap or other dark substance, allowing the trees on the left a further and sufficient exposure—this to those who have not already adopted it will be found most useful in negative making. A great deal now depends on the correct developing of the plate, and providing the exposure is correct, as with an actinometer it should be, the developing can be brought almost toa system. Firstly, we have to aim at obtaining a thin negative without too much contrast, and using either the Imperial plates fast or slow, or Ilford chromatic plates. I have found the following method produce the kind of negative wished for: — Using the Imperial pyro soda developer and half plates; take 1} ounces of the pyro solution and the like quantity of the soda solution, adding half-an-ounce of water to make three ounces. On pouring this developer on I expect to see the first appearance of the high lights in about 35 seconds, and I allow development to proceed for about five times the time the image took to appear—35 by five, ora total of 175 seconds from the time the developer was first poured on, Now, supposing we have to enlarge from a negative not treated as above or being so treated it still is too dense or has too much contrast we can still and with certainty make it what we desire by means of the various reducing agents.Say we have a negative which, although in the matter of contrasts is about what we require is much too dense and would take & weary amount of exposure in the lantern. This we can easily rectify by soaking it for some time ina solution containing cerum sulphate, a new reducer, which in its action 1educes both the thin and dense portions of the negative at the same time, which in the case before us is what we require. Now takea negative which has too much contrast, here the denser portions of the plate need’ removing, and if they are in well defined groups. we may be able to do so by rubbing with cotton wool damped in spirits. Care, however, is required, as one is very apt te rub portions of the plate which ought not to be reduced. A better course 1s to use persulphate of ammonia; this reducer reduces contrast by eating away the dense parts before attacking the thin. And like cerum sulphate it leaves no stain, a matter of importance in enlarg- ing, as it increases considerably the exposure. Both these reducers can also be applied locally to parts of the negative requiring reduction by means of a paint brush. I do not think either the ferricyanide or perchloride of iron reducers advisable on account of their staining qualities, the former (ferricyanide) increases contrast, a quality seldom required in a negative to be used in the enlarging lantern. Before leaving the subject of reducing I would strongly urge any who have aot yet used them to at once make a beginning, many a negative will be saved and still more improved by their intelligent use, and there are practically no difficulties to master. The plate, we should now have arrived at, will, to the eyes of an ordinary negative maker, seem very weak and flat, with a thin sky, which, if used to print on P.O.P., will, unless shaded, give a very dark and degraded sky—this, however, will not affect the bromide paper, or, even if it did, steps. can easily be taken to prevent its doing so by shading during the exposure. We now at length come to the more immediate process of enlarging. The lantern should be supplied with a lense cap, with a piece of orange tinted glass ; this will allow the image to shine through and assist in correctly pinning up the bromide paper, while the tint will prevent the paper being affected by the light, a réd light being quite unnecessary. We shall require three developing dishes or trays, one to hold water, a second for the developer, and a third for the hypo bath. Although many developers may be used, I believe amidol is very generally used. For prints 12} by 103 I have found the following act satisfactorily : Amidol soo ece .. 18 grains. Potassiumin bromido ... 24 drops of 10 per cent. sol. Sodium sulphite 3 3 drams. Water 9 ounces. Some may think it unnecessary to make as many as nine ounces for this size of paper, but I have found that since using this somewhat large quantity I have had hardly any instances of un- even developing, pin marks, white spots and other defects most distressing and disappointing—more- over the amount of amidol used is very little more than half that recommended by the maker’s formulas, so that a developer of about five ounces becomes nine merely by the addition of water and a little more of the sulphite of soda. This deve- loper works perfectly on the Eastman, Ilford, and Wellington papers. Of the three I prefer the Wellington and Eastman, the former, perhaps, for preference, and for most subjects the tinted rough papers are a great improvement on the ordinary grey. Placing the plate in the lantern and turning on the light (mine is an electric 100 e.p. lamp) the image is thrown through the lens on to the board or screen on which it is pro- posed to pin the sensitised paper. On the screen pin a piece of white paper to focus on, having first determined what size you intend your picture to be, the lantern being moved farther from the seceen the Jarger we wish the picture, and the ex- posure also being correspondingly longer, and on this subject reference should be made to the ex- cellent article or enlargements which appear in the “ British Journal Photographic Almanack ” for 1899. Focus upon the white paper, in doing which a hand magnifying glass is very helpful. Having completed this put the orange cap on the lens and then pin a strip of sensitized paper for testing purposes on the screen at such portion of the image as you may think best to test. Indeed, at first it may be well to use more than one testing strip, giving each a different expusure, To decide on the exposure of course requires experience, but it is wonderful how soon one can judge the time each negative will require. There are several factors to he considered, namely— (1) The density of negative. (2) The quality of light used. (3) Size cf magnification. (4) The lens. (5) I'he rapidity of the paper used All these, I think, are easily understood. The papers are chiefly of two rapidities, slow and extra rapid, and whether we use Welling- ton or Eastman the rapidity seems about the same. ‘he factor ef the lens of course depends on what diaphragm is used, it being safe in all cases to advise using the biggest stop possible. I personally use my ordinary recti- limer Ross lens, working at F 9, and only in one case I think have I ever stopped it down when using it in the lantern. Now for an example as to the time of exposure required ; say we wish to enlarge a 4-plate to 124 to 10} we shail find that the lens will be 13 to |4 inches distant from the screen, using the betore mentioned lens and 100 c.p. electric lamp and extra rapid paper and a very thin negative, an exposure of 60 seconds will probably suffice. If having exposed we then dip the strip of bromide paper into the developer we watch for the first appearance of the print and if this comes up in about 12 seconds the exposure is correct and development should be complete in about one or 1} minutes, perbaps less. Having by the test ascertained the exposure re- quired, pin the bromide paper on the screen and give it the required exposure, being careful nct to shake the lantern while this is going on. In many cases such as landscapes, the picture will not be complete without the insertion of clouds, and for this purpose it is necessary to have a selection of thin cloud negatives—theseare used in the lantern in the same way as theordinary picture negative and the exposure of the ciuuds may be either before orafter the picture exposure, it is, how- ever, probably best to du it before. It is obvious that we must have a selection of cloud negatives and that these also shonld be properly developed. I have always used Ilford chromatic plates F. 32 stop and a yellow screen, and very short exposure 9 one-tenth sec. The books tell you to give longer, but in carrying out their instructions I have not succeeded, I usually develope with rodinal with tepid water, so as to obviate the short exposure, and when the detail is out rinse and again put the plate into a developer very strong in pyro and bromide to give contrast. I use the rodinal rather than a pyro and soda solution strong in soda because the latter tends to discolour a thing, not desirable in cloud negatives, although, I admit, effective for ordinary negatives for printing from as opposed to enlarging. Having both the subject and the clouds, although invisible on paper, it is placed 1n water for some seconds to soften the film and to make it lie tat on the developing dish. Having done this remove and lay it face up in the dish and pour the developer over, being most careful that it flows over all parts by rocking gently, watching all the time to see that there are no air bubbles, and if necessary sweeping over the paper with your fingers or cotton wool. I have tried using a wide 3-inch camel-hair brush, but of the three prefer using my fingers, dipping them immediately afterwards in a pail of hot water I always have handy. A correctly-exposed enlargement, as I have said, should begin to appear in about 12 seconds from the time the developer is applied, and be complete in from one tu ore-and-a-half minutes, when it is either washed first or at once transferred to the hypo bath—where it is left for 15 or 20 minutes and then washed for two or three hours. It may be asked whether in developing much can be done (as in plate making) ia improving a wrongly-exposed paper, such as by altering the component parts of the developer or applying warm breath or wool heated in hot water to under-exposed parts, and to this question I should say that very little is possible. I am of course speaking of acase where theexposure is very incorrect ; a few seconds either side of a correct one being immaterial. With regard, however, to prints which are weak and have a misty or faded appearance, and look as though they had not been developed enough, these van be greatly improved by, and are proper subjects for, the uranium process, being turned into sepia, or red tones, At tirst it is difficult to be sure of getting a sepia, but I have found the following reliable : Uranium nitrate oe 5 grains. Potassium ferricyanide... 4 grains. Acetic acid 2 drams. Water 5 ounces. It must be recollected that a different tone is effected, not only by altering the quantities of the chemicals, but also by altering the quantity of water. The process is exceedingly simple, and can be done in the daylight. Afterwards wash for a few minutes, and then rinse in a solution of ammonia sulphocyanide, 10 grains per ounce water, for the purpose of removing the yellow effect from the sky, ete. Afterwards again wash for 20 minutes or so. Absence of hypo in this, as in ail other branches of photography except fixing, is absolutely necessary, indeed,in enlarging,the effect of theslightest trace of hypo is fatal to the bromide paper print, and, except in cases of carelessness, should never occur, it being quite unnecessary to dip the fingers as well as the paper into the hypo 10 fixing dish. TI have, as I prefaced my remarks, talked of many branches of photography which might not at first sight appear to come under the heading of my lecture, but I hope I have shown that one step leads to the next and it follows that one part being unsatisfactory will injuciously affect the portions following. Experience and a constant determination to improve is essential to good work, but the subject is one that no one need be afraid to undertake. Mr. Fielding kindly brought many enlarge- ments, which were much admired, some of them measuring 23in. by 17in. The various effects obtained and the colours suited to each subject were very appropriate. The President, ia moving a vote of thanks to Mr. Fielding, said that the lecture was one of the most practical and helpful that had ever been put before the Society, and he hoped those present would carefully examine the numerous pictures shown and question the lecturer about them. The vote having been unanimously carried, Mr. Fielding suitably replied, and afterwards explained several points of interest in connection with his lecture to the members. NINTH WINTER MEETING—FEBRUARY 1th, 1902. “THE WIND AND THE WEATHER.” By Mr. A. Lanper. The ninth winter meeting was held on Tuesday evening, Feb. 11, in the Reference Library at the Beaney Institute. Mr. Sidney Harvey presided, and the attendance also included Capt. Stead, Mr. W. P. Mann, Captain Gordon McDakin, Mr. W. H. Hammond, Mr. A. Lander (Hon, Secretary), Miss Cole, ete. Announcement was made of the fact that at the next evening meeting of the Society a fort- night hence a lecture would be given by Mr. Snell on the Photography of British birds’ nests and other natural objects. Mr. Lander mentioned that in a recent competition, which was open to the world, Mr. Snell obtained first prize with his photographs of birds’ nests. They might therefore rely upon it that the quality of the pictures to be shown would be the best procurable. Among the exhibits on the table that evening Miss Cole had kindly brought pictures of several curious objects and some prints of ferns. “Brownie” photographs with which she was recently successful in winning a prize, although she had only taken up photography a few weeks before. She had also sent a tiger’s skull, lent by Captain Phelips,which was shot by his son Vivian in India. It was the biggest skull ever known to have come from India,and was that of a fierce old man-eating tiger which was a terror to the neiyh- pourhood. Mr.W.P. Mann had also kindly brought his registering aneroid, which wouldregister every fluctuation of the barometer for a week at a time. In briefly introducing the lecturer, the Chair- man said he considered that Canterbury people were much behind in the study of meterology. The records were net sufficiently numerous, and he thouvht they were greatly indebted to those who would take observations and report in a systematic way. Mr. A. Lander then proceeded to give a very in- teresting address on “I'he Wind ana the Weather,” his remarks being illustrated by means of a large number of excellent slides. Although everybody one met had something to say about the weather, Miss Palin had sent down a lot of _ yet if a few questions were asked it became evident that they had not much idea about the weather, and perhaps the wind was even less understood. To obtain an idea of the weather it was necessary to study the atmosphere surround- ing the earth asa whole. If one threw a pebble into a pond, the resulting waves would gradually widen out until they reached the edge ofthe pond and if a duck slowly made its way across the pond to the side the waves would surround the bird and gradually move forward withit. That gavethem some rough idea of what he wanted to convey. The atmosphere was subject to depressions, areas of low pressure andalsoareasof high pressure were formed. They would readily understand that the water in a pond would be lowest immediately under the duck and the surface would rise until it came to tha edges of the pond. In the same way if they could get on top of the atmosphere they would find in the area of low pressure a hollow, and, as this travelled forward, the waves, or isobars, would gradually spread out until they got to a high place. (Figs.1 to 6). Thus they uad different heightsof the atmosphere, and got a higher or lower barometer according to the weight of the atmosphere. While in one place they had a depression, a cyclone, or area of low pressure, elsewhere they would have an _ anticyclone. These depressions nearly always travelled in some easterly direction, Mr Lander went on to show by weather charts the course of the terrible gale last November by which about 300 lives were lost around the British coasts, At eight o’clock on the morning of November 12 it had reached a point over Ireland, on the following morning the depression was over Yorkshire and the North Sea, next day it was over Denmark, and the gale had ceased over Ireland and the western British coasts, whilea day later it was partly across Russia (Figs. 1 to 3.) The British Meteorological0O ffice received messages from a num- ber of stations in Western Europe at eight o’clock every morning and six o’clock every night. Those reports were forwarded in cypher, consisting of 11 ‘p-T 010] ‘QBq ONO ‘pure O49 YQIA AY SMoatY—pul AA XXXXXX ‘SNY} WAOYS 0.19100 T1098 JO YOVLT, *OT-8 90403 ‘sqaeq anoj ‘J~g adI0F ‘SCAT OMG “£amosoul JO YOUT UE JO 47UOq YOUS JOF UATAP O4v ZYFIOY OLLoJamMoruG [eNbo Jo sour] Jo sanqosy “MPT 99d —"9 “ST “4geT 929d —'s “SLT “WZ “Od —"h “AT aS, ‘soqour Oarg ‘ate Aavazy “NY OF “YY YAuo«yy "g Wor} p2H]YPq PULA “LOB “oe ‘jouURYD ystsogq eng du Suisstd (YI NAO NUOLS SORTA Nes 2 ahi ‘WIEL “AON “BU "WZt AON" SLT “M1098 SIT] WL SJSROO YSILIG punose 4S0T SAAt[ paapany eed [, “aver jolt A[WQ"N OF “MM YSNOIG "A\"s WOIy pewoaa PIMA “TOG “AON ‘angio jaey jo N Sarssed FYINAO KUALS 12° sets of five figures. The telegrams from the west of Ireland and Scotland were usually those which gave us the first warning of what was to happen, but we also had reports from stations as far apart as Lapland, Nice, and the Azores. As soon as those reports were received the weather charts were prepared and issued. As a rule we had less rain and more sun in Canterbury than in any other part of the country. The rainfall was sometimes only one-tenth of that experienced in Treland. The reason of this was that these depressions usually passed over the country to the northward of Canterbury ; but when they crossed to the southward we got more rain. (Figs. 4 to 6). As @ rule the country to the northward of a depression received most rain, and the effects of these systems were felt at distances varying from 300 to 1,000 miles from their centres. Mr. Lander proceeded to show a number of views of various kinds of clouds, some of them taken by Mr. Snell and others reproduced from an article in Pearson’s Magazine for January. The arrival of a depression would frequently cause the barometer to fall and the temperature to rise to the extent of 15 or 20 degrees in a very short time. [t was a remarkable fact that these depressions would rarely cross a range of mountains. The presence of such a range would divert their course, and that was the case on December 12 last when the depression passed up the Channel to the southward of Canterbury, and we bad more rain than had occurred for a long time. (Figs. 4 to 6.) The mild, cloudy weather experienced during Janu- ary last was the result of a high pressure area and the barometer reached 30°9 degrees, which, he believed, was the highest point in Canterbury at any period ot the year for the last ten years or so. Passing on to discuss the value of the study of meteorology, Mr. Lander explained the dis- covery of Lockyer that when the iron lines in the sun crossed those other lines the nature of which was unknown, the rainfall in India was largely increased and famine stopped in that country. This crossing of the lines takes place every five and a half years, and in the usual order of things should have occurred in 1896, but this did not happen, and the famine had notceased. That once in an epoch of 35 years these lines did not cross, was because the sun was in an unusually heated condition, and instead of the famine lasting fora year or a year and a half the present visitation had lasted five or six years, but was likely to cease about the end of 1902, when the rains would be more abundant, The lecture was listened to with a great amount of attention and with evident appreciation. Con- siderable discussion followed, and, replying to questions, Mr. Lander stated that at the centre of the track of a cyclone the wind would sometimes change from north to south ten minutes after the depression had passed. In Canterbury the usual signs of the approach of a cyclone or storm centre are as follows :—I'he wind afver dropping to a calm will back to the S. W. or S.aud the thermometer will begin torize(except during the heat of summer)even before the barometer begins to fall. hin parallel pars of cirrus moving from N.W. or radiating lines (fig. 7) will in summer appear across the sky or possibly a portion of the sky will be covered with high-stratusin the form of fish scales (mackerel sky : fig. 8). In winter the front’is often marked by a great bank of cirrus stratus. This thin cloud will gradually spread and 1s the cause of lunar and solar halos. As the storm centre approaches the wind rises to a gale, rain sets in heavily and continuously if the storm centre is passing up the English Channel just to the south of us; oras a drizzle or heavy showers or squalls if the centre is passing on the north. In the former case, just as the centre passes, the wind wiil back from 8. through E. to N.E., and the rain will slowly cease, instance the wind will veer through W. to N., the sky will rapidly clear, the thermometer will fall perhaps 10 degrees in one hour, and the barometer will rapidly rise. In the right-hand rear of the cyclone we have shower cumuli (fig. 9), in the left rear heavy gloomy-looking banks ot condensed vapour. ‘hese cyclones are tollowed by cool, dry, and bright weather, in contrast to the warm, muggy, dirty weather in front. It is interesting to compare figs. 1 to 6 with the local charts for November and December on a later page, and note the influeuce of these cyclones on the local barometer and thermometer, etc. ‘Lhese changes are more marked the nearer the centre of the disturbance is to the observer. If the centre is a long distance away the changes may be almost imperceptible. Frequently secondary cyclones travel around the deep cyclones and cause much rain with little wind. In summer these often move N.E. from the Bay of Biscay and cause thunderstorms, the first indication being usually wisps of cirrus moving from S. with an —. wind. his is an almost sure sign of coming thunder. Heavy cumulus clouds in the evening atter a fine day indicate a showery night or snow showers in the cold winter nights. Mr. Lander had suggested to the Meteorological Office whether, with a view of obtaining earlier notification of the approach of storms, and thereby saving life on the sea, it would not be possible to make use of wireless telegraphy upon ships travelling between England and America. The office authorities replied that they were m com- munication with Lloyds to see if something of the kind could not be done. ‘A cordial vote of thanks to Mr. Lander con- cluded the proceedings. PHOTOGRAPHS OF CLOUDS BY COMMANDER D. WILSON-BARKER, RN.B., F.R.S.E., F R.MET.SOC. Sarin Z = Z Fig. 7.—CIRRUS. Fig. 8 HIGH STRATUS (MACKEREL SKY). This was followed by a gale in 12 hours. Blocks kindly lent by Editor of “ Knowledge.” PHOTOGRAPHS OF CLOUDS BY COMMANDER D. WILSON-BARKER, R.N.E., F.R.S.E., F.R.MET.SOC. ad Fiz. 9 -SHOWER-CUMULUS. Fig. 10.—STRATUS. Blocks kindly lent by Editor of “Knowledge.” 4 : | _ = 7 . nM 2 +, ‘ Ld ; } A { i . J a i | ) | | 4 i i | . esd Cle eae Wee at & Ba te at vy ee iy feed ; } 3 Bt Bestel myer RAS Ree Rau Re) ’ ‘ ‘ a rics hasan \ : awl, «5 te Ms ¥ : hie “Hd NIWVH MOTTO VIGNS ‘0 “A “YW AM SLSAN SAUIA JO SHAVADOLOHA 13 TENTH WINTER MEETING—FEBRUARY 25th, 1902. ‘PHOTOGRAPHY OF BIRDS’ NESTS By Mr. F. Among those present were :—Messrs. S. Harvey (in the chair), J. F. Whicheord, W. G. \usten,W. Surry, C. Buckingham, T. G. Marsh, C. A. Gard- ner, E. Cole, W. R. Dunham, W. Cozens, Miss Abbott, Mrs. Bowler, Mrs. Srell, Mrs. Marsh, Miss Palin, Miss Harvey, Mr. W. H. Hammond, Mr A. Lander, ete. The lecturer spoke of the fascination of this branch of photography, and recommended all photographers who had not a special branch of work to take up thestudy of nature and illustrate it by means of photography. Early mornings before breakfast was recommended as the best time to see and enjoy nature, giving the photo- grapher more frequent chances of getting into the country. Reference was made tw the difficulties to be met with in the early stages of the work, and mention was made of the works of our lead- ing naturalist photographers, and an account given of some of their latest achievements, and beginners were recommended not to expect too much success, nor to be discouraged with a few failures at first. Slides were shown, and descrip- tions given of the nests, eggs, nesting sites, and in some cases the young cf the following birds: Thrush, blackbird, linnet, yellow hammer, pied wagtail, blackcap, wren, missle thrush, and sedge- warbler. Two or three pictures in some cases showing each bird’s nest built in different situa- tions. The beautiful warm cosy domed nest of the long tailed titmouse was shown in contrast with the nest of the lapwing, aud the neat pretty nest of the chaffinch was followed by the rough rude platform of sticks which does duty for a nest for the turtle dove, the young of which were also shown. Robins’ nests in different situations, young linnets, nightingales’ nests, greenfinches, whitethroats, reed buntings, sparrows, red backed shrikes, and young tree pipit, plover, moorhens, partridge, and young tomtits. Methods of work- ing, description of apparatus, plates, and various hints were given. A series of spiders, their nests, webs, and snares were shown, which was followed by dormice and nests, butterflies, bees, newts, spvails, caterpillars, dragon fly, and galls on elms, and in concluding the lecturer referred to the almost unlimited scope tor the photographer’s energies that lay close at hand in the common objects of the woods and lanes and fields, and expressed the wish that more photographers would become naturalists, and more naturalists photo- graphers, that valuable efforts, time, and materials might be used in studying and recerd- ing some of the many phases of the wonders and beauties of nature, and promised anyone, with only a moderate love of nature, that they would find it a most interesting and fascinating branch of photography. In describing the method of work the lecturer said :—“‘ No special apparatus is necessary beyond some form of tilting table, which will allow AND OTHER NATURAL OBJECTS," C. SNELL. the camera to be pointed upwards or down- wards at any angle. A simple arrangement can easily be made or obtained in the form of two short boards hinged together, one of which is fixed to the tripod top with a thumb screw, and the other, which is supported at any angle by a stay bar and screw, bas a slot cut in it to take the screw of the camera, tbe slot allowing the camera to be moved a little from side to side. This small piece of apparatus, which need only be about six inches rquare, will be found to be absolutely necessary in order that the camera may point downwards to the nest. For this work a stand camera is required, as exposures are often very long, and focussing, also, must be very accurately done. A camera with a long extension of bellows is also necessary, as for birds’ nests, which are taken at short range, the camera must be extended considerably more than when taking ordinary landscape views, and when we come to small objects such as insects, etc., the bellows must be extended to about twice the normal length in order to get the object of a reasonable size on the plate. For this reason a hand camera is out of the question. This long extension of camera, therefore means, that a less amount of light reaches the plate, in other words our object is net so bright on the focussing screen as when we are using the camera at its normal length, so that it is often necessary to use a fast plate that the exposure may not be unduly long, as wind, and the movement of the object itself force us to give as shot an exposure as the subjeet will allow. No guide can be given as to the exposure required for any given object, the quality of the light, the nature of the situation, the speed of the plate, the stop, and extensicn of camera must all be taken into consideration, and as the first two conditions can never be exactly the same, it is exceedingly difficult, if not almost impossible, for the worker to judge for himself without some form of exposure meter. With one of these handy little instruments our calculations can be quite easily made if we only remember to allow extra exposure for the extra extension of camera, as the exposure meter figures are of course bised on the normal extension of camera. Should the camera be extended one-and-a-half times, about twice the amount of exposure will be required ; if extended double the usual length then about four times the normal exposure will be necessary. In a well lighted spot, with the camera extended about one- and-a-half times, and a plate of the speed of Imperial Sovereign, an exposure of one to two seconds at f.16 is often sufficient, whilst under opposite conditions, that is, a badly lighted spot in thick bushes or under dark, heavy trees, a deep dark nest may require as many minutes. With moving objects, young birds in nests, etc., it is almost always necessary to use a shutter. A very 14 fast one is not necessary, one giving about 1-6th to 1-10th second will be found quite fast enough. In these cases a well-lighted spot must be selected, and as large a stop as possible used in the lens so as to avoid under exposure, which is quite fatal to this kind of work, The best plan will be found to be—having first selected our obj-ct, to set up and focuss the camera, insert the dark slide, set the shutter, and wait until our subject is in the best position ; when we are ready to make the exposure. With nests of young birds a few chirps will make them sit up and open their bills as if expecting food. Young birds may sometimes be made to sit up alone to be photographed. and then this plan is the only means by which it may be done. Smaller objects, such as frogs, spiders, snails, butterflies, etc., can also be approached and photo- graphed, but with bees a different method must be employed. Some flowers must be selected where we have noticed bees at work, and one or two chosen, and the camera focussed upon them, the other flowers should then be removed, the dark slide and shutter made ready, and the photographer prepared to wait until the arrival of a bee. When he alights, and is in the dezired position, the exposure can be made at once. The development of this kind of work does not differ from that of any other kind of photography, and as the photographer will have already had some experience in the dark room before attempting this branch of photography, his ordinary developer and apparatus will suffice, only that care is needed not to develope the negatives too hard and dense ; a soft, well-graded negative giving the best results.” A hearty vote of thanks to the lecturer concluded the proceedings. ELEVENTH WINTER MEETING—MARCH 11th, 1902. “THE FUNCTIONS OF PLANTS.” By Mr. J. B: Cornroot. The eleventh meeting was held on March 11, when Mr. Cornfoot, of Herne Bay, kindly came over ard gave us an interesting lecture entitled as above. The lecture was fully illustrated by means of many coloured diagrams which had been prepared by the lecturer. The chair was taken by the President, and among those present were Miss Kearney, Miss Cole, Miss Sworn, Miss Phillpotts, Messrs. T, G. Marsh, C. A. Gardner, J. 1. Smith, C. Buckingham, W. Surrey, F. «|. Snell, the Hon. Secretary (Mr. A. Lander), and others. In commencing his paper, Mr. Cornfoot stated his subject would be “ The functions of plants in the economy of Nature.” He thought they would all agree that the workings of Nature were very wonderful, but when they began the study of natural history for the first time they were apt to «xperience some difficulty in grasping this fact. This, he thought, was on account of the mind being somewhat biased with sentiment, and it seemed difficult to understand why such things as the germs of disease were so powerful—indeed the sentimental question was often asked, “ Why were they ever created?” We cultivate sentiment, and sentimentality seems to be an indispensable part of us, and the workings of Nature are difficult for us to understand, because the human sentiment forms no part of Nature’s laws. Nature’s laws are very severe, and in a sense Nature herself is unloveable. Our sentiments are but human contrivances, with which Nature has no sympathy. She views the microbe of disease with the same satisfaction as the rose ; she has no favourites. In the study of the economy of Nature we find that no living thing is self-supporting, but that each one depends upon others of a different physiological nature. Having spoken of the division of created things into the Animal and the Vegetable Kingdoms, he mentioned that the connection between the lower orders of the two kingdoms is so close that when pathologists found a new germ of disease it was difficult for them to say whether it was animal or vegetable; therefore for the connecting link between the two they must look to the lower orders. This led him to give a history of the Ameebe, following with the yeast plant on to the multicellular plants, such as the Volvocace of the Alge tribe, on to the mosses, ferns, and trees. Dealing with the nutritive and reproductive functions of plants he pointed out the necessity for plants receiving the radiant energy ot the sun’s rays to enable them to carry on their chemical work. The green colouring matter known as chlorophyll stores the energy which is absorbed from the sun’s rays, and in the Jiving plant it places it at the disposal of the protoplasm for the construction of the organic molecule out of carbon dioxide and water. The chlorophyll is incorporated with units of protoplasm, and these units have the special physiological work of attacking the carbon dioxide and separating the carbon atom from the oxygen atom. The pure oxygen is liberated. A leaf is virtualiy a miniature chemical laboratory. There is one class of plants —the Fungi—which do not possess chlorophyll, and are therefore unable to absorb this life energy from the sun’s rays, and are quite unable to manufacture their own carbonaceous food. They might be regarded as the pirates of the vegetable kingdom, as they obtain their food and life energy either from other living bodies or their decaying remains. The remaining part of the paper dealt with the development of the Vegetable Kingdom, traced through the reproductive organs and the fertilization of plants by insects, and concluded by referring to the bacteria, stating that if our blood and tissues are in a sound and healthy condition they will digest these germs. When only a small 15 number of bacteria enter the blood at once they are destroyed, but when they enter in large nunibers or are virulent in their nature then they have the best of the struggle, and the organism is destroyed. It has been estimated that in large towns a man inhales 37,000,000 germs i ten hours. Compared with the air of Herne Bay, microbes are present in the the London atmosphere in the proportion of 13,000 to one. These organisms belong to a division of the vegetable kingdom, and have probably degenerated from the Alge. It is believed that throagh various conditions of nutrition and stages of development they have gone through they have undergone a change, and taken a new mode of life and instead of being members of healthy vegetable life they have become a pestil- ence and a canker. A hearty vote of thanks to the lecturer and a short discussion brought the meeting to a close. TWELFTH WINTER MEETING—MARCH 25th, 1902. “THE CHARM OF OUR WOODLANDS.” By Mr. C. Bucxrnenam. A very interesting lecture entitled as above was given on Marcu 25 by Mr. C. Buckingham, and was illustrated by means of about seventy magnificent Jantern slides taken by the lecturer jn Epping Forest and the woodlands around. The chair was takea by Mr. W. P. Mann, and among those present were :—Miss Cole, Miss Harvey, Miss Cozens, Mrs. Marsh, Mrs. Snell, Mrs. Bowler, Rev. Dr. Greaves, Messrs. W. Surry, T. G. Marsh, W. H. Fiddian, W. G. Austen, F. C. Snell, ete. Mr. Buckingham thought that among the beauties of Nature few surpassed the charms of their woodlands, and to be among trees and flowers, birds and insects, studying Nature’s marvellous works, was one of the deepest joys of life. The continual succession of pictures and wonders of interest Nature provided for them showed how interesting to all lovers of Nature their woodlands were in every season of the year. He wished to include one of England’s primeval forests (Epping Forest) with their nearer wood- lands, for it seemed that they must look chiefly to their protected forests for a chance of retaining much of their wild life. He had spent several days rambling through the unfrequented parts of Epping Forest, and it was interesting to see how this beautiful place had been saved from destruc- tion. One here found trees and plants striving with their heredity directing force and modi- fying their form and feature through interaction with their surroundings. Here Nature sowed her own seeds, and those most suitable to soil tended to gain supremacy, many seeds falling in unsuitable places and many young shoots choking among undergrowth. Trees combined overhead and smaller plants weresmothered. Trees strived against other species, prevailed, and then strived against one another till the hardiest and loftiest alone survived. What seemed to him a great charm in Epping Forest was the retention of decaying trees—trees which had died of disease cr had been overthrown by the forces of Nature. Each one they met with had its own tale to tell of its failure or its ruin, as well as the vigorous successful youth by itsside. According to report, no doubt the polecat, badger, martin, fox, weasel, otter, and many other scarce animals still found a home there, but the most charming animals were probably the deer. Among the thousands of species of insects he thought the most noticed and enjoyed »were the butterflies and moths, and in their (specially old) woodlands they founda gond variety of woodland butterfles and hundreds of species of moth. He thought it sad to find that in most counties many species seemed doomed to diminish, but, thanks again to their forests, at least a few rare species seem to be on the increase. What a pretty sight it was to see a butterfly asleep in the early morning, with its wings so contracted that one would hardly notice it. When one found the eggs deposited on just the food plant which the caterpillars would require when hatched, one wondered how the parent knew the food plant her offspring would require, when she did not feed on it herself. Could she remember the food plant on which she fed when in the larva state? There were many things one had to pass by in the insect wcrld unsolved. There was one thing the searcher would soon notice, and that was the way in which nearly all insect life mimiced their surroundings, for sake of protection. How interesting it was to study all creeping, leaping, and winged insects in their mimicing of the surrounding vegetation, so closely as to deceive their enemies! Stingless flies mimic3d stinging wasps, while caterpillars were difficult to find owiag to their likeness to the food plant. Moths resembled the bark of trees, sticks, and leaves, and each creature either had enemies which sought to feed upon it or that it sought itself to feed upon others. In most cases they only escaped by avoiding observation. He had read much about the beauties of tropical forests with their glorious extravagance of flowers and foliage, but the English traveller would miss sadly the song of the home birds, and the rich tints of Autumn. The uniformity of climate which caused the abundance also caused a monotony which soon became oppressive. So much then had they to be thankful for, that tieir climate brought them that continual succession of which he thought they were all naturally fond. He thought that if the oak was the king of the forest, the birch ought to be the queen. Foremost in all his woodland thoughts did these silver birches of Epping Forest, with the rich undergrowth of bracken, come into 16 his mind. How delightful it was to linger in the shady scented glades of pine groves in Perry Wood, carpeted with pine needles and strewn with cones. Take a skeleton leaf. He wondered how many ople as they trampled the leaves under their feet thought of their wonderful structure. He considered the sole aim of trees and plants was the perfecting of its seeds, and how necessary it was for the plant to disperse the seeds to a distance, and in how many ways Nature managed it. The many beautiful forms of fungi or toadstools met with in their woods and especially in Epping Forest were well worth more attention. He had mentioned but a few of Nature’s works which had interested him. Itmattered not where they looked. Inevery glance there was @ life’s study. They could look down and catch sight of-a little flower and look into it to see the wonderful structure ; and still further into each smaller part thinking out their functions until they reached the limit of their eye. Then with pocket lens and microscope they saw more and more until they reached the limit of these instruments and one wondered what was beyond. Or they watched the birds of the air, thought of their wonderful instinct, and migratory habits, and looked upon their journeyings as great, and con- trasted it with the microscopic wonders of the flowers. Yet as they looked into space how unim- portant one felt, how small even their planet was compared with the inconceivable beyond. How humiliating it was! There was hardly a beast, bird, or insect, which existed, which had not powers quite beyond them to imitate, often even to understand. How wondrous it was that a bird should in the first year of his life weave its wonder- ful nest, choosing the best kinds of materials, and harmonising it with the surroundings so that enemies would pass it by unnoticed. They also took care not to build among branches which were rotten or liable to be snapped by even a heavy gale. Man dared not venture out of sight of land without the aid of a compass, yet some of their pirds only six months old, started on a two thousand mile migration, and not only that, but kept along the same fly-lines as their ancestors had done for countless ages. After centuries of experiments they were able to foretell the weather fairly correctly, and that but tweney-four hours in advance, while many of their insect-eating birds were able to foretell the first snap of cold weather a full fortnight in advance. While the sky was bright and cloudless and the barometer showed no sign of a fall, red ants had been known to come out of their holes in the ground and migrate with all their eggs and young to a safer spot.” In some strange way these insects knew when heavy rain was coming on long before any sign was per- ceptible to man. He who loved Nature she would love in return and richly reward. If to the wood- lands they carried a weary and disappointed heart the blowing winds would sing of buried hopes, and amid the lamentation there would grow up a feeling of contentment, which was pure and perfect happi- ness. That Nature was beautiful everyone would agree, yet she seemed so pity would she wither and destroy the striving plants. She would not only kill but as far as we could see, starve and torture millions of apparently happy creatures. AS if that were not enough, she had implanted a murderous hatred between life and life and the poor creatures found joy in war an bloodshed. But as the creature advancedand deve- loped he was less atthemercyof Nature.He protected himself against frost, famine and storm, and even aurbed the murderous tendency of his own blood. Just as the ant stored its little hoard of grain, and the bee filled her cells with honey, and the squirrel stored its harvest of nuts. He could but only as Nature’s indifference, for although she lighted up and blew out a thousand lives justas a candle was setaflame and extinguisbed in what appeared recklessness, yet the result was an added glory and richness of life. He had often wondered what was the aim of Nature. That all biological species were improving there was no doubt. They looked upon Nature as an experimenter and plants and animals as experiments. Nature did not consider any of her works as final for she continually reformed the styles she decided to keep, and destroyed all which she considered undesirable. She never left an open field unused, but where there was any condition that would support life there she would put life to besupported. The field wasalways crowded andeach type had to save its life as best itcould. The further any species was from harmless self-support the The balance of life between the so-called harmful and harmless plants There must and still very cruel, for without less self-support and to be comparatively safe it must learn to perpetuate itself through helpful- ness. It was through helpfulness in the fertalisa- tion of plants that many of their supported themselves, while the plants im return made sure of fertalisation by being helpful to the insects. Might they not generalise by assuming that Nature was ailaing at @ great co-operative commonwealth where every plant and animal would be helpful to the whole and none would be necessarily destructive. It was among trees and plants away from the hum-drum of them town life, that they could feel Nature’s influences ; and their thanks were due to those enthusiastic had spent their time studying i to them that power . If they could not see their way clear to extend this path of knowledge, leisure ; 48D if they walked in this path they would at least tend to widenit. To him, as veil after veil was lifted, the face of Nature became more beautiful and wonderful. 16a THIRTEENTH WINTER MEETING—APRIL 8th, 1902. «“ THE HISTORY AND PROGRESS OF ASTRONOMY.”—By Mr. B. Maupsoy, A meeting was held at the Beaney Institute on April 8th, when a paper was read by Mr. Maudson on tke above subject. The lecture was illustrated by lantern slides, kindly lent by Mr. J. T. Smith, and blackboard diagrams. In the course of his paper Mr. Maudson re- marked that in dealing with the subject of Astronomy we step at once into the domains of the infinite; we deal with immense masses of matter, compared with which our own earth is as a mere drop of water in the oceans of worlds. In order to get some idea of the impassable barrier which lies between us and the planets he men- tioued that Neptune is about 3,000,000,000 miles from the sun, and to speed a ray of light would occupy the space of four hours ; but to bridge the distance between us and one of the nearest fixed stars would require the period of ten years. Sir William Herschel, from observations with his great telescope in the Milky Way, concluded that in some places its depth was such that no less than 500 stars were ranged one behind the other in a line, each separated from the other by a distance equal to the space over which it takes light ten years to travel, and that when you had come to the outer boundary of this enormous system, there were other systems beyond it, the light from which would require 120,000 years to reach the earth. It cannot be told with any certainty who were the early discoverers of certain facts which have been handed down to us a sort of basis on which later astronomers have built up their systems, but this much is certain, that the seven days of the week were named after the sun and the moon and five of the planets, and were universally used among the Chaldeans, Persians, Chinese, Hindoo, and Egyptians, and that the Chaldeans and others found out that after a period (which they called the Saros) of 18 years and 10 or 11 days, during which 223 new moons occur, all the eclipses of sun and moon repeated themselves over again in pre- cisely the same order. Another discovery seems to have been made by the early astronomers, which, considering the time in which they lived, seems almostincredibleanddeservesto be recorded as a substantial proof of their keenness of observa- tion, namely, the procession of the equinoxes. This discovery was made by Hipparchus 160 years before the Christian era, who came to the conclu- sion that the sun and moon revolved about the earth, Upon this latter point, the lecturer pro- ceeded to give the opinions, both for and against, of various eminent astronomers, and having ex- plained what are called Kepler’s three laws, Mr. Maudson mentioned that although Kepler in 1609 suggested the theory of universal attraction it was reserved to Newton, born in 1642, to prove that these three laws of Kepler were but the result of another law, that every body in the solar system must observe these laws as a necessary conse- quence, he verified the fact that the same force that causes a stone to fall to the ground after being thrown into the air is causing the moon to fall towards the earth. The speaker, after men- tioning Sir Isaac Newton and the law of gravita- tion, spoke of Sir William Herschel, who discovered Uranus by the aid of his improved telescopes, and his son, Sir John Herschel, who followed in bis father’s footsteps by adding increased power to instruments ; also of Professor Adams, of Cam- bridge, who discovered the planet Neptune by the disturbances to the motions of Uranus caused by what was supposed, and which afterwards proved to be, the attraction of an ulterior planet. FOURTEENTH WINTER MEETING—APRIL 22nd, 1902. ‘“\ TRIP UP THE RHINE WITH THE SOUTH LONDON PHOTO SOCIETY.” By Mr. W. F. Suater, F.R.P.S. A very interesting account of a photographic holiday in the above district was given by Mr. F. Slater, F.R.P.S., of London, on April 22, in the Beaney Institute. There was a very good attend- ance of members and friends, those present including :—Miss Cole, Miss Langston, Miss Fiddian, Miss Harvey, Messrs. F. C. Snell, C. Buckingham, W. Surry, H. A. Langston, W. H. Fiddian, A. Lander, ete. The chair was taken by the President, Mr. Sidney Harvey. In opening the meeting the Chairman remarked that the determination to hold fortnightly meetings had, as was evidenced by their gathering that evening, proved very successful. Mr, Slater, who illustrated his remarks with a grand series of two hundred lime-light views, explained the route he and his friends followed. Having arrived at the Hook of Holland and vid Rotterdam, Cranenburg, and Remagen, views en route being shown, the lecturer graphically described the beauties of Bingen Bingerbruck, situated amongst charming scenery where the rivers Rhine ard Nabe unite, and affording some of the finest scenery of the Rhine. The places of interest included:—Mouse Tower and Ehrerfels Castle, the Binger Loch, Rheinstein, the gem of Castles, the ruined Castle of Nolligen, Bacharach, the Pfalz, Lorelei Rock, Boppard, Osterspay and Chateau of Liebeneck, Rhine, Oberlahnstein, Castle of Stolzenfels, Coblenz, Ehrenbreitstein, and Andernach. Thence to the Siebengebirgs, or seven mountains ranging from 1,000 to 1,500 feet high, of which the principal is “ The Castled Crag of Drachenfels,” on to Bonn, the birthplace of the celebrated composer Beethoven. The Munster Church of the 12th and 13th centuries, and the 168 Poppelsdorfer Avenue are two of the attractions here. Proceeding to the Ahr Valley by train a visit was made to Ahrweiler, a walk of seven-and- a-half miles was taken through the imcomparable scenery of this valley. From Ahrweiler, with its ancient church (1275), towers, and walls, on to Walporzheim, and from here the specially romantic character of the Gau begins, a real paradise for artists. ‘Thence passing onto the “ Bunte Kun,” a single ridge of slate rock, and in the midst of the chaos of rocks which pen cannot describe, its fantastic forms now bold and terrible, and now teeming with lovely scenes, forward through the SPECIAL MEETING—MAY poetic villages of Marienthal and Dernau, Rech was reached, and then on to Mayschoss and Lochmuhle, here masses of rock tower gloomily over the traveller as he proceeds through the narrow path, and ascends the footpath through the vineyards to the cross, then passing the Castle of Altenahr. By train to Cologne, with its Cathedral (the most magnificent gothic edifice in the world) and the numerous old churches built between the 10ta and 16th centuries, Gurzenach (1452), Town Hall, which contains a 16th century Italian Porch, Hansa Saal (14th century), an ideal place for architectural photographers. 14th, 1902. ‘“‘PHOTOGRAPHIC FACTS,’’—By Mr. F. O. Bynor. Under tha above title a very interesting lecture was viven ia the Fovesters’ Hall, on Wednesday evening, May 14, by Mr. F. O. Bynoe, of Messrs. R. and J. Beck, Ltd., London. There was a very good attendance, the large hall being practically full, and the chair was taken by the President of the Society, Mr. Sidney Harvey, F.1.C., F.C.S., who, in opening the meeting, remarked that co large an attendance was a sufficient proof of the great interest taken in the subject on which their lecturer would speak, and also testified to the fact that photography had becom» an essential adjunct to scientific research. Connected as he was with their Seciety he might say that Canterbusy was doing a great deal of very valuable work in this direction, his predecessor in office, the late Mr. Stephen Horsley, did a grand work in this direction, and he (the speaker) was glad to see that Mr. Horsley’s good eximple was bearing good fruit amongst the members, as many were now working on similar lines, and had achieved considerable success. They would therefore see that photo- graphy had not become a dead levter with the Society (applause). In reference to the lecture they were to hear, he wished to say that Mr. Bynoe was an expert as well as a lecturer, who, in addition to what he had to say, had some extremely ingenuous mechanical diagrammatic slides to ex- plain difficult points. Mr. Bynoe hoped that, although the title of the lecture sounded somewhat dry, he would be able to make it anything but so. He treated the sub- ject in such a manner as to retain the attention, not only of the expert photographer, but also the veriest novice and those who only attended because they liked to see pretty pictures. He proceeded to explain how a photographic picture was taken, the action of waves of light and how it was possi- ble by means of an old cigar box and a bit of thin iron plate, with only the tiniest hole in the plate instead of the lens, for any boy to take a photo- graphic negative from which a good picture, if proper care were taken, might be obtained. In fact these pin-hole cameras are made sold, and used in large numbers. He had a splendid mechanical diagram to illustrate the movement of a wave of light. Speaking of a pin-hole camera, and the necessarily long exposure required with so small an orifice for the rays of light to pass through, naturally led him to speak of instan- taneous exposures and the explanation that by the term instantaneous was meant an exposure of a fraction of a second; a minute, or more, being spoken of as a “time” exposure. Having given an explanation of how very short exposures were tested, he showed whas might be termed useful “tips” in hand camera work, one of these being that at the tims of making an exposure the operator should stand firmly on one leg, steadying the body with the other, and that the trigger should be touched whilst the operator was ex- pelling his breath, not whilst inhaling it. He advocated for general all-round work a fixed foens rigid box type hand camera, and explained the advantages of films as against glass plates. He explained his firm’s cameras and appliances, men- tioning that they had successfully met foreign competition by bringing out their F.O.P. guinea “Frena” magazine camera of excellent quality and absolutely reliable changing arrangement. This camera holds either forty flat films or twelve glass plates. The firm were turning them out in thousands by machinery. Next came a very inter- esting chat on lenses, and the explanation, by means of an extremely cute mechanical lantern slide, of the principles involved in the making of a telephoto lens; also it advantages in photograph- ing distunt objects. One of the specimens ex- hibited of the advantayes was a grand lantern slide view of Windsor Castle, taken from a spot three miles away, at the wish of the Emperor of Germany. A splendid selection of views as thrown ou the screen exhibiting the excellence of the firm's Beck-Steinheil Orthostigmat lenses, which vave microscopic defiuition devoid of astigmatism and covering the plate to the very corners. The views of “Old Paris” and ‘Chateau d’Eau,” in the recent Paris Exhibition, “ Mafeking Day in Londen,” the City of York as seen from a balloon, mountain scenery, animals, etc., were triumphs in protograph taking, and called forth well-deserved applause. At the conclusion the Chairman expressed the hope that Mr. Bynoe would pay them another visit,and in the final words of the ballad of “John Gilpin,” ‘‘ may we be there to see.” 17 SOUTH-EASTERN UNION OF SCIENTIFIC SOCIETIES. CONGRESS AT CANTERBURY—JUNE 5th, 6th, and 7th, 1902. The event of the summer has been the presence in our midst during the 5th, 6th, and 7th of June, at the invitation of our Soviety, of over 100 repre- sentatives of Scientific Societies in South-East England. The South-Eastern Union consists of no less than thirty-seven affiliated societies and the attendance of delegates at the Congress was excep- tionally numerous. The President for the present year is Dr. Hutcbioson,F.R C.S , F.R.S ,.nd the Hon. General Secretary is Mr. George Abbott, M.R.C.S., F.G.S., of Tunbridge Wells. Arrangements for the reception of the scientists were in the hands of the follewing influential local Committee :— *Tbe Worshipful the Mayor of Canterbury (Alder- man G. Collard, J.P.), the Right Rev. William Walsh, D.D., Bishop of Dover, the Very Rev. F. W. Farrar, D.D., F.R.S., Dean of Canterbury, *Francis Bennett-Goldney, Esq., F.S.A. (Hon. Curator, the Royal Museum, Canterbury), Rev. R. J. E. Boggis, M.A., B.D, Sub-Warden of St. Augustine’s College, *H. M. Chapman, Esq., W. Cozens, Esq.. Joshua Cox, Esq., J.P., Sebastian Evans, Esq., M.A., LL.D., F.M Facer, Esq., B.A., *H. Fielding, Esq , Town Clerk, *Rev. A. J. Galpin, M.A., H. A. Gogarty, Esq., B.A., M.D., J. Greasley, Esq., MRC.S, *Alderman H. Hart, J.P., Ex- Mayor, *S. Harvey, Esq., F.1.C., F.C.S., President of East Kent Scientific Society, J. Henniker Heaton, Esq., M.P., Rev. Canon Holland, M.A., W. d. Horsley, Esq, *Miss K. Holmes, A. E. Horsnaill, Esq., *Mrs. J. E. Husbands, Captain T. Lambert, J.P., Rev. Canon Maclear, D.D, Warden of St. Augustine’s College, *W. P. Mann, Esq., B.A., J. McMaster, Esq ,J.P.,*Alaerman W. W. Mason, J.P., *W. H. Netherclift, F.R.C.S. (Deputy Mayor), Rev. J. Patterson, Z. Prentice, Esq., M.B.C.S., H. O. Preston, Esq., L.R.C.P., M.K.C.S., *Miss C. Phillpotts, B. Rigden, Esq., M.E.C.S., T. Whitehead Reid, Esq., M.D., Rev. Canon Routledge, M.A., F.S.A., W. Pugin Thorn- ton, Esq., *Captain E. G. Stead, *Mrs. A. Summer- ville, A. B. R. Sworn, Esq., M.R.C.S.,L.R.C.P., *Miss K. Sworn, Frank Wacher, Esq , M.R.C.S., Sidney Wacher, Esq., L.R.C.P.,F.R.C.8 , J. F. Whicheord, Esq., with Mr. A. Lander and Rev. W. M. Rodwell as Hon. Secretaries, and Mr. H. T. Mead as Assis- tant Secretary, but owing to the absence from Canterbury of Mr. Rodwell, the greater portion of the anxious work of arranging tor the coming of so many guests fell to the lot of our Hon. Secre- tary, to whom Mr. Mead rendered much valuabie assistance. The use of rooms for the purposes of the Congress was (with the consent of the Governors) most kindly granted by the Head- master of the Simon Langton Schools (Mr. W. P. Mann), who put himself to much trouble in ar- . Tanging the rooms, etc., for the Congress. Those marked * were also on the Sub-Committee of Hospitality, etc. It is gratifying to note that, notwithstanding the previous doubts of some of our members, complete success attended the seventh annual Congress. The proceedings were more largely attended by delegates and members from the various affiliated Societies than is usually the case, ard the papers and addresses given at the sittings were exceptionally instructive and interesting, notably the important pronouncement by the learned President on the subject of Leprosy, which he has been investigating. Not only was liberal hospitality very kindly extended to the visitors by many of the members and friends of our Society, but the Mayor and the Dean of Can- terbury were well to the fore in offering them a cordial welcome to Canterbury, and with sucha good programme of subjects, hospitality, and a city of such antiyuarian and historical interest, the visitors spent a very enjoyable time, and frequently expressed their appreciation of the arrangements which had been made by the inde- fatigable local secretary, Mr. A. Lander, and the honorary general secretary, Mr. George Abbott. No small ameunt of success was afforded by the Governors of the Simon Langton Schools kindly placing rooms at the disposal uf the Committee for the purposes of a museum and also their lecture hall for the meetings. The following is a list of those by whom the proceedings of the Congress were attended :— President. Mr. J. Hutchinson, LL D., F.R.S., F.R.C.S. Vice-Presidents. Rey. E. N. Bloomfield, M.A., F.E.S., Hastings. Professor G. S. Boulger, F.L.S., F.G.S., London. Mr. F. Merrifield, F.E.S., Brighton. Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing, M.A., F.R.S., (also Treasurer), and Mrs. and Miss Stebbing, Tun- bridge Wells. Mr, W. Whitaker, B.A., F.R.S., F.G.S., Croydon. Council. Mr. S. Edwards, F_L.S., F.Z.S., F.E.S., Blackheath. Miss Ethel Sargant, Holmesdale. Mr. J. W. Tatt, F.E.S., Westcombe Hill, S.E. General Secretary. Mr. G. Abbott, M.R.C.S., F.G.S., Tunbridge Wells. Also the following delegates and members of the various Societies affiliated to the Union. (Names of members who are not delegates are inserted in parentheses) :— London.—Battersea Field Club, Miss C. M. Young (Mr.W. P. Young, and Mrs. Young) ; City of London Entomological Society, Mr. J. W. Tutt, F.E.S.; City of London College Science Society, Professor J. Logan Lobley, F.G.S. ; North London Natural History Society, Mr. C. Nicholson, F.E.S., and Mrs. Nicholson ; South London Entomological Society, Mr. S. Edwards, F.L.S., F.E.S., R. Adkin, F.E.S.; Selborne Society, Mr. E. A. Martin, F.G.S., J. L. Otter, Brighton; Hampstead Astro- uomieal and Scientific Society, Dr. J. Williams, F.L.S. (Miss Hannam, Mr. F. Baker, Mrs. Beach). Surrey.—Balham Antiquarian and Natural His- tory Society, Mr. F. S. Fleay, M.A. ; Croydon Microseopical and Natural History Club, Mr. J. 18 H. Baldock ; Haslemere Microscopical and Natural History Scciety, Mr. J. W. Eele, Rev. G. B. Stall- worthy and Mrs. Stallworthy, Mr. E. W. Swan- ton, and Mr. R. T. Short; Holmesdale Natural History Club, Miss Sargant ; Woking Field Club, Mr. F. Meeson. Sussex.—Brighton and Hove Natural History and Philosophical Society, Mr.F. Merrifield, F. B.S. (Solicitor to Sussex County Council), and (Major- Gen. Newmarch, R.E.) ; Eastbourne Natural His- tory Society, Mr. H. Sparks ; Hastings and St. Leonard’s Natural History Society, Mr. E. Connold, F.E.S. (Dr. Kraemar). Kent. —Catford and District Natural History Society, Messrs. W. H. i Dover Sciences Society, Captain Je and Mrs. MeDakin ; (Mr. S. Webb, Mr. Ewell) ; East Kent Natural History Society, Mr. W. P. Mann ; Folkestone Natural History Society, Mr. C. H. Johns; New Brompton Naturalists’ Society, Mr. J. W. Box; Rockester Naturalists’ Club, Mr. C. Bird, B.A., Mrs. Bird, Mr. Paul Matthews, M A., and Mrs. Matthews; Sideup Literary and Scientific Society, Mr. F. W. Hembry, F.B.MS., C.C.; Southborough Field Club, Miss Sweetland ; Tonbridge Natural History Society, Mr. A. J. Nottidge, M.A. ; Tunbridge Wells Natural History and Philosophical Society, Dr. E. G. Gilbert, Mr. S. Harchard, Miss Turner, and Rev. S. A. Vardon, M.A.; West Kent Natural History, Microscopical, and Photographie Society, Mr. S. Edwards, F.LS., F.ES.; Woolwich and. District Antiquarian Society, Mr. W. T. Vincent; Maidstone Museum and Library, Mr. F. V. James, curator and librarian. Hants.—Portsmouth and Gosport Natural His- tory Society, Messrs. A. T. Darling and ©, Foran. Others present included: Professor and Mrs. Poulton (Oxford), Miss A. li. Smith, Mr Cc. EB. Britton (Camberwell), Miss Abbott, Mr. S. Saunders (Whitstable), Miss H. Window, Miss Sha'v Hasle- mere, Mrs. and Miss Payne, Mr. Dodd, Miss Stephenson (London), Mr. Pp. Harris (Croydon), Mr. A. Lander (hon. secretary of the East Kent Natural History Society), Mr. Walter Cozens, Mr. W. H. Hammond, ete. The first meeting of the Congress took place on'Thursday evening, June 5.in the large Art Room at the schools, Mr. W. Whittaker, E.RB.S., F.G.S., of Croydon, presiding in the unavoidable absence of the Presideut. Mr. Sibert Saunders, of W hitstable, read a paper on “ The Marine Aquarium,” and showed how by a proper adjustment of animal and vegetable lite it wa: possible to maintain both in perfect health. He laid great stress on the fact that the foundation of success lay in the thorough appreciation of the fact that animals give off carbonic acid gas and require oxygen. whereas vegetable substances give off oxygen and require carbonic acid gas. ‘Thus by regulating the proportion in which sea-weeds and anemones were reprasented in the contents of the aquarium, the management of the temperature and admission of light to the water there would be no need to change the water. The best dimensions would be three feet wide, two feet in breadth, and sixteen inches deep, made of slate with a plate glass front, and a slab of slate placed slanticg wise inside the aquarium, trom the front to-the G. ‘MeDakin back. On this slab rockwork and shingle could be placed and thus form—together with the anemones —a very pretty and instructive ornament in a room, Chopped up mussels is the best food for anemones, which should be oceasionally fed, a small bit at a time. As regards aspect, @ window looking N. or N.E. is the best. It was only after prolonged use of the water in an aquarium that certain forms of life developed, and Mr. Saunders incidentally mentioned bow, on the a visit from Professors Huxley and McIntosh, those well-known scientists discovered in one of his aquaria minute worms of a new ibi subsequent meeting of the British named Siberti by Professor MelIntosh (applause). Replying to questions, Mr. Saunders said fish should be kept in separate aquaria from sedentary animals such as anemones, exvept perhaps & few shrimps or prawDs. The paper was illustrated by photographs (coloured and plain), diagrams and living speci- mens in the temporary museum. Miss Annie Lorrain Smith then read a paper on “ Mycorhiza, the Root Fungus,” in which she detailed the result of researches inco the theory that various forms of plant life rely upon myceha for their supply of nitrogen, and stated that this root fungus is found internally and externally on the root tips of many trees. From many experi- ments it appeared that the fungus was not para- sitic, but helped the growth of the trees by acting as an intermediate medium by which the roots were able to obtain their food from the soil. The fungus was especially present on roots of plants grown in shady positions. It was also supposed that the action of the fungus was not altogether of a philanthropic kind, as it obtained its starch food trom the root in return. The company afterwards proceeded to the large echoolroom vh-re 4 most interesting museum had been fitted up by the General Secretary of the Union, the Hon. Local Secretary (Mr. Lauder), and Mr. W.P. Mann. Here were shown aquaria kindly brought by Mr. Sibert Saunders from Whitstable containing splendid live specimensot sea anemones, star fish, ete, alsoc asesot Be itish Echinodermata(sea urchins, star fishes, sea cucumbers, etc) : Eolithic flint instruments, lent by Mr. Benjamin Harrison, of Ightham ; phot graphic plates of birds’ nests, Mr, F. C. Snell and Miss Turner ; specimens of voleanic ash ; specimens of root-fungi ; some fine British lepidoptera, with larve, lent by Mr. F. A. Small, of Canterbury ; concretionary structures illustrating progressive development in inorganic matter, arranged by Mr. Abbott ; natural history woodland photographs, by Mr. C. Buckingham ; a good collection of curios, including Roman pottery, etc., by Mr. W. Cozens; a good series of remarkable copies of drawings found in the Bush- men’s caves inthe Dr akensberg mountains ; & 00! number of African insects, including the dreaded Tsetse fly, the drnmmer, & molluse from Durban, Bay, called the “ Carrier Shell,” a very interesting specimen, as hitherto it had only been found on the Indian coast, He also had specimens of the so-called vegetable caterpillar, of New Zealand, showing how a certain fungus grows upon an 19 underground caterpillar of a species similar to our ghost moth, by the President, Mr. Jonathan Hutchinson, F.R.S.; a magnificent collection of living Kentish orchids, by Mr. W. H. Hammond, which attracted much attention. The specimens included: Tway blade, Spotted, Lesser Butterfly, Larger Butterfly, Broad-leafed Helleborine Early Purple, Marsh, Green-winged Meadow, Green Man, Habenaria, Early Spider, Soldier, White Helleborine, Fly, Great Brown-winged. Simple apparatus for taking photographs in natural colours and local metzorological records, Mr. Lander. An electric motor which revolved by means of the earth’s magnetism, Mr. Holt, of Dover; ete. FRIDAY’S PROCEEDINGS. DELEGATES MEETING. The Council met at 10 am. and an hour later a delegates’ meeting was held, presided over by the Rev. F. R. R. Stebbing, M.A., F.R.S., Tunbridge Wells, who mentioned that their President (Mr. Jonathan Hutchinsen) was unable to be present util the afternoon. The Hon. General Secretary (Mr. George Abbott), in his anuual report, stated :— . A nearly complete account of the Congress at Hasle- mereand Hindhead appeared in the last Transactions. The meetings were as successfulasany we have ever had. They took place in a district renowned forits beauty. Every visitor welcomed the kindness shown by the hosts, felt the value of the work done at the meetings and appreci- ated the opportunity of visiting Tennyson’s home and examining the invaluable educational Museum formed by Mr. Jonathan Hutchinson, our present President. The balance sheet points also to another satisfactory aspect of the visit. The Council has met twice since the Congress. By means of a circular letter, the affiliated Societies have been consulted in reference to the. institution of life memberships of the Union. Of the ten replies received all, after explanations given, have expressed approval. It was therefore decided that members might compound the annual subscription of 2s. 6d. for one payment of £2 2s. Three have already signified their desire to accept such terms and one has paid the amount to the Treasurer. Whilst no additionai sets of slides have been secured, the old ones have been used. The orchid set, prepared by the late Mr. S. Horsley, has been shown to several societies by Mr. H. Ringwood Peach. of Sidcup, for which services the Council tender him their best thanks. With the annual returns just received from the Societies some suggestions for new work have been sent in, which will have early consideration. Que, from the City of London College Science Society, is that by the payment of an extra sum it might be made possible for any member of the Union to obtain the publications of all the affiliated Societies. If such a plau were adopted and a sufficient number of persons or Societies agreed to join several indirect advantages might accrue. A useful work ha; receatly been commenced which deserves notice at this Congress, viz., the inauguration of a photographic survey of the County of Surrey. Itis hoped that the Societies associated in our Union will give the work all the assistance and support they can ; also that those in the Counties of Kent, Sussex, Middle- sex, and Hants will not allow any long time to elapse before they tollow so good an example. Further par- ticulars can be had from Mr. H. D. Gower, 55, Benson Road, Croydon, or of Mr. W. Whitaker. It is sugsested for the consideration of delegates whether more might not be done to increase the useful- ness of our Temporary Congress Museums. Secretaries should bear in mind this opportunity of securing a wider audience when anything of special interest is shown during their winter meetings. Would it not be possible also to utilize our museum for the exchange and easy distribution of specimers. The subject of nature-study and science teaching in schools was brought before you last year by Miss Buckton and Professor A. D. Hall. Mnch advance has been made since in two directions. First by the pub- lication of the Nature Study Journal, due to the exer- tions of Professor Hall, and again by the arrangements fora aature study exhibition in the Royal Botanic Society's Gardens, on July 23,which promises to be of a most interesting character. No doubt all Affiliated Societies will do their utmost to support these import- ant efforts. The promoters will welcome the assistance of Societies and Museums. The societies on our roll now number thirty-seven, a loss of one and a gain of two, the Battersea Field Club and the Epsom College N.H.S. The increase, if small, still goes on, and very few societies remain outside our ranks. Indeed, no arguments should be neeited to show that it is to the interest of societies themselves to become affiliated. We have, thanks to the generosity of friends and a longer list of delegates and members, no longer to talk of deficits. Our present balance sheet shows us in a much better financial position. The number of tickets issued for this Congress is most encouraging, and makes us hopeful of the future. The Chairman moved the adoption of the report, which was put to the meeting, and curried unanimously. : The treasurer's report, read by the Chairman, showed that the totai income amounted to £33 16s., and there remained a small balance in hand. In the future, as they were not ina good financial position, he hoped they would have a life-member- ship. He trusted the new rule would be adopted. It was decided that the balance sheet be printed, bat the question of life subscriptions was lett for future consideration. At the invitation of the Science Society of Dover, it was unanimously agreed that the Con- gress should be held there next year. PROFESSOR POULTON ON MIMICRY BY INSECTS. Professor E. B. Poulton then gave a very interesting address on “ Recent researches on mimiery by insects,’ which was illustrated by means of about fifty lantern slides. The lantern was manipulated by Mr. A. Lander and the slides had been prepared by means of the Sanger-Shepherd process of colour photo- graphy :some of themshowed thecolours extremely well. Professor Poulton, among other things, described how the colours of caterpillars could be altered by means of the food upon which they were fed and to prove this he threw upon the screen several photographs. It was noticed that it the caterpillars had been fed upon dark coloured twigs then the caterpillars themselves became dark, almost exactly imitating the hue of the twigs upon which they fed. Under other circumstances they beeame light coloured or greeu, in sympathy with the colour of their surroundit.gs, and in one case their food was mixed with a number of paper spills, whereupon the caterpillars speedily simulated them. In another experiment they were 9 rs) placed among licher-covered twigs, and the insects then became striped like a piece of bark covered with lichen—all this showing that cater- pillars have the power for protective purposes of imitating the appearance of their snrroundings, and thus becoming less easily distinguishable by birdsand other enemies. The lecturer also showed photographs of butterflies from practically all parts of the world, and demonstrated tbat they, in many cases, assumed the colours and markings of insects which were a source of terror to their enemies, and thus secured protection. Some of the most remarkable instances referred to were those of African butterflies which entirely change in appearance in summer as compared with winter. The difference was so very marked that it was almost impossible to believe that the photographs could represent the same species, but Professor Poulton showed that he had bred the insects, and could therefore vouch for the fact that the dark, almost black butterfly, which laid the eggs, was the progenitor of the light-coloured insect which emerged from the chrysalis. He put upon the screen photographs showing that they were not distinct species, but simply variations which the ereatures assumed for purposes of protection and warning. At times they assumed the appearance of a fallen leaf, and at others put on distinctly alarming colours, 10 marked contrast. His theory was that in the wet season in Africa food was so plentiful that the insects could escape observation much more easily than in the dry season, when much greater care had to be taken to escape their foes. THE PRESERVATION OF OUR INDIGENOUS FLORA. At the afternoon sitting of the Congress ad- dresses were given by members of the Selborne Society. Professor G. S. Boulger, F.LS., E.G S.,F.R.HLS.,, in an admirable paper on “The Preservation of our Indigenous Flora, its necessity and the means of accomplishing it,” observed that various causes contributed to endanger the continued existence of many of the most beautiful and inter- esting species of wild plants in the country. Some of these were jnevitable and, however much their effects might be deplored, could only be endured : others both could and should be checked. In the former class might be mentioned the drainage of Fen and similar districts, improved farming and the increased area covered by buildings: in the latter the needless de-ruralising of rural districts, smoke, trade collectors, and the excesses of tourists and botanists. Having dealt at length with the gradual process of exterminati ion of various species of plants in certain districts, Professor Boulger said he was strongly of opinion that it was inad- visable to publish in local Floras the localities for rarities more precisely indicated than by the name of the parish or district in quite general terms. This, with oral tradition of a very select few, would amply suffice to prevent any locality being lost. The speaker thus proceeded : Much good may, I think, be done by the culti- vation of rare native plants in botanical gardens, so that hawkers, collectors, or tourists seeking souvenirs, may, for a small sum, have cut or growing specimens without endanger- 0 in its most successfully ing the continuance of the rarity native habitat. This has been done by M. Henri Correvon at Geneva, especially in the case of Edelweiss, and by his friendly imitators at various gardens in Italy and the Yyrol. Mr. Cochrane, of Perry Hill, Catford Bridge, has started a garden there on the same principle as M. Correvon’s, and, as he only asks for one hundred annual subscribers of 5s. each, I hope he will receive every encouragement. At the same time I have little doubt that Messrs. Back- house, of York, to whom teachers of botany are so much indebted for their recently-established scientific supply department, would undertake similar work for the north of England. Itmight, I thirk, be desirable to establish similar small gardens in Scotland, especially for such rarities as those of Ben Lawers, in the extreme west of Eng- land for the many treasures ot Cornwall, and in the Channel Islands for those peculiar to that group. The private amateur gardener, 0a the other hand, especially when without any special facilities, had better entirely deny himself the very small satisfaction of attempting to grow rare British plants of wild origin. Ifhe requires these species at all, let him get cultivated specimens through Mr. Cochrane, Messrs. Backhouse, or some such source. The late Mrs. Ewing, whose cbarming story, ‘ Mary’s Meadow,’ originated a short-lived Parkinson Society, advocated the deliberate intro- introduction of lost old, spe the past done t Sherard, at Eltham, both the originators of local botanical geography. are done secretly and not place are, I consider, deplorable, many important conclusions as to distribution ; and, even if carried out with great care, duly recorded, to cbjection, since it may very that the form as that done, and is being done, by mere Teachers should inculeate a est beauties of our d hedges, teaching children not to pick isi ly to throw them ightly respect fields an' away litter. strate mainly much may be learnt of any plan ing it, and abstain from taking Jar children or of students who are 00} control to the habitats o to the sale of wild piants in ou must be borne in mind that it is the demand that creates the supply, that if there were no pur- chasers there would be no dealer, if there were no receivers there would be no th become necessary to deprecate, as Mr. done in the case of birds, the formation of private collections. Meanwhile, I would urge upon all societies here represented that they should add to the summary of their “ objects” in their rules, some such clause as that which the Hertfordshire Natural History Society and Field Club has -adopted. After stating four objects as the investi- gation of the natural history of the county, the publication of the results of such work, the dissemination of information and the formation of a library and museum, they add as a fifth object, “the disconragement of the practice of removing rare plants from the localities of which they are characteristic, and of exterminating rare birds, fish and other animals.” Some of you may have seen a letter which I wrote some months ago discussing the possibility of legal action against depredators under the ex- isting laws or the desirability of new legislation. Lord Clifford, the Chairmaa of the United Devon Association, kindly pointed out that in that letter I understated the possibilities of the existing law, and the recent successful action of his Association has demonstrated that this was so. According to the old narrow interpretation of the law of trespass it was necessary to prove damage to fences or cul- tivated crops, wild plauts, such as uncultivated musbrooms, blackberries, or wild ferns or flowers, not being protected ; but Lord Clifford pointed out that, if it can be shown that the articles removed have a market value, it is not necessary to show that they are cultivated. Accordingly in Febru- ary last, the Wonford magistrates at Exeter sentenced two men to two months’ and six weeks’ hard labour respectively for damaging ground to the value of £5 and removing £8 or £10 worth of fern-roots. The Western Counties’ Ferns and Wild Flowers’ Preservation Committee of the United Devon Association, besides advertis- ing appeals in the local papers, have now issued a poster, “ To all whom it may concern,” on which these “ convictions ” and the names of “ The Devon County Council ” and Lord “ Clifford ” appear in conspicuous type, calling attention to the “ Illegal removal of roots of ferns, plants, and wild flowers from the lanes, hedges, and fields of Devonshire,” whereby many beautiful spots in the County have become denuded of their natural charms, to the detriment and disfigurement of the property ” and giving “notice that all offenders are liable to prosecution.” One of the main difficulties here, as also to a great extent in the ease of the Wild Birds Protection Act, is to get the occupiers of land to prosecute. In Devonshire the energetic Association has roused their county to a sense of the danger to their pockets by the simple syllogism that the well-being of the county depends upon tourists, tourists come to see the natural beauties of the county, and, therefore, with the destruction of these beauties the prosperity of every hotel or town is imperilled. There, too, the hearty co-operation not only of the magistracy but also of the police has been secured. It may prove difficult to rouse this sense of danger or to secure this co-operation © elsewhere. The attention of Lord Avebury, President of the Selborne Society, having been -directed to the matter, opinions were collected as to the desirability or practicability of fresh legisla- tion on the subject. Did we follow the lead of Switzerland and Italy as to their rarer Alpine plants, this would mean the scheduliny of species —in which the Wild Birds Act affords a precedent which is almost tantamount to a warning how not 21 to doit. Magistrates would,I think, be reluctant to copvict a man for gathering say Thlaspi perfoliatum or Gladiolus illyricus if he protested that he thought that the one was chickweed, or that he was gathering the other as Digitalis for the herb doctors. A more practical suggestion, I think, is that which I have received from Mrs. Lemon, the hon. secretary of the Society for the Protection of Birds, wnich is that we might have protected areas—areas in which all plants might be protected—and that those properties which are in the hands of the National Trust might be the first to be so declared. This seems to me to be quite feasible,whilst, as the National Trust estates are at present but small, I would suggest that some landowners might, by notices, make their estates equally protected areas ; merely, that is, announcing their intention—under the existing law—to prosecute depredators. Any fresh legisla- tion would seem to me, therefore, to be only a little less unnecessary than it would be difficult. THE PROTECTION AND PRESERVATION OF PLANTS, BY MR. E. A. MARTIN, F.G.S. Mr. Edward A. Martin, F.GS., member of the Council of the Selborne Society, discussed ‘* The Protection and Preservation of Plants.” The dis- appearance of the rare plants, he observed, was regretted only by the purely scientific, and it must be admitted that their own predecessors were the very people who bad been mainly instrumental, by their own selfishness, in bringing about the exter- minaticn which all botanists now, almost without exception, sc greatly lamented. But putting aside rarities, and considering row the many common wild flowers which can be met with elsewhere, what security have we that these are not fast trayelling on the road which will lead them into the ranks of those which are already scheduled “rare.” It is in our keeping that we, whose minds are at last alive to disastrous possibilities in the future, see to it that we do all that lies in our power to remove any tendency towards this road. Enormous numbers of primrosesare gathered every April, which twenty-five yearsago would have attracted but little attention. Is this destruction more than counterbalanced by the fertility of the plant? Oris there a decrease in its numbers ? Certain it is that it has become within man’s memory extiact in many places, but such places are those that are in close proximity to the towns. Are ourcountry districts as prolific as ever? Not only does the primrose have to provide the symbol of a political passion, but its roots are subjected to wholesale grubbing up in order: to decorate suburban back-gardens, no matter what the soil of such back-gardens may be, and whether adapted or not to the growth of this copse and hedge-loving plant. But many wild flowers are subjected in the spring to immense destruction by children. Just now one sees, and could have seen during the last month and more, children returning to town laden with enormous sheaves of wild hyacinths. And yet of the num- ber plucked how few ever reach the homes they were intended to beautify ; how frequently at the close ef a tiring day the children throw them away rather than troubletocarry them further. . . . Direct legislative protection is, if not impossible, 22 at least inadvisable. What is most needed for the future is that the children should be properly educated. Encourage their taste for botany, but curb the natural propensity for destruction. Show them that to love the plants should necessarily mean to protect them. Teach them that where there are but two specimens of a plant, both should remain unplucked, and that where there are a dozen, one or even two may be taken. Teach them that physical strength, which is the standard by which all children calculate the worth of their fellows, is more valiantly used in protecting what is helpless, than in assisting in its evadication. As the remedy then tor the tuture, in the protection of plants, my answer is plain and simple, educate the children. Mr. Martin went on to defend the re-introduction of lost species into a locality as a means of remedying the faults of the past and to refer to the regulations brought into force in March last in the Departwent of the Savoy with a view to the protection of Alpine plants. He had great doubts of the utility of the adoption of any such measures in England, and advised that, at any rate, they should first appeal to local landowners, without going to Parliament, and obtain promises or consent to sue for trespass when it could be proved that damage to a single plant had been caused. So much for the protection of rare plants, but the landscape was being spoilt by the destruc- tion of the thousands of common plants. This to his mind was the more serious matter of the two and he had but one remedy for it, and that was education. These papers were followed by an interesting discussion in which Mr. W. 4H. Griffin (Catford), Mr. F. Merrifield, F.E.S. (Brighton), Dr. E. G. Gilbert (Tunbridge Wells), and others took part. VISIT TO THE CATHEDRAL. Accepting the kind invitation of Dean Farrar, a number of delegates, at four o'clock, paid a visit to the fine old Cathedral. Under the guidance of the Sub-Sacrist (Wr. J. McClemens), whose descrip- tions and explanations were listened to with keen interest, the party were shown all over the build- ing, and everyone seemed delighted with the visit. Later on tea was provided for a numerous party at the Deanery, by the Dean and Mrs. Farrar, a very enjoyable time being spent. RECEPTION AT THE COUNTY HOTEL. A brilliant reception was given by the Mayor of Canterbury and the Mayoress (Mr. and Mrs. George Collard) at the County Hotel on Friday evening, at which a company of about two hundred persons assembled. Besides the delegates and members of the Scientific Union a number of citizens were present. Among the guests were the following : Dr. J. Hutchinson (President of the Union), the Deputy Mayor (Councillor Netherclift), Mr.Bennett Go!dney, Mr. and Mrs. Stanley Collard, Mr. and Mrs. J Cox, Miss Grace, Miss Alton, Miss Proud- foot, Miss Brodie Sewell, Miss Furley, Miss Cole, Mr. and Mrs, Fialdirg, Miss Cooper, the Sheriffand Mrs. (entry, Mr. and Mrs. Brian Rigden, Mr. and Mrs. H. J. Goulden, the Misses Lefevre, Alderman and Miss Mason, Colonel Hickson, Rev. A. J. and Mrs. Galpin, Mr. and Mrs. J. T. Smith, Councillor Russell, Councillor Godden, Rev. Knowles Kemp- ton, Mrs.and Miss Harvey, Mr, and Mrs. Husbands, Mr. and Mrs. W. P. Mann, Mr. and Mrs. W. J. Jennings, Mr. and Mrs. Maylam, Mr. J M. Cowper, Miss Paine, Mr. and Mrs. Preston, Rev. W. J. Britton, Mr. and Mrs. W. P. Thornton, Mr. P. D. Eastes, Mr. and Mrs. Prentice, Miss Sworn, Miss Phillpotts, Miss Holmes, Captain and Miss Stead, Mr. E. H. Johns, Rev. J. Patterson, Mr. H. Baker, Dr. Johnson, Mr. and Mrs. Henry Harvey, Mr. S. Harvey, Mr. and Mrs. Facer, Miss Page, Mr. F. Wacher, Dr.and Miss Gogarty, Mr. J. A. Jennings, Mr. James, Mr. and Mrs. Mead Briggs, Councillorand Mrs. Whichcord, Mr. and Mrs. E. M. Kenny, Mr. P. Finn, Mr., Mrs., and Miss Noel, Mr. and Mrs. Coulson, Mr. and Mrs. Anos, Mrs. Hunt, the Misses Hunt, Mr. Wright Hunt, Mr. W. Mansell, Mr. and Mrs. Stephenson, Rey. R. and Mrs. Hall, Mr. A. Lander and Miss. Lander, etc. The proceedings passed off very pleasantly. It goes without saying that the Mayorand Mayoress entertained their visitors most hospitably, and that his Worship was cordially congratulated upon the recovery of his health since his recent illness. At intervals the company listened to some delightful music. Mr. C. M. Gann’s orchestra discoursed the following programme :—Overture, “Julius Cesar”; intermezzo and_ polonaise ; graceful dance in B flat; valse, “ Coronation” ; polka de concert in E flat ; polka, “ Frivolity ” ; valse, “‘ Bohemian ” ; gavotte, “Imperial.” Mr. Noakes, of the Cathedral Choir, also contributed some songs in a@ manner which won high appre- ciation. SATURDAY. THE PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. There was a large gathering at the meeting of the delegates on Saturday to hear the President (Dr. Jonathan Hutchinson, LL.D., F.R.S.,F.R.C.S.) give his address, and he chose for his subject LEPROSY IN THE MIDDLE AGEs. He said how very much he appreciated the honour of having been elected President, and desired to express regret on his own account that he had not been able to take a larger part in their proceedings at Canterbury, and that the pro- gramme had been altered to suit his arrange- ments. He was very glad to know that so far as to tbe success of the meetings, the loss had been his alone, not theirs in the least, everything seemed to have gone on very successfully indeed. His address, instead of being an inaugural one, was really, under the circumstances, a concluding one,and he was bound to confess that he had had considerable difficulty in the selection of an appropriate subject. He had been reminded of an anecdote which Mr. Max O’Rell used to tell against himself, that when on a lecturing tour he stopped at a town where there was a ladies’ college, and he announced as the subject of his lecture “ Women.” The day befcre the lecture he was waited upon by a deputation from the college,who politely requested him that he would change his subject and deal with a subject he really under- stood (laughter). Following that sage advice he =. oy) a thought he had better take some topic he thought he thoroughly understood (applause). His thoughts had not only been influenced by the previous anecdote, but he felt somewhat in the frame of mind of the little boy who found himself on a voyage in the same vessel asa bishop, The boy stood in great reverentialawe of the dignitary, and one day to his dismay he found himself sitting next to the bishop at the dinner table. The boy wanted the sugar, which was on the farther side of the bishop. He did not know how to address the bishop, and he was in an agony of despair. At last his hunger overcame his timidity, and he blurted out: “In the name of heaven will you please hand me the sugar!” (laughter). The kind of sentiment the boy felt towards the bishop he felt towards the grand old City of Canterbury, the home of so many great archbishops anda place so interwoven with the ecclesiastical and yveneral history of ournation. He felta kind of awe in such a place. The inhabitants did not seem to be over- come with that feeling, perhaps familiarity —he would not say what it bred—but it was not wholly conducive to reverential feeling (laughter). But as a stranger he felt inclined to take off his hat in the streets, let alone in their magnificent Cathe- dral (applause). He, therefore, felt that at a meeting in a city of such associations his subject should be no ordinary one, but in keeping with the ecclesiastical institutions. He thought he had rather cleverly chosen “The prevalence of Leprosy in the Middle Ages” as his subject (applause). He defended his choice by saying that thetopic was one of great interest for the archwologist,and the social historian as well as for medical men. Even in its medical aspects he held that it was very desirable that the public should be made acquainted with the facts and should take interest in them. It was impossible for the medical profession to guide suczessfully an ignorant and very probably a pre- judiced public. He was no advocate for exclusive- ness in professional matters, legislation ought not to be wholly left to lawyers, theology was not a study for clergyman only, and there were many medical topics towards the solution of which the common sense of all well informed men might become of great value. Leprosy was one of these and there was no reason whatever why it should be regarded with the sort of mysterious awe which at the present enshroud- ed it. The main facts respecting it were very simple and might easily be brought within the range of all. It was a subject needing attention in regard to our Colonies and parts we have recently added to our Empire. He then proceeded to explain that true leprosy was a very distinct and definite disease, unlike any other and easily recognised. It did not branch out into any other disease. It was almost universal all over the world, but not universally prevalent. It was a chronic disease, often lasting ten or fifteen years. Although so unmistakable in the later stages, yet it was not so at first. It began with a few little brown spots, or even a little increased redness of the cheeks. From these slight indications the disease gradually spread, and they could not stop it. It had different results in different cases. It had a peculiar effect on the nerves, causing them 3 to swell—toes and fingers would gradually perish and drop off. After the disease had got a fair hold on a person it could easily be distin- guished by unskilful persons. Thus it came about that even in remote ages and amongst untrained observers comparatively few mistakes were made in its recognition, and the statenients of old authors might be trusted to a very large extent. It was a mistake to believe that leprosy was always fatal, in truth many of its subjects recovered, but such recoveries were always after a very prolonged illness, and often with much per- manent disability. What ke had just said applied mainly to the disease in advanced stages, for its early symptoms were often very slight and very difficult of recognition. The disease was, he said, the same in all countries and all races, and it had prevailed almost universally. Although it affected the poor chiefly they were not exclusively its victims. At times Kings and Bishops had suffered, and in the present time not unfrequently wealthy persons, of cleanly habits, in the enjoyment of every luxury became affected. It was an aristo- cratic malady of very high antiquity. In the Fiji Islands, where the population had for many generations been isolated, there existed nemorial stones which indicated that leprosy had been well known in prehistoric periods. There was every reason to believe that in other places the same had been the fact, although no record of it remained. An argument of much force might, he thought, be rightly based upon the fact that the disease appeared to have been well nigh ubiquitous and identical in every place. These facts seemed to imply that it was capable of spontaneous origination. Such diseases as small-pox and measles, which spread by contagion only, were not ubiquitous. The advent of Europeans had in many instances introduced them into communities which had been previously wholly free. lt was not so with leprosy. We had found it asa native disease in countless localities. Cook, when he discovered New Zealand, found it already there, aud one ‘observer had even asserted that it was indigenous in every island in the Pacific. In a great many places it was unknown, and there were facts which appeared to show that neither to the most primitive states nor to highly advanced civilisation was it an appanage. It was to conditions somewhat advanced as regards social comfort, but not very far, that it chiefly belonged. Inasmuch as it was the same in all races, and in all regions it was,as he had already hinted, fair to assume that its cause must be quite definite. His suggestion was that this cause was to be sought in something eaten, and the article under suspicion was badly cured fish. Now in most primitive times they did not attempt to cure their fish at all, and in the most advanced they cured it carefully and well. [t was in the intervening period that the risk of leprosy was run. Following up this idea it was of interest to note that the disease had been most common on islands, or sea-shores, near lakes, and on large rivers, and that when it went far inland and away from such districts, it was usually along lines of traffic. It did not appear that it was by any means always needful that a very large quantity of fish should 24 be eaten. Probably a very small quantity, if it contained the right ingredient might suffice. A great gain to the precision of our knowledge had been made some years ago by a distinguished Norwegian physician, Dr. Armauer Hansen. This investigator has proved that a minute vegetable organisim, a bacillus, is present in and is no doubt the cause of the diseased conditions. We may infer, therefore, that the transference or production of this bacillus is what we have to contend against, and the question is where does it come from. Some assert that it is always communicated by contagion, others believe that it is received into the body in connection with food. There are three privcipal modes by which a parasitic element may gain access into our bodies: we may breathe it, as in small-pox, we may receive itthrough a wound in the skin, or we may take into the stomach with food. Which of these is the more probable in the case of leprosy is the problem which waits our decision. The lecturer then pro- ceaded to give some particulars as to the prevalence of leprosy in historical times, and more especially during the middle ages in Europe. As regards the Biblical statements we must, he said, interpret them with caution and in the light of moderr knowledge. There could be no doubt that the disease was well known to the Hebrews. It had been so prevalent in the Nile Valley that it was known as the Egyptian disease. At the same time it was quite certain that many of the provisions in the Levitical law respecting leprosy had no reference to the disease which we now know under that name. There isno such thing as “leprosy of the house-wall,” and a thanksgiving service for a recovery from a disease which had lasted only @ fortnight must obviously refer to something very different ; for leprosy, although often recovered from, never lasts less than several years. Nor do we know anything of lepers as « white as snow.” Without doubt, however, the Jews and also other ancient nations knew the true disease, and they considered it in some sense contagious. Coming to later times, and nearer home we find that many houses for lepers existed in Europe within a few centuries after the Christian Era. There was 4 popular fallaecy—one of those which are so often repeated over ‘and over again without thought and without examination —which asserts that the Crusaders in returning from Palestine brought leprosy back with them, The truth is that there were leprosy homes in England, Ireland, and Wales many centuries before the Crusades, and their number proves that the disease was fairly common. Lanfranc had founded one or more in Canterbury. We must not allow the existence or otherwise of leper-homes to be held as conclasive as to the absence or otherwise of leprosy. They were the produets of religious benevolence and were indicative of its strength quite as much as of the existence of disease. Their presence of course proves the pre- sence of the disease, but their absence proves nothing. No doubt the disease had prevailed in Europe and in Enyland long before the first leper home was formed. They were not formed as sanitary institutions for the isolation of a contagi- ous malady,but as places of retreat for poor helpless wretches who were objects of pity. There is no doubt that soon after tLe time of the Crusades that is in the twelfth century, these institutions were remarkably multiplied. The times were, however, those of great religious zeal. There is also another circumstance which has to be taken into account. In those ages we were all Catholics and kept the fast days. The ascendency of clergy was prol ably never greater than when Hildebrand was Pope, in the eleventh century, and at no period either before or since were fast days the year, we had to confine ourselves to fish, this tish for all who lived inland was salted fish, and if the opinion which [ have expressed be correct there is nothing to be wondered at that leprosy was a common disease in those times. We must remember also the condition of agriculture which was then solow that with the exception of game no flesh food was obtainable in a fresh state during six months of the year. Almost all the provisions for the winter months was salted, and fish made a large portion of it. The Reformation introduced a great change in our fish-eating habits, so great that in the reigns of Henry VIIL. and Elizabeth laws were passed in the interests of the trade with a view to compel people to eat more fish. But the decline of leprosy, although much helped by the Reformation,had begun quite definitely during the two centuries which preceded it. [6 1s highly probable that that during these centuries the supply of food in ratio to the population had improved and also that the strict observation of the fish-fasts had somewhat declined. It is of interest to note that although leprosy had been so leper home the disease never obtained a foot- hold in the interior of Russia. The difference betweez the fasting of the Greek Church and that of Rome is that the former forbids the eating of fish as well as of flesh. Having protested that proceeded to give some details as to the manage- ment of the leper houses. It was the habit of con- tagionists to assert that the disease was got rid of from England and many other countries through the agency of these homes acting as means of segregation and by the prevention of contagion. be paid down. ‘The penalty for bad conduct was to be turned out. In many instances there were other inmates besides lepers, and the homes were partly poor-houses and partly hospitals for in- curable cases of all kinds. Visitors were freely admitted, and always 4 man’s wife or @ woman’s husband being sound might, if willing, enter the Asylum in company. These were not the means eee | 25: by which a disease which was spreading solely by contagion would be exterminated. Lt might further be urged that when the disease was de- clining, and it became difficult to find sufficient inmates to fill the homes, then in almost all instances others as well as lepers were admitted. Had it been contagious this would have been a certain means cf perpetuating it. At this point the lecturer proceeded to make some important statements as to the communicability of the disease. He said he did not believe that it could be com- municated by the breath or by the touch. Doctors and nurses who attended on lepers never caught it, and allexperimentsas to its communication by in- oculation had failed. Nothing was less common than for husband and wife t» have the disease together, and the cases were innumerable in which married couples had continued to live together. Yet there was a widespread belief that the disease might be communicated, and that belief he (Mc. Hutchin- son) feltsurée was well founded. The mode of com- munication was, however, in all probability very peculiar. He believed that it was solely by eating food directly froma leper’s hands, In this way the parasite might be taken into the stomach just as it might by eating tainted fish. We all admitted that the tubercle bacillus might be received in milk or meat, and it was exceedingly probable that the bacillus of leprosy followed parallel modes of life. If this suggestion of what we might call commensal communication should be accepted, it would satisfactorily explain all that had hitherto been so apparently contradictory as regards the contagion of leprosy. It would explain why amongst grown-up people and careful feeders the disease never seemed to be communicable, and why every now and then under quite other conditions it did spread. He (Mr. Hutchinson) had recently returned from a tour in South Africa, undertaken in order to investigate the facts as to leprosy in Cape Colony and Natal. It was there that be had become quite convinced that the disease did spread from person to person, for he had found in Kaffir kraals young persons affected who had certainly not inherited it, and who had never eaten salt- fish. In all such cases the disease had been introduced into the kraal by a _ Kaffr labourer, who had been away into Cape Colony to work. By him it had been brought home, and from himithad apparently spread. The spreading was never to avy great extent; justa few cases; one or two affected and dozens apparently exposed in equal degree escaping. Thus, we are justified in believing that the mode of communication must be very peculiar. Children are those most likely to suffer from commensal communication, since they are more likely than adults to be willing to take food directly from the hands of tainted persons. Asa matter of fact, in Natal it would appear that children were the chief sufferers. If, indeed, leprosy were communicable by the breath or by the touch it would be far morecommon than itis. There are more than a few lepers now resident in England, all of them imported cases, and noattempts at segregation are ever made, yet the disease never spreads. No case has originated in England for ni arly two centuries. The same ‘statemerts are, with little modification, true of France, Germany, Denmark and the United States. The disease, however, still bolds its ground in Norway and Iceland, in Spain and in Portugal, and in various places inthe Mediterranean, whilst it is, as all knew, very common sn China, India, Ceylon, andthe West Indies. As regards Norway and Iceland they are places where salt-fish is very largely used, and from Norway large quantities are exported for consumption in Catholic countries, chiefly in Spain and Italy, exactly where leprosy still occurs. During the periods of the decline of the disease in the British Islands 1t receded first from the central districts and lingered longest in Cornwall and the Shetland Islands, places where fish was very largely consumed. The introduction of potatoes was credited as a cause for its dis- appearance from Ireland. The progress of the disease in South Africa had been of extreme interest in reference to the fish hypothesis. There was good reason to believe that the disease had been almost, if not entirely, unknown amongst the Hottentots, and it was quite certain that Kaffirs were free from it. The Dutch founders of Cape Town took over a batch of Malays to fish in Table Bay, and to cure fish for the use of the Colony. A century anda half ago three Dutch residents near to Cape Town were found to be lepers. This was at a time when salt-fish was freely used. During the next half century the disease spread chiefly amongst the Hottentot slave labourers but in part amongst the Dutch themselves. Salt fish and rice was the food which the slaves had almost solely to eat. For long the disease was restricted to the districts near to Cape Town, Mossel Bay, Kalk Bay, Saldanha Bay, and other fishing places at no great distance. It became necessary to found leper houses, and the first of these was near Cape Town. ‘As roads were made and intercourse developed, however, the disease spread slowly and sparingly inland. It spread to the north and to the east, and quite recently it had crossed the Drakenberg Ridge into Natal, on the eastern seaboard. There had recently been leper homes established at Pretoria and Bivemfontein. Thus South Africa is now repeating the experience of Europe :n the twelfth ceutury, and much anxiety is very naturally felt. Now the kind of salt-fish in use amongst the agricultural and mining labourers of South Africa is a very bad kind. It is what is called sack-fish, because it is sold in sacks. It is very imperfectly salted. The belief that leprosy depends upon the eating of salt fish badly cured is based upon circumstantial evidence. The bacillus has never been discovered in fish. Nevertheless the evidence is very strong, and to anyone who has energy to grapple with the facts, ard memory enough to keep them all in miud together, it will probably be quite convincing. The experience of the Middle Ages proves that the malady, although very common, may die out and absolutely leave whole countries and districts. No one conversant with the facts can believe that this result was attained by segregation. It fol- lows, then, that there must have been someagency at work which gradually ceased to beefficient. It is useless to suggest that the change was the increase of cleanliness and of general atteaticn to 26 the laws of health, for it is quite certain that the disease may occur under the most varied condi- tions, and not {infrequently (in the West Indies and India) to those who are well cared for in every respect. Thus were we driven to the conclusion that the influence at work must be something quite special and peculiar. Without doubt the advance of civilisation has been coiucident with the decline of leprosy, but 1t has not been so in any vague or uncertain manner, but simply by substi- tuting other kinds of food for salt fish. [t may be asked whether other kinds of badly-kept food —meat, for instance—may not kave had a share. No, the bacillus is probably con- veyed by fish and fish alone. The Kaffirs were very prone to eat bad meat, and they would indeed eat anything, however rotten, but they never got leprosy till we supplied them with badly- cured fish. We shall be told that there are places where leprosy occurs and where salt fish is not eaten, and others where it is largely eaten and yet there is no leprosy. Respecting all these state- ments, careful details are wanted. There is not the least reason to believe that well-cured fish is dangerous. Such fish as is now used in England involves no risk whatever. Respecting the asser- tion that the disease occurs to those who never eat fish, it has been proved in many instances to have been made in error. The disease is one of very prolonged incubation, that is the bacillus may have been received into the system ten or even twenty years before it shows its effects. This opens thedoor to many mistakes. It is quite true that the Kaffirs of Natal do not eat tish, but then they are great wanderers, and they go into places where salt fish is eaten, and then come home and years later develop leprosy. The lecture concluded with a few remarks as to the measures necessary for the prevention of leprosy. The lecturer briefly referred to the misery caused by anything approaching to compulsory segregation, and said that unless really necessary for the protection of the community all legislation in that direction was a cruel injustice. On Robben Island at the present time there are many fathers and mothers of families who would be very useful at home and quite capable of attending to their domestic duties. There are Boer farmers in good health, excepting some slight symptoms of leprosy, who might be useful men in their home pursuits, did not the laws of their country condemn them to ife-long imprisonment in a leper asylum. The upholders of contagion doctrines incurred, he could not but think, a heavy responsibility if these conditions were after all not necessary. If it is the fact that nineteen-twentieths of leprosy is of food origin and begins in the individual do novo from fish-food, and that respecting the twentieth, communication might have been prevented by the most ordinary precautions as to taking food with others, then these isolation institutions are of exceedingly little use. What ought to -be done is to subject the fish curing establishments to supervision, and to prevent the sale of anything that is not well cured. Side by side with this should go the diffusion of information as to the danger of eating from 2 leper’s hands. This last is, however, an almost insignificant one, for the experience of the Middle Ages has conclusively shown that the disease cannot maintain itself by commensal communica- tion, and that it dies out when the dietetic habits of the community are changed. We must beware of pushing the doctrines of contagion too far. ‘he discovery of the bucillus was a_ brilliant achievement, it shed a ray of light from true science upon a difficult subject, it was indeed ‘lizht from Heaven,” and yet unless we are careful in its use it may “lead us astray.” The Mayor of Canterbury (Alderman Collard) said he felt it a yreat privilege to be asked to propose a hearty vote of thanks to Mr. Hutchioson for his address. It had been instructive from the beginning to the end, and as Mayor of Canter- bury he was vlad to have the opportunity of extending to him and the Societies represented a very hearty welcome to the city. He would have done so before, but circumstances prevented him. He felt sure that the Sanitary Board and city generally looked upon such Societies as of great benefit, because a good deal could be learnt. He trusted that the visit to Canterbury had been a pleasant one, and that they would take away such pleasant recollections that at no distant date Can- terbury friends might see them again. Mr. Sidney Harvey seconded, and the vote was unanimously passed. The President, acknowledging the compliment, remarked that the subject was one which inter- ested him, and he much enjoyed giving the lecture. He was sorry that he had been unable to do more for the success ot the Congress, but he was glad to hear that it had been so well assured. On behalf of the Societies represented, he wished to express his gratification to the Mayor of Canter- bury for his great kindness in entertaining them, and said he felt sure the reception was very much enjoyed (applause). Three hearty cheers were then given for the Mayor, who had to leave on account of other engagements. ELECTION OF OFFICERS. The Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing, M.A., mentioned that he had a proposition to make concerning the President who would take the chair at their next Congress. He had great pleasure in suggesting the name of Sir Henry Howarth, K.C.L.E., F.R.S., F.G.S., who had written a letter saying he would be most pleased to accept the position of Pre- sident. Mr. Whitaker seconded the proposal, and the motion was unanimously carried. Mr. Mann moved the re-election of the vice presidents, honorary treasurer and secretaries, and spoke highly of the services rendered by Dr. Abbott and Mr. Lander. Captain McDakin (Dover) seconded, and it was carried. VOTBS OF THANKS. Dr. Abbott proposed a vote of thanks to the retiring president and offcers, which was seconded and carried with acclamation. Professor Boulger, in moving a vote of thanks tothe Mayor of Canterbury (Alderman G. Collard), the Governors and head masters of the Langton Schools, and to the Precidext, secretary and mem- bers of the local Society, remarked that they were specially indebted to them, and thought they had been singularly fortunate in coming to Canterbury. The resolution was seconded by Miss Sargent, and passed unanimously. Dr. Abbott asked if he might be allowed to extend his personal thanks to Mr. Lander, Mr. Mann and Mr. Harvey, who had carried through many necessary details leading to a successful Congress. Everything had been done without a hitch (hear, hear). On the motion of Mr. Stallworthy, seconded by the Rev. E. N. Bloomfield, a unanimous vote of thanks was accorded Dean Farrar and Mrs. Farrar for their hospitality, the Sub-Sacrist (Mr. J. McClemens), and the host and hostesses who had entertained the delegates. In moving the vote, Mr. Stallworthy observed that the name of Dean Farrar had become a household word, on account of the many interesting articles he had written. As far as the host and hostesses were concerned, they would carry away from Canterbury many happy recollections, and he (the speaker) hoped the time was not far distant when the Congress would be held in the Cathedral City again. Mr. Sidney Harvey (president of the local Society), replying, said the visit of the United Societies had been welcomed by all. They had had a very pleasant time; but he felt bound to refer to the loss which they had sustained in the death of Mr. Stephen Horsley, a gentleman who, before his lamentable death, had looked forward to the visit with great pride and interest. He could also say that the citizens of Canterbury would always cherish these visits of the Societies, because it was the means of forming a lasting friendship. Mr. Lander (local secretary) returned his thanks, and expressed a hope that all had had a pleasant time. The meeting then terminated. A VISIT TO WYE AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE. In the afternoon some sixty delegates journeyed to Wye, and paid avisit to the South-Eastern Agri- cultural College,by the kind invitation of the Princi- pal (Professor A. D. Hall, M.A.). The weather was not all that could be desired, but, on the whole, a most enjoyable time was spent. On reaching the College the visitors were met by Professor Hall, who extended a hearty welcome and led them into the Library, where he explained thata part of the College was built in 1470, and was Jacobean in date. There was much to interest the party, some of whom were very much struck with the fine oak panelling on the walls. At the suggestion of Professor Hall, the party divided into 27 three sections, and were then shown over the premises by the masters. The greatest attractions were the laboratories(lately built)and theMuseum, in which some of the delegates had the pleasure of viewing their own gifts. By the time every room had been inspected, the rain had abated, and a number walked to the homestead and experimental plots. They brought a good deal of mud back with them, but were delighted with the look-round, At four o’clock tea was laid in the Refectory, a spacious hall, and the party were waited upon by students at the College. Before a move was once more made for home, Professor Boulger said he should like, in the absence of their president, and on behalf of the United Societies, to say how much all appreciated Professor Hall’s kindness that day (hear, hear). To him, personally, it had been a special treat, because it so happened that it was twenty-six years ago since he occupied a position in College. What they had seen would no doubt be an object lesson in educational methods to themall. He thought they could congratulate the Authorities of the College in having a charming situation, surrounded by lovely scenery, and he asked all to join with him in thanking Professor Hall for the kind way in which he had received them that day (applause). Professor Hall, replying,thanked them on behalf of the governors and his colleagues, for the kind words which had been spoken. He apologised to them for the weather—(laughter)—but in Eng- land one could do very little else than offer apolo- gies. Regarding the experimental plots, it was not the best time to see them, but he hoped the visit had been one of interest to them. Soon after tea a start was made for home, and during the journey the visit was freely discussed. One of the party (a lady by the way) had rather anamusing time. It appears that on the way to the homestead the good lady noticed a house practically in ruins, and seeing a little girl, asked if anyone was in occupation. “No, mum,” was the reply. “Has anyone ever lived there?” “ Yes,” responded the sharp girl, ‘‘ my mother used to live in the house.” “And how long ago was that,” inquired the lady, “ Oh ! we shifted out last week.” Not being satisfied the lady then asked why they did so, to which the little mite answered “ Because there was no copper.” The recitation of this tale caused much amuse- ment. Canterbury was reached about six o’clock. and before separating “one andall” bore testimony to the very enjoyable trip which they had had, some remarking that it made a very pleasant “‘wind up” to the Congress. 28 KENTISH WELLS AND DEEP BORINGS IN THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF CANTERBURY. By W. Wuiraker, B.A., F.R.S., F.G.S,. Assoc. Inst. C.E., F. San. Insz, From a Paper prepared for the S.E. Union Congress and reported in the S.E. Naturalist. It may be useful to supplement accounts of wells | SrourmourH. Ibid., pp. 472. in this district that have already been published WappersHare. Ibid., pp. 470, 471. by printing | such further notes as have come to Wre Coutrar. Journ. S.B, Agric. Coll. Wye, hand, especially as these latter exceed the former | no. 1, pp. 18, 19 (1895). in number. New WEtt-Sections. The district to be treated of was originally ; “ 5 oF limited to a distance of about 12 miles from the Recs folbwine ave ei oa oe eek City; but it is clearly convenient to include, on iemokotalinvaibeentadded by the writer . the east, the strip of coast from Margate to Hythe, enn oEna ona 7aeniadelanalconimninics and not to be too strictly accurate on the western | 3444 by Masers Tilley, 1900. border, when anything of interest occurs but little | Thickness Depth beyond. Old well and boring 267 In the first place, a list of the well-sections, ( Green clay 33-300 etc., that have already been printed will be | Hard veins of pyrites 15 315 given, with references to the publications in which | Light [coloured] clay 2 317 | Green clay 35 352 they can be found (where possible to the Geological | Hard sand rock and pyrites 6 358 Greenclayand beds ofstone 24 382 Survey Memoir, that treats of the district). ‘Two | [Weald Clay] sections that have only appeared in a newspaper | EWeald Clay, Hard white stuff 2 384 are reproduced. | Red clay 2 386 A similar paper, for the Rochester district, was Dull blue clay 14 400 printed by the Rochester Naturalists’ Club in 1901, | Clay and hard stony stuff 36 436. List or Pustisnep WeLL-SxcTions IN THE | Clay 18 454 District. (Sand rock 30 484. Barwam. Ropersole Boring. Prof. Dawkins, Chocolate-coloured clay 4 488 Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1899, p. 735, and Geol, Mag., | Clay and sand, rock nies Taber dec. iv., vol. vi., p. 502 (1899). Niettnbrideet) Sac cock, hand audisoft vers po asaauy B H M Geol. 8 Li Wells § ay Hard sand rock 14 514 LEAN HILL. em. Geol. Survey, vol. iv., p.457 ; Wells Sand) Dirty sand and brown stuff 34 548 (1872). | Chocolate-coloured clay 2 550 Boventon Hinz. Ibid., p. 457. | Sandy stuff 20. 570 Brazourne. Boring for Coal. R. Etheridge. | Hard white substance = 5703 Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1899, p. 733. | (Dull brown clay 304 6U1 CanterBury. Clergy Orphan Asylum. Mem | Hard sandstone 4 605 Geol. Survey, vol. iv., p. 459. | [? Wadhurst Brown clay F 614 Cuarruam. Asylum. W. Whitaker, Quart. ~° Clay] < Hard sand and pyrites 2 616 Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xlii., p. 35 (1886). | Brown clay 4 620 Dover. Convict Prison, Ibid., pp. 35, 36 and ee lnared el Be oe vol. xliii., pp. 201, 202 (1887). Boring for Coal. | i Lig COTE eae , Prof. Dawkins. Trans. Manchester Geol. Soc., | [ Send ask a] el 2 cae vol. xxii., pp. 489—493, 495—499 (1894), and aaa iLecloure Saeatt 30 694 various other papers. lie a ted] cla 11 Exam. Ottinge Boring for Coal. Prof. Dawkins. ci aniown \ Colennsdtimcelee |? ee 4 He Rep. Brit. Assoc , 1899, p. 737, and Geol. May., dec. Green sandy clay 5 718 iv., vol. vi., p. 504 Hard white stuff 3 721 Fouxestone. Waterworks. W. Topley. Geology | Green clay 1; 7224 of the Weald, Geol. Survey Memoir, p. 147 (1875). | Bovawron, Waterworks, 1896. Communicated Harry. Mem. Geol. Survey, vol. iv., p. 465. | by Messrs, Stevenson and Burstall, Abvut 70 feet: Herve Bay. Waterworks. Ibid., p. 466. !above Ordnance Datum. Shaft, with adits, 58 HorHrievp. Boring for Coal. Prof. Dawkins. | feet long by 6 by 3. Water stands 38 feet down. Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1899, p. 737, and Geol. Mag., Gravel 452 199 fect eet. dec. iv., vol. vi., p. 504, | Chalk 555 Keycott Hrur. Sittingbourne Waterworks, Cantersury. Dane John Brewery (Ash and este Be Survey, vol. iv, p. 467. A note now Co.) “1886. Titonienlocal newspaper. Bored replaced. 4 | throughout. Supply tested as follows: At 250 Margate. Cobb s Brewery. Mem. Geol. Survey, | Poe area a varie: at 300 feet, 648 gallons ; vol. iv., p. 467. : : | at 400 feet. 2,520 gallous. St. Maroaret’s. Trial-boring. Quart. Journ. : = Thickness Depth Geol. Soc., vol. xlii., p. 37 (frcm Prestwich). | Made Ground 14. 14. Sanpwicnw. The Bank. Mem. Geol. Survey, | Gravel 16 30 vol. iv., p. 468. Gillow’s Brewery. Ibid. | Chalk 370 = 400 29 Cantersury. London, Chatham, and Dover | Railway Station. Communicated by Mr. R. D. Batchelor. Shaft 30 feet ; hore, of a foot diameter, 270 ; total, 300. Yield about 5,000 gallons an hour, | as much as the pumps could raise. CanTerspury. St. Dunstan’s. Dr. James Mit- chell’s MSS., vol. 3, opp. p. 179. Thickness Depth Vegetable mould 1 1 Sand 23 24 Blue clay, with a few shells 12 36 »» >> full of shells crushed together into one mass 42 Sand [? Oldhaven, Woolwich, and Thanet Beds} 250 CANTERBURY. made and communicated by Messrs. [sler. Water- level 25 feet down. Well (old) Shiin- Chalk ord ints 218 $250 CanTERBURY. The Monastery, near St. Thomas’ Hill. Sunk and communicated by Messrs. T. Doewra and Son. Shaft (and iron cylinders) 150 teet, the rest bored. Water-level about 105 feet down. Thickness Depth 28 28 {London Yellow clay Clay, Blue clay 18 46 494 feet] (Sandy bed ? undescribed] 3h 494 Sand, with a bed of pebbles {Oldhaven (over a foot) abont 10 feet and down [ ? base of Oldhayen Woolwich Beds], and a thin dark Beds] bed7feetfromthebottom 444 94 Sandy clay 4 98 [Woolwich or Thanet? ] Live sand 26 124 Green sand with clay 25 149 (Thanet [Blackish bed, undescribed] 3} 152} Beds] ) Green sand 554 208 [?flints] + 2083 Chalk with four layers of flints in the top 12 feet 102 3103 Cuarine. Just above the Pilgrim’s Way, north of the town, 1901 (?), Mid Kent Water Company. Originally made for the District Council. municated by Mr. F. Ball. rest bored. ‘Tubes of 8} inches diameter to the St. Dunstan’s Brewery. Boring | Com- | Shaft 175 feet, the | base of the Gault clay, then of 7} inches diameter, the lowest perforated. Thickness Depth 250 : Chalk 250 puddle and | Chalk Marl, with 13 inches /( of green sandat the base 82 332 ( Gault clay 185 517 {Gault, Black rock 4 5174 1914 feet oe sand 5k 6 4523, Black rock 4 5233 Green sand 7 531 Deaesane { Sandstone w 546 = Green sand 52 598 CuErIToON (?), Messrs. Edmundson’s Electricity | Works, Sborncliffe, 1500 (?). cated by Messrs. Isler. tubes of 74 inches diameter, level with the surface. eter iorel 48 feet down. Supply 600 gallons an our. Made and communi- | Lined with 110 feet of | Thickness Depth ft. ins. ft. ims. Pit [? the rest bored] 0-0° 670 (Dark red rock 2 0 8 0 Dark green sand 20 100 Green sand & rockmixed 4 6 14 6 Brown ,, 53 - 46 19 0 Greensand,rockandclay 5 0 24 0 {Lower Green silver sand &rock 4 0 28 0 Greensand]} Kentish rag 45 82 5 Green silver sandrock 5 0 387 5 Hard rock 80 4 5 Green silver rock 26 4711 Roe! Ld, 49) 0. (Mixed sand 10 50 0 {Hard rock sand 3.0 530 oe sand = 31 6 84 6 Blue clay san e) (D) 93° 6 (Lower nai Green sand 27 6 121 0 reensan(’| | Blue sand clay 21 6 142 6 Blue clay 23 0 165 6 Green sand clay 2 6 168 0 Conyer. Water Supply (Faversham Rural Sanitary Authority). Communicated by Mr. E. Easton. Water-level 4} feet down. Shaft, to chalk, 12 feet. Bore, in chalk, 11 ,, Dreat. Waterworks. New Well, 1880. About 119 feet above Ordnance Datum. Communicated by Mr. W, R. Hammond, manager. Shaft, with adit, 185 feet long, at the bottom. Chalk, not firm for 70 feet, 118% feet. There is an old well, 22 feet off, with adits about 149 feet long, from which water has been pumped daily for 40 years, at the rate of about 200,000 gallonsa day. Analysis of this water are given in G. W, Wigner’s Water Supply of Seaside Watering Places, pp. 35-37, and in his Seaside Water, Lon- don, 1878. (Note by W. Topley). In all 305 feet of tunnel, but only about 150 of this effective; 300,000 gallons a day puwped. FaversHam. Railway Station. Madeand com- municated by Mr. R. D. Batchelor, 1898. Water- level, 52 feet down. Thickness Depth Well (old) [? River Drift and Chalk], the rest bored 0 44 Chalk and flint 246 290 a 26 316 » and flint 9 «325 ” 21; 346 FaversHam. Abbey Brickyard (Mr. H. Cham- bers). An 18-inch boring. Made and communi- cated by Mr. R. D. Batchelor. Water-level 15 to 20 feet above Ordnance Datum. Yield about 30,C00 gallons an hour (? tested up to 35,000). Bull head chalk 15 Chalk andiints 79} 94 feet. FaversHam. Waterworks. Communicated by the Secretary, Mr. F. F. Giraud. Water rises to a height of 25 feet, being 65 feet akove level of creek. Daily yield (24 hours) 200,0U0 gallons. Cake Bet 113 feet. FavERSHAM. Water Co,, 1900 (? second well). Made and communicated by Mr. R. D. Batchelor. Shaft of 9 feet diameter. Headings to old well, 76 by 53 by 4 feet. Water-level 100 feet down. 30 Thickn D Mould po tee “ie Brickearth 4 54 oam 244 30 Flint 1 st [Upper] Chalk ard flint 104 135 Foukestone. Messrs. Langton and Co.’s Brewery, Tontine Street, 1879. Trial-boring, 28 feet above mean tide level. Made and com- municated by Messrs, Legrand and Sutcliff. The water in the upper beds was brackish, and rose nearly to the surface (22) feet down at high tide and 29} feet at low tide, according to Mr. Lucas). Thickness Depth ft. ins. ft. ins. Made ground 2 6 2 6 Gravel 8 0 10 6 [Folkestone Beds] Dead sand 1 6 26 0 ( Green sand 24 0 50 0 Dark green [or grey? ] loamy sand 6 0 56 0 Dead green sand 16 0 72 0 {Sandgate | Dead sand 16 0 88 0 Beds, 92 feet]} Hard dead greensand 8 0 96 0 Dead green sand and clay 7 0 #103 0 Hard dead sand 80" Tie (Hard green sand 7 0 4118 0 { Rock 3-3 1218 Sandstone 29 124 0 Rock OF 7. 124 Very hard rock 7, 12652 Clay and stone Lo 1270 Herd zor : 6 12995 r ay and roc. 1 2 130 7 Tar fee's Rock 08 131 3 s Hard rock 04 131 7 Rock and clay 26 134 1 Hard limestone 0 4 134 5 Limestone rock 08 135 1 Limestone and clay 1 0 1386 1 Limestone rock 110 137 11 Stone and sandy clay 8 7 146 6 1 sendy sey (eee 4 0 150 6 r andy clay with veins o: ae eee stone 6 0 156 6 Z | Sandy clay 1950 L5es (Dark clay 9 0 184 6 Brown [ Weald] clay 23 6 208 0 Forxestone. London, Chatham and Dover Railway. Trial-boring (4 inches diameter) at Tiddyman Step, for proposed extension from Kearsney Station to Folkestone. Made and com- municated by Mr. R. D. Batchelor. Water-level 98 feet down. Only aslightsoakage. Cuta little water at the top of the green sand. {l Thickness Depth Mould 3 3 { Grey chalk 67 7 | Chalk marl 4 74 [Lower _ 4 Hard sandy grey chalk 20 94 Chalk] ) Chalk marl 8 102 | Hard green sand [basal bed of the chalk] 15 117 Gault clay 9 126 Forgestonre. Public Baths. Foord, 1898 ? Boring. Made and communicated by Messrs. Isler. Lined with 60 feet of tubing, of six inches diameter, from a foot below the surface. level a foot down (later 16} feet). 600 gallons an hour. Water- Supply about Thickness Depth Mould or made ground 3 3 Blue clay 3 6 Rock and sand 2 8 Rock 4 12 Rock and sand 2 14 Sandy clay and flints 3 17 Hard rock ey 174 Rock and clay i 19 lay 14 204 Rock 1 214 Sandy clay 43 645 Green sand clay Bab 100 Fouxestone. Hdétel Metropole. Near the Cliff, on the Upper Sandgate Road. Trial boring, 1896. Bored and communicated by Messrs. Baker. No record of shaft. ‘he sand blows very much when the head of water is taken off, once it blew as much as 60 feet in height. Thickness Depth Shaft [Folkestone Beds, ? any Sandgate Beds = 71 ( Hard clay 184 90 Green sand et Ad Dark sand 2 [Sandgate 4d ; Very hard clay 8 125 eas!) Sandy clay 10 135 Very hard clays 30 165 arl 3 168 ( Hard stene 4 =. 1694 Sand, with water 24 1713 | Hard stone 3 172% (Hythe Beds]< Sand, with water 1,174 ard stone 2 1744 Sand, with water 3t 1774 Hard stone 4 178 A later boring, made and communicated by Messrs- Isler, 1901? 110 faet of tubes, 8} inches diameter» 8 feet down; 160 feet, of ,7{ inches diameter, 6 feet down; and 160 feet, of 6 inches diameter, 10 feet down. Water-level 155 feet down. Supply, from rock below 170 feet, 1,000 an hour. Water brackish. Thickness. Depth. ft. in. i Well 00 0 (Hard sand 3.0 13 0 Hard sand and slag { ? ironstone} If 6, 2466 Grey rock 110 26 4 {Folkestone | Rock and sand 04 2 8 Beds} Rock 04 27 0 Rock and sand 136 40 6 Rock 210 43 4 Rock and sand ‘7 44 6 | Rock 6 6 51 0 (Green loamy sand 29 0 80 0 [Sandeat Dark sand and clay 8 0 88 0 Leanegate ) Green sand 730 Il 0 | 118 fest] Dead green sand 6 0 167 0 ; Deadgreensani&stone 1 6 168 6 (Dead green sand 0 6 169 0 { Rock 15 0 184 0 Light grey marl 40 18 0 [Hythe Beds|< Rock 4 0 192 0 | Blue marl [ ? Atherfield Clay] 200 0 Fotxestone. Waterworks. Well 6, about half a mile south-westward of the earthwork on Castle Hill, 1895. Communicated by Mr. H. Turner, the engineer (with notes of specimens). About 137 |feet above Ordnance Datum. Shaft (of large 31 size in the Gault) 136 feet, with headings from 78 to 86 feet; then a trial-bore. Thickness. Depth. Gault 20 20 Rock, upper part soft, lower part hard 4 24 Running sand. With the water great quantities of sand came in 29 53 Hard sand 17 70 Rock 2 72 Hard sand and rock (from gallery. coarsely glanconitic calcareous stone, with an Ammonite in a less glanconi- tic piece) 14 86 Hard sand 12 98 Undescribed (dark grey sand, slightly greenish, with some bits of shells) 18 116 Undescribed (sandstone with shells,wood and pyrites : piece of calcareous stone 3 119 Undescribed (dark grey sand, from about 126 feet) 17 136 Boring, ? in sand, at the bottom very clayey 55 191 Forp. Uerne Bay Waterworks, 1885. Made and communicated by Messrs. Docwra. Shaft and cylinders, 170} feet, with galleries at 66 and 71, the rest bored. Water blew in at 167} feet down. Water-level 26 feet down. Yield, 26th May, 1891, 183,600 gallons a day. Thickness. Depth. Made 4 ground 4 [ Woolwich, ? part Thanet, Beds] Sand 18 22 { Red loam and sand 13 «35 Dark hard sand and shells 28 63 {Thanet Hard sand rock 4 67 Beds, 774 or< Hard sandy clay, with 78} feet] | water, the greater part blue 41 108 Flints ie 109 Chalk 504 or 493 260 Harry (uear Sheppey). Sayes Court. Dr. James Mitchell’s MSS., vol. 3, p. 233. Letter from Mr. S. Burnell. Thickness. Depth. Vegetable mould 1 i Yellow clay 4or5 6 Gravel 2 8 Blue clay, to sand about 170 179 Harry. Elliott’s House. Sameauthority. Thickness. Depth- Vegetable mould 1 1 Yellow clay 30 31 Blue clay, to sand 148 179 Hinxuitt (for Willesborough). Half-a-mile north-eastward of the church, 1899. Made and communicated by Messrs. Tilley. Water-level 245 feet down (26 feet later, according to Mr. J. M. Lawford). Shaft 50 feet,the rest bored. Yield 60 to 70 gallons a minute (up to Sept., 1900). Thickness Depth Soil 2 2 r 5 § Gault [clay] 534 554 [Gault] ‘ Rock and shells 14 57 Green sand and pyrites 23% 804 {? Folkestone } Brown clay 64 87 Beds) Hard sand 8b 954 Rotten brown clay re 103 ff ear cee sand ° 7c 110 Roles | Light (coloured) san 114 1214 [Rolkestone 4 Hard dirty sien 20 141h 4 | Light [coloured] sand 284 170 (Hard dirty sand 10 180 Thickness. Depth. 2 182 [Sand Hard black clay | t 4 6 Beds, 23feet]) Brey clay 1620 Keycott Hiiui (? NewineTon or Bopsine). | Sittingbourne Waterworks, 1871. About 204 feet |above Ordnance Datum. ‘The thicknesses in | brackets were given by Mr. R. D. Batchelor, whose | account goes only to the depth of 398 feet. Com- municated by Mr. W. L. Grant, Surveyor to the Local Board. Shaft 160 feet, the rest bored. Headings (about 90 feet, N.E. and S.W.) at 153 feet. Water comes at the end of these. The old and new wells areconnected by a gallery. Water level about 122 feet down when net pumping. About 330,000 gallons a day pumped. Thickness Depth | Light-coloured sandy gravel (5) about 4 4 d and yellowish | san (5) 5, 16 20 { (2 Oldhaven) | White sand 10 30 Woolwich & < Red sand 30 60 Thanet Beds} | Dark sand with water (563) nearly 57 117 | (Large flints (33) over =3—s 120 ( White chalk 170 290 Hard yellow chalk about 24 314 Soft white chalk (44) ,, 4 318 Hard white chalk 6 324 Soft white chalk (133) ,, 14 338 Grey chalk. Yielded 125 Chalk gallons a minute 356 feet 360 feet <~ down about 32 370 Hard blue chalk (4$) about 4 374 } Soft white chalk (23) ., 6 380 | Hard white chalk over 2 382 Soft chalk nearly 4 386 Gault clay [marl-bed] about 4 390 White chalk. Yielded 150 gallons a minute 90 480 Mageate. Waterworks. The Dane Pumping Station, 1899. Bored and communicated by Messrs. Isler and Co. Water-level, 61 feet down. Thickness Depth | Made Ground 11 114 | Loam 3 O15 2 Hard chalk 5 20 (eur ae] Chalk and flints 280 300 Hard grey chalk and flints 39 339 ( Grey chalk 226 48565 {? Middle | Bard grey chalk 148 713 and Lower < Hard dark clay 4° 717 Chalk] | Clay and stone [ ? nodule- ed | 2 719 > § Gault 57-776 (Gault) 2 Hard green sand 6L 7824 TL Hard sandstone 12 7944 Circe and | ara silt 144 809 reensand] ( Still in sand at — 850 Minsver. Ebbsfleet Farm. Bored in thestack- yard, about 1} miles south-eastward of the church. Communicated by Mr. C. Taylor. Water rises to within 14 feet of the surface and is pronounced by the analyst to be wholesome. Yield about ten gallons a minute. To Chalk [through Thanet Beds] 922 479 Chalk (Bees Cotton Powder Co.’s From specimens in Ore (near Faversham). | Works, in the Marshes, 1873. 32 the office at the Works. Water over the surface, 28 gallons a minute. Thickness Depth ft. ins. ft. ins. 4 Blue clay and sand, 2 Thickness Depth Gi 5 5 Light-brown clay: alluvium 5 [ra he clay: and aS ee Brown clay: (? part alluvium, part London 40 [Sandgate little sand £ 0 82 0 Clay, = eiaeepbles : (2basement bed of London Beta Bina clay, aeierees 2 0, 108, (0 lay 2 42 dand Fine greenish sand, with a few small flint- Herd oesoaeeuae pebbles : Oldhaven Beds 8 50 G atile beh ? 5 - H ( Firm, partly hardened sand, meen Sa ncatone [Woolwich | of a purplish tint (top bed Fleece ran Oe and _4 __of the Woolwich series) 4 54 qzeen Bese al ail 2 3 114 6 Thanet Beds) | Rize Ae oe EEE [Hythe Beds] epee aa ay a a 116 10 AU) Boy 120 ~ | Green sand and clay 4 8 121 6 { Grey sandstone ? 13 1413 Green sandstone 3 2 124 8 _ | Fine clayey sand 372 179 Green sandand clay 2 4 127 0 {Thanet beds |< Fine clayey green sand 4 183 Green sand 0 6 127,—«G Fine grey sand 10 «(193 LGreen coated flints (to chalk) Ore. The Cotton Powder Co. Made and communicated by Messrs. Isler and Co. Boring, lined with 205 feet of steel tubes of ten inches diameter, from three feet below the surface. Water-level a foot down, but sometimes water overflows. Supply, tested bya Tangye pump, be- tween 4,000 and 5,000 gallons an hour. ‘D il Thickness Depth ug we 6 [Alluvium] 3 River mud 27 33 [? River Drift or Oldhaven Beds] Black ballast [gravel? ] and shells 8 41 (Lower Sandstone 10. »=51 London Sand and sandstone 10 61 Tertiaries] (Green sand 132 193 Chalk and flints 157-350 Orx. Harty Ferry. Mining machinery and improvements Co., 1900. Boring, of eight inches diameter, made and communicated by Mr. R. D. Batchelor. Thickness Depth Well (old), the rest bored — 13 London clay 32 45 {Oldhaven ( Sand and clay ll 56 Woolwich & + Green sand 12 63 Thanet Beds} ( Sand 116 «184 Chalk and flint 68 252 The depth to the chalk is given as 182, and the total depth as 250. SaLttwoop. For Hythe Waterwork, 1884 (?), a third of a mile N.W. of the Castle. Communicated by Mr. G. Wilks. Shaft of 108, the rest bored. Water-level, before boring, about 81 feet down ; after boring, 6} feet higher. : Thickness Depth Brickwork [see further account, p. 60] 66 66 Rock 30 96 7) Sand 63 102% [Hythe Beds]) Pook 252 108 Clayey sand [ ? any rock] 45 153 [Atherfield] Dark stiff clay, with Corbula 4 157 Mr. ‘lopley thought that part of the clayey sand may belong to the Atherfield Clay. Sattwoop. Sandling Park, S.W. of the house. Made and communicated by Messrs. Legrand and Sutcliff. Thickness, Depth. : eine ft. in. Dug well (the rest bored) a) 36 (0 Second well. Srurry. Mrs. Thornton’s, near bridge, 1872. Lt.-Col. Cox, Kentish Gazette, 21st May, 1872, and G. Dowker in discussion. Water overflows. Bore. Thickness Depth Garden and alluvial soil 7 Hard Valley gravel 8 15 ( Blue clay 4 19 Gap in description [presum- ably more clay | 5 24 Very hard blue clay, dry and greasy 4 28 [Thanet beds]< Blue clay 12 «40 Rather sandygreenish{clay] 4 44 More sandy 2 46 More sandy, struck a spring 4 50 Green sand, with water 3 53 Srurry. Tile Lolge Farm, 1890. Made and communicated by Messrs. Isler. Thickness Depth {London eee clay (15) 6 6 Clay, ? Blue clay (52) 54 60 [Oldhaven, Woolwich, and Thanet Beds] Live and blowing sand (grey quicksand 75) 77° «137 ( Dead sand (25) 34 171 | Sand and clay 2 (Hard blue (14 185 {Thanet beds |< Blue clay § clay 46) 225 210 | Dead sand i (Black sand { 6 216 | Undeseribed 14) 11 227 (Chalk 74) 301 (Words and'figures in these brackets from another source. TuHanineton. Canterbury Waterworks, 1868- Communicated by Mr. S. C. Homersham, 47 feet above Ordnance Datum. Sunk 36} feet, the rest bored. Normal water-level 19 feet below the ground. Yield, 1,500,000 gallons a day (? tested to). ) Thickness. Depth. Chalk with flints (with hard chalk below the middle), about 423 Chalk withont flints 60 Upper Greensand [This must be an error, and the bed most likely a hard gritty bed in the Lower Chalk} 264 5094 There are two other bore-holes at the works. Analyses'of the water published in Canterbury Gas and Water. New Water Supply. Report from the Engineer, 8vo., London, 1873 (Ed.2). Analysis. the solid matter from the water, by Mr. D. Camp- bell, Pfoc. Inst. Civ. Enq., yol. xlvii., p. 93 (1877), 423, 483 33 in Humber’s Compendious Trealise on the Water lower level than the foregoing, 1899. Made and Supply of Cities and Towns, p. 31 (1876), and in | communicated by Messrs, Tilley. Surface water- Journ. Soc. Arts, vol. xxv., no. 1278, p. 657 (1877). WrsTENHANGER. Boring. Mackeson (amongst Mr. 'lopley’s notes). water. No Sandgate Beds? 20 feet Hythe Beds 56 feet Atherfield Clay Weald Clay WuitstaBLe. Waterworks, 1879 Sunk and communicated by Messrs. Easton and Anderson. 48} feet above Ordnance Datum. Shaft 72 feet, the rest bored. Water-level 35feetdown. Yield 220,000 gallons a day. Thickness. Depth. 4 4 Surface soil ( Stiff yellow clay with sou 22 26 Blueclay, very liable to slip, (Lonilon Clay with large flakes of micas- = chist crystuls [selenite] 2 53 | Hurd sandy clay, quite dry 16 69 {Oldhaven _¢ Light [coloured] sand 19 88 Beds, ? 20ft.}? Bed oi stones[flintpebbles] 12 89 (Sharp sand 14? 103 Green sand 5 108 Dark sand 40 148 { Woolwich & } Loamy sand and stones 20 =168 ‘Thanet Beds] Blue clay and shells 30 198 Blue clay 20 218 Green sand and blue clay 20 238 | Sandstone rock [ ? flints| 2 240 400 Chalk Possibly the Oldhaven Beds should be taken furtherdown. The thickness of the Lower London Tertiaries (between the London Clay and the Chalk) is excessive. WuitsraBie. Waterworks. Another Well. In the yard of the old works, near the station, ? at a From Mr. H. B. down. Shaft [the rest bored) { London] Clay _ beds, as follows :— level 11 feet down. Chalk water-level 13} feet Thickness. Depth. ee OrRsIK © -10 ~I = (Sand, slightly loamy | Black [flint] pebbles if? Oldkaven j Sand Beds] \ Black [flint] pebbles 72 | Sand 81 ( Black [flint] pebbles 1 82 ( Hard dark sand 56 138 Shells and pebbles 14 1394 | [Woolwich &J Shells and very hard sand 10 1494 Thanet Beds} Dark sand 46 195} | Sandstone 1 1964 Clay 18} 215 164 379 Chalk and flints An account of the trial-boring for Santwoop Well (p. 32), in a letter from Mr. F. Brady to Mr. Wilks (1874), gives further details of the higher Thickness, Depth. 13 13 Brickearth [ 2 Folkestone Beds}. White running sand, with water q 22 Sandgate Beds. Dark green impermeable | san 41 63 Hythe Beds. Rag hassock and sand 14 77 Mr, F. W. Turner also gave me the following | notes on the well in 1898. T'hereis a heading, with base 100 feet down, 6} teet kigh, 8 broad ard 101 | long, running south-eastward. These show marked | fissures in the rock at top and at bottom. The sides are bricked, being in sandy material. The floor rock is two feet thick. Foul air comes in quickly, with low barometer and S.W. wind. SUMMER EXCURSIONS. The excursions were not quite so popular this year as in some previous years. Some have been well attended, and others productive of good re- sults,notably the excursion toWalmer and Minster, July 3rd. The following was the programme :— May 29.—Saltwood. June 7.—Wye College. Jane 19.—Elbam. July 3.—Minster and Walmer. July 17.—Whitstable. Sept. 18.—Olantigh Towers. The excursion arranged for August 20th to Hastings by the Dover Sciences Societies fell through owing to the visit to Dover of Lord Roberts on that date, and the excursion arranged for September 4th did not take place, because members went to Walmer as well as Minster on July 3rd. May 29rH.—Sattwoop. A few members met at the S.E. Station and determined to go, although the weather was very unsettled. The friends expected from Dover did not turn up owing to the threatening appearance of the weather, which, fortunately, remained fine long enough for us to reach the gardens (which were rather the worse for the rain) and return without getting wet. After tea at Saltwood, most of the party returned per rail; those who cycled back, unfortunately, got very wet. The party included the President (S. Harvey, Esq.), Miss Cole, Miss Hurst, Mr. W. Cozens, Mr. and Mrs. Austen, and the Hon. Secretary (Mr. A. Lander). “Those who only know the bleak Kentish coast in early spring, and have a recollection of what the east wind is—say, at Folkestone in an average March, will have some difficulty in realising that, within a few miles of the just-mentioned town, there are spots which have a climate that would do no discredit to the Isle of Wight. Eveninthe lower Sandgate Road at Folkestone, except when a sou’-wester blows, the air is mild and balmy throughout the greater part of the year. At Sandgate, close by, the so-called arum lily (Richardia xthiopica) andthe tragrant Aponogeton distachyum, flower freely in ponds in the open air; whilst Eucalyptus globulus only fears winters of more than ordinary severity. Another mile or so to the west, close to Hythe, itself a warm spot, is Saltwood, a charming little village nestling in the hills a mile or two from the sea, Here is an old castle where, tradition says, the murderers of Becket slept the night before they executed their fell purpose in Canterbury Cathedral. The gateway as it now exists dates from after Becket’s time, and is singularly like, but less imposing than, the fine Westgate at Canterbury. Our business, however, lies with a “chine” hard by, a chine which recalls those in the Isle of Wight, though the sides of this one are clothed with trees—trees native, and trees planted. A valley runs between the banks, a valley cut out of the greensand which is here overlain by alluvial soil, a valley almost always moist and warm, sheltered from every wind that blows, and safely harbouring a variety of trees and shrubs which one might expect to see in Devonshire, but hardly on the Kentish coast. Our supplementary illustrations show a bush of Spirza arizfolia in full bloom, and a red-flowered camellia smothered in bloom. For the photographs from which these are taken we are indebted to Mr. Leney, the present proprietor of the “ American Garden,” as it is called hereabouts, from the pro- fusion of rhododendrons which have been planted here at one time and another. These are not mere low-growing bushes, but good-sized trees, and when covered with bloom, as they were when we saw them at the end of May, presented a most brilliant spectacle. The varieties are many of them old friends, but since the garden has come into the possession of its present owner, many new and improved varieties have been added. This remark applies not only to the shrubs, but to her- baceous, bulbous, and other plants, so that this garden will soon become, if indeed, it has not already become, one of rare beauty, aud what is still more satisfying, oue of exceptional interest Among the more showy rhododendrons in bloom at the time of our visit were, Cynthia, with large trusses of deep rose-spotted flowers; Old Port, whose rich colour is indicated by it name ; Blandy- anum, a fine trse whose beauty,when covered with its rosy-crimson spotted flowers was positively startling ; Victoria was another variety with claret coloured spotted flowers; another was Princess Mary, with flowers of a deep lilac colour, the tube being white Huge bushesof veteran white azaleas, are growing side by side, or in proximity to groups of some of the newer varieties of the Mollis section. Illicium anisitum, a handsome evergreen, was ia full bloom, as were also big bushes of fuchsias, Magnolia halleana, a fine specimen of choisya ter- nata, and one of Olearia gunniana. Exochorda grandiflora was ccvered with its snowy - white tlowers that have some special attraction for the Saltwood sparrows, as mischievous as those of other localities. Ilex latifolia is represented by a specimen of large size and noble foliage. Among the conifers the most remarkable for size and stateliness is a tree of Cupressus macro- carp, one of the largest, if not the largest of its kind it has ever been our lot to see. We saw no 34 cones upen it, sothat the identification is uncertain. Cunninghamnvia sinensis is interesting, but it is not quite happy; it looks asif spring frosts may have checked its growth. Araucaria imbricata also did not seem quite at home, but sequoias ( Welling- tonias), Lawson’s cypress, red cedar, Cupressus corneyana, and many others, were thriving apace. Bamboos and palms (Trachycarpus excelsus), tree ponies, and lilies, including L. gigantewum, New Zealand flax and Australian eucalyptus, together with others too numerous to mention, as the guide books say, add to the attractions of this very interesting garden. It isa garden that we have known for many years, It had fallen somewhat into decay; thinniag had been neglected, and some of the shrubs had arrived at a stage of decrepit senility. Since it has passed into the hands of Mr. Leney a great chanve for the better has setin. Fortunately, the owner is a plant- lover, and appreciates the capabilities of the site, so that constant additions of interesting and beautiful plants are being made to replace the veterans, and afford additional interest to what was always an attractive garden.” — Gardeners’ Chronicle, October 11, 1902.) June 7ta.—Wvye Coucecr. This excursion was arranged for the Congress, and a full account of it is given on another page. June 19TH.—ELuHam. Very few attended this excursion, the party in- cluding the President, Miss Holmes, Miss Phill- potts, Miss Cole, Miss Lander, Captain Stead, and the Hon. Secretary. The Vicar at Elham very kindly met us and cenducted us ever the curious old church and valuable library of very old books, which are rapidly being ruined by the rain coming through the roof of the churck. Atter a pleasant tea, a ramble was made over the hills and chalk pits, and a few interesting flowers were gathered. Jury 3ep.—MInster AND WALMER. The party assembled at the station included the President (S. Harvey, Esq.), Mr.W. H. Hammond, Miss Harvey, Mrs. Becker (from Berlin), Miss Hurst, and the Hon. Secretary (Mr. A. Lander). As there was an excursion to Walmer it was decided to take a ticket for this place and to break the journey at Minster, where we were joined by Mr. Hewitt, from Margate. The beach at Kinga- down, near Walmer, proved a happy hunting ground for rare plants of endless variety, some being very rare and only found here. Those found included : Lathyrus maritimus, Borago officinalis, Symphytum asperrimum, Glaucium luteum, Medi- cago lupulina, M. maculata, M. denticulata, Tri- folium agrarium, T, scabium, T. repens, T. minus, Echiwm vulgare (two varieties), Reseda lutea and luteola, Carduus crispus and lanceolatus, Crepis fetida, Centranthus ruber, Vicia hirsuta and sepium,Asperula cynanchica, Matricaria canomilla, Chrysanthemum inodorum, Anthemis cotula, Hor- deum murinum, Poa loliacea, Festuca rigida, Keleria cristata, Brachypodium sylvaticum and pinnatum, Sedum acre and reflecum, Lepidum draba, Malva sylvestris, Ballota nigra, Tragopodon pratensis and minus, Bromus mollis and secalinus, 35 Torilis nodosa, Lemna trisulca, Sison amomum, Phleum pratense, Hordeum pratense, Senecio cruci- folius, Zannichellia palustris, Rananculus circin- natus, Apium graveolens, etc. Juty 177H.—WBHITSTABLE. A fair number assembled for this excursion, but altbough it was low water and the party were conducted by Mr. Saundersalong the “ street ” or rocks jutting out some distance into the water, nothing of particular interest this year was found, it being, perhaps, too early. Mr. Saunders very kindly had the large tank uncovered for us at the aquarium under the Theatre, and here the curious and wonderful anemones, ete., were seen to enjoy themselves in the water, and the colours were really very beautiful. After an excellent tea the Canterbury friends returned by train. The party included the President (S. Harvey; Esq.), Mrs. and Miss Harvey. Mrs. Husbands, Mrs. Summerville, Miss Hurst, Rev. Dr. Greaves, Miss Abbott, Mr. S. Saunders, and the Hon. Secretary (Mr. A. Lander). SErTEMBER 18TH.—OLANTIGH TOWERS, Fourteen members and friends travelled to Olantigh by brake, and were tavoured with perfect weather, although somewhat late in the season. The party were met by W. F.S. Erle-Drax, Esq., who very kindly conducted the friends over the picture galleries and grounds. The wealth of magnificent pictures and curios here found are well known throughout Kent, but to see them was a revelation to most cf us. Hundreds of costly pictures and valuable ornaments, vases, malachite tables, etc., are housed here in specially-built galleries, forming what is perhaps a unique 2ollec- tion outside London. After a most cordial vote of thanks to Mr. Erle-Drax the party returned to Canterbury, having thoroughly enjoyed the visit and the drive. The party included the President and Mrs. Harvey, Rev. Dr. Greaves, Mr. and Mrs. Hamilton, Mr. Webb and friend from Dover, Miss Shaxby, Mrs. Argrave, Mrs.F.M.Argrave, Miss Cole and friend, Mr. Gardner, and the Hon. Secretary (Mr. A. Lander). REPORT ON THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE CONFERENCE OF DELEGATES OF THE CORRESPONDING SOCIETIES OF THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE—BELFAST, 1902. By Arruor S. Rem, M.A., F.G.S., Delegate for East Kent Scientific and Natural History Society. GENTLEMEN,—The British Association met in Belfast this year, and during its meeting Delegates «f Ccrresponding Societies were called together in Conference on Thursday, September 11, and on Tueslay, September 16, under the Chairmanship of Professor W.W.Watts, of Birmingham University. At the first meeting of the Conference Professor Watts gave a short opening address, in the course of which he pointed out that this was the only meeting which brought together representatives of local societies for the interchanye of ideas, and he hoped that much might be done by mutual example and friendly rivalry. The British Association was also doing a good work by getting together annually the publications of all the Corresponding Societies. He hoped that Delegates would bring up to this annual Conference topics and lines of work which were interesting their own Societies, so that other Societies might benefit thereby. He urged Societies that were handing over their museums to County Councils and other public bodies to retain ccntrol over them until the new controlling body had had its efficiency tested. He bore testimony to the usefulness of local Societies in introducing the British Association Committees to the individuals who were working at particular points in which these Committees were interested. He especially urged the Societies to keep detailed records of any borings or cuttings in their neighbourhood; these wight not seem of much value at the time, but might eventually be of first importance, and “the man cn the spot” was the only person who could record these data which were, of necessity, only available tor a short time. He also suggested that members of local Societies might do useful work in studying and recording the relations of their local geology to landscape feature, and generally keeping “an open eye” on their surroundings. ; The Report was then taken as read, Dr. Garson calling attention to some of its most important ‘eatures. I would urge that, as the E.K.S.N.S. has earned, what I may cal], honorable mention for its “Coast Erosion” work, it might equally well do so for “Geological Photographs,” and I should like to see our Society figuring as a yearly contributor to this most useful national record. The material is at hand in the Canterbury district—a rich mine of it—the competent workers are with you—it only remains to start the work and get an earnest worker to take charge of it and keep it going. You will notice that of the seven photographs sent in this year from Kent none are supplied by our Society in sp'te of its photographic membership. The report was discussed at some length, the chief topics touched upon being the reprehensible inaction of some lozal Societies, and the failure of their secretaries to either keep in proper touch with the British Association, and so with the march of scientific investigation, or even to submit the B.A. -circulars to their Delegates for consideration. The more a local Society arranges to take up and record investigations on the lines laid down by the B.A. Committees the less likely that Society is to become 36 moribund and useless as far as serious work is concerned ; and I would strenuously urge the E.K.S.N.S. to take up and carry out as many of the eighteen lines of investigation (mentioned below) as it possibly can. Even one line of organised investigation followed out systematically is better than a wee Session of dilletante papers on all subjects that may be included under the heading of “ Natural istory.” The Second Conference of Delegates was, as usual, given up to reports and suggestions from. representatives of the various sections of the British Association. Section A (Mathematical and Physical Science) —No representative present. Section B (Chemistry).—Professor Letts brought two subjects for investigation before the Conference, (1) the phosphorescence of diamonds: apparently only a few diamonds are really phosphorescent, and records of the occurrence of this phenomenon are wanted ; (2) the absorption and decomposition of ammonia and nitrogen compounds by certain alge. ‘Che alga, ulva latissima, appears to abound where there is ‘sewage pollution of natural waters; it has a certain absorbent power for nitrogen compounds, but itself rots and ferments. It is possible that this sea weed might be of use in forming aquatic sewage farms. Notices of its occurrence and records of its growths and habits are required. Section C (Geology).—Professor Cole gave a short sketch of important papers read in this Section. Professor Kendal, Dr. Woodward, Mr. Lomas, and the Chairman (Professor Watts) also spoke. Many of the subjects touched upon (such as the Committees on Erratic Blocks and the Trias Formation) do not effect East Kent, but the work of the Committee on (1) Geological Photographs, (2) Coast Er: sion, (3) Records of Bore Holes, Wells, and sections, (4) Registration of Type Specimens, can be very materially aided by East Kent workers. I would again specially urge on the photographers of our Society the advantages to themselves of taking up some such systematic work as that outlined by the Geological Photographs Committee, and also the permanent value that will accrue, from such work, to science at large. With regard to the work of the Committee on Registration of 'I'ype Specimens it would be well to have our local Museum systematically searched to see whether there be any “ figured ” specimens preserved in it: these soon get lost and “ buried” in local museums, and they should be recorded before such fate befalls them. Section D (Zoology).—Mr. Bles mentioned three subjects in which the local Societies might make experiments and investigations :— 7 ’ (1.) The adaptation of amphibians (eg. the Axolotl) to an alkaline medium (e.g. sea water). The axolotl has been found capable of existing under marine conditions, and further observations on other amphibians in this connection are required. (2.) The study of insect fauna of caves. (3.) Protective mimicry in British insects. , eke latter subject seems to me one eminently fitted for investigation by our entomological members. Mr. Bles further spoke at length on the valuable work that local Societies could do. He said that members of Natural History Societies might, be roughly divided into two classes : (1) the older and experienced workers who had probably already settled down into lines of work of their own; (2) the younger and inexperienced members who were keen and eager to work, but had no notiun of scientific method. ‘These latter were the workers who would be specially valuable in working out details on the B.A. Committees’ lines, and he advocated the use of carefully worded schedules which these observers could fill up, and so a large mass of important data might be collected from a large area. He showed examples of such schedules now being used at Cambridge. Section E (Geography).—Dr. H. R. Mill said that so far no work had come in from the correspond- ing Societies to the Committee on “ Variations in the course of rivers and shapes of lakes,” but he hoped that the Societies were at work on this important subject. It seems to me that some of our members might survey the course of the river Stour, and note any recent or more ancient changes in that course that are evident and, as far as possible, account for them. I believe, especially in its lower reaches, the river has changed its course here and there quite recently (geologically speaking). Dr. Mill then spoke at length on the necessity of multiplying rainfall observations so that data might be available for determining accurately the interaction of land farms and prevailing winds on the rainfall. A multitude of vbservers was necessary so that individual observations might be duly checked. He pointed out that, as our coal supply was now within measurable distance of exhaustion, water-power would have to take its place in the near future, and therefore all possible data affecting the water supply must be collected now, ere it is too late. He emphasized the value of a Soci ty taking up this work rather than an individual, as individuals disappear, while Societies can carry on continuous work. (Dr. Mill’s address, for rainfall statistics, is 62, Camden Square, London). Section H (Anthropology).—The representative of Section H pointed out how an existing Act of Parliament allowed road surveyors liberty, apparently, to break up ancient monuments for the repairing of roads; he begged Local Societies to do all that they could to preserve and record the ancient monuments (e.g. standing stones, cromlechs, stone circles, etc., etc.) of their neighbourhood. He also spoke on the advantages that would accrue if Societies situated in flint districts would investigate “nature-chipping” in flints. At present our knowledge of the geological age of “prehistoric man” is obscured by the doubtful origin of many so-called “ flint implements.” How far natural causes produce “chipped flints” remains to be determined, and Societies in flint districts. might make very valuable observations by marking and “planting” flints wherever there is aay 37 chance of surface movement, and in river banks, etc., and in noting the results from time to time Our Society is situated in a flint district, sothis investigation appeals to us. Local Societies were also urged to collect and register records of old customs and implements that are dying out and disappearing. Here our photographic members could again be useful. “ Jack in the Green” with his attendant sweeps on Mayday, the morris dance of St. George and the Dragon with its doggerel rhymes, the use of the flail in threshing, are all reminiscences of my childhood in Kent. Can we fix any of these and like subjects or implements in permanent platinotype ere it is too late? A long discussien followed on the best way of recording the existence of ancient monuments and getting them preserved, and also on the advisability of petitioning for Parliamentary interference. Summing up, I would impress two points upon our Society, (1) the vital importance to itself, and to Scientific investigation generally, of its members following-out definite and systematic lines of work such as those laid down by the Committees of the British Association. I sincerely trust that some of the lines of investigation and observation hinted at above will be taken'up by the keener and younger members of our Society, who may be looking about for “something to do” and not quite knowing how to start; (2) the necessity of the Society, through its secretary or otherwise, letting its delegate know betimes what work it has done on these lines each year, so that its delegate may be able to bear evidence at the Annual Conference to the activity and usefulness of his Sceiety. The opportunities for valuable organized scientific investigation and observation in East Kent are so numerous that I look forward with hopeful pride to our Society taking a premier place among the Corresponding Societies of the British Association. I append a printed list of eighteen useful lines of work, which I trust can be so place in the Society’s room as to allow of ready reference by intending workers. In each cage the Secretary, whose name and address is given, will be pleased to give full information to any individual member or to a committee of investigation. I have the honour to remain, Your obedient servant, AETHUE S. REID. To the President and Committee of the East Kent Scientific and Natural History Society. PHENOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR 1902. It is a great pity that a few members who move about’ in the fields and lanes will not undertake to regularly observe the following flowers aud insects. The Royal Meteorological Society kas only one observer in Kent, and more are needed. Particulars can be obtained from E. Mawley, Esq., Rosebank, Berkhamsted. Mr. Knowles has very kindly sent the following notes from [ckham, and Mr. W. H. Hammond the notes from Canterbury and Petham. DATE OF FLOWERING. Average for Canterbury, 1902. Ickham, 1902. Pranrs. February 5...... January 23......... Hazel. si 28........ February 18 ...... Coltsfoot. March 23 March 19 ......... Wood Anemone. April 6.. ea. es a Blackthorn. sip te Ores April 28 ... Garlic Hedge Mustard. MRS Bini cerweesen | ceeve cen nee Horse Chestnut. a seh: May 13 Hawthorn. Set AIO antec ei drome an EES White Ox Eye. June 4.. Dog Rose. me 18ue Black Knapweed. sy «' 80, Harebell. July 5...... Baxey sees > Greater Bindweed. September2G,...... . .eccserceccssasusopereve Ivy. Brieps. Jamuary 1—20.... Jamuary Llc, icceccesenecceectenseees Song Thrush, first heard after January 1. April 12 April 12.. Swallow, first seen. ae UBS ee LBs. Cuckoo, first heard. eel Sx Nightingale, first heard. May 6...... = at fade Vuotan oy .. Flycatcher, first seen. COMIRREA isla. saxcnaagiveasysvpvaeeeve, omeaybtureesaed <5 Rev. A.J. rae as 3, 1 1 0} ,, J. A. Jennings, Printing 1 510 ,, Dr. Sworn af atts: ... 1 1 -0))\., (W.'G. Austen, 5 99 », Captain McDakin... ws oe «. 1 0 O} ,, W. P. Mann, Incidental expenses 20 0 5, Miss Rigden ... = 5) wees tices 10 6} ,, H. Mead, Clerical help Tera ewMrlJeeicMasterss) cc.) ata) see ce 1 1 0} ,, Hon. Secretary's expenses for Postages on ry HSS VRS cos oe eee 10 6 Circulars and Stationery, Telegrams, ete. 3 0 0 », Miss Sewell ... ... . ws a ae «. 1 1 Of ,, Dr. Abbott, for S.E. Union of Scientific », Dr. Thornton a; oot seco Ore 10 0 Societies ze OOO », Mr. J.W. Flint esr wre .. .. 1 1 0| |, Bast Kent Natural History Society... TOS: ;, Miss Cole bar) opp a ae oy ft) 5, Mr. Horsnaill —s ccna 3 Py Pe (0 5, Dr. Netherclift Dt crates 10 0 ;, Drs. F. and 8. Wacher . a =-11 10 », Miss Holmes and Miss apetntis sng eed ele) ,, Mrs. Husbands ... . ccc e 10 6 ;, Mrs. Somerville . BB i 10 6 » Mr. A. Selman... oes 10 6 5, Mr. Lander . acs tote APE scone eee 10 0 5, Dr. Gogarty ere Res ie it sare ereston |... £. ; = SSE 10 0 , Mr.S. Harvey . ioe Se DE % 1-700 5, Mr. Mann tesa ay in 5 o vauz, me am) 5, Sale of Tickets sc 410 £28 3 6 £28 3 6- W. P. MANN, Hon. Treasurer. 43 "GILT U0 LT s8¥ad uO gsappoo ‘YAP UO OG UNS UL 489z30Ff “NFAT UO G3 FSOMOT ‘WdBI U0 69¢ danyvaedui94 apuys qsosiy) Pypt 10 20.62 4SeAO] ‘Y9EZ TO ET9.0¢ qeoqarrasseucsecar ened 398 ‘s4SUOD PUNOTE WSO] SAAT DOG “MIST UO OUT "M\"g a1 “YIL 0 YFP Bog “("SUL gg. yuo) [eJULVA oBvAOAT paryz-ou0 ynoqVié “"I}WOUL Pjoo}'Aap AoA —"TOBT “AAAWITAON a ee) RG] W8W3A0N AYNEYALNVS NI ANIKSNAS Taeeeey cae o‘=- Preis “199% UO o8z S8BIF UO ySOp[Oo “4ST WO OT UNS UT 4S9}}0H “Y}9Z UO OF FSPMOT “ST TO .¢.g2 eANgurodwi9, apeys oUStH “YG WO $10.63 FSOMOL “HALE WO ZUP-08 BOYS] AozoMOIvg -advsaav ayy Nou (sanoY 4.1 T) eUTsUNg “asUIIAV ayy J]BY-eUo ynoge (6.1) [TBFUIVY “499 UO Jopunqy, ‘a[quasuuyo 194;veAA—" 061 ‘AALOLOO 2107 . a VE st z fh ir 4 Ld aa : i i tr i! ANG fa tit a / rv § oe A e de 4 . ° . az u : UE ae oe 0.6 4 a 1 i rH 18, 4 on [> nee 3 au : ree Hi “honv. 8 6 ol il a 1 z | 9 rt He 1 wy wid | 33 i (06) 4380190 AYNSHYSALNVYS NI ANIHSNNS ‘waiamowva 8 S3hy “™aargh™ ‘SLUVHO YAHLVAM AUNddEaLNVS 5 NLU UNECE MET Eee chile ard WO 48ap]Oo *Y98Z WO o88 UNS UT 482930 AIIST UO o8Z ISOMOT “IOT pur ‘QF ‘pug uo .7¢ oangurodury apvys ysoysITY "UIRZ PUT UYCZ WO Z.6z JSOMOT ‘QGRT “ULE 4dooxe UTUALIg UL popsooet ‘nite tee Teun HEL UO OG. SOY sIy aozouro.rwg aSTe PUL 4ST UO SETBH) “AHUABAY O43 JPBY WEY SST ("SUL YG. ) eye ae oe prury—2061 ‘Auvanve 8 ae | 6G Raate, 4 yon | i AgaR enn, yon ! ae CANTERBURY WEATHER CHART 8 2S4o~ 00 oe, eye at it aa 30 Magee 6 0 i a 1 3 t wy, US romiop AYNBYSLNVO NI SNIHSNNS st 8 uo J0P]09 “19GZ UO 0S UNS UT ISOZIOFT “WILT WO gg FSOAy “YRAgIPUT 9g wo oO MOUS 8TIVT "YARS pur ‘Ty 98 UO S9]eE) “YILT WO ST ssuas U , i i tp Se RURAL eon i “WNP eae e 1c. # TES. ‘TV UO CTP.0 qsoystty JoyoMIOIVE pe ATESE NS STATS) OR CE |] OU mips otoe AeA OTea nC tT ace abe +I pus (IT esud 398) WISI Uo pouuyH ysySugq dn ouwvo quyy woiscaadep og yqtAs (SUL Z Ajaveu) ysoyveas ‘(-sul 08-F) aSvAOAY oy} EACGE [TMIMLY, “YIUOT po]yasun Ale A— TOG] ‘Aanaoag _ i oaowUUH ] ARaaae aa il ; . + a aoa ell] S fe Sar i © Bal is az 5 = & 14 EEE Ts J ! ee iecsees r, 7 ag © jag HH ; Bala i oe ee Ele : a SSS SS SSS aie i he = a Lan a : Hert on, eee — Eells 4 = = Se e(3 ‘ a9 = | 149 E oe | tH i eee ae 5: ! Sere l | \ | | Pe u ALS 6 1 a ! 8 . - || N06) og AENEGYALNVYD NI JNIHSNNS ej 2 I Tipcies guasueuaa ss UIGT-UES PUL “IOS “AUET-UPPT UO sos "AA'G “pagy Uo yEg SsBAIT UO ysaproo “Y9QZ GO {ANT UNS MI 4809,0]7 opuys qsoyStpT "YAPZ “WO QT.GG aM] “IGLT UO EZ.Og FSoySiy aozouowvg “pura Jo UNoUte pYasn 3 a a 5 F iS a ‘ 5 al 2 " 3 : = 3 te x? | El ers =-) 4+ .) 541 > 3] id zit ba } 2 al Ke @ s \g = yey AYNBYSLNVD NI JNIHSNNS re 5 | eS 4 th f -| HL ‘ 8 SUNLVHIdWI4d — #SSY: avis yo Leiuhoo GNI NIVEL rs] * NOS NI WaALaAWoUva by) ASaLLOH “‘TAGT put T4g UO MOUS 91991] PUT YZPT UO MoUs SoYyoUT day, “4ST U0 a[Vs AN CULUTATUAL 9B punerd ory 07 uazo.ry OFA dooys yuq plo Os SUA FUFIT SIT — “1IOT WO of SSBAH WO ysapoo “78% UO oF8G UNS UL 4SEOH —“UIPT WO of T SAMO] “USS UO QFeg aanqusodiroy apuys sous “ILZ WO YE.6Z JSOAOT “4ST UO EO.OG 4Soysiy doyouoavg “PULA “G ONT YPM YyUOUL Jo pula [VAN ploo L194 —ZOgT “AUVAAAAT 1%) ve f ws ae 7 4 ‘f ee ° =H = Ube * - af = z 8 4 S 2, = 3 w. * we * 47 4 S £ a > ie o = | o] 6 is } + r 2 $ 3 = g > oh 2; un we t , 6 a am Lamp KYNGYSLNVD NI 3NIHSNNS ° 2 { 7 i, ; uglawouva = & sna, (Pate no SSb100 FANE NIVEA 46 APT pur q99 10 gz ssvad uO ysoppoo “19gZ UO GOTT UNS UI 4S0{{OF] “UIFT UO OTE JSOMOT “4STE WO ZL arnguaodmoay apuys ysorArpy TG WO OE.66 ISeMOT “196% UO CF.Og ysoyTy agjomong “srp 1Z UO SpuIM "N “dy uuyy ssp Samoy JZ ourysung “Ul 29.7 “271A ‘ODUIOAN QVOGU A]UO 1v407 pure ‘spuNOUT ]eus yng “sdep TZ UO UTEY ‘savad CZ toy ALT UT 4YSIU ysopjoo YIPT AVL “4lMAz OF WAVY YOUU SuIOp “TQUOTT JO aypprw UT £480I1F ataAag “Apnola pu pred {a9 A—*7 051 “AV | * Shee 7 TCT q a atl ni ue aH ft een al i } Euvaacaa Suni . tT . - ie ifitssstse | : z 5 Peau : am 2 — = He alee | eee Sec eee ae a= i if act H Puganlean i ie : EE ia TH ; GENE E a a 6 a + aa 4 Hi et z “key, AYMGYILNYD NI INIHSNNS SoCo eet eo REESE? ; ea) wil 4 stot Hh essa He SSeEEP Hee HH TUT eee Tt a La Ta SCR ER Sevag pepe ualLawouva a ‘ pecan ama ao isanen Sain Hive “OSBAIIAB PAU[]-9U0 4NOGB (TOUT YG.) []BF -UIMY “OSUAOAY AAOGN You (SMNOY T.E91) AUIYSUNG “YISZ PUB YIg WO FETBA) “NPT UO 2] Ssvid U0 ysopfoo “Y9PZ WO oATT UNS Ul 4SE}{0F{ “UGPT UO WOE SOMO] “IGT UO 469 amnqusodwuia} apUys Woy “IST WO EO GZ JSeMOT ‘Y9L WO CE.Ng SAS AojoWoavgy “ZMOUE Jo oTPpIak UT AouTATTAL 4NG ‘pule PUB BULUUTSaq SpuIA pjoo yng ATG—ZOGL “WAdy 3 TT TIBET TH Ue een, i a | HH f tf TST re a G i" | £7 es : t de Ht a op i ae 24 ze 3: TT passeeetl We, 5 NEE: at FE OFF _ tt + ++ 29 oe z3++ mn aa Sst ai sf Chel * ey A | tit iT] KS : 2 5 My Sas Et 54 = 5 t u go | Oi Mines @ l 8 SB ol Hl u | whe e ¥ 9 9 l aH! a | TT oa] pus ANNESYALNVD NI 3NIHSNAS *N SNNUnRAUUUU H TH r by 4 i 3 ° © ¥ EEE 5 ZENWane walawouva 8 «Ssui, GavHs"?* 0 LeYon0g «© RANI NIVY ~ uns UL 480}}07] So Or TOMS Ota noe oto mas Pree oLs 0 AF. 1 aprys sor StH “PAL UO EF JSOMOT “YGST TO yFg ornguaoduioy opuys ysoySrAL ‘IET UO SLE.GZ JSOMO] “IPS UO ZE.OE FSOYSIY AoZouLO.BE Ee al AUNEYALNYS NI “WAOT WO Aopunyy, aa “WALT UO og S813 UO 4seproo ‘YIOg UO QAZT UNS UI 480}90F7 *YJUOU JO o]pplur ur a[qeuOsBasuN puT pjoo 4 JNIHSNNS “799% WO ATBS "MAS "YI9 UO So "1}9G WO LGC. JSOMOT ‘pag WO FE.0g JSoyBiy] Aojgourorney “PAE TO OOP SBA5 10 48Op]Oo “FCT UO —6aT “yuo Auuns puw Aap ‘wae A—"ZO6T “ATOL ane \e! } if 35 37 38 29 30 81 romance ray oy] _orjerzy jes) 2 DAY OF MONTH. Fwd tone 4aLaWouva “UGTT WO Soe Nfs mt & 4S9110H au t SuniveadwaL J0VHS ZeVenne ANIM NIVY ssyuoe > Ne 1530709 olGh JOM] ‘199Z UO QTR eangurodur9, TOA 4TG ‘pue pus SuMUIS0q FYSg puv waBAA—'ZO6T ‘ano a {se i fHttttt atl g nn = Gj Hal t 4 Re c | ; : ih nn annaaatane HHE * Co g Cann THEI et a , $4444 i aL i 1 il x a i(aist z= bl CeCh i 52 os ar 00 nui tt : a PECEEEe er A ut aun FATT HH ; 2s | ype bal bata Ol Ht 25 4 Ht } a Sees nit ON OUNNOUUURU OT OO : | : 3 , = a il : = mm mn UNAUUONAOUN i [ : = Coen HH J ape al = acemeal ete : = * TTT 3 oa aE 4. aay A ~ © he 2 sunivaaanai — ssyuo® TEV e oe 4aLaWwouvEa = sSaTL0H Wdvas No 1s3q109 ANIM |NIVa 48 “90G UO VBE SSVAT UO 4Soppoo ‘pag WO -eTLUNS UL 4SA}OH “UIGT WO oLG FS0MO] ‘pag Ho {gL atnzuroduiay apBys WarLstAy “P1E WO 109.66 982 MO] WING LO PLAP_OS qsoy sty yomoaug “pusyjoog Jo "AA UL “Sut g Apavom Jo YZWOUT oY} LOF [U90} B PUL “pug UO puvlat] [eyuay ut [ey “sul Z A[wwoN’ “paosys Y PUL UapsozuoT, WU ouoT puw ‘oyesae J 99. “Aanqaayayy GT. ‘QUO SPU] FB SoyMULOT CZ UL [fay FG. “ULOysAopuNyy B Samp GOT 94} UO “eMOFSPIVN OS. “PLOFISV £9- *“KMGIIPUBH ZG. YOAUBA) yw ouou ‘uepuotsgy YG. “UepsezueT, qu “SUL QT. T ‘(Wapsazua, Ivan) [[TYAoULUINY 4B “SUL Sp.T [oF ato} pug eq} UO *SHOLIMO SUA [[}UOUL At} SALINp ULBALJO WOINGLYSIp at], ‘(sogoyd aas) WOT UO 4UexT-PLIL Ul SUdpABS 4yIUIy PUB doy vty payoata wWLOzs [LUT] ef Et} VP yjuow jo szapursuoa Arp yaq “(Sut ZG.) pug wo urwt Aavoyy *“Aanquoezun) ut Auuns pay wae —ZO6L ‘AHA NELAAG — L33/ 4H = ro i 10 = gn y ATA /.0/ Hh ne "ros ct = vl tT ay re ol by = Bp yes ho cies co It WS we Yt ot Tt < ee es an "r.0/ ; (ae id "o ns 3 st 4 ns & se pg rs Nea ae en $ freanaee 4 onhp AUNGYSLNVD NI 3NIHSNNS magawonval) weedeat san HAMA My SBGtnioo RANI NIVE _ pugz Uo Foy "UILS PUT YPPT UO SuAOysAopunT, “pug 10 5 FOG SSVAT UO 4SAP[Oo “I]OT WO QIZT UNS UT 4S0}}0H “Pug UO FTP Asoo] “YGOT UO LL atnzucedatay opvrs qSOqStFT “TINE WO ZO.G JSPAOT “PUSS UO G.0E qsalpsty LozaMOIu *sayour 99.¢ [[BJALBY £ OT oz qsnany 4809330\A—'ZO6T “IsaApAYy Ease : ) ee a, EL Gaeame mami TIT a ze! tit stir 0 &/ i Ry TOS 2a +I sh : ite 1.0 3 in Sts i) Aud fl || SS SS ay ah t 46 Z t 98 é. ny 27 iz o/ us > Usa of c > + Bis 64 ie oh tos ae é >| ile 9 Sine 9.0 Z | 1e 4 i ¢0 Ss lea & oe yi i | 5 f t ay ka £.0/ iy ue as eupoH 1 | ava E tunome! 9 1 a | i 8 A, / ol i a \ ee £ ’ 5 9 Ll 4 I TT ts Toh | )orhmAy AUNEYALNVOD NI ANIHSNNS ? $ Cs = Se Sze mune be walawouya & “8th aunibyyaamad 9 SSV> 5 BQNIM NIVY 9.1291 L-88ST ALS 9.281 8.9FT 99T LOLT 8-881 PSL S.LPG 6.003 083 L.S61T L-P81 Ss 8-F61T &-S61 991 €-9L1 B.PST SOT £311 B.SEL SOT 9-16 €.14 ¥8 4 £.9P 0g G06 GO06T 0.S9 LLP 9 6-94 6.09 TZ T-91T 8.801 Lb 1061 TOA 1061 ‘OW Dsor ‘sax1049 *¢ “sILUyspuorg: ‘oy Use py 98-26 SI-LT £8.61 88-86 1F-83 PLT $8.1 GP. P 98.3 98.4 B6F eg 6. FLI gS IT £ 20.8 9L-T g 88.2 ® 8F-T 16.1 ® 66.1 Ss 8g. 68. Sy SPs to 80: £6. to. PLL S OL 16. S 19-1 a (aS. T9. ‘OL B Z06I G06I E cost P 98.8 G9. ? 9S. ¥6. 80.1 20.1 66.1 ta. 62.1 COAL Same eo", “bs “bs “bs ‘S048 “ff ‘pauyjop 'y “e08[4g§ ‘q “H “OUWSIVYy *qeaTNoay *“1OAOT G-EPST G-€89T PILOT LFE8T €.092T ee ae eT ONy 2.881 8.881 9.081 £.98T 4.891 a ‘dequia;dag €.8S1 PILL 0-FST £.086 S-GPL ore eed ; gsnainy . LES 9. P&S 0.668 £886 8-883 a “singe 0.66T P-BIC 0.818 P.986 £826 ie Gee ~~ oun G.9ST $-69T L9T 9.386 1.061 he RS eh AU L891 0-PAT 0.961 9-81 £.608 meres aE CGY 8.011 8.981 0-SET G.BPT BLS OO PRC CE youn py 8-49 9-48 ¢.18 L.L8 9.68 Sage ect) Aamniqagq L.9F 6.8¢ 6.89 1-89 L.&l OD Tes CG Sauna G06T B06 G06T B06 ¢.0¢ LG 0-99 8.29 £.59 res raquraaaqy 4.89 8.38 0.98 9.49 P.06 " *** 19qU19A0 NT 2.101 0-FIT 0-201 9-881 P-SIL "=" 4890300, T06T TO6T 1061 “OAV 1061 SS we eee) —SS he eee ‘aepuwy “vy ‘OW “Deg ‘eouyy srr fr “sgl “gaunig pH *£anq.1ozuy *Y9G-10-900}80]9,1'T “uepa0zuay, “STM eSpraquny, ‘SYN0H NI ANIHSNOAS 8.93 68.18 I-02 G¢.28 $8.91 SF.82 FL53 99.28 GL48 £6.28 40-08 92.9% I™4o¥, 0S.T g9. £9.53 88. ca. 1 ¥9.T 0¢.T £0.2 C, aeqmezde 99.8 £9.38 18. $8.3 BPP £0- i aeisis GP-S Le zi ina e L21 68.1 69-T 18. g 10.6 68.1 e 2LL.1 SL 661 “Aine g Le 16.2 EL BP-T B 10.2 LST B eae 90.3 99.4 ~“ oaup @ 29.1 96°T S&T 96-1 ®@ 91% GL.T © CF. 66-1 183 — ° duy gs 08. 88. 46-1 88. s 04. OL. S 6F.- 83.T FB. ‘|udy me tbl! PPT 88-I 86. to OST 8.1 ioe 88.0 Sh.B LL1 qo18 AY Ss &6. GL. 248.1 IDT S 02.1 GET S OF-L f1-6 89.1 * Aiwnagay <3 (96. PG. 48.1 26-1 peat 66. ‘90.1 &h.S oh ** Aavnane Se 3061 G06T G06T e 5 BOGT = ©608-F 14-¢ ILG@ £9-€ PGBS PLG a Lb I1-& L8.p “saqmaoaq 96. GL. 44.3 8. 62. 6g. $d. GS 8a. *19q MHaA0 NT 06-1 96-1 £66 6 91-3 IL-@ IL-3 ' 89.8 1949990 TOG6T TOGI “IAW TO6T 4V L06T SS). aes SEs) SJ S— SS SS) ; “bsq ‘puon Sat “Ds “bsg “bag *49.A188q() aepueyT “y -MUH HM ‘OW “STMPIN “f “OONIT SIP aug" “gawuts yp *£anqiezusy “MUA “‘ssouedun(y “‘paozysy SCTPCHUCH & “OUOFSPIU]Y “STTOAA espraqun y, ‘SHHONI NI TIVANIVU ‘C0-1061 SOLLSILVLS UAHLWAM LNA ISvVd 50 SIt 6-68 9.17 2.1L SIL 6& 0.18 0.34 LE 89 0.06 0.LE GIL ¢-T@L PFE 8.98 Z-E4 oe“ gequieydag 911 6-PF 9.97 L-€4 Ter f9 G.1P 0-22 CP Td 0.98 G.oF 0-64 LVL 9.28 0.37 8.64 oy oe gen any, 961 LGP 9-PP 2.08 681 OF 0.87 0.78 oF tL G.98 G-8F 0-78 0-661 £.LE 0.1F §.£8 as “Aine £61 0-GP TP €.82 Le €& S.GP 0.18 Ir 94 0.28 0.0% 0.18 £-861 9.18 1-88 0-£8 os : oun FEL 0-18 ¢.c6 0.FL Oat 83 0-18 0-64 0€ 149 ¢.08 6.66 0-64 9-811 G.FG $.66 €.0L ABW SIT 0-08 0.98 6.89 LIL & 0.08 0.69 0& 8¢ 0-12 0-66 0.99 €-S1T 9.06 1.18 9.99 pie Se Ill 0.9% 9.66 F.8S GOT &% 0.62 0.09 cf 9¢ S.18 S.63 0.09 P-FOL 1.06 ¢.66 ¢.66 “ST OTe TL GOT 0.81 1.86 GES €8 9 0-81 G-8¢ 1@ 0S GG 0-FT Ges F-06 GE G-ET €.1S Avenaqay €8 0.9% 1.86 6.GS €8 £6 0.83 0.88 1% €¢ 0-81 G.&6 0.1S 0-8 G.9T P26 2.08 ~~ krone 2061 82 0.%% 0.96 9.75 08 81 0.86 GPS 9% 6S 0-9T 0.93 0-8 0-48 0.81 £86 9.26 a Mel gare ye woatmep[ch £6 0.18 0.96 0.96 06 LT 0.8% 0.95 £6 19 GFL 0.26 0.66 ¢.T0T 0.9T 6.86 L9G aly ee barges AOTC LON, LIT 0.18 0.FE 0-94 801 86 0.08 G.oh €& 69 0.9% 0.86 G.3L 4,911 0.86 0.18 0-FL Gan ee pee teG0300) T06L ‘ing «= SSHINH UY XBL “ING "SSVI “UT «XBW “OI “XBT “BSUIN) UI «= XBIT ‘ung "SSBINQ “UI, “XBL e —— =) SS (Ca) (Ce ) ESS) ‘aqusiepy *£anqi0zuey “ssamasunq “map10zuey, “STIOM SSplaquny, “NOS NI LSALLOH ANY SSVUY NO LSAC1OO ‘NAAHOS AHL NI AHALVAAINAL 40 SHNAULXA ¥-6F ¥-6P 8.6P 0.67 LSP 1.89 Llp rea J0¥ UOT 6.85 0-29 ¢.8S T-8¢ 0.2 1-4 0.99 sees gaquresdag 4.09 0.09 L299 0.09 1-09 ¢-09 06S oo gsneny €.19 9.19 9.19 6-09 4.09 ¥.19 1.66 Te SAS BES eee ATL 0.8S ¢.8S 8.2¢ G.9S 8.49 ¢.8¢ 6-96 UA £08 £.0S 8-19 3-87 £.87 12g LLP fs Av 9.2 0.87 G.9F ¢.9P LLP L.9F ¢.9P eee Sad y o.FF T-Sh L.1P £.7P L.PP LIP G-FP oe ABE 0-98 1-96 1.0F 1-98 €.96 L-LE 8.78 ve Arenaqagy 9-1P £.0P G-68 PIP LIP €-Lé 6-68 se ~~ Arenas pe G06T G06 G06T G06 G06T 1.07 0.07 8.0F ¢.0F 1-68 ¢.88 6.18 * doquie99 (7 G.EP €.3P 9.9P L&P 9.1 8-€F ¢ OP * 1equTaA0 N L.1¢ €.1S P-1S L.0S L-1¢ 0-6P 6.69 #1840900) T06T TO6T POA; TO6T 106 STOAV) TO6T Se Ss a od SE “bsg ‘se7049 “f *JapuBy “VW ‘OW “bsg ‘orm AL “bsg “qaumg “9 “7 *IOAIASAO *a}Bd18 TL *£anq.1ayuep, “ssouasun(y “mepie}uay, “ST2M eSplaquny, ‘NAMUOS NI AHALVAAINAL ATIVG NVA Set Tellapranal? : Tue Storm In THE Marpstone District.—The top illustration shows a hop garden at Barming, which ped the storm ; the lower one that of a garden at Wateringbu where the hop crop was entirely ruined. Blocks kindly lent by the Editor of the South-Eastern Gazette, Maidstone. Phe by G. A. Cooper and F. R. Connor. Deeganal THe Storm in THE Maipstone Disrrict.—The top illustration is that of an orchard at Wateringbury after the storm ; the lower depicts a mass of hail stones photographed eight days after the storm. Blocks kindly lent by the Editor of the ‘outh-Bastern Grzette, Maidstone. Photos by G. A. Cooper and F. R. Connor. 51 METEOROLOGICAL NOTES FOR YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER 30th, 1902. The year asa whole has been dry and cold, with less sun than usual in the Tunbridge Wells district, but more than the averaye in the Eastern district. The mean daily temperature for the year was about 1° below the average, and the total rainfall four to five inches below the ave rage. he rainfall has been more or less below the averaye for six years, and the accummulated deficiency is now about 20 inches for Canterbury and 30 inches for Dungeness. The rainfall in Canterbury in 1901 was two inches less than in the driest year previously recorded (1898). This to farmers and others is a very serious thing, and they ask if any explanation can be given, or whether there is any prospect of more rain in the near future. For many years it has been held that there is some connection between the weather and the eleven year period of sun-spots. We have known for several years that many things on this planet are influenced and governed by this epoch, such as the diurnal variation in the magnetic needle, the manifestations of the Aurora Horealis, and those strange currents of electricity known as magnetic earth currents, but it has’ remained for Lockyer to recently point out some definite connection between the sun and our weather. Lockyer discovered that the brillianey of the iron lines in the solar spectrum decreased, and that certain unknown lines increased at the time of a sun-spot maximum, and when the variations in these two sets of lines were laid out on achart it was found that the curves crossed twice every sun-spot epoch of eleven years, and indicated that the sun had reached its average temperature. He then found the rainfall of India was least and the famines occurred just before the crossing of these lines, and that immediately the lines crossed the rains became more abundant, ard the famines were over. According to precedent these lines ought to have crossed in 1898, but up to the present this had not happened, and the last few years instead of being rainy have been dry. In India as well as here the deficiency has been greatest on record over the larvest area. Every 35 years the sun is hotter than usual, as in 1870-1871, and again in 1904 to 1905, and we get less rain at the crossing befure a sun-spot minimum than at the crossing before a sun-spot maxi- mum. We thus have two periods in the 11 years when temperature is highest with least rain and cold rainy periods between. Thus the mean temperature was greatest, and it was dry in 1893, 1898-9, and again in 1904. Next year will, therefore, probably be cold and wet, followed by a very hot and fairly dry year in 1904. Rain has already become more abundant in India and Australia after the great drought of the past few years. January and March were 25° to 3° hotter than the average, but nearly all the other months were pee June, July, August, and September about 1° to 2° colder, but Febrnary and May were 4° colder. In February we had three to four inches of snow and in the night February 15-16, the thermometer in the screen fell to 13° at Canterbury, 133° Tunbridge Wells, and 14° at Tenterden, and as low as 35° on the grass at Tunbridge Wells, 2nd 6° at Canterbury. It was the coldest May ever recorded in Kent, the thermometer in the screen during the middle of the month falling as low as 293° at Tenterden and Tunbridge Wells, or to 203° cn the grass at Tenterden, 244° Tunbridge Wells, and 28° at Canterbury. This severe frost did an immense amount of harm to the fruit buds in the orchards. All the months were fairly sunny except May and August, and all were dry except December (1901), May, June, and August (1902). r On September 10 a fierce thunderstorm, with wind and hail, wrousht great havoc in the orchards and hop-gardens in the Maidstone district. This storm appears to have swept through the valley of the Medway, and did most damage near Maidstone, where -94 of rain fell in 25 minutes. The storm was not felt and not a drop of rain fell at ‘I'enterden and Ashford. By the kindness of the Editor of the South Eastern Gazette we ar» able to show some of the effects of this storm (see plates). Tn conclusion I have to thank the observers mentioned in the reports for kindly sending me their figures, and the Meteorological Office (marked M.O.) for other figures. I shall be glad to receive reports from others who take observations in the district. Before the end of the present year I Lope to have in working order in Canterbury a complete set of self-recording instruments, which automa- tically record on paper the curves exactly as on the charts. The recording instruments, which are checked and verified by regular standard instruments, are (1) a glycerine barometer ; (2) zine expausion thermometer ; (3) modified Jordan photographic sunshine recorder, by means of which the sun, through a pinhole, records the sunshine on ordinary printing out photo paper; and (4) a ~ simple pressure anemometer which recurds both the direction and pressure of the wind. A. LANDER. Medical Hall, Canterbury. x £ KR H 4 52 CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. Bartlett, Mr A. D., Zoological Gardens, London Bates, Mr H. W., London Britten, Mr J., K.S.G., F.L.S., Royal Herbarium, Kew Marshall, Rev. B. S., Witley, Godalming, Surrey Masters, Dr. Maxwell T., F.R.S., Ealing HONORARY Fiddian, Mr W. H., 6 Railway Terrace, Wincheap, Canterbury Hayward, Mr E. B., 6 Burgate Lane, Canterbury Kemp, Dr. William, Wellington, New Zealand Pugh, Mr, Vernon Place, Canterbury Mitchinson, Right Rev. Dr., Sibstone Rectory, Ather- stone Saunders, Mr G. S., 20 Dents Road, Wandsworth Common Trimen, Mr H., Botanical Department, British Museum MEMBERS. Reid, Mr James, F.R.C.S., Bridge Street, Canterbury Rosseter, Mr T. B., F.R.M.S., 6 Nursery Terrace, Canterbury : Small, Mr F. A., 95 Westgate, Canterbury ASSOCIATES. Argraye, Mr F. M., 1 Deseret Cottages, Ada Road, Wincheap, Uanterbury Buckingham, Mr C., 13 York Road, Canterbury Cozens, Mr A., 18, Prospect Place, Canterbury Finn, Mr Percy R., St. Margaret’s Stores, Canterbury | Gard, Mr W., Wayswood, Hanover Road, Canterbury Hacksley, Mr W. H., 38 Havelock Street, Canterbury Harvey, Mr S. W., 2 Almeida Street, Upper Street, London, N. Harvey, Mr A. B., 13 Tremadoe Road, Clapham, 8.W. Hawkins, Mr FE. M., F.1.C., Stone Street, Petham Kennedy, Mr A., 32 Dover Street, Canterbury Langston, Mr H., 12, Tudor Road, Canterbury Porter, Mr.A. Graham, Holmwood,Guildford Road, Can- Saze, Mr F. J., Bifrons | terbury Snell, Mr F. C., 8 Guildhall Street, Canterbury Surrey, Mr W., 6 Dane John Terrace, Canterbury Ward, Mr L., 10, Hanover Place, Canterbury MEMBERS. Abbott, Miss, 59, Oxford Street, Whitstable Austen, Mr W. G., 18 St. George’s Street, Canterbury Bell, Mr Matthew, Bourne Park, Canterbury Bennett-Goldney, Mr F., Abbott's Barton Bowler, Mrs, The Precincts, Canterbury Briggs, Mr H. Mead, 8 High Street, Canterbury Brownhill, Mr W., 42 St. Peter's Street, Canterbury Chapman, Mr H. M., The Priory, St. Martin’s Hill, Canterbury Chapman, Mrs H. M., The Priory, St. Martin’s Hill, Canterbury Cole, Miss, 53 London Road, Canterbury Cozens, Mr W., 7. Cromwell Road, Canterbury Doré, Mr F. H., 8 High Street, Canterbury Dunham, Mr W. B., St. Margaret's Street, Canterbury Facer, Mr F. M., B.A., Kent College, Canterbury Farrar, The Very Rev. Dr., F.R.S., The Deanery, Ca nterbury Fielding, Mr H., The Precincts, Canterbury Galpin, Rev. A. J., M.A.. King’s School, Uanterbury Gardner, Mr C, A., 33 Watling Street, Canterbury Greaves, Rey. Dr., Blean Hamilton, Mr, 11 Sun street, Canterbury Hammond, Mr W.H., Whitstable Road, Canterbury Hammond, Mr W. O., St. Albans Court, Wingaam Hardcastle, Rev. E. H. (M.A.), St. Martin’s ectory, Lower Bridge Street, Canterbury Harvey, Mr Sidney, F.I.U., F.C.S., 18 Watling Street, Canterbury Harvey, Miss A. M., The Laurels, Watling Street, Canterbury Heaton, Mr J. Henniker, M.P.,38 Eaton Square, Lon- don, W. Holland, Rey. Canon, M.A., Precincts, Canterbury Holman, Mrs, 34 Nunnery Fields, Canterbury Holmes, Miss, The Laurels, Whitstable Road, Canter- bury Horsnaill, Mr A. E., Swarthmore, Barton Fields, Can- terbury Hunt, Mr Wright, The Pynes, Nunnery Fields, Can- terbury Hurst, Miss, Fairbourne House, Dane John, Canterbury Husbands, Mrs., 44 St. Peter’s Street, Canterbury Jennings, Mr W. J., Latchmere House, Canterbury Johnson, Mr J. G., Easteott, Old Dover Road, Canter- bury Kearney, Miss, Terrace House, Bridge Kingsford, Miss, 14 St. Danstan’s Terrace, Canterbury Lander, Mr A., Ph.C., F.S.M.C., The Medical Hall, Canterbury Mann, Mr W. P., B.A., Simon Langton Schools, Can- terbury Marsh, Mr F. G., 1 Beaconsfield Terrace, Canterbury Maudson, Mr B., 34 St. Peter's Street, Canterbury Maylam, Mr P., Watling Street, Canterbury McDakin, Captain J. Gordon, 15 Esplanade, Dover McMaster, Mr J., J.P., The Holt, Canterbury Netherelift. Mr W. H., F.R.C.S., 8 St. George’s Place, Canterbury Palin, Miss, 13 Oaten Hill, Canterbury Patterson, Rey. J., Nunnery Fields, Canterbury Phillpotts, Miss, The Laurels, Whitstable Road, Can- terbury Pidduck, Miss, 13 St. George’s Place, Canterbury Proudfoot, Miss, Whitefriars, Canterbury Reid, Mr A. S., M.A., F.G.S., Trinity College, Glenal- mond, Perth Rigden, Mr G., 30 St. George’s Place, Canterbury Rigden, Mrs, 30 St. George’s Place, Canterbury Rigden, Miss, 30 St. George’s Place, Canterbury Rodwell, Rey. W. M., Kedington, St. Margaret's, Can- terbury Rosenberg, Mr G.F. J., B.A., King’s School, Canterbury Saunders, Mr Sibert, Bank House, Whitstable Smith, Mr J. T., Salisbury House, St. Thomas’ Hill, Canterbury Stead, Captain, Rose Lawn, London Road, Canterbury Stevens, Mrs, St. Mildred’s Rectory, Canterbury Summerville, Mrs, 44 St. Peter's Street, Canterbury Sworn, Miss, 45, St. Peter’s Street, Canterbury Wacher, Mr Sidney, F.R.C.S., 9 St. George’s Place. Canterbury Webb, Mr §., 22 Waterloo Crescent, Dover Wetherelt, Mr A., 61 Havelock Street, Canterbury A EAST KENT | SCIENTIFIC AND NATURAL HISTORY SOC LET Y. REPORT AND TRANSACTIONS FOR THE Year ending September 30th, 1903. Series II. Vol. HI. CANTERBURY : “ Kentish GAZETTS AND CANTERBURY Press” Orvice. Photo by Adams, Canterbury. Block kindly lent by proprietor of *‘ Canterbury Register.” FREDERIC WILLIAM FARRAR, D.D., F.R.S., Dean of Canterbury. VICE-PRESIDENT OF THE EAST KENT SCIENTIFIC SOCIETY. Born August 7,1831. Interred at Canterbury Cathedral March 27, 1903. Eo lee NT Scientific and ‘\atural fjistory Society, WITH WHICH IS INCORPORATED THE Canterbury BWhotographic Society. AFFILIATED WITH THE ROYAL PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY AND S.E. UNION. ESTABLISHED 1857. Rooms :—BEANEY INSTITUTE, HIGH STREET, CANTERBURY. REPORTS AND TRANSACTIONS for the year ending September 30th, 1903. SE RIikEts it. WwW OL. Itt. Edited by the Hon. Secretary, A. LANDER, Ph.C,, F.S.M.C., The Medical Hall, Canterbury, To whom all communications should be sent. East Kent VYatural Xistory Society. EEE OFFICERS 1903-04. President : S. HARVEY, Esgq., F.I.C., F.C.S. Vice-Presidents : THE VERY REV. THE DEAN OF CANTERBURY, MATTHEW BELL, Esq., CAPTAIN J. GORDON Mc DAKIN, REV. A. J. GALPIN, M.A. Treasurer : W. P. MANN, Esq., B.A., Simon Langton Schools. Librarian : Mr. FIDDIAN. Committee : F. BENNETT GOLDNEY, Esq. W.H.NETHERCLIFT, Esq., Captain STEAD, H. M. CHAPMAN, Esq., G. RIGDEN, Esq., W. COZENS, Esq., SIBERT SAUNDERS, Esq., W.H. HAMMOND, Esq. Hon. Secretary : Mr. A. LANDER, The Medical Hall, Canterbury. Assistant Secretary : Mr. E. B. HAYWARD, 6 Burgate Lane, Canterbury. Local Secretaries or Referees. To organise special observation and investigation, and report upon definite subjects, in accordance with the suggestions of the British Association. ce The Members of the Society are invited to assist the work of the Sub-Committees by giving notice of any facts or occurrences relating to the subjects of investigation named to the General Secretary, or to the Local Secretary, who will always be glad to receive tke informatian, and tender any advice or assistance in their, power. Botany : The Misses Hotmes AnD PHILLPOTTS. Coleoptera : B. F. Maupson, Esq. Entomology : StpNEY Wess, Esq. Hymenoptera, etc. : Rev. W. M. Ropwe tt. Lepidoptera : F, A. Smauu, Esq. Marine Zoology: Stznrt SaunpeRrs, Esq. Ornithology : H. Meav-Briaas, Esq. Photography : W. H. Hammonn, Esq. Meteorology : A. LANDER. FIRST WINTER MEETING.—OCTOBER 14th, 1902. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS BY MR. SIDNEY HARVEY. After the usual annual business meeting held in the Beaney Institute on October 14th, the Presi- dent gave his annual address, in the course of which he said :—It is usual on such occasions as the present to review the work of the past year, but, I think, as I have only a short time at my disposal this evening, I will endeavour to say something to stimulate our members to take en- couragement from the example of the workers in the past. The year has been a very memorable one, firstly, because our Society had the temerity to invite the Congress to meet in Canterbury, the Congress of Natural History Societies, memorable on account of the new Education Bill, and the questions cropping up from it in regard to technical and secondary education, but with these details I will not deal. I think we may take a great deal of encouragement from the famous meetings we had during the Congress. First of all we had a grand display of articles of interest ; specimens of ratural history, fossils, stone imple- ments, plants, marine life, and objects geaerally suitable for such atime and sucha gathering. The old City had the honour of being the place selected by Dr. Jonathan Hutchinson, LL.D., F.R.S., for giv- ing his famous paper on “Leprosy.” Itmightseem a strange subject for such a Congress, but in my humble opinion a very appropriate one. We all know how skilfully, exhaustively, and splendidly he dealt with it. He did the City and the Con. gress a great honour by giving his first utterances on the subject on that occasion. I had bad some thoughts of making a general series of remarks upon fhe progress of science in this country during modern times. but I found that the time allotted me this evening would not allow me to touch more than the fringe of the subject ; therefore I have felt driven to ccnfine myself’ to speaking to you about those who have done so much to foster and help on the study and love of natural history pursuits in Kent, so far as I feel justified by forty-two years’ knowledge of them. Continuing, the speaker mentioned first of all William Harvey, the great discover of the circu- lation of the blood, and to whose immortal memory a statue has been erected near the Leas, at Folke- stone ; mention was next made of Stephen Grey, who in the eighteenth century, was in the fore- front of electrical discovery, and suffered persecu- tion for maintaining, in 1720, that electricity and lightning had something in common with each other ; this was many years before Franklin’s celebrated discovery. James Six, a Canterbury chemist, who in 1780 made regular meteorological observations. He placed one thermometer on the top of the tall Cathedral tower, another on St. Thomas’ Hill, and a third in his own garden, and compared these every day, and thus learnt a good deal about the earth’s radiation. He invented for these experiments the well-known registering maximum and minimum thermoweter which bears his name, and thousands of which are sold and are in constant use at the present time. His papers were read before the Royal Society. rses of coins died out in Stephen’s reign, thenceforth the design was a simple plain cross, extending to the edge of the metal, with one or two circles containing inscriptions intersecting it, and this continued in silver money until the time of Henry VII., who placed the cross over a shield with coat of arms, so familiar to us. But if the beauty of the silver thus stood still, it was far otherwise with the more precious gold currency, which from the earliest time was more greatly favoured, whether from the metal taking the impression of the die easier, or whether the more prized material was thought worthier of skilled design we cannot say, but at the date wheu Henry III. thought any coin quite good enough for the silver penny, that which is known as his gold one was really elaborate. Of the latter there are not many examples, and it is generally supposed to be a pattern for a coin, intended to be, but never actually issued from the Mint. Most likely this was the case, for it has no distinctive name, that of the gold penny having been given it because in size it was almost identical with the coin in circulation. Mr. Montague’s specimen, the last offered for sale, realised £300. This piece was, as I have already said, not followed by any other gold money until the reign of Edward IIL. for as a sheep in those days was only valued at nine-pence, a currency of so large a value was scarcely needed. Edward the Third also broke the monotony of the penny coinage by issuing groats or gross pennies, of four times the value of the former; he also put in circulation pieces of smaller denominations, which were much wanted, halfpence and farthings, these, excepting those during Alfred’s reign, having been made by cutting the pennies in pieces to the size de- sired. The dreadful penalties of mutilation enacted by Henry against defacers of the King’s coins seem to have led to this innovation, as no doubt it was felt an anachronism to deprive a man of his life or a limb for clipping a piece of money, whilst allowing him to cut one in pieces for bartering purposes. The feeble rule of Henry III in the latter years of his reign, and the increasing power of his Barons had led toa height of corruption of the money unknown before in this kingdom and this continued until Edward III.’s time, so much so, indeed, that foreign merchants refused at last to briug over their commodities, and every marketable article for many years became very dear. Edward III's first step upon ascending the the throne was to remedy this issue of bad monies ; he inflicted severe fines upon the offenders, who comprised all classes, even to the nobility and 7 clergy, and of course the Jews, who were almost signalled out for the purpose. Harding’s chronicle says :— The King then did great right and justice Upon clippers and peirers of the coyne And newe money made, that then might suffice OF silver plate made out of Boloyne The grote, half-grote. all in newe coyne He coynd farst penny, halfpeny and fearthing. There is considerable poetical license in these lines, the new coinage was made in 1344, the word Boulogne is used instead of Calais, only to rhyme with coyne, and Calais itself only surrendered to Edward in 1347 whilst its mint was established the following year, and he certainly first did not coin pennies, but perhaps the rhymer wished to imply that Edward issued these smaller denomin- ations before proceeding with the more important gold pieces, the only issue to the public that had been made since the old British darics. The style~ of piece now set up for the first time, because the model for the gold monies of several reigns with but slight modifications, thus the initial letter of the King’s name might be placed upon the side of the vessel, or upon the flag, or even upon the mast, or the latter might be supplanted by a cross with the letter upon it. The reverse bore a double ornamental cross with badge in the eeptre with initial letter and leopards and ccowns between the arms of the cross, or a sun occupied the centre. Early English gold coins from their grand appearance received the name of nobles, and equally in this country as upon the Continent the smaller pieces were denominated, called either from the places of mintage or the devices impressed upon them. In this way we get the leopard, the chaise, for the King seated, the salute, when a picture of the annunciation occupies the reverse, the Angel for the same and the Angelot for a smaller piece, the George for the patron Saint slaying the dragon, the ryal or royal which sup- planted the noble, the spur ryal from the sun (adopted by Edward IV. as an emblem of his success at the battle of Barnet, in 1471, when a parhelion was visible through the morning mist which partly covered the field) but misunderstood by the people in general when they saw it upon his coins, and thought to represent the rowels of a spur, and numerous others. One of these isa coin ot Edward IV.’s successor, Richard II., the inserip- tion calls him King of England and France, Lord of Ireland and Aguitaine, the other belongs to Henry VI.; the great beauty of this coin is quite in keeping with the age when architecture was at its height, and the ornamented and elaborated cross is most characteristic. The singular text of scripture chosen for the reverse has never been satisfactorily explained. It is taken from Luke, chap. 4, v.30, “ Jesus passing through the midst of them went His way.”’ We first see iton Edward III.’s coins; some think the King upon a foggy day sailed through the midst of an hostile fleet upon his return from Scotland, others regard it as a metaphor that in spite of opposition the monarchy would pursue its course. There is no historical ground for the first surmise, and the second is too far fetched to be tenable, probably it was only a short biblical quotation, without much point or signification even to those of the day. ‘The other coin is the sovereign of Henry VIIL., the first coiner of these pieces, their intrinsic value at the present day about £35 each. Giants of skill and design in art lived in the reign of Charles I, but apart from the biblical mottoes we look in vain for any especial Christian emblems excepting the simple cross formed by the divisions of the heraldic shield of arms on the reverse of his coins, but there is one notable exception on a pattern piece designed by the cele- brated Briot but never admitted into circulation, in this individual specimen the shields representing England, France, Scotland and Ireland are placed cross fashion a plan afterwards ad pted in Charles Il’s. reign and continued with intermissions to the present day. Charles was very fond of having fresh issues of his coins and throughout the most troublous times of his reign he recouped himself by the profits made out of the coinage, never debasing the standard as many of our monarchs have done. Among his examples there ure several that fetch long prices when brought to thea hammer. He would carry specimens in his pockets and from time to time take one out and admire it, even when engaged upon affairs of state, a pattern five broad piece of the weight of seven hundred and thirty-two grains was thus carried by him, and he presented it to Bishop Juxon on the scaffold, just before his execution. The nation has lately become the purchaser of this unique piece tor the price of £770. There was another pattern crown by Briot, it was sold at Montague’s sale for £50 and has a pedigree of no less than eight names of former possessors, The celebrated Oxford Crown with a view of the city, the value of this piece. may be estimated by a pewter ~copy of it having lately realised £5 at auction. Crom- well, in the coins of the Commonwealth, reintroduced the cross in a bold and uncommon manner, namely, by making it synonymous for the country as part of the arms, and it is noteworthy that he omitted the St. Andrew’s Cross for Scotland. No doubt this gave great offence, although I do not find it anywhere so statei, but he rectitied this error in his own coins, which some Say were never put in circulation. His own likeness is a very striking portrait. When Charles II. ascended the throne he returned at first to the style of his father’s money, or at least to one of the many of his types. The story of his portrait being reversed upon his coins because he would not look in the same direction as Cromwell (to the left) is untenable, but it is necessary to mention it because succeeding monarchs heads have ever since been turned upon their money the opposite way to their predecessors. There was no greatness of character about this Charles, and he showed in many ways a petty mind. He dismissed from office the minters, designers, and artificers, siuply because they had worked for Cromwell, and dated his coins from, not the time of his accession to the throne, but the year of the death of his father, a time when he himself was in exile, an absurdity in itself. This dismissal in the case of the celebrated Simon, who had worked for his father as well as Cromwell, led to the striking of one of our most celebrated silver pieces,the Petition Crown ; only a few of these,some say thirteen in all, are known, and when sold they realize from £150 to £300 each, according tocondition. The petition is around the edge (instead of graining) ; it runs thus :—‘ Thomas Simon most humbly prays your Majesty to compare this his tryall piece with the Dutch and if more truely drawn and embossed more gracefully ordered and more accurately engraven to relieve him.” Simon was not relieved, retired to France, where he was occasionally employed and sometime afterwards died in poverty. In addition to the quotation from St. Luke's Gospel already quoted, the following texts and mottoes are to be found upon our English coins, almost invariably they are in Latin, but several belonging to the Commonwealth and Cromwell are in the vernacular. For obvious reasons they are here all translated :— Render unto Cxsar the things that are Cesar’s. xxii Matt. 21. Thy word is a light unto my feet. cxix Ps., 105 y. O Lord not in thy fury. xxxvili Ps., 1, Edward IIT and Richard IT. In Thee O Lord have I put my trust. liv Ps., 4. His enemies will I clothe with shame. exxii Ps., 18. What God hath joined together ete. xix Matt., 6. The fear of the Lord is a fountain of Life. xiv Prov., 27, Let God arise and let His enemies be scattered. lxviii 1epa le It is the work of the Lord and it is marvellous in our eyes xxi Matt., 42. Mene, tekel, upharsin. Warbeck’s groats. Others bore various paraphrases of scripture mottoes ard aphorisms. I cannot conclude this review of coinage and Christian emblems without one remark that you will find quite easy to verify. The Christian symbols almost invariably refer to the individual as well as to his money, as did those of the Roman Emperors ; even during the great struggle for supremacy between the houses of York and Lancaster, the country was slowly progressing in religious life, and the whole of that time, the cross appeared upon the coinage, whenever the cross was absent from the monarch or his money, England was forced backwards. Her flag has never been so respected and her influence never so great amongst foreign nations as in the great reigns of Elizabeth, Cromwell and Victoria, and even coins have their own tales to tell, apart from the collectors love of acquiring objects of beauty, for his amusement and study. A, hearty vote of thanks was accorded to the lecturer, who then called attention to a collection of British half-crowns which he had placed on the table—a very valuable collection, being worth at the present time about £350. y. Daniel 25. On Perkin FOURTH WINTER MEETING.—NOVEMBER 2sth, 1902. *‘PHOTOGRAPHIC FAILURES AND THEIR REMEDY.’ —By Mr. J. T. SMITH, The fourth meeting was held on November 25, when Mr. J. T. Swith gave an instructive lecture on “ Photographic Failures and their Remedy.” The lecture was fully illu-trated with lantern slides and specimens The lecturer pointed out the causes of most of the failures in the making of photographie negatives and prints, and ex- plained how these negatives could be improved and how to avoid these failures. The lecture should prove of much practical use to our photo- graphic members. FIFTH WINTER MEETING.—DECEMBER oth, 1902. “FISSURE FLOWS OF LAVA.’—By CAPTAIN McDAKIN, R.U.S.I. Pracismeaice The fifth winter meeting was held in the Beaney Institute on Tuesday, December 9, when a lecture was delivered by Captain McDakin, R.U.S.1., on “Fissure Flows of Lava,,’ illustrated by Prismatic Rocks of Stirling Castle, ete. In the course of his discourse, the lecturer said :— 10 A difficulty at the onset presents itself in dealing with the fragment of a large subject to select points for illustration and interest, so I introduce it to your notice as it was presented forty-eight years ago to mine at Stirling Castle. Unfortunately, for picturesque effect and scien- tific investigation, the railway runs ou the wrong side, so that thousands must pass by without being aware of the beauty and interest to be found on taking what is locally known as the Back Walk, a footpath running along the west and north side of this Castle, which is certainly founded on a rock, and that rock once in a state of igneous fusion. The carse of Stirling has its level surface penetrated by three such rocks within about a mile of each other, and in a line running from west to east—Craig Forth, Stirling Craig, and the Abbey Craig, on which now stands the Wallace memorial. Stirling Craig might well be taken asa volcanic core, but on closer inspection these craigs will be found to be interbedded traps tilted more or less on end, having their perpendicular fronts facing the west. ‘I'he hollow under the talus of Stirling Castle is strikingly suggestive of wave action when tides flowed through the valley now occupied by the carse of Stirling. Whether it be a break- water or a sea-cliff, the storm waves striking a perpendicular object rise to a great height and then falling down again, scour out the base of the obstruction, forming a trench or hollow, running parallel to its front. In wet weather I have seen water filling the ditch-like hollow running under the western side of the Castle rock. The dip of the interbedded traps, and wave action will account for the long slope to the east and precipitous western faces of these craizs. In the early morning I have seen from the Castle walls the valley filled with white cloud, but the three craigs rearing their rocky faces above the white billows of mist, like islands in the rock bound inland seas of the west coast. A very remarkable feature of these rocks is their prismatic character. Passing along the Back Walk in a noitherly direction, and looking up about 150 feet above the path, this becemes more and more pronounced, until it culminates at the northern face in a group of columns, one of which has fallen over, and, resting pon its neighbour, forms a natural bridge. The shores of the Clyde and the Island of Arran are seamed with trap dykes. but perhaps one of the most remarkable monuments to volcanic energy and denudation is afforded by the Island of Eigg, where an ancient river gorge of a vanished land has been filled to overflowing by a lava stream, now forming a wall of basaltic columns twelve hundred feet in height. Among the most remarkable examples of tne fissure flow of lava are the marvellous trap dykes that cleave Ben Vorlich, 2,950 feet in height, Loch Lomond, 600 feet in depth, passing through tbe northern extension of Ben Lomond 2,000 feet, and running for seven miles plunge through the waters of Loch Katrine. The extraordinary denudation that has excavated valleys 3,000 feet deep, and dug lochs 600 feet deep out of their rocky beds since this welling up of molten lava, has given to the faceof nature those features that are indicative of their parentage—voleanic action and deundation. The beauties of Oban. the marvels of Skye, Staffa, and the Giant's Causeway, show the extent of the earth’s surface affected by voleanic action, an area caleulated by Sir Archibald Geikie at not less than one hundred thousand square miles having a thickness ia the Island of Mull of three thousand feet. As we occasionally come across the stump of some grand old forest tree, so must we regard what is now left,as but the rvots of the mountains that once reared their peaks in Alpine grandeur. Linking our geology of Kent with this volcanic district is the outlier of the chalk, preserved under a sheet ot lava that forms the Giant’s Causeway, which by chemical action induced by heat and pressure has been transformed into a suberystaline limestone resembling white marble, SIXTH WINTER MEETING.—JANUARY 2oth, 1903. “COLOUR PHOTOGRAPHY.’’—By Mr. FRANK MIALL. The sixth winter meeting was held inthe Beaney Institute on January 20, when Mr. Frank Miall, of Lumiere Ltd., gave a very interesting demon- stration of colour pho'ograpby by the Lumiere process. ‘The whole of the lecture was very a'tentively followed, and the speaker proved how simple a matter it had now become to take true photographs of Nature in all their beautiful and varied hues by means of the above process. 11 SEVENTH WINTER MEETING.—FEBRUARY oth, 1903. “OLD BARTHENWARE AND PORCELAIN.”—By Mr. F. BENNETT- GOLDNEY. Councillor F. Bennett-Goldney gave a very interesting lecture on the above subject on Tues- -diy, February 10, in tne Beaney Institute, when there was a good attendance presided over by Mr. Sidney Harvey. The lecture was illustrated by a very valuable collection of pottery and eaithen- ware, some dating back to 5,000 B.C. In the -course of his remarks the lecturer said :— The connection between pottery and natural history, it may be admitted, is not of a kind which obtrudes itself on the notice of the superficial observer, but I am not disposed to allow that the subject lies together beyond the purview of our £oe ety. The link, indeed, which unites the tea- pot and the dinner-plate with the vegetable and animal worlds can hardly be regarded as of a strictly scientific order, but if natural history be held to include the domain of inanimate no less than a imace nature, then we may justly claim a right to discuss earthenware and percelain as” talling well within the limits of our jurisdiction. Ceramics, in fact, are from one point of view simply a branch of geology. These materials are the sands and clays of the valleysand the granite of the everlast'nz hills. These materials again are treated by processes whick precisely reproduce those which Nature herself employs on a larger scale. ‘l'hey are rendered pure and plastic by water, made har1 and durable by fire. ‘I'he potter in his tiny workshop calls to his aid the primary forces that mould the world itself, the same forces that sift ard sort the ruins of the rocks on the beds of the rivers and the shores of the sea, the same forces that melt the hills and overwhelm the plains with streams of Java. Obviously, in the time at our disposal to-night, it 1s impossible to give more than a mere outline of the origins and general history of pottery. I hope, however, that by a little compression, that a part of our evening at least may be devoted to a short description of some of the Jater manufactures of the 17th, 18th, and 19th centuries, some characteristic specimens of which, in addition to a few of more ancient as well as prehistoric days, are now arranged upon the table before you. Whatever may have been the origin of pottery, there is no doubt whatever that its manufacture was practised at a time altogether beyond the reach of history; any speculation, however, as to when and where pottery was first invented is baffled by other diffi- culties besides the distance of time at which the event took place. Pottery may have been and probably has been independently invented a hundred different times in a hundred different localities. Certainly it was not invented once for all in any special age or country. The art has not diffused itself over the world from one single centre of dispersion only, but from many, and the circumstances attending its invention have probably never been absolutely identical in any two cases. Nor is the use of pottery any absolute test of the civilization of those using it. As Professor Tyler long ago pointed out, the Maoris of New Zealand were barbarians of a distinctly higher type, yet neither they nor the ahitians made earthenware, while the Papuans of New California and Fiji islanders of a consider- ably lower type were potters. Still the potter's art indicates a distinct and considerable advance on the lowest condition of mankind, and th’s remains true in spite of the fact that the posses- sion of the art may not always imply a higher relative civilization on the part of the possessors. In every case probably the art originated in the observation of an accident. Where accidents that might suggest it were abundant although intel- ligent observers were few, the art might be invented earlier than where such accidents were fewer although intelligent observers might be more plentiful. But in spite of its many origins in many lands neither history, tradition, nor mythology have anything to tell us worth telling about the infancy of pottery—the art is not only prehistoric, but premythic. The earliest verbal traditions only carry us back to the potters’ wheel, an ancient engine, doubtless, but a com- paratively late innovation in the manufacture of pottery. It is almost certain indeed that another art practically identical with the art of pottery in every respect, except the final stage of the manufacture, preceded by many ages the art of kindling a fire at will. The basket-maker was an ancient of the world long before the matter of fire taught him how to burn the clay he plastered on certain of his baskets. The more obvious qualities of clay, its hardness when dry and plasticity when wet, must have been familiar from the first ages when mar habited or hunted the hills and valleys of a clay country, but it was not probably untilthestage of human development when the supreme law of self-preservation first taught man to dwell im more or less organised communities in fixed habitations constructed by himself, that clay first came into common use as a building material and for the manufacture of sun- dried pottery. The earliest type of an artificial dwellingplace of sufficientarchitectural pretentions to be called a hut, probably consisted of a number of sticks stuck upright in the ground in a circle and interlaced with twigs or reeds, the roofs, if a roof was necessary, being formed of branches laid cross-wise on the tops of the wattled walls. In any alluvial country where stones were scarce, the roof would be weighted with clods of the soil nearest at hand in order to prevent it being blown away. If large leaves of any kind were laid between the branches, used as rafters, and the 1 the roof, the first shower jd cake the roof into a Whether this or any earth used for weighting followed by sunshine wou more or less solid crust. other of the thousand and one accidents which might enforce the same object lesson really originated the expedition, it is obvious that in the great river flats the idea of plastering an erection of sticks with clay was certain sooner or later to suggest itself. The manufacture, moreover, of a vast number of appliances, both of use and orna- ment, out of clay, would be an inevitable result of any lengthened occupation of a clay country. For all purposes not involving exposure to moisture, sun - dried cracks made by daubing clay on 4 basket - work frame would be almost as useful as real pottery. ‘A considerable advanze in civilization would thus be an accomplisked fact before any means of procuring fire at will were generally known, but it is equally clear that the invention or introduction of an easy means of kindling a fire at will among a community already accustomed to use wattle and daub would inevitably be followed by the dis- covery of the art of making pottery. Accident, due perhaps to ignorance of those unacquainted with the newcomer, or design on the part of an enemy from without, must haveledto many aconflagration of huts largely constructed of the dry branches or stems of trees and reeds. When the flames had done their work the inmates would return to their ruined homes to find their walls and floor, their domestic appliances, possibly their household images, and fetishes, and charms, no longer clay, but brick, terra cotta, that is, cooked earth never again to recover its former properties. Thence- forth familiarity only with the management of fire would be needed to teach the potter’s art. The last process of the manufacture had not been “dis- covered,” it had revealeditself. It seems to have been taken for granted that bricks were, if not the first, at least among the first products of the art of pottery. Asa matter of fact, however, brick- making, though it takes high and early rank among the industries of the prehistoric world belongs to a far later age than the manufacture of pottery. The very oldest known bricks appear _ to have been shaped like those in later ages in a wooden mould ; such moulds, if not made of tools of metal could only have been made with tools of stone of a very ad- vanced type. The inference therefore, seems to be irresistable that if any bricks now known to be in existence are really older than the ages of metal they cannot at most be older than the closing years of the age of pottery. The true relation of early brick architecture to the ceramic age is clearly indicated in the fact that im some of the earliest brick pyramids fragments of pottery have been employed instead of straw in the manufacture of the bricks. The inference of the relative antiguity of the two 1s curiously corroborated in the New World and at another epoch of the world’s history the pyramid of Cholula believed to be the oldest ruin in Mexico js built of unbaked bricks or adobes, but while the clay of the country is as liable to crack in drying as the alluvial mud of Egypt, the mortar requires an admixture of hard substance to render it co- 9 a besive. In this case therefore fragments of pottery have been mixed with the cement instead of with the bricks as in the Valley of the Nile. During the first cycles of the Stone Age man was a pri- soner within the purlieus of the water ways. His movements were inexorably limited to a com- paratively narrow strip of land within easy reach of an accessible supply of fresh water. Wells and tanks as yet, there were none. Wherever Stone Age man has left his implements behind him in localitus which at the time were destitute of water, there ‘t is certain that he possessed some means of carrying and storing water in greater or smaller quantities. What methods of carrying water were open to him? Skins and paunches doubtless were found to be more or less fective where they were to be had, and in cer- tain exceptional seaboards a few large marine bivalves, gourds, husks of large fruits, and possibly the shells of some large tortoise might partly But where roots and truits, and d insects, and world, the supply 0 ducts required wou anything at all were to be had. ‘That some practical substitute tor them was employed seems indisputable, and there is but a single one that can with any likelihood be suggested. It is that the water was carried in baskets n ade water-tight for the purpose. There is no mal difficulty in the way of the suggestion, Even the myth of the Niids tends to confirm its accuracy. The City of Argos, which worshipped them as its tutelar Goddesses told how they lad t water, doubtless in water-proof baskets, d saved the life of its inhabitants. of Argos who in later days invented the story of their punishment in Hades by having to pour water everlastingly i: to baskets not water-proof. The intricate and essential con- nexion between the sister arts of basket makiog and pottery seems hardly to have received its due share of recognition and appreciation. Strange as it seems, pottery and weaving are very close akin,and the origins of both are virtually identical. Both are off-shoots of the primitive art of basket making, itself perbaps the very earliest of the constructive arts as distinguished from the art of shaping a natural obiect into an artificial form- tbe art of pottery seems to have con- trived its first rudimentary anticipations of the ng its first rude the mother art down to our brough into the City an It was an enemy own day, The very gipsy of the arts, she laughs at machinery and steam engines. Such rude implementsas the Stone Age could command, even now are all she requires in the 20th Century for its practice and perfection. Her materials are every where obtain- able, for where one ig absent another is present. Flags and rushes, and sedges, straw and osiers, and twigs and canes, the stiips and fibres of a thousand plants that g10w by the waters or on the uplands she knows how to twine and twist, to ply and plait, and weave into jnnumerable 13 forms of use and ornament. The sea and fresh water shells, the husks of fruit, skull bones of beasts and birds, the larger egg-suells and the horns of many kinds which bad been the cups and platters most frequently in use during the earlier stages of the Stone Age, had doubtless long been superseded and supplemented by vessels of basket work among the less barbaric races who had learnt to make them waterproof. To told a water leaf cup-wise was one of the first devices that would occur to a thirsty savage, who for any reason found it inconvenient to lie down to the stream to drink. ‘The intervening stages between such a contrivance and one of plaited leaves or rushes made water- tight by grease or bieswax or some natural gum are not difficult to follow. When fire became a familiar presence amovg men and its power of converting clay into asubstance capable of resisting the action of water came to be generally recognised it was inevitable that the discovery should influ- ence the manufacture of baskets for holding liquids, even the best of which could not resist the intrinsic superioity of the new substitute. It would be long, however, before the new material would supersede the old, the conspicuous absence ot any perfect or nearly perfect vessels among the mountainous heaps of potsherds which surround the ancient cities, on the banks of the Tigris, Euphrates and elsewhere, seems to point toa transition period of immense duration before it became possible to manufacture an efficient substi- tute for the older wae with certainty and success. But though the old would survive, the new would prevail. The manufacturers of vessels for food and drink, hitherto a basket-maker could now start business as a potter as well if he were minded to use clay in preference to any other material for coating his basket pots and pans. He had only to burn his handiwork in the fire and the shape once given would be everlasting in defiance of the elements. After ages might im- prove on the methods of the art, might more heedfully select, refine and temper the clay, invent new means of shaping and manipulating the clay, of subjecting it to the ordeal of the fire, or ornamenting, glazing and enamelling; but a new material and a new process has given birth toa new art. What the exact sizes and shapes of the first specimens of ceramic art may have been will probably remain undetermined, they can hardly have been identical in any two countries where the discovery was indigenous, but there can be no reasonable doubt that much, if not most, of the earliest pottery was modelled upon some natural, or basket framework. At first sight it might appear strange perhaps that if the shapes of the earliest pottery properly so called indicate conclusively that those vessels were modelled upon basket-wo1k that more ot the earli- est known specimens do not bear an impress of the basket work upon which it was modelled ; or more intentional imitation of it by way of decora- tion. As a matter of fact, however, it was only in very rare cases that any such marks were likely to be distinctly apparent. When clay first came into use for the manufacture of pots and pans, the craftsmen would naturally take for his model a basket ware vessel such as had previously been in use for the same purpose as that to which his earthenware vessel was to be applied. He would not take a mere basket intended to hold things dry as his model for a basin to hold things wet. He would take a basket already covered with some material to makeit water-tight. His clay therefore would not take the impression of the basket work but of the coat of wax or whatever substance it might be with which the basket-work was covered. From the first, therefore, the earthenware thus moulded would reproduce only the general contour of the model, all minor features being effectually dis- guised. The earliest efforts of the age of pottery thus reproduce for us not the actual baskets of the immediately preceding age of stcne, but the vessel for holding water. Much of the oldest pottery comes from the banks of the Nile where 917 different shapes have been discovered in the ancient tombs. The lecturer concluded with a description of the various kinds of pottery and porcelain of differert countries, and gave a history of the origin of the porcelain of Sévres. A cordial vote of thanks was acorded to the lecturer and the meeting having inspected the collection proceeded into the Royal Museum and inspected the valuable collection which has been gathered together by Mr. Bennett-Goldney’s energies. EIGHTH WINTER MEETING.—FEBRUARY 24th, 1903. LANTERN The eighth meeting was held on Tuesday, Febru- ary 24, and took the form of a lantern evening; nearly three hundred slides were shown, being the work of the members, and were much appreciated by those present. The President (Mr. S. Harvey) exhibited a pane of glass covered with the dust that fell on Sunday, February 22, with the rain, and said there was little doubt that it was of volcanic origin, and probably came trom Martinique, where there was a terrible volcanic outbreak last May. ‘The Hon. Secretary (Mr. A. Lancer) also stated that when taking the meteorological observations on Sunday morning, EVENING. Feb. 22, he noticed the roof covered with the dust, and suspecting its volcanic origin he had made en- quiries and found it was noticed all over the south of England. Samples had been sent to the Society from Dover, Bridge, and other places, and these had been carefully examined under the microscope by Mr. Harvey, Mr. W. H. Hammond, and others, and there seemed no reason to doubt its volcanic origin. It was noted that the sun was obscured by a peculiar haze on Saturday, February 21. It is remarkable that the dust should have been in the atmosphere for so many months, and have now fallen such a great distance from the West Indies. 14 NINTH WINTER MEETING.—MARCH 1oth, 1903. ‘(FEATURES OF THE RIVER STOUR.’—By Mr. C, BUCKINGHAM. Mr. Sidney Harvey, F.I.C., F.C.S., presided on March 10 at a well attended meeting held at the Beaney Institute, when an interesting paper on «The River Stour” was read by Mr. C. Bucking- ham. His observations were illustrated by means of about one hundred excellent lantern views. Having touched upon the natural forces which combine, to produce water and the methods of their working, Mr. Buckingham went on to point to the surprising fact that the rivers in the south- east of England for the most part cut through the ranges of hills known as the North and South Downs, instead of following the valleys, But an examination of the materials and strata which composed the surface of the earth in the Weald went to show that the river Stour, as well as all the others (except the Rother, which no doubt, in comparison was a modern river) which drained the Weald, must have existed long before the hills. The lecturer thus proceeded: The causes of our mountain ranges are generally the contraction due tu the general cooling of the earth, causing unequal subsidences, and for those who are not familiar with the Weald I might mention how this upheaval comes about. Starting with the lowest beds, which I have classed as the wealden beds, we learn that possibly many millions of years ago these beds were formed from a fresh water deposit. This stratum alone is 2,000 feet thick, atleast in one place. ‘Then we learn that the sea gained ground and covered all this part of Eng- jJand, although notfor the first time, by any means, and thus the greensand, then gault, and finally chalk were deposited. Somewhere about this time one or other or a combine of the internal forces of which heat, water, and pressure take a good part, and which are continually changing the crust of the earth, gradually upheaved, just as gradual upheavements are going on in some parts of the world to-day, and nodoubt these strata gradually rose to the surface, in the shape of a dome, the longer axis extending from Hampshire into France. Higher and higher the land rose, and as soon as it reached the surface of the sea, the waves no doubt commenced their work in planing off its crest. Jo what extent the sea levelled the highest part it seems impossible to discover ; it may have done very little, or it may have moved the chalk entirely. We may well imagine this erosive action of the sea on the chalk by calling to mind the work gcing on around our coast. So the struggle of upheaval and erosion went on. Finally the upheaval won the day,and the great mound stood high and dry above the level of the sea. If it rosetothe great height which it appears to have done, such an elevated land would, of course, cause a great rainfall by lifting the ficating masses of vapours into colder regions, or, if high enough, become snow-capped. By this time rain and rivers which had no doubt taken advantage of the least inequality in the surface and determined their direction by finding the quickest line of descent, and were busy cutting their furrows. One of these streams was no doubt the stream which man has since named tke Stour. lf we consider the great rainfall and the steep slope from the crest of the dome we shall imagine a river flowing with great velocity on the site of the North Downs. Some may ask how it is the chalk escarpment has remained while the gault, greensand, and wealden beds have weathered down to so low a level. I think if we bear in mind how lively and full of mischief this young river would be, scooping out a groove which it would not be likely to leave, it would cut a valley deep into the surface of the ground. In time the chalk on the crest would be removed, exposing beds of gault and greensand. On these the water would act more rapidly, rain falling near upon the areas would be discharged into the Stour by lateral streams, which would excavate a course fur themselves in the soft clay, and so catch: the water from tbe adjacent slopes. ‘lhus the lateral valleys may have been formed, the floors of which would be kept down to the same level as the rivers. As these valleys would descend very gently these beds would be widened by the meandering streams. It is at one ot these lateral valleys that the Stour now takes the first part of its course. To turn off to the right and takea walk along the brow of the bills above Charing towards the present source of the Stour, is a real pleasure, and it may be interesting to mention that on the crest of these Downs, and on the northern side, is where Mr. Harrison mentions the finding of water-worn flint implements, which, being water-worn, and found with water-worn fragments of chert and sandstone, whose parent beds are those of the lower greensand, proves that they have been rolled down from a higher level, difficult at first to realise when they lie on the crest of hills 770 feet above the sea level ; still, true, this teaches us also that prehistoric man lived on the wealden heights, and that since they were first chipped by man a great thickness has been removed. This, he states, carries man back very many ages before the time be is supposed to have made his appear- ance. A elance back, and Charing still in sight, we are now in the water-shed of the Stour, and working our way down the slope towards Lenham we find the source of the so-called Great Stour. lt may be seen by the map that the Stour flows eastwards in one of the valleys to the south of Ashford and there meets the East Stour. It then takes a northward course through the Downs towards Canterbury. When I arrived at the stop where I expected to find the source of our river, I got off my bicycle to find someone who could direct me toit. Isaw an old man in his garden, adjoining a cottage, who was able with a certain 1 amount of pleasure to inform me that the spring was at the bottom of his garden. ‘his spring now appears very feeble. About 500 yards nearer Len- bam, thatis to the left along the Maidstone Road, is another spring of greater power, which has been utilised by man by banking to form a pond; the stream flows from the further right-hand eorner. When I am at such a spring as this, leaded with mineral matter, I always feel inclined to consider the hills through which the water has penetrated, for by so doing it has deprived ‘the earth of some of its constituents. A few miles down at Great Chart we find it still a small stream flowing in one of the lateral valleys of the Weald. As it nears Hothfield it flows through an alluvial deposit and soon meets the East Stour, just south of Ashford. The East Stour rises at Postling and is supplied with a spring of considerable force ; at the fuot of the chalk hill it gushes out as from a subterranean river. It was rather interesting to follow this stream down some little way, for it has evidently cut a very deep channel. A little further down I was shown the place where there ounce stood a mill, the mill pond appearing to-day asa hollow. Also just below there are indications of a fairly large pond. Both of these have been left high and dry, the stream having cut deeply into the earth. The chalk hill in the distance, although a bit isolated, is part of the North Downs. If we take a trip along the foot of these hills west- wards towards Ashford, several springs will be crossed, and to consider the amount of. mineral matter in solution and matter in suspension being carried down by each one of these streams into the river day and night, year after year, cradually levelling down the land to build out at sea, reminds us what a powerful instrument of Nature water is. As we near Ashford the face of the Downs turns at an angle towards Wye. The same thing happens with the escarpment coming fromCharing,forming atriangular piece of alluvium deposit through which theriver now meanders. The Wye Downs may be seen weathered down to the valley of the river and the faint outline on the left represents the Downs at Eastwell,which were once -continuous across to Wye Downs. Here the river has taken a northeru course and in following it up we face the valley through the Downs which the river has ent, but glancing at the river to-day in its old age, flowing so slowly that it does not even move enough stone or mud to the sea to keep its path straight, we remember that the power of a river depends upon the quantity of its water and the pace at which it flows along, and the greater these be, the greater the effect of the moving water ; then put the river back to its earliest level, something like 1,000 feet at this part higher than its level to-day, and complete the strata behind, then everything favours the impression that the Stour in its young days was lively and full of mischief, scooping out the pictorial valley which lies between Ashford and Canterbury. Now, such an occurrence as this, rivers cutting valleys, often happens, and the height, shape, and all the characteristics of these hills depend upon the material of which they are composed. As an extreme case, we might think of the canyons of Colorado, where valleys exist as gorges, having 5 almost perpendicular cliffs of hard rock over 4,000 feet in depth, or, as we have heard at these meetings, how the Alps hold up their heads resist- ing the forces of Nature through the compression which the strata have received. But not so with our chalk hills; perhaps they have not the grandeur of the canyons of Colorado or the Alps of Switzerland, but they have a charm all their own, being chalk which is easily worked upon by all the torces of Nature, weather hacked, and assume a round topped dome shape form. Wye Downs are well-known I think to most of us, and no doubt all who have climbed the hill from Wye, if it has been a clear day, have enjoyed the view across the Stour valley. In the distince,a few miles across the valley, may be seen the continuance of the North Downs, and this shows us how bysy our river has been in carrying away this enormous quantity of material from the catchment basin. ‘Vhe river we find meandering along through the valley, one glance back from Wye bridge over the vast alluvial deposit and then through several beautiful estates—Olantigh, Godmersham, and Chilham Castle. Our river to-day has got far beyond the stage when it would occupy the whole breadth of the valley, but now, under natural laws, our river,so long as man will allow, meanders about in its alluvial beg. When the water which ran from the upheaved Weald had found its course and begun to cut its valley no doubt it would be contr: lled by exactly the sane laws which we find rivers so true to to- day. ‘he first thing such a stream would do would be to go deeper and deeper into its bed, and this would diminish its slope. As it diminishes its slope it tends more to gurve and then the valleys begin to change their outline. ‘The sides are no longer vertical, but began to slope under the influence of the forces of Nature. And then came the time possibly when the Stour by carrying down sand and mud from higher levels deposited it in its valley and so raised its bed, depositing the alluvial bed through which it meanders. When a river has so adjusted its slope that it neither deepens its bed in the upper course nor deposits material, it is said to have acquired its regimen ; here again it seems difficult to realise anything different to the mere aimless flowing along of our river, and historical matter does not help one in the least, for within histori- cal times, say since Julius Cesar landed on our coast, no doubt our river has changed very little. Nor is it likely that our river has reached its regimen for the first time, but most likely it has reached this peaceful state, and each time, either by a fresh elevation, or perhaps the removal of a barrier, has increased the fall; and yet in ages to come who can say (although there are ne signs of an upheavel or sinking within historical times) perbaps the regimen will again be destroyed, then again would it cut into its bed and leave the level on which we stand as a terrace on the side of the chalk hills, to weather back as terraces have done until, as in most cases, they disappear altogether. We are now nearing Canterbury, and anyone who has walked along the river bank from Wye must have enjoyed the scenery. As we approach Canterbury we will step into the 16 chalk pit, near Thanington Church, and here we can see exposed a portion of the graveland water- worn stones, which were possibly deposited when the river flowed at a higher level ; and which has been brought about by the water percolating through, dissolving the chalk, and allowing the gravel to fall in. Then, if we cross the alluvial deposits at Tunferd, and climb the escarpment known as the A.B.C. steps, we get rather a fine view looking towards Chartbam, while in facing Canterbury we see the City inthe river valley. It was here that I attempted to calculate the quantity of material which the Stour is carrying down. I estimated that about 9,792 cubic feet of water passed down every minute. I took a gallonof water, evaporated it, and found it contained four- teen grains of both soluble and insoluble matter. To sum up this gives us the total of about 71 tons of material being carried into the city, on its way to the sea, every twenty-four hours. Hence the secret of how our river valley has been carved by the mighty forces of Nature. I mentioned a whileago, that rivers, having adjusted their slopes, tend to raise their beds, and going back to Tuntord foramoment,and, looking in the direction of Canter- bury, one will see the trouble which Canterbury has had to contend with until these last few years by flooding. No doubt that before man interfered with the river these floodings were constant at every increased rainfall ; when the whole alluvial deposit would be flooded, depositing the materials whizh the brickmakers are using to-day. ‘hen we Jearn that the ancient name of Canterbury was Duroyernum, meaning the stronghold of the swamp, and at that time when Canterbury was nothing more than a mere cluster of huts, built of rough poles of pine on a platform of logs, our river was the source of a good deal of their flooding, and acted no doubt as a safeguard against fire and enemies. Besides, we learn that huge pine trees were driven into the soil on which the foundations of the Cathedral were laid. Looking across Can- terbury from Tyler Hill gives one some idea of the quantity of material which has been carried away from where our City now stands. From Can- terbury the river meanders through the alluvial deposit to Sturry, on to the ancient port of Ford- wich, but before entering into the historic evidence of the Stour below Fordwich, I will briefly trace the course of a tributary. Perhaps many are more familiar with the portion of the Lesser Stour which flows through Bridge and Patrixbourne, or rather used to flow, for at present it is a dry course. Yet many may remember it some years ago and have watched the speckled trout in the water from one of the bridges, making a very enjoyable scene. This interesting water course is intermittent, flowing jn the same direction as the main river, another relic of the primeval water courses which ran from the upheaved Weald. We might pick it ap near Barham by the “ Black Robin ” public-house, although its source is many miles further up, near Lyminge. Here, during its flowing periods, it is quite a lively stream, and was forded here by con- veyances going to Barham. Now, as it has not flowed for some few years the course has been filled in, and if it were not for the bridge at the side it might he entirely forgotten. The old course travels on towards Bishopsbourne, through Hourne Park, leaving the once beautiful lake quite dry, through Bridge, where very many remember the deep valley, at the bottom of which Bridge picturesquely lies, then on to Patrixbourne, to Bekesbourne, where, near the church, it crosses the railway. This is the last of the dry course, because at a distance of about two hundred yards, near the ruins of Well Chapel, in the shelter of some trees, is a spring, which starts a stream for the remainder of its journey. I might mention that in Norman days the river was tidal near Bekesbourne, no doubt covering the alluvial deposit which extends from here to the Wantsum, while Bekesbourne itself was then an associate of the Cinque Ports. Fol- lowing the stream through Littlebourne, we find the alluvial deposits becoming wider, and at Wick- hambreaux we have a last look at the Lesser Stour. Beyond Seaton Mill flows the river through the marshy lands, being joined a bit further on by a rather important tributary from Wingbam, which I must not enter into to-night, and which finally joins the main Stour in the bed of the Wantsum. ‘Across country again, and back to Fordwich, and one may see by the side of the Stour emblems of its former character, one in th» shape of the old Town Hall. We are now approaching the portion of our river which has undergone the greatest change during historic times, for no doubt when Fordwich was the port of Canterbury, the sea covered the wide expanse of marshes beyord. The silting up of the Wantsum,causicg the inlet to narrow down, brought Fordwich to its present position. I think that the primeval Stour flowed in the same general direction as the Stour does to-day. Winding about in the bed of the ancient inlet until we near Grove Ferry, we have now got beyond the chalk, the strata of which has run down to the river level or perhaps below it, and we find the escarpment here composed of London clay, from the top of which we can see the wide expanse of marsh land that was entirely covered with tidal waves until within historic days. Tt was about at St. Nicholas that the Stour joined the Wantsum. Tt was between the two places of Sarre and Stour- mouth, where, in early history, two ferry boats were continually employed. Later we hear of it being fordable at low tide. Then on it winds its way to- Richborough Castle, on to Sandwich, and yet on for another nine miles. Mr. Hammond has kindly lent a map which shows how the mouth of the river has been driven north during several centuries, and the power responsible for this is the Eastward Drift, which seems to be a combina- tion of the forces of the flood tides, meeting in the Channel, and the prevalence of south-west winds, which at all favourable times take up the move- able substances in the bed of the Channel, and scatter them on our south-east coast ; pebbles- being deposited first, and sand being held longer, carried further up—it is this sand being deposited which has driven the mouth of our river north. ‘At the conclusion of the lecture a hearty vote of thanks was passed to Mr. Buckingham on the proposition of Captain MacDakin, seconded by Mr. W. P. Mann. ' 17 TENTH WINTER MELTING,—MARCH 31st, 1903. “OZOTYPH.’—By Mr. T. MANLY. The audience at the tenth winter meeting held in the Reference Library of the Beaney Institute on Tuesday, March 31, learnt more about “ Ozo- type ’—the pew carbon and guw printing process in connection with photography—tban they could giean from text books. ‘The inventor, Mr. T. Manly, was the medium of this instruction, and demonstrated the powers of his new discovery by developing some prints on the spot. Mr. 8. Harvey presided over the proceedings, and at the outset moved the following resolution, which was carried 1n silence : “* That this Society 1s deeply sensible of the loss sustained by the death of one of its vice-presidents, the late Dean of Canterbury, and desires to acknowledge the ready help and sympathy always manifested by him during the whole of his residence in the City, and more especially or the occasion of the late Congress of the South-Eastern Union of Scientific Societies held here in June last, on which ocvasion the laie Dean and Mrs. Farrar entertained the meubers.” He (Mr. Harvey) had always entertained the deepest love and affection for the late Dean. They were educated together under the same roof at King’s College, London. Dr. Farrar had shown his intense kindness and regard for young people. He felt sure they would all miss him very much indeed, but his memory would live after bim.—The lecturer was thenintroduced. He explained that the “Ozotype” is a modification of the carbon pro- cess, and produces permanent pictures in various monotints of high artistic quality. Dealing with the advantages, he said these lay in the production of a distinctly visible print-out image upon the surface which is to form the support of the pic- ture ; the initial print and subsequent pictures are correctly rendered in regard to right and left, therefore no transfer is required. —At the same meeting Mr. Hammond exhibited two distinct species of violets—the Viola Sylvatica and Viola Hirta. These flowers bear such striking resem- blance to the Canina tribe, that to distinguish them is well nigh impossible for the inexperienced eye.—At the close a hearty vote of thanks was accorded the lecturer. ELEVENTH WINTER MEETING.—APRIL 14th, 1903. “INSECTIVOROUS PLANTS.”—By Prorzssor G. S. BOULGER. The eleventh winter meeting was held on Tuesday, April 14th, ac the Beaney Institute. Mr. Sidney Harvey, F.1.C., F.C.S , presided, and the company also included Capt. McDakin, Mr. W. H. Hammond, Mr. Lander (Hon. Sec.), Mr Walter Cozens, Mrs. and Miss Harvey, Mr. Ledger, Miss Phillpotts, Mrs. Bowler, Mr.and Mrs. Smith, etc. The Chairman read a letter from Mrs. Farrar, conveying her grateful thanks for the vote of con- dolence forwarded by the Society, and observing that it was always a pleasure to the late Dean if he could in any way show that he belonged to the City of Canterbury. The Chairman mentioned that the exhibits on the table included three asparagus roots which showed very curious growth, in that they had penetrated one another. Also a collection of prim- roses from Miss Phillpotts and three flowering specimens of Herb Paris. The Hon. Secretary mentioned that the Royal Photographic Society recently offered six bronze medals for competition by members of Societies like their own. Six members sent six slides each. Altogether there were about 1,500 slides for the competition. It was almost an impossibility to gain one of the medals, but five of the slides sent by Canterbury competitors were starred and the Society had heen so pleased with them that they intended to purchase them. They were purchasing about 80 or 90 of the slides to form a collection. ''wo of the slides starred were sent by Mr. Ham- mond, two by Mr. Snell, and one by Mr. C. Buck- ingham. There were only three Societies in the kingdom whose members had had more slides pur- chased than their own. Professor G.S. Boulger, F.L.S., F.G.S., F.R.H.S., next proceeded to deliver an admirable lecture on the subject of “ Insectivorous Plants,’ both models and lantern slides being used in the illustration of his remarks. ‘I'hat plants should capture insects by means of their leaves and digest them with their bodies seemed, he remarked, exceptional and contrary to our usual conception of plant life. This habit exhibited by certain plants was, however, a development rather than something altogether new in plant life. Insectivor- ous plants appeared to live almost exclusively in situations where the supply of nitrates was likely to besmall. ‘he three-fingered saxifrage developed a stickiness apparently in protection of its boney ; by it insects were captured, but it was doubttul whether they were digested or absorbed. It was 18 among the Dicotyledonous family that insectivor- ou: plants were met with;some of them assimilated nitrogen in the form of liquid manure from the decomposed bodies of the insects caught by them, while in other cases the sticky secretion gave place to electrical action. In the case of the Venous fly trap, when touched by a nitrogenous body the two halves of the leaves closed up and crushed the captured insect. Secretion was then exuded, and after the juices had been absorbed the leaf again unfolded, permitting the indigestible portion of the body to be blown away. There was a tendency on the part of these plants to become red after the absorption of nitrogenous matter, this being attributed to what was known as the aggregation of protoplasm. Milk biscuit, remarked the lecturer, was about the best food to give to insectivorous plants. Professor Boulger dealt at length with the habits of the side-saddle plants, bladderworts, and butterworts, pitcher plants, the sundew family, and other specimens; he spoke of the antiquity of the habit, as evidenced by taxonomy and geographical distribution, its value to the plant, and its bearing on Evolution. In conveying the thaoks of the gathering to the lecturer, the Chairman said they had hada most exhaustive, instructive, and interesting lecture (hear, hear) . LAST WINTER MEETING.—APRIL 28th, 1903. ‘(BATTLEFIELDS OF KENT.’’—By Rev. H. HOUSMAN, BD. The last meeting of the session was held on April 28 at the Beaney Institute when there was a very fair attendance of members. Mr. W. H. Hammond had a grand exhibit of rare plants including herb Paris, toothwort, snakes head, and several species of violets. He also exhibited a robin’s nest which had been built ina table lantern, and a stem of hornbeam, which had grown around a honeysuckle, embedding it, also a large number of so-called earstones of fishes. Mr. i. Bing sent a most remarkable fuchsia blossom in which the stamens were outside instead of inside the flower. Mr. A. Lander reported that Mr. Brian Rigden had presented a book to the library * Dove on the distribution of heat on tke surface of the globe,” an interesting feature of the gift being that it at one time belonged to Admiral Fitzroy aud bore his signature with the date 1854. The Rev. W. M. Rodwell had made a second presentation of a number of microscopic slides some of which were very valuable and interesting. The Hon. Sec. read the report of the Society’s delegate (Mr. S. W. Harvey) at the annual meet- ing of the Affiliation of Photographic Societies. The report gave some very good suggestions as to the manner in which much useful work might be carried out by the societies. The Hon. Secretary reported that a Bill was about to be introduced into Parliament for the pre- servation of the rarer English plants and thus pre- vent their extinction through the manner in which many were dug up and carried away by professional collectors, and he proposed that a resolution be passed by the Society expressing approval of the aim in view. This was seconded by Mr. W. H. Hammond who at the same time, did not want the law made as stringent as some asked so as to prevent children gathering a bunch of wild flowers, but simply to prevent the wholesale extinction of the rarer plants. At some of the village railway stations he had seen young people with baskets full of our rarer orchids, dug up by the roots. Such wanton destruction ought to be put a stop to, otherwise these plants would become extinct. The resolu- tion was carried unanimously. The special paper of the evening was one written by an honorary member of the Society, the Rev. H. Housman, B.D. Rector of Bradley, Redditch. The Hon. Secretary stated that, unfortunately, the rev. gentleman was unable to be present, but Mr. Cuthbert Gardner had consented to read the paper for him. The rev. gentleman was writing a series of papers on English battlefields and had commenced with those of the county of Kent. It was suggested that the members of the photo- graphic section might make a pilgrimage to the various sites spoken of and take a series of photo- yraphs during the coming summer. Mr. Cuthbert Gardner then read the paper which proved very interesting and instructive. In his introductory observations the writer observed : “The geographical position of Kent has from earliest times marked it as tempting to the eye of the invader. It isthe only county of England that can be seen from the opposite coast, and from the time of Casar—and doubtless long before—down to that of Napoleon, its white cliffs have awaken- ed the lust of conquest. Hence the battles that have been fought on Kentish soils have an especial interest. It was here that the Roman first set his foot; it was here that the Teuton first raised the standard of the horse. It is true that the adjoining county of Sussex witnessed the supreme struggle of all, and that the great historic battles were fought more inland, still the earliest efforts of snecessive conquerors were made on Kentish soil. How can we forget that a mightier banner than that of the horse and a nobler conqueror than either Roman or '{euton were welcomed to the land of Kent when Augustine and his dauntless companions landed at Ebbsfleet. The following pages were written, not so much to describe the many fights which have taken place in this brave old county, as to point to the places where they were fought, and so to preserve many a glorious memory over which the silt of the stream of time has gradually been accumulating, and which in some instances it has almost cbliterated. “Tf this work should possess any value, that value will consist in arousing the notice of the historians and archeologists of the county to its short-com- ings and omissions. Many a local tradition, em- ‘bodied it may be in local names, may preserve the memory of battles which Listory has not recorded, and to collect and preserve these would add to the interest of the county. “The materials with which I have built up these pages are drawn mainly from the Saxon and other old English chronicles, and from our chief histor aas, especially the works of Professor E. A. Feeemio; the reader will see for bimself how much [ ain indebted to the Rev. Francis T.Vine’s admirable ‘ Cesar in Kent.’” After a :eference to the stand made by the Britons, under Vortigern, at Aylesford against the Teutonic invader in 455, the author proceeded to quote at length from the Rev. Francis Vine’s well-known “Caesar in Kent” regarding the mem rable battles witnessed on Barham Downs ; aiso to pa t events at Bursted. Canterbury. The traditional sanctity of the Metropolitan City afforded it no protection from Danish ferozity. The fire which destroyed the City in 754 is only what might have been expected in days when houses were built mainly of wood, and need not be laid to the charge of au enemy. 839. We first hear of the Danes at Canterbury in 839, when the short but significant entry occurs in the Chronicle, “This year there was great slauzhter at London, and at Canterbury, and at Kc .ester.” 851. This determined enemy wintered in Thanet for the first time in 851, and “the same year came three hundred and fifty ships to the mouth of the Thames, and the crews landed and took Canterbury and London by storm.” 1009. Again in 1009 the Danes tried to storm the City, but the citizens, with the people of East Kent, quickly sued for peace, and obtained it on payment of three thousand pounds. 1011. But this ill-gotten peace did not last long. The enemy came again, and on the 8th S ,ptember, 1011, they dug a trench round Canter- bury and laid seige to it. Florence thus describes the attack : “On the twentieth day of the siege, through the treachery of Alfmar, the Archdeacon, whose life Archbishop Alfhead (Saint Alphege) had formerly saved, one quarter of the City was set on fire, the army entered, and the place was taken; some of the townsmen were put to the sword, others perished in the flames, many were thrown headlong from the walls; matrons were dragged by their hairthrough thestreetsof thecity, and then cast into the fire and burnt to death ; in- fants, torn from their mothers’ breasts, were caught on the points of spears or crushed in pieces under the wheels of waggons.” The chronicle adds: “And they remained within the city afterwards 19 as long as they would. And when they had thoroughly searched the city, then went they to their ships and led the Archbishop with them.” The story of the martyrdom is thus told in the Chronicle : MXII. In this yearcame Eadric the Alderman, and all chief Witan, priests and laymen of the English to Lordon, before Easter— Easter Day was that year on the Ides of April (April 13) and they were there so long as until all tribute was paid, after Easter ; that was eight and forty thousand pounds. Then on the Saturday was the army much stirred against the Bishop, because he would not promise them any money and forbade that any thing should be givenfor him. They were also very drunken, for wine had been brought there from the south. Then took they the bishop and led him to their husting on the eve of Sunday the octave of Easter which was on the 13, before the Kalends of May (April 19), and him then shamefully slaughtered. They pelted him with bones and the horns of oxen, and then one of them struck him with an axe-iron on the nead, so that with the blow he sank down, and his holy blood fell on the earth, and his holy soul he sent to God’s Kingdom. nd on the morrow the dead body they carried to London, and the Bishops Eadnoth and Alfkiun and the townsmen received it with all worship, and buried in St. Paul’s min- ster, and there God now manifesteth the miracu- lous powers of the holy martyr.” To this account in the Chronicle, Professor E. A. Freeman adds “ Thus it stands in the Chronicle ; the account there must have been written within eleven years, for in 1023 Alfheah’s body was trans- lated, that is solemnly moved, from London to Canterbury. Florence says that on Saturday April 19, the Danes told #lfheah that he must pay three thousand pounds for his life and free- dom; if not, they should kill him as it is said in the Chronicle. He adds that the Dane who at last killed him was one Thrum, whom he had converted and baptized in his prison, and had confirmed only the day before. Thrum did it, they say, “ moved by animpious piety,” that is, he wished to put an end to Alfheah’s sufferings. Thietmar says that #lfheah had promised to pay the Danes money to let him go, and had fixed a time, but when the time came, he said he had none to pay, and told them to do what they pleased with him. Healso says that Thurkill, the Danish Earl, tried to save Hlfheah, but the other Danes would not hearken. This is said to have happened at Greenwich, where the church of St. Alphege now stands. The story that the Danes were enraged against the saint because he refused to give up the treasures of Canterbury Cathedral looks like a monastic embellishment, inserted to give the Archbishop’s death a still stronger aspect of martyrdom. The victories by Hengist and #sc kis son over the Britons in 456-7 were next reviewed, also the landing of Julius Cesar in 55 B.C. at Deal, and various events in the past history of Dover. Dover. 1051. The first time that Dover was the scene of a recorded conflict was in 1051 but what 9 a happened then scarcely deserves the name of a battle, being rather a riot, when the men of the town rose en masse to defend their rightsas English- men against the insolence of foreigners. Tbe story isthus charmingly told by Professor E. A. Freeman. “Drogo, of Mantes, the husband of the King’s (Edward the Confessor’s) sister, was dead, and she married another Frenchman, Eustace, Count of Boulogne. So, not long after his marriage, Count Eustace came over, like other people, to see his brother-in-law, and got from him all that he asked for. Then he turned about to go home. So he and his men came to Dover, and, thinking they might do just what they pleased, Count Eustace and some of his followers wanted to lodge in the house of one of the townsmen against his will. When the master of the house would not let them in, they killed him; meanwhile his fellow-towns- men had come to help him, and there was a general battle, in which about twenty people were killed on each side. But at last Count Eustace and his men were driven out of the town; so they rode back to the King, who was at Gloucester, and told him the story their own way, making out that it was not they who were to blame, but the men of Dover. So King Edward was very wroth,and badeHarlGodwine, as Dover was in his Earldom, go and chastise the people of the town for the wrong done to his brother-in-law. . So he answered the King plainly that he would do nothing of the kind; no man in his earldom should be put to death without trial; if the Dover men had done anything wrong, let their magistrates ba brought before the meeting of the wise men, and there be tried fairly.” 1066. On October 21, seven days after the great battle at Senlac, William the Conaueror marched to Dover with the intent to besiege the Castle which Harold had strengthened with the latest improvements of Norman military art. But the fortress submitted to the Conqueror without a blow being struck. ‘ But,” says Professor Freeman, “some of the unruly soldiers of his army felt them- selves defrauded of their expected plunder, and they betook themselves to|the wonted Norman means of destruction. Fire was as freely used at Dover asit had been at Mayenne orat Dinan, but this time it was used without any order from Duke William for its use. A large part of the town was burned. But the politic liberalty of the Duke made good their losses to the owners of the destroyed houses, and the offenders were only sheltered from punish- ment by their numbers and by the baseness of their condition. William remained at Dover eight days. He further strengthened the fortifications of the Castle, which now received that Norman garrison with which Harold had failed to people it. The sick, who were a numerous body, were left behind, and William marched on, ready to receive other surrenders or to subdue other enemies.” 1067, December 8. Sixteen years after Count Eustace of Boulogne had _ been driven ignominiously away from the town by the spirited defence of the townsmen, Dover received a second visit from the same cowardly foe. The men of Kent, writhing under the iron rule of Bishop Odo of Bayeux and Hugh de Montford, revolted, and in their despair sought the aid of Eustace to free them from Norman 0 tyranny. The enterprise was planned in folly and ended in utter disgrace. On his landing, Eustace was joined by a large English force and anticipated an easy victory. But the Castle held its own bravely, and atter a fight which lasted for several hours, the besieged made a sally and utterly routed the besiegers. “ Their loss was: frightful,” says Freeman, “but, though the Norman horsemen followed on the fliers, slaying and taking captives, yet the smallest number of those who fell that day were those who were slain by the sword. Some, seeking to escape the horse- men, strove to climb the steep heights on either side of the town. Butin their flight and hurry and ignorance of the paths, the most part of them perished by falling over the rocks. Some threw aside their arms, and were dashed to pieces by the mere fall ; others, in the general c nfusion and entanglement, received deadly wounds from their own weapons or from those of their comrades. Some contrived to reach the coast unhurt, but as they crowded recklessly into their ships, the frail vessels sank, and many of them perished. Eustace, the man whose crime had been the beginning of evils, the man who had slaughtered the burghers of Dover in their streets and in their houses, the man whose one exploit in the great battle had been to wreak a coward’s spite on the body of the dying Harold,” managed to reach his ship and so escaped. 1069. Once again, in 1069, the garrison of Dover Castle beat off an invader. The huge fleet of two hundred and forty ships sent by Swegen, King of Denmark, to deliver England out ef the hand of the conqueror made its first attack on Dover. No detailed account of this attack is pre- served. All we know is that it was unsuccess- ful. 1216. When Louis, soa of Philip Augustus, came in 1216 to claim the kingdom of England, King John was at Dover, but on the approach of Louis he deserted the Castle, leaving it in the cbarge of Hubert de Burgh, who kept his charge so mantully that the French army, after ravaging the whole of the district, had to leave the Castle untaken.” 1265. During the war of the Barons, which culminated in the victory for the Royalists at Evesham, the Castle of Dover was in the hands of the King’s enemies. ‘‘ But,” says Holinshed, “in some writers we find it thus recorded, that when certeine prisoners which were kept by the Barons of the Cinque Ports, iz the Castell of Dover, heard how all things prospered oa _ the King’s side, they got possession of a tower within the same Castell, and tooke upon them to defend it against their keepers ; whereof when advertisement was given to the King and to his sonne the Lord Edward, they hasted forth to come and succour their friends. The keepers of the Castell, perceiving themselves beset with their enemies, sent to the Kiag for peace, who granting them pardon of life and limme, with horse, armour, and other necessaries, the Castell was yielded unto his hands.” It does not appear from this that the fortress was assaulted, but yielded to Jawful authority as it had done some two hundred years before to the 21 Conqueror ; if so, the brave old Castle may take for its motto the grand word “ Invicta.” References to Ebbsfleet, Lyminge, Otford, and Ringwould followed. Rochester. This long-suffering City seems to have enjoyed peace and quietness until the coming of the Danes ; then its troubles began. 839. The entry for the year 839 in the Chronicle is short but significant: “This year there was great slaughter at London, end at Canterbury, and at Rochester.” 885. In the time of Alfred the same enemy appeared again, for the Danish army which had been plundering in the Scheldt and the Somme came over and landed in Kent. Dividing into two “the one part went eastward, the other part to Rochester, and besieged the City, and wrought another fortress about themselves. And, notwith- standing this, the townsmen def-nded the City till King Alfred came out with his forces. Then went the army to their ships and abandoned their fortress ; and they were there deprived of their horses, and soon after that, in that same manner, departed over sea.” 986. In this year, “owing to some internal sedi- tion, the cause of which is not explained, Zhelred, then a ycuth of seventeen, besieged the town of Rochester, and, being unable to take it, ravaged and alienated some of the lands of the Bishopric.” 999. The Chronicler makes this lamentable entry for the year 999, when the whole country was groaning under the consequences of ZEthelred’s ‘ unreadivess.’ “This year the army again came about into Thames, and wert then up along the Medway, and to Rochester. And then the Kentish forces came there to meet them, and they there stoutly joined battle: but alas! that they too quickly yielded and fled, for they bad not the support which they should have had. And the Danish men had possession of the place of carnage ; and then they took horse and rode wheresoever they themsalves would, and full nigh all the West Kentish men they ruined and plun- dered. Then the King, with his Witan, decreed that, with a ship force and also with a land force they should be attacked. But when the sbips were ready, then the miserable crew delayed from day to day, and distressed the poor people who lay in the ships : and ever as it should have been forwarded, so was it later from one time to another ; and ever they let their enemies’ forces increase, and ever the people retired from the sea, and they ever went forth after them. And then in the end these expeditions both by sea and land effected nothing, except the people’s distress and waste of money and the emboldening of their foes.” 1088. The fortress of Rochester played an important part in the great rebellion of 1088. The object of the rebellion was to take the crown of England from Rufus and place it on the head of his elder brother Robert Duke of Normandy, and its leading spirit was Odo, Bishop of Bayeux and Earl of Kent, half-brother of William the Conqueror. He had fortified himself and his fellow rebels in the Castle of Rochester. Rochester therefore was the centre of the rebellion, and the Red King called upon his loyal subjects to follow his banner to attack the Kentisk fortress and sieze the hated Odo. The army assembled at London, and from thence William led it forth. But, although the capture of Rochester was the great object of the expedi- tion, it was deemed more politic to subdue the other rebel strongholds of Tunbridge and Pevensey first. ‘Tunbridge Castle, therefore, was stormed and taken, and the King would at once have marched upon Rochester when the news came that the rebel Bishop had left, and was sheltering in the castle of Pevensey. There he was taken prisoner and conducted by the Kiny’s troops to Rochester having sworn that he would cause the castle to surrender. Then, however, he was captured by his own garrison, and again defied the power of the King. The castle was accord- ingly besieged, and not until its defenders were reduced to the last straits did they give up the strife and crave for peace. Odo begged to be allowed to leave the castle with military honours, which the Red King scorn- fully refused. ‘“ With sad and downcast looks,” says the English historian of the Norman Con- quest, ‘“‘he and his companions came forth from the stronghold which could shelter them no longer. The trumpets sounded merrily to greet them. But other sounds more fearful than the voice of the trumpet sounded in the ears of Odo as he came forth. Men saw passing before them, a second time hurled down from his high estate—and this time not by the bidding of a Norman King, but by the arms:of the English people—the wan who stood forth in English eyes as the embodiment of all that was blackest and basest in the foreign dominion. Odo might keep his eyes fixed on the ground, but the eyes of the nation which he had wronged were full upon him. The English followers of Rufus pressed close to him, crying out with shouts which all could hear, ‘ Halters, bring halters ; hang up the traitor Bishop and his ac- complices on the gibbet.’ But the King’s word had been passed, and the thirst for vengeance of the wrathful English had to be baulked. Odo and those who had shared with him in the defence of Rochester went away unburt ; but they had to leave England, and to lose all their English lands and honours, at least for a season. But Odo left England andall that he had in England for ever.” 1215. The last attack on Rochester of which I can find any record was made by King John during the civil war which followed shortly after the sign- ing of the Great Charta. It is thus described in Hume: “ The King was, from the first, master of the field; and immediately laid siege to the castle of Rochester, which was obstinately defended by William de Albiney, at the head of a hundred and forty knights with their retainers, but was at last reduced by famine. On November 30, John, irritated with the resistance, intended to have hanged the governor and all the garrison ; but, on the repre- sentation of William de Maulcon, who suggested to him the danger of reprisals, he was content to sacrifice, in this barbarous manner, the inferior prisoners only. The captivity of William de Albiney, the best officer among the confederated barons, was an irreparable loss to their cause ; and no regular opposition was thenceforth made to the progress of the royal arms.” The paper concluded with references to Komney Marsh, Sandwich, Sevenoaks, Sheppey, Thanet, and Tonbridge. 22 ANNUAL MEETING—OCTOBER 13th, 1903. The annual meeting was held in the Reference Library of the Beaney Institute on Tuesday, Oct. 18th, 1903, Mr. S. Harvey, F.I.C., F.C.S., presiding. THE ANNUAL REPORT. Mr. A. Lander, Hon. Secretary, first presented the annual report. The Treasurer’s and Librarian’s repo.ts were also presented and passed. ELECTION OF OFFICERS. The election of officers was then pro2veded with, and, on the proposition of Mr. H. M. Chapman, Mr. S. Harvey was unanimously re-elected Pre- sident. Mr. Harvey, in returning thanks, remarked that they had honoured him by their compliments, and he would do his best to deserve them. The Chairman proposed that Mr. Matthew Bell, Captain McDakin and the Rev. A. J. Galpin be re-elected as Vice-presidents, and the name of the Dean of Canterbury, subject to his approval, be added to the list of Vice-presidents. The other officers elected were Mr. Mann, Treasurer, Mr. Lander, Secretary, anil it was decided to ask Mr. Bennett-Goldney to take the place of Mr. Patterson on the Committee, the latter having severed his connection with the Society. The Experts or Local Referees were re-elected as before,with the addition of Mr.W. H. Hammond for photography, and Mr. A. Lander for meteorology. A discussion took place respecting the programme for the coming winter, and several suggestions were thrown out as to the engagement of lecturers and otker arrangements which will, no doubt, see fruition in due time. It was decided that at the next fortnightly meeting of the Society there should be an exhibition of new scientific apparatus. REPORT FOR THE FORTY-SIXTH YEAR, ENDING SEPTEMBER 3oth, 1903. During the past year we have lost by removal, resignation, or death, 13 members, but eight new ones have been elected, thus making the total number 91, including eight corresponding members nine honorary mem| ers, 16 associate:, and 58 ordinary members. Three of our most distinguished members have died during the past year, viz., Dr. Farrar (the late Dean of Canterbury),W. O. Hammond, Esq., and Mr. A. D. Bartlett (the Curator of the Zoo'ogical Gardens, London). ‘The two former were Vice-Presidents, and Mr. Bartlett was a corresponding member. The loss thus sustained is a very severe one. Dr. Farrar always took a kindly interest in our welfare, and his generous hospitality to the members of the Congress of the S.E. Union of Scientific Societies in 1902 will not soon be forgotten. Mr. W. O. Hammond was one of the founders of our Society, and the bequest of his wagnificent collection of Kentish birds to the Royal Museum, constitutes one of its choicest treasures, and is a fitting monument to his memory. he late Mr. Bartlett was at all times ready with his help and advice. Scientific meetings have been held, as in former years, reports of which will be found on Pages This year has witnessed a new departure with regard to excursions. For some years the excursions have neither been as well attended, nor proved as helpful as they might have been, and it was decided this year to arrange for only three popular excursions, viz., Richborough, July 2nd ; Kenfield, July 31st; and Barfrestone, September 10th. The remainder of the programme consisted of a number of dates tor working or group excursions, each for a few members, who would make their own arrangements, carry their own food, and pursue their favourite studies in Natural History, Geology, Photography, etc. Details of these excursions were arranged by the Hon. Secretary and members interested, about a week before the dates on the programme. Evening meetings were arranged in the Beaney Institute for the Tuesdays following the excursions. These meetings were of an informal character. No lecture was given, but specimens were compared, photozraphs and objects of interest were shown, and free-and-easy talks took place on subjects arising from the previous excursion. The three popular excursions all fell through, as from one reason or another no members actually turned up at any of the dates and times arranged. The wet weather, which was so prevalent through the whole summer, greatly interfered with the working excursions, and only two of these proved successful, viz., to Walmer on June 18th and to Sandwich on July 16th, and interesting and helpful meetings were held in the beaney Tnstitute on the Tuesdays following. It is hoped that another summer, with finer weather, similar excursions will be more successful, and also that all interested in doing useful work on any definite lines will assist in making them agreeable and profitable. Several of our members are engaged in doing useful and systematic work, some of which is recorded in the form of reports inthis volume. Mr. C. Buckingham has secured a number of valuable geological and other puotographs which have been duly forwarded to the British Assuciation ; and next year it is hoped that more will be done in this direction both by Mr. Buckingham and others. Several members sent lantern slides for competition to the Royal Photographic Society, and some of those by Messrs. W. H. Hammond, C. Buckingham and F. C. Snell were purchased for circulation amongst the affiliated societies. An arrangement which it is hoped will prove a very useful one has been concluded witn the Beaney Committee for the better care and greater educational usefulness of the specimens in the Royal Museum. At a committee meeting, held on May 26th, 1903, a sub-committee was elected, consisting of th3 President, Treasurer, and Hon. Secretary, to approach the Beaney Committee and try to bring about an agreement for the better care of the Natural History specimens. This sub-committee met and drafted a letter to the Beaney Committee, of which the following is a summary :—“ The 23 Committee of the East Kent Natural History Society desire to point out that the Natural History collection contributed hy our members has been seriously injured by damp and the ravages of mites, etc. Some years ago the late Mr. W. O. Hammond, a founder and active worker of our Socicty, intimated his intention of presenting his valuable Natural History collection to the Royal Museum, and anxiety lest a similar fate should befal this unique collection is an additional reason for writing this letter. We have in our Society several experts who would willingly give their services in arranging aud caring for the Natural History specimens, and our Committee desire to ask if it would not be possible for a small sub-committees of your members to work with asmall sub-committee of our Society, in order that the collections may be carefully preserved and rendered of as great educational value as possible.” This letter was duly considered by the Beaney Committee, and after some discussion our suggestion was agreed to, and a letter, of which the following is a summary, was received from the Town Clerk :— “Your letter of yesterday’s date was read at the Beaney Committee this morning, and the Committee accept with thanks the offer made for the services of experts to arrange for the classification and care of the Natural History specimens, and have appointed Councillors Bennett-Goldney, Russell, and Smith the sub-committee to confer and work with any sub-committee your Society may form. The Beaney Committee reserve to themselves the right to make alterations in the exhibition of the specimens in the future should ozcasion arise, but they would not do so without consulting in the first place your Society through the sub-committee formed.” Our Committee met on May 3lst, and elected the President (Mr. S. Harvey), the Treasurer (Mr. W. P. Mann), and Mr. W. H. Hammond to work with Councillors Bennett-Goldney, Russell, and Smith for the better arrangement of the specimens. This election was notified to the Town Clerk, and a list of our experts who would work under the direction of this sub-committee was also sent to him. This joint sub-committee has met once and decided to remove most of the perishable specimens from the basement to the upper rooms, and this has since been confirmed by the Beaney Committee, but nothing could be done until the Hammond collection had been located, and as this is‘now being dona it is hoped that before another year the Natural History specimens will be properly arranged and exhibited. A, LANDER, Hon. Secretary. FINANCIAL STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER 30th, 1903. Dr. £s. d. Cr. To Balance, September 30th, 1902... 141110 1902. £Z£s.d ;, Subscriptions for 1902... ee 210 0) April 8—By E. Crow and Son, Mazagines ee . ‘i 2410 0 to December, 1902 O43 119 6 > .8—,, W.G. Austen, cards, ete. _. 113 6 ; .8—,, Subscription to S.E. Union ... 05 0 , 19—,, Professor Boulger, expenses... Pato. 0 , 30—,, Subscription to Royal Photo- graphic Society ... iv Leth (D May 16—., Subscription to Ray Society... i Lavi UP 1) June 17— ,, Insurance ce ee San OTS Aug. 1—,, W. G. Austen. cards, ete. _.. 015 0 Dec. 8—,, Kentish Gazette and Canter- bury Press, transactions -15 0 0 8— ., Rheinlander, process blocks... 1 ey fs , 8—,, Penrose, special paper nn D263 », 8—.,, Honorary Secretary, postages, B carriage, etc. ye 219 4 :» 8—,, Librarian’s expenses 070 ! ,, 8—,, Clerical help for Librarian 010 0 ;; _8—., Postage of transactions 012 6 | 1903. Oct. 12— ., E. Crow and Son, Mazagines to October... Ae a 217 6 , 12—.,, Hon. Treasurer, postage... 05 6 ; 12—,, Balance ... a4 =e mA 714 1 £Al 11 10 | £41 11:10 ASSETS. LIABILITIES. £sd. £25. da Arrears, September 30th, 1902 715 0 Paid since ... aS . 210 0 Unobtainable 115 0 450 Nil. Owing for 1902 310 0 o a 315 0 47 50 Examined and found correct—J. T. SMITH. W. P. MANN, Hon. Treasurer. 24 HON. LIBRARIAN’S REPORT FOR 1902. Iam pleased to be able to again report a slight increase in the use which has been made of the Library, and with the increased interest which is being shown in Natural History by the general public it is greatly to be hoped that the members of this Society will also do more practical work and make still further use of our admirable library. Another noticeable feature is that during the past year more use has been made of our books by visitors who have visited the Reterence Library for the purpose of writing up special subjects. It is the earnest desire of the Committee of this Society that all interested in scientific pursuits should realise that we possess a thoroughly representative library of over 1,200 volumes together with a valuable collection of monographs and pamphlets. Since ths amalgamation with this Society of the Canterbury Photographie Society a good collection of books on this special subject bas been added. To render reference easy a card catalogue has been provided, and the books are available tor use at all times that the Reference Library is open. : Again we are indebted for several valuable gifts and we have to acknowledge with thanks the presentation of “The Entomologist” from Miss Kingsford, “Nature”’ from G. Rigden, Esq., “The Photcgram ” from S. W. Harvey Esa., ‘“‘ Amateur Photographer ” from the Publishers. Besides these periodicals a gift has been made by H. Mapleton Chapman, Esq., of four volumes of British Birds with coloured plates, which should be especially useful since the arrival of the late Mr. W. O. Hammond’s collection of birds in the Museum. The following reports, etc., have been received from other Societies in exchange relations with ours = —Smithsonian Institution, U.S.A., Wisconsin Geological and Natural History Society, Missouri Botanical Garden, National Museum of Buenos Ayres, Institute of Geology, Mexico. Field Columbian Museum, U.S.A., Milwaukee Museum, U.S.A, Department of Agriculture, Carnegie Museum, British Association, City of London College Natural Science Society, Hastings and St. Leonard’s Natural History Society, South London Entomological and Natural History Society, Ealing Natural History Society, Homesdale Natural History Society, Royal Microscopical Society, Rochester Natural History Society, Wellington College Science Society, Marlborough College Natural History Society. The following Societies with which we are affiliated and to which we pay an annual subscription have sent publications:—Quekett Microscopical Club, Ray Society, and the Royal Photographic Society. The Serials purchased have been “The Journal of Botany,” “ Geological Magazine,” “ Zoologist,” “ Knowledge,” and “ Science Gossip.” The thanks of the Society are again due to Miss Holmes and Miss Phillpotts for subscribing to the Quekett Microscopical Club, and to the Rev. W. M. Rodwell for presenting another collection of microscope slides. As there had been a gradual accumulation of monthly periodicals on our bookshelves the Com- mittee thought it wise to have them bound and obtain any missing numbers at once. The work of binding is now on hand and several of the volumes have already been returned finished. W.H. FIDDIAN, Bon. Librarian. COLEOPTERA NOTES. The following is a list of a few of the more important Coleoptera taken in 1903 around Canterbury and its vicinity :— Of the Geodephaga.—Lionychus quadrillum, sparingly (Whitstable) ; Leistus rufescens, river banks (Chartham) ; Broscus cephalotes, 15 specimens, May 15th (Sandwich coast), also three later (Romney sands); Stomus pumicatus (Waltham); Harpalus servus (Romney), this is considered a rare species Cillenus lateralis, a few (Rye) ; Bembidiwm concinnum (Sandwich mud banks). Of the Clavicornes.—Necrophorus interruptus (Canterbury) ; N. mortuorum (Littlebourne road) Silpha thoracica (Trinley Park wocds); 8. levigata (Wye) ; Anthroyhagus nigricornis (Scotland Hills, Canterbury) ; Dermestes frischii (rare) and D. undulatus, in dead rabbits (Sandwich coast) ; Cytilus varius (Waltham). Of the Lamellicornes.—Trox scaber (Sandwich and Canterbury). Of the Serricornes.—Melanotus punctolineatus (Sandwich coast); Opilo mollis (in some numbers on decaying willows round Canterbury ; this I consider a good find). Of Heteromera.—Microzoum tibiale (Sandwich and Romney) ; Scaphidema metallicum (near Canterbury) ; Helops ceruleus, quantities (Canterbury); Eryz ater, a rare insectj(in some numbers on Canterbury willows) ; Cistela luperus (Cockering woods); Melandrya caraboides (Penny Pot wood) ; Mordellistena abdominalis (Chilham) ; Nacerdes melanura (timber yard, Hanover Place, Canterbury). Of the Phytophaga.—Chrysomela polita (Wingham) ; C. distinguenda (Chartham). Of the Longicornes.—Lamia textor (Blean) ; Pachyta collaris (Garlinge Green). B. MAUDSON, St. Peter’s Street, Canterbury. 25 ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTES FROM ASHFORD. As might be expected from the large amount of rainfall, and the really few summer days and nights we have had this year, insects have not been much in evidence. Yet it is noteworthy that some fine butterflies have been more than usually abundant, especially the “ Painted Lady,” Vanessa cardui, of which many were noticed in June, probably the parents of the large number that have been seen during September. Not having looked for the larve on the thistles this July, I cannot say they were seen, though they have been collected and reared other years in this neighbourhood. The beautiful “ Red Admiral ” butterfly, Vanessa atalanta is also about in some numbers this autumn—even flying in the streets of Ashford in September. The “ Large Tortoise-shell,” V. polychloros, was frequently seen after hybernation in the spring months, giving promise of a good batch in the autumn—some have been seen in August and September, but hardly so many as we expected. In contrast with these, “Clouded Yellows” have been rare indeed. I bave not seen either of the species of Colias on the wing this year; indeed they have hardly been observed in any part of the country. Sphinges generally appear to have been scarce, even the active “ Humming-Bird Moth ” has been seen but seldom, and I can only vouch for three as having been observed on the wing at Ashford, one in June and two in September. A single specimen of a scarce “ Clearwing,” Sesia culiciforme, was taken at rest on a leaf in June. The following moths have been reared from larve taken in the district:—Drymonia chavnia ; Leiocampa dictzoides—The larva cf this fed on till late in October, 1902, and yet the moth did not appear this year till August instead of about May, as expected, being probably retarded by the prevailing low temperature ; Acronycta leporina ; Acronycta megacephala ; Cucullia asteris (C. gnaphalii did not appear, but may be staying over till another year in the pupa state as others of the genus frequently du); Heliotha marginata ; Plusia Moneta; Epione apiciaria ; Boarmia consortaria ; Macaria Notata; Acrohasis angustalis as also its parasite, an Ichneumon, with a long ovipositor, doubtless required to penetrate the fruit of the Spindle inside which its host feeds. The following were taken in the perfect state :—Neuria saponarie ; Cerigo cytherea; Noctua rhomboidea ; Noctua baja; Cosmia pyralina (seen for the first time in this district); Gnophos obscurata ; Melanippe hastata; Rivula sericealis ; Pionea stramentalis; Pempelia cornella; Hypenodes alhistrigalis. Since jotting down the above notes, the November number of the “Entomologists’ Monthly Mag- azine” has been published. In it the Editors havea note bearing on the subject of the swarms of Vanessa casdui—comparing it with what took place in “spring and early summer ” of 1879, also a “record” year for wet, adding that “the swarms of 1879 were of a different ‘ brood’ and probably came from much further south.” Doubtless they did—like some, or all, of those which were observed here in June of this year, as all seen then were noticed to be worn and hardly recognisable —but the September butterflies have been in good condition, implying that they were bred in this country, apparently the offspring of the early summer lot. I regret not having looked for the larva in July— as if found it would have thrown much light on the question of their migration. Of insects that have forced themselves on our attention, may be mentioned the “ gnats ” which have been so troublesome this year, producing irritating blaine. Two of these creatures sent from Canterbury to Professor Theobald were pronounced to be true mosquitoes—being the Theobaldia annulata of Meigen. He also stated that adult females hibernate in outhouses, coming out on warm days in winter, when they will bite as much as in autumn. Another dipterous insect which attacks one savagely in swampy placesabout mid-summer and after, was only too common this year at Gyminge Brooks. When botanising there with Mr. W. H. Hammond on the first of July, they were very troublesome, settling on our hands and biting cruelly. This fly is a Tabanus, but whether the same as attacks cattle, I have not yet ascertained. WILLIAM R. JEFFREY, November 2nd, 1903. Ashford. With reference to the above fly, Mr. Theobald writes as follows :—“ The biting fly that causes so much apnoyance is one of the Tavanidw and belongs to the genus Homatopota, the species being Crassicornis. The most common one I have found about Kent is H. pluvialis L., the two species are very similar. A third species occurs in Great Britain H. Italica Meig. Ihave not seen it in Kent. Walker gives it as a synonym of pluvialis, but it is not so. These Hamatopota are locally known as “ Brimps ” in Kent, and as Rain Breeze Flies, and Horse Breeze Flies in other parts. They are particularly abundant along roads and paths, through woods and in the neighbourhood of water. They are the most vicious of all Tabanide, attacking both man and anjmals, especially horses. Their bite is very painful, and they not only draw away quite a lot of blood, but leave behind a wound from which blood continues to ooze. Many nasty wounds are caused by these flies, they undoubtedly carry poisonous germs, which pass into the system when the proboscis is inserted. To bathers in most small rivers in the South of England they are most annoying. The fe nales only bite, the males live upon the juices of flowers. Their flight is silent aad like other species of Tabanidw they occur in greatest numbers in hot and sultry weather, delighting in the brightest sunshine.” 26 NOTES ON THE BOTANY OF THE ISLE OF THANET FOR 1903. The most important event of the year was the appearance in April of a new “ List of Thanet Plants,” which was compiled and privately circulated by Dr. Pittock, of Margate. I1t contains the names of 565 species of phexnogams, and is based on a list published by Mr. Flower in 1847, with 111 additions. Since the advent of the list 33 more alien and native plants have been seen growing in the Islands, among the latter Fumaria pallidifiora, noted in the Flora of Kent as having been “ only once found,” Vicia hybrida and Lathyrus hirsutus, both very rare, and Orobanche major and minor. The aliens found and identified by experts are as follows :—Neslia panicultu, Lepidium virginicum, Sisymbrium pannonicum, Melilotus parviflora, Lythrum grefferi, Echinospermum lappula, Amaranthus retroflecus, Ambrosia trifida, Coronilla varia, Medicago scutellata, Eriyeron canadense, Asphodelus racemosus, Asphodelus fistulosus, Panicum miliacewm, Setaria glauca, Hordeum jubatum, Digitaria sanguinalis, and Eragrostis major.. Some very remarkable instances of vivapary were seen and studied on Trifolium repens, white, clover, which was growing luxuriantly on a piece of waste land near Ramsgate. The specimens were described by Mr. Griffin elsewhere as follows :—“ The inftorescences are composed of young plants instead of flowers, these have well developed trifoliate leaves, and in one instance where the head is composed of young plants one of the latter has advanced sufficiently to form a running stem of two nodes and internodes, with leaves and stipules at each node. If the plant had remained in its place probably the increasing weight of the young plants would have bent the head sufficiently for them to touch the earth, and then they would have put forth roots at the nodes and in due time have established an independent existence.” Mr. Griffin goes on to say that “ Qualified observers have shown that where this form of vivipar- ousness in plants occurs it is due to unfavourable conditions, most frequently in plants growing in a locality where there are no insects to effect pollination or where they are overshaded or the summer season is too short to permit seed to be produced and ripened in the usual way.” The above conditions were, however, altogether wanting in this case; the plants were growing quite out in the open, with not a tree near, and on fertile land where every plant was rampant. ‘I'he plants were exceptionally vigorous, as plants always are in this island whea we get an excessive rain- fall, and one could not help feeling that the abnormal growth was entirely due to repletion and not star vation, and that in the exuberance of its strength it felt itself capable of taking a short cut to reproduction viviparously, instead of by the usual lengthy method of seed formation. F. HEWETT, 16, St. John’s Road, Margate. November 1, 1903. NATURE NOTES, PRINCIPALLY BOTANICAL FOR 1903. I have very great pleasure in being able to record the fact that the Lizard Orchis, which was discovered in 1898 near Wye, blossomed again this year, after taking a two years’ rest. I have been particularly struck with the great number of both rare and alien plants which I have come across. On several occasions, when out with Mr. W. R. Jeffrey, I should think we saw more Late Spiders, Musk Orchids, and Polygala Austriaca than ever botanist saw before at one time, and in the autumn near Sandwich I ran against Atriplex Pedunculata, in quantity a hundred times greater than I have ever seen it; last year I had great difficulty in finding any plants. Perhaps the most important vf my finds was that of Teucrium Botrys, at Godmersham, arare plant, only once before recorded for Kent. L also saw some of the rare plants growing in Thanet, which are recorded in Mr. Hewett’s list, Vicia hybrida is very rare, Babington only records it from Glastonbury Tor Hill ; even there it is pow said to be extinct, but it flourishes grandly near Ramsgate. Lathyrus Hirsutus I also saw, close by the above vetch ; it too is rare, and has only been reported from two other counties. ‘A ramble over the picturesque Warren near Folkestone yielded disappointing results, the rough parts between the sea and the railway having been made accessible to all by means of good footpaths, the consequences have been disastrous botanically. I could find no traces there of either the Late Spider Ophrys, nor yet of Orobanche Saryophyllacea, neither was the bee so plentiful as formerly. Geranium Pratense, however, still flourishes among the rough brambles, and the alien, Bunias Orientalis, I found still growing on the same spot as J saw it two years ago. Most of the orchids were as plentiful as usual in unfrequented places about the country, but Lady’s tresses this Autumn were either taking a rest or objected to coming out in the wet and cold. By some people our Kentish birds are thought to be on the decrease, but I do not find that it is so in very many case. Rooks, jackdaws, and starlings are certainly on the increase, and the latter have lately acquired the objectionable habit of attacking the newly-sown wheat fields. On pasture lands I believe starlings to be our most useful birds. Jays and magpies have increased in those districts where game preserving is not carried out so extensively as formerly. I often wonder why 27 fruit growers do not insist on jays being preserved in the woods near their plantations ; they have no truer friends. A pair of jays will suck the eggs laid by every blackbird and thrush in the early spring over a very large extent of cover, and it is these birds which do the most damage in fruit plantations. Unfortunately, jays cannot discriminate between game birds’ and other birds’ eggs. "The penalty for destroying game birds’ eggs is by law very severe, and they suffer accordingly. Whatever may be the case near towns, robins, hedge-sparrows, wrens, greenfinches, and chaffinches are not getting scarcer a few miles out in the country. The chaffinches and greenfinches do a lot of dawage to ripe hops by picking them to pieces to get at the seeds. I often see the ground under the hop plants quite covered with bracts, and I have several times lately caught the ubiquitous sparrow, or avian rat of Tegetmeier, doing the same mischief. Some of our larger animals are slightly on the increase, I think; the otter I have heard of several times and the badger is fairly common. The number of stoats, weasels, and hedgehogs in a district seems to depend mainly on the amount of game preserving that goes on, and on the competence or incompetence of the gamekeepers. Rats, I am afraid, are largely on the increase. Much damage to various crops was done during the season by aphides, particularly to hops, beans and peas. The hop aphis arrived in swarms during a single night in June, coming with an East wind. As very few eggs were laid on sloe and damson twigs during the previous autumn, it makes one think that they must have come azross Channel. i It was a record year for slugs, which made it very difficult for gardeners and farmers, gardeners especially, to raise many of their crops. On February 22nd the rain which fell in the evening was full of fine particles of mud of a reddish colour; this was noticed over the whole of the South of England. Experts seem to have agreed that it must have come from a dust storm which originated in the7African deserts. Below I will give the analysis of it which appeared in Nature of March 5th :— Organic matter, loss on ignitio nee bce: ane 3674 Silica ane ae nce soe ot no = : 45°6 Tron oxide and alumina coo Aco Ea ox Ree 13°6 Magnesia ... ae ad =e ot 28 cee oad 24 Unclassified ar Be aa ras oo con cee 20 1000 In July there were two separate days on which a “ black” rain fell at Waltham. I examined some under the microscope which had beez caught in a clean pail, and found it full of a very small -dark unicellular alga, the cells being quite round. Mr. John Marten, of Bredhurst, near Chatham, has for some years been studying our mosses. He will be much obliged to anyone who will post him any specimens they may find, and will be pleased to name them. Local botavists might do some useful work for the Society by studying specially several groups of plants which have not been hitherto very carefully worked out for our County, e.g., the Euphrasias, the Bartsias, the Violas, the Veronicas, and the Salicornias. A late frost in the spring very seriously injured the fruit crop prospects, which afterwards turned out to be one of the smallest ever known. W. H. HAMMOND. Canterbury. REPORT OF THE DELEGATE TO THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION. To the President and Council of the East Kent Natural History Society. Gentlemen,—I have the honour to report that, according to your instructions, | attended,as your Delegate, the meetings of the Conference of Delegates of Corresponding Societies of the British Association, at the recent meeting (September 9—17) of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, at Southport. (The International Meteorological Congress met af the same time, and brought with them, apparently, a collection of the most abominable types of weather that could be got together from the slums of the Universe). The keynote of the British Association Meeting this year was “ Education.” The President (Sir Norman Lockyer) dealt exhaustively with the question of State aid to scientific and technical educa- tion in his address, and most of the Presidents of Sections either made some branch of scientific education the subject of their address or alluded to it in the course of their remarks. Under those circumstances it was not surprising that the Conference of Delegates became infested with the prevailing epidemic and the proceedings differed considerably from those of former years. I am not, therefore, able to put before you the usual notes dealing with the work which the various Sections of the British Association consider especially suited for investigation by members of the Corresponding Societies, for this year’s Delegates’ Conferenze spent nearly all the time of its two msetings in discussing the organization of scientific education. 28 The first Conference was held on Thursday, September 10th, Mr. W. Whitaker, F.R.S., being in the chair. After some preliminary remarks by the Chairman, Sir Norman Lockyer (President of the- Association) spoke at some length, saying that he wished to take the opinion of the Delegates as to some lines of work that he referred to in his presidential address as fit subiects for the British Associa- tion to take up. He believed in using existing institutions as far as possible, and if the British Association deemed it advisable to take steps towards the formation of a Guild of Science he thought it was important to see whether or no the existing organizations of the Corresponding Societies could be made use of. These Societies numbered about seventy, with a membership of 25,000, and he thought the number might be increased. He thought the present an opportune moment for action, and the Corresponding Societies, through their members, were abla to reach scientific gentlemen in all parts of the country, who would be able to influence the deliberations of County, City, Borough,. and other Councils in the direction of furthering scientific pursuits. At present he and other indi- vidual gentlemen had been working for some forty years in this direction, but bad produced no effect. His idea was that the right thing to do was to “get hold of votes”; if they could control votes in the- House of Commons and in the local governing bodies Science would be benefitted, and that would be an important factor in the future national life. The gentlemen present were acquainted with the varying local conditions, and he should like to hear their opinions. Principal Griffiths, F'.R.S., Vice-Chancellor of the South Wales University, thought the best way to make progress was to address themselves to “ the man in the street.” If they could show him how Science touched his daily life by leading up to those inventions which helped him to gain his livelihood, that would be a kind of missionary effort in which all the Corresponding Societies could heartily join. He had found working and business men quite ready to realize how pure Science and Research had improved their conditions of life and increased their business opportunities. Mr. W. F. Stanley (Croydon) said we must begin with “the boy in the street,” and advocated giving children in the elementary schools and secondary schools a taste for scientific pursuits. Mr. A. H. Garstang (Southport) said the Southport Literary and Scientific Society had started Science and Art Schools, which were afterwards taken over by the Corporation, and the University Extension Lectures, now worked by a separate committee ; so he considered tha’ his Society had been doing useful work towards the result aimed at. Professor J. W. Carr (Nottingham) said he believed that the University College of Nottingham was unique, in that it rose out of the efforts of the Local Scientific Society which so influenced the Corporation that they carried the matter through. He thought that lozal socicties could dv much in influencing the educational bodies now being formed. He spoke of the necessity of “getting hold of the children” and the advantage of popular lectures for working men. He also thought that local societies by their museums and lectures might help to train teachers. The Chairman, Mr. Whitaker, spoke of the value of admitting boy members from schools to local societies and the good that might be done by offering prizes for collections, essavs, etc. Finally the following resolution was carried unanimously :—“ That, as urged by the President, it is desirable that scientific workers and persons interested in science be so organised that they may exert a permanent influence on public opinion in order the more effectively to carry out the third object of the British Association, originally laid down by the founders, namely, to obtain a more general attention to the objects of Science and the removal of any disadvantages of a public kind which impede its progress, and that the Council of the British Association be asked to take steps to promote such organizations.” Mr. W. M. Rankin, B.Sc., then read a paper on the methods and results of a botanical survey of counties. The second Conference of the delegates took place on September 15th. The Chairman stated that Sir Norman Lockyer had requested him to ask the delegates to submit to their Societies that these Societies should do their best, in whatever way seemed most advantageous,. to carry out his ideas, Mr. Cole then read a paper in which he advocated local societies applying to County Counc 1s for grants in aid of the various Committees of such Societies which were engaged in carrying out the investigations proposed by Committees of the British Association. A representative of Section K (Botany) asked Delegates to bring before their Societies notice of the fact that a Committee was now at work collecting and registering photographs of botanical interest on exactly thesame lines as the well-known committee on geological photographs. As exam- ples of what was wanted, he mentioned records of plant life and plant disease, trees of great age, trees of curious growth, etc., etc. In conclusion, gentlemen, I will put three special points before you :—(1) As in duty bound I must ask you to consider Sir Norman Lockyer’s proposal and discuss the best means of aiding it under your special circumstances, whether by “educating the man and the boy in the street,” or by eolurging the scheme and scope of your work, or by influencing votes, or by getting members co-opted to Educational Committees or other authorities who have control of the upbringing of the young, or by such other methods as shall suit your special circumstances, ‘ (2) I would call your attention, more especially the photographers and geologists, to the report of the Committee on Geological Photographs. Looking at the number of photographs of geological interest contributed by each County of England you will see that Yorkshire heads the list with 604- a9 while Kent comes only seventh with 81. (As a member of this Committee Iam extremely glad tosay that a very useful set was sent in this year by Mr. Buckingham, of the East Kent Natural History Society, but was too late to be included in our annual report, it will therefore help to raise the score of East Kent for next year). I think the Society might do more for this very important work ; con- sidering the ephemeral character of some of the features recordei the work may be said to be of unijue importance, That it is thoroughly appreciated is shown by the world-wide demand for the portfolios of typical geological photographs selected from our collection of 3,771, which we are publish- ing annually and of which the third is now nearly ready. (3) Finally, f would call attention to the work of the similar Committee on botanical photographs. Keut is a county abounding in botanical interest and I believe some of the indigenous orcbids have already disappeared or are threatened with destruction at the hands of the unscrupulous collector or herbarium fiend, who preys on Nature’s brautiful children that he may gloat over their dead and mummied bodies crushed between the jaws of his botanical press. Photographic records of such plants, in their natural habitat, ere the destroyer works his wicked will on them, will be hereafter of incalculable value, while there is a large field open to the photographing botanist in :ecording plant life, plant diseases, ete. Moreover, the photographer in this case need not be a botan'st, provided he understands the proper use of orthochromatic plates and the adjustment of colour screens to suit his work, he can leave the selection of subject and all details as to what to take and when to takeit to his friend the botanist. I have the honour, Gentlemen, to remain, Your obedient servant ARTHUB S. REID, M.3., F.GS. METEOROLOGICAL NOTES FOR YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER oth, 1903. The past year, as anticipated in my last report and in my lecture nearly two years ago, was cold and very wet Th2 wiiter months, Decemper, 1902, to March, 1903, were drier and warm r than the average, but the sum.uer was culd, and proved the wettest summer on record, worse even than 1879. In June, at Canterbury, rain fe'l on eleven days, Sth to 19th, the most falling oc 11th, viz., 52, “72 on 14th, ‘67 on 10th, and “61 on 8th and 19th. There was practically continuous rain for sixty hours ou June 13th to loth. On morning of 13th severe frost at Waltham turaed the fern fonda quite black, acd at Canterbury a Christmas rose was seen in bud. In July it rained at intervals every day from 16th to 30th, on 17th °94, 20th and 21st 1°09, 23rd 1:80, 25th and 26th 1-12 inches. (See tables, pages 31 and 32). August was a very cold and dull month. A cyclone did much destruction at Dover on August 9th. A fierce thunderstorm swept through the East Kent hop fields on September 4th and did extensive damage. Gales have been very prevalent, and on September 10tha terrific storm raged o er the whole of the South of England and split and tore up huge trees and did an immense amount of harm The fruit crops and general harvest was this year almost completely ruined, but all this rain cleared and purified the air and kept the dust low so that there was much less sickness than asual. Many of the papers have incorrectly reported Lockyer as saying that the weather would grow wetter ana wetter until about 1915 owing to the sunspot maximum being due about 1905. It is probable that next year will be drier and warmer, but not so dry as during the drought of the past seven years, especially 1898 and 1901. Early on Sunday morning, February 22nd, 1903, the ground was covered with a reddish dust bronght down with the rain. Tne previous day a peculiar yello vish haze was noticed in the sky, partially obscuring the sun. The dust was at the time thought to he volcanic, but later investigation indicated the Sahara de-ert as its origin. (See Mr. Hammond’s report, page 27. for this, and also particulars of two or chree days with black rain caused by unicellular alge). The sunshine at Tunbridge Wells appears to be 200 hours less than the average, but this may probably be due to the ferro-prussiate paper used in the Jordan recorder being less sensitive than formerly, other places in Kent with other recorders being only very slightly below the average. It is interesting to find that James Six,a Canterbury chemist, made regular meteorological obser- vations in this City 125 years ago. He placed thermometers in his garden, on St. Thomas’ Hill, and on the top of the tall Cathedral tower. He also invented and made the well-known Six’s thermometer, thousands of which are still sold and are in general use. (See the President’s address, page 3). We still seem as far as ever from finding out the direct causes of the weather. Meteorologists are too intent on their observations, and too little observant of the useful end to which observa’ ions should lead. Our methods are hopelessly and helplessly empirical. How frequently are we told that there is a depression or cyclone off Ireland, and that if this depression conti:ues on its usual eastward track it will rain over England, etc. ; but how often this cyclone suddenly stops on its eastward course, and strikes off northwards, ur even retreats westwards, and the rain does not come. Why, in defiance of all established theory, do our official forecasts thus frequently fail ? What causes the 30 eyclone to stop or the anticyclone to spread north, ete.? There must be a cause, a reason, and we ought to be able to find it. Sir R. Ball, in one of his books, asks the question, ‘‘ What will be the weather and the temperature on London Bridge at noon on Christmas Day?” and he states it ought to be as possible to foretell this as to foretell eclipses. A very interesting article recentiy appeared in Truth, and was copied into the Southport papers at the time of the British Association meetings there this year, to this effect : “‘ Why do we have one year a summer like that under which we have been suffering, while another year we may have three months of calm air and drought ? The reason for this no one is able to tell at present ; but it cannot be very far off. It is provably lying, like a great many other discoveries that have taken a long time to make, pretty close under our uoses in certain obvious phenomena, celestial and terrestrial. Some people who have given thought to the matter attribute the eccentricities of weather on this planet to sun spots ; others to the position of the moon ; others to volcanic disturbances ; others to the movements of Polar ice. There is also our old friend the Gulf Stream. I do not profess to know anything about it myself ; but what strikes me is that all these phenomena are probably closely related. By all accounts the sun has been in a very spotty condition recently. We know for certain that ducing the last twelve months our own planet has been in an unusual state of volcanic activity. We have had a couple of West Indian islands almost blown out of the water ; Vesuvius is in a ver agitated condition ; and now it is reported that Hecla bas broken out. On ths top of all this the planet Saturn is discovered t» be experiencing some kind of very violent disturbance. That the climate over a considerabls portion of our own planet should be at the same time in a state of cbaos is, on the face ot it at least, a remarkable coincidence. We want, it seems to me, the man who will detect the relation between all such phenomena; and when he has come to the rescue we shall probably be able to tell for months in advance when to look out for unusual heit, unusual cold, excessive or deficient rainfall, violent gales, or other climatic pleasantries.” We only await the key to unlock the mystery, and it may be possible for this key to be found in the varying attraction of the sun, moon, and planets on our atmosphere. Gravitation acts upon every- thing. Many think our atmosphere too thia to be influenced in any great degree. Tne tides of the sea are not the simple ebb and flow that we frequently believe—as witness Holbein’s latest attempt to swim the Channel. If we carefully read Darwin’s article on the tides in the “Encyclopedia Britannica.” and consider this action on the atmosphere we shall see that the problem is a very com- plicated one. There are many factors, viz.:—(1) The distance of the moon and sun, especially the former. (2) Whether these great luminaries are pulling together, against, or atan angle. (3) ‘he relative position of the sun and moon above or below the equator. (4) The month or season of the year. Might I suggest that our meteorologists draw diagrams of all these things, and compare with the barometer curves and other weather records as advised by Dr. Schuster at the British Association last year ? Dieaevations once or twice daily are of little use and often misleading. We need accurate self- recording instruments to note down every fluctuation and then work from these curves. The recording instruments in general use are very inaccurate and almost useless, except the very expensive ones, in a few of the fully-equipped observatories. We badly need a set of really good and accurate instruments at a reazonable price, so that observers can have them all over the land, and then we should be much nearer the solution of the problem. In our report Jast year we stated that we were at work on a set of these instruments and gave a few details about them. This year we have made further progress and the official inspector of the Meteorolozical Office reported them to Dr. Shaw, in London, who asked to see them, and then requested that the instraments should be sent to the British Association at Southport. This was done, and although the plain experimental apparatus looked somewhat rough against the plating and polish of some of th> instruments that were shown, yet we were encouraged and the apparatus excited much interest, and we were requested to send some of them to Kew and elsewhere fora careful trial and comparison with standsrd iustruments. This is now being done, and we hope that the instruments (particulars of which are given on page 33) will prove useful in the solution of some of the mysteries ot our weather. In conclusion I have to thank the observers for kindly sending me their reports. ARTHUR LANDER, Ph.C., M.P.S., F.S.M.C. Medical Hall, Canterbury. 31 SUNSHINE IN HOURS. Tunbridge We'ls. ‘Lenterden. Little:tone-oa-Sea M.O. Margate. Broadstairs. Nearly one foot of snow, % nterbsry, December 4th, 1902. 1902. F. G. Smart, Esq. J. E. Mace, Esq. J. Stokes, Esq. M.O. October... 55°75 730 879 60°6 72'8 November 565 580 635 58°3 643 December 32°5 38°7 390 445 460 1903. January . 540 49°0 504 503 5385 February. 795 85:0 691 807 837 March ... 145°5 1545 143°7 1362 1482 April 180°0 165°0 165°6 146°2 165'8 May . 2195 219:0 226°2 210°8 2219 June. 20671 1950 1921 163°3 191-4 July. 2267 209°5 2110 1780 205-4 August... 205 5 1965 1767 1730 1949 September 1750 1775 171'8 1714 1821 1636°3 15407 1597°0 1473°3 1630°0 RAINFALL IN INCHES. Tunbridge Teynham. Maidstone. ‘Tenterden. Ashford. Dungeness, Observer Wells. Lieut.-Col. F.G. Smart, Esq. Honeyball. C. Pratt, Esq. J. E. Mace, Esq. J. Nickalls, M. O. A - AN . 7 A + ——— bots nee ~ 1902. Aver. Aver. Oct.... 2°53 409 177 230 1:90 1:95 193 3 23 Nov.... 2°94 3°29 1°65 1:89 226 227 A 168 257 Dec..... 2°33 314 1°36 216 g 2,27 2°40 gZ 2 36 211 1903. 3 3 Jan.... 274 2°43 2:08 225 Pe 214 248 Ps 2:03 1:87 Feb... 2:00 2:07 1:08 132 8 1:39 1:92 /0 Te iit 9237 March 3°51 245 198 2°03 = 2-26 196 5B 146 1:38 April 2°20 172 1:67 2°40 a 2-20 2°42 oe 2°39 1:37 May... 1:90 1:62 272 3.23 & 2°34. 188) & 102). 1:35 June.. 463 2:05 540 St | 28 3°56 3:50) ce 194-134 July... 634 243 4:02 5510 3°67 440. & 314° 1:62 Aug... 3°67 2°50 2-72 TS, oat 3:63 369% 4 S50), 21:81 Sept. 258 2:07 248 194 2:37 185 169 253 37°37 29°86 2893 3287 25°18 29 99 3021 28°53 23°91 22°55 RaInrautt IN IncHEs (Continued). Ob- Wingham. Petham. Canterbury. Ickham. Recutver- Margate. = J.E Elgar, W.H.Ham- A. Lander. J. Knowles, A. Collard, J. Stokes, server x Esq mond, Esq. Esq. Esq. Esq. 1903. cs Sse A k= > aS Gas Oct. . 1-07 2-00 179 —— 1°62 1-42 Nov. . 202 201 1.72 4 oe 156 1-64 ES Dec. . 2:05 359 235°. 3 —— 153 1560S 1903. z > sFAviCn 1:95 282 2°39 ° 190 > Feb. 1-41 163 163 ey 1:20 es March 219 256 234 5 177 2 April 1:86 1-76 iti ets 171 3 May 372 2:99 3°05 oe 221 pe June 469 460 £59 a 436 3 July 524 571 608 3 421 Z Aug. 276 436 206 270 Sept 161 131 222 2°63 30°57 35°34 32°29 25°71 27°40 2431 2293 32 REL O.8E Vcr T-bS oa €& 0.68 O-8R 68 ub OBE G18 LIT 601 0.9F O.LP SL 611 rP O.LL oF FL 0.2P L-SL Zar SIL L-&P GLP LGR Oat OF 0-88 RP. gL S.0OP pes 921 Tél O.LE PLP 6-28 Ost ike) 9-68 OF 9L GLE CER LEL rail L.08 0-98 0-82 FIL Of GALL 98 OL 6.38 0.64 Lat IIL 9.66 Oss 0-19 £01 9 0-19 Ga LS 0.9% 0.09 COL 90T LLG P85 0.99 101 GG 0-69 66 09 OLE 099 ZO 06 O-PS 0-18 9.85 c6 ia O8s 8% PS 0-LZ 86S &6 wh 0-04 59% 8S 08 8 O-PS & 1g 0.04 G&S PS cL 9.9% §-9¢ 18 y 0-81 rd ae Oot 0-12 OFS 08 18 8-62 g.Lg 16 GE C66 O-8¢ 82 6S C.26 0.82 ¢.8¢ 6 66 BBE 9.68 0-69 OOT Of GPE OFS PE 9 0:63 0&8 0-49 SOL ung ‘ssp ‘Ol “XP ‘ang ‘Ssuig "AI = ‘X¥IL ‘Ul XB SSB) ON XP IL ‘ung (= — —) = ore at J Se en 2 “OBS LBL “Sing tegaBD “ssomesan(d “uaps94}uay, ‘NOS NI LS&LLOH ANY ‘sSVa9 NO LSAd100 ‘NGOS AH £39 £69 PSS G.8¢ 9 19 0-LS G19 ¢.09 409 8:09 9 69 FOO L-19 619 8-29 LI9 @19 P19 G.Lg £.99 8.69 ¢s¢ : 8 1g 82S 1.69 £69 9 9 6-PP 6-8 L9F ; 61h OP ¢.90 Lat ic G.68 6.2F DPF LLe L-&P BRE G-IP 8-Lb €.Le .68 &0v BOF 1-UP L168 4 VSV Lev vor Peed 8.) 8.05 8-09 9-05 L 6Y O.6F “IAW OAV ae pd a ee -—~- — = an —! “bsg ‘sayqoyg “f ‘lepuBy ‘Vy ‘OW ‘bsq ‘evn aL “bsg “qaeug “9D H ‘oyBarRyy “£arngt9jpAVwy “ssomesunq ‘mepseyuey, “STIAAM, OSplaquny, AGUOS NI AUOALVUAINAL ATIVG NVAW £-b& + 68 PLE S-88 1:96 L8G “SSI 8-LE GOL §-8h 0-SL LP PGS OLt 9-£8 bE ¢.08 PYG 9Lg 0.08 $-S9 O-LE 0-89 * 6T L-1S 0-81 0-45 0-96 & 6S LAE 8.29 ‘UL XB pe =I ‘STEM ESplaqan, L NI GYALVATINAL JO SANA) Xa "MBALOSG (YY # taquaydes “ qsnany cS King “une wee . kaw “judy a yore o £enagey vs sven “e061 “* gequraeq ~* Jeqmes0n, “ 1aqoq09, “B06T “ aaquieydag YE qsnany “* Sine ~~ gone Sen udy youn os Kvenaqeyt pe Aavnaey “eOGT - = dequivoa(y “ LoquleAON Tayo “061 33 A NEW SERIES OF SELF-RECORDING WEATHER INSTRUMENTS. oes AGL KAO THE DAWSON- LANDER SUNSHINE RECORDER. NCE SOS THE DAWSON-LANDER SUNSHINE RECORDER. Patent applied for. As the name indicates, this instrument is designed to record actual sunshine, and not merely the heat rays, or the ultra-violet or chemical rays emitted by the sun. If the sunlight is sufficiently strong to cast a distinct shadow this instrument will record it. The specially-prepared charts are made from silver chloride paper, which is perfectly stable and uniform, quite unlike ferroprussiate paper. It is perfectly easy to ensure that all batches of silver cbloride paper are equally sensitive to light, thus absolute uniformity of the records is secured. This recorder is an accurate scientific instrument, capable not only of recording all the actual bright sun- shine, but showing every minute detail and the varving intensity of the sunlight. It is thus a great step in advance of the somewhat primitive appliance for burning a mark on a card, and thus giving an approximate total amount of the brightest sunshine without regard to detail. Tbe instrument consists of a small outer cviinjer of copper which revolves with the sun, and thrcugh the side of which is cut a narrow slit to allow the sunlight to impinge on a strip of sensitive paper, wound round a drum, which fits closely inside the other cylinder, but which is held by a pin so that it cannot rotate. The paper heiag in direct contact with the aperture, no great accuracy is necessary in setting the instrument, as the only thing affecting the record is the movement of the slit independently of the paper. " Diffused light is prevented from reaching the sensitive paper by means of a flattened funnel- shaped hood fitted in front of the slit. The instrument is adapted for giving automatically a continuous record for a week, a month, or any required period. By means of a screw fixed to the lid of the outer cylinder the drum holding the sensitive paper is made to travel endwise down the outer tube, an eighth of an inch daily, so that a fresh portion of the sensitive surface is brought into pozition to receive the record. The advantages of this recorder may be briefly summarised as follow :— 1st.—It is easily fixed and requires no delicate astronomical adjustment. 2nd.—Ths scale of the record does not vary from week to week, but is exactly balf-an-inch per hour all the year through. No correction is needed for the equation of time; the record (unlike that from other instruments) gives the actual time that the sun was shining. 3rd.—It gives a sharpand distinct record which can be easily read, being black on a white ground. 4th.—It registers for a day, a week, a month, or any required period, auto- matically, being self-setting, although the record may be examined as desired. 5th.—Being made throughout of copper and gun-meta), and being only four inches in diameter, it is very compact, and durable. 6th,—The price is less than that of other instruments in general use and the charts cost only afew shillings a year. As it is essential for purposes of comparison that all sunshine recorders should register approxi- mately the same amount of sunshine, the narrow slit in this instrument has for the present been reduced from 1-30th of an inch to 1-100th of an inch, sotbat it registers the same amouat of sunshine as the Campbell-Stokes recorder ; but it is not generally known that the glass ball of the latter in- strument frequently turns yellow on continued exposure to the sun, and this gradually reduces the amount of sunshine that it registers. If a Campbell-Stokes record is photographed, the photograph will frequently show much more sunshine than the original record, faint suushine barely visible to the naked eye comes out quite plainly in the photograph. LANDER’S ANEMOMETER. Patent applied for. This Anemometer is an instrument in which the wind blowing against the open mouth of a tube, which is kept facing the wind, exerts a pressure which is conducted down a tube or series of tubes fixed together by unions and thence by means of a mercury joint and flexible tubing to the interior of a thin bellows so delicately counterpoised that it rises with the faintest breeze. Attached to the dise or plate of the bellows is a lever carrying a pen which records on a drum revolved by clockwork. The lever is weighted by means of a small conical piece of hard wood or composition, which floats in a vessel of glycerine, the density of which is adjusted to allow the float to almost sink. When the float thus lies in the glycerine it has no weight, but when lifted up by the wind the weight gradually increases until it is lifted completely above the surface of the liquid. The effective area of the disc or plate acted upon and lifted by the wind inside the bellows is about 1-50th of a square foot, and according to the official table of the British Meteorological Office this surface would lift a 5oz. weight in a gale force 9, but a lighter weight nearer the pen would be equal to 5ozs. on the centre of the bellows, and the point from which the weight is suspended being twice as far from the hinge as the centre of the bellows, it follows that a 240z. weight here is equal to 5ozs, placed exactly on the centre of the disc. The pen is again double this distance, and therefore mcves twice as much as the weight. Below is given a summary of the official table from which it is easy to calculate the weight lifted by wind of any force, viz.: By dividing the number of ounces by 200. By constricting the tube by means of a clamp, one can get a record of mean sustained pressure, quite unlike the record obtained with the open tube which shows every single puff of wind, however sudden and momentary. The size of the scale can be varied by using a float of smaller or greater weight, or by placing the float nearer to or further from the pen. The lower end of the tube near the mercury joint is removable and_is wrapped around with a chart on which is recorded the direction of the wind by means of a pen which is allowed to slowly slide down a brass bar at the same rate as the drum revolves with the pressure record. Before use the bellows is carefully tested by conducting a branch of the wind pressure to one erd of a U shaped tube filled with turpentine, and as a difference of level cf one foot with this liquid represents a pressure of 55lbs., it is from the same table easy to calculate the difference of level for wind of any force. BEAUFORT’S SCALE OF WIND FORCE, From the official instiuctions of British Meteorological Office, with equivalent difference in level in a tube of Turpentine. Mean velocity, Mean pressure Velocity by Dines’ Difference of Force. Beaufort Scale. English miles, on square foot. formula for level Turpentine. per hour. ounces, official pressures. inches. 0 Calm. 3 3 3 .010 I Light air. - 8 5 8 068 2 Ligkt breeze. 13 133 16 184 3 Gentle breeze. 18 254 23 3h 4 Moderate breeze. 23 423 29 58 5 Fresh breeze. 28 64 36 .87 6 Strong breeze. 34 92 43 1.25 7 Moderate gale. 40 128 51 1.74 8 Fresh gale. 48 184 62 2.50 y Strong gale 56 251 72 341 10 Whole gale. 65 339 84 4.62 ll Storm. 75 451 7 6.15 12 Hurricane. 90 648 116 8 83 The anemometer is quite inexpensive, perfectly simple in action, has a minimum of moving parts, and absolutely nothing to get out of order. Itis so compact that all the mechanism is contained in a small case, and it records direction as well as pressure. In actual use it is best to fix the vane on the top of a tall pole above the chimneys, ete. The instrument is complete with best French eight-day clock and gives continuous records for both pressure and direction. The instrument records every single puff of wind, and also tells when those puffs affected the instrument, and is thus much superior to the velocity instruments which revolve at a great speed long after the puffs of wind have passed, and at best only give a very approximate total velocity for a given total time. The instrument in use at Canterbury is fixed on the roof on the top of 35 feet of one-inch galvanised iron tubing ; it is 75 feet above the street below, -and records accurately through a pipe of less than Jin. bore, ee ——EEE——E——EEEE A SIMPLE RECORDING GLYCERINE BAROMETER. a This instrument consists of two bent glass tubes of about }-inch bore fitted with stopcocks and connected together by means of stout flexible “compo” tubing, as shown in the illustration. The head must be about 30 feet above the bottom tube, but the flexible tube may wind up a stair-case or any other way, so that the level of the glycerine in the top glass tube is 27 feet ahove the level in the bottom tube. On the glycerine in the open end of the lower tube is placed a drop of cil to prevent the glycerine absorbing moisture from the atmosphere, and in this floats an ordinary Erdmann float with a fine spindle carrying a sinall pen which marks on an ordinary recording drum. This drum is fitted with a setting screw which raises or lowers the drum, and thus enables it to be set at apy desired mack The hour mark is brought against the pen by setting the clock in the usual wey. The scale of the barometer may be anything from about 11 inches for one inch of mercury downwards, this depending entirely upon the ratio of the bore of two tubes. If the bore of each is half-inch the scale would be about five inches for one inch of mercury. By means of the filling tube the barometer can be filled with glycerine, and the air driven out of the air trap in a few minutes withcut disturbing the instrument ‘This instrament is much more sensitive than a mercury barometer, and sometimes indicates a change one hour or more before an ordinary barometer. The thunderstorm records are especially interest- ing. The co-cfficient of expansion of glycerine works out to -0C028 for 1° F'; this gives a correction of ‘00S inch for every degree F. on a scale equal to 30 inches of mercury, hut as the barometer is vot confined in a small room which is heated by fires, ete., it is not liable to violent chang es of temperature, and if set to a corrected standard instrument when a new chart is put on, it will only vary about 3° or 4° whilst the chart is on. ¢ Git_teap. i | —_ erry OmNRA CERAM TIAL \ s Comor 36 A NEW THERMOGRAPH. Patent applied for. el reat i Morea The Thermographs hitherto in use consist of a compound bar composed of a strip of brass or zine soldered to a similar piece of iron, The minute alteration in the curvature cf this bar caused by variation of temperature is greatly magnified and made visible by a series of multiplying levers. Any slight error in the curvature of tne bar is, therefore, greatly magnified in direct ratio to the magnifying power of the levers. Errors constantly occur, especially with zinc, owing to its varying expansibility under different conditions. Any method whereby these difficulties can be obviated must be a decided improvement. By using two substances of widely different co-efficients of expansion, a thermograph has been made which gives sufficient direct movement without the use of levers or multiplying gear. Several substances have been tried. but vulcanite or celluloid with nickel-steel or wood have proved most satisfactory. Wood and nickel-steel both have low co-efficiests of expansion, but the latter is better, not being affected by moisture and being of a lower expansibility. Table of co-efficients of expansion :— Nickel-steel He as 0000008 Brass as oe Ss 0000187 Wiiaod> _....; = = 0000060 Zine : ae 0000294 Iron e ac 0000122 Vulcanite and Celluloid =a 0000842 From the above table it will be seen that the relative difference between iron and brass is as 2 to 3 between iron and zinc 1 to 23, and between vulcanite and nickel-steel 1 to 105. The instrument is now made with a compound bar of vulcanite and nickel-steel, and has a range of nearly one inch for every 10° F. It is supplied complete with clock and drum, the latter recording continuously for a week without changing the chart. It has asetting screw by means of which the recording pen can be brought to any mark on the chart, and the hour mark is brought under the pen by setting the clock in the usual manner. This instrument is the simplest Thermograph made, and the least likely to get out of order, and having no multiplying levers it is far more accurate and more sensitive. It can be made to fit inside the Stevenson screen. Application for a Provisional Patent has been made for most of these instruments and they are protected throughout the principal Countries of the World. HUMAN HAIR RECORDING HYGROMETER. RAIN -GAUCE . HYGROMETER AND RAIN GAUGE. The figures best explain these instruments. They are made to record in the ordinary Stevenson screen. The rain gauge hasa tap near the bottom and when this is opened the pen sinks to the bottom of the scale and this can be done as frequent'y as desired The funnel and tube can be surrounded with a water-jacket through which, in cold weather, a stream of water is passed from the nearest water supply and this melts enow as it falls and prevents the water freezing around the float. In the Stevenson screen at Canterbury a belt around the Thermograph drum drives the drum that records both humidity and rainfall. Thus one eight-day clock is sufficient for the three records and it needs little attention until the end of the week. ) OF RAINFALL RECORDING 37 CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. Bates, Mr H. W., London Britten, Mr J.. K.S.G., F.L.S., Royal Herbarium, Kew Housman, Rey. N., Bradley Rectory, Redditch Marshall, Rev. E. S., Witley, Godalming, Surrey Masters, Dr. Maxwell T., F.R.S., Ealing HONORARY Fiddian, Mr W. H., 6 Railway Terrace, Wincheap, Canterbury Hayward, Mr E. B., 6 Burgate Lane, Canterbury Jeffrey, Mr W. R., 37 Bank Street, Ashford Kemp, Dr. William, Wellington, New Zealand Maudson, Mr B., 34 St. Peter's Street, Canterbury Mitchinson, Right Rey. Dr., stone Saunders, Mr G. S8.. Common Trimen, Mr H., Botanical Department, British Museum Sibstone Rectory, Ather- 20 Dents Road, Wandsworth MEMBERS. Pugh, Mr, Vernon Place, Canterbury Reid, Mr James, F.R.C.S., Bridge Street, Canterbury Rosseter, Mr T. B., F.R.M.S., 6 Nursery Terrace, Canterbury Small, Mr F. A., 95 Westgate, Canterbury ASSOCIATES. Argrave, Mr F. M., 1 Deseret Cottages, Ada Road, Wincheap, ‘‘anterbury Ashenden, Mr C., 7 Havelock Street, Canterbury Buckingham, Mr C., 13 York Road, Canterbury De Vere, Mr T., Belle Vue, Harbledown Finn, Mr Perey R., St.. Margaret’s Stores, Canterbury Gard, Mr W., 54 St. Dunstan s Street, Canterbury Harvey, Mr 8S. W., 2 Almeida Street, Upper Street, London, N. Hawkins. Mr E. M.. F.1.C., Stone Street, Petham Kennedy, Mr A., 32 Dover Street, Canterbury Langston, Mr H., 12, Tudor Road, Canterbury Porter, Mr.A. Graham, Holmwood,Guildford Road, Can- | Sage, Mr F. J., Bifrons | terbury Snell, Mr F. C.. 8 Guildhall Street, Canterbury Surry, Mr W., 6 Dane John Terrace, Canterbury Surry, Mr R., 14 Upper Bridge Street, Canterbury Ward, Mr L., 10, Hanover Place, Canterbury MEMBERS. Abbott, Miss, 59, Oxford Street, Whitstable Austen, Mr W. G., 18 St. George’s Street, Canterbury Battley, Mr A. U., Kingsfield, Hunter’s Forstal, Herne uy Bell, Mr Matthew, Bourne Park, Canterbury Bennett-Goldney, Mr F., Abbott's Batton Bowler, Mrs, The Precincts, Canterbury Briggs, Mr H. Mead, 8 High Street, Canterbury Chapman, Mr H. M., The Priory, St. Martin’s Hill, Canterbury Chapman, Mrs H. M., The Priory, St. Martin’s Hill, - _ Canterbury Cole, Miss, 53 London Road, Canterbury Cozens, Mr W., Rookelands, Canterbury Dunham, Mr W. B., St. Margaret's Street, Canterbury Facer, Mr F. M., B.A., Kent College, Canterbury Fedarb, Mr W., 12 St. George’s Terrace, Canterbury Fielding, Mr H., The Precincts, Canterbury Galpin, Rev. A. J., M.A.. King’s School, Canterbury Gardner, Mr C. A., la Castle Street, Canterbury Greaves, Rey. Dr., Blean Hamilton, Mr, 11 Sun Street. Canterbury Hammond, Mr W.H., Whitstable Road, Canterbury Hammond, Mr W. O., St. Albans Court. Wingham Harvey, Mr Sidney, F.1.C., F:C.S., 18 Watling Street, Canterbury a = J. Henniker, M.P.,33 Eaton Square, Lon- don, W. Holland, Rey. Canon, M.A., Precinets, Canterbury Mates, Miss, The Laurels, Whitstable Road, Canter- ury Horsnaill, Mr A. E.. Swarthmore, Barton Fields, Can- terbury Hunt, Mr Wright, The Pynes, Nunnery Fields, Can- terbury Hurst, Miss, Fairbourne House. Dane John. Canterbury Husbands, Mrs., 44 St. Peter's Street, Canterbury Jennings, Mr W. J., Latchmere House, Canterbury Johnson, Mr J. G., Eastcott, Old Dover Road, Canter - bury Kingsford, Miss, 14 St. Danstan’s Terrace, Canterbury Lander, Mr A., Ph.C., F.S.M.C., The Medical Hall, Canterbury Mann, Mr W. P., B.A.. Simon Langton Schools, Can- terbury Marsh, Mr F. G., 1 Beaconsfield Terrace, Canterbury Maylam, Mr P., Watling Street, Canterbury MeDakin, Captain J. Gordon, 15 Esplanade, Dover McMaster, Mr J., J.P., The Holt, Canterbury Netherclift, Mr W. H., F.R.C.S., 8 St. George’s Place, Canterbury Palin, Miss, 13 Oaten Hill, Canterbury Parker, Colonel, Hopebourne, Harbledown, Canterbury Spies Miss, The Laurels, Whitstable Road, Can- terbu Proudfoot, Miss. Whitefriars, Canterbury Reid, Mr A. S.. M.A., F.G.S., Trinity College. Glenal- mond, Perth Rigden, Mr G., 30 St. George's Place, Canterbury Rigden, Mrs, 30 St. George’s Place, Canterbury Rigden, Miss, 30 St. George’s Place, Canterbury Rodwell, Rev. W. M.. Kedington, St. Margaret's, Can- terbury Rosenberg, Mr G. F.J..B.A., King’s School, Canterbury Saunders, Mr Sibert. Bank House, Whitstable Smith, Mr J. T., Salisbury House, St. Thomas’ Hill, | Canterbury Stead, Captain, Rose Lawn, London Road, Canterbury Summerville, Mrs, 44 St. Peter's Street, Canterbury Sworn, Miss, 45, St. Peter's Street. Canterbury Wace, The Very Rev. Dr., 'The Deanery, Canterbury Wacher. Mr Sidney, F.R.C.S., 9 St. George’s Place. Canterbury Webb, Mr S., Jun., Hanover Place, Canterbury Webb, Mr S., 22 Waterloo Crescent. Doyer 38 CONTENTS. ee LIST OF OFFICERS WINTER MEETINGS :— Presidential Address, Mr. Sidney Harvey, F.J.C., F.C.S. “ How a Lens is Made,’ Mr. C. P. Goerz... “Coins and Christianity,” Mr. 8. Webb Ns * Photographie Failures and their Remedy,”’ Mr. J. T. Smith “Fissure Flows of Lava,” Captain MeDakin, R.U.S.1. “ Colour Photography,” Mr. Frank Miall . “Old Earthenware and Porcelain,” Mr. F. “Bontielt: Goldney Lantern Evening a ne 456 ace “ Features of the River Stour,” Mr. C. Buckingham “ Ozotype,”’ Mr. T. Manly ... “ [nsectivorous Plants,” Professor G. S. Boulger ... * Battlefields of Kent,’ Rev. IT. Housman, B.D. ... ANNUAL MEETING HON. SECRETARY'S REPORT FINANCIAL STATEMENT HON. LIBRARIAN’S REPORT COLEOPTERA NOTES, Mr. B. Maudson ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTES FROM ASHFORD, Mr. W. R Jeffrey ees ON THE BOTANY OF THE ISLE OF THANET, Mr. F. Hewett ATURE NOTES, Mr. W. H. Hammond eer OF BRITISH ASSOCIATION DELEGATE METEOROLOGICAL NOTES, Mr. A. Lander NEW SERIES OF SELF-RECORDING WEATHER INSTRUMENTS.. LIST OF MEMBERS EAST KENT | SOIENTIFIC AND NATURBL STORY SOCIETY: REPORT AND TRANSACTIONS Je FOR THE Year ending September 30th, 1904. Series Il. Vol. IV. CANTERBURY : “ KENTISH GAZETTE AND CANTERBURY Press” OFrrice. Th pe 2 tom ; it it Fe ee Shs: PE eh Pee Ue Toy oye) eye Sy Mee ee pi. Shjchy aa pit EAS? se NT lt (es ovis Scientific and Aatuyal ppistory Society, WITH WHICH IS INCORPORATED THE Canterbury Wbhofographic Society. AFFILIATED WITH THE ROYAL PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY AND S.E. UNION, ESTABLISHED 1857. Nova es Rooms :—BEANEY INSTITUTE, HIGH STREET, CANTERBURY. REPORTS AND TRANSACTIONS for the year ending September 30th, 1904. SE RIES II. VOL. IV. Edited by the Hon. Secretary, A. LANDER, Ph.C., F.S.M.C., The Medical Hall, Canterbury, To whom all communications should be sent. Cast Kent atural Xistory Society. ———— — — — eEeEr eee ee OFFICERS—1904-05. President : S. HARVEY, Esgq., F.1.C., F.C.S. Vice-Presidents : THE VERY REV. THE DEAN OF CANTERBURY, CAPTAIN J. GORDON Mc DAKIN, REV. A. J. GALPIN, M.A. Treasurer : W. P. MANN, Esq., B.A., Simon Langton Schools. Librarian : Mr. C. BUCKINGHAM. Committee: F. BENNETT GOLDNEY, Esq. W. H. NETHERCLIFT, Esq., F.M.FACER, Esq., H. M. CHAPMAN, Esq., G. M. PITTOCK, Esgq., W. COZENS, Esq., SIBERT SAUNDERS, Esq., W.H. HAMMOND, Esq. Hon. Secretary : Mr. A. LANDER, The Medical Hall, Canterbury. Assistant Secretaries : Mr. C. A. GARDNER, 1a, Castle Street, Canterbury. Mr. E. B. HAYWARD, 6 Burgate Lane, Canterbury. Local Secretaries or Referees. To organise special observation and investigation, and report upon definite subjects, in accordance with the suggestions of the British Association. The Members of the Society are invited to assist the work of the Sub-Committees by giving notice of any facts or occurrences relating to the subjects of investigation named to the General Secretary, or to the Local Secretary, who will always be glad to receive the informatian, and tender any advice or assistance iu their power. Botany : The Misses HotmMes AND PHILLPOTTS. Coleoptera : B. F. Maupson, Esq. Entomology : SipNey Wess, Esq., W. R. Jerrrey, Esq. Geology : Caprain J. G. McDaxin, A. S. Rem, Esq, M.A, F.G.S. Hymenoptera, etc. : Rev. W. M. Ropwetu. Lepidoptera : F A. Smaut, Esq., A. U. Battery, Esq Marine Zoology: SinertT SauNpDERS, Esq. Meteorology : A. LANDER, E-q Ornithology : H. Meap-Briaes, Esq Photography : W. H. Hammonp, Esq. FIRST WINTER MEETING.—OCTOBER 13th, 1903. ‘““THE WONDERS OF RADIUM."—PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS BY Mr. SIDNEY HARVEY. At the conclusiou of the business of the annual meeting, held in the Reference Library of the Beaney [nstitute, the presidential address wasgiven by Mr. Harvey. Amongst those who were present we noticed Messrs. H. M. Chapman, W. H. Nether- clift, Marsh, Randerson, Austen, F.C. Snell, Sage, Graham, Fiddian, Hawkins, Rev. A. J. Galpin, Misses Sworn, Abbott, Holmes, Phillpotts, Mrs. Harvey, Mrs. Bowler, Messrs. A. Lander (hon. secretary), C. Buckingham, and H. Langston, ete. Mr. S. Harvey, who was very cordially received, said at that point he supposed he ought to acknowledge the honour they had done him in appointing him again to the presidency of that Society. He could only say that the confidence reposei in him merited confidence on his part, and he hoped if he was spared to fulfil another year as president of that Society that he would make himself as acceptable and useful as pos- sible. But in oceupying that position that night he was met with two discouragements. Ino the first place one was fully conscious that no one could fill the office of president of a society for fourteen years rnnning without having long ago exhausted any interest attaching to his utterances (no, no); and also it was very difficult year after year to draw up an acceptable presidential add: ess. He bad been looking back on the past session, and trying to see there some subjects on which to hang a discussion that night —subjects of general and scientific interest—and as that Society was a working Society, and as botany formed, and should form, one of the most important tranches of study, he would make some allusion to botanical work. With regard to the introduction of informal excursions, he might say that these had been satisfactory. Mr.W.H. Hammond, just before that meeting, had put into his hand some valuable observations and remarks upon the condition of the surrounding florain this neighbourhood, and his experiences with regard to the rare and uncommon plants discovered here. His paper, however, was so valuable, that he (the speaker) did not feel justified in making any extracts from it, because he hoped hefore long they would have it read in full (applause). He could not, however, pass it over without alluding to the position of botany in regard to that Society. Mr. Hammond had already brought before them some studies respect- ing viol+tis, especially those species that were more particularly growing in their midst. The differ- ences in the specific charact+ rs of violets were of an imp rtant nature, and he would like t> say that they needed to observe those diff-rene+s far more clos: ly than they had been accustomed to do. ‘I'he speak-r said it would never do to restrict their botanical studies t) the naming of plants, on the identification of species given to them in their standard work on _ botany, for however able those descriptions might be, they must expect to find, not only with regard to violets but in nearly all the botanical orders, divergencies in some _ particulars. If they went back to Sowerby’s time, the whole of the species of violets dealt with in that great book could be counted on the fingers of the two hands, but they could now claim that the clear varieties of violets were three times as numerous, going to show that a society like that hada great deal of work before it in observing the divergencies of species. Another branch which belonged to their Society was the discovery of flint im- plements and they had two workers in their midst who looked after those very interesting prehistoric records. One gentleman suppressed his namo simply for the reason that he wished to submit his specimens to a first class expert before bringing them to the Society and he had already collected rather largely. He mentioned that fact to encourage those who had passed by those things, in future not to throw away anything that might turn out to be a flint instrument, but to submit it first to an expert. Mr. W. H. Hammond was continuing his work in that direction, and had exhibited some interesting specimens in their museum. Mr. Harvey alluded to the very remarkable progress which was being made in the way of glass working, and remarked that as a result of recent experiments, he thought it was evident that the human hand, at any rate in that era of civiliza- tion, bad not lost its cunning (applause). Continuing, the speaker remarked that public attention had recently been directed to the changes taking place below the surface of the earth, and due solely to physical and chemical action. They were accustomed to consider a mass of rock, as aggregations cf watter deposited by water or some other force, and as being in the same internal condi- tion to-day as when that deposit took place. For instance, if they walked from Herne Bay to Reculvers they found large quantities of crystals at the foot of the cliffs, and especially after a storm. Hitherto they had been inclined t» think that those crystals had been buried thera when the strata was deposited, but now there was @ growing conviction that there was below the surface of the ground, apirt from any action of life, a great deal of change going on, and it might go so far as to cause recrystalisation in some of the rocks and other remarkable appearances very difficult to explain in any oth«r way. ‘This change, he said, might prove important as regard agri- culture. It was all very well to say that they had a living crganism which could extract from the soil its nutriment; that they could connect with the soil nutritive qualities, artificial manures, and so op, which would assist the growth of a crop. But there was no doubt tha’ there was an inter- mediary action between the nutritious matter put into the soil and the action which took place in abstracting it from it. Those changes were now undergoing careful investigation, and there would be very great results as re- garded skilful agriculture if they were carefully and properly observed (applause). He now came perhaps to the great discovery of the year if one might character.se it as such when they were startled with discoveries every day almost, viz, thit of the recent elucidation of the extraordinary radium. To give anything like aa exposition evea at the present stage of their know- ledge as regarded that wonderful phenomenon, would take up the whole of the tims at his disposal, so that he would simply giwe them one or two particulars respecting it. Radium was extracted from a mineral, piteh blead, which was the souree, and the sols source of uranium,— indeed it was through experimeat; with uranium that radium was first ob-erved. Monsieur and Madame Curie after researches, — which were perhaps the most laborious, thit chemistry bore any record of—isolated threeremarka»lesubstances after extracting from the mass of pitch-blend, uriniam, which they all kaew abounded in very large proportioa. Madame Curie gave to the first she discovered, the name of Polonium, after the name of het own native land ; Radium was discover- ed soon aft: rwards, and soon after that Actinium. With regard to Polonium and Actinium, very little was known, and with regard to Radium, all that had been ascertained was that at preseat it was looked upon as a metal. It had only been seen in combinuition with Bromine and Chlorine, and was remarkable for its radiant properties, and its raliant power, which compired with the most radiant bodies kno vn,such as uranium and th drium. Todeed,the radiant po wer of radium compared with thorium or uranium was more thaa a million times as zZreat, but at present 16 was extremely expensive, the prica quoted a day or two ayo being 100 guineas for a single grain. Aud when he meationed that the ocean contained gold, and that it was easier to get that gold out of the ocean than it was to extract radium from pitch blead, they would understand why it was so expensive. It had remarkable electrical proper- ties, for there emanated from radium at least three clisses of rays. These wers electro positive, electro-nezative, and another set of very wonderful rays, similar to X rays. A very remarkable fact to be mentioned in connestioa with radium was thit under proper conditions tho-e raliant properties were the result of decomposition, and there resulted from that decomposition another very rare element— if it was an elemeit—which had not been before the world very long—he alluded t» some*hing present in the air, and also in the san’s atmosphere, viz., helium. Of course, they would say that, in speaking thus of radium, it was proof that radiam was not an element at all. But the view of scientists with regard to the question at the present moment was, not that radium is not an elemeat, but that elements wera themselves capable of decomposit oa. However that might be, one thing was certain, and that was that emanations from radium resulted in the production of helium. That was a very wonderful thing indeed, and so completely altered their views as regarded the conservation of energy ani also the immutable character of elements themselves, that with bated breath they awaited further great developments in that direction. The speaker dilated upon the great penetrating qualities of ralium, neither gases, liquids, or solids being able to obstruct its rays. Professor Curie, he said, declared that he would not like to go into a room where a pound of radium was kept; he woull expect to be blinded and ultim itely killed for his temerity, but they were not informed what Midame Curie thousht on the matter. Certain it was that the emanations from radium were of a remarkable character. It was already being used in cancer. The difficulties of tha Roatgen rays witb regard to cancer was that they had to be distributed from the external surface, but in the case of the radium there appeared to be a possibility of sealing up in small tubes a very minuta portion of radium and intro- ducing it into the cancer itself, and thus getting results where results were wanted. There was a very great future, he thought, in medicine for that reuiarkable substance, and the whole question of emanations must be most interesting to the faculty. He might mention before he left the subject of radium that the Bath waters contained helium, and the opinion had recently been expressed that the efficacy of those Bath waters depended upon the emanations from helium. If that was so they had the explanation of the fact that Bath waters unless drunk at th> spring itself, and before those emanations dissipated themselves, lost their curative properties. He need hardly say that hers was a great field for further investi- gation. They had therefore in radium a proof as far as they hal gone of the dissociation of elements. ‘They were led to ask themselves the question just now, were they going near to proving the idea, cherished by the old alchemists that matter was capable of transmutatioa. They kaew that those alchemists aimed at turning the baser sorts of metals into gold; they also knew that they spent years of their life-time in investigations of that character—they sacrificed health, wealth, and even life itself for it. ‘They also knew that they worked for this, they hoped for this, they expected this, and in soma cases they believed they had attained their desire. Bat after all their work their sun went down ia darkaess and disappoint- ment and daspair, bequeathing to others the exper‘eacs of their long tuil. But that toil was not altogether in vain, for they were the founders of modern chemistry, the foundations of whicn they well and truly laid, but which became in the hands of Wollistoa, Black, Cavendish, Davy, Dalton, and others, a great and important factor. These men not only extended the foundations laid by the alchemists, but bailt ther-o1, and wece tha prime factors in the progress of civilizition itself. Thera was not a1 act or science, or occupation that could do without the help of the chemi-t—astronomy, botany, photo- graphy, metulurzy, geology, medicing, all these had been helped, and owed their development to the influence of science. And who could limit its influence in the future ? The past had been a series of triumphs, and the future, he believed, and the near future perhaps, would still eclipse those triumphs (loud applause). Rey. A. J. Galpin moved a very cordial vote of thanks to the President,and Mr. W.H. Netherclift seconded. Needless to say the vote was heartily accorded. SECOND WINTER MEETING. —NOVEMBER oth, 1903. EXHIBITION OF NEW SCIENTIFIC APPARATUS. The usual fortnightly meeting was held in the Reference Library of the Beaney Institute on Tuesday evening, November 10th. The meeting took the form of an exhibition of new and novel apparatus, and these were inspected by a larga andi interested attendance. Amongst the exhibits were a microscope and pelariscope and a number of bodies, showing most brilliant and interesting colonrs. Mr. W..P. Mann, Simon Langton Schools, exhibited a wireless telegraphy apparatus, with two different forms of receivers in different parts of the room, and also a spinthariscope, an instru- ment containing a minute quantity of radium on a needle point, placed immediately over the centre of a small florescent screen. At the other end of the small tube isa lens,and when the eye is placed over these, it sees what looks like a very brilliant display of shooting stars, caused by the emana- tions from the radium on the needle point striking the florescent screen, thus causing a flash of light. This wonderful process seems to go on without intermission for ever. Mr, Mann also exhibited a number of other interesting electrical apparatus. Mr. Gard showed a wireless telegraphy ap- paratus, and several appliances for testing the efficiency and candle power of electric lamps. He also exhibited some splendid telegraph instruments including the well-known Morse instruments and a pair of Telautograph instru- ments which had been used betw-en Scotland Yard and Liverpool, and by means of which drawings of criminals were transmitted from one place to the other. Some excellent spectroscopes and other interesting instruments were shown by Mr. W. H. Hammond, and a huge fossil shell which had recently been dug up in his sandpits was exhibited by Mr. Cozens. Mr. Blascheck, of the Electric Light Works, kindly sent a record volt meter and an Ammeter by which minute variations in the electric current of the city are rendered visibla and recorded. Mr. A. Lander also showed a very interesting and unique collec- tion of new weather appliances which have been recently perfected to such an extent that he was requested by the British Weather Office to exhibit them before the British Association at South- port, a few weeks ago. These instruments included a sunshine recorder, a thermograph, a glycerine barometer, an anemometer which records the wind’s velocity and direction. One of these may now be seen at work in Messrs. Lander and Smith’s window in High Street. Mr. Lander aiso exhibited a rain-gauge and hair hygremeter for recording the fluctuations in the moisture present in the atmosphere. ‘These in- struments have been sent to Kew Observatory for exhaustive testing, and if they prove successful there is every prospect of their being adopted officially as Standard instruments. The whole of the exhibits were greatly enjoyed and the details of the various apparatus were examined with the closest interest. THIRD WINTER MEETING.—NOVEMBER 24th, 1903. COMPETITION LANTERN SLIDES FROM ROYAL PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY. This meeting was held in the Reference Library of the Beaney Institute and took the form of an exhibition of the competition lantern slides from the Royal Photographic Society. These slides were of peculiar interest to us, owing to the fact that many of our members had sent slides to the competition, and three of the competi- tors, viz, Messrs. W. H. Hammond, F. C. Snell, and ©. Buckingham were successful in having their slides purchased, and these were included in the collection of ninety magnificent slides which were shown during theevening. Taking the slides as a whole, the opinion was freely expressed that they were the finest collection of slides ever shown in Canterbury. FOURTH WINTER MEETING.—DECEMBER 8th, 1903. “THE COLOURS OF INSECTS.’’—By A, U. BATTLEY, Esq. A well-attended meeting was held in the Reference Library of the Beaney Institute on Tuesday, December 8, 1903, S. Harvey, Esq., F.L.C., F.C.S ,in the chair. After Miss Sworn had kindly read the report of our delegate to the British Association, the President introduced the lecturer, Mr. A. U. Battley, who said:—My subject to-night has been announced as “ The Colours of Insects,” but the examples I sball select are nearly all taken from the well-known group of “Lepidoptera” (Butterflies and Moths), which have been for many years my favourite study, The colours of these, whether in the perfect, larval, or even egg state, are always worthy of admiration, the grouping, blending, or contrast being perfect, as in most natural objects, and form a lesson to artists and others which they would do well to study. Indeed, it is a great pity that while artists use models and studies for nearly all the objects in their pictures, they frequently mar the whole by introducing a perfectly impossible butterfly, or even the wings of a butterfly with the head of a moth. Surely the insect itself is beautiful and perfect enough without any improving. My purpose to-night, however, is not so much to treat this subject from an artistic standpoint, as to give some insight into how these colours are formed, and for what purposes they exist. I am afraid I cannot present anything new, but my object will be to place before you a subject that will interest lepidopterists and others alike, as the main rules enunciated hold good in all branches of Nature. The wings of Lepidoptera are themselves trans- parent and colourless, being similar to those of the house fly, but have on their surface scales which bear the colours. These are of two kinds: (1) Non-pigmental, caused by the breaking up of a white ray of light on the surface of the scale, similar to the colours observable inside oyster shells. (2) Pigmental, caused by the white light being absorbed by the scale, and part given off again. This class of colour is readily affected by exposure to light, acids, alkalies, ete, which do not affect the first class, an important matter to bear in mind when arranging cases intended for constant exposure to the light. The lowest development in colour occurs in the female of Aporia cratzgi, where the scales towards the centre of the fore wingsare quite transparent, then comes the non-pigmental white, ard this class of colours is develped in probably every shade. In pigmental colours, the lowest form is white, which develops into yellow, thence by one branch through orange and red or brown to black, or by another branch from yellow into green, thence through red into blue or purple and possibly black. There are also several cases of reversionary colours, the yellow varieties of the Burnet moths (f:om the typical red), Colias edusa (yellow) with its white variety Helice, and the nen-pigmental white in the male Hepialus humuli (from the yellow and orange female), being some of the most notable. In connection with these lines of colour develcp- ment, it is interesting to note that botanists have placed the development in flowers in almost the same order. Colours in larve cau only be treated briefly. The brown and brightly coloured, also some of the green Jarve, have a layer of pig- ment under the skin, but the latter especially are much influenced by the green blood, and there is consequently great difficulty in preserving them to show their natural colours. Colours, whether in the larva or imago, can generally be shown to be aseful to the insect, either now or during past ages, time not having yet been sufficient to delete it. In fact the ex- ceptions to this rule are so few and constantly becoming fewer as our knowledge extends, that we may reasonably assume it is always the case. These colours must have been developed by ages of natural selection. To properly appreciate the effect of this in the case of Lepidoptera, it is necessary to consider for a moment the enormous struggle for existence constantly going on. A female of Hoporina croceago taken by me last spring laid 537 eggs in captivity,while I estimated another batch of noctua eggs found on a reed at about 1,250, but even assuming that these were outside numbers, and putting the minimum at 200, it would only be necessary for two of these to come to maturity and fulfil the purpose of their existence in order to preserve the balance of the species. That is to say,99 per cent. perish normally, either from climatic causes or by enemies. Now a very small advantage would save one out of this ninety-nine, with the result that next year the number of species would be doubled. Parallel variation may be regarded as a factor in guiding colonr formation, that is, if we have two closely allied and normally distinct species A and B, we shall find that a tendency exists in A to vary in the direction of B, and in B to vary towards A, this is possibly of a reversionary nature. Sexual selection is also believed to have affected colours in some instances, owing to tke preference by the females for brightly coloured males, and although this is not now regarded as so powerful a factor as formerly, there are a few well known examples. In the Ghost moth (Hepialus humuli), the position of the sexes is reversed, the female seeking the male, to whom she flies attracted by his white colour as he buzzes over the herbage in the dusk. ‘Jhe rest of this genus are brown with a few silvery markings, and it is only fair to assume that the original H. humuli male was so coloured, the specimens with the most silver would then be selected by the female, until a perfect white male was the resvlt. Further, in the Shetlands, where there is no dark during June and July, this species has perforce to fly in the daylight, and the necessity for the white male being absent, they are of the same yellow brown colour as the female. Protective culouration, with which mimicry is closely associated, is by no means confined to tropical insects, as the examples in many of our Museums would lead us to believe, but becomes evident upon examination in almost every British species. It is much better seen in the field than in mounted specimens, owing to the small space at one’s disposal and difficulty of placing the specimen in exactly a natural attitude. It is developed on the parts of the insect exposed to view when at rest. Butterflies show the under- side of the hind wings and the tip of the under- side of the fore wings, and itis interesting to note that while these two parts are colcured alike in all our British butterflies, about half of them have the disc of the fore-wings (which is hidden) of a totally different colour. Moths show the upper side of the fore-wings, and the few species that rest with expanded wings have a similar scheme of colour on all wings. I propose now to give a few examples, taking the butter flies first. The “ Blues” rest on grass and rush heads, and bear a number of small, eye-like spots. These have tke effect of breaking up the lines of the insect in a manner similar to the stripes of the zebra, and in fact many of the protective colours of insects owe their efficacy more to this than to their complete harmonizing with their surround- ings. The favourite resting-place of Anthocharis cardamines is amongst wild geranium or umbellifersz: on hedge banks, andthe green marbled wings much resemble the fine cut leaves. Satyrus janira and many of its allies rest near the ground at the roots of grass, where they are well concealed by their sombre and unicolourous hues, while Satyrus semele, whose habit it is to rest on bare, stony ground, has its wings mottled grey brown. All these species, however, only live for a short time during the summer, tlying by day and resting at night, and the need of protection is not so great. To see protective colouring in its highest develop- ment among our butterflies we must examine the genus Vanessa. These species emerge from the pupe in August and live until the following June, hybernating in a torpid state in hollow trees, wood stacks, and outhouses, and are much exposed to attack during that peried. The bright, upper side of the wings is hidden when at rest, and the curiously mottled brown underside, combined with their notched outline, exactly resembles a piece of rotten wood. Among the Moths, some of the most striking examples occur among those appearing in the autumn months. Tkese are almost invariably yellow or brown, and further, speaking generally, the yellow species appear earlier than the brown, so following the prevailing hue of the falling leaves. Wherea differences in babit obtains, we immediately find a corresponding alteration in colour. ‘Thus Chesias spartiata, although an autumn species, rests ou its food plant, the common broom, and greatly resembles the seed pod of that plant, while Oporabia dilutata exactly matches the colour of its favourite perch, a park paling. In Pygera bucephala we notice a more elaburate protection, With its brown grey wings 5 wrapped tightly round its body, it looks like a piece of dead stick, a resemblance which is intensified by its buff thorax ard buff lunules to the tips of its wings, which represent the broken ends of the stick with an exactness that is little short of marvellous. The fact remains that while the larva swarms by thousands in our suburban gardens, I can count the mcths I have found duricg five and twenty years on the fingers of one hand. The many species that rest on tree trunks contribute all shades of grey and brown, generally mottled considerably, and even a large insect like Catocala nupta becomes invisible on a willow trunk at a short distance. As another example of exceptions that prove the rule, the few species that feed on pine and rest on the trunks of that tree are always some shade of red-brown. Another interesting group consists of the moths inhabiting fens and resting on the reed stems. ‘I'hese are of many kinds, comprising examples in several widely separated families, but all alike are pale wainscot brown in colour, with faint longtitudinal streaking, matching the dead reed stems exactly. If, however, there is an allied species with different habits, the colour also differs, thus Viminia venosa from the fens is pale wainscot brown, while the very closely allied Viminia rumicis, a tree trunk rester from the uplands, is mottled grey. The moths that rest exposed on rocks and walls show a remarkable resemblance in colour either to the rocks themselves or to the lichens thereon, some species such as Brynphila perla developing grey, yellow or green local forms according to the prevailing tints of the lichens in the district. Perhaps, however, the largest num- ber of moths, certainly among the Noctuz, rest on or close to the ground, and this habit accounts for their dingy brown colours. Even among these we find a tendency to vary, and during a visit to Sidmouth in South Devon, where the soil is all red, I noticed that many of our common moths, which are normally brown or greyish brown, were there reddish brown. Gnophos obscurata is a species that is very variable according to soil, being almost white on the chalk, black on peaty moor- lands, red on sandstone, etc. Among larve we notice some splendid instances of protective colouring. Those that feed on trees and bushes are usually marked with diagonal lines to accord with the ribs of the leaves, while pine, larch and grass feeders are striped longti- tudinally. In colour, too, the prevailing tints are green or brown, both forms being often developed in the same species, and it has been proved by experiment that the adoption of one colour or the other by the young larva is dependent on whether green or brown twigs predominate in its vicinity. Yet another colour is developed by some larye in the New Forest (and possibly elsewhere), this being a mottled grey, exactly resembling the lichen-covered twigs which are prevalent in that district. Added to these colours, many larve are twig-like in shape, having even knots and lumps on them to increase the deception. {nsects that are protected by stings of nauseous flavour are bright coloured, frequently red, on its debased form, yellow, and it has occurred to me that this universal use of red as a warning colour throughout nature may have led to its adoption as a danger signal by primitive man. Wasps and hornets are the best example of brightly coloured insects protected by stings, and we also notice that all larve with nauseous flavour, or which have poisonous or urticating hairs are brightly coloured. I have often tried to get our London sparrows to eat the common Tiger Moth (Arctia caia), one of the most brilliant insects of this country, but they have always refused to do so. Mimiecry is the imitation by one species of another, either forthe purpose of sharing in the protection enjoyed by the latter owing to stings, nauseous flavour, etc., or in order to enable the mimic to get its food. Thus we find almost every order of insects has some species that mimic the well protected hornets and wasps. Among Lepi- doptera, Sesia bembeciformis and 8S. apiformis exactly resemble hornets in their transparent wings, yellow and black bodies and general shape, and even have the habit of turning the body about and pretending to sting their captors, a feat that of course they are quite incapable of performing. Macroglossa fuciformis and M, bombyliformis again, with their clear wings and stout, hairy bodies, resemble the humble bees, in whose com- pany they fly by day over the flowers. Gnophria rubricollis closes its black wings into a narrow strip over its orange body, its collar being red, and tumbles out of the bushes in company with a narrow, black, red-collared, orange bodied beetle, which, from its evil smell, must be distasteful to birds. Mimicry is sometimes developed in order to terrify, thus Smerinthus ocellatus when at rest only shows the brown upper wings, and in that position resembles a dead leat. When touched, it suddenly flings these forward, revealing the hind wings which are red with large eye-like spots, and this action would doubtless frighten a bird. The larva Cherocampa elpenor, which has the power of making itself resemble a small snake,is another instance. The third class of mimics, called “aggressive,” are poorly represented inthe Lepidoptera. Onesmall moth, Xystmatodoma melanella, the larva of which feeds on the combs and pollen stored in bee-hives, is sometimes given as an example, as it is supposed to mimic the honey bee. It is certainly of a similar colour, but I can see no great resemblance, and it may be possible that we have here a species that is even now developing into a mimic. There are some splendid samples among the Diptera, the larva feeding in the nests of humble bees, which the dipteron mimics very faithfully. But for an undoubted proof of the existence of protective colouring and its formation by natural selection, we must examine some of the moths from the London district and large manufacturing centres. In these districts the large amount of smoke from chimneys and factories has gradually darkened the tree trunks, fences and other resting places, and, in order to be the better protected, many moths have developed dark varieties I will specially mention one species Amphidasisbetularia. The typical form of this moth from the country districts is creamy white with black speckling, well described by its popular name of “ The Peppered Moth.” Some fifty years ago entomologists in the great Lancashire manufacturing district noticed varieties of this moth with alarge development in the black markings, and within a few years absolutely black varieties were found, then the speckled forms became rarer, and now the black variety is the only one in that district. Around London and some of the other smoky centres the same thing is now being repeated, and we may look for black varieties there with a good chance of success. And with this notable example of colour change progressing during recent times I will conclude this evening. I can only express a hope that some remarks of mine will have awakened an interest in this most absorbing subject. At the close a very hearty vote of thanks was accorded the lecturer for his very interesting address and for kindly bringing the splendid sets of specimens to illustrate his paper. FIFTH WINTER MEETING.—JANUARY 26th, 1904. “NATURAL HISTORY PHOTOGRAPHY.’—By G. F. HARRIS, Esq,, F.R.P.S. A crowded audience assembled in the Reference Library of the Beaney Institute to hear the above affiliation lecture from the Royal Photographic Society. The lecture was kindly read by Miss K. Sworn, and was illustrated by means of sixty lan- tern slides showing various phases of natural history photography, such as botanical, zoological, entomological, ete. Many of the hints given should prove of use to many of our members interested in the various branches of this fascin- ating study. NO ONDA SIXTH WINTER MEETING._-FEBRUARY oth, 1904. “THE EARLY HISTORY OF CANTERBURY MONASTERY.”—By THE Rey, A. J. There is probably no study more interesting or more fascinating than that of the history of ancient buildings. As we look at the dark and stately piles which are to be seen in various parts of the country we cannot but conjure up memories of the many ages during which they have existed—tbe troublous times and vicissitudes which they have witnessed and the many changes which have led up to the high state of civilization which we now enjoy. Carlyle in his book on“Heroes and Hero Worship’ expoundsthe very interesting theory that every great reform aud improvement made in every age is the outcome of the thoughts and energies of the great men who lived in those ages. Whilst not venturing to express an opinion on such a tremendous subject, or venturing to criticise such a great authority as Carlyle, stillin looking at the great relies of the past we may be permitted to connect them with the great men to whom we are so indebted for our present day civil and religious liberty. Here in Canterbury we possess a large number of very ancient buildings (mainly of course reminiscent of religious vicissitudes and changes) and it is only natural, therefore, thit our Society should make this study a somewhat prominent feature of their work. On Tuesday evening, February 9th, 1904, a lecture was given by the Headmaster of the King’s School (the Rev. A. J. Galpin) entitled “A Monk of Canterbury,” in which the talented lecturer gave an interesting discourse on the early history of Canterbury Monastery, in the Parry Library at the King’s School. Mr. Sidney Harvey, F.I.C., presided, and there was an extremely good attendance consider- ing the unpropitious weather which prevailed. The Chairman, in a few introductory remarks, mentioned that in meeting there that night the Soziety were not establishing a precedent, for years ago, he said, before they obtained the use of the Reference Library at the Beaney Institute, the Society used to meet in a small room in the Cathedral, but on special occasions, when they met in force, they enjoyed the hospitality of the King’s School. That occasion gave him an oppor- tunity of recalling the very pleasant gatherings they had in those days. Now that they were visiting the old scenes, as it were, they were putting themselves under another obligation to the King’s School (applause). The Rev. A. J. Galpin prefaced his remarks by thanking those present, on behalf of the King’s School, for their attendance thatevening. It was his intention, he said, to trouble them with very few dates but rather to endeavour to puta little life into the buildings which they saw around them. During the time he had been there, he had been filled with some longing to know what the people were who had lived in those buildings and what their dai'y mode of life had been. He had ventured to call his lecture “A Monk of Canter- bury,” not that he proposed dealing with any GALPIN. particular monk, but rather to give them an idea of monastic life in their immediate vicinity. At the outset they would do well to remind themselves of what was meant by a monk and a monastery in the strict sense of the words.In the MiddleAgesthey came across a great many religious foundations in common religious life ; but it would be incorrect to speak of them as monasteries. The essence of monasticism lay in the consecration of the work woolly to the service of God, to live a life apart from the world, disciplined and under bonds. When the monk entered his cloister and took his vows he bade farewell for ever to the world. These were, what were called, Regular Foundations. But there was another class of foundations in which a number of men in Holy Orders lived together under acommon rule but without vows and not separate from the world. These were known as secular clergy and they belonged to a secular foundation. He thought it would be quite clear that when they spoke of secular clergy they did not mean to infer that they were worldly. It seemed that there was a foundation cf that latter kind—secular clergy attached t> their Cathedral in the Anglo-Saxon days, after the landing of St. Augustine in 597. “‘ Untilthe Conqueror’s time,” writes Somner (an old Kiug’s Scholar) in 1620, I find no mention of any “ Prior ” of Christ Church. Aforetime it seems he that held the place was ealled Decanis Ecclesiae. And the list, for which he (the lecturer) could not vouch, gave the names of twelve of these Deans. The question as to what the constitution of the Cathedral clergy actually was, before the time of Lanfranc was certainly a difficult one, because the old monastic historians such as William of Malmesbury, who wrote in 1125 were—as Dr. Stubbs had shewn— utterly regardless of truthin this matter. TheMonks wrote as if the Cathedrals from the earliest times were in the hands of the Monks. This was extremely doubtful, and it was quite certain that it was not true of many of the English Cathedrals. A good modern authority, Mr. Arthur Leach, maintained that before the coming of Lanfranc, their Cathedral at Canterbury was not, for the most part, in the hands of monks and never in the hands of monks exclusively. St. Augustine him- self was, of course, a monk, and so, no doubt, were many of his companions. At any rate as a Bishop and a Missionary, St. Augustine had to live a iife entirely inconsistent with that of a monk—the essence of whose rule was that he should have no property, and not go outside his cloister, excepting occasionally. Augustine consulted the Pope Gregory, and it was thought probable by some, that—in accordance with the Pope’s reply—the clergy, who were monks, were placed in the Abbey of St. Peter and St. Paul, which they now called St. Augustine Abbey, some two hundred yards from the Cathedral where they could lead a monastic life, undisturbed, while the Archbishop and his staff of secular clergy occupied buildings close to the Cathedral and Jed the same sort of life as missionaries did in the present day, when they lived together as a brotherhood. ‘The Archbishop held property, as he had a staff of clergy to support and moved about the world as a man of affairs. But the neighbouring abbey gave him a place of rest and retirement whilst alive, and was his resting place at his death. This theory at any rate helped them to understand why the St. Augustine’s Abbey should have been founded and why for so many years, the Archbishops were buried here instead of in the Cathedral itself. ‘Therefore if they tried to picture to themselves what the state of affairs was round about their Cathedral for three centuries just prior to the Norman conquest, they would not, he thought, be far wrong in thinking it probable that their Cathedral was governed by a body of men called the Chapter, who lived together under the presid- ency of a Dean, in buildings occupying the site of the later monastery. Every day they would meet in the church to say the canonical hours ; atstated intervals a chapter would be held to transact business, and they dined together in the common hall, practically as fellows of a college did to-day. Perhaps, in Canterbury, as in the case of some cathedrals, there were special endowments from the tithes of some parish in the Diocese for certain members of the Chapter, called Prebends, who would have certain rights of precedence and sreaching in the Cathedral itself. But in every secular foundation, from a great Cathedral down to the most simple college of priests in a country town, like the College at Ashford—they found the same essential greatness, viz., the common religious life of a number of men, usually priesta, under a common rule, without vows. However, with the coming of the Normans and the. grow- ing fondness. for monasticism, a great many of the old English secular foundations were turned into Monasteries and this took place at Canterbury. In 1067, the year after the battle of Hastings, an accidental fire burned down the Saxon Cathedral, and nearly all the buildings that belonged to it. Thera only _ re- mained the Refectory, the Dormitory, and as much of the Cloisters as enabled the clergy or canons to pass from one to the other. ‘I'hree years later,in 1070, William made Lanfrane Arch- bishop of Canterbury—which was a stupendous move. Lanfranc was a “ Regular” brought upin the “ Benedictine Monastery of Bee in Normandy. For the last three years he had been Abbot of the great Monastery of UOarn, and was therefore, accustomed to the stately buildings and the splen- dour which the Normans atiected. When he came over to Canterbury he found the Cathedral prac- tically reduced to nothing by the fire, and his clergy living as best they could in the ruins, Of course he was filled with consternation, but he was not a man to stand idle, and he rapidly restored the Church and in seven years he had erected such buildings as were essential fora Monastery and hadestablisheda Regular Foundation for tte monks. Then in 1080, when the increased number of monks required more space, he pulled down all the buildings he had first put up, and erected others on a much larger scale. He brought over from his old Monastery cf Oarn the Abbot, one Henry, to be the Prior of Christ Church. ‘I'he lecturer here pcinted out that the Archbishop was ex- officio Abbot, and that the head of the Monastery of Christ Church always bore the title of Prior. So that in 1080 they had a regular Monastery fully established at Canterbury, and Lanfranc drew up for its use a body of statutes, which, he said in his letter tu Prior Henry, ‘We have gathered from the customs of these monasteries which nowadays are of the greatest weight in the Monastic order.” They were in reality based upon toe celebrated rule of St. Benedict, who established a Monastery at Mount Cassino, where he wrote that famous document which had exercised an influence on the world second only to, that of the gospel itself. St. Benedict did not invent monasticism, but the final end of monasticism, as he conceived it, was the promotion of the glory of God. ‘This rule was written in 515,and by the year 1005-—less than 500 years~it was computed that the Benedictine Order had built over 15,000 abbeys, had given to the Church 24 Popes, 200 Cardinals, 400 Archbishops, and 700 Bishops. The buildings of the Monastery of Canterbury were constructed with reference to three main purposes for which the monks professed to live. ‘I'he first was worship, the second moral improvement, and the third work. And so there were three principal places which were the scenes of his daily lite, viz., the Church (the chcir of the Church), the Chapter House, and the Cloister. THE CHOIR. They were apt to think that the services in the Church must have interfered with the monk’s daily life. The daily services in the Church took the first place and governed all the otker arrange- ments, for the monk’s business was the serving of God,but by the Benedictine Rule theservice of God was to include the improvement of man,and even of nature ; study, education, agriculture, ana forestry were recommended to the monks, and, moreover, were practised by them. In’ the hard, lawless society of the 10th and 12th centuries men did not think it possible to be religious unless they retired from the world. The paths of life then were few and sharply defined. The men who wanted to be greatest in the world had perforce to be soldiers when fighting was the only profession of the free born, and war with its cruelty and outrage was the constant temptation of all but the Priestand theserf. THE CHAPTER HOUSE. Proceeding on to the Chapter House, the lecturer explained that this was the Council Chamber for the whole Monastery, the place for mutual in- struction for the whole community, the place for hearing advice, and for maintaining discipline. Here the second great purpose of the monk’s life was practised, viz., moral improvement. The rev. lecturer recounted the business which occupied the attention of the Chapter during the day and mentioned that at the close of the ordinary werk there came the daily enquiry about discipline, and those officials whose duty it was to guard the discipline of the House made their report ; and not only that, but any of the brethren mizht accuse anyoue else of an offence which he had heard or seen. They could, he said, thus see how strict the supervision was and the manner in which it was enforced. Even at night the mcnks were not exempt from the perpetual watchfulness which pervaded monastic life, for when the brethren had got into bed a special officer went the rounds. A man named the Circator took a dark lantern and carefully examined all parts of the house. If he found any of the brethren talking out of the usual hours, one of the speakers had at oncs to stand up and say if they had leave to be talking. Sometimes for offences the offender was flogged on the spot witha large rod or birch. Everyone was liable to be accused, even the highest officersif theirfaults weve notorious,and it was judged useful to deal with them in theChapter. The Prior, when accused, stood in his place and bowed, but if it was a serious offence he requested two of the seniors to g> intothe middle of the Chapter House, and there they were flogged in his stead. Other punishments for the monks was separation from the common meal; to take a lower place in the Church and Chapter ; not to take apy part in any service ; perpetual silence for time ordered ; bread and water twice a week, and even imprisonment. Novices who desired to be admitted into the Monastery were first of all warned of the hard and stern things they would have to undergo, If the novice persisted, the rule of the Order was read to him—* Here is the law under which you desire to serve ; if you can keep it, enter in ; butif you cannot, freely depart.” For certain days he was kept apart, but if he still persisted he was again warned of what he must endure, and at last, on his promising to bear all, he was received and made his profession in writing, and after other ceremonies was made a full brother. It was interesting toask how many novices would be admitted in a year? And in the case of their Monastery of Christ Church they were able to answer with some certainty, at any rate with regard to the years from the 13th century down- wards (because tha list is still preserved in the Cathedral). ‘The number of novices admitted,” said Mr. Leach, “never exceeded eight in a year, and were generally only three orfour. Therefore, as the boys who were taught in the cloister were in nearly every case being trained to be monks, there could never have been more thar a dozen ” in what they might call the monastie schvol. With regard to tbe total number of monks, Lanfranc intended that there should be from 120 to 150, but from the 13th century onwards there were never more than 75 monks, and at the disso- lution in 1541 there were only 53. THE CLOISTER. The lecturer then passed on to the last portion of his discourse. Canterbury Cloister, he said, as they saw it now was built about 1390, when the Nave of the Cathedral was re-built. In this cloister each of the monks had his fixed place ; no one was allowed to go outside without leave, and silence was always observed except at certain times of the day, when conversation was allowed. There, in those cloisters, with infinite patience and toil, the remains of the classical learning were copied—the text corrected—sometimes cor- rupted. Here, and almost only here, were the chronicles and events of the age kept year by year—so scanty, often so imperfect, so untruast- worthy, yes on the whole so precious—giving us some sort of picture of the men who were shaping the course of European history. In concluding, the lecturer spoke of the terrible hardships which the monks had to endure in tiose Cloisters by reason of the cold, and remarked that although perhaps it might be difficult for them of the present day to understand all that these men did, yet they could not measure the debt which they owed to those patient, silent workmen in the Cloisters. The lecture, in certain parts, was beautifully illustrated by means of lantern slides, ete. The proceedings were brought to a close by a hearty vote of thanks being accorded the lecturer, on the proposition of the Chairman. SEVENTH WINTER MEETING.—-FEBRUARY 23rd, 1904. ‘“A HOLIDAY WITH A CAMERA IN DEVON AND CORNWALL.” By Mr. W. SURRY. The seventh meeting was held in the Beaney Ia- stitute on Tuesday, February 23, Mr. Harvey in the chair, when Mr. W. Surry gave a very interesting description of his holiday in Devon and Cornwall. The lecture was illustrated by means cf a large number of excellent lantern slides. Several places were described and illustrated, including Boscastle, Tintagel, Ilfracombe, Clovelly, etc. PLE ONO A 10 EIGHTH WINTER MEETING.—MARCH 8th, 1904. ‘CANTERBURY PILGRIM SIGNS.’”—By F. BENNETT GOLDNEY, Esa. Mr. S. Harvey, F.I.C., F.C.S., presided over a very large gathering of members of this Society, at the Reference Library of the Beaney Institute, on Tuesday evening, March 8, when an exceedingly interesting and instructive lecture was delivered by Mr. F. Bennett Goldney, F.S.A. Amongst those present we noticed :—Mrs. and Miss Sworn, Miss Kuhlmann, the Misses C.le, Rev. Father Power, Rev. Dr. Greaves, Messrs. J. 8. Johason, A. Marsh, F.C. Snell, W. Sarry, C. Buckingham, A. Lander, J. McClemens, G. F. Andrews, J. Plant, ete. The Chairman introducing the lecturer remarked that of course Mr. Bennett-Goldney needed no introduction on his part, being so well known to the citizens generally. He was, he said, pleased to see Mr. Goldney recovered from his recent somewhat severe indisposition. Mr. Bennett-Goldney, having expressed his regret that unavoidable circumstances had twice compelled postponement of the lecture, and his appreciation of the kindness of the Rev. A. J. Galpin (who took his place a month ago) and of Mr. Lander, proceeded to say : When you a:ked me last winter to lecture to you again this year upon “ Canterbury Pilgrims and Pilerims’ Sigas,” | accepted your invitation, rashly perhaps, but certainly with goodwill. It was not till afterwards that I realized how diffi- cult it would be to give any general account of either pilgrims or signs, unless I tried also to convey some idea not only of the times when these pilgrimages were undertaken, if not of the great saint whose martyrdom was so soon to raise Canterbury, as the City of his shrine, to that great position among kuropean hallows which she continuel to hold tor upwards of four centuries. You will admit that my subject is a big one, my difficulties did. not appear less when I remembered how often the same ground has been covered by far abler men than I. If I venture to traverse a part of it once again it is because I am convinced that the story of St. Thomas of Canterbury has an abiding interest for Canterbury prople. In the England of medieval days, the palmer, as he was very generally culied from the palm branch which the pilgrim t) the Holy Laud brought home with bim, preserved usuaily in a metal case of the same form and often repeated in small as a brooch or badge in evidence of his travels, was probably, with his gown, his staff and wallet, his “serip” or small bag for victuals, and his pilgrim’s bottle for drink, one of the most familiar figures to be met upon our highways and byways, many of which last to-day have still no other name than the Pilgrims’ Way. It was but patural perhaps in tne late Middle Ages, when the purely religious incentives of the earliest pilgrims began to wax a little the worse for wear, that pilgrimages should gradually develop into what not infrequently were mere pleasure parties with a little religious sentiment thrown in. Such a party was that which the master hand of Chaucer has drawn for us in his prologue to the “Canterbury Tales.” Still, although the prevailing motive with the majority of pilgrims many have been at least as much secular as religious, it was at least stil be powerful enough to induce everybody, who was anybody, king or subject, rich or poor, to make at least one pilgrimage to some favoured shrine dur- ing his or her lifetime. Our words “to roam,” * to saunter,’ and “to canter,” all date back to pilgrim days. The roamer was he who had been on a pilgrimage to» Rome, the saunterer was he who had been to the “S.inte Terre,” the Holy Land, the canter was the easy gallop to slow time of those who could altferd to travel on horseback to the shrine of St. Thomas at Canterbury. In like manner, tne name of the ordinary Paris four-wheeler fiacre is derived f.om the St. Fiucre to whose shrine Parisians of old used to drive be- yond the walls in conveyances of the period. Among the most famous “ hallows” thus visited was that of St. James of Cumpostella at Santiago in Galicia. 1t wastbe Jerusalem of the Spaniards who had been forbidden by the Pope to join the Cru-ades to the Holy Land while they still allowed the infidel Moors to oceupy a part of their country. The sign brought away by pilgrims from the shrine of the fisherman soldier saint was a scallop shell, which afterwards became a general emblem of all pilgrimages, In addition to imitation shells of metal, real shells were also fashionable at Com- postella, they were usually put up inside little openwork cases of lead cf the same shape, to pre- serve them. In our collection here to-night we have a good specimen of one of these decorated with deur de lys ornament. There is also a leaden ampulla in the form cof a scallop shell, but this probably belongs to Cante:bury, ard once contained the holy Canterbury water. Another sign from Compostella was an equestrian image of the Saint as military ;atron of Spain. {t was extremely popular, and was regarded as a sure specific against robbers as wellasague. It is still worn by soldiers and travellers in the Peninsula, though its properties are not always so efficacious in these days of railways as could be wished. In the East, the shrines of St. Andrew at Constantinople and of St. Katherine on Mount Sinai, were more particularly popular on account of the healing virtues of the sacred oils for which both were equally renowned. In Italy, Rome, the sacred stat of the Apostolic See, was naturally the most frequented of all hallows. Here, preserved in the Church of Sta Croce was some of the sacred blood of Christ Himself, while His portrait, miraculously delineated on the handkerchief of Saint Veronica, was an object of hardly less veneration at the Vatican Church of St. Peter, which contained also the shrine of St. Peter and St. Paul. The more ordinary tokens of a “Roamer” were the emblems of the two Apostles, the sword for St. Paul, and for St. Peter the keys of heaven. Bari on the Adriatic was another favourite resort di for Italian pilgrims, Here were the relics of St. Nicholas, the most popular perhaps of all the saints among sailors. Another perhaps more famous was at Loreto, where there was no less a treasure than the holy house of the Virgin, which had been removed from Betblehem At one time tho signs of this shrine bore in unusual form, a -cup of pottery made from clay in which a small quantity of the-dust which collected upon theholy louse had been previously mixed. These were decorated with an image of the Virgin, also in- scribed “ Compét de Santa Casa,” and sealed with the seal of the Church. In France, one of the most famous, as it was also one of the richest, was the magnificent shrine of St. Martin of Tours, the saintly Bishop to whom our own vener- able little church, the very oldest Christian church in England, was dedicated just thirteen centuries ago. ‘The sign of St. Martin was a goose. Other popular French shrines were those of St. Denis, the Patron Saint of France, to whom St. Thomas himself commended his spirit as he fe]l upon his knees after receiving the fatal blow from Fitz Urse; and of St. John at Amiens,where the head of the Baptist was an object of the greatest veneration. The signs of the saint usually take the form of that in our collection, of a head seen in full face surrounded by a Gothic inscription proclaiming its identity. Another historic shrine of great importance was at Rheims, where the ampulla of sacred oil with which the French Kings were anointed was faithfully preserved. Others, only less celebrated, were St. Maure des fosses, represented on his sign as stand-_ ing spade in hand, St. Eloy, St. Michel de Tombe- laine and St. Hubert,a particular favourite with sportsmen. His emblem, a hunting horn, may be seen among those in our own collection. Besides these there were the famous shrines of the Virgin at Paris, where, in Nétre Dame, there was also a colossal and much esteemed figure of St Christopher, whose sign was in brisk demand as a talisman against sudden death. At Chartres, is a “ Black Virgin,” which, like the cathedral in which it is preserved, is said to antedate the birth of the Founder of Christianity Himself,an honour it is said to share with Nétre Dame de Boulogne, a particularly popular shrine among sailors and Englishmen. There are four pilgrims’ tokens from Boulogne in our collection, representing the Virgin with the Saviour in her arms, standing upon what appears to be a crescent, but which is really intended for the sailless and oarless little boat in which she miraculously appeared at the French haven. In England popular shrines were numerons. Those of St. Edmund at Bury St. Elmund’s, of St. Alban at St. Alban’s, and St. Cuthbert at Durham, were all notable, scarcely less so were those of the Virgin at Lynn and at Stratford. Chester and Branxholme in Norfolk were alike celebrated in their possession of portions of the true cross and the various cruciform sigus and brooches in collections may generally be assigned to these hallows, of which there are two examples in our own. More famous, however, than any of these, fitting the renown of the great churches which contained them, were the wondrous shrines of the Virgin at Canterbury and West- minster, the latter possessing also the Royal shrine of St. Edward the Confessor, whose token was sometimes a crowned head or a crown alone, as seen in our own collection, as well as the additional treasure of an ancient crystal containing some of the sacred blood of Christ Himself. Similar treasures were also preserved at Hailes, Ashridge, and at the great Abbey of Glastonbury, to all of which holy places pilgrims were wont to resort. With one notable exception, however, by far the most celebrated of all English hallows, was the marvellous Norfolk shrine of our Lady of Walsingham. Here was preserved the famous crystal containing some of theVirgin’s milk ; here too were the two holy springs whose healing waters were said to owe their miraculous power to her influence, For nearly three centuries the “straight road,” the green way to Walsingham, was trodden by countless thousands of pilgrims of all grades and of all nationalities. Even the “milky way,” the “ Watling Street uf Heaven,” was rechristened the “ Walsingham way,” as if it had been specially designed to light them on their journey. From the reign of King Henry III. to the reign of King Henry VII.,every English monarch registered his vows at this famous shrine,and where the King led the way his subjects followed. The Walsingham signs usually took the form of an image of the Virgin or of the initial letter V or M, surmounted by acrown. Walsingham pilgrims also brought away with them small leaden ampulle containing water from the sacred wells, and it will perhaps give some idea of the wealth of some of these shrines if I quote the words of Erasmus in describing his own visit to Our Lady of Walsing- ham. At the same time I cannot do better than quote the same high authority when he speaks afterwards of that stil! more famous sbrine of St. Thomas of Canterbury. Erasmus first published his ‘* Familiar Colloquies” at Basle in 1526, and it may pei haps assist us in understanding the general drift of what he says if we remember the monkish gibe “that although Luther hatched the Refor- mation, it was Erasmus who laid the egg.” “T reprehend,” says he in his preface, “ those who have tumultuously cast all images out of churches, and also those that are mad upon going on pilgrimages under pretence of religion.” Those persons also are remarked upon “ who show un- certain relics for certain ones and attribute more to them than they ought and basely make a gain of them.” His descriptions of the shrines are con- tained in “ Pilgrimage for Religion’s Sake ” and appear in the form of a conversation with a friend who, under a disguised name, is really none other than John Colet, Dean of St. Paul’s. Greeting his friend, he asks “ But what strange dress is this. It is all over-set wit’: shells and scalloped, full of images of lead and tin, and chains of straw-work, and the cuffs are adorned with snakes’ egys, instead of bracelets.” “1 have been to pay a visit,” says the pilgrim, “to St. James of Compostella, and after that to the famous Virgin of Walsing- ham on the other side of the water in England.” “T have often heard of James,” he replies, “ but prithee give me some account of that beyond-sea lady.” “I will do it as briefly as I can, her name is very famous all over England 12 and you shall scarce find anybody in fourth century, when organized pilgrimages to the island who thinks his affairs can prosper the Holy Land probably began. Pilgrimages to unless he every year makes some present Rome can hardly have commenced much later. to that Lady of Walsingham, greater or smaller. The difficulties of the journey from many parts of There, in a little boarded chapel, there is but Europe to Jerusalem in those days must have been little light to it except what comes from tapers.” enormous, and it was only natural, as the dangers “ Such things conduce to religion,” says Erasmus, by no means diminished, that many pilgrims rather “Nay, if you saw the inside of it you would say it than run further unknown risks to visit the birth- was the seat of all the Saints, it is all so glittering place of Christ should end their journey at the with jewels and gold and silver.’ ‘ Did you pass tombs of the greatest of His apostles—St. Peter over 'l’homas, Arcbbishop of Canterbury?” “ No, and St. Paul—in Kome. Thus it was that as the I did not, itis one of the most religious pilgrimages difficuities of reaching Jerusalem increased, so did in the world. That part of England that looks the popularity of Rome increase, and it is not too towards Klanders and France is called Kent. Its much to say that the enthusiasm of the early metropolis is Canterbury. There are two great pilgrims did much to consolidate the Papal power. monasteries in it. The Church that is dedicated Even in the fourth century, however, there seem to St. Thomas rears itself up towards heaven with to have been some opponents to the practice. St. that majesty it strikes those that behold it even Chrysostom, although he wished to visit Rume at a great distance with an awe of religion.” himself, tells his hearers that they need not cross Then follows a minute description of the cathedral over the sea, for God will hear them equally well church, of the altar, of the sword’s point, and of where they are. Tt was inevitable, in fact, that yarious relics. Speaking of the ornaments he the same kind of abuses should gradually creep continues, “ You would have said Midas and into practice in the sixth century as those which Crasus were beggars compared to them if you stirred the indignation of Erasmus @ thousand beheld the great quantities of gold and silver. years later. Wherever there have been pilgrim- Good God, what pomp of silk vestments was there, ages on a large scale, abuses have prevailed, and and of golden candlesticks.” “Are these things reformers pave denounced them. In the year 813 shown to everybody?” “ No, I had some we find Charlemange himself at a Council held at acquaintance with William Warham, the Arch- Chilons sur Saone doing his utmost to restrain bishop, and he recommended me.” Speaking of them. “A great mistake,” he declares, “ is made the shrine itself he says “a great wooden cover bysome who unadvisedly travel to Rome or Tours hides a golden one, the outer one being lifted with and some other places onder pretext «f prayer- pulleys discloses an inestimable treasure, gold There are deacons and others who, living care- was the basest part. Everything shove and lessly, think that they are purged from their sins sparkled with very large and scarce jewels, the if they reach the aforesaid places, there are laymen principal of them the presents of kings. Then we who think that they sin, or have sinned, with went to the Crypt where is the chapel of the impunity because they frequent such places for Virgin Mary, I never in my life saw anything prayer. Some of the powerful,” he adds, “ under more laden with riches.” He then goes on to the pretence of the journey being made for describe the dangers of the journey owing to the visiting the holy places, oppress the peor by their various cheats and robbers on the coast ; he exactions, while many of the poor make such specially mentions the exorbitant charges of the journeys an oceasion for begging with more boatmen at Calais and on both sides of the Channel, success.” In England, nearly six hundred years: He says “they rob the passenger and take his later, our own Archbishop Simon «f Sudbury, then purse upon the road with the same authority as Bishop of London, he who afterwards built the they steal the baggage of a guest in an inn.’ beautiful Westgate, now so shamefully polluted, In another conversation Erasmus tells us precisely expressed himself very much in the same manner. what his own views were, with regard at least to meeting a great stream of pilgrims on the Can- the majority of pilgrimages. They are, he says, terbury road in 1370, the year of the fourth « too often an excuse for idleness and waste. Men jubilee of the martyrdom of St. Thomas, he felt it do not hesitate even to leave their families in his bishoply duty to warn them of the futility of equivocal circumstances, in order to go on long their errand—“ Better hope might he have of and useless journeys ; often, too, they squander zalvation had ye stayed at home and brought upon already affluent ecclesiastical bodies andtheir forth fruits meet for repentance!” The rough hangers on what might have been far better spent truth of the message seemed like blasphemy in the at home and upon the poor. Distantexpeditions, ears of that gay company. A gentleman of Kent moreover, can only be attended by grave risks, and gave voice to the general indignation—* My Lerd many valuable lives are sacrificed owing to sick- Bishop,” he shouted, “for that ye have spoken evil ness and misadventure.” Erasmus, however, was of St. Thomas of Canterbury, and are minded to- by no means the first person to raise his voice stir up men’s minds against him, I will forfeit against the prevailing customs. Pilgrimages mine own salvation jf you yourself die not. really date back to preListoric times ; the practice by a most shameful death.” ‘he whole con- was in full swing among the ancient Egyptians: course made answer by @ loud “ Amen,” and on the uuthority of Heroditus as many as seven it was felt that the curse was fulfilled eleven years hundred thousand persons at one time was no. later on Tower-hill by men whose masters would uncommon number to take part in the annual have cheered the Bishop’s word to the echo. pilgrimage to Bubastis. Even in Christian Sudbury’s body Jies in our Cathedral Choir witha countries they date at least as far back as the leaden ball in place of his severed head. Some 13 thirty years later, in 1407, a. notable Lollard, William Thorpe by name, expressed even stronger feeling against the pilgrims ; he even hinted that the moral conduct of the mixed companies was not above suspicion, and sternly denounced the noisy bands which disturbed the country side with their singing and piping and the jangling of the Canterbury bells. All this was more than a century before Erasmus visited Canterbury. Another hundred and fifty years passed by before the final catastrophe took place, when every out- ward sign of the shrine of St. Thomas perished. To-night, however, I have no desire to dwell upon the extinction of pilgrimages, that is a question which rightly belongs to the history of another period. ‘Ihe Reformation belongs to another story. Before that event, especially in the later Middle Ages, there were a hundred and one good reasons for “going a-pilgriming.” Besides such reasons as the discharge of a vow, made in sickness or in danger, the desire of obtaining forgiveness tor the past, or future sins of seeking the protec- tion of some special saint or martyr, procuring an alleviation of trouble or sickness, there were many more woildly. To travel, to satisfy curiosity, to avoid unpleasant companionship at home, and even to winawager. ‘Thus, iu 1361, the Duke of Anjou, then a prisoner in London, was granted a license to be absent for a month on the score of ill-health, and to “disport” towards St. Thomas of Canterbury. Sir Richard Torkington gives us the picture reversed. “In a moment of great dis- tress,” he tells us, “he and his companions vowed pilgrimages to our Lady of Loeeto in Italia, and some to our Lady of Walsingham, and some that were Englishmen to St. Thomas of Canterbury.” Erasmus, in his conversation of “ Rash Vows,” puts this excuse into the mouth of the spokesman, “Some of us neighbours were drinking together, and when the wine had a little warmed us, there was one who announced that he was determined to salute St. James, another that he weuld salute St. Peter. Upon that, one or another engaged to join the company and at length it was proposed that all should go together ; so lest [ should appear a shabby messmite, I swore that [’'d go tv. Pre- sently it began to be debated whether we should be Roamers or wend to Compostella. At last it was determioed, God willing, we should set out for both.” The pilgrim of the later Middle Ages may indeed be regarded almost as the lineal ancestor of tourist, tripper, excursionist, and globe-trotter of to-day. The treasures of the religious houses, their appointments and their jewellery no less than their holy relics, were the museums and picture galleries he went to see. Besides the bones and other bodily remains of the saints and martyrs, there were innumerable curiosities, either genuine or believed to be genuine, to be visited if not revered. There was the bed of the Virgin, the wool she wove, the garment she made or wore, there were fragments of the cross, and fragments of the rock upon which it stood ; in one treasury there was even said to be Aaron’s rod and a speci- men of the red clay out of which God made Adam. But apart from doubtful relics, as we have seen, there were countless attractions for the pilgrim of genuine merit and unfailing interest, and in Chaucer’s day the party which he and his con- tinuator so vividly portray, resemble nothing so much in modern life as 4 personally conducted tour by a Cook or Gaze. We have 3een that although other English hallows, such as our Lady of Walsingham, enjoyed their day of popularity and fashion, none of them had so strong and abiding an interest for all classes of pilgrims as our own shrine of St. Thomas of Canterbury, Besides the ordinary insignia of his garb, the pilgrim wore conspicuously on his cap and cloak various special sigus in token that he had accom- plished some particular pilgrimage. When we remember that every hallow used its own special signs peculiar to the place itself and its patron saint, or relating to the chief treasures of its shrine, we can readily understand that the maajufacture of these signacula or tokens must have assumed in many localities very considerable proportions. That the industry was a highly lucrative one may be inferred from the fact that free trade in these little signs seems to have formed no part of the faith of those who were engaged in the industry, for it is recorded that the manufacture was protected not only by the spiritual powers but by the temporal authorities as well. Pope Alexander II1., Pope Gregory 1X., and Pope Clement Y. all issued Papal Buils against counterfeiting the signs of St. James, of Compostella, and in 1354 Queen Joanne of Naples proclaimed an edict for the protection of the monks of St. Maximin against forgers of the signs of St. Mary. They seem to have been made of various perishable materials as well as of metal, the generality of them being made up in the form of personal ornaments, such as pendants, pins, rings, and brooches and badges for fastening to the dress. Tue metal signs were usually made of lead and sometimes of pewter and tin, though there is no reason to suppose that they were not cecasionally made of more precious metals. That the smelting pot may be responsible for the non-existence of any in gold is more than probable, and it is a remarkable fact that only three or four of silver gilt bave hitherto been discovered. Of those made of more perish- able materials none at all have come down to us, although one “ hallow” or shrine of pilgrimage in England has enriched our lanzuage with a synonym for gaudy and worthless flimsiness. The word “tawdry” is derived from tke name of St. Audrey, or more correctly #theldryth, who in the seventh century founded the great monastery of Ely, where her body still lies. On her feast-day, June 23, a great fair was held at Ely and, it would seem, elsewhere in East Anglia, at which immense quantities of Jace and ribbons were sold as tokens of “St. Audery,” and “tawdry” thus came to denote all cheap but showy ware of the kind. “ A tawdry,” however, seems to have been connected with some- thing more durable if not more valuable, to wit, a necklace of white beads, for Drayton in his Polyolbion (song two), speaking of certain English brooklets, tells how , not the smallest beck, But with white pebbles makes her tamdries for her neck ; the whiteness of the beads and pebbles doubtless indicating the purity of the Virgin saint, who 14 nevertheless was first given in marriage by her father, an East Anglian King, to one of his aldermen, and afterwards when a widow, +t)» Egfrid, King of Northumbria. Tbe “ tokens” or “signalles” such as we see in our own colleztion, appear to have been cast in stone moulds such as that which has been so fortunately preserved at the British Museum. A cast from this mould would represent an equestrian image of St. Thomas surrounded by a riag of leaves and lilies, which was probably intended for a brooch. The use of metal for our Canterbury signs, the most prized of which for many years was an ampulla or bottle for con- taining the sacred water which had once contained some of the blood of St. Thomas, and which still continued to be tinged with colour, is said to have been the invention of a young plumber in the City, who seems to have realized that the box-wood which had been formerly in use was not altogether satisfactory as a permanent preservative of liquid. A unique specimen of these small wooden boxes or phials was Giscovered in 1849 walled up behind what seems to be a _ half-length female figure carved in Caen stone in the church at Kewstoke, close to Weston-super-Mare. This reliquary, probably once in the possession of the neighbouring monastery of Woodspring, dedicated, among other saints, to St. Thomas himself, seems to have been removed at the dissolution to the church at hewstoke, and is now inthe Museumat Taunton. At most hallows the signs were probably manufactured under the superintendence of, if not actually by, the monks themselves. When, for instance, the shrine of Our Lady of Walsingham was destroyed by Henry VIII. in 1536, we are told that “a secret private place was discovered in which there are pottes and instruments and bellows and other things to sort—there was nothing wanting that should belong to the art of multiplying.” It was, in fact, doubtless the casting room in which the Walsingham signs were multiplied. The hint that other things besides pilgrims signs were coined in that secret room is merely characteristic of the times. It was said that in Canterbury all the implements for making the signs were actually in existence as late as only fifty years ago. It would be interesting to know what has become of them, they would bea valuable addition to the National collection. It can only be a matter of general regret that so few even of the pilyrim-tokens themselves have come down tous. They must have been produced rather by millions than by thousands, and yet except in the British, our own, and one or two other museums, and in some three or four private eollections, of which I believe that of my uncle—Sir John Evans—and my own are the largest; they may be said to be non-existent. The demand for these little signs throughout the middle-ages must have been enormous. We remember how the “garb” otf a single pilgrim, the friend of Erasmus, appeared to be covered with them, and in an equally graphic account in the vision of Piers the Plowman, written about the year 1370, we read that pilgrims’ signs were as highly valued by the Palmer in the four- teenth century as they were in the sixteenth. Apparelled in pilgrim’s weeds he bare a bordon (staff) (ybound round about with bind-weed), a bowl and a bag, he bare by his side, an hundred ampullis ; on his hat were set signs of Sinay and shells of Galice, and many a cross on his cloak, and keys of Rome and ye vernicle before. For men should know and see by his signs from whence he came. From Sinay, he said, and from the Lord’s sepulzhre in Bethlehem, and in Babylon. E have been in both Erminic and Alisandese, in many other places: ye may see by my signs that sitt in my hat that I have walked full wide, in wet and in dry, and sought good saints for my soul’s health. ‘There were count- less reasons for wishing to possess these outward signs of pilgrimage, apart from the personal desire of the pilgrim to acquire them tor himself. There were often sick friends at home unable to sustain the fatigues of the journey— friends in health even would appreciate such a gift as some of the holy water, whose miraculous powers were not confined to the mere healing of the sick, or of a talisman which insured immunity from pestilence and the dangers of war and earth- quake. It bas been hinted, too, that even wives and husbands in those early days were occasionally not altogether displeased to receive their actual evidence that the long absence trom home had not been spent otherwise than devoutly. Of those sigos in our own collection most of them were found in the, Thames or in the bed of our own river; andit is a curious fact that among those at the British Museum und elsewhere the majority of specimens have been dredged up in London or cther waters, notably the Seine and the Somme in the neighbourhood of the larger towns. The Canterbury signs, the ampullz are really the more interesting. They were often of considerable size and their forms were unusually artistic. Among those which have been preserved one in the British Museum surrounded by a delicate tracery is em- bossed on one side with a figure of St. ‘Thomas, on the other with the scene of the martyrdom. Of these in our own collection one is inscribed Reg- inaldus Filius Hurs, Thome martyrium fece fr (fieri fecit) (Reginald Fitzurse caused the martyr- dom of Thomas). Another is enscribed with the Leonine hexamecter Optimus egrorum medicus fit Thoma bonorum. (Thomas becomes the best physician to sick folk who are good).” Amcng the signs a very favourite device is that of the saint kneeling to receive the martyrdom. Ovhers represent him either mounted or on foot giving a benediction. Many merely give the head which is usually mitred. Others again consist merely of the Lombardie letter T surrounded by a aring. The name Thomas in full, too, frequently appears. We have in our collection one of the famous little bells inscribed Campana Thome; another has no inscription. Other Canterbury emblems were the sword, the gloves, and miscel- laneous memorials of the saint, some of which figure in our own collection. And here it may be noted how and why a bell came to be one of the principal Canterbury signs. Doubtless, little bells to hang on the bridles of pilgrims returning on horseback, were among the tukens to be 15 purchased at the stalls just outside the Cathedral door; but these would be nothing more than perforated hollow bells of copper or brass, with lump of loose metal inside, like those still affixed to the trappings of horses in many parts of the Continent. The “Canterbury bell” proper, however, although constructed on the same general principle, seems to have had its own distinctive shape and symbolism. It was not even shaped like an ordinary church or cathedral bell, although this was naturally an exceedingly popular pattern for the tokens. It was soundea, not with a clapper, but by a piece of loose metal enclosed in it like the bells for horses, cattle and sheep, but the bell itself was of a different shape. Attached to a loop of metal was a hollow, melon- shaped ball, at the bottom of which, opposite the loop, a cross was cutin the metal as an emblem of martyrdom, ani the four angles of metal thus formed were turned outwards, giving tothe bell the appearance of a flower with four petals, open below, but not wide enough for the piece of metal within to drop out. In general shape, it will be seen, the bell thus formed bore a close resemblance to the beautiful old-world Kentish flower, the Canterbury bell, which no doubt received its name from the likeness. This conformation, involving a constric- tion of the petals just above the opening of the flower, is, perhaps, even more distinctly marked in the lily-of-the-valley, and this has been accepted by high authorities, including our late Archbishop and Dean, as the Canterbury flower par excellence. But the lily-of-the-valley is not the lily of pure martyrdom; and the humility it symbolizes is hardly the distinctive characteristic of our martyred arch-prelate. Speaking for myself, I trust’ the old traditional Canterbury belk “blue for hope and white for honour,’ may be for ever the emblem of our City. At any rate such silver bells as I have described seem to have been those which hung from the cross-cords and tassels of the arrangement worked by pulleys and counter-weights, used for raising the outer wooden covering of the Canterbury shrine itself. When the marvels of the shrine were disclosed, the outer cover was raised from below merely by the pulling of a cord, and as it moved it set in vibration a number of little silver bells, which by their musical tinkling announced throughout the choir that the shrine was being uncovered. Mr. Bennett-Goldney went on to give a sketch of the career and ultimate martyrdom of St. Thomas of Canterbury. At the conclusion of the discourse, which was followed with the very closest attention, Mr. Harvey moved a vote of thanks to Mr. Goldney for his excellent and instructive lecture, every word of which, he said, was of great value, and which value would increase as the years went by. He trusted that the discourse would be pre- served and fully reported in the transactions of the Society. The vote was very heartily accorded, and in replying Mr. Bennett Goldney read an extract from Chaucer’s description of a pilgrimage to Canterbury. NINTH WINTER MEETING.—MARCH 22nd, 1904. “WITH A CAMERA IN THE COUNTRY.”—By Mz. F. C. SNELL. The ninth meeting took place in the Beaney Institute on Tuesday, March 22, when Mr. F. C. Snell read an extremely interesting paper entitled “With a Camera in the Country.” The lecture was profusely illustrated by. lantern slides, Mr. Snell’s remarks being as follow : The lover of Nature, living here and now at the beginning of the 20th century, is in more ways than one a particularly favoured individual. I mean in having the good fortune to have placed at his disposal the handmaid of science, as photo- graphy has been called. Who can roam about in the country he loves, without the desire to place on record, or fix in an even more tangible form than on the tablets of memory, the sceneshe has known and loved so well, where many a pleasant excursion has been made and numberless happy hours have been spent; and, although a well-made pencil drawing or an oil or water colour sketch may, doubtless, give us often a more true and faithful impression of the scene, true in its local colouring and retaining only those essential parts, those personal impressions of the scenes that we wish to retain, still these processes are laborious and slow ‘compared with photography, and often where the accuracy of detail is a first necessity, not so true and by no means so ready to secure the passing effect, which, perhaps, prompted the desire to secure the picture. And so we have offered to us in modern photography a process whereby we may secure the passing effect, the transient charm of light and shade, a ready and rapid method of illustration, au eminently portable and. indispens- able companion for all our country rambles, a ready and easy means of bringing back with us from an afternoon’s excursion in the country a number of more or less faithful impressions of the scenes through which we have wandered and which we may preserve for reference in future years in memory and illustration of our early rambles. The camera thus becomes the constant com- panion of the country rambler, and excursions are arranged into all the previously known spots in search of subjects for illustration, as well as explorations being made into hitherto unknown parts in search of material, which widens the experience of the photographer in the local geography of his district and brings him into touch with places and things which would other- wise have probably been unknown and undreamed of by him. A year or two may be spent in 16 searching out and recording the picturesque, during which time the tastes of the worker may incline either to the more artistic (or pictorial, as it is spoken of) aspect of his hobby, or to the merely reproductive or illustrative side. But whichever side he may incline to, one thing is evident, he is brought more and more closely into touch with Nature, his eyes opened to the beauties around him on every hand, and, whether or no he started photography as @ lover of Nature, it is impossible for him long to continue without finding much that he can read from the book of Nature that To many such an one the wild life of the country will prove a great attraction and a never-ending source of pleasure and wonder, and still closer connection with, and more intimate knowledge of, will at last create in him a wish to illustrate his studies with pictures of these and to turn his camera from more inanimate scenes and shings to the securing of records of many of the little known objects which before were to him unknown and uncared for. It is along some such lines as these that the evolution of the naturalist photographer takes place. To such an one absence of knowledge 1s— at the start—no obstacle. He may, perhaps, know a sparrow from a rook or a beetle from a butterfly, but from thence onwards knowledge is rapidly acquired, both from his personal study and observations of his subjects and from the study of the abundant literature on all branches of Natural History'so readily obtainable, any of which bearing upon the subjects he is interested in, he will be certain to greedily devour. In selecting a branca of study, whether con- sidered and worked photographically or not, one is met at the outset by two questions : What branch and pleasure to study and interest me most in the study of it? fields of work in all branches awaiting our hands, calling out for workers, and offering great returns and unlimited satisfaction and pleasure to anyone who gives earnest thought and care and close study to any of them; and as each yearly report of our delegate to the British Association (Mr. Reid) poiuts out to us, there is much work awaiting and asking to be done that we could very well do, and which it is expected of us that we shalldo. Will we not give our hands to some section of it? It is in most cases more than probable that the photographer will not—at the start—take up and strictly practice only one branch of the subject, being more inclined to get at first a general grounding in the knowledge of Natural History, a general superficial knowledge of some two or three or more finds which branch offers him the greatest amount of interest and before he settles upon one specific branch to which to devote all his time and energies. On the other band, if he is already & naturalist, favouring one branch of work, and takes up the camera for the purpose of illustrating his studies, the case is different. But the selection of any particular branch by a worker is, and must be, governed above all things by his own taste and fancy in the matter. It is very little use a worker choos- ing a given subject because he is told that it is so badly wanted, unless his heart is in the work. However much he may wish to do something useful, it is little use setting to work on asubject that has no love for him or he for it, for if his heart is not in his work his interest is very likely to soon evaporate and his chances of success grow very small indeed. It is euch thoughts as these which sometimes make me feel that I wish the branch I have selected was, perhaps, more useful. I haveselected the work of photographing Natural History objects (in some branches ), because I found it interested me and gave promise of proving a very fascinating branch of photo- graphy, and I felt that I could learn much trom a Closer acquaintance with the objects themselves— nor have I been disappointed, and J must say, that, interesting as photography is in any of its branches, it is nothing compared with the interest and fascination of obtaining studies of Natural History objects. But as to the good of it all, lam more doubtful. Possibly it may be the means of enlightening many people as to nature and habits of many little known creatures, many of which, though abundant round about us, are sO seldom seen or so little understood. The ignorance still existing in many minds regarding many common creatures, I must admit, is surprising. Now I see twe ways of getting these useful photographic records we so often hear about. The simplest way seems to me to be to put a camera into the hands of the man who has the experience and let him make the photographs that he knows are wanted. Say to the geologist or the entomolo- gist—or whatever he is—you know what is wanted, go and photograph it. Knowledge of the things that are wanted, knowledge of the particular branch of science, may take twenty years to learn. Photozraphy may be learned (partly) in twenty minutes. Or the other way (which should be the easier) is to get the man who knows what is wanted and where to find it, and the photographer who can record it, and combine the two. Let the scientist assist the photographer and the photo- grapher the scientist, and you are likely to get results. I was forcibly reminded of all this 2 short time ago, at that splendid lecture we had here on “The Colours of Insects.” I am very fond of entomology myself, although I don’t know much about it. I have also felt that there ought to be a large field of usefulness for 4 photographic entomologist, in spite of the fact of the lamentable absence of colours in photography at present, and T more than ever felt so when I saw some of the splendid exhibits with which that lecture was illustrated. I have done a very little in photo- graphing insects, and have always felt I should like to do more, only that I have been handicapped by this very want of knowledze I have been speak- ing of. I had no idea, until Isaw those specimens, that there were so many subjects in entomology worthy of the attention of the photographer, and, furtber, I have still no more idea when and where to obtain those specimens for illustration, and how 17 to illustrate them, than I had before. Now puta camera into the bands of such an entomologist. Could he not produce just the things that are wanted, although Iam well aware that in many cases he would feel that photography was alto- gether inadequate to illustrate his study in the manner wortby of it. One of the first thoughts that take hold of us on entering upon this class of work is as to our apparatus. But we have the assurance of all the writers upon the subject that the ordinary stand camera and lens with a tilting top to the tripod, is all that is required at the start, and although a formidable list of apparatus is sometimes described, these are only accumulated after years of work. Personally, I have nothiag in the way of apparatus that may not be found in the list of any amateur, not having yet touched the branches calling for telephoto lenses and such-like paraphernalia. The sizes of. plates and camera also may be safely left to the worker himeelf, although I have my own opinion on this matter. Most workers recommend 3-plate size, which isa very nice size, although I have only used }-plates, for two im- portant reasons. When one is exposing a large number of plates (and large numbers are used if the worker is at all energetic, as the number of failures is out of all proportion to the successes), the cost of plates often decides the matter. Last year I exposed 300 plates (or 294 to be exact), though not all on Natural History subjects, the difference between which and }-plates would beas between 25s. and £3 2s. 6d.,to which must be added cost of printing papers and then mounts or albums, if the prints are to be kept in order and properly arranged. I readily admit when one gets a good picture, a }-plate is not too large, in fact one wishes it were about 12 x 10, but for the failures (and the naturalist photographer knows full well how many of his plates take the shortest possible cut from the developing dish to the dust- bin), }-plates are amply large. But my second objection to a large eamera is to the weight of it. I have often found after a day’s or a long afternoon’s tramp, a }-plate camera, slides, and all the necessary etceteras that have to be carried, is more than heavy enough, and coming home with a severe backache have felt thankful that I did not have the extra weigkt of a larger camera and accessories. But these two questions of depth of pocket and physical endurance can be best settled by the photographer himself. In coming to the work, I think it will be fairly safe to say that the photography of birds’ nests will he one of the first branches that the coming naturalist photographer will turr his attention to, and that for one or two reasons Subjects are easily found by anyone who takes the trouble to look for them—the work is easy, interesting, and yields results that are pretty and attractive. The slides that have been shown are of the nests of our most familiar birds, most of which can be found in the first season or two, and it needs but a short time at this work to prove what a lot there is of interest that may be learned from the nests and eggs, the building sites and habits of the birds that come under our observation. The lecturer then described a number of nests, which he illustrated by means of slides, dwelling upon the different kinds of nest and modes of pro- tection, etc., and also alluded to the devices adapted by various birds to render their nests and eggs almost invisible by building in such places as hedges, or on the seashore, or on banks and cliffs. The extremely interesting study of the develop- ment of young birds was next touched upon, as was also the very difficult task uf securing pictures of the habits of the old birds, the operator having to resort to numerous dodges to hide himself and his camera in order to watch the comings and goings of the objects of his study. Mr. Douglas English—than whom probably there is no greater authority—divided Natural History photography into two broad classes, which he describes as “Stalking Photography” and “Control Photography.” The former embraces all those methods of work, such as I have described, where the photographer goes in search of his sub- ject, and by many and various means masks and conceals himself or his camera or both near to the object he wishes to photograph, and waits and watches for bis sitter to return to the nest, or to the bait laid for him, or to come to the spot where the photographer reasonably hopes he will return sooner or later. The latter method deals with the photography of creatures—done at home—amidst naturally-arranged surroundings, which are made to imitate as near as may be possible the natural habitat of the creature he is engaged in photo- graphing. With many of our wild creatures—as I shall endeavour to show later—tbis is really the only workable and satisfactory plan if we wish to get illustrations pourtraying those creatures in a clear, distinct, and satisfactory way ; pictures which shall illustrate our subject so as to show its distinctive points, form, and markings in sucha way that we shall not only be able to recognise the animals photographed from our knowledge of the aaimal, but shall be able to recognise the animalfrom cur photograph of it, and altogether taken amidst surroundings which imitate so closely or suggest satisfactorily the natural habit of our subject. The latter method Mr. English considers the more satisfactory way of dealing with many of our common birds. The common ones—those that may be caught or obtained, he argues, may be photographed in this way with greater chances of success and with a much less expenditure of time and personal comfort than in waiting on them out in their natural wilds, and the illustrations that he gives to support his view certainly bears out his contention,and although possibly the naturalist or photographic purist may be at first inclined to hold another view, I am strongly inclined to think that the results should justify the means, and if the studies so obtained are successful from the scientific point of view, the methods, I think, may be considered as satisfactory tu tae end. One of the most instructive books I have come across on Natural History Photography is one by Mr. Douglas English, entitled ‘‘ Photographs for Naturalists,” and the instructions he gives and the description of his methods of work are almost exactly opposite to those of the bird photographs I have mentioned. With birds’ nests, of course, the only proper way is to photograph them out amongst their natural surroundings, but for photographing many other Natural History objects, Mr. English advocates what is probably the only workable plan—that is not to take the camera to the object, but to bring the object to the camera. As (in the advice of the covking books, which says “first catch your hare”), we have to first obtain our specimen before we can photograph him, this operation takes the photo- grapher out intothe natural haunts of the creatures themselves, when his knowledge of his subjects must be brought into play in order to enable him to make his captures, this method of work does not deprive the photographer of that close acquaint- ance with his subjects; nor dispense with that knowledge of their habits and modes of life that are as inseparable to him as to the worker who preaches “stalking photography.” Now it must be quite clear, when dealing with such humble creatures, as rats and mice for instance, it is quite impossible to expect to meet with them out in the country and to photograph them before they make their escape, more especi- ally as they are mostly nocturnal in their habits. Some ysars ago, when at an exhibition of the Royal Photographic Society, I saw a marvellous series of photos of mice and voles, I wondered how it was possible to photograph such creatures until I read the explanation in the book. A box of the size proportionate to the animal to be photographed is taken and prepared by plastering the sides and bottom to imitate the earth, a back- ground of grasses and plants with stones and such things as are necessary to give it a natural appearance is prepared, the front and top covered with plates of glass, the animal to be photo- graphed is then put inside aid the fun commences. Now this all seems delightfully easy, and one would think it possible to get a good result every time, but many a little difficulty appears before we succeed. Our sitter may be a very restless one—in which case it may be necessary to insert another plate of glass between back and front to restrict hisrange some- what, a3 we know that in photograph- ing at such short distances that the point of focus—or depth of focus as it is called—extends behind or in front of the exact spot but a very little way, tou much behind or in front of which our subject is out of focus unless a small stop is used in the lens, which is out of the question where short exposures are a first necessity, when dealing with restless creatures such as these, which are not really still for even the smallest fraction of a second. Let us suppose we are now ready to try an exposure. We select a part of the case which we wish our sitter to occupy. We focus the spot, stop the lens to say f 11—it is rarely possible to use a larger aperture because of the want of depth of focus [ just mentioned—and a smaller one becomes out of the question for a short exposure, as the length of bellows to which the camera has to be reached out for these small objects at close range allows so mueh less light to reach the plate than if the camera were being used at its normal length, as for instance in landscape work, set the 18 shutter and insert the plate. Now comes the try- ing part. We must wait until our sitter chooses to come to rest on the spot we have selected, or we must try and induze him to do so. It is quite certain that he will come to the spot a dozen or twenty times before he is in a nice position and a suitable attitude, because it is worse than useless to release the shutter if he is huddled up or with Lis back towards us, or without his feet showing, or with his tail invisible, or with his eyes shut, or in forty other ways, we do not want to show him. We wait until we get a good pose showing all the necessary parts of him, and if he has not rushed away just at the critical moment, and if our exposure has been about right, we may have secured a picture. But I have found that two good results out of a dozen plates is a very satis- factory proportion. The two mice taken amongst imitation out-door surroundings were field mice. One is the ordinary house mouse, and of all the lively sitters I have had this was probably one of the very liveliest. Now anyone would naturally sup- pose thata tame rabbit was one of the easiest things in the world to photograph. I did, but I soon found I had deceived myself. I spent a lot of time over this animal, and this is the only presentable picture out of eight plates. Even with 1-30th second exposure his head showed movement in almost all the others. That is why I use quarter plates and advise cultivating an almost reckless disregard of the number of plates used. It 1s best to throw away plate after plate until we do get a successful result, rather than pass a partial failure, which we may be tempted, later on, to print and exhibit against our better judgment. But, of course, all our sitters will not be quite so restless as the last one, although there are many almost or quite as trying in other ways. With the hedgehog we have almost or quite the opposite nature. He is trying in his way, because of his often too leisurely movements. Now, with him it is worse than useless to try and induce him to take up any other position than the one he happens to occupy. We simply have to wait his convenience entirely. Push him or poke him, and he instantly rolls himself into a ball, and we have the pleasure of waiting until he chooses to unroll again. When I photographed him he took it into his head to roll up and go to sleep for about an hour and a half in the middle of the sitting, and I had to keep guard over him the whole of the time, ready to make the exposure as soon as he unrolled himself. Another branch of creatures that we can photo- graph very successfully in the same manner at home is that of the reptiles and amphibians. Here we have four groups of three specimens each. Of the snakes we have the grass snake the viper or adder, and the much less com- mon Coronella or smooth snake. Now, although it is quite possible to come upon snakes asleep in the sun and by very careful management to get a photograph of them as they lie (I have photographed one so ), it is not, as a rule, that he is in the best position for a photograph, as when, coiled up, the greater part of his body, generally including his tail, is hidden, and so we come back to our unnatural natural surround- 19 ings. With the common grass snake no great difficulty is found in photographing him. He is quiet and harmless, and may be freely handled and played with, and between his writhings and twistings he does have periods of perfect rest, when, if in a good position, an exposure of two or three seconds, if necessary, may be given. These pretty, harmless creatures do far more good than harm, and I think it is a great pity that they should be so ruthlessly killed on sight by anyone who meets with them, who, no doubt, ignorantly think they are ridding society of a noxious reptile. Our photograph should show the head with the white collar round the neck as plainly as possible, as this is one of its distinguishing features, and also the tail, which tapers off to a fine tip, as this clearly distinguishes it from the more dangerous viper. Notice the head and neck of the snake with the white collar; it has no zigzag markings down the back, and the tail tapers off to a fine tip. In the viper we see the head is more arrow- shaped, the neck thinner and more contracted ; there is no white collar; it is marked very plainly with a broad zigzag mark down the back, and the tail, by comparison, is much shorter and more blunt. These distinctions will enable anyone to tell at a glance the one from the other. The other class of reptiles is the lizards. This includes the Commou Viviparus lizard, the sand lizard and the slow worm. The common lizard, which is fairly abundant round about on open -commons and in open woods, requires often a good deal of smartness as well as care to catch them. As we know, the lizards have a very peculiar habit ; if frightened, or alarmed by being chased, they often snap off or cast their tails, which are said to wriggle on the ground while their late owners make good their escape. The proper way to catch or take upa lizard is, not to pounce down -on it with the naked hand, but either to wear a soft glove or to hold a handkerchief in the hand. In photographing lizards, the same kind of box and accessories may be used as when photograph- ing mice, and being quite as restless as these animals, the same care and patience will be re- -quired. But these often rest for a second or two together, and if we wait until they take up a good position, when the feet and tail are shown and the head properly seen, it is quite possible to use a smaller stop and give a short time exposure. The sand lizard 1 have not yet met with—it is much scarcer thin the others. ‘he slow worm is easily found on most gorse- covered commons, and is one of the prettiest and most timid little creatnres it is possible to come across. Its excessive timidity and nervousness cause it too often to cass its tail like the other lizards when pursued, so that great care must be taken to handle it gently when caught. Although one of the lizards, 1t is in appearance a snake of a beautiful bronze colour, aud as harmless as can possibly be imagined. I used to take this one (shown in the lecturer’s hands) two or three times a day and play with it, so as to get it accustomed to being handled. This makes them much tamer and consequently easier to photograph. In producing pictures of almost any Natural History object, there is almost always one difficulty present, and that is in the absence of anything to give scale, or by comparison to indicate the accual size of the object itself. In this case, photo- graphing it in the hand seems rather to dwarf the actual size of the creature, while the first photo- graph, giving no indication of the actual size, might lead anyone to suppose it to be anything from two to six feet long. The actual size was about fourteen inches long, which is about the normal length, while the thickness is about that of an average man’slittle finger. The name blind worm, by which it is often called, is quite a mis- nomer, as it has bright and pretty eyes. To come to the amphibians. We have the common frog, the common toad, and the scarcer natterjack toad. I think the frogs must be the most interesting animals we have, considering the wonderful metamorphosis through which they pass. As we know, at the breeding season the frogs and toads take to the water and there lay their eggs, which in due course hatch and pro- duce the familiar tadpoles, which gradually change in form and habits, from the fish-like gill-breath- ing creatures to the lung breathing terrestial animals, the form of which we know so well. This is the most interesting branch of study I have met with, and during the past two seasons T have tried to get a series of photographs show- ing the changes through which these animals pass from egg to maturity. Iam sorry my series is not yet complete enough or good enough to show. There are many difficulties in photograph- ing moving objects in water, which I have only yet partly overcome, and which I cannot here stop to describe, but I must say that this isa branch of work most interesting to photographers, as well as instructive to watch, which anyone can do by obtaining a few of the eggs, and keeping them at home in some sort of an aquarium, where the changes from day to day may be easily seen. The toad’s habits and early life are very similar to the frog’s, the only perceptible difference being in the eggs—the eggs of the frog appearing in the clustered jelly-like masses so well known, while the toad’s are laid in long double strings, which appear on the water very much like thick worsted. ‘Toads and frogs are fairly easy to photograph ont of the water, which is best done comfortably and leisurely at home in our useful box arrangement, first giving them time to settle down to their new surroundings, after which the glass front may be dispensed with and the sitter leisurely and com- fortably arranged in the desired positions. Photo- graphs of the toad should show the webbing of the feet and also suggest his crawling method of pro- gression, the frog’s movements being made by hops. It is neither of these that supply the dainty dish so much appreciated on the Continent ; it is quite a distinct species and rather different in appearance, one known as the edible frog being bred and kept for the purpose, so we need not fear our frog becoming extinct through the appetites of the people. Our second yroup of amphibians are the saurians or newts, of which again we have three species— the Great Newt, the Smooth Newt, andthe Palmate Newt (this latter species again being rare, while the others are equally common). These are most 20 probably also well knowD, 48 they can be found in almost any pond in the spring, but it is only in and early summer that they can seen, when they also take to the water to lay their eggs and rear their young. The eggs, unlike those is wrappe' newts are very larger relations, The male with his fine crest (which in both species with his bright colours of splashes of crimson and blue on his si i i spots and markings, is a very pretty little object in an aquarinm. The male Great Newt, in addi- tion to a fine crest, is adorned (in spring) with @ gorgeous orange ‘waistcoat, covered with black spots. The female is less brightly coloured, but jg much the larger. These must, ph otographed in a narrow glass-sided tank with stones at the bottom, and a supply of the same weed from the pond where they are found. While we have the tank in use, we may also try a few exposures on sticklebacks and any other small fish we can get, or if larger obtained alive, a larger tank must be made, and this branch will well repay the photographer's efforts. With this subject, of course, it is hardly necessary to say 4 bright light and a quick plate as their movements are fairly rapid, and no sign of blurring or move- ment must be seen in the result. There is no otner plan than to make and to select from the lot those that show the best ups and throw away the others. do much in judging what will prove to bea good grouping ; this is a subject that calls for a large number of exposures and a certain amount of good fortune to come across a bat or to catch one (they may somet imes be caught in a butterfly net or met with in the corners of old buildings), some photographs should be tried of him, although he is a rather unsatisfactory object to photograph. Tf we place him on the ground or at the bottom of our box he either lies there wings wrapped round him, and no amount of per- snasion will make him unfold and let us see those curious and most interesting appendages. He snarls and snaps if he is disturbed and shows his teeth, and is altogether a most difficult little creature to photograph. The photography of insects, butterfiies, etc., was then dealt with, the lecturer saying how anyone could easily make a very interesting series of pictures showing the larva pupa and perfect stages of some of our butterflies and moths. This can best be done at home and more easily watched. ‘They should be shown with their food plants. Insect mimicry, again, is a subject easily dealt examples were shown, as well as several spiders with their webs. showing the metamorphosis of a butterfly. Iwas only partly successful, and by no means complete or at all well done, but as a first attempt I was not the small tortoiseshell butterfly, scarce last year, for my experiment, the larva of which, as we this slide the larva are seen two or three days old. When first hatched they and their portion of the they grow gradually separated as they devour leaf after leaf, soon making ravenously and growitg their skins, which they cast three or four times,- until at the end of about become what is known as “ full fed” or full grown. Having now arrived at existence, the caterpillar roams restlessly about, often to considerable distauces, he may spend secure his helpless state. Having. settled (and having doubtless passed over scores of others equally so), which is generally the underside of a leaf or branch, he takes up his position and to it securely more and more until he assumes the shape of a horseshoe, only touching his support at each end. Taking a firm hold with his claspers (which are at the tail end of him) he now gradually lets go with his forelegs, gradually lowering himself into this position until at the end of five or six hours, his body the head end slightly hooked, he comes In this position he now remains sometimes as long as forty-eight hours, towards the end of which time we notice that the next stage is approaching. slight twitching is now seen at the head end (which is downwards) which continues to increase for two or three hours, during which time it is not safe to leave him or hardly take our eyes off, or we may wiss the critical moment. Now turning from this side view we take a view of his back, and as the twitchings increase We suddenly see the tightened skin split along his neck, and he com- mencee jurking and wriggling in real earnest. Gradually the split spreads upwards, and as the kickings and wrigglings increase we see the skin drawing backwards and upwards until the end of | make this part of the operation almost impossible to photograph. Gradually the old skin is worked at upwards until about two-thirds of the pupa bedy is free. Now comes the most splendid part of the whole operation, a part that is impossible to see properly, and can only be watched and clearly followed with some kind of magnifying glass, Raising up his body, with one of the segments of the abdomen he takes a firm hold of the old skin and then slowly and carefully draws out of the old skin the tail end of himself which is furnished with a tiny hook. Now raising himself up he plants the hook firmly in the carpet of silk he has fixed above, and with tha most violent wriggles and jerks and twists, secures a firm hold for it, and at the same time breaks loose the old skin, when, deliberately lowering and straighten- ing out bis body, he loosens his hold of the old skin which falls to the ground asa tiny pellet of fur, and he hangs suspended alone and secure. The whole proceeding trom the firstsplitting of theskin occupying only about a minute. I thought when I firet saw this, I had never seen anything so splendid before, and I feel it must give anyone who sees it for the first time much food for thought. Here is a creature alone and unaided going through this wonderful change, evidently without tuition, a thing he has never done before, and certainly willnever do again. What precison is necessary for its successful accomplishments, one false step—so to speak—an insecure hold,and he falls to the ground, where he would soon die or fall a ready victim to one of his numerous enemies. And we call this instinct. When he first emerges his bedy is soft and somewhat shape- less, of a pale greenish white colour, with a number of dark spots, and with the appearance of being covered all over with gold powder. Gradually his skin darkens and hardens until at the end of a day he is now of a yellowish brown colour. He now hangs like this for a period which varies from 9 to 13 days (probably the state of the weather influences the time) at least, these were the times taken by mine, until one fine day— which is generally in the night—the end of the pupa case splits open, and out crawls the perfect insect. At least, not perfect as we know him, his wings are soft and folded and crumbled, and so he rests in this position for a few hours, during which his wings dry and harden, and expand until fully out as we now see him. I am sorry I haye never been able to see one of mine emerge. I always found them in the early morning, when they had been out certainly some hours. This, then, is what is to be seen of the changes or metamorphosis of the small tortoiseshell—or at least what I thought I saw—my eyes may have deceived me in some minute particulars, but [ carefully watched it with a glass two or three times, and each time it seemed more beautiful and wonderful than before. It is a difficult thing to try to show by photography, as the most beau- tiful acts are beyond the power of the lens to show, and the constant movement in others makes the exposure very difficult. And now, in conclusion, I wish to say that these few notes, which, from want of time, must, of necessity, be most fragmentary, and can in no case attempt to deal with the extremely interesting life history that attaches to many of the subjects— must be only taken as suggestive of the vast field for work and study open to the photographic naturalist. The amount we have just seen are only just the fringe of the subject, a subject practically inexhaustable, one that will give employment to the most energetic worker for the whole of his life, and still have some over. Difficulties there may be in the work, but when overcome, as we all know, success is much more precious, and the results more prized than if they had been gained with little or no difficulty. In spite of the difficulties, often many failures and few successes, [ still feel that of all the interestiag branches of our art or science, or whatever you may be pleased to call it, there is none that can compare in point of interest (for me at any rate) with Natural Histor& Photography. TENTH WINTER MEETING.—-APRIL 5th, 1904. ‘NATURE STUDY : ITS PLEASURES AND BENEFITS.’’—By Mr. C. BUCKINGHAM. The tenth meeting was held at the Beaney Institute, under the presidency of Mr. Sidney Harvey, and there was a very good attendance of members. Amongst the exhibits was a particu- larly interesting X ray photograph of a malforma- tion in the growth of the ribs of a young woman of sixteen years. This was shown and explained by Mr. A. Lander, who also mentioned that on Good Friday more sunshine was registered in Canterbury than in any of the surrounding towns. The feature of the evening was a paper given by Mr. C. Buckingham, on “Nature Study,” which was of a most interesting character and well illas- trated by lantern slides. The lover of Nature who delights to enquire into and enjoy her beauties and wonders, will not go far into his studies before he begins to feel its humiliating effects, ke will marvel at his very existence, he will feel how indebted he is, both to Nature and Society. We are so busy in the daily pursuits of life, thatit is not until we have learned to broaden our minds and use a portion of our leisure away from our crowded thoroughfares, exchanging for a time the humdrum of civilised life for the woods and fields, hills and valleys, then, amid the enjoyment and freedom of thought, one cannot but feel the existence of that gap which lies between the monotony of civilised life and the delightful pursuits of Nature study. It is, as one progresses and realises the wonders of our earth and of the so-called lower living creatures, and when he has gained a proper idea of the evo- lution of man and his place in Nature, then it is he delights to take a broader view of the universe ; he places himself, as it were, on an eminence from which he may look back on the universe and for- ward over the generationsof men. He recognises the vast hoard of knowledge bequeathed to him by antiquity, the debts he owes to heredity and eovironment, the laws which protect him and his property, and government which gives him space in which to work. He appreciates Art, because he delights t> imbibe the individual impression of some natural occurrence, he finds food for the soul in music and poetry, and not in any way the least, he realises the debt, man of to-day owes to science. We are so used to use the telephone, tel- graph, and electric light, or even to strike a match fora light, that very few give any thought to Galvani and the frog’s legs, or to any of the great army of students of Nature, who have, through their love for investigating Nature, helped to bring science to the position it now holds. We accept all the blessings of medical science as amatter of course. A sufferer is now enabled to be put into a state of unconsciousness, while the delicate hand of some skilled operator cuts a frag- ment from the nervous circle of the unquivering eye. Natural force is rapidly substituting human power, which should tend to give us more leisure. Our very existence is due to science, for, on che surface of this earth where dozens could once live by bunting, by the aid of science thousands can now live, and in thousands of other ways does science add to the interest and variety of life. But apart from the usefulness of science-—that is its application to raising the material welfare of mankind—there is another and a higher part which science plays ; it is to enlarge the under- standing, and to purify the hearts of men, for there is no doubt, to the study of Nature, men may always look as a source of pure unalloyed enjoy- ment. This is the light in which I wish to look upon science to-night—it is that influence of Nature study which gives spirit to the man who has learned to love the works of Nature. There seems to be an increasing number of men with such inclinations. Some are hardworking men with but little leisure, occasionally such a man may be met with, journey- ing for miles to secure a rare flower, or find a new fossil. Often his fellow-workmen are looking on and inwardly asking the question, does he earn a farthing more, will his employer pay him more wages, or can he thereby earn au honest ponny ? Not he, his aims are loftier and nobler; his prize and payment isa far higher one. It is that of an enlarged mind and peaceful heart.and his thoughts are raised above ths mere struggle for wealth and position. He lives quietly and contentedly and finds inthe pursuit and study of Nature that peace and happiness which alone such studies can give. Considering the benefits derivable from Nature study, is it not strange,that,even yet,comparatively few people are able to see even a few of the won- ders and beauties of Nature and probably no one as yet is able to enjoy her wonders asthey might do. When we compare one of our primeval forests with the woodlands interfered with by man, or compare any genuine work of Nature with that interfered with by man, to the cultured mind there is always the truest beauty where Nature has her way. Not only does Nature study give us that peace and pleasure and make life worth living to the individual, but one cannot help feel- ing, when seeing the errors, day*by day, which the representatives of Man fall into, how necessary it is that the education of man should be scientific. We can only arrive at a correct knowledge of the structure and life of a social body through a scientific knowledge of the structure and life of the individual who composes it and the cells of which they are in turn composed, for the actions of the individual depend on the laws of their nature and their actions cannot be understood. until these laws are understood. Then in every possible way, as far as I can see, it is Nature study which should take first place in our lives. Some time ago I heard a lecture, which I well remember, by Mr. S. Horsley on “Man’s Place in Nature.” In his last lecture here he asks and answers the ques- tion, “ What would happen if man were suddenly and totally removed from this earth? ‘The world would go on just as it does now, we should not be missed—except temporarily by a few domestic ani- mals. Birds, beasts, fishes, and all the host of mov- ing and living creatures would view our departure with indifference—most would not know we had gone. Rivers, no longer made subservient to man’s will, would continue to flow to the sea, the tides would continue to ebb and flow; and all Nature would continue its course as if man had never ex- isted.” How different is our position to what it is generally supposed. His words appealed deeply to me, and often come up when we see the fear, on the approach of man, of our wild life. 1s it not ignorance which make man so inconsiderate to natural objects ? It seems to be a difficult and tedious task to attempt to elevate the tastes of the people, and to show men how debasing are the habits to which many of them are chained, and to point out the direction in which they must tread in order to be true and happy men; yet I truly believe that if our youth were more generally initiated in Natural History as a branch of education, we might soon see great improvements, for there is nothing so exempt from corrupting ten- dency, and in no rank would it fail to,work to good ends. The poorest class of workmen would possess richest fineness. The common soldier, if acquainted in even a small measure with geology, botany, or entomology, would have at command a means of enjoyment which would make the dreariest of home or foreign stations to hima paradise, besides the researches of such persons both at home and abroad would, we cannot doubt, help much to advance science itself. I feel that we all should have an insight, how- ever small, into geology, simply for the reason of expanding our limited ideas of time into those of an almost infinite duration. To be able to read the story of our planet, it is well to look around us in our own district. We have seen the erosive action of the sea around our coast,we find a change each time we pay it a visit and can easily under- 23 stand how the material would be carried out and deposited on the bottom of the sea, We can realise how the rain which falls upon the land carries matter, both in solution and suspension, into our valleys, and away by our river into the sea. We can imply that the whole of tke stratified rocks have been deposited by water, forthere is no other agency by which materials can be sorted out and thrown down in horizontal layers, but one will at once think, under these conditions, the world would in time become levelled off; so it would, were it not for another power, that of earthquakes and volcanoes and various fractures and pressures due to subterranean heat and secular contraction and cooling. These are the powers which have given man the opportunity of examining this twenty-five miles in thickness of strata. Again, we may think of our neighbourhood and consider our chalk downs, which show a change of relative level of sea and land of about two miles of vertical height. As we explore the crystaline and igneous rocks, the lowest rocks man has had the oppor- tunity of studying, and when we think of the in- 2cease in temperasure, one degree in every sixty feet, into the interior of the earth, one feels inclined to turn the eyes and mind towards the orbs of heaven and seek further knowledge of our wonderful planet of the astronomer and mathe- matician, almost bewildered is one’s feeble mind, carried from the estimated 200,000,000 of years taken to deposit these strata studied by man, to infinite space, only to see the wonderful laws of Nature working as accurately amonz the heavenly bodies as they work in the little things of our daily lives. Geology only begins when the earth has cooled down into a state resembling the pre- sent time, whea winds blew, rain fell, rivers and sea erojed rocks and formed deposits, and when the conditions were such that life became possible. The apparently infinite time which geology covers is, after all, only something of a middle age of this world, or perhaps only a chapter. Astronomers, with their marvellous instruments, particularly the spectroscope, are now able to tell us the exact composition of most of the important stars, just as easy as we can analyse the meteors which fall to the earth. With the naked eye we can see about 2,000 to 4,000 stars, with a good telescope 44,000,000, but the exposure of photographic plates brings to our dazzled contemplation the image of 400,000,000. These facts, with many others just as marvellous, are indeed a mind broadener. We are forced to look upon the sun as but one (and a small oae at that) of the unnumbered perishable bodies, and our earth one of the count- less transitory planets which encircle them. There is good reason to believe that our planet, in its infancy, went through a long process of cooling. Probably, in the first place, it was shaken forth, as fiery vapour, into space from the sun, of course, occupying a vast space, gradually cooling, shrinking with cracking noises, with none to hear, hissing, shaking, quaking, until less and lees vapourous, it reached a liquid pasty stage from the chill of eternal ethericinfluences. After ages upon ages, the solid surface stage was reached, the heaving forces inside the crust manifested their giant powers by forming mountain ranges, voleanoas bellowed forth their wealth of blazing material and have continued to this day, telling their story of the past by the folds and breaks in the strata, and reminding us occasion- ally of the great internal forces by some upheaval, earthquake, or eruption. So far [ have spoken of the inorganic. Instepping from the inorganic to the organic or from the non-living to the living, we are forced to leave a gap. Until this planet cooled down, life, as we consider it to-day, was impossible, but how life originated has puzzled scientists for years. ‘(he physical basis of life, named protoplasm, isa substance whichis receiving much attention jus$ now, but one cannot help wondering, when watching the growing of crystals into their plant-like structure, whether scientists will one day discover that it is the same force as work shaping the salt, sugar and the ice, as is at work shaping the leaf and the human body ; should this come to pass, we shall have to take a much broader view of life. Individual life, from the most elementary proto- plasm up to the highest organism, man, originates in a minute or embryo cell, just as the simple form of protoplasm, with its nucleus, appears to us under the microscope, so the primitive egg, the first germ of existence of all individuals, appear to those anatomists and physiologists who have revealed such wonders to us. So alike are the embryos of living creatures, that Agassiz, having forgotten to ticket the embryo of some vertebrate animal, could not tell whether it was that of a mammal, bird, or reptile. These embryo cells, alike as they are in appearance, contain within them the germs of an almost infinite diversity of evolution, each running its separate course distinct from the others. The world of life is not one and uniform, but consists of a vast variety of different species, from the speck uf protoplasm up to the forest tree, from the humble ameba up to man, each one breeding true and keeping to its own separate and peculiar path along the line of evolution. The development of the embryo cell from its origin to the perfect animal, is one of the most striking proofs of the law of evolution of life, and since this doctrine of evolution has been before man, it seems to have given him an ideal to work upon, and almost every day brings some new dis- covery linking forms of life nearer together and bridging over intervals thought to be impassable. Darwin pointed out the result of man’s interven- tion by long continued selection in breeding among our domestic animals, such as the varieties of dogs, each fitted for a special purpose, such as the greyhound and Skye terrier, and among the horses as the race horse and the dray horse. Itis evident in these and in dozens of other cases, that the final result was not obtained at once, but by taking advantage of small variations and accumu- lating them from one generation to another by the principles of heredity. He suggests the ques- tion: Is there anything like this going on in nature ? Yes, says Darwin, there is a tendency in all life, and especially in the lower forms, to re- produce itself vastly quicker than the supply of food and the existence of other life can allow, aad the balance of existence is only preserved by the 24 wholesale waste of individuals, in what may be called the struggle for life—the fittest surviving. By these means all surviving living creatures are gradually improving, and have been, no doubt, from the infancy of the world. With theintention of seeing for myself the evolution of living things as revealed by fossil remains, I recently paid afew visits to the British Museum. In my school days, they commenced the History of England with the landing of Cesar on the coast of Kent. The Britons were described as @ tall, finely-built race, recklessly brave and faithful to the family tie ; they had large quantities of cattle and grew corn. Religion was in the hands of the Druids, the most learned men cf the day, who preached in the forests, for they deemed it an insult to their God to enclose their emblems in an edifice surrounded by walls and erected by mortal hands. A tew years ago, it seemed not to occur to the minds of our teachers, whether the ancient Britons from which something could be known as to their civilised or barbaric state. since man pushed beyond the sovrces of informa- tion supplied by written documents, coins, and so on, that the path throughout of man’s early history is shewn with rude tools, weapons, incised bones, ana skeletons,which are found in the rudest form in the oldest deposits and gradually improv- ing through what has been termed the Stone Age, into the Bronze Age, and on to the [ron Age. This study of man tends to gauge the rank of their culture and to trace the improvements which gradually took place, but of course what would be even more interesting, would be to know how they treated one another, and what were their ideas of the non-material aspect of their existence. We may obtain a fair insight into the doings of pre- historic man by looking into the ways and doings of the lower races of mankind of to-day, or even into the different stages of culture among our own race. When a people are jsolated, changes take place very slowly, and we find a very back- ward people, generally @ savage one, for the mingling of people, whether by commerce, migra- tion, war, Or other means, is almost a necessary condition for change and progress. By the study of the different stages of culture, we may gain some idea as to the phases through which our ancestors have passed. Those rude paleolithic implements in the case upstairs, are hut one step in advance of the natural might pick up to crack a cocoanut with or to grub up a root from the earth ; is little doubt as to their being the work of human hands, for when placed with the rudest forms of stone implements actually being used by the Australian and other savages, it is difficult to detect any difference. Tf the orang and chim- panzee use stones for cracking nuts, it would be but a small step to find that stones would crack other stones as well as nuts, and it would only be necessary for circumstances to force them to feed upon flesh, and they might goa step farther and find thata sharp one would cut. To all appearances man went through such a stage : he learne chip stones for himself, very rude at first, but he who made weapons most effective had the best chance of survival im competition with wild. animals and fellow-men ; he chipped his flints more cautiously and thoughtfully, he found better work could be done by pressure than by blows; to polishing would be butasmall step; sparks would have been produced by chipping, heat would be produced by polishing, and thus the two methods of obtaining fire may have originated. a great quantity of the rudest Jements have been found, and in the drift gravel of the Thames and other rivers, where implements are found of a rather higher stage, indeed it is very pleasant, when among the relics at the British Museum, to come across such a number Relics from the paleolithic of rivers where man worked and lived, are very interesting. Such floors Lave been found along the valley of the Thames, 0 some cases two miles from the present river and 36 feet above present level, Re-constructed blocks of flint, collected together from these floors, are exhibited in the British Museum to show the manner in which flakes were struck off in the manufacture of implements. The gravel deposit on the top of the cliffs near Reculver has yi: lled a great number of implements, and seems to me, by its position, to be a terrace deposited by the rimeval Thames when flowing at that level. Rock skelters and caves were the homes of primitive people, one of which is the well-known Kent cavern near Torquay ; the British Museum have a fine collection of relics from this and other caves. It was some years ago that experts entered Kent Cavern, this ancient haunt of man, and re- moved the blocks of limestone which had fallen from the roof, and removed floor after floor of vegetable mould, stalagmite, charred wood, cave earth, another stalagmite floor in some places twelve feet thick, which alone must have taken ages to form, and below the dark red sandy deposit Breccia. The first objects found were, comparatively speak- ing, modern—such as bronze knives, fragments of roughly-smelted copper, Roman or Pre-roman pottery, but associated with stone and flint imple- ments. As they descanded, they found the re- mains of a very mixed group of animals—the mammoth, woolly rhinoceros, cave liop, cave bear, reindeer, Irish elk, anda great number of remnants of flints from which flakes had been struck, Tools and flakes, a bone awl, bone harpoon, and needle with well-formed eye. By these discoveries it appears that the cave men had reached a somewhat higher state of culture than the drift men. These cave mer, 10 doubt, hunted such large peasts as the mammoth. They found large pear - shaped flints, powerful missles, and used darss tipped with sharply pointed stone. From this stage man has been traced into the Neolithic period, in which we find polished stone superseding the older and ruder forms of chipped stone, and still he bas been followed up through the Danish Mosses and Kitchen Middins and the Swiss lake dwellings. A 25 great quantity of relics from the Swiss lake dwell- ings are exhibited at the British Museum, such as needles, rings, pottery, bread, dried apples, barley, woven fabric, raspberry seeds, wheat, and soon. No doubt these dwellings were similar to the present lake dwellings of New Guinea, and very probably this is the style of dwelling which existed on tie site on which Canterbury now stands, 'the object being no doubt to protect against fire and enemies. Not only in these districts do we find remains of primitive man, but in all the deposits of the Quaternary age. In almost every country of the world there bave been discovered weapons and implements of man associated with the fauna of that period. There is good reason to think that primitive man existed in what is now Europe previous to the ice period (but we must imagine England joined to the Continent and extending far out west into the Atlantic at that time with no North or Irish Seas). He was very probably civilised by the cold and glaciers, which aroused his activities, made him build a shelter, to band together and build defences against wild beasts, to fight hard and hunt vigorously ; he lived along the river, apparently in families. Then came the great change—the Polar ice cap pushed its way down until it invaded the regions inhabited by min. The first to fly into more temperate regions would be the herb-eating animals, for their food would be killed or covered with ice; then followed the flesh-eaters, who preyed upon their more peaceable fellows; and with them man, who was probably the most destructive flesh-eater of them all. It is said that at this period the tilting occurred of the earth’s floor, which led to the filling up of the Atlantic ocean and causing a general deluge along the south of what is now Europe. This, probably, is what primitive man and animals encountered when retreating from the glaciers, the larger animals —possibly through their strength and speed— being able to transport themselves to higher ground beyond the reach of the floods. As for map, the weakest, yet the most resourceful of the larger brutes, he took refuge from the storms in grottos and caverns (I might mention these gaverns are abundant, particularly in the Lime- stone districts of France and Belgium ; one cavern alone in the Lesse Valley has yielded as many as 40,000 distinct objects). Here, in the cavern, for the first time he became a social animal; he kindled his fire, which perhaps had been previously only kindled acci- dently in his former resting place, round which huddled all the different families, compelled by the storms to take refuge in the cave. Here he learned to make clothes from the skins of animals which he snared or ran down, and very probably the society of his fellows led him to fashion new weapons and tools, to make scrapers for skins, axes for cutting, maces for striking. The pressure of common dangerand need of organised defence against the cave bear and the cave lion, led him to elect a common leader, as horses are wont to do. The art of decoration, of industry, and of government all took their rise within the cave. At lenght the glaciers, after, perhaps, oscillating for many ages, retired, and as the new vegetation sprang up the animals followed it northwards. The drying up of the land cleared the fogs, the summers were hotter, while the winters, owing to radiation, were more cold than before. Animals migrated at fixed times in search of a climate necessary to them,and map became a traveller. Through the lessons of mutual help which he had learned in the cave, he hit upon a plan of division of labour, so the most skilful handicrafts- man stayed at home and made axes, while the swiftest and strongest hunter used them abroad for their mutual benefit. Now began the drawings of Art. Vanity seems to have been the first motive. Painting the face, making ornaments, adorning the skins in which the artist was clad; but later, Art began to be practiced for the pleasure it gave the embryo artist; weapons, tools, and sometimes rocks, were covered with pictoral representations of animals, and man himself. Probably, here we have the first precursor of a system of writing, and as the material necessary for such designs were not always to be found in one place, while well- decorated weapons had a certain value of their own, some sort of a barter with distant families sprang up, and so trade was born, The tree branch was probably the first weapon, the stone the first missile; ages were required to combine the stick and stone, but a family or tribe armed with stone hatchets, would easily conquer its neighbours and become a terror. Military bravery gave security from foreign invasion, established stable and despotic government, and by the creation of a soldier caste, left the majority of the people free to pursue the arts of peace. Another step was taken when man began to employ the labour of animals. He who first harnessed a beast of burden to the forked branch of a tree, and so ploughed his land, was the father of modern agri- culture. Immortality at its origin seemed to be the hupe of a continual family life, and the departed were considered members of the family still. The first differentiation of the family was when the father delegated the office of Priest and committed to him the care of the dead, confining himself to the secular affairs of his growing flock. Then came about the first form of the clan and the tribe, and the first step towards humanity and international- ism. This was followed by a federation of tribes foracommon purpose. The Hebrews federated the twelve Tribes of Israel. While the Gentile world was developing the social state, the Jewish people were developing a religion for the world, and with their intact family created the church of modern times. Greece developed the family into the city, but the Romans had gone further in nation- making and created the State. Such is the outline of the story of this wonder- ful planet on which welive. It isa feeble attempt at the story I have longed to hear. It is a story which I feel we all should have learned in our youth, for it prepares us to meet the enigmas of life, it will bring us happiness, and it will make us look around and realise our position in the universe. It lays a foundation on which we can build and connect the knowledge of any branch of 9 2 of Society. It science, even the Natural History teaches us how we are wandering between two worlds. Nature's voice has grown dumb to us, nature has not filled out its register. thab natural selection must neces- n the survival of the strongest, m out present imperfect the weak ; it makes one and human It reminds us sarily result 1 but artificial selection, fro knowledge, often preserves wonder if man will in the future always be able to regulate nature’s actions and keep himself in harmony by advance in mind; he may do 50, but only by the study of Nature. In tracing up the individual from the newly- born babe, which reveals to us the trace of an arboreal ancestor, and then speedily passes into human kind; so the child repeats in its growth the savage stages through which man has passed. At four years we find a child more intelligent than a grown savage. In the child we finda decided love for natural objects, which certainly ought to be encouraged. Tnstead, bow often is fear and dread of many interesting creatures instilled into tacir little minds by older persons. We talk of children’s happy hours, but do we really desire to return to them, We ‘would bs children again, provided we lost none of the gains of the grown up. Our best years are aot in our childhood ; it has the bliss of ignorance, put that is not the highest happiness ere to admit that the i ben we should tion of ou Perhaps the keen certainly the keene only look upoa yo ing time, when his and his actions inconsi for war, not peace ; for s as well; we can a wait- truggle, not achievement [ believe the aim of their education is to teach them to think and use their reasoning faculties to good purpose, but I am afraid, generally speaking it is but seldom we find,particularly our jads,set out prepared for the investigation which all should en- joy. Asa rule,down go their books when their school days are over—there is nothing more to learn. We see so many lads idling their leisure time, loafing about the streets, hardly knowing how to pass away their time; how easy is it for those to drift into mischief and corruption, and among such how often do we find that tendency towards ruthless destruction. It may be well here to look into that question, “ What constitutes human happiness ?” — because a life, to be successful, must be a happy one. Experience at once tells us that uninterrupted bliss is not of this world, anyway not of this agein which we live. The common idea is that wealth would bring it, but, generally speaking, is wealth happiness * Tf we look at those who possess it, or look into the life of the man whose wealth is limitless, after he has built a house, established a carriage, and so forth, what more can he do? The luxuries which he coveted while they were beyond his reach, become common place once they are in his possession, and often nowhere is the millioniare so sad a3 in the midst of his treasures. Again, one’s mind inquiries if power is happiness. We need only ask the possessor of it, and he will at once say power is an obstacle to all contentment. 6 at first think of as happiness, but if knowledge is happiness, then indeed must it be unobtainable, for the utmost a single life devoted to study can accomplish, is to discover the fountain, at which we can never hope to even slake our thirst. Happiness consists not in our possessions, not in what we have, but what we are. He is the happy man—the busy man—who can exercise both mental and physical faculties. Hopeless misery exists nowhere to such an extent as among the idle rich. We have heard of jolly beggars, but seldom of a jolly millionaire. Although so many of our youth use -their leisure in a degrading manner, there are maby who take a keen delight in outdoor sports; this is very necessary to youth and even older persons who live in towns, for it is something of a substi- tute for the life in the open, amoug trees and plants, where nature would have us live. But our sports have limits, they have their seasons and numbers necessary 0 form the games, and gener- ally they are not continued through life. It may often be noticed that a man when approaching middle age, grows practical and commonplace, and takes uo further interest in sport; he becomes self-satisfied, the generosity of youth fades into the cold calculation of mid-life mat erialism ; Poetry dies in his soul and prose of the sterner type is in its stead. Such men often suffer in health and lose a great deal of pleasure. To my mind, Nature study ought to supply the want of a recreation, for it will benefit mankind in every possible way, the pleasure of which, with the knowledge accumulated, must go on increasing throughout life. It is necessary for man, should he gain his living by his intellect, to exercise his body; should he gain his living with the pickaxe, let him cultivate bis mind and enlarge bis thought. Nature study, as we practice it, tends to develop both mind and body, without undue prominence to either, but so vast is the scope, so intricate are the problems, so delightful are Nature rambles, that a man wishing for a hobby can always find a pranch to balance bis physical or mental work. It is now being felt how neces- sary object lessons are to children ; they are now not limited to the contents of the house, but include objects of the woods and fields and, where possible, the quarry and the sea- shore. It is only too well known the intense delight children take when among flowers and insects, pebbles and shells. Probably, in the future their interest will not cease with childhood, but will be kept up through yout them facing the world with which is so necessary. It is W for anybody living in towns into the country and to h interest them in their excurs blessing, if, in their education, they something of the wonders around. return from their excursions with pleasant memo- ries of woods and fields or hills and rivers ; they will bring with them materials for study ; they will be better fitted for their duties in life and will look forward with pleasure to the next opportunity. We are now beginning to realise how civilisation is driving all beauty from our Knowledge we might 27 country. Many mammals are gone, our Sowers and insects are going. The grower is continuously straining to overcome nature—to eliminate the struggle for life between different species,in which, under natural conditions, every plant has its opportunities and the balance of life is evenly adjusted ; he is attempting to undoall this to grow what he wishes, and destroy what he considers objectionable. Any animal or plant not usefal, is considered so much vermin or weed, to be driven from the face of the earth as speedily as possible, but how often is this to his own disadvantage, when carried on without sound judgment and knowledge. This is the feeling which prevails and were it not for the comparative tew lovers of Nature who bave in the past by their efforts, saved something of the beauties of England, we should have nothing of natural England left. Amid all the clamour of to day, one sometimes feels inclined to enquire for the ideal man—he who we might consider the man most fitted for his position in the universe, and who will work for the most good in harmony with Nature, the man tending to lift mankind, who we might look up to, and strive to copy. After seeking among all classes of society, it is something of a relief, to find the truly cultured man acknowledged to be but a piece of elemental nature. He has no hate, no whim, no prejudice. He believes in the rich, the poor, the learned, the ignorant; he believes in the wrongdoer, the fallen, the sick, the weak, the de- fenceless; he loves children, animals, birds, in- sect:, trees, and flowers; he is one who is afraid of no man, and of whom no man is afraid ; he puts you at your ease, you could not be abashed before him. In his presence there is no temptation to deceive, to overstate, to understate, to be any- thing different to what you are. You could con- fess to such a man, reveal your soul and tell the worst and his only answer would be “I know, I know,” and tears of sywpathy might dim his eyes. Occasionally we meet a man tending towards these qualities, but if from the middle or lower classes, it seems to me that the liberal culture of this manis due, eithe: consciously orunconsciously, to his love for investigating Nature. Sometimes we see such a man alone, enjoying his rambles in his mcdest way, finding a companion in every tree _or flower ; he seems to feel that he is alone, that it would be useless to try and tempt others to see what he sees; he feels what a little he knows, but is it not a fact, the more ignorant a man is, the more stubborn and opinionated he will be. Should the cultured man be a product of the advanced metnods of the higher schools, it is likely he has had to tear himself from an aris- tocracy of learning, and puton a humility of learn- ing. Brain culture seems to be the chief thing with oue higher schools; it is he of whom we so easily tire, for,as Emerson says, the heart concerns us more than the peering into microscopes, for the depth of all knowledge lies within the heart. It seems to me that a liberal culture is what we should aim for —culture of the heart and soul, as well as the brain. I know of nothing which so well supplies this want, as approaching Nature in the way I have attempted to describe. Many will say, let me continue my literary study. In literature there is much to charm, much to delight and satisfy, but it does not take us into the fields or woods or over the hills, or beside lakes and rivers, or give us such material for thought, nor can one help feeling that we are looking into the limited. On the other hand, when we are face to face with Nature, we are looking into the infinite and realise that, however many veils we may take away, there is still veil after veil behind. I have seen several cases lately where lads who have made collections of butterflies and moths during their school days, on starting out in the world, have parted with their collections and given up the hobby which bas previously given them so much pleasure. ‘his seems to me a great pity. Would it not be better for such lads, if they had the opportunities, to takea step from the mere collecting, into the studies of that which is perhaps the grandest branch of science—biology, or the science of living things? This would, at least, absorb their minds from the temptations of public houses and zlubs. Young naturalists often, when leaving home to enter an establishment or lodgings, find it impossible to practice their hobbies, particularly photograpby. Children will increasingly, no doubt, have a deeper insight into natural phenomena, and it seems to me very necessary that they should have the opportunities to practice their hobbies and extend their minds throughout life. It would require but a portion of the interest now given by man to public houses and clubs, to be diverted into this nobler channel, and so raise the standaid of mankind and give them a life long pleasure. Perhaps some day we may see, instead of the many attempts on different lines of recreation for young people, one institute in every district, which has the sympathies of local authorities. By that time, perhaps, all children will be having a proper scientific education, and they will then understand that only the end of life is the end of learning. The man, or even woman, will be able to use the dark room of the institute, for the camera may be not only the guide to Nature study, but an accessory to the nataralist. Instead of individual collections stored out of sight, rooms might be set apart that all might benefit, rooms for conversation, and, above all, a lecture hall, where the learned man could come forward and enlighten us into the wonderful works of the Creator. Surely the beauties and wonders of Nature would satisfy the instincts which man satisfies in games of billiards, cards,and and so on. Cycling Clubs are well so far, but it requires something more than a mere 1un to give us a satisfactory feeling, and the addition of some branch of Natural History, say geology, would, to my mind, be a grand addition. Camora Clubs, if we are to raise our work above mere snapshotting, are absolutely necessary, so that we should be acquainted with the beauties of Nature, for nobody can really enjoy the recreation of photography unless he has learned to observe and recognise Nature’s moods. Nor would it be so utterly impossible to procure a piece of wood- land where naturalists, under stringent rules, would have the opportunities of studying Nature apart from man’s interference. Such a thing has been tried and found very successful in encourag- 28 ing our rare animals, flowers, birds, and insects. There seems to be something elevating in the way the men of old approached Nature. They did not have Natural History exploited to them on a fixed set of lines. They had their altars on the hills, they worshipped the Creator in the open, and they felt, as we should, that in learning Nature’s laws, we are grasping the thoughts which went to the building up of the universe, for by so doing we are affirming our own high calling as intelli- gent beings. In this light every moment given to the study of Nature means intellectual and moral gain. Somehow it seems to be the song of the Beauty of Holiness which we should now hear, to help us to become saints, and if it should at last be discovered that the Beauty of Holiness and the Beauty of Nature are one, what strength would return tous? Asitis, the reign of peace so confidently prophesied many years ago, seems further off than ever, and man, through the tendency of modern times to make things easy, has ceased to think. Herbert Spencer, after writing his delightful works, said he was placed at a disadvantage in having to omit that part of the system of Philosophy which deals with inorganic evolution (two volumns are missing). I think, too, it was he who said that the disagreements between Religion and Science have throughout been nothing more than the consequences of their incompleteness. In our outlook on the universe, we gain some idea of the looseness, the constant change and lack of permanence in all things. In astronomy among the heavenly bodies, in geology as regards the past history of the earth, and more especially in biology, as concerns living creatures, where instability is manifest. Now we seem to beon the verge of seeing the same process of evolution and development with inorganic matter. Probably in time it will not be seventy or more elements, but as the process of radio-activity most strongly marked in radium and other bodies which gradually breaks up into helium, so perhaps some of us may live to see that all matter is liable occasionally to get into an unstable condition and form into other substances. Perhaps at length it will be found that every form of matter, though the substratum and basis is fixed and constant in quantity, its mode of chemical and physical manifestation is liable to change slowly into different material forms and our seventy or mora elements will be brought down in numbers, and! it will be indeed interesting to watch the results of this branch of science. Although we may attempt to look over the past and into the mists of the future, still as far as the man himself is concerned with advancing years, as his strength becomes less, he feels the less necessity forexertion. Hopeis gradually replaced by memory, and whether this adds to his happi- ness or not depends on what his life has been. This seems to be the reason why old, learned people, with their rich store of memories, are so delightful to converse with. Such people will be looking forward to death, not with fear and dread. They feel how ignorant, after all, we are of the destiny of our souls. The knowledge of Nature suggests two points. We may think of life as but a day with the dawn, noon, eve, and tired we may pass into the unconscious, peaceful sleep of eternity. But if death is the migration of our souls from this world to some other, what could be greater than this? Man’s body is left asa fallen tree, but his soul or mind, no longer beld to this world by his body, perhaps sets off on a new sphere of existence, perhaps with greater power of acquiring knowledge of that maze of marvels which we attempt to look into to-day and call Nature. Life is too short to waste. What we require to teach us for the peace and tranquility of our souls, is the nature of every-day phenomena, that power which forms the clouds and rounds the raindrops, that springs in the grass and pulses in the tides, that glances in the sunbeam and breathes in the flower, that works witchery in the erystal and breaks into glory in the sunset. The mind that knows what can be known of these things, has feasted full of wonder and beauty and makes no greedy demand for higher grace or mightier miracle. In the past, in every period of the earth’s history, animals and plants in each succeeding epoch of time, are found to be of a higher order than the preceding ones, and there seems to be in the grey cloudy distance of the future, arealm of peace and beauty on this earth andin Nature, but to reach it man must study long in the school of Natuxe, but before all he must free himself from the bonds of selfishness. Let us imbibe natural phenomena and think, for thought is both prayer and worship. ELEVENTH WINTER MEETING. APRIL 11th, 1904. “ HINTS ON THE PICTORIAL COMPOSITION OF PHOTOGRAPHS.” By Mr. J. OGDEN. The meeting was held at the Beaney Institute on Tuesday evening, Mr. S. Harvey presiding. The first business was the election of two new members—Dr. Pittock, late of Margate, who has recently come to reside at Canterbury, and Mr. Wales, Headmaster of Holy Cross School. Several interesting exhibits were shewn by mem- bers. Mr. Hammond exhibited some very rare plants, Mr. W. Cozens some fossil teeth, whilst Mr. Wales shewed a very rare flower, the Grape Hyacinth, picked by one of his pupils, which is only to be seen wild in one or two localities in Kent. Mr. Lander remarked upon the sharpness of the pupil in discovering this flower, which had never been seen in that locality before. The Hon. Secretary called attention to a notice he had re- ceived from the Evolution Committee of the Royal Society asking for information concerning the melanism or darkening, that is to be noted near large towns,in several of their light coloured moths. Mr. Ogden then delivered an address intitled “Hints on the Pictorial Composition of Photo- graphs,” in the course of which he said, Having begged, borrowed, or stolen a camera, we find ourselves surrounded by nature in many forms. Our first step is to select what we will ex- pose our plate upon, and this implies selection as the first step in photography. As selection is not a principle but the result of the application—con- sciously or unconsciously—of many principles, it would be better to defer any consideration of it until later, and find something simpler to begin with. Let us take moveable objects first. Of any number of objects to be photographed there is one more important than the rest, because of its size, shape, or the associations connected with it, and the effortto give this its proper place callsinto play, I believe, the first principle of all composition, namely, proportion. An arrangement of our group then, which gives the most important object its proper place, will be such as secures dominance for the object in question ; once this is obtained, everybody seems quite satisfied, and the result to a certain extent is voted good composition, The reason for this satisfaction is engrained in our nature, for whether in families, schools, cities or countries, as soon as the principle of dominance— call it supremacy if you like—is settled, we feel satisfied. Of course, like the world at large, com- position requires other thingsas well as dominance, but I think this isthe first principle of composition, as it is the first principle of good government. Now let us see what we can do withit. Of any number of articles—even supposing them equal to one another—if we place them equidistant they are equally important, and we are not satisfied. NNNN Now place them in groups of different sizes, fJ1 MM ff and we feel more satisfied be- cause some distinction has been made and the question of dominance settled. Of the second kind of material, suppose an arcude of equal arches photographed in front, then move so as to photograph obliquely, and we make the nearest arch dominant ; the same principle must be observed in figures or animals, that is, some figure or group must be clearly dominant or we cannot feel satisfied. We attain this end by various means, by size, placing them nearer the spectator, by isolation, by placing on a different level, and many other ways, which you will quickly recognise on looking at figure or animal subjects. Besides dominance of form, there is dominance of tone, and as this is stilla matter of proportion it is quite as important as the other. i must tell you what is meant by tone. If you take two spots, one the deepest black you can obtain by a photographic process, and one your white paper, you have in white the highest, and in black the lowest tone, possible to you; anything between these two is of higher or lower 29 tone as it approaches light or dark respectively to know what tone is, and to discriminate between tones, are quite different matters, but as you must be able to do both to make any headway in obtaining proportion of tone, I will offer a few suggestions for your guidance. If two or more tones are used and you wish to tell which is the highest or lowest, or between, if not certain on looking at them attentively, try the experiment in any case of difficulty, of partly closing your eyes, this is almost infallible. And now to obtain practice in this faculty, or shall I say, to educate yourselves in discriminating ; you will do well to acquire a habit of judging for your own satisfac- tion of any difference in tone between objects or persons wherever you may happen to be. You may resent having such a study as this imposed upon you, but do not forget that unless you learn to recognise when the tones of a picture are right, you will not know when your own picture is right. Ithink I ought to say here that when trying to invent something to say to you about tone, I found some good examples ready-made in a valuable little book, by A. Horsley Hinton ; it is of the Amateur Photographer Library and entitled Practical Pictorial Photography, No. 17, price 1s. His remarks are so good that I here follow them pretty closely. As one example of tone study, notice the relative lightness and darkness of aface and hands when compared with white collar and cuffs. If you can, get two men with their collars and cuffs and place one in light and the other in shade and notice how both in light and shade, the collar is lighter than the face, also the collar of the man in shade 1s lower in tone than that of the man in light. Now examine the usual portrait turned out at so much or so little per dozen by a man with no artistic training, and you will probably find the relative degree of tone between flesh and white linen to be together false, the consequence to an educated eye being that the whole thing looks unnaturally white and chalky. A very striking example of how photograhers allow the camera to render false tone, is seen in skies of nearly all photographs. If you look at a white cottage or other white objects in full sunlight against a cloudless blue sky, you will find the light sky darker in tone, and yet photogrpahers have been content to give us white skies and white cottages. The proper thing to do here is to con- trol the printing so as to get the right effect. As showing how exceedingly ignorant most of us are as to relative tone, say we wish to draw a figure wearing a black coat and in the open air, we should at once begin by making his coat black, because we preconceived it to be so, but look at such a figure in reality and you find the folds and creases in the coat appearas dark lines, hence the body of the coat cannot be black. Then take a piece of black velvet and place it in strong sunlight, placing at the same time a white cloth somewhere near, but in shade, and I think you will find the white is darker than the black. Now suppose a piece of white paper lying in the road and to represent it we should probably make it white, but presently the sun shines out and instantly the paper is much brighter and whiter ; obviously 30 then it was not white before, when we thought it but for our purpose the square oF circle must to be. We take people’s portraits in a room or in always be seen in one position, namely, upright, the subdued light of a studio, and we make their and in such a case & good designer would begin by collars as white as our printing paper will allow ; placing his interesting point above the centre for how is this for accuracy, when we remember the two reasons, first, because if in the centre the white paper in the roadway ? upper part would look too heavy or be too much of Now take the last example—a dusty road with & waste space, and, second, if placed below the houses on each side, the tone of the road isa centre it would appear 4s if sliding or settling in light grey, near the sidewalk on one side the bottom, but by placing above the centre it has of the street is @ sheet of clean white the appearance of firmness and stability. paper; compare the tone of this and it is Cases will at once occur to you of having seen probably found to be the lightest spot in the good pictures with a low horizon, but if you reflect whole scene; then watch the street as the sun & moment, 1 think you will admit that the low shines out, casting the shadows of the houses all horizon and the subject below that, were not the along that side of it where the paper is in full raison d’etre of the pictures in question, and on sunshine, and now consider for a moment the further reflection it will strike you that the chief shadow side has not become darker than it was point of interest ina good picture of this kind is before, but rather lighter T should say, as it must its sky effect, and this is above the centre. I dare get more light than it did before. However, that not pursue this particular point any further at art on which the sun shines has become muck this moment without examples, but with examples lighter and makes the shadow side seem darker, I think you would find it proved ; to make this but the white paper is no longer the highest light, knowledge your own, find all the admittedly good the sunlit dusty road has outstripped it. Not let pictures you can of this kind, and see if on careful a shower, or 2 water-cart make the road wet,and examination you do nct find this to be the case. down comes the road again, and the paper in Now pass to the other and what I may call shadow is now lighter than the sunlit road. normal shapes—oblong or upright—and for the These are but simple examples of relative de- same reason as before stated, the centre is not grees of light and shadow or tone, and they are used for the point of chief interest. for, if you given to show the kind of training to which we divide your space by two diagonals and keep your ought to subject our perceptions in order to be point. in the upper triangle, you will feel most able to tell when our pictures are or are not satisfied. If, from the shape of the whole scene, correct in tone. It also shows what position the you must use either of the other triangles for people must be in who have not thought of these your chief point, then you will find that to make matters, and yet we find such people boldly assert- a successful composition, you will require @ ing that this or that picture is not true nature, secondary point to get what a designer calls bal- whilst it is more than probable they could not tell ance. By balance is meant the provision of & you whether such and suck tones were trueor not, mass subsidiary to our main point of interest, and Tt must now be fully evident that without some this refers to a single-figure picture as well as to knowledge of this matter, we are likely to get false @ complicated one. The term arises in this way. values and not know it. Tf a designer wishes to occupy an oblong space, After proposition No. 1, that proportion of he has two ways of doing it successfully—one is shape and tone are of primary importance, we to divide it by a central [jne and reverse the unit come to a consideration of what ought to take of one side and place it in the other. The second second place; and whether we are still standing way is to take several points or masses and so place with our camera confronted by our subject, or we them that they occupy the space without crowding have made our print, the next process suggested and without poverty. Strictly speaking, the first to us would be: where shall we decide to place our method is called symmetry and the second balance, dominant factor? For thisreason I place Position put they are both of the same effect, in that they as problem No. 2, and here I bring to your notice satisfy the mental wish to have the space so a very useful contrivance for assisting indeciding occu ied that we are not conscious of any space “‘to how much or how little you will include in your let,” and when this isdone we have what is called picture. It consists of two shapes—L JRcutout 2 well-balanced composition. Numerous cases will of cardboard or steel, and used by sliding one over at once occur to you of photographs where you get the other until you find what to keep in and what a mass of trees or buildings or figures in one part, to cut out. And now to consider position a little. and the other part feels empty and you don’t know The position of our dominant mass must always be what to do with it. What you do want is balance, a trouble, because of the latitude allowed, and, and when you recognise this, your natural in- after all, it only comes to saying you may do genuity will suggest clouds or other groups sub- pretty much as you like. sidiary to your principal mass. The proper placing All I can offer you then will be a few reasons of this lesser point brings into play @ term called why it were best not to place your most important subordination, but you will recognise it as only point at certain places. Take your space asbeing part of the game of proportion and balance, as oblong, or upright, or square, or circular. In a trees balanced by clouds, buildings balanced by square or circle & practical designer would not other buildings, trees or figures. place his chief interest in the middle unlessit had There js another term which now seems to call to be seen, and look equally well, from all sides, as for attention, called contrast, whereby you contrast say a ceiling or 4 floor, and even then he might or oppose one shape or one tone with another, and elect to have his interest in the form of a border; s0 assist the interest of your dominant point, but I question whether it would be advisable to inflict upon you all the names of principles which have been deduced by the study of composition. Many of you certainly don’t care to know them by name only, and have them ticketed and placed in their proper pigeon-holes, but all of you, no doubt, would like to have a general idea upon which to build more cr less, as you find your other oceupa- tions will allow, but one thing I should strongly advise you to do is to make many slight sketches of compositions which appeal to you, and of those which are considered to be of the best, and try to analyse them for yourselves, The sketches need only be scratches, and anybody who can use a penor pencil can make them; their only purpose is to enable you to attain facility in recognising when a subject is well composed or well placed on your plates, and it is only reasonable to suppose that if you cannot set down in this sketch- ing way an abstract of any composition, you cer- tainly cannot recognise, when confronted by nature, a fine composition. It is a sort of thing you ought to insist upon yourselves doing, and don’t let the thought of wasting paper deter you, because if you throw the sketch away it has probably served its purpose by increasing your facility of hand, and impressing something of composition on your mind; idle moments and the backs of letters or butcher’s bills can be made profitable in this way. Your best friends will heap scorn and contumely on these sketches, they will call them your mad efforts towards becoming a Royal Academician, but as time goes on you will find them surreptitiously admiring your progress. You have now quite enough principles to begin with, and a word or two might be said about selection. The first consideration, of course, is to photograph the kind of thing you have a natural liking for. If you like effects of sunlight see to it that your composition has a good balance of light and shade, and, as a rich and sparkling effect suggests sunlight best, get this effect, but let - some part of your picture be occupied by a broad mass of quiet shade, so that by contrast you heighten or force the effect of sunlight. If you like quiet morning or evening or mist effects, see that you choose something with a quietness or 31 calmness in the transition from the darks to the lights, otherwise, if you get your contrasts t0 strong or in too abrupt a manner, you destroy the feeling you aim at showing. Don’t trouble too much about getting the clouds and landscape on the same negative, but study carefully the values or tones of both, so that when you print clouds in you can tell when you have obtained the proper relation of tone. When you come across an especially fine effect of cloud and landscape make two negatives, one for the cloud and one for the landscape, and combine them in your print. If you incline to figures or animals, see they are well grouped, not set to partners, nor standing side by side, but that one figure shall balance another, or one group balance another. To help you in this, make sketches of the lines and masses in any well-known good figure compositions, so that when you see a good group in nature you will recognise it. By sketches, of course, I mean only scratches of which you may make a dozen in a short visit to the National Gallery, or dozens from reproductions of good pictures. Architecture and old buildings are, of course, subject to the same principles. I have said nothing about sentiment in pictures, and I have referred to none of the great masters of composi- tion, but you will agree that to do justice to these things would require a serious literary effort and a series of well and carefully chosen examples, I therefore think them best left alone on this occasion. I must warn you, perhaps needlessly, that you cannot learn the principles of composition in a week, nor can you learn them by rote; it is only by gradual study and careful building up of an incessant number of structures, only to have them pulled about your ears from time to time, and then patiently rebuilding, that you will in time erect an edifice worthy of the name of com- position. Mr. Ogden then showed on the screen a number of lantern slides, kindly lent at short notice by Mr. W. H. Hammond, Mr. F. C. Snell, and Coun- cillor J.T. Smith for such slides, and passed a few remarks upon each, which gave an idea of how these things are judged. iy REPORT ON THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE CONFERENCE OF DELEGATES OF THE CORRESPONDING SOCIETIES OF THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE—CAMBRIDGE, 1904. By Arruur S. Rem, M.A., F.G.S., Delegate for To the President and Council of th East Kent Scientific and Natural History Society. e East Kent Natural History Society. GenTLEmMEN,—I have to report that I attended, as your Delegate, the two Conferences of the Delegates of the Corresponding Thursday, August 18th, and Tuesday, Augu Societies of the British st 23rd, in Gonville and Caiu Association, which were held this year on s College, Cambridge. At the first Conference, Principal E. H. Griffiths, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.,was in the chair, and after the report had been read, gave a short address, man in the street,” or rather the bo leaded for research work in the Laboratory. He p' more science tacked on to existing curricula, and, above all, in convincing the “working man” that it was Educational Authorities gave due weight to growing scientific requii dealing with the question of how best to educate “the y in the street, to realize that the advancement of science is of personal] and vital value to him, in that the earnin g of his daily bread is intimately connected with a better system of scientific education rather than he laid great stress on his own experien¢e to his advantage to assist research and see that rements,. 32 In the discussion which ensued, the following are some of the points spoken of by the Delegates: (1) The possibility of establishing a journal which should give an epitome of the work done by all the Local Societies. (2) The lending by Local Societies of collections and specimens to schools. (3) The value of Local Societies entering on the 6in. Ordinance Maps, for purposes of reference, all archeological details in their neighbourhoods. (4) The anee of help that could be given by Local Societies in aiding nature teaching in schools. (5) Sir Norman Lockyer again brought forward his last year’s suggestion as te the forma- tion of a Guild of Science, and said that the preliminaries were now settled. Then followed considerable discussion as to a better representation of the Local Societies at British Association Meetings and as to a proposed further amalgamation of their Societies, so that their influence might become more powerful for good. At present it was felt that the thousands of scientific workers scattered all over the country had not sufficient organization to make their power felt. The Rev. W. Johnson, B.A., B.Sc., read a paper on the Utilization of Local Museums, with epecial references to schools. At the second Conference, Principal Griffiths vacated the chair which was taken by Dr. Tempest Anderson. Mr. J. Hopkinson, F.L.S., F.G.S., read a short paper advocating conformity in the publications issued by the local societies, with certain bibliographical requirements. Among points which he alluded to were : (1) Proper indexing, (2) Uniform size, either demy octavo or demy quarto. (3) Continuous paging for volumes of bound transactions. (4) Binding up of covers, if covers have list of contents on them. He gave many examples of the immense labour that had to be gone through by anyone working up a subject in a reference library, when the seeker after information came across a bound volume of gome society’s transactions in which there was no index to papers, no continuity of paging, no table of contents, etc., etc. He handed round a leaflet showing how the Hertfordshire Society had adopted an excellent method of making, in addition to a full index, etc., the contents of each of their volumes readily apprehended. After a discussion on this paper, during which many delegates bore witness to the truth of Mr. Hopkinson’s complaints, the Chairman called for any remarks that representatives of the various sections of the British Association wished to make, anent special lines of work that: local societies could take up. For Section A, Dr. H. RK. Mill spoke concerning the good work done by local societies in the matter of rainfall returns, and stated that a set of questions was about to be sent round to the local societies. For Section C (Geology) it was announced that a new joint committee, with Section E (Geography), had been appointed, with the object of recording and determining the exact significance of local terms applied to topographical and geological objects. For Section D (Zoology) the following lines of work were suggested, each having a special committee to receive results : (1) The fauna of cave-waters. (2) The study of the Zoological changes in some given plot of land for one year. (3) The micro-organisms of a given pond or ditch. (4) The lines of overland migration of birds. For Section K (Botany) it was suggested that local societies, who were favourably situated, should report on the persistence of leaves in orchids and make a special study of seedling orchids. Sections B, F, G, H, I, and L had no special work to bring before the Conference. In summing up, as I believe that directing attention to one or two important points is more useful than a general recapitulation of many matters—(1) I would urge on the Society that it can do some very useful work for the new Joint Committee of Sections C and E, since in Kent there must be a large number of terms applied locally to topographical and geological features where meanings require determining and recording; (2) I would draw special attention to the lines of work suggested by Section D (Zoology), inasmuch as they give the individual member an idea of how he can put in a year of very useful work; though possibly the study of the lines of overland migration of birds may be rather a large matter, we have, in Kent, many cases where fauna might be studied ; anyone with ordinary powers of observation can do some useful work on the study of the zoological changes in some selected plot of land, anyone with a microscopic training can give a good account of himself in dealing with the micro-organisms of his nearest ditch or pond, ard, finally, Kent is an orchid county, so that the material is at hand for the solution of the undecided problems that the order of plants presents. Finally, I beg to very heartily congratulate the Society on the valuable work done for the Geological Photographic Committee by one of its members, Mr. C. Buckingham. In the Committee’s Report this year Mr. Buckingham’s work on the Kentish Nailbourne, the Stour valley, and the classic locality of Reculvers, was specially mentioned as of the greatest value; and I can only hope that Mr. Buckingham’s exaimple will stimulate other members who are working at other subjects to ensure that their work shall be made the best use of by following out the lines laid down by the various British Association Committees, and seeing that these Committees have the work sent to them for correlation with other workers’ results. I have the honour to remain, Your obedient servant, ARTHUR S&S. REID, M.A, E.G.S. 33 REPORT FOR THE FORTY-SEVENTH YEAR, ENDING SEPTEMBER 3oth, 1904. During the past year we have lost by removal, resignation, or death 11 members, but 13 new ones have joined, thus making the total number 93, including 8 corresponding members, 9 honorary members, 14 associates, and 62 ordinary members. This year the Society bas had to mourn the loss of two of its founders— Matthew Bell, Esq., D.L., of Bourne Park; and George Rigder, Esq.,of Canterbury. Both these gentlemen kept up their membership to the end of their lives, Mr. Bell was a past President, and maintained his interest in the Society, although for many years he had been unable to attend. Dr. Rigden was always an ardent and generous supporter of the Society, and he kept up his attendance ut the Committee meetings as long as his failing strength allowed. y We also regret that Captain Stead has resigned his membership, and consequently his seat on the Committee, owing to the fact that he is no longer able to attend the meetings or excursions. We had hoped he would have remained a member, his help on Committees being most useful. Scientific meetings have been held as in former years, reports of which will be found on other S. i Captain McDakin represented the Society at the Congress of the South-Eastern Union of Natural History Societies at Maidstone, and Mr. A. S. Reid was the Society’s Delegate at the meeting of the British Association at Cambridge. This year we regret to record that the excursions have been almost a total failure. Scarcely anyone joined them, and no meetings were held in the Beaney Institute on the following Tuesday evenings. But although the excursions did not take place as arranged, many of our members have done good work individually, and spent many afternoons in the country pursuing their favourite studies and doing systematic work, some of which is recorded in this volume, and more will, it is hoped, be communicated to the Society in the form of lectures during the coming Session. Mr. C. Buckingham has again sent a valuable collection of about seventy platinum photographs to the British Association, giving full details of the intermittent flow of the three Nailbournes. He has also furnished the Cardiff Natural History Society with valuable information and photographs of the Sandwich sand dunes. We regret that no progress has yet been made in the proper display and arrangement of the Natural History specimens in the Royal Museum, it having been impossible to do anything with these specimens until the Hammond collection of birds had been arranged ; and, moreover, the space now at our disposal is very limited and quite inadequate. It is hoped that some effort will be made during the coming year to stir up more enthusiasm in Natural History subjects, and we welcome the generous offer which has been made by two of our members— Miss Holmes and Miss Phillpotts—to guarantee the expenses of an eminent lecturer early in the coming winter in the hope that his efforts may arouse a greater interest in Natural History pursuits. It is lamentable that the people of Canterbury seem to care little for science. A recent eminent lecturer publicly remarked in our midst upon the scientific apathy of this and other southern districts, and his remarks called forth a strong article in the local Press. Some points from the Canterbury Register, here quoted, should be noted by our members. “Tn the North, people are thirsty for knowledge, and flock in crowds to hear a scientific lecture, but here only ‘Christy Minstrels or other tomfoolery of this sort’ prove any attraction. It is disgraceful that so much apathy was shown towards the lecturer (Mr. Kerr) when he took the trouble to attempt to instil a little useful knowledge into the minds of the people of Canterbury. We can only think that this City is so slow to move to new things that it regards with absolute disfavour any scientific discovery which tends to upset the traditions handed down from their forefathers. Whether it is our education that is at fault, or the temperament, steps should be taken by the Authorities to awaken an interest in science. It may be said that every industry and manufacture that England has lost to the foreigner, has been lost by our ignorance of science and of its application to commerce.”’ Perhaps this state of things will be improved in the future when the Education Authority has made arrangements for providing facilities for systematic evening classes in scientific subjects. At the present time there are no such facilities in the City, and the young people are at a great disadvantage as compared with those of other localities. Another evidence of the general lack of interest is the neglect of our Library, which contains a great number of scientific books which are seldom taken out or referred to by our members in spite of the facilities afforded. The Committee tender their warm thanks to all those who kindly helped in any way to make the evening meetings a success, and they trust that all members will exert themselves during the coming winter for the general improvements and progress of the Society, and especially to ensure a good attendance at the public lectures, so that the lecturers may feel repaid and the Society gain additional members. . A. LANDER, Hon. Sec. 34 BALANCE SHEET—SEPTEMBER 3oth, 1903, to SEPTEMBER 30th, 1904. ae Cr. £ a. d. | 1903. £s.d. Sept, 30—To Balance ... 714 1 a 7—By Quekett Club Subscription, 1903 010 0 ,, Subscription, 1902-3 215 0} 1904. a 0 1904 7 22°5 0} Jan. — By Photographie Society, 1903 1.1.4 Feb. ,, Hayward Bros., binding «asp DE Lat ae # as ,, E. Crow and Son, periodicals... 014 3 pave dia ios WV 2K ‘Austen.cards and printing 012 0 19— ,, Ray Society. subscription, 1994 1 1 0 April 22— |, W. G. Austen, cards and pro- grammes . z 1 26 June 27— ,, Fire Insurance . 011 3 July 22— ,, E. Crow and Son, periodicals 2 Tae. 25— ,, W.G.Austen, cards and printing 012 9 Sept. 30— ,, 3 a - 04 6 ., 30— ,, E. B. Goulden and Co., Report and Transactions ‘ SLOT he ney s» 30— ,, Quekett Club, subscription, 1904 010 0 >, 30— ,, Hon. Sec., postage, carriage,ete. 219 4 », 30— ,, Hon. Librarian, aims nem aes) » 30— ,, Balance ... sid : PS eb) £32 14 1/| £32 14 1 ASSETS. | LIABILITIES. i Urges ear peri | Arrears to September 30th, 1903 iad i) ee ae Ei) ‘ai mh. Ra Paatoy 0)" 1S FOND . Soe avin Nil. Arrears for 1904... r- = : Te OO, | W. P. MANN, Hon. Treasurer. HON. LIBRARIAN’S REPORT FOR 1904. 1 am pleased to be able to again report aslight increase in the use which has been made of the Library, and with the increased interest which is being shown in Natural History by the general public, it is greatly to be hoped that the members of this Society will also do more practical work and make further use of our admirable library. Another noticeable feature is that during the past year more use has been made of our books by visitors to the Reference Library. It is the earnest desire of the Committee of this Society that all interested in scientific pursuits should realise that we possess a thoroughly representative library of over 1,200 volumes together with a valuable collection of monographs and pamphlets. To render reference easy a card catalogue has been provided, and the books are available for use at all times that the Reference Library is open. Again we are indebted for several valuable gifts and we have to acknowledge with thanks the presentation of “The Entomologist,” from Miss Kingsford ;“‘ Nature,” from Brian Rigden, Esq. ;‘‘ The Photogram,” from S. W. Harvey, Hsq. ; “ Amateur Photographer,” from the publishers. Besides these periodicals, a gift has been made by H. Mapleton Chapman, Esq., of Evans’ “ Ancient Stone Imple- ments of Great Britain ” and a “ Flora of Thanet,” from Dr. Pittock. Pamphlets, reports, ete, have been received from the following Societies :—Natural History Society of Durham and Newcastle-on-Tyne, West Kent Natural History Society, Smithsonian Institu- tion, U.S.A., Wisconsin Geological and Natural History Society, Missouri Botanical Garden, National Museum of Buenos Ayres, Institute of Geology, Mexico, Field Columbian Museum, U.S.A., Milwaukee Museum, U.S.A., Department of Agriculture, Carnegie Museum, British Association, City of London College Natural Science Society, Hastings and St. Leonard’s Natural History Society, South London Entomological and Natural History Society, Ealing Natural History Society, Homesdale Natural History Society, Royal Microscopical Society, Rochester Natural History Society, Wellington College Science Society, Marlborough College Natural History Society, and Manchester Microscopical Society. The following Societies with which we are affiliated, and to which we pay an annual subscription, have sent publications : Quekett Microscopical Club, Ray Society, and the Royal Photographic Society. The serials purchased have been “ ‘The Journal of Botany,” “ Geological Magazine,” “ Zoologist,” and “ Knowledge.” W. H. FIDDIAN, Hon. Librarian. 35 NATURE NOTES FROM ASHFORD. Less time than heretofore has been given to the insects of the district during the past summer, While collecting mosses in the early spring, a few almost black pupx were found under moss growing on alder trunks by Hothfield Lake. These, as was suspected, prac’ in due course the “ May Highflyer,” Hypsipetes impluviota. Three of the “ Emerald” moths were taken during the summer— Pseudoterpna cytisaria and Phorodesma pustulata (for the first time in the immediate neighbourhood), also the commoner Hemithea thymiania. : : ; Acronycta leporina was again met with in the larva state in Penny Pot Wood. Cucullia asteris occurred freely in the larva state on Golden Rod in September, but only one of its rare congener, Gnaphalii, was found. i Only one Botys hyalinalis was met with this year, but as this was a female, was able again to gratify some of my correspondents with a sight of its interesting eggs. j The larva of Hypercallia christiernella was found feeding on flowers of Milkwort, and was handed on, that others might have the pleasure of sesing this lovely little moth emerge from its angular green chrysalis. ; J I have been asked to give my experience on the interesting subject of “ Progressive Melanism in Moths.” I regret to say the subject has had but little personal attention. I may mention, how- ever, that one of the species asked about—Polia viminalis—was reared a few years ago from a larva found near here in spring feeding on sallow, which produced a very dark variety of the moth. Dark forms of Xylophasia polyodon are occasionally met with here, but not, at present, the black ones met with in the northern counties, Ona the other hand some of the lightest examples I have ever seen of Dianthecia carpophaga have been bred from larva found feeding in capsules of Silene maritima and Nutans growing on Lydd Beach. An extremely light specimen of Abrazas grossulariata was taken some years ago on the wing. This latter insect has been noticed to be more than usually common in the lanes about here this year, but no striking varieties were observed. I may state that twenty- eight years ago last June I found at rest on a tree a fine light specimen of the then rare moth Pachetra leucophea. Of late years this species has turned up more freely and been rather hunted down. It appears to me to be getting scarce again—one interesting fact noticed about it (bearing upon the above named subject) is the increase of dark specimens, having some resemblance to a dark variety of an abundant moth, Hadena dentina. May it not be a case of protective mimicry, helping it to evade the hand of the rapacious dealer, the dark ones thus escaping, as supposed H. dentina (not wanted) to perpetuate a race of darker moths—thus proving, perhaps, to be advantageous in the struggle for existence. WILLIAM R. JEFFREY, Ashford. NOTES ON LEPIDOPTERA. The season of 1903 had a very bad influence on the numbers of many Lepidoptera in the present year, and it is evident that larve must have perished wholesale during the wet weather. On the other hand some of the migratory species were tempted over to this country by the heat of 1904. Vanessa atalanta and Y.cardui both appeared in the early summer, and their progeny were in some numbers during August, Colas edusa was also seen in the lucerne fields, and Sphinx convolvuli seems to have oceurred very generally throughout the country, a nice specimen being picked up by my son at rest on a breakwater at Herne Bay. Among the commoner species, the numbers of British Plusia gamma, Stenopteryz hybridalis, and Scopula ferrugalis were evidently augmented by migration from abroad. Only a few insects were noted at sallow blossom, and until June had half passed the woods produced very little. Then animprovement took place, Limacodes testudo, Erastria fuscula, Phorodesma bajularia, Acidalia trigeminata, Eupithecia plumbeolata, Anticlea rubidata, Cidaria picata, and Pionea stramentalis being among the best during the season. A single specimen of Myelophila cribrella was taken on the occasion of the Hothfield excursion, the locality being a strange one for this coast- frequenting species. Evening work at several marshy spots proved very successful, the wet weather of 1903 having induced a strong growth of the foodplants (many of the larve being internal feeders), while the dryness of the present year enabled one to collect on ground otherwise inaccessible. Among the species taken were Nudaria senez, Leucania straminea, L. phragmitidis, Senta ulve, Nonagria neurica and var. dissoluta, N. geminipuncta (very common), N. sparganii, N. typhe, N. lutosa, Noctua umbrosa, Plusia festuce, Acidalia emutaria,and Phibalapteryz lignata, most of these being rare or local species, whilst N. neurica var. dissoluta (a melanic variety) and N. sparganii do not appear to have been recorded in Britain during recent years, and their re-discovery is therefore very interesting. A. U. BATTLEY, Herne Bay. 36 NATURAL HISTORY NOTES FOR 1904. The spring and summer were very genial ones and the growth of vegetation was luxuriant everywhere. The amount of blossom on fruit trees and on all wild plants was very great ; never was there a greater show of primroses in East Kent, but a large crop of this favourite flower may be always expected after a previous wet summer and autumn, the plants thereby being enabled to develop and become robust. After a very dry season the blossoms are comparatively scarce. Orchids, too, did very well and the rare ones such as O. arachnitis and Herminiwm monorchis showed no signs of “disappearing,” indeed the latter was far more plentiful than in 1903, on one spot at Wye, where it had been scarce for several seasons, it was very abundant. Euphorbia erula has been notified for the first time in Kent, near Dover, where it may be seen in company with Euphorbia cyparissias and Coronilla varia; Draba muralis continues to spread near Wye. The season will be remembered for a long time by hop growers for a record visitation of the hop aphis, which was most persistent and difficult to destroy. The crop in consequence was a very short one. The mangold crop was also badly attached by an aphis in July, but, fortunately, it did not last very long. The fourth of August was an exceedingly hot day, the thermometers going to 90 and over in the shade and to over 130 in the sun, W. H. HAMMOND. BRYOLOGICAL NOTES FOR KENT, 1904. I beg to report the following new finds for Kent: Weisia sterilis, Nicholson, from Boxley Warren, near Maidstone,and at Purple Hill, Bredhurst. Thuidiwm hyrtoricum, at Bredhurst, abundant, and less so on Queen Down Warren, Hartlip. Trichostomum crisputum var. brebifolium, from Bredhurst, exceedingly rare, and only mentioned by Mr. Dixon in his addenda to the second addition to the students’ handbook published last January. I must mention that Mr. W. R. Jeffrey, while gathering mosses for me on Purple Hill, near Bredhurst, came across a lot of very fine plants of Polygala austriaca. JOHN MARTEN, Womenswold, Dover. BOTANICAL NOTES FROM THANET. We had so little rainfall during the summer that it was of little use searching for plants on the high ground. Numerous plants dried up before they could develop flowers, and the rare Medicago scutellata only obtained the height of five inches, soI am fearful of losing it. I managed, however, to find these few rather rare ones: Lathyrus aphaca, Fumaria densiflora, Silene anglica, Potentilla norvegica, Bertevoa incana, F. HEWETT. ANNUAL MEETING, TUESDAY, OCTOBER 18th, 1904. The annual meeting of members was held in the Beavey Institute on October 18th, 1904. Amongst those present were—S. Harvey, Esq., Messrs. A. U. Battley, W. P. Mana, W. Cozens, C. A. Gardner, F. M. Faeer, Miss Holmes, Miss Phillpotts, Miss Sanderson, Miss Sworn, Miss Abbott, etc. The minutes of the last annual meeting were read and confirmed. : The reports of the Committee and Treasurer were passed and ordered to be printed. The Librarian’s report and that of our Delegate to the British Association were deferred until the next meeting. The election of officers was then proceeded with. Mr. S. Harvey, F.I.C., F.C.S., was again elected unanimously President. The Dean, Captain J. G. McDakin, and Rey. A. J. Galpin were elected Vice-Presidents, and Mr. Mann Treasurer. The following members of the Committee were re-elected : F. Bennett Goldney, Esq., Dr. Netherclift, H. M. Chapman, Esq. W. Cozens, Esq., 8. Saunders, Esq., W. H. Hammond, Esq. Ur. Pittock was elected in place of the late Dr. Rigden and F. M. Facer, Esq., in place of Captain Stead, who has resigned. Mr. A. Lander was re-elected Hon. Secretary and Mr. E. B. Hayward Assistant Secretary ; Mr. C. A. Gardner was also elected Assistant Secretary. Mr. Fiddian having removed to Wales, some difficulty was experienced in filling the office of Librarian, and it was arranged that Mr. Gardner should have charge of the Library until someone would definitely undertake the work. The local Secretaries or Referees were re-elected as before, with the addition of A. U. Battley, Esq., to be an additional Lepidoptera expert. The new form of programme was on yiew and met with the general approval of the members. Some discussion then took place about the proposal to procure the services of an eminent popular lecturer, it being decided that Mr. K. Kearton should, if possible, be engaged, and several members promised one guinea each to form a guarantee fund to ensure the Society against any possible loss on the lecture. “SazOFE ‘BqYOY AOPUUT-WOsSMUCT 8Y4 “[E3Z0} OUT OUxe 45' AUD SPUIMUINAZSUT ally ZO StZUOUL FT 10,7 “paooad [eNyoU arty wo a ur Ayyeoovad st y90¢ DY} WO MOOT 07 HE TT PUT ‘TIgZ 24) UO OS's OF OST AVM OL “Ptodar sexoHS [UNJOR oyy Wo oyd oy} WO TAOYS St AUITTSUNS BLO] “WOT PUY TET WO [/VZ@p ony erNdMOG *<9404 10 UMOYS JOU “48TZ PUN YALL oy wo “wid g “YY 27 TO “UAE OT “YF ON} UO “HN TT 4B sxwaIG OsTy “spnoy Surssed Luvw pur aurysuns [wnzow jo sunoy daryy ynoqu Fos pslooay JopuUry -HOSMUCT OY} ING ‘prey ety WO UNS sronUTyHO A[ANoU SIMOY fp SoWWoIpUL proVOyy S9H0F%) AIT, "9°0 AWS pam {mn (ei ‘palooad oo MAL ‘duoonu YAANVTI-NOSMVG duasoyoyd puw panc 110 penps spsooad ATIMp OF OL) ‘duUOOAU SHMOLS TIAdEdWVvo “POG ‘UHRAWALaas “XHOSUAINYO LY SANIPSNnNS 37 METEOROLOGICAL NOTES FOR THE YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER 30, 1904. The past year, as anticipated in my last report, was dry and warm. The summer months were almost perfect, the temperature being considerably above the average, and the sunshine for the months June, July, August, and September was about 180 hours above the average. During all the six months, October, 1903, to March, 1904, there was a deficiency of sunshine amounting in the aggregate to 110 hours. April had about 10 hours more sun than usual, and May 40 bours less than the normal. The winter was mild; January and February very wet and stormy. April, June and July were very dry. (See tables, pages 38—39). The sunshine figures are all from Campbell-Stokes recorders, except the Dawson-Lander recorder at Canterbury, which gave a twelve months’ total of only 26 hours more than the Stokes. At Tunbridge Wells tbe Jordon recorder this year gave 214 hours more than the Stokes, whilst last year it gave over 200 hours below the average, a result accounted for by the observer by the varyiug sensitiveness of the ferroprussiate paper used. The coming winter will probably be a cold one, with less storms than usual, and it is feared that next summer will not be so brilliant as last, but, on the other hand, it is not expected to be so wet and cold as the previous one. We are again able to report progress in the perfecting of the new weather instruments described in last year’s report. The instruments gained the highest award (Ist Silver Medal) at the Royal Cornwall Polytechnic, and, as a result of the examination at Kew (referred to in our last report), the Director of the National Physical Laboratory has expressed his willingness to issue Kew certificates to instruments of the same pattern which prove equally satisfactory on trial. We have introduced a new rain-guage and measure, which has met with the approval of Dr. H. R. Mill, of the British Rainfall Organisation, and was illustrated and favourably described in the June number of Symons’s Meteorological Magazine. Therain measure has a conical bottom graduated to ‘005 inch, and measures this amount quite distinctly, thus easily deciding whether the day must be classed as rainy. Below will be found an illustrated description of the “ TELLURADIOMETER,” & new instrument for measuring terrestrial radiation and foretelling the weather by indicating the amount of aqueous vapour high up in the atmosphere, and on the next page we reproduce portions of a few.actual records given by our instruments. These are on the same scale as the originals, but are in black ink instead of red traces on charts ruled in black. The prints give a very good idea of the remarkable amount of detail recorded by the instruments. The hygrometer record could only be obtdined in this way because the wet and dry bulb fails almost entirely at the temperature indicated by the thermograph. Mercurial or aneroid barometers do not give any of tha minute detail shown by the glycerine. We also repro- duce the sunshine for the past month, as recorded by both the Dawson-Lander and Camphbell-Stokes instruments. Our new sunshine recorder has met with universal approval, and has been favourably described in several meteorological magazines both here and abroad, and instruments have been sent £0 far afield as America and New Zealand. I regret I have not had time to further trace the gravitation effect of the sun and moon upon our weather, but sufficient has already been done to show that some definite connection does exist. We have already mentioned that observations once 2°46 1:87 3°52 2°83 Feb.... 3°89 2°23 2:57 = 2°94 274 g 1°63 1:37 257 2°87 March 1°88 231 177 he 1-47 1°65 be o9gl 1:38 161 1:24 April.. 1:08 172 080 «6 1:22 13Z6 078 1:37 . 1:09 110 May... 2°71 1°62 1°85 & 2°04 1.98 ce 1:25 1°35 2°27 1:89 June.. 099 2°05 1:54 Fs 1°64 115 3 0°65 1:34 1-01 1°32 July... 1°23 2°43 1:72 = 2°16 2°18 $ 1:05 1°62 1°26 1:29 Aug... 155 2°50 115 <4 118 1:58 3.08 5°21 2°50 263 ad 291 Feb. 291 265 S 2°84 3°39 214 1:59 g _— March .. 164 1:40 be 1:72 170 1:30 149 he 1:46 April... 1:25 086 1:07 191 071 083 091 May ... 1:74 2:10 Sy 2-00 2°16 1:99 1:99 & 2°28 June ... 1:09 0:99 s 158 0:88 0°82 072 £ 0°66 July ... 153 0:92 g 114 161 O74 0-95 2 1:37 Aug. ... 0°88 159 4 151 1.80 127 151 —< 152 Sept. ... 2°03 1:64 2-28 1:40 169 170 152 25°29 2479 ~=—-:25:71 27°25 33°06 20:07 20.56 22.93 _ 40 0-88 S.3P 8 OP 9 FP 9-2& 18 6.76 £-96 636 0-26 £86 0-SE ‘ang ‘ssBIH ‘OI (i ~-—- 0-6L ¢.L8 £-98 €-9L 8-91 6-99 L-Lg T-1S 1.08 OTS oss ¥-99 Pasi oe ‘S119 M OSpraqany, “IOAIOSq() 699 399 SIL 0.06 99F GEL GIl O& S8F BIL Ooze 088 OL T.09 619 eel 09h I-8h 0:06 PSL 68 GHP E88 088 OFF O28 989 Lt9 GEl 1-5b 1G 9-€8 82 bh 86h 698 0.8% 0.09 098 €-F9 LS IZl OFF F-8F G-PL OZI 8& T-Sh 89h 0-18 OFF 0-92 £-08 8 6S IZ 0.98 G88 O€L SI O08 L88 362 092 OFF O14 09F a LP ZIT OC TLE 9.99 80T 82 O-F€ 1-69 0.9% 0&8 0.99 LP v6E 86 0-86 6-16 €-L9 $6 82 896 G99 0.02 0-FZ 0-89 LG 8.68 89 0.9¢ 8Le G-FS £6 9% OLB £49 01% 0.6% OTS 86h ¥ BE 8L 016 O86 G-E9 6L ZI 906 O-€S OLT O86 F-19 Sob = £.0% $9 896 G16 0.29 FL Sl 82S 2g O61 O26 G.TS TIg 19% G6 O8E OLE ELS G6 66 OFF 3-99 0-82 0.08 0-29 6S F-€9 SOT OS& 918 4-99 TOI 2& OLE O19 012 OS€ F99 ‘4903 “JOOP T ‘Ung SSRI ‘OI, ‘XB]Y ‘ung ‘sseip “Ulf “X¥] "SSBINH UL] XVIAL ‘einqyeiedure} 4q1eq WU -——_-,-—_— — ~— Hy U—+-—_~ *£inqaeqyuey eyes By -£anqiezuey ‘uepie4uay, ‘NAS NI LSULLOH ANY ‘sSvad NO ISHd'100 ‘NAGHOS AHL NT AVOLVAAINAL JO SANAALXA 1.89 1:89 PGS I-49 8.99 0.49 vrs 6.19 p-£9 8.29 S19 8-19 £09 6:09 L19 099 6:99 1-69 99 F19 8-69 G.LS 9-29 F-8S G-9S 0.49 8s $99 81s T-FS L¥9 LS B-£S £29 829 9-9F 1.69 6 0S 8-Lh 0.6% L9P U-8P 6.1% LIP Tr o.0F £.0F PLP 6-6 9.68 T.0F 0.0% 0.0% Z 68 L-8& 6-8 888 F-68 L.6€ 9-68 8-LE PLE PLE £0 168 8-88 F-6E 6.LE G-88 8-98 © SP 1-9 LSP 1 OF PPP 8-8F PEP 8.1¢ 8-69 Ges 87S 82g & 6P 1g “1WAY “IOAV (ess Se Ree) (bel) ee ee eee) “bsg ‘899095 “f£ ‘repay “V ‘OW ‘bsq ‘ern ae “bsg “qavag “9 ‘uf 9) Bs18 Ky *£anqie}0e,) ‘ssomadanq “mep1ezne J, *ST[9M eSplaquuy, ‘NAWUOS NI TUALVAAIWAL ATV NVAN requiaydeg qsndny ee Ane ean ker oo judy yous Axenaqa,y Avenaese “PO6L raqme0a(y 19q MaAON 1940990 “E061 41 CORRESPONDING Bates, Mr H. W., London Britten, Mr J., K.S.G., F.L.S., British Museum, South Kensington, S.W. é Housman, Rev. N., Bradley Rectory, Redditch Marshall, Rev. E. S., Devon. f Masters, Dr. Maxwell T., F.R.S., Ealing HONORARY Fiddian, Mr W. H., Ebbw Vale, Monmouth | Hayward, Mr E. B., 6 Burgate Lane, Canterbury Jeffrey, Mr W. R., 37 Bank Street, Ashford Kemp, Dr. William, Wellington, New Zealand Maudson, Mr B., 34 St. Peter's Street, Canterbury MEMBERS. Mitchinson, Right Rey. Dr.,Sibstone Rectory Atherstone Saunders, Mr G. S., 20 Dents Road, Wandsworth Common Whittaker, Mr W., B.A., F.R.S., F.G.S., 3, Campden Road, Croydon MEMBERS. Pugh, Mr, Vernon Place, Canterbury , Reid, Mr James, F.R.C.S., Bridge Street, Canterbury Rosseter, Mr T. B., F.R.M.S., 6 Nursery Terrace, Canterbury Small, Mr F. A., 95 Westgate, Canterbury ASSOCIATES. Argrave, Mr F. M., 1 Deseret Cottages, Ada Road, Wincheap, ("anterbury Ashenden, Mr C., 7 Havelock Street, Canterbury Buckingham, Mr C., 13 York Road, Canterbury De Vere, Mr T., Belle Vue, Harbledown Gard, Mr W.,54 St. Dunstan s Street, Canterbury Harvey, Mr S. W., 18 Park Street, College Street, Islington, London, N. Hawkins, Mr E. M., F.I.C., Stone Street, Petham Kennedy, Mr A., 32 Dover Street, Canterbury Langston, Mr H., 12, Tudor Road, Canterbury Porter, Mr.A. Graham, Holmwood, Guildford Road, Can- Sage, Mr F. J., Bifrons {terbury Snell, Mr F. C., 8 Guildhall Street, Canterbury Surry, Mr W., 6 Dane John Terrace, Canterbury Surry, Mr R., 14 Upper Bridge Street, Canterbury MEMBERS. Abbott, Miss, 59, Oxford Street, Whitstable Austen, Mr W. G., 18 St. George’s Street, Canterbury Battley, Mr A. U., Kingsfield, Hunter's Forstal, Herne Bay Bennett-Goldney, Mr F., Abbott's Barton Bowler, Mrs, The Precincts, Canterbury Briggs, Mr H. Mead, 8 High Street, Canterbury Chapman, Mr H. M., The Priory, St. Martin's Hill, Canterbury Chapman, Mrs H. M., The Priory, St. Martin’s Hill, Canterbury Cole, Miss, 53 London Road, Canterbury Cozens, Mr W., Rookelands, Canterbury Dunham, Mr W. R., St. Margaret’s Street, Canterbury Facer, Mr F. M., B.A., Kent College, Canterbury Fedarb, Mr W., 12 St. George’s Terrace, Canterbury Fowler, Miss, White Lodge, Ethelbert Road, Canterbury Galpin, Rev. A. J., M.A.. King’s School, Canterbury Gardner, Mr C. A., la Castle Street, Canterbury Greaves, Rev. Dr., Fleury’s Farm, Whitstable Road, Canterbury Hamilton, Mr, 11 Sun Street, Canterbury Hammond, Mr W.H., Whitstable Road, Canterbury Harvey, Mr Sidney, F.I.C., F.C.S., 18 Watling Street, Canterbury Headley, Mr Paul, The Wilderness, St. Stephen’s, Canterbury Heaton, Mr J. Henniker, M.P.,38 Eaton Square, Lon- don, W. Holland, Rey. Canon, M.A., Precincts, Canterbury Holmes, Miss, The Laurels, Whitstable Road, Canterbury Hook, Miss Ada, London Road, Canterbury Horsnaill, Mr A. E., Swarthmore, Barton Fields, Can- terbury Horsnaill, Mrs. Frank, St. Stephen’s, Canterbury Hunt, Mr Wright, The Pynes, Nunnery Fields, Can- terbury Hurst, Miss, Fairbourne House, Dane John, Canterbury Husbands, Mrs., 44 St. Peter's Street, Canterbury Jennings, Mr W. J., Latchmere House, Canterbury Johnson, Mr J. G., Eastcott,Old Dover Road.Canterbury Kingsford, Miss, 14 St. Dunstan’s Terrace, Canterbury Kulmann, Miss, 14 St. George’s Terrace, Canterbury ' Lander, Mr A., Ph.C., F.S.M.C., The Medical Hall, Canterbury Mann, Mr W. P., B.A., Simon Langton Schools, Can- terbury Marsh, Mr F. G., 1 Beaconsfield Terrace, Canterbury Maylam, Mr P., Watling Street, Canterbury McDakin, Captain J. Gordon, 12 Pencester Road, Dover McMaster, Mr J., J.P., The Holt, Canterbury Nelson, Mr S. H., Barton Mill House, Canterbury Nelson, Mrs, Barton Mill House, Canterbury Netherclift, Mr W. H., F.B.C.S., 8 St. George’s Place, Canterbury Parker, Colonel, Hopebourne, Harbledown, Canterbury Phillpotts, Miss, The Laurels, Whitstable Road, Can- terbury Pittock, Mr G. M., M.B., Winton, Whitstable Road, Canterbury Proudfoot, Miss, Whitefriars, Canterbury Reid, Mr A. S., M.A., F.G.S., Trinity College, Glenal- mond, Perth Robertson, Rey C. Hope, Penlee, Ethelbert Road, Canterbury i reer Rey. W. M., Kedington, St. Margaret’s, Can- ter! Rosenberg, Mr G. F. J., B.A., King’s School, Canterbury Sandersou, Miss, 50 Nunnery Fields, Canterbury Saunders, Mr Sibert, Whitstable Smith, Mr J. T., Salisbury House, St. Thomas’ Hill, Canterbury Smith, Mr W. E., 11 Broad Street, Canterbury Stephenson, Rev W., Tyler Hill, Canterbury Summeryille, Mrs, 44 St. Peter's Street, Canterbury Sworn, Miss, 45, St. Peter's Street. Canterbury Wace, The Very Rev. Dr., The Deanery, Canterbury Wacher, Mr Sidney, F.R.C.S., 9 St. George’s Place. Canterbury Wales, Mr J. E., 8 Guildford Road, Canterbury Webb, Mr S., 22 Waterloo Crescent, Dover CON TEN TS. ++ @ +4 LIST OF OFFICERS WINTER MEETINGS :— Presidential Address, ‘“The Wonders of aaa by Mr. Sidney Harvey, F.1.C., F.C.S. Exhibition of New Scientific Pee. ee Coimpetition Lantern Slides, from Royal Pi ptaerauhia Basia “The Colour of Insects,’’ Mr. A. Hs fie : sie “Natural History Photography,” Mr. G. F. Harris, F.R.P.S. “The Early History of eee sie Rev. A. J. Galpin “A Holiday with a Camera in Deyon and Cornwall,’’ Mr. W. Surry “Canterbury Pilgrim Signs,” Mr. F. Bennett Goldney ... * With a Camera in the Country,” Mr. F. C, Snell “Nature Study : Its Pleasures and Benefits,” . C. Buckingham * Hints on the Pictorial Composition of sli ssh Mr. J. Ogden ... REPORT OF BRITISH ASSOCIATION DELEGATE HON. SECRETARY’S REPORT FINANCIAL STATEMENT HON. LIBRARIAN’S REPORT NATURE NOTES FROM ASHFORD, Mr. W. R. Jeffrey ... NOTES ON LEPIDOPTERA, Mr. A. U. Battley NATURAL HISTORY NOTES, Mr. W. H. Hammond BRYOLOGICAL NOTES FOR KENT, Mr. J. Marten BOTANICAL NOTES FROM THANHT, Mr. F. Hewett ... ANNUAL MEETING METEOROLOGICAL NOTES, M. A. Lander LIST OF MEMBERS PaGEe BASE KENT SCIENTIFIC AND WATURAL HISTORY 1S Cab mw ee REPORT AND TRANSACTIONS FOR THE Year ending September 30th, 1905. Series II. Vol. V. ee CANTERBURY : “3 “ KenTIsH GAZETTE AND CANTERBURY Press” OFFICE. PP oe ae wth hee | eee a ee h GEORGE DOWKER, F.G.S., Vice-President of the East Kent Scientific Society. Died at Ramsgate Suddenly, on the night of Friday, September 22nd, 1899, AGED 71 YEARS. Eos ba IN , : . | Scientific and Natural jhistory Society, J ed 3 ei WITH WHICH IS INCORPORATED THE Canterbury YWbhofographic Society. : (TISH Mage % J AFFILIATED WITH THE 2A » y aS P =) t BRITISH ASSOCIATION, ROYAL PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY AND S.E. UNION. ESTABLISHED 1857. Rooms :—BEANEY INSTITUTE, HIGH STREET, CANTERBURY. REPORTS. AND TRANSACTIONS for the year ending September 30th, 1905. SE RIES It. VOL... V. Edited by the Hon. Secretary, A. LANDER, Ph.C., F.S.M.C., The Medical Hall, Canterbury, To whom all communications should be sent. East Kent Natural Xistory Society. EOS ee EOESEE OFFICERS—1905-06. President : S. HARVEY, Esq., F.IC.., F.C.S. Vice-Presidents : THE VERY REV. THE DEAN OF CANFERBURY, CAPTAIN J. GORDON Mc DAKIN, REV. A. J. GALPIN, M.A. SIBERT SAUNDERS, Esq. Treasurer : W. P. MANN, Esq., B.A., Simon Langton Schools. Librarian : Mr. C. BUCKINGHAM. Committee : F. BENNETT GOLDNEY, Esq. W. H. NETHERCLIFT, Esq., F.M.FACER, Esq., H. M. CHAPMAN, Esq., G. M. PITTOCK, Esq., W. CQZENS, Esq-, W. T. LEEMING, Esq., W. Ft. HAMMOND, Esq. Hon, Secretary : Mr. A. LANDER, The Medical Hall, Canterbury. Assistant Secretaries.: Mr. C. A. GARDNER, 1a, Castle Street, Canterbury. Mr. E, B. HAYWARD, 6 Burgate Lane, Canterbury. Local Secretaries or Referees. To organise special observation and investigation, and report upon definite subjects, in accordance with the suggestions of the British Association. The Members of the Society are invited to assist’ the work of* the Sub-Committees by giving notice of any facts or occurrences relating to the subjects of investigation named to the General Secretary, or to the Local Secretary, who will always be glad’to receive tke informatian, and tender any advice or assistance in their power. Botany : W. H. Hammonp, Bsa,, The. Misses Houmes: AND PHILLPOTTS. Coleoptera : B, F. Maupson, Esq. Entomology : Sipney Wess, Esq, W. R. Jerrrey, Esq. Geology: Caprain. J: G. McDaxkin, A. S. Rerp, Esq, MA,, B.G\S. Hymenoptera, etc. : Rev. W. M. Ropwetu. Lepidoptera.: F A, Smatt, Esq. Meteorology : A. LANpER, Esq. Ornithology : H. Meav-Briaas, Esq. Photography : W. H. Hammonn, Esq. FIRST WINTER MEETING—OCTOBER 18th, 1904. ‘‘\ PLEA FOR A STUDY OF NATURAL HISTORY.”—PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS BY Mr. SIDNEY HARVEY, F.I.C., F.C.S. The annual meeting of the East Kent Scientific Society was held at the Beaney Institute, Canter- bury, on Tuesday evr ning, October 18th, 1904, Mr. Sidney Harvey, F.1.C., F.C.S., presiding over a large attendance. At the conclusion of the ordinary business. of the meeting. the Fresident delivered an address, selecting as his subject “A Plea for the Study of Natural History.” Mr Harvey vrefaced his remarks by observing that he had been endeavourivg for the past three months to get out of the Presidential office, or otherwise he would have prepared something which might have been more acceptable than the addres which he proposed to give them that evening. In dealing with his subject, ‘‘A plea tor a study of Natural History,” be would hke, he said, to revert to his youthful aays when be found him- self in a village in Suffolk—a long, Jong time ago —enjoying the hospitality of two elderly people with whom oe had little in common, except great friendship ; and left entirely to his own resources he had to spend some weeks practically alone. He therefore employed himself in taking many long walks and trying to acquaint himself with Nature’s doings about him. He had very little sympathy from his friends in that direction, and he sadly wanted a companion, but he had to go without. He would not forget his ferlings when one day, in the course of his rambles, he saw, for the first time in his life, some fossils. He gladly took them home to his friends’ house, and was met with a serious rebuff. He was told that they were old rubbish, that the sand pit he had taken them from was only an old dust heap, and that it was a pure waste of time to bring those things in to litter the house with. He thought differently. ‘Those were the days when all those present manuals to foster the taste for natural history had not arrived, when they were without the host of books which now made the study of natural history perfectly delightful. Those were the days when books on natural history were much too expensive for the ordinary schoolboy to get bold of,and were worded in too elaborate and technical Janguage to take in readily. During his absence from the pit be found that men had been at work, and fresh searches showed that he was perfectly right in treasuring those things. He found shells m situ in perfect order; he found shells as though they had lived on the spot and fossilised there. He found a number of other fossils, and resolved to take care of them. That gave him bis first taste for natural history. They might say “But that is only a branch of it.” He maintained that for those who desired to acquire a knowledge of natural history, or to study the wonderful world in which they lived, the safest plan was to make gevlugy their first study; for the reasin that they could ac- quire a very respectable knowledge of geological phenomena by bovks. He was perfectly sure that if anyone would tske the trouble to master sme of the rudiments of geolugy, it would tend to extend his researches in other directions, such as chemical study, mineralogical study, the study of tempera'ure and weather, the study of con- chology and botary. ‘I'hey could go tothe way-side or the waste field and put their hand over some small plant going on in the process of growth, aud they would find going on there phenomena which embraced a side of pretty well everything. They had cell growth and cell development, the re- production of the species there ; they bad those wonderful changes by which the air itself and the moisture was trapsterred and edified by the sun’s rays, and built up ito their present organicms. One had not to go far into geology without coming to the conclusion that the order was int: lligible and that it was el quent as regarded the past, They bad there not in hieroylypbics, but they bad it ina kind cf pature’s picture, a history of the past, of the honoued past—a history of the past so far as it might be possible to understand it, and a disclosure as regard to the past creations, the past surface worlds of this planet, which must be read; and every time it was read, it developed into something still more wonderful. In their own County of Kent, without going further, they had some remarkable illustrations of that. Let them take for instance their chalk clifis—that range of cliffs running from St. Margaret’s Bay nearly to Folkestone. They were so accustomed to them, that they thought very little of them, but it was a wonderful rt. y that they told. For why? They were the work almost entirely of animal life. Runmyg up to 500 or 600 feet, they were almost entirely the result of smal! creatures living, or rath+r whodid live, at the bottom of the deep ocean. Now the material which built up those cl ffs was the well known one of carbonate of lime, only supplied to those creatures through the medium of the sea water. In other words, they saw in those cliffs a great triumphant force at work. They were accustomed to look upon life as a fleeting thing. They might regard those cliffs as a kind of huge crater, where the buried remains of the once innumerable living creatures, lay. But they had left something behind which was v.ry impressive—they had helped to form a very large portion of the crust of the earth in the localities in which chalk was prevalent. It was impressive that creatures so small should be able to accumulate so vast a mass of material, which occupied a very diff-rent relationship in regard to the sea which yave it birth. They had another instance in that very county. They were accus- tomed to look upon Kent as a very pretty county, but we could hardly call it a bold county. They had not anything Jike the Welsh scenery in the county. They had in the Weald of Kent, if record had beep rightly read by their geologists, almost absolute proof that there had been cleared away from the surface of the Weald of Kent strata, upwards of 3.000 feet thick, which of course meant a very respectable mountain. Underneath that chalk layer—long before the chalk layer or the ocean, the bottom of which it corstituted, was thought abuut—there was a huge formation called Wealden What was its origin? there could be no doubt that it was the delta of a huge river, a river comparable to the Ganges or the Mississipi. It was certain, as there had been such things as the submergence or dispersions of huge continents, that their existence went to provide de'ta such as that. There was a story, which only wanted unfolding, which, by careful study, would give one a very large idea indeed of the past history of the Weald, and showed what a variety of life, always studied in regari to the particular time in which it was adapted, peopled that wonderful world of theirs. They were every day visiting places like Ash- ford and the Weald of Kent, and they were apt to forget what had taken place there. Another phenomena as regarded the Weald, was the dis- persion of that three thousand feet of stratufica- tion. Where had it gone to? It was very amus- ing that whea the Weald of Kent was practically studded with geologists, they called to their assistance t» account for the disper- sion, the mighty rushes of salt water. They appeured to think that some great deluge had cieared away at one str ke a mass like that. Of course they knew diff-rently now. A deluge, however tremendous, even if caused by the shifting of the pole of the earth, would be utterly inadequate to do anythng of the kind Thay kuew that the dispersion was slow and systematic and as calm and passive as the growth of the chalk which lay at the bottom of the ocean In his further remarks, Mr. Harvey expressed the dpinion that what they called catastrophes must be looked upon with cvre, and showed, by illustra- tions, that phenomena which appeared to be de- structive actions were in nearly all cases beneficent ones, At the close of the address, the Presid-nt was accorded a very hearty vote of thanks on the proposition of Mr, Facer, seconded by Captain J. G. MeDakin Many interesting exhibits, apparatus, instru- ments, ete.. were then expliined by (Captain McDakin, Mr. W. P. Mann, Mr. W. Cozens, and Mr. A. Lander. SECOND WINTER MEETING—NOVEMBER 8th, 1904. “THE INITIAL CAUSE OF THE DOVER VALLEY.’—By Cartaw J. G. McDAKIN, B.U.8.1. The second winter meeting was held at the Beaney [istitute on November 8, when Captain MecDakin gave a lecture on “The Dover Valley taken as an exception to the generaily ascribed cau-e ‘that valleys are formed by the rivers flow- ing through them.’” The lecture was illustrated by lantern slides of river-formed valleys on the grandest scale, as the Canon of Colorado in America ; the Swiss valleys of Meirengan, the St Gothard, the Gorge of Peffers, and the valley of Lauterbrunnen ; in England, the Gorge of the Avon ; in W»les, the Llanberis Waterfall ; and in Scotland, Novar, the Rogie, and the Devon. Io the course of his remarks, the l-cturer said : In the Dover Valley we have features of a very distinct character, which are better appreciated by looking at the excellent gevlogical map of the neighbourhood than by any written or pictorial , description. It will be observed that the main valley, containing the river Dur, runsin a south easterly direction, and that it is joined by five comparatively large valleys, and seven or eight minor ones, or elongated cwms from the high ground on the south west. It an imaginary line be drawn for six miles as the axis of the main valley, and another parallel to it on the northern side and four bundred feet above sea level, it will b- seen that this northern side is not penetrated hy a single valley coming down the water-shed from the south-west, although some deep cwms se re its tace, but do not cross the parullel line drawn along its crest. Another series of valleys commence on the northern side and follow the inclination of the surface, having no affiaity with those on the southern side, showing that the watershed was intercepted by a fissure which was parallel to the conticlinal of the Weald and the synclinal between the Isle of Thanet and the wainland of East Kent. On sailing round the South Foreland a number of fissures may be noticed ranning in a north-westerly direction, and consequently supporting the theory that the Dover valley is an exception to the generally-ascribed cause that valleys have been formed by the rivers fl»wing through them, but was produced by the same or a repetition of the same earth movements that elevated the Weald and depressed the valley of the Wantsum. ) 5 THIRD WINTER MEETING—NOVEMBER 22nd, 1904. “NEW PHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS AND MATERIALS, ’’— By Mr, W. F. SLATER. The third meeting was held on November 22, when Mr W. F. Slater, F.R PS., gave an interest- ing demonstration of Mesers. K and J. Becks’ new Photographic Cameras, ete. Among other novel- ties he showed and described the Zambex daylight loading. flat film cameras, and Dai-Cornex or day- light loading plate cameras. FOURTH WINTER MEETING—DECEMBER 7th, 1904. ‘NATURE AT WORK AND PLAY.’’—By Mz. R. KEARTON, F.Z.S. On December 7th, R. Kearton, Esq., F.Z.S., delivered to a crowded audience in St. George’s Hall his well-known lecture entitled “ Nature at Work and Play.” In the absence of Mr. S. Harvey, the Rev, A. J. Galpin presided. The lecturer described in a graphic manner the habits of many of our wild birds and animals, and his magnificent lantern slides trom photograpns of actual wild life at work and play in their native haunts, were much appreciated. FIFTH WINTER MEETING.—DECEMBER 13th, 1904. ‘*BARNACLES.”—By Mr. S. SAUNDERS. The fifth winter meeting took place in the Reference Library of the Beaney Lastitute on December 13th, 1904, when Mr. S. Saunders gave a lecture entitled * Barnacles” (Uirripedia),in the course of which he said :— Ta considering the various types of organization found among the lower animals, we cannot trace with absolute distinctness the advance from one group to anvther of more complex structure, Each group presents some points of relationship with others dissimilar from, and yet allied to it; and sometimes we fiad a combination of the characteristics of two or more distinct classes. This is exewplified in the Cirriped-a, which occupy debateable grouad between the crustacea and the mollusca. By the older naturalists these animals were associated with the shell-beariag molluscs, and there is much in their structure to justify that classification, especially in the similarity of the shell of the peduuculated barnacle with that of a bivalve moliuse, and the likeness of some of the sessile species to the anivalve, Patellida —uf which the common limpet is a familiar ex.«mple. But it is now conceded that the proper place of the Cirripedia is with the Crustacea. Mr. Darwin ranks the Cirripedia, “not as one of the sub- ordinate groups, but as one of the main divisions of the Crustacea,” and he traces the homologies with great minuteness through the larval stages of the animal, and accounts for several segments which are wanting in the body of the mature cirripede (the absence of which might be said to militate against his theory) by shewing that they exist plainly enough in the earlier la: val stages, but are lost before the pupa passes into the mature form; as, for example, the eyes and two pairs of antenn, which are present in the larva, indicate that the front of the head consists of three segments, but these are undiscernible in the adult cirripede, being lost (as we shall presently see) in the development of the peduncle and capitulum of the stalked barnacle, or the solidiy cemented shell, with its operculum, of the sessile species. The curi- ous metamorphoses will be described later on. For the present let us examine the body of a cirripede. The whole shell (with, in the cass of tha stslked barnacles, the peduncle) consists of the fir-t three seymunots of the head, firmly cemeated to some substance and modified into a carapace which en- closes the mouth and the rest of tha body. This is, in reality, the thorax, and consists of two por- tions : one, a soft bay called the prosoma ; the other {composed of five segments) supporting the five posterior pairs of cirri, answering to the five pairs of ambulatory lezs in the higher crustacea. The upper end of the prosoma carried the mouth and first pair of cirri, which are seated at a short distance from the second pair, the others being close together and forming a semicircle round the mouth. Each cirrus is divided into two branches and each branch is composed of a great many segments, so that there are twenty-four long «nd flexible arms adapted for securing prey ; and the entanglement of any passing object is still further assisted by the presence of a number of long spines or bristles with which each segment of the cirri is furnished. When the cirri are protruded jn search of food the two branches of each cirrus diverge, and as they are retracted their tips are curled inwards, and this beautiful apparatus, alternately thrown out and drawn in with yvreat rapidity, like a many-fingered hand ora delicate casting net, catches any obj+ct suitable for tood that comes within its range, closes over it, and conveys it tothemouth. These movements of the cirri: the opening and closing of the opercular valves ; and, in the case of the stalked species, the contraction and elongation of the peduncle, are «ll regulated by a muscular system receiving nerves from various ganglia. The shell of the stalked barnacles is generally formed of valves connected by slips of membrane. If we take a common “ship-barnacle ” (Lepas anatifera) for the purpose of illustration, we find that it consists of five valves, four of which are disposed in pairs, while the fifth, which is long and narrow, serves a3 a hinge uniting the other valves. This is called the carina. ‘be upper pair of opening valves are the terga; the lower pair the scuta In front an opening in the membranous lining allows the cirri to be protruded, and for this purpose the valves on each side of the opening are moveable, and are regulated by powerful muscles. In the sessile barnacles the opercular valves are placed within a conical shell composed of valves answering to thoze which form the carapace of the Lepadida, but instead of being united by strips of membrane more or less flexible, the compartments of these shells are firmly soldered together. The two opercular valves move up and down within the cone, and open for the protrusion of the cirri. At other times they are tightly closed, and fit with the most perfect accuracy. When we examine the shell of a sessile cirripede, especially if it be one of the larger species, say Balamus tintinnabulum, and observe its compact and massive structure, it is not easy to understand how its gradual enlergs- ment is effected. To all appearance it consists of asipgle piece. In reality it is formed in compart- ments so strongly welded together that they defy all attempts at separation; and I exhibit speci- mens which have been boiled for eight hours in potash without betraying the slightest weakness in the sutures. But an effect was produced on a smaller shell attached to one of these specimens, and this, after boiling, yielded to slight pressure and separated, at the lines of suture, into the six compartments of which the shell is composed. Darwin states that the tubes formed by the septa dividing the outer and inner lamin of the walls of the shell are occupied by threads of corium, and that crests of corium also run into each suture between the compartments ; and he accounts for the difficulty and almost impossibility of separating the compartments in some species of Balanus by supposing that (to quote his own words) “compart- ments in such ca-esare joined along the lineof suture by tissue which must be ina calcified state,but which, bevertheless, continues to grow by intersusception ; in other words, that the tips of the complicated ridges and points interlocking on the Jines of suture are not separated from each other by films of corium or simple animal matter, but are actually united by corium in a calcified, yet still growing condition.” The number of compart- ments may be eight, six, or four, according to the species, but all agree ip the patterns on which they are formed. These are three in number and are always arranged in a definite order. In each compartment there is a central portion called the wall or parietal portion, furnished with sides or wings, which may be either (1) Radii. overlapping the adjoining compartments; or (2) Al, overlaid by the adjoiaing radii; or (3) there may be an ala on one and aradius on the other. I exhibit specimens of each of these forms, and, as the specimens are small, I have copied from Darwin’s Monograph diagrams of their shape, and the mode in which they fit into each other. Another diagram shews the arrangement of the six com- partments in Balanus compared with the type- arrangement of eight compartments in Octomeris, the latter being arranged thus: At the two ends of the shell are compartments resembling each other, having ale on both sides of the parietes. These compartments are called respectively the carina and the restrum, and are constructed on the second of the patterns [ have described. On either side of the rostrum is a rostro-lateral com- partment, having a radius on each side of the parietal portion. This is after pattern No 1. Next to these are the lateral compartments, and on either side of the carina is carino-lateral compart- ment, having radii on their carinal and ale on their rostral sides, being fashioned after pattern No. 3. In Balanus the two rostro-lateral com- partments are combined with the rostrum, thus reducing the numberof compartmentsin this genus to six The upper pertion of the shell is strengthened by an internal hoop called the sheath. This is formed by a thickening of a portion of the inside surface of those compartments which overlap the ale, so as to form a ridge into which the edges of the ale are received. To the lower edge of this sheath the opercular membrane is attached. The membrane is continuous with the membranous lining of the sack within the shell Inside this sack the body of the animal is suspended, a portion of the body heing attached by muscles to the opercular valves. These valves are four in number ; a pair of Scuta and a pair of Terga, but each scutum is articulated to the adjoining tergum so firmly that in appearance there are but two valves. A furrow in the margin of the scutum receives the inflected margin of the tergum and in most cases the border of the scutum is also reflexed and lodges in a furrow in the upper part of the tergum, which, again, is bordered by a ridge. In most of the genera the walls of the compartments are not solid, but, as in Balanus, are composed of an outer and inner lamina separated by septa, which are beautifully denticulated, and between these septa there are on the internal surface of the outer lamina a number of smaller ridges. This structure is well shewn in asprcimen of Balanus tintinnabu- lum now exhibited. The basis of the shell is in some species composed of membraue ; in others it is calcareous, and sometimes it consists of two lamine separated by septa, in the same manner as the walls Thus by additions to the basis round the circumference, and to the compartments on their lateral margins (that is on the edges of the radii and ale) the shell grows in diameter. It is increased in height by additions to the basal margins of the compartments. If the structure of the mature cirripede, and the mode in which provision is made for the strength and growth of its beautiful shell form an interesting subject for investigation, its history during its larval stages is no less worthy of examination. In the earliest or Nauplius stage the larve resemble the entomostraca, the whole dorsal surface being covered by a shield, the posterior end of which is, in the second stage, prolonged into a sharp point. They are furnished with a single eye, and have three pairs of swimming legs terminated (after the first moults) with long spines or bristles. The first pair of legs are single, the other two pairs are branched. After the first or second moult, two pairs of antenne are successfully developed within transparent sheaths or horns In the second stage an important change has taken place. The body is enclosed in a bivalve shell; the antenn# appear to be aborted, and two fleshy projections are de- veloped, which, in the next stage, assume the forin of prehensile antenne. In tkethird or pupal stage there is not much change in the external appear- ance. The singleeye which,in the second stage, had begun to be divided, has now become two distinct eyes ; thefprehensile antenne are fully developea ; and, instead of three pairs of legs, there are now six pairs. The carapace, which is now nearly the shape of a cypris, completely hides the thorax and limbs. The head, bearing the antenne and organs of sense in front of the mouth,equals in length the posterior part of the body, consisting of thorax and abdomen. The mouth is but rudimentary, so that the larva in this, its last stage, cannot eat, and, as soon as it has found a suitable substance, it attaches itself by means of the antenne and undergoes its fiaal metamorphosis. The antenne are fureished with sucking disks, which have the power of adhering to a perfectly smooth surface— even to glass. Into the middle part of the disk Mr. Darwin has traced cement ducts from the body of the pupa, and by means of this cement the disks become fastened to the substance to which the creature has attached itself. The antenn# now becomes functionless, but the ducts continue to convey cement to the point of attach- ment, and this process goes on during the whole lite of the animal. The shell of the pupa, the compound eyes, and the integuments of the thorax and legs are moulted. Six pairs of cirri are formed within the six pairs of natatory legs of the pupa and the valves of the capitulum of the mature barnacle are now formed. This description of the larval changes of the Cirri- pedia appliesequally tothe sessile and pedunculated families—but now an important difference mani- fests itself. In the case of the sessile acorn-shells, that portion of the head by which the animal had become attached, exvoands inte.a broad basis. While in the pedunculated barnacle it is elongated into a long stalk composed, not of calcareous matter, but of coriaceous membrane, lined with three layers of muscles and filled up with a mass of ovarian tubes and the cement ducts already mentioned. How various are the substances to which barnacles attach themselves, and also the large size to which they grow, may be seen in the specimens now shewn. It 1s well known that ship’s bottoms fourm a favourite surface for attach- ments, and that the progress of vess+ls is often impeded by the enormous quantity of barnacles by which they become encrusted, Various sub- stances are applied as a coating to the hulls of ships in order to prevent or check these mischievous animals, but they appear to be almost indifferent as to whether the surface is of wood, iron, paint, or even a vitreous solution—as is proved by the specimen of a group of Lepas anatifera adhering to the smooth surface of a wine bttle. Another point worthy of note is the manner in which shells and stones become thickly covered with Balani, all of the same size, and which, in some cases are so crowded that the shells have been abnormally elongated and mis-shapen in the efforts of the mollnses to keep pace with their neighbours and avoid being smothered in thestruggle for existence. The lecture was illustrated with a large number of specimens. SIXTH WINTER MEETING.—JANUARY 24th, 1905. ‘HINTS ON COLLECTING LEPIDOPTERA,’’—By Mr, A. U. BATTLEY, At the sixth meeting Mr. Battley gave a very interesting paper on the collection of moths and butterfilies, illustrating his remarks by means of specimens and ap, tus, etc. We very much 1ezret that owing to the death of Mr, Battley (see Annual Report), we are unable to give a full account of this lecture. We were to have been favoured with special notes, the publication -of which would have been of great practical utility to those of our members who collect Lepidoptera. 8 SEVENTH WINTER MEETING.—FEBRUARY 7th, 1905. ‘“ BACTERIA. ’—By Dr. FITTOCK, J.P., F.R.M.S. The seventh winter meeting took place on February 7th, when Dr. Pittock gave a lecture of great interest, entitled “Microbes and Disease Germs.” After a few preliminary remarks, the lecturer said: The study of bacteriology is asso- ciated with some most important branches of enquiry. For instance, the origin of life—is there such a thing as spontaveous generation, as it is called? Do living things, or the earliest forms of life, originate sp taneously, as it were, from dust and dirt, and from putrefying substances ?—a controversy which has occupied the minds of philosophers and naturalists furages. Again, what can exceed the importance of another branch of bacteriological enquiry which is concerned with the microbic origin of disease, and the toxins or poisons produced by them in living bodies? Lord Lister, in his presidential address on the anniver- sary of the Royal Society, said “ There is no subject in biology of greater interest at the present time, whether from a scientific or a practical point of view, than that of tne Serum treatment of infectious diseases.” These and other questions then will come within the scope of my lecture. I will begin by a general description and account cf the various kinds of micrubes, and afterwards will attempt a more minute survey of the special torms, their appearance and characteristics, and the effects produced by them. Microbes, or germs, are every where, in the air we breathe, the food we eat, the water we drink, the ground we tread on; they swarm in all decaying substances, and even our bodies are the homes and the happy hunting grounds of countless myriads of them. Dust and dirt, however, are the general carriars, feeders, and breeding grounds of them. The moats in the sun- beam, as sven crossing a dark room, consist largely of these tiny spirits. Their exceeding minuteness almost baffles comprehension. A common size is about one twenty-thousandth of an inch; that is to say, that 400 millions of them could find ample standing room on a postage staup. This number would be about a buodred times the population of modern London And yet,small as they are, their shape and structure can easily be shown by the highest powers af our modern microscopes, which have reached such a pitch of excellence as to be able to magnify an object from one to three thousand diameters. That is to say, & microbe of one twenty-thousandth of an inch diameter can be made to appear one twentieth of an iuch in size. When thus magnified, some of these little bodies are seen to be simple round granules, called cocci; some called bacilli, are rod shaped ; and some are spiral or cork-screw shaped, and are di tinguished as spirilla But the convenient collective name for them all is bacteria, or they muy all be spoken of as microbes or germs. The yexst germs, as we shall presently see, are some- what larger and are oval in shape, and often united into branched thread-like bodies. The bacteria mostly, especially the spiral forms, have the power of free movement in air and liquids. Some spin like a top, some travel in a tortuvus or serpent-like manner, and many of them can dart rapidly across the field of observation, producing, when in countless numbers, a very curious and entertaining sight. Microbes increase and multiply with astonishing rapidity, mostly by sub-division or splitting in pairs. A single bacillus may thus become two in an hour, four in a second hour, eiyht in the third. A very simple calculation shows that in this way one microbu may produce sixteen million individuals in twenty-four hours. Bat, for their favourable development, they require a@ certain temperature, moisture, and favourable food or nourishment. There are pum reus agencies at work to keep their numbers within reasouable limits, so that the atmospheres and waters may not be overcrowded with them. Many of them prey upon each other, still more become the prey of other living things. Many again are kill d by the products of their own secretion. The yeast germ, which converts sugar into ale hol, is killed when the spirit exceeds a certain strength (a warn- ing to all who partake of strong waters), and the microbe which converts alcohol into vinegar, though capable of consuming an amount of spirit which would put the most confirm+d drunkard to shame, refuses to take its grog any styonger than one-tenth alcohol, and cannot Jive in strong spirit. This seems to be an appropriate place to speak of an extraordinary provision of Nature by which the animal body in health is guarded trom the attacks of noxious kinds of bacteria. The white corpuscles of the blood of animals bave the power of absorbing and destroying these germs. ‘This singular faculty of the white blood cells was first pointed out by the cel+brated Russian physiologist, Metscbnik: ff, by whom these prot: ctive cells were named phagocytes, or germ swallowers In health the wartare between these good guardian cells and the intruding germs is constan!ly going on, and it is probably only in disordered and enfeebled con- ditions of the body that this power of defence fails. There is another way in which microbes multiply, and that is by spores, which are round or oval hodies, form-d in the interior of a bacillus, and set frea on the death of the microbe. These spore r- far hardier than the parent germ, for wherexs all bacil:i may be killed by treezing or boiling, these spores can resist extremes of cold far beyond the frerzing- point, and will even survive continued biiling. In tact, they are among the most indestructible forms of living matter yet known. Moreover, they may remain unaltered for years, and yet, under tavouc- able conditions, will revive, grow rapidly, and speedily become bacteria like the parent. This power of revival and growth was taken advantage of by Pasteur, Tyndall, and others in their experi- ments to sterilize flaids, as it is culled, that is to destroy all microbic life. By repeatedly boiling fluids containing germs, with an interval of a day or two between each boiling, to allow the spores to germinate, both Pasteur and Tyndall succeeded in destroying them. The lecturer next proceeded to speak of the microbes in air. ‘The systematic examination of the atmospheric forms of bacteria was first carried out on a scientific basis by the great French chemist Pasteur, who, indeed, founded the science of bacteriology, and with whose name some of the most marvellous and most beneficent discoveries of the century will ever be associated. Before his researches on «rial microbes, some 30 or 40 years ago, it was generally believed that the lower forms of life, both animal and vegetable, might arise spontaneously in certain bighly putrescible substances, such as vegetable in- fusions, animal broths, decaying matters, and the like Pasteur proved, by most ingenious experi- ments, that certain living germs, which are always present in the atmosphere, were necessary for the development of even the lowest forms of life. He found that after destroying tke bacilli and their spores by repeated boiling, animal and vegetable broths in small flasks, the necks of which were drawn out to a fine thread, and subsequently sealed, never developed living matter of any kind, even after a very long _ period of time. Thus he proved that all, even the very minutest and simplest, forms of life, arose from spores floating in the air, and that there is no origin of life apart from pre-existing germs. In the course of his experiments, Pasteur found, by exposing these vegetable infusions in various localities, that the number of micro-organisms in the air varied to an astonishing extent. Subse- quent observers have extended this enquiry, and with similar results. For instance, a given volume of air from an inhabited room would con- tain 10000 living germs, the same from a city street 4,000, from a city park 450, from the mid- Atlantic six, from a mountain peak only one. After detailing some experiments by Professor Frankland, which showed that the number of microbes in the atmosphere was in direct propor- tion to the number of p»rsons present in a room, the lecturer said : This leads me to a very inter- esting and important branch of my subject. The antiseptic treatment of wounds and surgical injuries, which is associated with the great and honoured vame of Lord Lister, is founded on observation of the effects of perfect cleanliness, combined with the protection from the injurious contact of putrefying organisms swarming in the air. 1 shall quote the words of the celebrated (ierman savant, Professor Virchow, on “ Recent advances in Sciencs and their bearing on medicine and surgery” In speaking of the antiseptic treatment he said: “In thecity where the man still lives and works who, by devising this treatment, has introduced the greate-t and most beneficial reform that the practical branches of modern science have ever known, everyone is aware that Lord Lister, on the streng’h of his orivinal reasoning, arrived at practical resul's which the new theory of ferment- ation and septic processes has fally confirmed. Be+fore anyone had succeeded in demonstrating, by exact methods, the microbes which are active © in various diseases, or in showing the special functions that they perform, Lister had learnt, in a truly prophetic revelation, the means by which protection against the action of putrefying organisms can be attained, and a perfect revolution in the basis of surgical treatment has been the consequence. Lord Lister is already, and will always be. reckoned among the greatest benefac- tors of the human race.” After this magnificent tribute to the genius of Lister, Professor Virchow went on to say: “It has already happened once before that an Englishman has succeeded in producing, by artificial means, immunity from disease, to the nearly complete destruction of at least one of the most deadly infectious diseases. Jenner’s notable discovery has stood its trial as successtully, except, perhaps, in the popular fancy, as he could have hoped.” As to bacteria in water, Thames water, before filtration, contains on an average, 20,000 bacteria in a cubic centim: tre (about 20 drops). The effect of filtration through sand, however, is to deprive it of a large portion of this microbic life, fur after filtra- tion it contains only 400 microbes in the cubic centimetre. In deep water from the chalk, Frank- land found only 18 per cubie centimetre, and in sea water a etill less number ; while mud from the sea bottom, and at the bottom of lakes, is very rich in microbic life. After carefully describing the various methods of cultivating bacteria for the purposes of observation and experiment, and the means adopted for sterilising (or rendering free from germ life) the various apparatus em- ployed, the lecturer proceeded to give a description of the methods of stairing bacilli, by aniline dyes, in order to bring their structural peculiarities into greater prominence, and so to assist in their minute examination. This process was illustrated by some fine slides of various coloured forms. The lecturer then spoke of the bacteria serviceable to men. Microbes and germs are ususlly associated in the popular mind with disease. But the fact is, by far the greater number of them are useful to man in a high degree, in the preservation of health, in agriculture, and in certain manufactures, They ara Nature’s scavengers, bringing about the decay and disintegration of dead animal and vegetable matter. Without their salutary aid the surface of our earth would in time be covered with the remains of plants and animals, and life on this globe would come to an end, for it is by the decay and decomposition of dead and refuse animal and vegetable matter that the fertility of the soil is maintained. Without the aid of microbes, fertile land would then become a desert waste, incapable of supportiny plant life. And, of course, without plant life animals must necessarily cease to exist, for the herbivora would starve for want of vegetable food, and the carnivora would also die for lack of animal food. Ino agri- culture these minute germs subserve a double purpose, for they not only seize upon and devour, so to speak, all d-ad matter, converting it into simple chemical compounds suitable for the sup- port of vegetable life, but certain of them possess the property of converting atmospheric nitrogen into nitric acidand nitrates. This very important function of the bacteria has been only thoreughly investigated lately. Farmers have lung kaowa 10 that the leguminous crops (peas, beans, and vetches) greatly enriched the soil with nitrogenous products, and, taking advantage of this, the agri- culturist, by a judicious rotation of crops, periodi- cally renews the fertility of the soil by their means, after it has been exhausted by a crop of cereals and grain. This property of the vetches and other leguminious plants resides mainly in numerous swellings, or tuberosities, in their roots, which are remarkably rich in nitrogen, and swarming with bacteria, as is also the soil around them. Dr. Frankland has succeeded in isolating this nitrify- ing bacillus. Now, it is a curious fact that these fertilizing germs are to be found only in the upper layers of the soil, and cannot live beyond a depth of about eighteen inches or so, and naar the sur- tace they abound in countless myriads. By their silent and unseen agency, dead and rotten animal and vevetable matters are converted into the material for new life, soon to be built up into plant and fluwer,shrub and tree. The gardener and the agriculturist have learnt that it is of no use to plant or to dig or to plough below this level. Pasteur commenced tne investigation of the nature and cause of a fearfully fatal malady, affecting cattle, but also communicable to man, and known by the various names of splenic fever, malignant pustule, anthrax, ard wool-sorters’ disease, according as it was met with in animals or man; the latter being chiefly among wool- sorters and tanners, who handle the skins of cattle after death. Pasteur found the blood of animals which had died from the disease to be swarming with a peculiar bacterium, the bacillus of anthrax In the course of his studies and experiments, Pasteur discovered that the virulence of these bacilli was greatly weakened by cultivating them in blood-serum at a high temperature, so that by the end of about forty days the culture so prepared was no longer fatal to animals inoculated with it, but that they were thereby protected from any further attack of the disease. In May, 1881, Pasteur inoculated a number of sheep and cattle with this attenuated or weakened virus, and shortly after re-inoculated them with the anthrax poison, together with as many sheep and cattle which had not been previously treated with the cultivated virus, with the result that all the avimals inoculated with the anthrax poison, Without the previous protective inoculation, died of the disease, wh~reas not one of the previously invculated anim:ls was affected by the disease at all. Smce that time, M. Pasteur, writing to our own Lord Lister, in 1893, reports that two and a half million sheep, 320,000 oxen, and 2,860 horses, had been protected from this fatal disease; and. since that time the protective material prepared in the Pasteur Institute has been distributed all over the world, and even elephants in India have been inoculated with it. The Toxins, or Ptomaines, which are the names given to poison generated in the animal body by disease-producing microbes, (according to whether they are generated before or after death), have sincs been investigated by many competent observers, among whom Professor Koch, of Berlin,stands perhaps first. Tubercular disease, diphtheria, asiatic cholera, tetanus or lockjaw,. typhoid fever, the plague in man, and, lastly, the deadly cattle plague, have all been shown to be due to specific bacilli and to the poisons secreted by them. And in several of these diseases, notably diphtheria and both the human and cattle plagues, it has been found that inoculation with a serum prepared by cultivation of the bacilli, as in the case of anthrax, bas enormously diminished the mortality of the disease, and is now the most ap- proved method of treatment. The phenomenal success attained by Pasteur in the treatment of hydrophobia by inoculating the victims of the bite of a mad dog with a serum prepared from the brain and spiral marrow of an animal which had died from that terribls disease, is probably one of the grandest achievements of modern science, After a long series of patient and elaborate experi- ments, Pasteur found that animals so inoculated were proof against even the most violent hydro- phobia. In July, 1885, M. Pasteur treated bis first human patient, a little child which had been bitten by a dog undoubtedly mad. The child recovered. What atriumph! Whata reward for a patient seeker after truth ! the untiring student of Nature. First the lives of fowls, then of sheep and oxen,, saved by thousands and tens of thousands from certain death, and now a little child snatched from, a hideousand terrible death! And since that time a long series of patients have been treated with extraordinary success. In conclusion, I have had to speak in the latter part of my lecture of the evil doings and mischievous effects of some of the microbes ; but I would have my audience rather carry away with them more kindly thoughts of our tiny friends, and think of them as beneficient in their action, and even essential to man’s welfare,, guarding him from disease and harm, and keeping the world sweet and clean. The lecture -was illustrated by means of a magnificent series of coloured lantern slides, and at its close a very hearty vote of thanks was passed, to the lecturer. EIGHTH WINTER MEETING.—FEBRUARY aust, 1905. “A HOLIDAY TOUR IN BELGIUM.’—By Mr. W. G. AUSTEN. A lantern lecture by Mr. W. G. Austen on “A Holiday Tour in Belyium” formed the special feature at the meeting held at the Beaney Ineti- tuts on February 21, under the presidency of Mr. Sidcey Harvey, The information and the views were the result of a nine days’ stay in the pleasing and interesting Belgian country, visits being paid to Brussels, Antwerp, Malines, Namur, Dinant, Liege, and other towns. Mr. Austen’s address was interspersed with some amusing anecdotes, and at the conclusion he was accorded a hearty vote of thanks. : 11 NINTH WINTER MEETING. MARCH 7th, 1905. ‘““THE INTERMITTENT STREAMS OF EAST KENT.’—By Mp. C, BUCKINGHAM. At the meeting held on March 7th, an interest- ing paper on “ The Intermittent Streams of East Kent ” was read by Mr. C. Buckingham, of Canter- bury, in the course of which he observed : Perhaps the nailbourne, or intermittent stream, most familiar to residents of Canterbury ic the stream which has its course through the Elham Valley, and I think this stream will be most generally remembered flowing through that por- tion of the valley in the neighbourhood of Bridge, Bekesbourne, and Patrixbourne, for these villages are so well known and perhaps many have already given this stream the credit of adding much charm to the district. I will imagine for the time being that we are taking one of those well earned haif-holiday trips into the country and leaving the humdrum of city life for a time behind us os Having passed the village of Bridge and turned to the right into Bourne Park, probably some have, as [ have myself, walked down to the edge of the lake and watched the wild ducks and moorhens enjoying their freedom, or may have crept down to the edge of the water to catch a glimpse of the speckled trout lying in the stream. Now I feel many may have enjoyed such an excursion and may have looked forward to the pleasure again, and, then choosing a suitable day, have set out to visit the same old spots which have impressed them in some earlier visit; then what a disappointment to find this interesting st-eam completely dry. such as has been my experience. Tnstead of the familiar cries of the wild birds at the lake’s edge, I bave been impressed at finding it dry and all life which such a stream brings— the luxuriant growth of plants by the water’s edge, the life in the water, and water birds—have disappeared. It was on such an occasion as this, when walking about ‘n the dry bed of the lake with a friend, among the flora, which had already changed from the aquati: to the terrestrial, that my thoughts turned to this extraordinary river, and naturally the eff-ct suggests to the mind, What is the cause. Why should a river appear abruptly at intervals almost regularly, then run for a certain period and as suddenly stop ? In seeking information of these nailbournes of those who lived along the course, in all my enquiries I found the most intelligent idea was that the flow was caused by water accumulating in a cavity under the hills, and many seemed to think that, after taking several years to fill, this cavity rapidly emptied itself by syphon action and flowed along the course to the sea. I looked up the works of several geologists, and found them very hazy indeed on the subject. I found several writers, too, suppos+d these intermittent streams in the chalk to be caused by the existence of a reservoir, with but one outlet, which, by some accident in the stratification, curves upwards a few yards before turning down again. They thought water would percolate through the chalk into the reservoir, and, when full, empty itself by syphon action. Some writers give us the idea that they are caused by the dip of the strata, the dip being north, with the impervious gault below which crops up at the foot of the North Downs. It is supposed that the vailbournes issue from the chalk escarpment when saturation level is above the impervious line. This may account for a few intermittent springs in other valleys, but only indirectly can it influence the nailbournes ; besides there are several springs issuing from the escarpment which feed the Stour and East Stour, which are practically permanent. Obviously the way to account for the strange doings of these intermittent streams was to study the nature of the strata of the district and to watch their behaviour during one of their flowing periods. The wet season of 1903 gave me the opportunity of seeing for myself the way these streams rose, flowing along the old courses, the occupying of roads, the flooding of fields, and finally getting more and more feeble till they ceased, and again became dry courses. After giving a considerable portion of my leisure for eighteen months, with the aid of cycle and camera, and the willing help and company of several friends, I came to the conclusion that the nailbournes of our district are caused simply by the gradual rise and fall in the line of saturation beneath the chalk hills. While the bottoms of the valleys (which may be regarded as flood courses of subterranean streams) are above the line of saturation, in ordinary seasons, the water, after p-reul «ting through the hills, makes its way under- ground through the chalk, there generally being a usual spring head in a lower part of the valley on the usual line of saturation, but, after lng con- tinued rains, the level of saturation rises and water is:ues to the surface at some higher point o: generally several higher points up the valley. It will be as well here to consider the underlying strata of our district, and to do this it will be as well to climb one of the hills, say St. Thomas’ Hill, aud occupy a spot which will vive us a good view of the valley which the Stour has cut. We may perhaps see, on the sides of the distant hills, places where the surface soil bas been removed, and we at once notice chalk. The entire stratum of which our hills and valleys are cut is chalk (there is in some cases a tertiary deposit on the top of the hills, particularly north of Canterbury, but this does not affect the na:lbournes). While standing on the top of this hill, ws may perhaps notice that behind us thesurfaceisfairly flat; weare standing on a plateau, and in journeying in any direction we go down into valleys aud up again on to the plateau. These valleys, according to their depth and the nature of thealluvial deposit in the valley bottoms, are sometimes dry, sometimes with 1 an intermittent stream, sometimes a small stream, sometimes ariver. It is by journeying by road over the plateau by cycle or otherwise, instead of keeping to the valleys.and cutting through the hills by train, that we get an immense advantage in studying the excavating work of nature, To study the nature of strata in our district, we eannot do better than take advartage of the natural section cut through the North Downs by our river Stour. It will be seen that chalk is the chief material which concerns us with these nail- bournes, and it is necessary to look into the nature of a great mass of chalk to observe the part it plays in the perpetual circulation of water. Of all the rain that falls upon the earth, it is calculated that not more than one-third runs off the surface and enters the sea by rivers, and in a chalk district like this, I believe it to be even less. One might well wonder what becomes of the rest. Part of it we know is evaporated, part of it feeds animal and vegetable life, but there remains an ample supply to enter theearth. The soil absorbs water, and allows it to sink down into the subsoil ; beneath the subsoil water meets with the material which composes the top stratum, which is in this case chalk, and, accordiny to the nature of this stratum, by its absorbent powers or by innumerable crevices and fissures, down such natural channels the water passes. We are well aware of the absorbent properties of chalk. A practical way of testing it is to lay a small piece on one’s tongue, but to put it to a further test it is found that chalk will take up half its own bulk of water, and yet hardly appear wet, or a cubic foot of soft chalk will hold as much as two gallons of water in bulk. Chalk behaves much like a sponge, the water tending to sink to the bottom. Chalk parts with its water fairly easily, for by exhaustive pumping large quantities of water are obtained, yet there is a friction as well as the capillary attraction, which prevents water freely passing from one part to another, or readily finding its level. Then we have to consider the cracks and fissures—both large and small—which chalk contains, not only at the surface, but at all depths. Water, when percolating through chalk, acts mechanically by abrasion and wear and chemically ; for after pass- ing through vegetable soil, rain water becomes charged with carbonic acid, which renders it a ready solvent of carbonate of lime or chalk, and this all adds to its water-bearing properties. From this, | think we may imagine a saturation level below our hills rising and falling according to the rainfall, tending to find its level with the North Sea, but where we have big hills, owing to the resistance to percolating water, we migbt reason- ably expect, I think, the saturation line under such a bill to be arched, in fact, I think we might imagine the saturation line almost following the surface lines, with the tendency to slowly find its level. If I am right in imagining such a line in saturation under tbe chalk hills, then all the phenomena relating to the last flow of the nail- bournes can be explained. It was in 1902 that the wells in the Elham and Petham nailbourne valleys were last dry. These wells are dug toa depth of sixty or eighty feet, and the saturation level had fallen over eighty 2 4 feet below the valley bottom—how much more one cannot say. The heavy rains of 1903 caused the line of saturation to rise gradually, until in December in the same year some of the wells were overflowing,the saturation level had risen above the valley bottom level, and instead of passing under- ground percolating in a northern direction, the water issued at points all along the valley bottom and was soon flowing along the entire course. In the spring of 1903, owing to the great rain- fall, the wells throughout the district began to rise. and about July in the same year the wells, between the springs on the line of saturation at Well Chapel, and the two notable springs in Bourne Park, had risen and the surface of the water was now but a foot or so lower than the water course through the valley. The first place from which the water issued was from the two springs in Bourne Park; from here the stream followed the old water course, gradually filling the lake, but yet the saturation line was not quite up to the valley bottom, but for several weeks between the point where the water entered the alluvial and Weil Chapel, by raking away the bottom of the water course, the water could be seen in some instances just below the surface. It was not until January, 1904, that the stream flowed completely above valley bottom. Water almost suddenly issuing from certain springs in higher parts of the valley, is, I think, what gives the idea of the cavity theory, but, it seems to me, just what we might expect when we consider tbat we have left the low lying marshes and evtered a district with plateau extending on each side. While standing in Bourne Park and looking up the valley, we have on our left chalk bills, 250 feet above sea level, extending from Bridge Hill to Adisham, without a watershed, and on our right we have hills extending towards Whitehill Woods and Lower Hardres, If we imagine a saturated line under these bills, tending to find its level, but owing to the resistance caused by the chalk, is held up almost to the contour of the surface, when such a satur- ation line rises above valley bottom, through the tendency of the water to find it level, we might reasonably expect under such conditions the flow to start from the foot, of the biggest hills, and also we might expect as the saturation line feil, these springs to be the lasS to cease—such was exactly the case. The two springs in Bourne Park at the foot of the plateau commenced to flow July, 1903. The excessive rainfall continued through the summer, autumn, and winter, and so saturation level continued to rise. Villagers in Bishopsbourne and Barham, whose wells were dry but a few months before, found the water in them rising steadily. In December saturation level bad risen to the valley bottom level. The alluvial deposit in the valley was saturated for miles, and with but little persuasion, water filled any hole one might dig. The stream from Etchin Hill, higher up the valley, did not lose itself so easily in the alluvium, but continued its journey, and on December 24, 1903, quite a powerful stream occupied the old course, but again the flow above the surface was broken,although, flowing strongly through Barham; it had not got far beyond, but proved to be con- 13 tinuing its journey towards Bourne Park, just below the surface. The Nailbournecame through Barham, December 25 ; reached the small gravel pit just south of the Black Robin, January 4; flooded between Barham and Elham, January 9 ; passed Black Robin, January 9. On January 15 this stream reached the springs in Bourne Park, and was flowing along the whole course the first ‘time for seven years. In the higher part of the valley, from Etchin Hill, there flows a stream which flows practicaliy continuously a short distance along the old course ; thisstream rises in the impervious strata gault, which crops up there, but soon loses itself on reaching the chalk ; only when saturation .level is up tothe level of the impervious stratam, can this stream flow through- out the valley. It was about the middle cf January, 1904, that this Nailbourne was flowing strongest, and flowed right through the valley from Etchin Hill to the sea. By the end of January, the wells bad taken a turn, and in - another month the stream had fallen off consider- ably. On May 16, 1904, I found the course dry at Out-Elmsted, also at Wingmore, the water find- ‘ing its way underground at these places. The wells were three feet below the bed of the stream. On May 29 the course was dry from North Elham to Barham ; there was a slight flow through Barham, but was dry again to the Black Rubin. The wells were still lowering. On June 19, saturation level had fallen tothe level of Bishops- bourne. In Charlton Place water lay in the course but had ceased to flow. Trenches being dug by the Thanet Water Company, while laying their pipes, were filled with water from the saturated alluvium. On June 30the flow throuzh Barham bad ceased, and a few weeks after the saturation level had fallen to the two springs, in Bourne Park; in this position the stream, although gradually becoming more feeble, remained for three mcnths, although saturation level continued to lower. A villager at Bishopsbourne gives the dates of the four last times the stream came through this village — January 14, 1893 ; January 5, 1595, January 3, 1597, and Janu- ary 15, 1904. On October 1, 1904, the wells had fallen several feet below the stream level. On November 11 the course was dry from Bifrons to Well Chapel. The springs in Bcnrne Park were still flowing, the water held up under the chalk hills was not yet exhausted, but the stream did not flow far along the course before it sank into the ground and joined the subterranean per- colation northwards towards thesea. On Decem- ber 4, 1904, I found one spring in Bourne Park had ceased. About the second week in January, 1905, the other spring (Cold Bath) ceased. Satura- tion level] had fallen to its usual level at Well Chapel; it took eighteen months for saturation level to rise, in the chalk, to the level of the im- pervious outcrop and back again to its usual level. The Petham Nailbourne, as one might expect, had one of its flowing periods simultaneously with the Elham Nailbourne, but was not quite complete in its flow. Here, again, we find a usual satura- tion level, this time near Shalmeford Street, within ashort distance of the Stour. Again, we find springs rising, which but seldom cease flowing and which join the Stour and on to the sea, and if we follow up the Nailbourne Valley, through Mystole, Thruxted, Perry, and Swarling, we come again into a district with plateau on each side, and again from the foot of a chalk plateau did the stream first issue. It wason January 9, 1904, with wells (which were, a few months previoutly, dry) at a level from three to six feet below the valley bottom, that the hollow near Petham Church began to fill. On January 26, 1904, it overflowed, and ran along the old course, On February 9 it crossed the Petbam Road, and on February 13 it occupied the road between Petham and Swarling, reaching a point in front of Swarling House. On April 14, 1904, the stream bad gained another 60 yards, but the well levels had takenaturn, whilst on April 21, 1904, the wells along the valley were 10 to 15 feet down. The stream gained another 20 yards, pever reaching the springs on the usual saturation level by about two miles. On June 9 I found the wells four feet lower and the stream very feeble, and on July 26 the Petham Nailbourne badceased entirely. A well situated in the vall+y bottom, dug to a depth of 70 feet, was dry in 1902, gradually rising until within four feet of valley bottom level in January, 1904. Since then it bas gradually been lowering, and on February 5, 1905, the water level was 48 feet down. Previous fluws are recorded by James Reid, Esq. This Nailbournecame through into Shalmsford Street on February 22, 1722, and continued to run through until June 16,1772. It came into Shalmstord Street again on March 7, 1774, and continued running until June 28, 1774, and again on January 12, 1775, and again on February, 1776; this Nailbuurne ariseth at Denne in the parish of Elmsted and at Duck Pit in the parish of Waltham, From other data the Nail- bourne came through January, 1860, February, 1861, in 1864 to June, 1865, and slightly in 1866, 1869, and January, 1873; it also flowed in 1897, and reached a point at Perry Farm. The Drillingore Nailbourne.—Here again we have a valley with its usual saturation level, which in this case is the source of the Dour, On December 12, 1903, the hollow at Drillingore began to gradually fill up, tor this Nailbourne, too, like the others, first started about two miles above usual saturation level ; by the f« llowing day the water bad reached a heig ht of tour teet, in a few more days it reached a height of fifteen feet and was 200 yards long, described as being large enough to floata Channelsteamer. On December 17, the men clearing out the dyke about a mile down the valley suddenly caw water begin to rise up in the dyke, and soon a stream was flowing. On December 20 this stream bad reached South Alkham, On December 22 the pond at Drillingore overflowed and joined the spring which was rising in the dyke lower down the vailey. On December 23 the stream had reached the roadway. This Nail- bourne flowed for a few weeks and rapidly dried up. Old people tell us with this as with other nail- bournes that the flowing periods came much oftener in the past than they do now. Villagers at Barham talk of the time when the Elham nail- bourne came through almost every year. Mr. Reid’s record shows that the flow of the Petham nailbourne came much oftener than it does now. Tt is said that the Drillingore nailbourne has been known to flow twice in one year, and in one instance in harvest time, when the farmers on leaving ehurch had to move the shocks of reaped corn out of the way of the coming stream. Probably as years go on, as the hills get lower and as the percolating water dissolves more and larger channels through the chalk and so lessen the resistance in finding its level, these nailbournes will be no more and these interesting valleys will 14 be left dry. My investigation has induced me to think that such a theory as I have put before you to-night is the action going on, in and under our nailbourne valleys, and such is the theory I have submitted with a set of photograpbs to the Geological Committee of the British Association. The lecture was illustrated by means of a large number of excellent lantern slides, and at its close the lecturer was accorded a very hearty vote of thanks. TENTH WINTER MEETING—MARCH aust, 1905. ‘«THE MIND, ITS INFLUENCE OVER THE BODY.’—By Mk, W, E. SMITH. A meating was held in the Reference Library of the Beaney Institute on Tuesday, March 21st, when there was a very good attendance, presided over by Mr. Sidney Harvey. On the proposition of Mr. Lander, Mr. H. Page, of Beverley House, was elected a member of the Society. The Hon. Secretary announced that the Royal Photographie Society had arranged for a third Jantern slide competition. Members could each send three lantern slides, and these should be sent in early in May. Mr. W. E. Smith then read an interest- ing paper on “The Phenomena of the Mind,” which was listened to with close attention. The phenomena of the mind is a study which has forayes had its students—we may trace it back +o the earliest records in our mussums. The mesmeric passes were familiar to the ancient Egyptians, and the early Greek records show traces of the same thing. We havean account of the laying on of hands for curative purposes in what is called the Ebas Papyrus, which dates back to 1550 Bc. One of the old Greek writers (Soloa, who lived about 600 years Bc.) wrote, of which the following is a translation : The smallest hurts sometimes increase and rage More than all art of physic can assuage ; Sometimes the fury of the worst disease, The hand by gentle stroking can appease. Pliny refers to the same thing, Tacitus and Suetonis speak of cures effected in like manner. Our New Testament gives evidence cf many strange hayp3nings both on the part of Christ himself and also of others, some of which were approvedand some of which caused His displeasure. No scientific principles, however, seem to be evolved or considered until about the middle ages, when we read of magnetic theories upon which were based the numerous phenomena which occurred. Pomponatius, a professeor of philosophy at Padua, held a thoory that the will was capable of producing effects on the minds and organs of other persons, He tried to prove that sickness and disease were curable by means of magnetism existing in each person: he says “ When those who are endowed by this faculty operate by em- ploying the force of the imagination and the will, this force effects their blood and spirits, which produce the intended effects by means of an evaporation thrown outwards.” The magnetic theory was popular when in 1734 Mesmer came upon the scene. He studied as a doctor in Vienna, and while there became attracted by the wonderful cures by a Jesuit Priest—Father Hebl —who based them on the theory of magnetism produced by steel plates and magnets. He then proceeded to experiment for himself in the same direction, and found on one occasion that he could produce with his hands what was previously believed to be due to the magnets, This changed the whole position of things, and in 1775 he issued a letter to the principal academies, in which he propounded the idea that in man existed a magnetic power which he called “animal magnet- ism,” by means of which he insisted: —‘“ Men could mentally influence each other,” but the medical men in a body refused to have any- thing to do with him and his wonders. He then went to Paris, and at once threw that city into the wildest excitement by the marvellous effects of his manipulations, and crowds came to be treated by him and many marvellous cures were effected. He then appealed to the Government to appoint a commission to investigate the phenomena and at last had his wish. A commission consisting of physicians and members of the Academy of Science was appointed, but while they admitted some of the facts claimed by Mesmer, they put down the wonderful effects witnessed, to the imagination of the patients, concluding to the effect that the subject was not worthy of further scientific investigation. Soon after this, Mesmer quitted Paris, driven out by the inhospitality of the medical profession, and died in 1815. He left, however, behind him, a number of followers who continued his work, improving on his methods and producing effects of which Mesmer never dreamt. They healed the sick, cured the lame, caused the blind to see, patients increased and flocked to their centre in such numbers that the students were at their wits end to know how to deal with them. They then resorted to one of Mesmer’s methods and mesmerised a tree, which seems to have been efficacious in curing many diseases. They also developed the clairvoyance in their subjects and so aroused the interest of the medical profession, 15 that in 1825 a new investigation was appointed by the Royal Academy of Medicinein France. The -Committee sat for a period of six years and at length presented their report, which confirmed many of the things Mesmer had taught. This caused a lot of disputes and wranglings, which went on for a long time, during which time, however, mary works were written on the subject. The Church took the matter up, and in 1846 came a sermon preached at Notre Dame eulogising magnetism as a power for confound- ing infidels and demonstrating the power of God by its means. Then came an encyclical letter to the Bishops in France with a view to putting a stop to the practices, but without success. [t came over to England and attracted the attention of many medical men, until at length came another theory demonstrated by Dr. Braid, which caused a revolution in the methods and practices for the production of phenomena. He started asasceptic, but eventually established a theory, and gave to the world a name which still clings to the practice. This he called hypnotism, from the Greek word signifying sleep, and this name we still hold to as ‘being the most expressive. His methods differed from Mesmer’s. He discarded the tedious pro- cess of passes, finding that by placing a bright object before the eyes of his subject he could pro- duce practically the same result. This put it upon another basis, and caused the profession to be attracted by what they thought was a physiological explanation to the matter. Many methods began to be used for producing the hypnotic condition. I will mention one method only, as time will not allow of more. The subject is placed in a com- fortable chair, with his back to the light, and the operator standing by his side holds two fingers of his own hand a few inches from the eyes,while the subject is told to look intently at these, and, if possible, to keep his mind a blank. As soon as the eyes show signs of weariness the operator begins in a monotonous tone to suggest sleep. He will say “ You are getting drowsy” and “ Your eyes are closing,” until the eyes close and a deep breathing commences. Thisis the first stage, which is followed by others producing phenomena. To arouse from this state, as to place in it, is effected by suggestion. Physical means can be used, such as blowing in the eyes or fanning the face, and if the patient does not awake, then he may be left to sleep off the effects, which usually happens 1n about four hours, leaving no ill effect whatever. The phenomena are very numerous, and seem to be all based on suggestion—all muscular movements can be suspended at the will of the operator. Thus, if he says “ You cannot open ycur mouth,” or “You cannot raise your arm,” it is sufficient to procure the desired effect. Those of you who have seen the phenomena dis- played in the public halls for the amusement of an audience, will remember the ease with which the operator causes his subject to perform grotesque things: they will laugh, cry, sing—in fact, perform almost any action which does not encroach upon their sensitiveness and morality. I saw on one occasion a young man, on being told that he was dirty, take off his jacket and tuck up his sleeves, and go through the process of washing his face and hands with exactness, as if he had the necessary things before him. I have seen men play an imaginary game of marbles, quarrelling about it as though they were schoolboys. These things, however, are trifling compared with some of the greater wonders produced, such as clairvoyance, clairaudience, or telepathy. In some cases the memory assumes marvellous proportions, bringing from past life events which had long since been buried and forgotten. I quote the following from lectures on metaphysics by Sir W. Hamilton :— “The evidence on this part shows that the mind frequently contains whole systems of knowledge which in our normal state have faded into absolute oblivion, which may in certain abnormal states flash out into luminous consciousness, and even throw into the shade of unconsciousness those other symptoms by which they had for a long period been eclipsed and for ever extinguished.” Dealing more particularly with the phenomena known as “ Paycho Therapeutics,” the lecturer said: This has its students of every shade of opinion, each producing the effects, but professedly by contradictory means. None will deny the wondrous cures effected at Lourdes. Their name is legion. Cases given up by the physicians brought to successful issue. The weak gaining renewed health and strength. The hopeless going away filled with a hope which had seemingly gone for ever. The Christian Church in all its ages has given testimony of healing power which it has attributed to divine means. The relics of the Saints have been called into requisition with the same results. While we have amongst us to- day systems known as Faith Healing, Christian Science, etc, each while antagonistic to each other as to their theories, producing exactly the same results, and though many may scoff at the processes and ridicule those who believe in them, yet it is impossible to deny that cures more marvellous than any ever effected by the physician, have been wrought by them. You will notice that although so many theories are put forth and so many different methods employed, some of which are contradictory to eack other, it must appeal to the thoughtful that, underlying a!l this, there must be some principle not yet dis- covered, which must embrace them all and cover the whole ground of the phenomena produced. It would be difficult for me in the time allowed to enumerate the various theories, but I haveselected one which, as far as my judgment goes, is as plausible as any, based on the duality of the mind. For this theory we are indebted to Mr. T. J. Hudsen, who has written several books upon the subject, in one of which he gives us a working hypothesis. His first proposition is, that man has a dual mental organization, or rather two minds, each of which is endowed with separate and distinct attributes and powers, capable under certain conditions of independent action. These he has named the objective and the subjective minds. The difference between them he gives as follows :—“ The objective mind takes cognizance of the objective world. Its media of observation are the five senses. It is the outgrowth of man’s physical necessities, his guide in his struggle with his material environment. Its highest function is 16 that of reasoning.” “The subjective mind takes cognizance of its environment by means inde- pendent of the physical senses. It perceives by intuition. It is the seat of the emotions, and the store-house of memory. It performs the highest functions when the objectivesenses are in abeyance and is capable of inductive reasoning.In a word, it is that intelligence which makes itself manifest in a hypnotic subject when he is in a state of somnam- bulism. It sees without the use of the natural ergans of sight, it can be made to leave the body and travel to distant lands, bringing back intelli- .gence oftimes of the most exact and truthful character. It can read the thoughts of others, In other words, it is the soul.” ‘his, in short, is his theory, and, if you will follow me carefully for a short while, I will endeavour to trace its possibi!- ities as to the variety of phenomena which exists. The objective then works within the limit of reason and bases its action on the positive know- ledge of the individual or on the reasonable knowledge of others. The subject mind, however, is constantly under the control of suggestion, as you will understand from the action of subjects in the hypnotic condition. It believes anything that it is told and accepts any condition, however contrary it may be to the experience or knowledge of the individual. Watch the subject in hypnosis. He may be made drunk by drinking a glass of water. If told that an onion is a delicious orange, he will eat it with great relish, believing implicitly what he is told, ete. Another thing which should be mentioned here, is what is known as auto suggestion. It would follow naturally that if the objective mind of one person had power to control the subjective mind of another, then each individual should have power to control his own subj ctive mind. This is exemplified by the power one bas to refuse to be placed in the hypnotic condition, cr by resolving beforehand that while in that condition they will not allow themselves to be influenced beyond any- thing which would violate their moral principles,and operators will find that when this is the case, their experiments will not succeed. The mind (or minds) in the normal condition are at their best when evenly balanced. This rarely happens, but when it does, then we have what is ealled genius. Should the objective mind alone reign you will see that man becomes a mere machine working out his destiny by hard struggle. He has to fight against a loss of memory, he loses the emotional side of his nature, becomes cold and hard and has no love. Should the subjective mind become the dominant power, then reason falls from her throne and the subject becomes mad. You have numerous instances of this quite close at hand, possibly some of you have knowledge of them in the asylums close by. There are persons whose objective minds have become disorganised through disease of the brain. Many books could be written to bear record of the marvellous doings and sayings of persons while in this condition. I quote one or two. One doctor writing on the subject says : — “The records of the wit and the cunning of mad- men are numerous in every country. Talents for eloyuence, poetry, music, painting, and uncommon ingenuity in several of the mechanical arts, are often evolved in this state of madness. A gentle- man whom I attended in a hospital often de- lighted as well as astonished the patients and officers by his displays of oratory in preaching from a table in the hospital every Sunday. A female patient of mine, who became insane after parturition, sang hymns and songs of her own composition during the latter stages of her illness, with tone of voice so soft and pleasing that I hung upon it with delight every time I visited her She had never developed a talent for poetry or music in any previous part of her life. Twoinstances of a talent for drawing evolved by madness have occurred within my knowledge. And where is the hospital for mad people, in which elegant and fully-rigged ships, and curious pieces of machinery have not been displayed by persons who never’ developed the least turn fer a mechanical art previous to their derangement? Sometimes we observe in mad people an unexpected resuscitation of knowledge: hence we hear them describe past events, and speak in ancient and modern languages, or repeat long and _ interesting passages from books, none of which, we are sure, they were capable of recollecting in the natural or healthy state of their mind.” This is the evidence of one man only on the subject. When, however, the two minds operate in perfect harmony with one another and are evenly balanced, then, as I stated before, the result is genius. This has been, perhaps, best exemplified in the wonderful mind of Shakespeare, and in different degrees in all who have made their mark in the advance of knowledge. ‘Che perfect memory of the subjective mind being at their command, it follows that, combined with the reasoning power of the objective mind, wondrous results must of necessity follow. There are many means by which the subjective mind may be brought into operation apart from hypnosis. Perhaps the most common of all methods is by the use of what is called the planchette. This is a small piece of board working on two legs, on which are small castors. A thicd leg consists of a pencil, the point of which rests upon the paper on which it is intended to write. By means of this instrument many strange results may be obtained, many of which are of a most marvellous character. There are several varieties of this: machine, which I need not mention just now, but closely allied to this we have what is called automatic writing. This is performed by holding a pencil in the hand and allowing it to write unconsciously. This with some people is quite easy, and is productive of very many strange results, in many cases bringing to light events: which have long since happened and been for- gotten. [had hoped to give you several illustrations of this, but the book I wished to quote trom has become lost. Many of you, however, I have no: doubt, are familiar with this form of phenomena. There is also what is called psychometry, or, in other words, the supposed power of the human mind to trace the history of inanimate objects. For instance, the person will pick up an article, perhaps a piece of stone, and trace its life history back through the ages through which it has: 17 passed. Again, we have what is called clairvoyance (or clear-seeing). This is the power of seeing things which are concealed from the physical senses, and closely resembling this is what is known as telepathy, or the power of one mind to communicate with another without the aid of the bodily senses. Numerous experiments have been conducted with regard to this power,with very varied results. This power is often evidenced when one of the communicants is near to death. Thus a dying person may have a strong desire to communicate with, or see someone who is dear to him, andas aresult, in or about the hour of death, a vivid impression is produced on the mind of the one for whom it is intended. It may take the form of a voice, speaking to them at times apparently quite audibly, urging them to some action, or it may take even a bodily form and make itself visible to the natural life. This phenomena is explained as follows: The body being in a weak state, the objective mind becomes weak and feeble also, upon which the subjective mind becoming more free to act and, dominated by the last intense suggestion of the objective mind, carries out its mission with the result mentioned. The lecturer went on to speak at length upon the possibilities of faith healing and euto-suggestion. At the conclusion of the paper, a short discus- sion took place, Mr. S. Harvey remarking that the lecturer had dealt with his subject in a very careful manner. It was a matter that was very rarely discussed by a Society such as theirs, but he saw no reason whatever why it should not be. They had in Canterbury very remarkable proof bearing out a great deal of what Mr. Smith had said. In the Trinity Chapel of Canterbury Cathe- dral there still remained two windows depicting scenes of the wonderful cures effected in the case of many who had visited Thomas a Becket’s tomb —these cures taking place during a considerable period after his death. He saw no reason to doubt the accuracy of these miracles, for names and places were given, and the facts were very clearly recorded in the archives of the City. A vote of thanks to the lecturer closed the proceedings. : ELEVENTH WINTER MEETING.—APRIL 11th, 1905. “POLARISED LIGHT AND COLOUR PHENOMENA.’’—By Mr. W. P. MANN, B.A. At the eleventh meeting a lecture was given by Mr. W. P. Mapp, on the subject of “ Light,” in the “ Kuskip Room,” at the Simon Langton School, on Tuesday, April 1l1b, Mr. Sidney Harvey presided over a large attendance. The President said that since the last meeting, one of our most valued members, Mr. A. U. Battley, of Herne Bay, had passed away, and it was his painful duty to move that a letter of condolence be sent to the widow expressing thesympathy of the meeting and our sorrow at the great loss sustained by Mr. Battley’s decease. The vote was passed in silence. On the proposition of the Hon. Secretary, Dr. W. H. Flint, of Ansdell House, Dover, was elected a member of the Suciety. Mr. W. P. Mann then delivered his lecture on “ Polarised Light.” The lecturer began by giving a brief account with experimental illustrations of waves in water and air, and he showed the difference between longitudinal and transverse vibrations. Then he passed on to the waves that produce light, explain- ing that these waves were formed in a substance named ether,of extreme rigidity, but of very small density. Tnis substance pervades space, and is so subtle that it exi-ts between what are called the molecules of solid substances. The vibrations in it are of immense velocity, and these vibrations at different rates yive us the sensations of light and of heat. T» vibrations in it also, we owe the wonderful el:ctric waves which have recently been utilised for wirelesstelegraphy. In the case of light these vibrations are across the direction of the ray, and take place in all directions, but when these numerous radiai vibrations are reduced to one plane, the light is said to be polarised. This polarisation can be produced by reflection from polished surfaces, or by passing a beam of light through a double-refracting sub- stance, such as Iceland spar, or gypsum. ‘hese double-refracting substances have the power of dividing a beam into two, each of which is bent out of the original course, and each of which, ou issuing from the spar, is ‘ polarised,’ or has had its vibratiozs reduced to one plane—and the vibrations of the two emerging beams are at right angles to each other. If then these two are allowed to fall upon a similar piece of the sub- stance, they will, in some positions, each again be split into two, but in other positions only one of them will pass through. Such a substance, there- fore, suggests a method of detecting polarised light, and the best detector, or “analyser,” is made from Iceland spar, and is called a “ Nicol’s prism.” But light reflected from glassat a certain angle is almost completely polarised, and this method was used during the lecture, the light from a limelight lantern being reflected froma bundle of thin glass plates, and analysed bya Nicol’s prism, which, in one position, allowed the polarised light to fall on the screen, but when crossed or turned through aright angle completely shut off all light. The first illustration of the beautiful effects which polarised light can give was that of inserting a piece of mica between the polarisers and analyser when there was a dark field on the screen— immediately not only brightness, but beautiful colours were visible, and these were shown more vividly on inserting a plate of selenite. The explanation was that when the polarised beam came to the selenite it was divided into two, the vibrations of which were at right angles to each other. These two travelled through the selenite witb different velocities owing to the difference of structure in different directions, and on emerging one had lost a half wave length of red or of some other colour. Then when these came to the analyser, each at an angle of 45 degrees neither could get through, but both were resolved into vertical and horizontal com- ponents, and then either vertical or horizontal would get through according to the position of the analyser. But the emerging light must of necessity be coloured as some colour had been destroyed, and when the analyser was turned through a right angle the other component would pass with a colour the complementary of the first one. This experiment was really the explanation of all the wonderful illustrations that were given, different substances such as crystals, horn, granite, etc., showing exactly similar effects—all proving that these substances were not of uniform structure. After these experiments quartz plates were sub- jected to analysis, but these always showed colours, as the vibrations of the polarised beam, on passing through them were no longer plane but circular. Next some specimens of unannealed glass were tested. These, by the ordinary light, showed no difference in structure; but in polarised light 18 colour was immediately visible, and this colour indicated unevenness of structure, and therefore strain. To prove this the lecturer took pieces of thick glass, which in either ordinary or polarised light showed no trace of colour, but when he sub- jected them to bending or pressure vivid colours appeared, indicating tbe strain in the interior. He explained that by exactly similar methods, many false gems can be detected, for the true ones have uneven structure, and therefore show colours in polarised light whereas the false do not. To illustrate “refraction,” and the theory of colours, a beam of white light from an electric are was passed through a triangular bottle con- taining bisulphide of carbon. The beam was de- flected from its course, or refracted, but it was also spread out into a beautifully coloured band two feet in length showing brilliant tints from red to violet. In this way it is seen that white light is really composed of these various colours— and if one colour be destroyed and the others combined—the resultant is not white, but the complementary of the colour destroyed. The illustrations and experiments showed brilliantly on the screen. The President proposed a vote of thanks to the lecturer, who,in acknowledging it, paid a graceful compliment to his colleague, Mr. Leeming who rendered him such efficient help in the preparation and carrying out of the experiments. TWELFTH WINTER MEETING. APRIL 25th, 1905. ‘THE EVOLUTION OF OUR PLANET.”—By Mr. T. DEVERE. The last meeting of the winter session was held in the Reference Library of the Beaney Institute on Tuesday, April 25, when there was a fair attendance. On the proposition of Mr. A. Lander, Mr. A, W. Good and Miss Burch were elected members of the Society, Previous to the lecture, Mr. Sidney Harvey, who presided, showed and explained metallic calcium—a metal which, he said, was now produced by electrolysis at a low price, and would, he thought, prove of immense benefit when more was known of its great properties. Mr. Harvey also gave an interesting demonstration of the Blondlot’s or N-rays. Mr. T. De Vere then read an interesting paper, entitled “The evolution of our planet.” His remarks were illustrated with lantern views, and traced the subject from the existence of the earth as a nebulous body. In the course of his remarks Mr. De Vere said: Recent observations have disclosed to us the wonderful fact that not only the west coast of South America, but also other large areas, some of them several thousands of miles in cir- cumference, such as Scandinavia, and certain archipelagos in the Pacific, are slowly and in- sensibly rising; while other regions, such as Greenland, and parts of the Pacific and Indian Oceans, in which atolls or circular coral islands abound, are as gradually sinking. That all the existing continents and submarine abysses may have originated in movements of this kind, continued throughout incalculable periods of time, is undeniable, for marine remains are found in rocks at almost all elevations above the sea, and the denudation which the dry land appears to have suffered, favours the idea that it was raised from the deep by a succession of upward move- ments, prolonged throughout indefinite periods. Rain and rivers, aided sometimes by slow and sometimes by sudden and violent movements of the earth’s crust, have undoubtedly excavated some of the principal valleys, but there are also wide spaces which have been denuded in such a manner as can only be explained by reference to the action of waves and currents on land slowly emerging or sinking again to the deep. The Andes have probably been rising several feet century after century, while the Pampas have only risen afew inches atthetime. Darwin found. in crossing from the Atlantic to the Pacific, that the slope was at first very gentle, then greater as he neared Mendoza, which is 4,000 feet high. The mountainons districs then begins suddenly, and in the next 120 miles to the Pacific tae average 19 height is 15,000 to 16,000 feet, while some peaks are very much higher. Therefore, a zone of very violent motion pushed up the Andes four feet, while the Pampas, where the upheaval was not so violent, was only upheaved one foot, and the plains on the shores of the Atlantic one inch. In Europe, the land in Norway (North Cape) is said to be upheaved five feet per century, which gradually diminishes towards South, at first a foot, and then at Stockholm to three inches per century. These gradual upheavals and submergencies are always taking place, so that the contour and coast line of continents arealwayschanging. That part which is now the British Isles bas been partly or wholly submerged beneath the ocean some twenty-five different times; hence we have so many different strata, each marking a separate epoch and writing, as it were, its records in the now existing rocks, which are the outcome of those submergencies or the material deposited during those periods. Time will not permit us to go right through the different geological periods, so I will take perhaps a few of the most interesting. The climate during the carboniferous or coal period was probably like _a humid hot-house. Dense forests of rank vege- tation overspread the marsby soil, intersected by rivers, lakes, and swamps, choked with the trailing roots of the huge stigmaria, and other aquatic and succulent plants, while all around luxuriant ferns and gigantic reeds spread forth their foliage with inconceivable rapidity, until the soft and pulpy stems sank beneath their own weight and succes- sive forests sprang up from their prostrate and -compressed trunks. At last the old land surface commenced slowly to sink beneath the sea, and the once verdant plains were gradually covered by the water of the ocean. The roof of the coal thus represents the first accumulation of sediment deposited upon the coal bed, and we can readily understand how it should be so rich in the stems and fronds of ferns and other plants, and how it should often be traversed by the upright trunks of trees. In this way, then, we can explain the method in which a single bed of coal is formed, but in a coal-field there may be fifty to a hundred seams of coal lying one above the other, and separated by intervening beds of clay and sand. In this case, the old Jand was again raised above the level of the sea by one of those movements to which the crust of the earth has so often been subjected. Soon, a vegetation as rank and luxuriant as its predecessor, flourished on the newly-born plain, and vegetable matter was again accumulated throughout a long period of time. Again, another submergence would take place and sand and mud were once more deposited over the vegetable débris of centuries ; this would form another seam and by a repetition of these movements of elevation -and depression, any required number of coal seams are formed, There are nearly three thousand distinct species of aquatic animals, whose fossils are found in the chalk, which are now only met with in the sea. It must have taken many hundred thousand years for such a vast quantity ot chalk to have accumulated to such an im- ‘mense thickness as we find it round our coasts, while some places inland it reaches 1,000 feet in thickness, so it is certain that all countries where chalk is found, viz., S.E. of England, France, Ger- many, Russia, Poland, Arabia, Syria, and Egypt, were once more or less covered by a deep sea. In process of time this vast ocean bed was gradually upheaved, and that part which after- wards formed England, which then formed part of a large continent, became covered with luxuriant forest, in which roamed elephants, lions, bears, rhinoceroses, hippopotamuses, and other wild beasts. The climate was probably tropical, while that of the southern hemisphere would be glacial. The boles of some of the trees found are trom two to three feet in diameter, so it is clear that the dry land formed remained in the same condition for long ages. This stratum of forest bed, as it is called, also contains the stumps of fir trees with their cones, hazel bushes with their nuts, also the stools of oak and yew trees. This proves that the chalk was raised up and remained dry land, until it was covered with forests and stocked with big game; the evi- dence of their fossils prove that beyond doubt. How long it remained in this condition cannot be said. Another immense change takes place owing to subterranean movements. That dry land, with the bones and teeth of long-lived elephants hidden away amoogst the roots and leaves of its ancient trees, sank gradually until it became again covered with the sea; in about 10,500 years the Northern Hemisphere would become glacial and the Southera Hemisphere temperate. Therefore, as Arctic con- ditions gradually came about, great icebergs were floated away from the North, bearing with them rocks and clay from some Arctic continent, and probably from mountains which are now under the sea. As the icebergs melted, this was deposited on the sea bottom, covering up the remains of the submerged forests with huge masses of drift or boulder clay. Sea beasts, such as the walrus (now restricted to the extreme north), paddled about, as is proved by their fossil remains in the boulder clay. This state of things must have extended over a very long period of time, as the thickness of the boulder clay testifies, but at length this came to an end. Another great upheaval takes place, the sea bed became dry land,and the glacial mud hardened into soil, which can be seen in Norfolk and other courties. The glacial period passed away and a more temperate climate takes its place. Forests again grew, and the wolf and beaver and other modern animals replaced the elephant, etc., and at length conditions prevailed as at present. Thus the British Isles, from the time of the chalk to the present day, has been the theatre of a series of changes as vast in their amount as they were slow in their progress. The area on which we stand has been first sea and then land for at least a dozen times and probably more, and has remain- ed in each of these conditions for a period of great length. These wonderful metamorphoses of sea into land and Jand into sea have not been confined to one area of England alone. During the chalk or cretaceous epoch, not one of the present great physical features of the globe was in exist- ence. Our great mountain ranges — Pyrenees, Alps, Himalayas, Andes—have all been upheaved 20 since the chalk was deposited. This is certain, because rocks of cretaceous or still later date have shared in the elevatory movements which gave rise to these mountain chains, and may be found perched up in some cases many thousands of feet high upon their flanks. From that time to the present, the population of the world has under- gone slow and gradual, but incessant changes; one species bas vanished and another taken its place, creatures of one type vf structure have diminished, those of another increased as time has passed on, and thus while the difference between the living creatures of the time before the chalk and those of the present day appear startling if placed side by side, we are led from one to the other by the most gradual progress, if we follow the course of Nature through the whole series of those relics of her operations which she has left behind. One conclusion to be drawn is, that the earth's crust, instead .f being a rigid and immovable mass as was once supposed, is, and always bas been, utterly unstable. It is probable, indeed, that no part of the land remains stationary for any long period of time, geologically speaking, but is even- tually either slowly depressed or as slowly upraised to a still higher elevation above the sea. It is certain, at any rate, that the form of the great continents has been considerably altered, parts being elevated and parts depressed, so that every portion has in its turn been brought beneath the level of the sea. It is certain also that every country is now dry land only because it has been upraised from beneath the neighbouring sea. It is also an inexorable law of Nature that nothing is wasted, and the most foul matter, in process of time, becomes absorbed in the most beautiful creations of the universe. In proposing a vote of thanks to the lecturer, Mr. Sidney Harvey alluded to the slight sbock of earthquake which was felt in parts of England early on Sunday morning. He said it was some- times difficult to believe that any good cou'd come out of the fearful upheavals which occasionally took place, but there was no doubt that, terrible as the results of earthquakes and other catastrophes often were, the changes wrought by them in the crust of the earth often proved of great benefit, inasmuch as they brought nearer to the surface and within the reach of man many minerals—such as coal, for instance— which would otherwise be too far off to obtain. The vote was unanimously accorded. A short discussion took place with regard to the programme for the ensuing summer, and, on the suggestion of the Hon. Secretary (Mr. Lander), it was decided that members should, during the next few days, send in any proposals they had to make with regard to excursions to the Secretary prior to a meeting of the committee, when definite arrange- ments could be made. REPORT FOR THE FORTY-EIGHTH YEAR, ENDING SEPTEMBER 3oth, 1905. During the past year we have lost by removal resignation, or death, ten members and associates but seven new ones have joined, thus making the total number 92, including nine corresponding mem- bers, ten honorary members, thirteen associates, and fifty-nine ordinary members. This year the Society has had to mourn the loss of Mr. A. U. Battley, of Huuter’s Forstal, Herne Bay, who died on April Ist, at the early age of thirty-nine. very accomplished naturalist and valuable member. He was one of our Lepidoptera experts, a His interesting papers and lectures have been of much use to the Society, and at the time of his death he was engaged av the work of tabulating and recording a classified list of Kent butterflies and moths and he had captured several new to the district. From the Entomologist we gather that Mr. Battley had been “an ardent field-naturalist from his boyhood, and although the Lepidoptera were his favourite study, his acquaintance with ornithology was of no mean order, and botany and geology also claimed a share of his attention. Thoroughly practical in everything in which he interested himself, he was always ready to impart information and advice whenever it was within his power; and this geniality and unselfishness endeared him to a wide circle of acquaintance. Perhaps some of his best work was in the promotion of nature study through his encouragement of the smaller societies and especially his interest in, and help to, young beginners. He was Secretary of the City of London Entomological and Natural History Society from 1890 to 1895, and President of the North London Natural History Society in 1893. His loss will be keenly felt by many who had come under the magnetic influence of his enthusiasm or who were indebted to his unvarying kindness.” We also record with much regret the resignation of one of our oldest members and founders, Mr. Sibert Saunders, of Whitstable, who for a long number of years has taken the liveliest interest in all the affairs of the Society, and whose work and fascinating lectures on marine zoology will long be remem- bered. He was a leading authority on marine aquaria, and the Museum and Aquarium at Whitstable are almost solely due to his efforts. It has been suggested that, as some mark of appreciation, Mr. Saunders shonld, at the annual meeting. be elected an honorary member and Vice- President We also record with regret the death of Mr. John Marten, of Womenswold, formerly of Dunkirk House, Boughton. He was in his sixty-seventh year and was an authority on Kent mosses, etc. Although not a member, Mr, Marten took an interest in our Society and contributed bryological notes for publication with our reports as recently as last year. Scientific meetings have been held as in former years, reports of which will he found on other pages. Captain McDakin represented us at the Congress of the S.E. Union of Scientific Societies at 21 Reigate, and Mr. A. S. Reid is still our delegate to the British 4 ssociation, but owing to the lateness of the meeting of delegates this year, his report will be held over until next year. This year the excursions have again been almost a total failure. Scarcely anyone joined them, and no meetings were held in the Beaney Institute on the following Tuesday evenings. An +xception, however, was the excursion to Dover Colliery on August 31, when nearly thirty members met Captain McDakio at Dover Harbour, and were conducted by him over Shakespeare’s Cliff to the Colliery Works. On the way several interesting botanical specimens were secured and the special veological features of the strata were described. At the Colliery the party was met by some of the officials, who conducted the members over all the surface works, etc., and many were interested in watching the huge buckets being hauled to the surface and emptied. The party returned by train to Dover and were most hospitably entertained to tea at 12 Pencester Road by Mrs. McDakin, to whom, and to Captain Mc Dakin, the thanks of the Society are due for a most enjoyable afternoon. Many of our members have again done good systematic work, some of which is recorded in this volume. Mr.C Buckingham has again sent to the British Association a number of platinum photo- graphs of the E.K. Nailbournes and also five prints showing the landslip at St. Margaret’s Bay on January 10, 1905 ; Mr. F. C. Snell has written and published a very interesting book on natural history photography and kindly presented a copy to our library. We are glad to be able to report that Mr. R. Kearton’s lecture at St. George’s Hall on December 7 was a great success. The Hall was packed with a very interested audience, who listened with much attention to Mr. Kearton, and your Committee feel justified 1n ayain engaging him to lecture during the coming session in a larger hall. We regret that even yet there are no facilities in Canterbury for evening classes in scientific subjects. The Committee tender their warm thanks to all those who kindly helped in any way to make the evening meetings a success, and they trust that all members will exert themselves during the coming winter for the general improvement and progress of the Society, and especially for ensuring a good attendance at the public lectures, so that the lecturers may feel repaid and the Society gain additional members. A. LANDER, Hon. Secretary. NOTES ON LEPIDOPTERA. It may be remembered by some of the readers of last year’s report that the late Mr. A. U. Battley took a single specimen of Myelophila cribella on the occasion of the Hothfield excursion in July, 1904, which he recorded in his last note, observing that the l cality was a strange one fur this coast- frequenting species. He had just captured it when I met him for the first time, which I am sorry to say was to be the Jast, hearing with great regret of his death last April. Failing to find more of the moth on two or three subsequent visits to the Common, [ began searching for the larva early in theepring. In this I was soon successful, and was on the point of writing to Mr. Battley to let him know, when the sad information reached me that he was no more. A particular interest attaches to this insect, as having no Onopordun acanthium (which the larva usually feeds on) growing near here, it seemed useless to look for it, especially as the moth had not been seen in the district before. Now we can find the larva in several places round the town, indeed almost anywhere on drift sand, if the common spear thistles (Cnicus lanceolatus) are 1: ft undisturbed, for it is in the stems of this that the larva feeds and passes the winter, in this neighbourhood. They are already more than half-grown, as I noticed a few days since. The furthest west it has been met ‘witb so far, was a little beyond Lenham, and probably it could be found much further up the county in likely places. Noticing some fine growing plants of Lithospermum officinale on a bank near Westwell in June, a note was made to search the plant in August for the larva of Anesychia decemguttella. This was done, and a number of the gaily-coloured larvz were found and forwarded to a friend who does not zet the plant in bis neighbourhood. The much larger and handsome moth Plusia moneta seems to be getting commoner in Kent. Mr. C. Viggers, of this town, had over twenty cocoons sent him by a friend, from Wrotham, this summer, found as usual on the leaves of Aconitum napellus. Of plants met with this year, the most interesting to me was Dentaria bulbifera found near Goudburst, The late Mr. John Marten (another whose loss we have to chronicle) recorded in the Jast report the finding of Polygala austriaca at Bredhurst in May 1904. This year I found it in an unrecorded locality near Westwell. W. R. JEFFREY (Ashford). September, 1905. 22 HON. LIBRARIAN’S REPORT. The Loan List of the Library shows that 131 books have been borrowed during the year; five of these continue on loan on October Ist. There seems to be a gradual increase in the use of books for reference by those interested in scientific pursuits, and it is hoped, as the members and public generally become more acquainted with our splendid Library, it will become of even greater practical use. . The following gifts to the Library are acknowledged, with the best thanks of the Society to the donors :—“ The Entomologist,” from Miss Kingsford ; ‘“ Nature,” from Brian Rigden, Esq. ; “The Photogram,” from S. W. Harvey, Esq.;‘ Amateur Photographer,” from the publishers. Besides these periodicals we have received “The Camera in the Fields,” from the author, Mr. F. C. Snell. Pamphlets, reports, etc., have been received, in exchange for ours, from the following societies :— Smitheonian Institution, U.S.A, Wisconsin Geological and Natural History Society, Missouri Botanical Garden, National Museum of Buenos Ayres, Institute of Geology, Mexico, Field Columbian Museum, US.A., Milwaukee Museum, U.S A., Carnegie Museum, British Association, Croydon Natural History Society, City of London College Natural Science Society, Hastings and St. Leonard’s Natural History Society, South London Natural History Society, Ealing Natural History Society, Homesdale Natural History Society, Royal Microscopic Society, Rochester Natural History Society, Wellington College Science Society, and Manchester Microscopical Society. From the societies with which we are affiliated we have received publications. The societies are the Ray Scciety, Quekett Microscopical Club, and the Royal Photographie Society. The serial works purchased by the Society are as follows :—“ [he Journal of Botany,” “Geological Magazine,” “ Zoologist,” and “ Knowledge.” C. BUCKINGHAY, Hon. Librarian. BOTANICAL NOTES FOR 10905. A “dripping June” cut short several excursions, consequently there are not many fresh finds to record, A very interesting hybrid orchis was, however, discovered in a wood near Wye by Messrs. Walker and Harris, of Canterbury, evidently the progeny of Ophrys muscifera x Ophrys apifera, or the spider and the fly! The flowering stem was brought to me, and I was pleased to find that the root had not been disturbed. I was able to take several good negatives of it, prints from which have been reproduced in the Orchid Review by Mr. Rolfe, of Kew, who gives an account of similar finds on the Continent (see Block and Page 23). The following is a brief description of it :— Habit of growth, that of Muscifera, stem slender, a foot or more high, with five flowers on it. Sepals resembling those of Muscifera, the lateral ones rather broader at the base. Petals: the lower, or labellum, consisted of two large lobes with a small one between them, but it was altogether larger and broader than that of the Fly. The markings resemble those of the Early Spider. The two upper petals were like those of the Spider, but not indented or serrated, and nearly the same width for their whole length. They did not resemble antenne as in the Fly. The anther had no beak but resembled that of the fly. Anther cells as in the fly. Stigma as in the Early Spider, The Lizard Orchis is still alive near Wye, but did not flower Jast summer. The Frog Orchis is very rare now in Kent; several botanists have not been able to find a single specimen after hunting for it for several seasons. Polygala Austriaca is not so rare on the chalk of Kent as it was thought to be; it has been recorded from seven or eight stations ; being an inconspicuous plant it has been overlooked. In the spring, Mr. Cryer, a Yorkshire botanist, came to study the plant in Kent; he concluded that it was not the same as the Yorkshire form, which is know as P. amarella Crantz. A visit to the big ponds on Dungeness Beach in the spring proved tc us that the rare plants which grow there are as flourishing as ever, Comarium palustre, Lastrea thelypteris, Menyanthes trifoliata, several scarce sedges, Silene nutans, now separated trom the Dover plant, and Teesdali nudicaulis, were all very plentiful. In June Mr. Clarke, of Andover, Hants, kindly sent me specimens of the Hampshire Orchis incarnata, these had rose or flesh coloured flowers, quite different from our Kentish Incarnata, which has purple flowers, W. H. HAMMOND. ae Re ee SS = ee Se O. MUSCIFERA. O. x HYBRIDA. O. ARANIFERA. PHOTO BY MR W. H. HAMMOND. Block kindly lent by Editor of Orchid Review. 23 BOTANICAL NOTES FROM THANET. The following plants, new to Thanet, were found during the past season: Aegopodium poaagraria, Keleria cristata, Festuca myurus, Brachypodium pinnatum can now be added to Dr. Pittock’s list of Thanet plants. Trifolium maritimum, Silene conica, and Fumaria pallidifora have been found again in Thanet, but in fresh districts. Vicia hybrida, stated in the last edition of Babington’s Manual to be extinct in Britain, is very flourishing at one spot in Thanet, and near it may be seen growing wild Coronilla varia and Lathyrus hirsuta, F. HEWETT, Mareare. OPHRYS X HYBRIDA: A NEW BRITISH ORCHID. [ Reprinted, with permission, from Orchid Review, August, 1905. ] The following note, accompanied by a small figure, reproduced from a photograph, appeared in th® Countryside for July 1st last (vol. i., p. 125) :— “4 REMARKABLE OrcHip.—Two members of the Canterbury Nature Students’ Club had an extra- ordinary find at Wye last week. I refer to the centre spike of flowers on the enclosed photo. This flower possesses the peculiarities of both the fly and spider Orchid (as shown on either side of the find), yet it is quite distinct. The finders, although ardent Orchid-hunters, have never met this before, and +o far unable to find any mention of the species in any standard Flora. The base of the flower, as you will observe, is broad, like the ‘spider,’ yet shaped like the ‘fly’; it has no anteunz, althouyh the -colourings are as the ‘fly.’ Perhaps you can classify it. I may mention that both flowers on the spike were alike; the peculiarities were not confined to one flower.—F. C. Sneuu, Canterbury.” The figure, though much reduced, showed clearly the characters mentioned, and I immediately suspected that a natural hybrid between the two species—already known on the Continent—had been discovered, and therefore wrote asking for permission to examine the specimen, if it had been kept. Mr. Snell immediately communicated with the discoverers, which brought me a prompt reply from Mr. G. W. Harris, which may be summarised here :-— “The finders were my partner, Herbert Walker, and myself, the time being about the end of May. We dried the specimen, and I am writihg to Mr. Walker, who has it in London, asking him to forward it for your inspection. I have pleasure in enclosing photos, which I think you will find interesting. One is about natural size, the other magnified. I think they show the flowers better than the one sent to the Countryside. There are plenty of the Ophrys muscifera near: in fact, we gathered it for this until we examined it closely. There were no aranifera very close, as it was in a shaded copse, but a aranifera grows wild plentifully within fifty to one hundred yards, on the slopes of the Wye owns.” ‘I'he two photographs sent have been combined in our illustration, the upper portion showing the plants about natural size, the lower somewhat magnified, and it is hardly necessary to add that the left-band figures show the “Fly Orchid” and the right-hand the “Spider,” while the bybrid occupies the centre. The latter is so obviously intermediate in shape and details as to leave no vestige of doubt as to its origin. It agrees with the Uphrys x hybrida, Pokorny, whose history may now be given. ‘ue earliest record of a hybrid between Ophrys muscifera and O. aranifera that I know of occurs in 1851, when the younger Reichenbach described and figured Ophrys x hybrida, Pokorny (Rchb. Fl. Germ. xiii,, xiv., p. 79, t. 465, fig. 1), as a plant found growing with the two species named at Bissamberg, near Vienna, on May Sth, 1846, by Pokorny ; and from the name given it is clear that its hybrid origin was suspected. In the same work is described and figured Ophrys x apicula, J. C. Schmidt (lc, p. 79, t. 454, fig. 1), asa plant gathered at Holderbank, in the Canton of Aargau, in Switzerland, as early as June, 1832, by Dr. J. K. Schmidt, growing with the same two species. A painting by the collector was sent to Reichenbach, in June, 1847. Although the origin of the plant seems to have been suspected I do not find any earlier record. O. x Reichenbachiana, M. Schulze, described in 1889 from another Austrian locality (Mitth. Bot. Verh. Jena, vii., p. 29), also appears to be a form of the same hybrid. The plants under discussion have recently been figured in colour by M. Schulze (Orch. Deutch. Deutch-Oesterr. und Schweiz, t. 28 C), where the author describes O. x apicula as quite intermediate between the two parents, O. x hybrida as most inclining towards O. muscifera, and O. x Reichenbachiana as bearing a similar relation to O. aranifera, this having an entire lip, though the flower is intermediate in other respects. Two other Swiss localities are also recorded, namely, Irchel, and Kiittingen, near Aarau. It might occur presumably wherever the two species grow in proximity to each other, and its discovery in Kent is very interesting. A careful search might lead to its detection in other British localities. It should be added that the dried ovelmen of O. x hybrida (see illus!ration), with copies of the two photographs, have been presented ew. 24 BALANCE SHEET—September 30th, 1904, to September 30th, 1905. Dr. RECEIPTS. PAYMENTS. Cr. £ 8. d.} £ s.d. To Ralance ; is hs 3 3 6| By W.G. Austen io. - Subscriptions for 1902—3—4 |. awe LAS" OW 5 ) re 10 0 . - 1905... es #0620515) e5 ” ” 013 0 ” ” ” ses 05 0 », E. Crow and Son .. 18 0 ” 18 0 lines Royal Photographie Society 1 | ,, Ray Society “ ia) | 3, Quekett Club 010 0 », South-Eastern Union... aed 05 0 | ,, Kentish Gazette Co., repack 1110 0 | y; Hayward Bros. ... 066 | ,, Hon. Secretary, expenses 219 4 », Librarian’s expenses 019 6 5, Postage of reports col oO 9) | ,, Insurance—no charge this year 00 0 | ,, Balance % oe soo OM aS £25 13 Ai £25 13 6 MR. KEARTON’S LECTURE—BALANCE SHEET. Dr. RECEIPTS. PAYMENTS. Cr- £s3.da £s.d To Sale of tickets es oa i 416 es Cassell, handbills, ete. 040 ;, Kent College Py a a eo 113 6 , Delivery of bills ... 0 2 6 >» Simon Langton te “0 DY GI) * Posting Os 9 », At lecture ... 2 8 | ,, Austen : ih 43 4, Canterbury Press 05 0 », Hire cf hall ; i Did ;, Lecturer’s fee : 6 6 0 ;, Lantern, gas, ete.... 06 3 £912 6 £912 6 METEOROLOGICAL NOTES FOR THE YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER 30, 1905. The past year, as anticipated in my last report, was about an average one, not so warm and fine as 1904, but on the other hand not nearly so wet and cold as 1903. March and June were very wet. At Tenterden, with a fall of 5°26 inches, it was by far the wettest June for forty-five years. January, February, and July were very deficient in rainfall. None of them were cold months, though the first week of Januacy was extremely cold, the temperature on the grass falling to 3°3° at Tunbridge Wells and 6 0° at Canterbury. Severe storms were experienced in January and February, March was warm and pleasant, except for a very wet period from the 8th to 17th. April was cold, dull,and rather wet. May was dry after the first week, but a severe frost on the 23rd caused much damage. It was the sunniest month of the whole year, forming, in fact, almost a record in sunshine for the month of May, so that we reproduce our Dawson-Lander record of sunshine at Canterbury for this month (see photo). June bad less sunshine and much more rain than even the June ot 1903. We reproduce our record of rainfall for June 5th, from which it will be seen that over 2 inches of rain fell in eighteen hours, nearly 14 inches falling in less than thres hours—4 30 to 7.30 p.m. (see photo). August was rather cold, and the end of August and the beginning of September very wet. The barometer was unusually high at the end of January, at 2 a.m. on January 29 the highest point recorded was 30°96. Our recording glycerine barometer has proved so satisfactory that we reproduce a few of its records (see photo). A. April 19-20. Barometer quite steady showing in a remarkable way thediurnal movement. B. June 30to July 1. Barometer very unsteady, culminating in a thunder storm with very rapid fall and sharp rise. We have always noticed that the storm begins with the rise of barometer and not with the fall as one is usually led to expect. C. July 4 and 5. Very unsteady barometer. These records will give some idea of the sensitiveness of the glycerine barometer and we think these records can hardly be equalled by any aneroid or mercurial barometer in the kingdom. We are glad to be again able to report great progress in the perfecting of our new meteorological instruments. These were shown at a large exhibition of the Royal Meteorological Society in March and also at the Britisb Optical Convention in June. We have secured large Government orders for some of the Colonies, where we hope our instruments will be the accepted stancards. We regret the officials in the British Isles have not yet advanced in this direction as far as some of those in our Colonies, but we have secured many orders in this country and the instruments have given great satisfaction. The rain gauge is now especially perfect and during the coming year we hope to have encouraging Official reports in this country. At Canterbury the instruments are now driven electric- ally from one standard clock in the centre of the building. This ensures that the time scales on our charts ure all equally correct, and this greatly facilitates a comparison of the various records. The standard clock is corrected astronomically from day to day by means of a small transit telescope. In conclusion,we thank the observers whose names appear in the tables for kindly sending their reports. The Medical Hall, Canterbury. ARTHUR LANDER. AVAGNOW 9e¢NnN 6 9 S4roFe sail 7 Sm Js sae A Saemen ani | = | = =the aoe sists Sar ', wen i8 ot | | is 2 F | iz 4 a | | a © jm M3. o_—« aA | ar - 2 - q — = : Be | ‘ ‘ Sime Po na | ‘ “4 Tr ja jotaa 3 a: 48 8.01) Sammy ome 118) poems we | 6 epee S32) foe tml ite i mile i A& | =. | Try | m= Sh | | } ; | on 4 ' =r a PRESET » 708 = tmp ae ope cbt ee so = | | samen 4 1073 x a et jw. | aes i rs ry cae ds par: : | = i ee ——$<— a | 5 | > So. umes Sos antologRAINFALL. ands Raimgouge FRIDAY 25 SUNSHINE IN HOUBS. Tunbridge ‘Venter- Littlestone- Canter- Rams- Broad- Mar- Margate Wells. den. on-Sea. bury. gate. stairs. gate. Sun- 1904. F.G.smart,J.E.Mace, M.O. A. Lander, T.J.Taylor, M.O, J. Stokes, shine. Esq. Esq. Esq. E-q. Average. October ... 97-7 100°6 10171 95°4 1076 107-4 97°71 108 8 November 774 85 4 790 62°8 785 804 786 60:2 December 49-7 483 40°4 394 53°35 52°0 45°5 471 1905. January . 85:0 783 796 752 797 82:1 713 453 February 89°9 894 88°9 88°7 $62 948 86.1 713 March ... 1305 1368 1419 13574 1568 1563 142°2 125°4 April ... 1216 M71 1288 132 1368 1375 1195 1542 May. ... 2689 259°6 _ 2518 29671 2949 256 8 195 2 June. ... 1521 1787 1963 1750 179°2 1875 1691 1841 July ... 269°5 2577 257°8 2465 256°0 253°8 233°9 200°9 August... 2067 193°3 2155 188°8 205 6 203-9 13845 188°9 September 121'8 109°2 1214 115-2 126°3 1240 1223 146°8 17018 1732-5 _— 1605°4 17721 17746 16069 1528°2 RAINFALL IN INCHES, Tunbridge Maidstone. Tenter- Ashford. Dungeness. Wingham. Observer Wells. en. F. G. Smart, C. Pratt, J.E.Mace, J.Nickalls, M. O. J. E Elgar, Exq. Esq. Esq. Esq. Exq. = SS SS === SS => = 1904. Aver. Aver. Oct. ... 2°48 4°35 2°04 1:98 2-04 1:89 323 171 Nov..... 1°75 3:29 1°66 204 1:87 1:36 257 1:32 Dec.... 410 316 274 o 3°56 314 2 273 211 2°43 1905. a : s Jan.... 1°41 2°66 0-99 S 115 1:37 > 1°64 1:87 1-01 Feb.... 1:04 2°22 0-95 Ss 076 0-87 = 0-78 137 1-02 March 438 2°31 247 5 3°62 346 =, 3°97 1:38 318 Apmnil.. 2°51 174 257 e 2°33 2°83 = 229 1:37 287 May... 114 165 1:30 a 1:24 1.11 r) 1-29 135 119 June... 391 226 485 3 5:26 540 2 592 134 475 July... 0°35 2°43 11 = 059 0°88 s 1°35 162 O77 Aug... 2°15 2°42 2 24 < 2°47 2-48 < 3 02 1°81 202 Sept... 206 207 177 2°47 209 203 253 2°87 27.28 30°56 2469 25°18 27°47 2754 28°53 28:27 2255 25:14 RatnFAaby In Incues (Continued). Petham. Canterbury. St.Thomas’ Reculver. Margate. Broad- W. iH. Hill,C’bury A. stairs. Observer Hammond, A.Lander. J.Spillett, Collard, J. Stokes, W.H White, Esq. Esq. E:q. Esq. Esq. 1904. oa SSS Se “—_ —— os Oct. ... 2°06 158 2°05 134 215 2°03 Nov. ... 0 84 1-21 1°56 1-27 1-29 1-45 Dee: ... 355 252 D 2 67 207 1°83 2 _ 1905 = s Jan. ... 1:32 1:00 > 1:05 O72 0-70 > 081 Feb. ... 1:02 080 8 0-99 0°65 0-70 S 082 March.. 337 292 be 218 212 1:84 ue 195 April ... 2°66 237 «8 2°39 212 289 = 2-72 May ... 121 114 By 1°43 110 1:00 & 105 June ... 526 4:97 Ss 5°46 3°48 404 = 397 July ... osl 0-96 = 119 0-64 0-70 2 101 Aug. ... 263 193 < 1°96 1-69 157 <4 1:47 Sept. ... 288 154 1:70 1°93 330 219 27 61 22°94 25°71 25°63 1913 22.01 2293 = PLE 9-9¢ L69 609 L893 9&9 €tS 08¢ co 6F 81g SOF 6 oP 9-8F LGP G.AP OF ¢ 68 VLE T&F 9.0F 1-6F 8 FP 8 aS 0-1 9095 F- JOHT ‘einqusedare} 4q1Bq 6IL OOF TPF Gal OFF 0.9F eet OS 9.89 Lol &-5b ¥F.09 Sol GFE OLE OIL O14 L8 OIL 062 L118 98 9.0& 9-TE 4L &8L $06 6L SFE LRG 48 0.86 0.0 tor See Ler ‘ang ‘ssrA “OL — 0] U5 1B IT \——— =) LIT 88 OF 0-84 PZL Ib OOF TL C2l 8h 30S 0.€8 8cl ch O6F 8.92 LIL && €2€ O18 OIL 42 O48 G99 OOT Sz £08 $09 68 26 0.28 0-SS Sisley Get msec cg FL OF &SS 06 «8% 9-82 6-69 COL #2 O48 T-L9 ‘ang ‘sstiy “OI “XP IL == *£angiezaEVy 0.98 0.06 OFL OFF ESL b O6F O€8 O.8b O8F OSL Cgc 28 2.64 G.1Z@ L166 $-89 0.12 ¢9% O19 0-83 $-82 0-99 O-Cl OST 9-89 07% OFZ O-SS 0.12 O&S@ 0.69 0.9% G2 0-89 ‘SSUIQ “OI XP] _—S— ~-—_—— “uapsezytay, GIT O18 G88 4-1 Yo GL S88 SFr 6-bL Ofl Lar SOF L118 iS FEL O-Sh PSP &-8L SII 0.9% O18 T-6L LOL %-SG 1.08 2-9 €0OL O9L 962 2.69 86 «491% 9-62 L249 €8 €&£ 9-9L 9-89 oe: a 28 «6S-6I O42 $89 =i s 16. 2-11 $-8% ORS ae Pe 90t O26 4-18 1-99 ‘ang "SSBIDH “AI “XB UC — —— ‘BTIOM eSpitqany, ‘NOS NI LSHLLOH GNY ‘sSVaD NO ISHd109 ‘NAGHOS AHL NI ANNLVUAINAL JO SANAALXA “Aunqaoyaeg L-89 T.Lg 6.19 Z.19 LAO 099 Q.Ls 009 81g 1-89 9 9F Llt 6-17 8 SP o.68 9 ZF 8 8E ZG 8e Z.0F ‘8 GF FSP LPP 8.08 1-8 “109A ja Ss “bsq ‘seq039 ¢ ‘ay Bs10 lq £89 029 1.99 L6S ZES LL 0.9% Lar 1.68 8.0F 0 &P @1¢ a ely ‘1apuBy “V *sainqi9eyae- G.LS ¢.9S ¢.19 8 09 £29 299 9-8S 96s €.1¢ ¢.6¢ FOF LOP £ FP FSP LAP 6-1F 0.68 L865 S.8P 61h S&F VCP £2 cig US Ve - —- OWN hsq‘eovn' ae “‘ssomasanq ‘aepse4aay, ‘NUAMOS NI ANOLVYRINAL ATIVG NVAW 0.4 $gs P.09 6 6S F-19 8 #9 cs¢ 6.89 £-2S €.6¢ L OF 09F P-1F LP TSE OF PLE L.L8 8 OF PEP UF P6F €.0¢ ‘I9AV ——————— bsg “41eaig “D “Wf ‘ST[2M Osplaqany, jequieydag qsnony Dew Atnify eane Aen dy yore yy Areniqoyy Aaenaee SO6T Jaqmeoaq 19qm1aAo Ny 1940790 “PO6T PCECCE (6) 9 4 7 CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. Bates, Mr H: W., London Britten, Mr J., K.S.G., F.L.S., British Museum, South Kensington, S.W. Holmes, Mr E. M., F.L.S, Ruthven, Sevenoaks Housman, Rey. N., Bradley Rectory, Redditch Marshall, Rey. E. 8., Devon. HONORARY Fiddian, Mr W. H., 1, Blackfriars Street, Canterbury Hayward, Mr E. B., 6 Burgate Lane, Canterbury Jeffrey, Mr W. R., 37 Rank Street. Ashford Kemp, Dr. William, Wellington, New Zealand Mandson, Mr B., 34 St. Peter’s Street, Canterbury Pugh, Mr, Vernon Place, Canterbury Masters, Dr. Maxwell T., F.R.S., Ealing Mitchinson, Right Rey.Dr.,Sibstone Rectory,Atherstone Saunders, Mr G. S., 20 Dents Road, Wandsworth Common Whittaker, Mr W., B.A., F.R.S., F.G-.S., 3, Campden Road, Croydon MEMBERS. Reid, Mr James, F.R.C.S., Bridge Street, Canterbury Rosseter, Mr T. B., F.R.M.S., 6 Nursery Terrace, Canterbury | Saunders. Mr Sibert, Whitstable Small, Mr F. A., 95 Westgate, Canterbury ASSOCIATES. Ashenden, Mr C., 7 Havelock Street, Canterbury Buekingham, Mr C., 13 York Road, Canterbury De Vere, Mr T., Belle Vue, Harbledown Gard, Mr W., Orchard Street, Canterbury Harvey, Mr 8. W., 18 Park Street, College Street, Islington, London, N. Hawkins, Mr E. M., F.I.C., Stone Street, Petham Kennedy, Mr A., 32 Dover Street, Canterbury Langston, Mr H., 12, Tudor Road, Canterbury Porter, Mr. A. Graham, Holmwood, Guildford Road, Canterbury Smith, Mr W. E., 11 Broad Street, Canterbury Snell, Mr F. C., 8 Guildhall Street, Canterbury Spillet, Mr, Winchester Surry, Mr W., 6 Dane John Terrace, Canterbury Surry, Mr R., 14 Upper Bridge Street, Canterbury MEMBERS. Abbott, Miss, 59, Oxford Street, Whitstable Austen, Mr W. G., 18 St. George’s Street, Canterbury Bennett-Goldney, Mr F., Abbott's Barton Riggleston, Mr H., 3, St. Augustine’s Road, Canterbury Biggl ston, Mrs H_.3,St Augustine’s Road, Canterbury Bowler, Mrs, The Precincts, Canterbury Briggs, Mr H. Mead, 8 High Street, Canterbury Burch, Miss, 22, Norman Road, Canterbury Chapman, Mr H. M., The Priory, St. Martin’s Hill, Canterbury Chapman, Mrs H. M., The Priory, St. Martin's Hill, Canterbury Cole, Miss, 53 London Road, Canterbury Cozens, Mr W.. Ferndale, Canterbury Cozens, Miss, Ferndale, Canterbury Drury, Mr R., Old Dover Road, Canterbury Facer, Mr F. M., B.A., Kent College, Canterbury Fedarb, Mr W., 12 St. George’s Terrace, Canterbury Flint, Mr W. H., M.R.C.S , L.R C.P., Ansdell House, Whitstable Galpin, Rey. A. J., M.A.. King’s School, Canterbury Gardner, Mr C. A., la Castle Street, Canterbury Good, Mr A. W., King’s Bridge, Canterbury - Greaves, Rey. Dr., M.A., DC.L., 9, St. George’s Terrace, Canterbu: Hamil on, Mr, 19 St. Margaret's Street, Canterbury Hammond, Mr W.H., Whitstable Road, Canterbury Harvey, Mr Sidney, F.I.C., F.C.S., 18 Watling Street, Canterbury sae Mr J. Henniker, M.P., 38 Eaton Square, Lon- don, W. Holland, Rey. Canon, M.A., Precincts, Canterbury Holmes, Miss, Woolton House, Bekesbourne Hook, Miss Ada, London Road, Canterbury Hurst, Miss, Fairbourne House, Dane John, Canterbury Jennings, Mr W. J., Latchmere House, Canterbury Johnson, Mr J. G., Shakespeare Terrace, Dane John, Canterbury Kingsford, Miss, 14 St. Dunstan's Terrace, Canterbury Kulmann, Miss, 14 St. George’s Terrace, Canterbury Lander. Mr A., Ph.C., F.S.M.C., The Medical Hall, MeMaster, Mr J., J.P.. The Holt, Canterbury Netherclift, Mr W. H., F.R.C.S., 8 St. George’s Place, Canterbury ' Page, Mr H., J P., Beverley, Canterbury Parker, Colonel, Hopebourne, Harbledown, Canterbury Partridge, Mr J., Oakwood, Oxford Road, Canterbury Phillpotts, Miss, Woolton House, Bekeshourne Pittock, Mr G. M., M.B.. Winton, Whitstable Road, Canterbury Proudfoot. Miss, Whitefriars, Canterbury Reid, Mr A. S.. M.A., F.G.S., Trinity College, Glenal- mond, Perth Robertson, Rey C. Hope, Penlee. Ethelbert Road, Canterbury Rodwell, Rev. W. M., Kedington, St. Margaret’s, Can- terbury Rosenberg, Mr G. F. J.. B.A., King’s School, Canterbury Sandersou, Miss, 50 Nunnery Fields, Canterbury Smith, Mr J. T., Salisbury House, St. Thomas’ Hill, Canterbury Stephenson, Rev W., Tyler Hill, Canterbury Wace, The Very Rey. Dr., '!he Deanery, Canterbury Wacher, Mr Sidney, F.R.C.S., 9 St. George’s Place. Canterbury Wales, Mr J. E.. 8 Guildford Road, Canterbury Webb, Mr S.. 22 Waterloo Crescent, Dover | } Canterbury Leeming, Mr W. T., Coronation Villa, Hanover Road, Canterbury Mann, Mr W. P.. B.A., Simon Langton Schools, Can- terbury Marsh, Mr F. G., 1 Beaconsfield Terrace, Canterbury Maylam, Mr P., Watling Street, Canterbury McDakin, Captain J. Gordon, 12 Pencester Road, Dover | 28 CONT EINES. Se LIST OF OFFICERS WINTER MEETINGS— “A Plea for the Study of Natural History,” Presidential Address by Mr. 8S. Harvey, F.I.C., F.C.S. ‘The Initial Cause of the Dover Valley,” Captain J. G. MeDakin “New Photographic Apparatus and Material,’ Mr. W. F. Slater, F.R,P.S. ‘Nature at Work and Play,” Mr. R. Kearton, F.Z.S. «*Barnacles,’’ Mr, 8S. Saunders i a: ROG “Hints on Collecting Lepidoptera,’’ Mr. A. U. Battley ... ‘« Bacteria,’ Dr. Pittock **Nine Days in Belgium,” Mr. W. G. Austen ‘The Intermittent Streams of Hast Kent,’’ Mr. C. Buckingham . ‘‘The Mind, its Influence over the Body,” Mr. W. E. Smith «Polarised Light, and Colour Phenomena,’’ Mr. W. P. Mann, B.A. ... ‘*The Evolution of our Planet,” Mr. T. DeVere ... HON. SECRETARY'S REPORT NOTES ON,LEPIDOPTERA ... HON. LIBRARIAN'S REPORT BOTANICAL NOTES FOR 1905 BOTANICAL NOTES FROM THANET A NEW KENTISH ORCHID ... FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ... METECROLOGICAL NOTES, Mr, A. Lander LIST OF MEMBERS PAGE. | EAST KENT pee SCIENTIFIC AND NATURAL HISTORY | no EW alia elce au & . $ ie 4 us “ ef ‘ Gh Ges ud: Sa AN ee PT ea Sree tek = he 4 REPORT AND TRANSACTIONS FOR THE Year ending September 30th, 1906. Series Il. Vol. VI. CANTERBURY : ‘KENTISH GAZETTE AND CANTERBURY Press” OFFICE. EAst KENT Scientific and Natural Pjistory Society, - WITH WHICH IS INCORPORATED THE Canterbury Whotfograpbhic Society. : BRITISH ASSOCIATION, THE ROYAL PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY, AND S.E. UNION OF SCIENTIFIC SOCIETIES. ESTABLISHED 1857. Rooms :—-BEANEY INSTITUTE, HIGH STREET, CANTERBURY. REPORTS AND TRANSACTIONS Edited by the Hon. Secretary, A. LANDER, Ph.C., F.S.M.C., The Medical Hall, Canterbury, To whom all communications should be sent. East Kent atural Xistory Society. OFFICERS—1905-06. President : S. HARVEY, Esgq., F.1.C.., F.C.S. Vice-Presidents : THE VERY REY. THE DEAN OF CANTERBURY, CAPTAIN J. GORDON Mc DAKIN, REV. A. J. GALPIN, M.A. SIBERT SAUNDERS, Esq. Hon. Treasurer : W. P. MANN, Esgq., B.A., Simon Langton Schools. Hon. Librarian : Mr. H. T. MEAD. Committee: F. BENNETT GOLDNEY, Esq., F. M. FACER, Esq., H. M. CHAPMAN, Esq., G. M. PITTOCK, Esq., W. COZENS, Esq., W. T. LEEMING, Esq., W.H. HAMMOND, Esq. Hon. Secretary : Mr. A. LANDER, The Medical Hall, Canterbury. Reporting Secretary : W. T. LEEMING. Assistant Secretaries : Mr. C. A. GARDNER, 1a, Castle Street, Canterbury. Mr. E. B. HAYWARD, 6 Burgate Lane, Canterbury. Local Secretaries or Referees. To organise special observation and investigation, and report upon definite subjects, in accordance with the suggestions of the British Association. The Members of the Society are invited to assist the work of the Sub-Committees by giving notice of any facts or occurrences relating to the subjects of investigation named to the General Secretary, or to the Local Secretary, who will always be glad to receive the informatian, and tender any advice or assistance in their power. Botany : W. H. Hammonp, Esq., The Misses Houmes AND PHILLPOTTS. B. F. Maupson, Esq. Entomology : SipNey Wess, Esq., W. R. Jerrrey, Esq Geology : Caprain J. G. McDaxin, A. S. Rein, Esq, M.A., F.GS. Rey. W. M. Ropwe tt. Lepidoptera: F A. Satu, Esq. Meteorology : A. LANpsER, Esq. Ornithology : H. Meap-Briaas, Esq. Photography @ W. H. Hammonp, Esq. Coleoptera : Hymenoptera, etc. : FIRST WINTER MEETING.—OCTOBER 17th, 1905. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS BY MR. SIDNEY HARVEY.—‘'A RETROSPECT OF CHEMICAL SCIENCE.” The annual meeting for the election of officers, etc., was held in the Beaney Institute on Tuesday, October 17th, 1905. THE PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. At the close otf tne ordinary business, Mr. S, Harvey, F.U.L, F.C.S., delivered the presidential address. In the course of his prefutory remarks, Mr. Harvey observed that they had heard him so frequently, and he was restricted to such a small choice of subjects, that he found some difficulty in interesting them as he should like to do. He had chosen tor his subject that evening “ A Retro- spect of ChemicalScience”—he feared that it wasan enormous subject, but he thought that in looking back over the past history of chemical scieuce, he might interest them to some extent. He would give them to distinctly understand that he should touch only very briefly upon certain salient points of the past history of chemistry. It was generally thought that chemical science was a new science, but the practice of chemistry was as old as man himself. When he said that, he meant that as far back as man had any consciousness at all, whether he recognised it or not he was surrounded by chemical phe- nomena, Every breath he drew was a chemical phenomenon, the fuod he ate was a chemical phe- nomen; the effect of the food upon man was a chemical phenomenon, for he grew and developed by means of that food. ‘Then again they looked at the seed which yielded him his food, whether he troubled himself to understand it or not, the action ot the earth favouring the growth of the seed and the ultimate development of the food orcorn, was achemical phenomenon. Hecould not get away from it. Had a puilosupher arisen at that early stage of the world’s history he certainly would have made that one of his studies and have recognised its great importance and the necessity of understand- ing something about it. They came ultimately to the production of metals or rather the production of them in the torm in which men could use them, Here taey cam» to a very debateable question—the production of metals from their ores. There could be no doubt but that there was a great deal of mystery surrounding the first production of metals. Tuere was not much difficulty in fiading some metuls, for they vere found in their native state. Wath regard to copper it was quite to be imagined that copper would be smelted and cast into forms and tvvls usetul to man, but they were met with a remarkable occurrence. They were met at a certain stuge of man’s history with bronze instruments. They here had a mixtare of two metals of a very hard character, from which was produced a substance harder than either of the metals composing it. In regard to tin, one of those metals, no vue had ever found it in its native state. As ore there was nothing in it to attract observation or to give the observer an idea that a metal lurked within it. Some of the more abundant and richly-yielding tin ore had far more the appearance of non-metallic origin than any suggestion cf metal. There was a mystery as to how man originally arrived at the production of tools in that way unassisted by scientific know- ledge. Passing on to the early history of Egypt, they had, he said, evidence that chemistry was practised there. They had dyes, salts of various kinds, and several chemical productions, and he might also draw attention to the fact that, if marking-ink was not known, some system of marking fabrics by means of silver salts or some other substance was known. When they came to Greece they found there high refinement, looking more upon theory than upon observation. TheGreeks were content with philosophizing The practice of science, especially chemical science, did not seem to have flourished, but for all that, they hit upon some good generalizations. Their conception of matter, viz., air, water, earth, and fire—or as it should be more fairly put, matter in the gaseous, liquid and solid form, the form more or less dependent on heat—afforded evidence of a right comprehension of the various forms in which matter could exist. They had not got beyond that now; they only recognized three forms of matter. As regarded Roma that seemed to have been content with appropriating discoveries, but it made no progress whatever, and the declension of Rome and the overwhelming of the great kingdom and government of Rome, seemed to have stifled for a long time any progress in the sciences, especially in chemical science. It seemed to have fled to the wilderness and been taken up and brought back to Europe by the Arabs who, in Spain and Northern Africa, made very great advances. They were now brought to an era in chemistry of a very remarkable charavter, viz., the first appearance of alchemy By that he did not mean the producti of the philosopher’s stone, or the attempt to convert the baser metals into gvld. They were greatly indebted to the alchemists for the great advances which they had made in that direction. The Crusades were instrumental in brivging chemical knowledge back into Europe. But the overwhelming motive pre- dominating a good deal of the investigation was due to the fact that the first idea of men in those days (or at any rate of men in high places) was to acquire unlimited health and uolimired wealth, and treedom from disease and suffering Thousands of men gave up everything, risked evn life it: elf, and by selt denial they had amassed a mass of observation for which they were ind+ bted to that very day. It took a thousand years to convince the alchemists that their object wa- futile 1s far as prolonging hfe and the transmutativn of precious metals was concerned. But although they did not succeed in finding a universal panacea for sick- ness or something to prolong life, or to make man immortal, they had enriched the world and science with a mass of observation and a mass of ex- perience, which, to this day, was of great value. The first great foundation of chemistry was laid very early in the 18th century by Stahl,who estab- lished what was called the Phlogistic theory. Stahl assumed that all combustible bodies contained one, and the same principle of combustion called Phlogiston, the escape of which from a heated combustible body was supposed to produce the phenomenon of combustion, and its addition to an already burnt body was assumed to restore the combustibility of that body. It was amusing to think that a man of Stakl’s ability should have ignored the fact that the burning of metals rather added to their weight, and so far as there being any escape of matter that it was just the other way about. In spite of all the devices which the alchemists had, they wanted a balance—that instrument to which all chemical study was to be submitted—so indispensable that the construction of the balance at the present day was the first and last thought to any student of chemistry. It must beof the most accurate description, 1ts replies to all questions must be unfaltering, and any auswers given by the instrument should beaccepted as final. Thestudent’s results must tally with the truths told by his balance, and he must credit himself with failure if the balance told him he was wrong. Several English workers followed in the foot-teps of Stabl. He would mention four—Hales, Black, Priestley, and Cavendish. Hales investi- gated gases and vapours ; Black showed that the gases given off from decomposing chalk differed from atmospheric air; Priestley made himself im- mortal by discovering oxygen; and Cavendish was the first to distinguish hydrogen and to dis- cover the formation of carbonic acid from burning charcoal. Besides these there were several Con- tinental philosophers who laboured in similar directions with equal success. After alluding to the starting of an anti-pblogistic theory, the lecturer went on to say that they were now brought to the time of the French revolution, and here they were met with a remarkable case where a country did its best to sweep away anything like scientific progress, the result of the labours of other ccuntries, to revolutionize the calendar, to make the ten day period replace the seven day period, to alter the commencement of the year, imposing a new system of weights and measures, besides disputing the privileges of the Christian Church and expelling the clergy. France deter- mined to start afresh with new theories, and among other things was a new chemical science. Passing on to the approach of the 19th century, the President observed that they noted the appearance of a whole army of illustrious workers, among whom might be mentioned their own countrymen who stood pre-eminent, viz , Dalton, Davy, Faraday, and Wollaston. In concluding his address Mr. Harvey dilated upon the present day aspect of chemical science, and alluded to the periodic law established by Newlands and other English chemists in 1864. He also referred to the beneficial effects of science upon every branch of modern life, and impressed upon his hearers the fact that for much of their progress they were indebted to the old alchemists and scientists. At the close of the address a very hearty vote of thanks was accorded to the President on the motion of Dr. Pittock, seconded by Mr,W. Cozens. An interesting collection of exhibits was shown, Mr. W. P. Mann, who was unable to be present, owing to illness, sent a series of exhibits, under the superintendence of Mr.Leeming; Mr. Hammond shewed some botanical exhibits and alsoan album with several hundreds of photographs, showing the development of the egg of the Botys hyalinus, from its earliest stages to the complete caterpillar. Mr. Lander exhibited some wireless telegraphy, X rays, and high frequency apparatus; and Mr. Gard also some wireless telegraphy apparatus. SECOND WINTER MEETING—NOVEMBER 14th, 1905. ‘‘SECRETS OF THE HARTH.’’—By Mr. W. COZENS. The members were on the 14th inst. treated to @ most interesting address by Mr.Walter Cozens, the title of which was “Secrets of the Earth, or Amateur Geology.” Mr. Sidney Harvey, F.CS., F.LC., presided over a large attendance. Mr. Cozens, whose paper!was illustrated by means of excellent lantern views and a number of splendid specimens, etc., explained that his remarks were intended solely to arrest the attention or to awaken interest on the part of their younger friends in this most fascinating study. Sun —Astronomers tell us the earth was once part of the sun, The elements of creation were scattered in space as aluminous cloud of gaseous matter called Nebula (Latin for cloud). In course of concentration and gravitation, through the peculiar form of the cloud, rotation set up, and as the mass drew together, portions were thrown off, forming the planets of our system, so that the sun was once as large as tke orbit of our outermost planet, and after throwing off Neptune, parted with Uranus, then Saturn, Jupiter, Mars, the next effort being our earth and all it contains of every sort, including the material for our houses and our bodies ; Venus and Mercury have followed since, and the sun is by no means exhausted. Although shrinking in size, it is a vast mass yet, and takes 25 days to rotate on its axis, which the earth does in 24 hours. Sir Robert Ball tells us the sun shrinks every day about 20 inches ; this in ten years would mean amile. Let us look ahead and see how soon our sun will become dark and nil. In 40,000 years it will sbrink 4,000 miles. How large will the sun be then? It is now about 860,000 miles diameter, Deduct 4,000 miles shrinkage, 856,000 miles remain !! Our own little earth is 8,000 miles diameter, so that if the earth were placed in the centre of the sun, and the moon at its present distance from the earth, inside the sun, there would be room for the moon to revolve round the earth as usual. Earth.—When the earth was thrown off by the sun, it would be a mass of gaseous matter as hot as the sun, and with the same rotating motion; all the planets rotate thesame way. Incourse of time & protuberance would form at the equator through the swift motion, and when the set time came, the moon was thrown off by the earth, and took the same motion |The earthiis still bulged at the equator and there isa difference of 26 |miles in the diameter at the poles and at the equator. The earth has been cooling and slowly shrinking ever since it parted company with thesun. In process of time a kind of scum would float on the molten magma; this would break up and fall into the molten mass many times until there was sufficient mass and area to float without a serious collapse. These primitive rock masses would be so intensely hot, that no water could rest upon them. Everyone has seen what happens when water is spilled on the hot plate of a kitchener; it jumps and bubbles about and soon disappears altogether in steam; so the gases and water must have enveloped the earth without resting upon it, until it was cool enough to allow the hissinz, boiling floods to form the seas and ocean depths. Not until these gases had been located,could the atmosphere take its present place. During the millions of years which must have inter- vened between that and the present,the crust of the earth, as we call it, has been continually changed by five modifying causes: Atmosphere — Rain, frost, wind, and lightning; aqueous—springs, rivers, waves, and currents; organic—Infusoria and foraminifora ; chemical—springs forming lime- stone and sandstone; igneous or volcanic and gradual crust motions. All rocks are either stratified (water-formed) or un-stratified (fire- formed). It is to be hoped that none of our younger members will be frightened away from the study of this most interesting subject because of long words ; every long word has a derivation or a reason, and it is only due to my old and re- spected schoolmaster (Alderman Crogs) to say how much I am indebted to him for putting before me, when twelve years old,a book of Greek and Latin and Anglo-Saxon Roots, and, by learning these, I have found that nearly all the long words carry their meanings with them and give them- selves away. Before calling attention to the order in which the strata have been laid down, let us look at some well-known specimens. Gold.—“ When gold speake, all other tongues 3 are silent.” What can it say for itself ? Although scarce, it is found all over the world. Gold is the most ductile of all materials. One ounce will make a coat for 1,300 miles of silver wire; one grain can be beaten out to 75 equare inches, mak- ing it 1,200 times thinner than note paper. English gold leaf —23 pure gold, } silver, } copper; 24 carata —1 oz. English standard 1s 22 carats of pure gold and 2 carats alloy; 18 carat has 6 alloy. Poorest gold is 9 carat with 15 carats of alloy. Gold leaf is beaten between skins one-eight-hundredth of an inch, 150 leaves lin. by lin. quartered and hammered again till 4in. sq.; then quartered and hammered again till 4in. eq , then quartered and hammered again the third time ; this gold leaf is the result, after trimming 100 square feet; 1b. worth £50. There is an annual loss of £3,000,000 through wear of coins. Flint is pure silex, secreted from ocean water, often starting on a piece of sponge, always forming round some organic matter. Flints are formed under the sea in the chalk. Chalk cliffs, raised as at Dover by volcanic action, portions washed out to sea by the waves, the flints being ground, broken, and rolled by billows for many ages, form the beaches of to-day. Inland the elements have washed the chalk away, the flints being washed and swirled along for miles, dropping intc ho lows and pockets and forming our gravel pits for road making. Flint implements are extremely remote, and are found under the chalk of glacial origin, pointing to man’s presence before the great ice age, say, 200,000 yearsago. The older, coarsely chipped and roughly finished implements are termed “ Paleolithic ” (Old Stone Age) and the more artistically finished work in stone, bone, etc., are termed “ Neolithic ” (or Newer Stone Age). There is ari exceedingly small vegetable organism known as a “ diatom,” so tiny, that they can only be seen under a powerful microscope, but so prolific, that one could in a month produce a bed of silica 25 square miles and 20 inches thick. One eubic inch would equal forty-one millions of organisms. Mixed with nitro-glycerine it forms dynamite. As an illustration that the same element may appear in different forms, attention is called to that well-known substance “ graphite,” used for lead pencils ; charcoal, although produced artificially, is exactly the same material, but when we are told that a diamond, so pure and dazzling, is again the same, we are surprised, and learn that all are carbon under different garbs due to molecular arrangement. Igneous.—All land has repeatedly been under the ocean. All now covered by sea has repeatedly been dry. Suppose we now try to show in what order the rocks have been laid down. We must begin with the plutonic or igneous, or fire- formed rocks, the nearest to the great internal heat, rocks that uomistakably show they have been molten. Of the original crust, it is hardly likely that a trace remains. All rocks have been made up from the destruction of the older rocks. Igneous rocks have no determinate position; they break through, derange, and flow over the stratified for- mations, are of every age, and of extremely complex composition. Granite appears to be the general foundation of the crust of this eartb. It is composed of felspar, quartz and mica, takes a brilliant polish, is extremely hard and lasting, and is most useful for a variety of purposes. AI- though so hard and lasting, it cannot stand for ever. When flood and torrent have removed all later deposits from the granite rock, the slow, but very sure and certain action of therain, charged with carbonic acid from the atmosphere and humus acids from the soil, eats the life out of the solid granite rock, decomposes it, washes it in the form of mud to lower levels; there it settles and we callit “kaolin” and itis from decomposed granite that we get our china clays, our earthenware, and our brickearth. For build- ing purposes, to stand the test of ages, Cleopatra’s Needle, The Temple of the Sphinx, the marvellous granite F'anes in the Island of Philae, are pointed to as the one lasting material; but we Jook at the wonderful clay cylinders and tablets from Babylon and Assyria, and learn that probably the most lasting material upon this earth is the well- burned brick, made of clay largely com- posed of this decomposed granite. The sil- vered plate-glass mirror is perhaps a compara- tively new device, and before its introduction, ladies were glad to use highly polished metal for the purpose, but in very early times the material, called “ ubsidian,” was probably the only mirror available for our predecessors. It is of volcanic origin, a black and glassy kind ofslag. The well- known pumice is the same material, but frothed up into a spongy, cellular formation by steam or gas, and floats on water. Basalt is another volcanic lava, generally black, always compact, heavy, too hard to tool for building purposes, but used largely for road making; it breaks with con- choidal fracture. This rock often assumes a& columnar form, as shown in the Isle of Staffa and Fingal’s Cave, Perhaps the pretty rock known as Labiadorite is the general favourite among all the igueous rocks. It is composed of 50 per ceat. felspar and 50 per cent. silica, and when polished is largely used tor shop fronts, drinking fountains, mopuwrndts, etc. Metamorphic.-We now pass upwards to the rocks whosv natures have undergone a complete change, which mast have taken ages to complete. These are termed ‘‘ Metamorphic” (simply meaning change of form). It does not require any great stretch of the imagination to see that the black igneous rocks when reduced to powder through various agencies, should be washed into cavities in the stute of black mud; such is the origin of the roofiug slate so abundautino Wales, and althoush nothing but clay, is so consolidated by intense pressure, that when split up, is most useful for many purposes. It does not split along the sur- face of deposit, but through what is called “ cleav- age” pressure, splits at right angles. Gneiss is to all intentsand purposes a granite, but through the process uf shearing, has become a fine grained and crystalline mass; it looks very much like gran- ite, and its composition is the same. Ia some zases it is fuliated granite. Through the grinding up of the older silicious rocks,a vast quantity of fine silicious sand would be carried by the elements and depusited, perhaps, in the se1, there to undergo consvlidation into quartzite--that hard, compact, granular rock of a light and lustrous appearance, so useful for road-making and so plentiful at Cher- bourg. Perhaps of all the stones that could be laid before you, marble would be the most gener- ally known and appreciated. It isa calcite rock, and must have been formed in very early times by chemical precipitation or organic agency in common with all limestones. Its present crystalline charac- ter is due to both heat and pressure. When pure, it isjalways quite white, statuary marble command- ing the highest price; its infinite variety in colour and marking, is simply due to impurities. Laurentian.— We now pass upward to what are termed .“ Neptunic ” rocks. The lowest strati- fied rocks are caled “ Laurentian,” because they show themselves so well in the mountains along the St. Lawrence in Canada. They are vast and venerable sediments of primeval seas, highly metamorphic. Heat, moisture, and pressure have changed their sandstones into sparkling crystalline rocks, and their limestones into veined and varie- gated serpentines. They were formerly classed as “ Azoic,” that is without life, but certain struc- tures lately found in them are pronounced by some authorities to be the remains of a large foramani- fora, which has been named “‘ Eozoon Canadense.” Possibly the best known rock from this system would be the “Graphite,” previously referred to as carbon; itisan amorphous greasy feeling mineral of dark steel colour, and with a metallic lustre. It is always found in these primary rocks, and in many parts of the world. The best quality, used for lead pencils, was found at Borrowdale in Cum- berland, but in 1875 the mine was nearly worked out. It was of such value in 1803, when the mine produced 500 barrels, each 14 cwt., that it fetched 303. alb., and as a cartload would be worth over £3,000, it was sent under military escort from the mineto Kendal. At such a price it is not difficult to understand why pencils cost 6d. each, but in the days of “imitation ” and “ substitute,” when pencils can be bought for 2}4.a 4oz+n and upwards, the explanation is that an artificial preparation is made by dissolving charcoal in molten iron, which, on cooling, gives out some of the carbon in the form of graphite. The Laurentian system has a vast thickness of over 30,000ft.—or six miles. Cambrian.—Next in order is the “ Cambrian ” system. When you travel in Wales you notice the rolling stock, etc. is called “ Cambrian ” Railways—Cambrian being the ancient name of Wales—the rocks in this system being particularly visible in Wales. The typical rock 1s slate; our chief supply is from Wales—Bangor— Penrhyn, and Port Madoc being particularly engaged in splitting their rocks into roofing slate. At this period the earth had sufficiently covled on the surface to permit of life. ‘There is a d mbt about the E>z,on Canadense, but no doubt whatever about the remains and markings of a kind of sea- weed and of the small peculiar crustacean called “ graphtolite,” so called because of their resem- blance to quill pens. In som» places the slate is full of these remains. The (‘ambr:an sy-tum has a@ proved thickness of over 20,000 feet, and is richly veined with metal ores. Silurian —We now arrive at the “ Silurian ”’ system. Inthe Border district of Engiand and Wales once lived the ancient British tribe of Silures or Siluria, hence the name to designate a remarkable stratification of rock, showing well to the front in this district and often referred to as the Ludlow, Wenlock and Llandeilo groups. The Silurian beds are world wide ; all tell of coral reefs, sandy shores, fish and marine life, shell beds, gravel beaches, and deep seas. As an industrial strata, it is not of so much value as the Cam- brian, but the Silurian system, or sets of strata, is the chief source ot guld. Devonian.—There is & book found in many libraries called “Old Red Sandstone,” a most useful little work dealing with the next great division of rocks known as Devonian, because, although they are widely diffused, and reach the Arctic circle, they are particularly to the front in Devon, hence the name this system bears. In these rocks we find many remains of vegetation, and the earliest known real trees, showing the concentric rings of growth in their trunks ; insects have here lett their traces, but no land animals and no reptiles, and the silence of the new earth had not as yet been broken by the song of birds. The waters, however, swarmed with fish, and from the splendour of their coloured scales these fish are known as “ Ganoids.” These fish are the first or earliest known vertebrates. Sponges, sea lilies, and shell fish were abundant. Carboniferous. — Following the Devonian, we have the Carboniferous system, which, containing our principal deposits of coal, is of immense com- morcial value. In addition to the coal, it is here that we find ironstones, sandstones, grits, fireclays, and limestones. In the back ages, when the climate was both hot and moist, vegetation thrived in the swamps and plains in a most luxurious and prodigal manner, and in hundreds of known cases, these forests were submerged again and Floods and rivers overwhelmed the plant life with sand and mud ; in the course of centuries, vegetation again covered the land, only to share the fate of the forest underneath, and by the accumulation of the ages, vegetable matter was so chemically altered and compressed, that coal was formed in corresponding seams. First merely a | bed, composed chiefly of club mosses and tree ferns of gigantic size; with increase of pressure, peat turns into lignite, or brown coal; with more pressure it becomes house coal (as found at Dover), which is soft and soils the fingers. Anthracite is a harder, smokeless coal; Cannel coal and “ jet” was vegetable matter covered by water so that its gases could not escape, and, al- though so hard that it can be carved into orna- ments, and does not soil the fingers, it is so Full of gas, that it will kindle at a candle, hence “candle” or “cannel” coal. As many as fifty seams of coal are known to alternate one above the other, and in the course of millions of years, this wonderful plant hfe was abstracting the carbon from the atmosphere and transforming it into organic sub- stances fur the service of men when the set time should come, This carboniferous system or strata yields more of value and variety than all the other systems put together. It was an age of abundant and gigantic 4ura,an enormous !profusion of rapid growth for a long continued epoch, unparalleled in 5 luxuriance in tropical heat and moisture. In the Lancashire district the system is about four miles thick. Asphalt and petroleum are the products of the decomposition of earlier vegetation. Under every seam of coal is the mud, in which the coal plants struck their roots ; it is now known as fire clay, and is of the greatest value in the construc- tion of furnaces. Not only do we from these strata get our coal and oil, our fire clay and building stones, but also lovely dyes, exquisite perfumes, drugs, and saccharine 300 times sweeter than cane sugar. It 1s in these rocks that the first evidences of spiders, scorpions, snails, and beetles are seen. Remains of the cockroach are found, historically one of the most ancient, and structurally one of the most primitive, of our surviving insects. No vertebrate among land animals is seen before the deposition of this carboniferous system, and here we find the first, and simply through the labyrin- thine structure of its teeth, it gets the name of “Labyrinthodont ”; it was a small animal of the long extinct salamander type, and was amphibious. Very few trilobites are found in this system, and they appear no more. Forerunners of the beauti- ful ammonites are here found, and the first known oyster appears and has managed to survive, for which, not a few are more than grateful. Permian.—Over the coals and the carboniferous system we find a series of rocks, of which the chief are red sandstones, marls, and magnesian lime- stones, and, being so very pronounced in the Pro- vince of Perm, in Russia, these beds are known as the “ Permian” system. At this period the life on land and in water was much about the same as in the preceding carboniferous system, but it is in the Permian that the first remains of true reptiles are found, and these chiefly of the crocodile type. This was also a period of great volcanic activity, during which great masses of granite were thrust up, forming Lands End and Dartmoor, and active volcanoes ejected their steam and lava in several parts of England and Scotland. The limestones containing magnesia were probably deposited in salt lakes like the Dead Sea, so forming magnesium or dolomite. Sulphate of lime would be deposited through the same cause and from gypsum. Triassic—With the Permian strata we leave what are known asthe primary or Palzozoic rocks, far below the surface of the ground, and enter on the rock foundations of the secondary or Mesozoic epoch, and the widely different features of the plant and animal life of the next system, known as the Triassic, tells of an enormous lapse of time from the modification of the life forms. The system takes its name from the threefold division of these rocks as found in Germany, known as Rhetic, Keuper, and Bunter; mostly red sand- stones, sbales, limestones, marls, and pebble beds. These rocks in England produce rock salt and gypsum, and in them is our brine supply, as at Droitwich, etc. At Burton-on-Trent, the waters of these Triassic rocks carry sulphate of lime, or gypsum in solution, which makes it of such value in this great brewing centre. The Derbyshire alabaster is in great demand for many works of art. Most of the older forms of life have disap- peared, and it 13 in this system that the first re- mains of mammals come to light; teeth have been 6 found in these “ Trias,” which are probably of the marsupial or pouched order, allied to the Aus- tralian kangaroo rats. Marine life predominated, but reptile life was most marvellous in its form and variety. Volcanic action is manifest in every period. Jurassic —The Jura Mountains between France and Switzerland lend their name to the next great system of rock deposit,which occupies large tracts in both hemispheres, and ranges from the Arctic Circle to Australia. Its strata, largely composed of corals and other organic remains, are rich in special life forms, which are limited to the secon- dary epoch. Some people call this system the Oolitic (an egg and stone), and there are those who say that the oolitic rocks are masses of fishes’ roe! Of course, this fallacy needs no contradiction. The grains have grown from tiny shell particles or fine sand, by the coatings of carbonate of lime in solution in the water, and simply take the form ofeggs. In England there are several well-known representations of this system. Bath district furnishes a dozen sorts and very useful they have been for building purposes. At the seaside, how- ever, this stone soon decays. Portland stone, another oolite, is a much better stone to withstand the disintegrating effects of the elements, and we see it to advantage in St Paul’s Cathedral and similar massive classical structures. Purbeck marble is another oolite, formed of tiny shells, and so hard that it takes a good polish, and has for a thousand years been in great demand for slender shafts in our abbeys, our cathedrals, and even in the Pagan fanes of our own land before the days of the good missionary St. Augustine. The Jurassic rocks hide remains of the most gigantic creatures ever known; it may be well said “‘ there were giants in those days’"—monsters of the deep, in the ferocious sea lizards, with their fish-like bodies and their flipper-like limbs. The land, too, had its monsters, of such fearful size and aspect, seen neither before nor since. Nearly all of the lizard type, their names all end in “saurus ” (reptile). The largest example in this country isprobably the Dinosaurrecently presented to the South Kensington Museum by Mr. Carnegie. It is indeed a monster, 84ft. long from head to tail, found in America. Perhaps the largest ever unearthed was one found about ten years back in the Rocky Mountains, a single leg bone being 6 ft. long; the total length given as 130ft. ; it would require as much as was needed for three ordinary elephants for a substantial meal and as his roar was calculated to be heard at least ten miles away they called it Brontosaurus (thunder). There were great flying lizards, partly birds and partly reptiles, one calleda “ Pterodactyl,” like an immense bat, with sharp devouring teeth and claws. It is in this system that the first true bird is found, about the size of a rook ; it has no past or present relative and was known by the name of “Archmopteryx” (beginning of wings). Cretaceous.—The best known system is probably the Cretaceous (chalk). When the sea overspread a large part of Europe, Asia, and North Africa, its floor received the tiny shells of the foraminifera, and converted them into chalk, flints forming by silica gathering round any organic matter on the sea bottom. The thickness of the chalk in places may be 1,000 feet, and it is supposed by some that the quickest possible time for chalk to form out of this ooze would be at the rate of one inch in four hundred years, so that five million years would be required to form the chalk alone. The chalk rests on the upper greensand, and going downwards we find the gault, the lower greensand, the Weald clay, and the Hastings sand at the bottom of this system. The gault is a blue clay, containing many marine fossils. In the Folkestone Warren may be fuund any number of the pencil-like terminals of the Belemrite, a crustacean of the cuttle fish group, with its eight long tentacles, and indis- pensable ink bag. The spiral shell of the ammonite is also found here in great abundance, and takes its name from its resemblance to the horns on the statue of Jupiter Ammon. These molluscs swarmed in the cretaceous seas and often attained the size of a cart wheel. Right through this cretaceous system, the large saurians lived and thrived; immense reptiles have left their marks on muddy flats ; fierce birds with sharp teeth and reptile-like brains swooped down upon their prey, but beyond this point, the end of the secondary epoch, this unwieldly class of animal life does not appear ; they had done their work, man not requiring their help nor company. Fossil remains prove their plentiful existence ; the order changes, a great upheaval places the chalk above the sea, the geography of Britain is vastly altered, the secondary epoch has ended. Tertiaries.—We now take a brief glance at the third order of formation, known as the Tertiaries. It isa help to remember the Tertiaries are the layers above the chalk, and they are divided into five systems, determined solely by the proportion of shell fish to existing species. Mollusca is the key or alphabet to Palwontology, and according to the percentage of present-life found, so the system is determined. The names chosen to denote the systems are :—Eocene—Dawn of recent species ; Oligocene—few recent species ; Miocene— & minor proportion of recent species ; Pliocene—a major portion of recent species ; Pleistocene—few or no extinct species. Eocene.—The London clay is a well-known representative of the lower or Eocene system; it is a thick mass of grey or dark brown stiff clay with nodules here and there of impure limestone, and is marine throughout its whole extent from Reading to Thanet, and from Alum Bay to Yar- mouth, At this period nearly all of Asia and Europe were covered by the sea, vast beds of lime- stone and sandstone were laid down, the Sphinx rock in Egypt was being formed, and these same beds largely compose the Alps, Carpathians, Atlas, and Himalayas, and lesser mountain chains. The larger mountains have been formed since the smaller,and simply have not been so worn down by eroding agents. It was an age of great mammals, and it is curious that in the London clay are found more remains of turtles than are found in any other part of the world. Among the fossils, the most interesting, perhaps, is that representing the ancestor of the horse, a creature about as large as a fox, with five hoofed toes op each foot ; the animal has since then grown larger, and fossils in more recent strata plainly show that from five toes it has gradually reduced the number to the prevent single hoof,and is an animal highly adapted or 8) L TheOligocene beds are very sparse inthiscountry, but show in Hampshire and in the Isle of Wight, where they are chiefly marls and limestone, and may run 600 ft.indepth. In Parisand in Switzer- land they are much deeper and have built up the Righi in the Alps. The Miocene beds are altogether wanting in Britain, though of course volcanic rocks were laid down during this period, as in every period,scarcely without intermission. It is almost certain that at this period England was lifted above water by the same movement which raised the Alps and the table land of Spain. Three hundred species of shells beionging to this system have been found in the Touraine district of France, the deposit 18 about 50 ft. thick, and tells of a strait right across France. Another strait connected the Mediter- ranean Sea with the Atlantic, for on the now high ground of the Spanish Table Land are found the bones of whales, which passed freely from sea to sea along the strait. The climate must still be tropical, as is evidenced not only by the remains of vegetation, but by the shells. The following period, known as the Pliocene, brought tremendous changes in land and water and in climate, too, and it is in the records laid down in this period that the first scanty fragments of the skeleton of man are found. In Norfolk, Suffolk, and Essex are best seen the few rocks of this system, and Coralline Crag—a kind of shelly limestone—is a very good representative rock. Remains of man are not only found in Europe, but in the Pliocene gravels of California, so that if man first saw the light in India or the Malay region, time must he allowed for dispersion to California. It is now that the temperature de- clines, and snow and ice prevail and coyer the whole of the Northern Hemisphere; glacial action swept away the Northern flora, never to return, the huge mammals perished, the sea monsters were either driven southward, or left to perish in the cold. The rocks of Ireland, Scotland, and England bear unmistakeable evidences of the path of the ice sheets and glaciers, grooved, smoothed, and polished by the enormous weight of moving ice above them. In Scotland it was very probably a mile thick, and this ice cap reached as far south as London and Bristol. The detritus is chiefly boulder clay, more or less charged with stones of every size, and for 3,000 miles across America it is so evident in continuous mounds and ridges that the American geologists call it the “Terminal Moraine.” During this pro- longed period of intense cold, there were intervals of warmer climate, when plants and animals of southern lands lived and thrived, but were shortly overcome by the return of Arctic cold. By slow degrees the snow and ice vanished, and the tem- Bere tire increased to pretty much what it is to- ay. Quaternary — Past - Tertiary — Pleistocene are terms used to express all the deposits of rocks laid down since the Tertiary epoch. The ice forced and dragged and pushed great blocks of 7 stone hundreds of miles from their native rock ; it scraped the summits of exposed rocks, decayed to the state of clay by rain and sun and wind, and thus combined, in a forced march of enormous dis- tances, and under the appalling pressure of the weight of a mile or more of ice, produced the boulder clay or till. On this are formed the sands and gravels which accumulated in inter-glacial periods, to be succeeded by another mass of boul- der clay. As all later deposits are characterised by the presence of the remains of man, or his works, they are classified as the Palzolithic (or Old Stone Age, chipped flints) and Neolithic (or New Stone Age, polished flints). Tbe rudely-chipped flints are found in gravels 100 feet above the present river levels, and from that, to within a few feet of the present river level, but within ten feet of present levels, the polished stone implements are found, indicating a distinct advance in the art of working stone. The Bronze Age followed and overlaps the most ancient known history of Egypt and Babylon ; rude weapons of iron soon came into use, so that at this point geology ceases and history begins. Epoch. System. Typical Fossils, Quater- ¢ Recent ace nary Pleistoceneand Glacial Irish Elk. Tertiary ( Pliocene Mastodon. or Miocene Conifer. Caino- ) Oligocene Univalve. zoic Eocene Nummulite. Second- (¢ Cretaceous Ammonite. aryor 4 Jurassic or Oolitic Bivalve. Mesozoic ( Triassic Ichthyosaurus f Permian Lampshell. . | Carboniferous Club Moss, Primary | Devonian Ganoid. or alate fone Palmo- 4 Silurian Trilobite. paren Cambrian Seaweed. Laurentian Eozoon Cana- iL [dense. Unstra- ( Metamorphic Azoic. tified Igneous Azoic. Igneous Azoic. Heat,—The crust of the earth is like a cool envelope,surrounding a very hot interior. Although this heat is now independent of the sun and very intense, if it were not for the imported continual supply from the sun, this globe would soon be wrapped in a winding sheet of ice, for the simple reason that the internal heat is always escaping through volcano and earthquake. The smaller the body, the sooner is heat lost; the moon’s dead barren surface shows what the earth may become, and, in time, the sun himself. The history of one is the history of all. It isowing to the cooling and consequent shrinking of the earth, that the crust a been caused to break and crumble into hill and ale. Wells and Mines ; Lava.—In sinking wells, pit shafts, etc., it is found that 50ft below the surface, the temperature stands at 50 degrees, and thie, all the world over, summer and winter ; we call it “equable temperature.” As we descend, for every 51 feet the temperature increases one degree, or 103 degrees for a mile, If this rate continues, at two miles the rocks would be hot as boiling water, and further down there would be heat enough to melt steel; at forty miles down, the same rate would find 4,140 degrees which is a greater heat than we can produce. Although the crust is not probably more than 25 miles in thickness, it is a very small proportion of it that we can pierce through. The deepest mine some time back was the Comstock Lode in Nevada and this was undera mile, Here the silver miners were so overcome by the heat, that they were often brought to the surface in a fainting condition,and strong men were only allowed to work a few hours atatime. In Paris, a well boring was made 1,800 feet deep, and yielded water at 82 degrees. At Bux- ton, the hot springsare the same—82 degrees. In London, a boring 1,302 feet—water at 72 degrees. At Bath the hot springs rise to the surface always at the same heat,and that is 120 degrees Farh. Of course, the geysers or gushers of Iceland are hotter stilland these continual discharges of hot water at so many places, must materially lessen the internal heat. But when we think of alava stream of molten mineral matter which flowed in Iceland, was fifty miles long, five to twelve miles wide, 100 te 60C feet deep, and moving on the surface of the frozen ground at the rate of 14 miles in fourteen minutes, it is readily seen that the internal heat must, with such a discharge, be materially lessened. Glaciers.—At the Poles the sea level is the snow line, At the Equator the snow line is 16,000 feet above the sea. In the Alps, the summer snow line is 8,800 feet above the sea. In regions of perpetual snow, the summer sun never melts all the snow, and unless some means had been devised to get rid of the accumulations, all the rain would in time get to the Poles, and be ice. Relief is pro- vided by glaciers. The snow fields and ice sheets are often 3,000 feet thick in Greenland and Spitz- bergen, and the enormous weight slips and slides down the mountains and through the valleys, always going to the lowest place in the furm of mighty frozen rivers, and although the motion is almost imperceptible, seldom more than 24 inches in 24 hours, it is very sure, On arrival at the sea, one such glacier had a depth of solid ice 2,000 feet, and a towering cliff of 60 miles in length, and it is by the breaking off of the ends of such mighty rivers of ice that the enormous icebergs are formed, and go floating south, to melt and be drawn as vapour once again and water the earth in rain. If in crossing the Atlantic you sight a “berg,” and it rises 100 feet out of the water, it means that it is nearly 1,000 feet in thickness. Ice floats with about one-tenth out of water. As a preof that coast ice encloses vast quantities of shore rock and debris, and, in floating away, de- posits its mineral load at the bottom of the sea, a diver recently going down in the Baltic to examine 4 ship sunk thirty-five years before, found the deck strewn with stones and boulders of all sizes. Although we do not live long enough to see radical changes on the face of the earth, great changes have and do take place, Our own British Isles were higher than they are to-day, and the 8 last great movement was a tilt from the North to South, raising Scotland, depressing Southern England, and separating us from the Continent. The Isle of Wight, if raised 60ft., would be united with Hampshire, These Islands rest ona platform; 50 miles off the south coast and the west of Ireland the sea is but about 100 fathoms deep, but at that point suddenly drops to from 500 to 1,000 fathoms deep, which looks as though the continent of Europe included these islands, and 50 miles more to the south and west. Changes other than are caused by seismic action, alter the contour of our coasts. While in some places new land is formed by de- posits of silt, old cliffs are broken down and hun- dreds of acres washed away. In 1300 4.p., Norwich was on an arm of the sea ; to-day it is far inland. The flats on which Yarmouth is built, were formed about 1000 years ago by the river Yare depositing at its mouth a bar of sand which held back the silt, and eventually formed a large marsh. The Fen country is a siJted up bay. The Wantsum Channel from Richborough to Reculvers was re- corded in 800 a.p. by the Ven. Bede to be three furlongs in width, ard this long after the Roman fleets sailed through it. In 1345 it was so narrow that an act of Parliament was obtained to build a bridge over it. To-day, nothing but a narrow dyke remains: Onthesouth we have Romney Marsh, a silted up bay, we have gained 100 square miles of excellent grazing land, and hold it from the sea with barriers of earth. The adjoining town of Rye was once destroyed by the sea ; silt now keeps the sea two miles away. Good garden soil is generally black in colour, through the decaying vegetable matter in it. Worms are a feeble folk, but in thirty years they would cover all the ground with six inches of new soil ; this is equal te 62,000 tons every year on one square mile. In proof of land washed away, we might mention that the site of Old Cromer is now in the German Ocean. Dooms- day Book tells of Ravenspur, which in 1068 lost two large tracts of land ; later records tell of a monastery, then several churches, then the old port, then 400 houses, and last of all the gaol, town hall, and roads all washed away. Reculvers Church was a mile from the sea when Henry VIII. was on the throne ; the sea now washes its base. Four Martello towers near Pevensey, erected so lately as 1806, have been destroyed, and their sites are now below high water mark. S+lsea Bill had a park, a palace, and a Cathedral in a. vp. 731—the site is now a mile from shore, We have now very briefly glanced at some few of the items included in this wonderful study of geology, and you will probably agree with me that it is a fascinating study, brimful of interest, pleasure and delight. There was a time when no life could exist on this planet, consequently there was a time when life began. As yet. we have no evidence when it began ; life is enormously older than any traces of it. If asked where life began, we do not know, but can say that the Polar region cooled first, and in Silurian times the North Polar region was warm enough to support tropical life; Did it ever occur to you that plants possess 4 power that animals do not possess? Power to produce visible out of invisible. Animals cannot convert the inorganic into the organic, but eat the plant or a plant-feeding animal. Plants manufacture protein from the mineral world. Animals obtain the protein ready made. Plants are thus the origin of all energy. Truly, all flesh is grass. In the three kingdoms, we say of the mineral that stones grow ; of the vegetable, that plants grow and live; and of the animal, animals grow, live,and move: Exceptions prove the rule, for a diatom is a locomotive plant, and a coral is a stationary animal. Some organisms are plants at one stage and animals at another. In conclusion, as there have lately been several claims made by scientific men that they can now produce life, it would not be out of place to say that the ultimate cause, which, bringing certain lifeless bodies together, gives living matter as the result, is yet a profound mystery. Transmutation goes on unceasingly—the lifeless inorganic, be- coming organic in plant and animal. Crystals grow by accretion at the surface, cells grow by flow of nutrition to all parts, and so our bodies, like the fabled ship of Theseus, become vepaired so much that not an original plank remains. Shakespeare, in “ Henry the Fifth,” makes the Archbishop of Canterbury exclaim : “Tt must be so, for miracles are ceased, and therfore we must needs admit the means How things are perfected.’’ It has taken me an hour to say so little, Emmer- son can say as much in three short lines and compass this vast subject: “The gases gather to the solid firmament ; the chemic lump arrives at the plant, and grows; arrives at the quadruped, and walks; arrives at the man, and thinks.” Mr. Cozens showed a number of geological specimens to illustrate his lecture, and also a number of lantern views of diagrams and scenery. At the close of the lecture, a very hearty vote of thanks was accorded to Mr. Cozens, on the initiative of Mr. Harvey. Subsequently Mr.W. H. Hammond caused to be thrown upon the screen a picture of the hybrid orchid, found by Messrs. Walker and Harris, at Wye, and also one of a stone-ware vessel found at Waltham. The lantern was manipulated by Mr. Lander. THIRD WINTER MEETING—NOVEMBER 28th, 1905. GRAYSTONE BIRD'S PRIZE MEDAL LANTERN SLIDES. This meeting took the form of a lantern evening, and about ’150 of the well-known slides of Mr. Graystone Bird, of Bath, were thrown upon the screen, and their excellent quality, richness of detail and wonderful half-tone were much admired by the members. FOURTH WINTER MEETING.—DECEMBER 12th, 1905. ‘TESLA AND HIGH FREQUENCY ELECTRIC OSCILLATIONS.” — By Mr. W. T. LEEMING. The fourth meeting was held, by the kind per- mission of Mr. Mann and the Governors, in the Simon Langton Szhools, Mc, S. Harvey presiding over @ large attendance. Mr. W. T. Leeming gave a lecture on “High Frequency Oscillation and Tesla Effects,” and the subject was introduced by an experiment illus- trating th: p oduction and detection of electrical waves. The work of Hertz was referred to, and a diagram shown explaining how he obtained the length of the waves. It the velocity of electricity is 186,000 miles per second—and we know the wave length in any particular case—then we can easily find the number of waves in a second or the frequency. A diagram illustrating the connection between the velocity, wave length and frequency of different kinds of waves was also shown. The lecturer next dealt with the causes which affect the frequency of waves, viz., capacity and self-induction. Experiments were shown illus- trating what these factors are, and how they influence the frequency. An increase in either of them was shown to decrease the frequency. It was stated that the frequency of the oscillations in the different experiments would vary from ten to one hundred thousand per second. The apparatus used in the production of bigh frequency oscillations was next explained. It consisted of a large induction coil, to produce a constant supply of electricity at high pressure; a battery of Leyden jars, to introduce the necessary capacity ; and a spark gap which consisted of two highly-polished knobs, separated a short distance, and between which the discharge of the Leyden jars took place. A photograph of a similar spark was shown, and it was seen that the discharge was an oscillatory one. Throughout the experiments this apparatus was used, the extra apparatus for a different experiments being simply connected with it. The properties of these oscillations were then shewn. It was seen that the bigh frequency current preferred to light up a lamp of high re- sistance rather than go through a thich copper wire owing to the self-induction of the latter. The induction effects were shown and found to be much greater than with ordinary currents. A large spiral of thick wire was then connected with the apparatus and one terminal of a 220 volt five- candle power lamp attached to one end of the coil. The lecturer hejd the other terminal of the lamp and also touched an intermediate part of the coil. The lamp was ligkted up, a current thus passing through the body of the lecturer, which, under ordinary conditions, would be exceedingly danger- ous. The apparatus was next connected to a large 10 Tesla coil and many interesting experiments were shown with this coil. It was explained that the coil was similar to a simple induction coil im- mersed in oil, and by its means the pressure of the electricity was raised. ‘The discharge between the terminals of the ‘Tesla was shown and also its discharge through various vacuum tubes. One of the tubes was lighted up by the discharge passing through the bodies of three persons. The physiological effects of the high frequency oscillations were briefly referred to, and photo- graphs of their application shown. In conclusion, the lecturer wished to thank Mr. W. G. Fagg and Mr. N. Collard for the assistance they tad rendered to him; and also Mr, Lander for the loan of the Tesla coil and tubes. FIFTH WINTER MEETING—JANUARY 23rd, 1906. ‘““A BENEFICIAL PARASITE .—By Mr. M. J. R. DUNSTAN. There was a good attendance of the members at the Beaney Institute, Canterbury, on Tuesday evening, January 23, to hear a lecture entitled “A Beneficial Parasite,” delivered by Professor M. J. R. Dunstan, the Principal of the South-Eastern Agricultural College, Wye. Mr. Sidney Harvey presided. Among the interesting exhibits placed upon the table were :—A funeral urn, containing human bones, found in Mr. Cozens’ brickfield the previous week, about two feet below ground in the brick earth above the gravel—diameter 7ins., very thin black clay. A smaller urn, 4ins. diameter, made of similar black clay, stood beside the larger one— both were broken. In Mr. Cozens’ sand-pit on the previous day,at about 15 feet below the surface, some remains of an extinct monster were un- covered. What appeared to be a pair of jaw bones, with two portions of rib bones, were laid upon the table, and will in due course be reported upon from South Kensington. Mr. Hammond exhibited a portion of an old corn grinding mill found at Waltham, made of hard stone in the shape of a mortar. Mr. Hammond also showed several twigs of an apple tree, from which the bark had been bitten off by field mice. In his prefatory remarks, Professor Dunstan expressed his pleasure, as a scientist for purely practical purposes, at meeting that Society, which studied science solely with the object ot the accumulation of knowledge. After touching upon the great importance of agriculture as our staple industry, Mr. Dunstan proceeded to his subject, “A Beneficial Parasite.” Johnson, he said, described a parasite as one who frequented rich tables and earned his welcome by flattery. The philosophy of that idea was that he earned his meal and gave in return certain services—that was, he flattered his host. In the early Roman days this was much encouraged. Every conceited man had his entourage of parasites to feed at his table, to flatter him, to gratify his own conceit, and more particularly perhaps to show his other guests what a wonderful man he was. Those parasites who regularly accompanied these Roman citizens were looked down upon, because it was realized that the services which they rendered their host were not sufficient return for what they got out of their host. That was the idea of a para- site, both in the animal and vegetable world to-day. The parasite in the animal world asa rule rendered no service to its host, but rather fed on it, enfeebled it, and might cause its death. But whilst there were those parasites which caused enfeeblement or destruction to its host; there was also one which was beneficial to its host—that enabled its host to procure its food in a manner and from a source which otherwise its host would be unable to do. In reference to plant and animal nutrition, plant nutrition consisted in the plant making use of simple substances and building them up into com- plex substances. The plant, for example, took the elements, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, and hydrogen, and built them up into complex vegetable sub- stances. The animal had no such powers; it must reply upon ready-made complex substances, and the animal took the substances which had been manufactured by the plants and resolved them into a simple compound once more. There they had the broad distinction between plant nutrition and animal nutrition. The plant was the builder up of complex substances from elementary sub- stances, whilst the animal was the resolver of complex substances into elementary substances. So the world went on—the plant building up food for the animal, the animal resolving the food into simpler substances and providing food for the plant. Professor Dunstan proceeded to illustrate the mistletoe, broom rape, and fungi, as parasites which act detrimentally to their host plant. The parasite,which he would deal with that night, was not one of that type, but one which remained on afl the root of the plant, and, by its action, produced stores of food, not only for its host plant to flourish, but without which the host plant could not live. There they had the beneficial root parasite. The lecturer said he desired to emphasise one particu- lar constituent of plant food which the parasite pepered. Fora good many years fanciful theories ad been advanced as to how plants lived, but recent researches all pointed to the cardinal fact that plants derived their carbon, the most im- portant element of their structure, from the car- bonic acid gas which they found in the atmosphere. It took a very long time to establish that fact. There was cne fact which was absolutely fixed, viz , that no animal or plant could exist without sufficient supplies of nitrogen. Let them feed a man, for example, on butter, or salt, or starch, and nitrogen starvation would follow. Without nitro- gen no diet, whether animal or plant, was com- plete. Professor Dunstan proceeded to deal with the hypothesis that plants gathered their nitrogen from their leaves,and remarked that that idea had again been started within the last few weeks by a Scotch scientist, who put forward the theory that there were certain tentacles on the leaves of certain plants, which enabled those plants to lay hold of the nitrogen of the air and utilize it for their own purposes. He thought, however, they might take it that the assimilation of nitrogen by means of the leaves was far from being a proved fact. Where then did the nitrogen come from ? Virgil noticed the fact thatif they planted a crop of beans or peas, and followed that crop with wheat, that they got a very much better crop than if they planted wheat or barley and followed them with wheat or barley. So it was generally— if they followed a leguminous crop with a corn crop they got a much better crop than if they fol- lowed a corn crop with a corn crop, because legu- minous crops accumulated nitrogen in the ground. That led scientists to think was there not some- thing in the leguminous plant which had some different function to other plants which could work upon the stores of nitrogen in the air in a different way than other plants did. For 1,800 years farmers knew that wheat did _ best after leguminous crops, but scientists were not aware of the reason of that fact until the last half of the last century. The lecturer showed by illustration the growth of two pots filled with sand, containing clover seed. which had all the necessary constituents except nitrogen. The plants showed the effect of the nitrogen starvation when they were about two inches high, but when some garden soil extract was added to one of the pots, the plant suddenly took a new lease of life, and continued to grow in a healthy way. If they subsequently took out the plants and looked at their roots, they would see on the one, the ordinary plant root, but on the one to which the garden soil extract had been added, they would find little nodules, little excrescences, and these excrescences were the secret of the growth of the plant ; because in those excrescences were bacteria, and those bacteria were what he called the beneficial root parasite, which had the power of taking nitrogen from the air and converting it into the food upon which the plant partly lived. So that the phenomenon of those beneficial parasites was to make or manufacture for the plant, the supply of nitrogenous food, without which the plant could not exist ; for although there was a sufficiency of that {plant food in the air around it, the plant could not extract it from the air without the aid of those beneficial parasites. In concluding, Professor Dunstan explained the methods by which a farmer might derive the greatest advantages by the scientific treatment of his crops. The lecture was illustrated by means of numer- ous lantern slides, Mr. Lander manipulating his new and compact form of electric lantern. At the close a very hearty vote of thanks was accorded the lecturer, proposed by Mr. W. H. Hammond and seconded by Mr. Page. SIXTH WINTER MEETING.—FEBRUARY 27th, 1906. ‘*COLOUR PHOTOGRAPHY, ETC., IN CARBON.’—By ROTARY PHOTO CO. Owing to the serious illness of Mrs, McDakin, the lecture by Captain McDakin arranged for Feb. 13th was postponed, and before the next meeting, which was held on Tuesday, Feb. 27th, with much regret we had to record her death, which took place, after a short illness, at her residence at Dover, at the age of 75 years. The Presi- dent (Mr. Sidney Harvey) before commencing the business, called attention to the fact that one of their most prominent and useful members (Capt. J. Gordon McDakin, of Dover) had recently undergone a very sad bereavement in the loss of his wife. Mrs. McDakin had alwaysably assisted her husband in his studies, and the members of the Society would remember her kind hospitality and how excellently she had executed sketches and diagrams for the Captain’s lectures. The President moved that a vote of sympathy and condolence be sent to Captain McDakin, and this was carried unanimously. The represeatative of the Rotary Photo Co. then gave’a very interesting demonstration of the Rotox gaslight paper and bromide paper and satin msde by their company. He also described and demonstrated their system of eolour photography with the new tricolour carbon tissues. The lecture was listened to with great attention. and a very instructive and interesting evening was spent by the members. SEVENTH WINTER MEETING.—MARCH 13th, 1906. ‘*PLUMAGE.’—By MISS TURNER. Mr. Sidney Harvey, F.S.A., F.LC., presided on Tuesday, March 13. The attendance also com- priced Mr. W. P. Mann, Miss Proudfoot, Mrs. Harvey, Mr. and Mrs. H. Biggleston, Miss Hook, Mr. and Mrs. Marsh, Mr. Lander (Hon. Secretary), Mr. Leeming, Mr. F. C. Snell, and Mr. W. Surry. The President directed attention to the very beautiful specimens of Samian ware recently dis- covered in the neighbourhood of the Recreation Ground. The specimens excited a great deal cf interest. The Secretary also referred to the lecture of Mr, Kearton, F.Z.S., announced for the following week, The lecturer for the evening, Miss E. Turner, of Tunbridge Wells, was next introduced by the President, who referred to the fact that she was one of the first ladies admitted to membership of the Linnwan Society and that she was also a medallist of the Royal Photographic Scciety. Miss Turner’s lecture dealt with the subject of the plumage of birds and was illustrated by means of about fifty beautiful slides, several of which were specimens of colour photography. She explained very interestingly the various features of the arrangement of feathers and also of the colouring of the plumage, much of which, she explained, was for protective purposes. Miss Turner mentioned that one photograph of a hen pheasant cost her nearly an hour’s search, although she had been told that the bird was sitting in a certain hedge between two marked trees. Sh3 was told to look for “ something like an old straw hat,” and she did eventually find and photograph her. In fact, if it were not for the twinkling of a bright eye, many a bird would be entirely overlooked. This fact seemed to be known tothem, for when conscious of eye meeting eye, a bird always ducked its head, or drew it back until almost hidden in its own plumage. Miss Turner thus proceeded : Ornamentution—We now come to the subject of ornamental feathers, those gorgeous dresses which the dandies of the bird world either wear habitually or assume merely as wedding garments. During the brief period of courtship some male birds put on extra feathers, mere outward decora- tions that vanish as soon as they have dazzled the eye and turned the brain of some one of the weaker sex of the bird world. Naturally the first of these that presents itself to our mind is the unfortunate egret or white heron, whose beautiful plumes have brought upon the species such wholesale and warton murder, but whose blood— thanks to men of science like Professor Newton— is at last beginning to cry out loud enough to rouse the world. These plumes, generally known as the “osprey,” are no_ longer used fer the decoration of army headgear (nor, by-the-bye are even the wings of the jay to be used for the Baden-Powell hats). Other birds, like the Argus pheasant, are able, by a series of most wonderful evolutions, to turn their decorative feathers inside out and upside down (so to speak), thus bringing into sight those marvel- lously-pencilled plumes that are scarcely visible when the owner is not showing off. Is it to be wondered at that the ordinary female brain (bird brain) should bs completely turned by the sudden bewildering flash of those hundreds of eyes, or that she should meekly bow her head in silent adoration before her wondrous lord? Alas! poor lady, she will find him bet a sorry husband. There is another gorgeously decorated bird—one of the birds of Paradise, whose extraordinary dancing parties have been described by Wallace. And our cock pleasant, too, is at all times a beau- tiful bird, and although brilliant in colouring, his plumage seems to exactly tone with our autumn foliage, As for our friend the peacock, no doubt you have all seen him displaying bis so- called “tail” (which after all is not his tail proper) and rattling every feather in the peculiar shivering fashion he deems attractive. How he poses and struts and rattles in order to win a look from his apparently uninterested lady love. For it is evidently a mark of superior breeding in the very highest ranks of bird society not to betray the slightest interest in all this fuss and display. But yo may depend upon it, the lady takes it all in, that nota disordered feather escapes her critical eye, not a false step in the curious dance but is noted, and ridiculed by-and-bye when she and her particular lady friends come to dis- cuss matters quietly. For : Though she doesn’t attend when he talks, And only locks bored when he sings, She’s impressed when she sees how he walks ; And admires the good taste of his “ things.’’ Miss Turner, in conclusion, dealt with the moulting changes in the plumage of many birds, and was at the conclusion accorded a hearty vote of thanks for her interesting lecture. EIGHTH WINTER MEE 13 TING.—MARCH 2oth, 1906. “WILD LIFE AT HOME, HOW TO PHOTOGRAPH AND STUDY IT.’— By Mr. R. Under the auspices of the East Kent Scientific Society, a second visit was paid to Canterbury on Tuesday evening, March 20, by Mr. R. Kearton, F.Z.S., the famous naturalist, and, despite the un- favourable weather, there wasa fair attendance at the Foresters’ Hall to listen to bis interesting lecture upon “Wild life at home: how to study and photograph it.” Mr. Sidney Harvey, F.S.A., F.LC., President of the Society, briefly introduced the lecturer, and expressed the hope that his ex- KEARTON, position of the delights of nature study would result in a large increase ia the number of members of their Society. Mr. Kearton’s lecture was certainly calculated to help in that direction. His observations were full of interest, and the views with which they were interspersed (reproduced from actual photographs of bird and animallife) depicted many novel objects and situations with delightful clear- ness. The lecture was listened to from start to finish with the greatest pleasure. NINTH WINTER MEETING—MARCH 27th, 1906. ““PICTORIAL PHOTOGRAPHY.’—By KODAK, LTD. The ninth meeting was held in the Reference Library of the Beaney Institute on Tuesday, March 27, when Mr. Eadie, of Kodak, Limited, gave a very interesting lecture on Pictorial Photography with a Kodak. The lecture was fully illustrated by means of excellent lantern slides, and at the close thejlecturer gave a demon- stration of developing and printing, etc ,which was very much appreciated by the crowded audience REPORT FOR 49th YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER 3oth, 1906. During the past year the Society has lost, by removals, resignations, or deaths, seven membersr and six new ones have joined, thus making the total number 90, including 9 corresponding members» 11 honorary members, 13 associates, and 57 ordinary members. This year the Society has lost the valuable services of Mr. C. Buckingham, who has removed to Godalming. He was one of our most earnest wor ing papers on the scenery, physical geography a photographer, and his papers were very fully il kers, and for several years past has given us interest- nd geology of East Kent. He was an accomplished lustrated by means of excellent lantern slides and photographs, many of which he sent to the British Association. We much regret that during the past year one of our most pcominent and useful members, Capt. J. G. McDakin, has undergone a very sad bereavement in the loss of his wife. Mrs. McDakin had always ably assisted her husband in his studies, and the members of the Society will long remember her kind hospitality and how excellently she executed sketches and diagrams for the Captain’s lectures. Scientific meetings have been held as in former years, reports of which will be found on other ges. Captain McDakin was our delegate to the Congress of S.E. Union of Scientific Societies at East- bourne, and Mr. A.S. Reid, our delegate to British Association, being unable to attend the Congress at York, was kind enough to secure the services of Dr. H. R. Mill, F'.R.S., to represent our Society, and his report will be found on another page. Three excursions were arranged for the summer, one to Faversham in July ; Wye College, August ; and Minster, September. The excursion to Fav: ersham attracted such a small number that it was abandoned. The Wye College excursion was postponed at the request of the Principal owing to building operations being in progress, and Minster was abandoned owing to inclement weather. Provided the weather had been fine this excursion would have been a most pleasant one, as Mr. F. Hewitt, of Margate, had kindly undertaken to act as guide to the party. 14 =~ Mr. Kearton’s lecture the previous winter proving such a great success, your Committee were induced to again secure his services and engaged a larger hall, but owing tothe inclement weather the attendance was less than anticipated, with the result that its receipts did not cover the expenses. For a number of years we have had to regret that in Canterbury there were no evening classes in scientific subjects, but at last we are glad to be able to report considerable progress. The Education Authority has arranged, among other subjects, for classes in chemistry and physics, under the superintendence of one of our members, Mr. Leeming, M.Sc. : Your Committee trust that as the coming year will be the 50th of the Society’s existence, some special efforts will be made by every individual member to help to justify its existence and give it fresh impetus for the future. A. LANDER, Hon. Secretary. REPORT ON THE CONFERENCE OF DELEGATES OF CORRESPONDING SOCIETIES, BRITISH ASSOCIATION, YORK MEETING, 1906. I am pleased to have had the privilege of representing the East Kent Scientific and Natural History Society at this Conference, and only regret that circumstances made it impossible for me to be present at the second meeting. I have, however, obtained an authentic report of the proceedings and am thus able to give a connected account of the proceedings. This year, for the first time, the Societies represented were divided into two groups, Affiliated Societies, which undertake and publish original scientific work, and Associated Societies, which do not publish original papers. The list contained the names of sixty-one Affiliated Societies and eleven Associated Societies sending delegates ; but of these the attendance book showed that only forty-two of the former and eight of the latter class were actually represented. The first meeting, held on August 2, was presided over by Sir Edward Brabrook, who delivered an able and stimulating address mainly concerning the relation of Scientific Societies to the subjects dealt with in Sections F, H, and L—economics, anthropology, and education. With regard to anthro- pological werk he pointed out that Local Societies could render an invaluable service in obtaining photographs and measurements of members of families known to have been settled in the locailty for many generations, and so provide material which no central organization could procure. As to education, he dwelt mainly on the importance of healthy surroundings in school life, and called attention to the coming meeting of the International Congress on School Hygiene, which is to be held in London, in August, 1907. In conclusion, Sir Edward laid stress on the value of the meetings of the Conference of Delegates of Corresponding Societies mainly as “ Iron sharpeneth iron, so a man sharpeneth the countenance of his friend.” The report of the Committee of Corresponding Societies was then read by Mr. F. W. Rudler, the Secretary. It referred to the question of taking action towards obtaining reduced railway fares for the travelling of individual members of societies, and stated that each society desiring such concessions must approach the local railway company on its own account ; but that warrants would be issued by the authority of the British Association certifying that the societies, whether affiliated or asscciated, were deserving of any concessions which the railway company might be prepared to grant. The last item on the programme was an address on local societies and meteorology which I had been requested by the Committee todeliver. This address pointed out the appropriateness of the study of meteorology for all societies which were not specialized in one department, partly on account of the value of the contributions to science, partly because of the intellectual advantages accruing from the study. While only wealthy societies could indulge in costly investigations such as that into the condition of the upper air by means of kites, or could support observatories like that of the Royal Cornwall Polytechnic Society at Falmouth, almost all could contribute to local climatology by instituting or securing the continuity of local observations. In two particulars this service would be particularly valuable, in starting new records of sunshine and in supervising and increasing the number of observations of rainfall. Additional rainfall stations are more urgently needed in the Scottish Highlands than in any other part of the British Isles except the west of Ireland; but there are several spots even in Kent where new records would be welcome. I may mention Charing, Romney Marsh, Queenborough, Kingsdown, Barham, and other places between Canterbury and Dover, and any places over 500ft. above sea level. The special value of the work of a society lies in the guarantee of continuity whichitaffords. Only the best instruments, tested and certified as accurate, should ever be employed for such observations, the cost of which lies ultimately in the time of the observers rather than in the price of the apparatus. The second meeting was held on August 7th, when Mr. John Hopkinson occupied the chair. A paper on “The Desirability of Promoting County Photographic Surveys,” by Mr. Jerome Harricon, was 15 read by the Secretary, in the absence of the author. The object is to discover the characteristic features of the neighbourhoood, whether these be natural, architectural, or sociological, and to secure photo- graphs of them on a systematic plan, in permanent materials, so as to place them on record for all time. Detailed suggestions for carrying on such work were supplied. Discussion followed, as a result of which a committee was nominated “for County Photographic Surveys,” to be appointed at next year’s meeting. Reports from the Sections were then called for, and on behalf of Section A, Professor H. H. Turner suggested that societies desirous of undertaking new work, might consider (a) observations of solar radiation ; (b) observations of the brightness of the sky at night. He would be glad to hear on the subject from any society, his address being University Observatory, Oxford. Mr. Whitaker, for Section C, asked the aid of Local Societies in continuing the work of the Geological Photographs Committee. Mr. W. Crooke, for Section H, invited co-operation in obtaining photographs of anthropological interest und in studying megalithic monuments. Mr Heawood, for Section E, wrote directing attention to the Committee on “The quantity and composition of rainfall and of lake and river discharge,” in connection with which local observations would be of value. I trust that this summary of the proceedings, though necessarily brief, will be found of interest, end that any interest which may be aroused in the subjects touched upon will find expression in writing to the gentlemen who brought the particular subject forward, so as to make sure that any action taken may be on the right lines. HUGH ROBERT MILL. 62, Camden Square, London, N.W. 25th September, 1905. Dr. a8) ig.) di Cr. To Balance, October Ist, 1905 0 7 9] 1905. Beg ids ,, Subscriptions for 1904... 010 0]! March 14—By Miss Turner for Lecture ... i 1.0 ” 9 » 1905 410 0| ., 20—., Mr. R. Kearton 6 0 oh a ag. OOD: * 5: me ae, 29-10. 0 1906. ;, Guarantor for Mr. Kearton’s Lecture... 1 0 0} October — ., Mr. Austen, printing for Mr. ,, Receipts for Mr. Kearton’s Lecture, less Kearton’s Lecture a 014 6 expenses of hall and lantern 5 0 0 Z —., Mr. Goulden, printing for Mr. Kearton’s Lecture ... 5 0 os — ,, Honorary Secretary, postage, ete. ... “s sec fee are G ae —,, Honorary Librarian for expenses... rer = g PY ent) re — ,, Expenses at Dover Colliery .. 05 0 as —,, Messrs. E. B. Goulden printing Report ... ees 810 0 “fi — ,, Portrait Block for Report ... 08 6 24 —,, Quekett Club . oP oe 010 0 a —,, Royal Photographie Society Thuis ht 5 —,, Ray Society ... oes a estecd os — ,, Fire Insurance os ro 0 210 oe —,, Mr. W. G. Austen, cards and printing... tec - 314 3 —,, Mr. W.G. Austen, magazines 05 0 i —,, Messrs. Hayward, Bros., binding... oe até ee iets oh --,, S. E. Union ... 0 5 0 s —.,, Balance ee £3017 9 £3017 9 16 REPORT OF AN ADDITION TO THE FLORA OF SOUTH-EAST KENT AND OF NEW LOCALITIES FOR PLANTS: FOUND IN THIS DISTRICT. The most noteworthy plant I have come across in south-east Kent during the past season is Lathyrus tuberosus (Peas Earth-nut). It has never, so far as I can find out, been found before any- where in Britain except in Essex. It was first found by Miss Baggallay, who sent it to me as she was not sure of its identity.. I identified it as Lathyrus tuberosus ; but, to make sure, I sent a specimen to Kew, where my identification was confirmed. JL myself found the plant in flower on July 30 in the locality where Mics Baggallay had found it, that is on the brow of the Downs to the north of Elms Vale. On August 10 I dug up a plant and found the tuber. In the 8th edition of Hooker and Arnott’s “ British Flora,” published in 1860, pp. 606-7, it is stated that this plant grows at Fyfield, near Ongar, Essex, in the borders of fields, at intervals for several miles. The authors of this flora got the information regarding this plant from Mr. G. S. Gibson, of Saffron-Waldev. It had been observed, Mr. Gibson in- formed them, growing in the same fields for sixty years. There the flowers were noticed to fall off without bearing fruit. Hooker and Arnott further state that this plant was formerly much cultivated in Holland (and probably also in some parts of England) for the sake of the excellent tubers about the size of a walnut, which were sold in the market under the name of “ Macusson.” Where I found it, in Elms Vale, it was not growing in the border of the field, but in the middle of it. A farmer, who examined the field, told we that this field had not been ploughed for twenty years at least. The plant had tubers a little less than the size of a walnut, and its roots were creeping extensively under- ground, It is pretty well established in the locality where I fourd it, I went out to see it three or four times. On the last occasion the petals had all fallen off, but I did not find any fruit, though I made diligent search for it. Tam convinced that the plant does not bear fruit here. In this respect it agrees with the Essex plant. The nearest house to the locality where it was found is a shepherd’s cottage, which is down in the valley about a quarter of a mile off. The accompanying print cf the plant is from a photograph of a water-colour sketch by Miss Baggallay. It gives a very correct representation of the plant. The illustration is about a third of the size of the actual plant. The following are believed to be new localities for the plants mentioned :— Prunus cerasus, to the north-west of Hythe. Thalictrum flavum, near Frogham. Carex curta, Hythe. Cochlearia danica, near the Mouth of the Stour. Ophrys apifera, The Warren, Folkestone. Juncus acutiflorus, The Warren, Folkestone. Festuca uniglumis, sind dunes north of Sandwich. Carex echinata, near Bridge (identified at Kew). I em inclined to believe that Frankenia levis is disappearing from this part of Kent. I was told by a botanist who knows the flora of this neighbourhoud well that I would find one or two large patches of it at the mouth of the Stour, but I found only one very small patch. When it is in flower it 1s a very striking object, and if there had been very large patches of it I think I could not bave failed to see them. I went out with Mr. Moring to Lydden Spout to try to find it at a place where he bad found it in previous years; but we failed to see even one plant of it. Another circumstance that helps to coafirm the view that this plant is disappearing, is that the closely allied species—Frankenia pulverulenta—has died out from Britain altogether. JOHN TAYLOR, M.A., B.D. 11, Guilford Terrace, Dover. October 22, 1906. 17 NOTES ON LEPIDOPTERA. Doubtless it is due in a great measure to the little time at my disposal, that after such a fine summer and autumn my captures and observations should be so few. _Still thera are things which seem to have disappeared from this neighbourhood more or less, for years—notably, with some of the butterflies. The Purple Emperor, Apatura Tris, for instance, must have been fairly numercus in the woods round here fifty years ago, for it is on record that one of these fine butterflies was seen flying over the tops of the houses in the centre of this town in July, 1856. At that time this butterfly occurred in a wood less than a mile from the town. Now one must go six or seven miles away to see it and then only occasionally, I did not hear of one being seen last July. The large tortoise shell Vanessa polychloros is another that seems much less common than formerly. A few were seen this spring after hibernation, but scarcely any of the resulting butterflies in August. Thanke to the migratory habit of the Painted Lady V. cordine, we occasionally get swarms of this species in the early summer, as was the case last June, when one day four or five would settle within a yard or two. Looking for the larva in July they were found on three different species of thistle, but the number of butterflies seen on the wing in September was very small. My principal object in the wcod where I saw the swarm of V. cardine in June was to get specimens of the day-flying sphinx, Sesia bombyliformis, being in want of eggs of this last for further study. In this | was not successful, though I have several times taken the larva there in July on its food plant, Scabiosa succisa. Of its congener, S. fucifosmis, I found four larva last July on honeysuckle which pupated amongst moss the following month. Early in July four Cucullia gnaphalii emerged in my breeding cages; in all cases about 8 a.m. Perhaps the most interesting moth bred this year was Nonagria sparganii, not but what many others have bred the species from the larva and pupa before, but because I reared them from the egg state right through. The eggs hatched 10-12th May and the larva were watched as closely as their internal habits would permit—the perfect insect appearing end of August A few visitors, such as Deilephil livornica, have been reported from other parts of the country, but they do not seem to have come in May. The common Humming-bird Sphinx was seen on the wing in the early Summer and again in September, two moths being bred in the latter month from larva found in Galium verum in August. Ashford. W. R. JEFFREY. GEOLOGICAL NOTES. The most important change in selation to coast erosion this year occurred on the 13th January, when a slip of many thousand tons of chalk took place from the eastern side of Shakespeare Cliff near the entrance of the South-Eastern Railway tunnel. The fall took place suddenly and without the slighest warning. This happened after several weeks of wet weather, and there having been little or no frost. The chalk at this part of the cliff consists of the lower bed of the middle chalk zone of Ferebratulina gracilis, Rhynchonella currert The upper bed of the lower chalk, four feet in thickness, being only a few fect above the beach, containing Belemnitella plena. Dover. J. GORDON McDAKIN. METEOROLOGICAL NOTES FOR 1906. The most remarkable meteorological feature of the past year was the great abundance of sunshine with which we were favoured. As will be seen from the accompany tables Ramsgate had as much as 2,027 hours, and Broadstairs 2,004, being about 350 hours above the average. The greatest amount of sunshine in the British Isles was 2,050 hours at Eastbourne, Ramsgate being a good second with 2,027 hours, followed closely by Torquay with 2,025 hours. It is a pity that every part of these Islands is not so well furnished with sunshine recorders as Kast Kent. The most brilliant months were April, June, July, and September ; February also being greatly in excess of the normal. May, and especially November, were very dull months. The past year was about an average one for rainfall, Tunbridge Wells and Dungeness being slightly in excess, but at Folkestone and Margate a slight deficiency being recorded. Most rain fell in November, when as much as seven inches was measured at Tunbridge Wells. The Christmas of 1906 will long be remembered because of the widespread snowstorms. Snow began to fall in Hast Kent during Christmas night, and continued at irregular intervals for taree or four days reaching a depth of five or six inches. The snowstorm was almost universal over the British Isles, and was the cause of a railway collision, attended by much loss of life, at Arbroath. The elevated parts of Durhem and Northumberland were covered to a depth of eighteen inches. The afternoon of February 8th, 1906, was remarkable, owing to the violent thunderstorm, accom- panied by a heavy fall of hail and sleet, such a storm being very unusual so early in the year. Many 18 buildings were struck, and much damage done in East Kent. The records given by my instruments were sufficiently interesting to be published in Nature on March 15th, and gave rise to an interesting correspondence in that journal. Mr. Lempfert, of the Meteorological Office, was instructed by the Director to undertake a detailed study of the phenomenon, and at his request, my records were sent to him, and included in his report and tabulated together with those of ten other observatories in the British Isles. “It appears that the squall was first noted at Stornaway at 12.30 a.m. and last felt at Hastings at 4 p.m. Its rate of progress was about 38 miles per hour. Thus a traveller from York to London, leaving the former place at 11.15 a.m., would have had the unique experiences of accomplishing the whole journey in a thunderstorm, if the train service had been suitable.” At Canterbury there was a sudden rise of the barometer of nearly one-tenth of an inch. The thermometer fell suddenly from 46° to 34°. The wind suddenly veered from S.W. to N.W., and dropped from a squall of 42 miles per hour to nearly acalm. The melted snow, sleet, etc, measured slightly over }-inch. (See records reproduced below). x = LANDER'S [- Fa ANEMOMETER S~ CANTERBURY IBECTION RAINFALL. D _ 2549 69N3 6 ; Vets, URSDAY P cl The year also witnessed a remarkably high temperature very late in the year, viz. 94° at Canterbury on September 2nd, 92° at Tenterden, and 908° at Tunbridge Wells. The highest recorded was 96° at Bawtry, and 95° at Epson and Maidenhead. These are the highest shade temperatures recorded for twenty years and possibly the highest ever recorded so late in the year. The lowest temperatures were registered in the closing days of the year, when on December 30th the grass thermometer fell to 49° at Tunbridge Wells, 11° at Caaterbury, and 12° at Folkestone. ‘A very high tide caused serious floods at Faversham and other places at the Thames Estuary and along the East coast. In somo places it was stated to have been the highest tide for thirty years. A relatively sharp earthquake shock was experienced over South Wales and South West of England on June 27th. My instruments continue to meet with general favour and have been supplied to most of the large Meteorological Departments throughout the world, being in use in New Zealand, South and Central © Africa, India, Spain, Germany, Norway, etc. Professor Barrett, F.R.S., gave a special demonstration of them before the Royal Dublin Suciety. During the year, by the kind p-rmission of the Secretary of State for War, we have been enabled to fix an Anemometer on the highest part of HM. Military Prison at Dover, ona of the most exposed parts of our S.E. coast. It is difficult to believe that there is no similar instrument anywhere along this coast, especially when we remember the difficulty that has been experienced in extending the Admiralty Pier owing to the violent storms. The past year has been a very quiet one, remarkably free from gales, but in our next report we hope to give the results from this valuable Anemograph Station and reproduce some of the most interesting records. The thanksof the Society are due to the Governor of the Prison for his kindly interest in the matter and for sending us the records every week, The Anemometer has now been modified so as to record also the ventilation of mines, gas pressures, ete. In conclusion, I have to thank the observers for kindly sending me their reports. Canterbury. ARTHUR LANDER. 19 SUNSHINE 1N HOURS. Tunbridge ‘Tenter- Littlestone- Canter- Rams- Broad- Mar- Folke- Wells. den. on-Sea. bury. gate. stairs. gate. stone. F.G.smart, J.E.Mace, M.O. A. Lander, T,J.Taylor, M.O. J. Stokes, M.O. Esq. Esq. Esq. Esq. SS 1906. Aver. Jan.... 761 4771 771 73°3 705 946 9071 740 841 Feb.... 93°3 67°7 94°6 83°3 85°9 85:0 864 71.2 93°0 March 1200 121'9 1347 13371 116-4 138-1 1342 127:0 130°5 April. 246°1 16271 24404. 252°3 243°3 255°6 249°L 235°5 259:3 May... 1929 206°0 198°6 203°8 204-7 2142 2207 208°6 2104 June.. 255°7 2006 237°4 2516 236°0 230°2 229'8 2241 24671 July... 2916 2109 2642 2719 2626 27671 275°5 260°5 262°6 Aug... 2492 195°7 2376 2514 227°8 2529 257-4 243°3 250°5 Sept... 1981 1567 199°7 195°3 200°9 218°4 213°3 209:0 19971 Oct ... 139°9 109°2 143°7 1420 1323 143°5 137°8 125°2 1401 Nov... 395 679 4404, 44-4 45°6 53°6 48:7 42°1 415 Dec... 492 426 4671 53°3 43°0 614 61-0 49°9 60°4 19516 15884 1922°5 19562 1869°0 2027°6 20040 1870°4 1977°6 - RAINFALL IN INCHES. Tunbridge Maidstone. Tenter- Ashford. Dungeness. Wingham. Observer Wells. den. F. G. Smart, C. Pratt, J.E.Mace, J.Nickalls, M. O. J. E.Elgar Esq. Esq. Esq. Esq. Esq. SS SSS 6 SS SSS (SF) == => 1906. Aver. Aver. Aver. Jan.... 5°00 2°66 3°12 3°64 2.46 3°38 3°62 185 3°46 Feb..... 2°71 2°22 174 2°22 205 & 2°38 202 1°32 2:22 March 2°14 2°45 2710 177 1:92 = 2712 168 1:38 1:54 April... 1°48 1°74 116 144 166 3 1:47 0°69 138 0:95 May... 1:98 1°65 1°56 2:03 184 2°52 191 1:28 1°44 June.. 2°28 2°26 1:94 119 186 & 235 1:87 1:53 2°34 July... O74 2°43 0-47 0°43 2.26 § 0°50 0°40 1:67 O74 Aug... 0°85 2°42 0°94 O61 DSi, 0-70 0-49 1:98 0°37 Sept... 157 2°05 1:83 1:70 251 & 201 1:52 2°30 1°52 Oct.... 4°74 4:09 3°72 4:52 348 3°70 4:16 3:24 3°12 Nov.... 7:00 3:27 5:23 580 303 § 5°13 599 2°65 5:01 Dec.... 2°35 316 2°26 2°02 2:80 < 219 218 2°24 2:04 32:74 30:12 26 07 27°37 28°24 28°45 26°53 22°82 24°75 RarnFAaLy In Incurs (Continued). Folkestone St.Thomas’ Canterbury. Reculver. Margate. Broad- Hill. A. stairs. Observer _ MO. J. Spillett, A.Lander. Collard, J. Stokes, W.H.White, Esq. Esq. Esq. Esq. Esq. 1906. == SSS SS S= == at -——| JAN, can 2°56 2°83 2°88 2°09 2°10 2°58 Feb. ... 1°69 2°29 2°20 141 157 171 March.. 131 1.58 130 1:26 1-41 165 April... og1 1.04 0-89 0°60 0°67 0°51 May ... 1°45 1.78 157 160 2:13 2°63 June ... 150 328 2°80 152 1:87 162 July ... 0°67 059 055 0°50 O71 O77 Aug. ... 0°63 046 0:28 O47 0°52 059 Sept. ... 1:61 173 ny Al 1:90 1:87 2:07 Oct. is 3:27 3°26 2°53 2°23 1:82 1:88 Nov. ... 576 515 466 3°33 3:96 458 Dec. ... 1:98 2°64 178 1°62 1:80 1§2 20 0.LF SOP 0.0P 9-19 0 8F LP 698 6S L-PS P19 919 06S 619 9.99 £69 1-69 £9 0-69 PS € 89 0.09 L6v S29 LG Livy GPP 090 8-1P ¥OP g.1F c-1P 6.LE 8 LE SEP 9.09 SOP ‘qo0} } °JOOF T "951 ‘Aanqueyarg = “S]]9M “UN, ‘SAALVUadNa], HLA 8.0 8 18 6-SP T 8p 8-87 a3 L-99 g.1S £29 €99 $29 Z£9 T-89 899 ¥-2S 8.89 6.97 oP Maa 03h 0.0% 6-66 0-6 o-2P “1OAW Se “bsg ‘seq0}S “£ 9] BaIB IT ‘NOS NI LSHLLOH GNV ‘SSV 8 61 0-88 OLs Lev 6.87 Z.LY oP 9.18 0.68 ORG 0-64 LLG “ONAL 8-8S £.09 8 OL 0 06 8-06 So &8 LLL 80L €.0L Leo 8.6F o€s “xB ed) ‘aq ecle yy ‘sagoX moejeutt TOF SOUSIA 4 68 6 OIL 821 LoL POL Fel PIL 901 66 ¥6 98 ‘ssBiy “Ul “XBT “Ung eS O-FL O-FS ¢.18 1-09 are OGL 8:88 OF6 8-8h 326 3b 0-48 G.0OrF b6L 0.g8 O8L 0.66 214 9.83 8-29 9G O-PS 82 O-€S Var “£angiezUsy —) IL 0.91 0-FS fez 0-1€ 0-09 62 OFE OZL 78 GIP 0-26 Ze 0-L% 0-06 — O&F &.S8 fee 088 O62 f9o G28 9.04 1g 0.86 96h 86 SLE 0.69 ¥6I 0-46 9.09 8I Ges ¢-2S ‘ssuay “Ul, Xv] ———— “ueps108zUaT, aa! GF GlL 98S F:68 0:66 0.66 1-49 9-16 982 G-8E 98-69 4-601 828 L168 98-06% 0-961 648 1-96 F-68 0-LaT PCh Eh 1-28 €-Ser OFS GLE L8L 9-FeL — yen Cateye) ae L161 186 @14 8-8tT GIZ G92 ¥-69 £-86 GPL @92 T-0G 0-86 9-12 G96 609 £28 ‘ssBIH) “UI “XB “ONg Se ‘STIOM OSprtquny, a) NO LSHQ100 ‘NUWAOS AHL NI AVOLVUAdNAL JO SANAALXA 998 PLY 1.-SS 609 89 £9 91S GES L-OF Lop 8.68 9.67 UH~-—Y ‘bsg ‘tepuey W *“£inqie}yUTo GLE 9.87 yas ¢-6S Z-£9 £69 oss 0-1 LPP 8.0P 6-68 Var UH ‘On i *‘ssomesun( ‘NUGUOS NI AUOALVAGINAL ATIVE NVGW 8.1P ee) “bsq ‘oor ae ‘meps1equay, G88 teed 6.87 “bag qavas “Dw ‘STIOM osplaquny, o.Gt 9 SP pes 78s Z.89 G69 699 1.69 T.SP 0 OF 8.Lé ¢-0V *19AIesqQ 4 90q AON ‘400 sso oadag “ gsnsny oo King os onne Ke [ndy “ Yy O1BI “gag mee *906T aaqmeoaq 19qM1aA0 NT 1940990, qeqmeydag qgsnony Aine eone Aun dy youeyy Arenigey Avenaee *906T 21 CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. Bates, Mr H. W., London Britten, Mr J., K'S.G. , F.L.S., British Museum, South Kensington, S.W. Holmes, Mr E. M., F.L.S, Ruthven, Sevenoaks Housman, Rev. N., Bradley Rectory, Redditch Marshall, Rey. E. s., Devon. HONORARY Fiddian, Mr W. H. Hayward, Mr E. B., 6 Burgate Lane, Canterbury Jeffrey, Mr W. R., 37 Bank Street. Ashford Kemp, Dr. William, Wellington, New Zealand Manudson, Mr B., 34 St. Peter’s Street, Canterbury Mead, Mr H. T., 2 Bertha Villas, Canterbury | Masters, Dr. Maxwell T., F.R.S., Ealing Mitchinson, Right Rey. Dr. \Sibstone Rectory Atherstone Saunders, Mr Gass 20° Dents Road, Wandsworth Common Whittaker, Mr W., B.A., F.R.S., F.G.S., 3, Campden Road, Croydon MEMBERS. Pugh, Mr, Vernon Place, Canterbury Reid, Mr "James, F.B.C.S. ‘eae ‘Street, Canterbury Rosseter, Mr T. B., F.R. ‘MLS , 6 Nursery Terrace, Canterbury Saunders, Mr Sibert, Whitstable Small, Mr F. A., 95 Westgate, Canterbury ASSOCIATES. Ashenden, Mr C., 7 Havelock Street, Canterbury De Vere, Mr T., Belle Vue, Harbledown Goulden, Mr W_ E.. St. Paul's, Canterbury Harvey, Mr S. W., 84, Ferndale Road, Brixton, S.W. Hawkins, Mr E. M., F.I.C., Stone Street, Petham Holden, Mr 8., Longport Canterbury Kennedy, Mr A. , Canterbury Langston, Mr H., 12, Tudor Road, Canterbury Porter, Mr. A. Graham, Holmwood, Guildford Road Canterbury Sinith, Mr W. E., 11 Broad Street, Canterbury Snell, Mr F. C., 8 Guildhall Street, Canterbury Spillet, Mr, Winchester Surry, Mr W., 6 Dane John Terrace, Canterbury Serry, Mr R., 14 Upper Bridge Street, Canterbury MEMBERS. Abbott, Miss, 59, Oxford Street, Whitstable Austen, Mr W. G., 18 St. George’s Street, Canterbury Bennett-Goldney, Mr F., Abbott’s Barton Biggleston, Mr H., 3, St. Augustine’s Road, Canterbury Biggleston, Mrs H.,3, St Augustine’s Road, Canterbury Biggleston, Mr F., Cornubia, Canterbury Biggleston Mi iss, Cornubia. Canterbury Burch, Miss, 2 er Norman Road, Canterbury Chapman, Mr H. M., The Priory, St. Martin’s Hill, Canterbury Chapman, Mrs H. M., The Priory, St. Martin’s Hill, Canterbury Cole, Miss, 53 London Road, Canterbury ‘Cozens, Mr W., Ferndale, Canterbury Cozens, Miss, Ferndale, Canter Ellis, Mr E., Old Dover Road, ¢. Facer, Mr F-. M., B.A., Kent ‘College, Canterbury Finn, Mr P., 2. St. Augustine’ 8 Road, Canterbury Flint, Mr Ww. H., M. R.c S,LR.C P, Ansdell House, Whitstable Galpin, Rev. A. J., M.A.. King’s School, Canterbury Gardner, Mr C. A., la Castle Street, Canterbury Hamilton, Mr, 19 St. Margaret's Street, Canterbury Hammond, Mr W.H., Whitstable Road, Canterbury Harvey, Mr Sidney, F.I.C., F.C.S., 18 Watling Street, Canterbury Harvey,Mr A B..6,BalhamP’k Mansions, ParkRd.,SW. Heaton, Mr J. Henniker, M.P.,38 Eaton Square, Lon- don, W. Holmes, Miss, Woolton House, Bekesbourne Hook, Miss Ada, London Road, Canterbury Hurst, Miss, Hanover Road, Canterbury Jeffs, Mr F. J., B Sc., Oaten Hill, Canterbury Jennings, Mr W. J., Latchmere House, Canterbury Johnson, Mr J. G., Shakespeare Terrace, Dane John, Canterb Kingsford, Miss, 14 St. Danstan’s Terrace, Canterbury Lander, Mr A., Ph.C., F.S.M.C., The Medical Hall, Canterbury Lavender, Miss Frances L. Road. Can‘ EAST KENT SBIENTIFL AND NATURAL HISTORY uo lee Y . . Vil. CANTERBURY: “Kentish GazeTrrR AND CANTERBURY Press” OfFice. i Photo from block kindly lent by Elitor of ** Gardeners’ Chronicle.” GHE Lame DR. MAXWELL MASGERS, F.R.S. Born in Canterbury 1833. Died at Ealing 1907. Hon. Member of the East Kent Scientifie Society, and whose Herbarium of British Plants was recently presented to our Society by his widow. See Page 21. East Kent Vatural History Society. OFFICERS—1906-07. President : S. HARVEY, Esg., F.1.C.., F.C.S. Vice-Presidents : THE VERY REV. THE DEAN OF CANTERBURY, CAPTAIN J. GORDON Mc DAKIN, REY. A. J. GALPIN, M.A. SIBERT SAUNDERS, Esq. Hon. Treasurer : W. P. MANN, Esq., B.A., Simon Langton Schools. Hon. Librarian : Mr. H. T. MEAD. Committee : F. BENNETT GOLDNEY, Esq., F. M. FACER, Esq., H. M. CHAPMAN, Esgq., G. M. PITTOCK, Esq., W. COZENS, Esq., W. T. LEEMING, Esgq., W.H. HAMMOND, Esq. Hon. Secretary : Mr. A. LANDER, The Medical Halil, Canterbury. Reporting Secretary: W. T. LEEMING. Assistant Secretaries : Mr. C. A. GARDNER, 1a, Castle Street, Canterbury. Mr. E. B. HAYWARD, 6 Burgate Lane, Canterbury. Local Secretaries or Referees. To organise special observation and investigation, and report upou definite subjects, in accordance with the suggestions of the British Association. The Members of the Society are invited to assist the work of the Sub-Committees by giving notice of any facts or oceurrences relating to the subjects of investigation named to the General Secretary, or to the Local Secretary, who will always be glad to receive the informatian, and tender any advice or assistance in their power. Botany : W. H. Hammonp, Esa., The Misses Hotues AnD PaILLports. Coleoptera : B. F. Maupson, Esq. Entomology : SipNex Wess, Esq, W. R. Jerrrey, Esq Geology: Caprain J. G. McDaxin, A. S. Reip, Esq, M.A., F.G.S. Hymenoptera, etc.: Rev. W. M. Ropwe .u. Lepidoptera : F A. Smauu, Esa. Meteorology : A. LANDER, Esq. Ornithology : H. Mean-Briaas, Esq. Photography : W. H. Hammonp, Esq. Bex aE NT Scientific and \atural fhistory Society, WITH WHICH IS INCORPORATED THE, Canterbury Whotographic Society. AFFILIATED WITH THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION, THE ROYAL PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY, AND S.E. UNION OF SCIENTIFIC SOCIETIES ESTABLISHED 1857. Rooms :—BEANEY INSTITUTE, HIGH STREET, CANTERBURY. REPORTS AND TRANSACTIONS for the year ending September 30th, 1907. SERIES It. vot1L. Viti. Edited by the Hon. Secretary, A. LANDER, Ph.C., F.R.Met.Soc., F.S.M.C., The Medical Hall, Canterbury, To whom all communications should be sent. FIRST WINTER MEETING. OCTOBER 17th, 1906. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS BY MR. SIDNEY HARVEY. The forty-ninth annual meeting was held at the Beaney Institute on the 17th October. The old system of electing the officers of the Society by ballot was reverted to, Mr. Snell and Miss Cozens wereappointed scrutineers,and the result of the vot- ing wasas follows :—President, Mr. Sidney Harvey, F.LC., F.C.S. ; Vice-presidents, the Very Rev. the Dean of Canterbury, the Rev. A. J. Galpin, M.A., Captain Gordon McDakin, Mr. Sibert Saunders; Hon. Treasurer, Mr. W. P. Mann, B.A.; Hon. Librarian, Mr. H. T. Mead ; Committee, Alderman Bennett-Goldney, F.S.A., Messrs. H. M. Chapman, Walter Cozens, F. M. Facer, B.A., W. H. Ham- mond, W. T. Leeming, M.Sc., Mr. W. H. Nether- clift,F.R.C.S.,Dr. G. M. Pittock,M.R.C.S., F.R.M.S.; - Hon. Secretary, Mv. A. Lander ; Reporting Secre- tary, Mr. W. T. Leeming, M.Sc.; Assistant Hon. Secretaries, Mr. E. B. Hayward and Mr. C. A. Gardner; local secretaries and referees as last year. Mr. W. P. Mann presented the treasurer's report, which was of a most satisfactory character, and the report of the committee was also presented. NEW MEMBERS. Dr. Wills, Mr. Monahan, Mr. Jeffs, and Mr. Ellis were elected new members of the Society. THE PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. The President said that in viewing the approach- ing jubilee of the Society, old members, like him- self,looked backand remembered the older meetings of the Society, forty-five or forty-six years ago —and one was struck with the contrast. That night he asked the question “ What has become of the microscope ?” At their meetings forty, and even thirty years ago, the members generally brought microscopes, and often interesting even- ings were spent in comparing notes with those instruments. But of late years one hardly saw a microscope at their monthly meetings,and,without for a moment inferring that the microscope was neglected by the members at their homes—he was quite sure it was not—it called for some explana- tion. As to what that explanation was,he thought he could give them some information. He thought the Kodak was responsible for the change. He would not for a moment—it would be improper on his part—censure, orconvey anything like censure, for the substitution of the Kodak for the microscope at their meetings. _ He looked upon the Kodak, that was to say the habit of photographing natural objects, as one of the greatest blessings to a Natural History Society. To be able to register accurately and reliably plants and a thousand other things—to be able to take the nest of a sitting bird without disturbing the bird or robbing her of her eggs, to be able to take a photograph of a rare species of bird, to secure all they desired to know of the habits, so to speak, and beauties of that particular part of creation, without the exter- mination of rare creatures—was a very great boon tothem. Personally, he felt very warmly on the subject, and he blessed the day when the Kodak came to the front in that way and made the study of natural history a humane and a merciful study of the beautiful creatures whose habits, they as a Society, were called upon to investigate. The range of the Kodak was immensely great, and he thought he could speak of a still greater range. If it were a proper thing to take life in its own haunts—if it were a proper thing to do that, there could be no question about it that those who would like to save their rare wild plants would like to be able to take them by the Kodak in the places where they were growing, and not even have to take them up to do so. That Society had greatly distinguished itself, by the fact that many of the members had become most expert photographers ; they had a good name and record when compared with other societies. His re- marks were not to be taken as discouraging the Kodak, which he hoped to see grow more and more, and to be of still greater efficacy than it was at the present time, but meanwhile they must not forget that the microscope did what the camera could not do. It enabled minutely infinitesimal things to become visible, and had a very wide yange indeed. He would like to see greater prominence and appreciation given to the micro- scope, and ereater appreciation of the bodies brought to light by it. It was a great mistake to suppose that the microscope was worn out. He felt that the value of the microscope had yet to be realised in this country. He looked back upon the time when the old microscopes were in vogue— the old-fashioned barrel microscope, which would not incline at any angle at all, but which had to be looked at vertically. Their illumination, focus, mechanism, and lenses would be very ill adapted to the work of the present day. But the exhibition of 1851 brought microscopical investigators very much to the front, and, without hesitation, he could say that during that year the practice of using the microscope grew rapidly, and English makers far exceeded and excelled all those on the Continent. He believed that the Council medals at the exhibition to which he had referred were awarded to English firms. It was a curious thing that when he first joined that Society there was a keen enquiry as to the structure of Diatoms. At that time of day it was supposed that the lines upon the surface of those Diatoms were actual facts. The President went on to say thatthe Rev. J. B. Reade, of Bishopsbourne, aimed t» show those lines (which they now knew had no existence at all), and alluded to the efforts of that Society in the same direction which led to their procuring better and more accurate instruments, with better illu- mination and defining power. He did not, he said, hesitate to say that the efforts of the Society to ascertain what these lines were, to define them, and exhibit them, were, after all, very successful, although, perhaps, not in the way in which they expected. The old microscopes were deficient, and, in order to study those Diatoms properly, one wanted the very best illumination, one wanted ac- curate focussing, and one wanted the best defining power that could be furnished. None of their members would think anything of giving five or six guineas for a single power, the price that would now buy a microscope all complete, and there was great rivalry in the Society as to who could show those markings better than others. To this day there was a great difference of opinion as to what those markings were. One of the popular theories was that the markings were not markings at all, but perforations resembling that of a postage stamp. He did not think, however, that a member could do better than take up the study of Diatoms, and it would also enable those who used the lantern, to add to their collection of slides some of the most beautiful objects in the world. Certainly the time would not be badly spent. Mr. Harvey alluded to the great use of the microscope in the study of bacteria or bacilli, and went on to express the opinion that the skilled pencilled drawing made from the microscope was preferable to the photograph taken under the microscope. In this connection he referred to one of the most beautiful draughtsmen in the country—the late Mr. James Fullagar, of Canterbury—whose drawings under the microscope of objects of study had never, he said, been surpassed and perhaps seldom equalled. Mr. Harvey showed, however, that in certain instances the most excellent results were to be obtained from photographs taken under the microscope, and among these he mentioned that a mixture of wheat and maize flour could thus easily be detected, just as a photograph rendered visible thousands and thousands of stars which would not otherwise be visible. So that the camera in that connection, he said, must not be put altogether on one side. In his closing re- marks, Mr. Harvey said he would like to go back and refer to some of those who were ornaments of the Society many years ago when he came to Can- terbury. They had then a clergyman living at Boughton—a partial invalid—who was rising to fame as a microscopist, the Rev. Dr. Dallinger, who was hale and hearty to-day. That was in one direction. Almost diametrically opposite, they had at Bishopsbourne, some time later, the vener- able clergyman, the Rev. J. B. Reade. He supposed no man had done so much for the development of the microscope as Mr. Reade did. Mr. Reade was a most enthusiastic member of that Society ; there was not a meeting at which he did not turn up, and not only that, but his microscopes turned up too, and he often brought a dozen splendid instru- nents. He was a most versatile man; he was always showing them something new, and it was a great treat to have his society, until death took him from them. Then they had as their honorary secretary, the late George Gulliver, who was also a great microscopist. He was the life and soul of their Society, until laid aside by sickness. Mr. Harvey also referred to Mr. Saunders, Mr. Rossiter, and others. He thought that the Society might well be proud of having had such men within thei ranks. He hoped that in the future those meetings would be more largely attended by the members, and he could assure them that if what he had said that evening would have the effect of encouraging them not to neglect the 2 microscope in the future, he would have his reward (applause). Captain MeDakin, in proposing a vote of thanks to Mr. Harvey, alluded to the fact of the Kodak camera being mentioned by Mr. Harvey, and observed that there were a number of other varieties of what were known as_ snap-shot cameras. With regard, he said, to the microscope not being used at their meetings to the extent that it was some years ago, he might say that the subject had been mentioned at their meetings at Dover from time to time. It occurred to him that the difficulty was that they could not show bodies under the microscope to many people during an evening, because if one person occupied it a minute it would take sixty people exactly one hour to look through one microscope. With all people having their own microscopes this diffieulty could be, of course, got over. Captain McDakin mentioned that twenty years ago at their meetings they sometimes had forty microscopic exhibitions at the same time, but even then it was difficult to prevent congestion. He thought that their Presi- dent had placed his subject before them in a manner, not only of great scientific accuracy, but also with a very great deal of feeling in regard to the older members of the Society (applause). Mr. W. H. Hammond seconded the vote of thanks, and remarked that he was never tired of hearing their President when he went back and told them how much __ better they did things then than they did now (laughter). Mr. Hammond went on to say that he did not think it was only the Kodak which had ousted the microscope, but he thought that the lantern had a great deal to do with that. They used to bring their microscope with a great deal of trouble to the meetings and sometimes they acted contrarily and would not do what was required of them (laughter). Now they took a photo- graph of the object which they wanted to show them, and instead of bringing the microscope they brought a little piece of glass in the shape ef a lantern slide and they threw the object on a screen. Mr. Hammond remarked in his further utterances that he did not agree with the Presi- dent that lantern slides made from photographs of objects did not quite show what they wanted, and that a drawing was better, because he found that a draughtsman very often allowed his fancy to carry him away, and instead of putting on paper what he really saw, he very often tried to make a handsome picture of it (langhter). Mr. Lander made a few supplementary remarks, in which he alluded to a gathering he attended during this year in connection with the Selbourne Society. He said that there were over one hundred microscopes arranged round the room, with nearly every conceivable object under thei. He ex- pressed the opinion that although the camera could do a good deal, he was afraid that it gave a poor idea of the colour, and especially the move- ments of insects and other objects there exhibited. The President, in returning thanks, remarked that he simply mentioned the word Kodak as a representation of all other cameras, and he was quite aware that there were many cameras used for the same purpose as the Kodak. He remarked that photographs taken directly from the microscope were sometimes unsatisfactory,and he wouldrather, he said, see a drawing made by a skilled observer and draughtsman. At present, in bacteriological studies, photographs were often unsatisfactory. At the conelusion of the proceedings a most interesting collection of apparatus and objects of interest (kindly lent by Mr. Mann and Mr. Cozens) were inspected with keen interest. Mr. Lander had his wireless telegraph working in the room, and during the evening received a number of messages, including one from Mr, Collard, of Wincheap,which was without difficulty read as follows :—“ Heartiest congratulations to the East Kent Scientific Society at the inaugural meeting of their jubilee year. Best wishes for a good session.” SECOND WINTER MEETING.—NOVEMBER 14th, 1906, “THE DIPLODOCUS AND OTHER GIANTS.”—By CAPTAIN McDAKIN, The second winter meeting was held on Novem- ber 14, when Captain McDakin, R.U.S.I., was the lecturer. He took as his subject ‘ The Diplodocus and other Giants,” and in his introductory remarks made reference to the early discoveries of Dr. and Mrs. Mantell in 1822. The Iguanodon was taken as a characteristic type of the Dinosaurs, not only because it represented the kangaroo-like form of these creatures, but also on account of the local interest that attached to the three-toed footsteps literally impressed on the sands of time in the quarries of Maidstone and the Weald. The inven- tive mind of man was regarded as the image of the creative mind. Man seeks to bring about the same results in a similar manner, for example, the case of the hunting watch opening as the valve of the cockle does when its muscle is released. In the huge Stegosaurus the brain was comparatively smaller than that of any other creature, but it had a supplementary brain, or ganglion, ten times the size of the brain cavity, thus affording a parallel to the invention of the relay battery in telegraphic circuits. In the Brontosaurus, sixty feet in length, we have a well-balanced animal like the great Forth cantilever bridge, a principle that the author had seen in old wooden structures in the Himalaya mountains nearly 50 years ago. These giant animals had their parallel in the giant architectural structures such as our beautiful Cathedrals and the Coloseum of Rome, and history its parallel when the early Christians were confronted with the greatest military power the world had ever known, the most uncompromising ecclesiastical hate and social scorn, as in that reptilial age the small warm blooded marsupial had to contend with fierce carnivorous monsters. Was it possible that the weak would prove the victors in the fight ?—If it had not been the will and purpose of the Great Creator that the type of “the survival of the fittest” in the strife, should not be that of the dragon, but the lamb. The lecture was largely illustrated with numer- ous slides of these hideous creatures, including the giant Diplodocus, measuring eighty feet in length and fourteen feet in height. Mr. W. H. Hammond placed on the table a small collection of uncommon British plants, the most interesting being the Polygala or Milk-wort family. Among these were P. vulgaris, the milkwort, and P. austriaca, a very rare species found in a few places in Kent. For comparison, the Yorkshire species P. amarella was shown, and a specimen of P. serpyllacea from Cornwall, lately found by Mr. F. H. Davey, in full bloom in October; all the others blooming in May or June. The collection also included a few rare plants from Thanet— Melilotus indica, Erigeron canadense,Vicia hybrida ; and from other parts of the country—Euphorbia cyparrissias, Trefolium vesupinatum, Cerrigiola littoralis, Dryas octopetala, Habenaria viridis.. THIRD WINTER MEETING.—NOVEMBER 28th, 1906. “(THE GRINDING AND POLISHING OF LENSES.”—By Mr. C. ROBERTS. The third winter evening meeting was held in the Reference Library of the Beaney Institute. Mr. Sidney Harvey presided. Mr. C. C. Roberts,ofSt.Edmund’s College,was the lecturer, and the subject : “ The Grinding and Polishing of Lenses,” as illustrated by the making of a large reflecting telescope. The process was very clearly described, and greatly interested those who at- tended. The lantern was manipulated by Mr. A. Lander in his usual successful manner, the slides shown being photographs of the machinery employed in the manufacture. At the close an interesting discussion took place with reference to the matter of silvering lenses and mirrors, and their great liability to tarnish rapidly, and owing to this fact it was shown that they required fre- quent re-silvering. A vote of thanks to the lecturer was proposed by Mr. Harvey,and suitably acknowledged. Mr. Lander described a remarkable exhibit— that of a bunch of raspberries, which, owing to the recent mild weather, had developed from a new cane only planted a few months ago. 4 FOURTH WINTER MEETING.—DECEMBER 12th, 1906. “CABSAR’S INVASION OF KENT,”—By ALDERMAN F, BENNETT- GOLDNEY, F.S.A. There was a numerous gathering of members of the East Kent Scientific and Natural History Society and their friends at the Guildhall on Wednesday, Dee. 12, to listen to a lecture by the Mayor of Canterbury, Alderman F. Bennett- Goldney, F.S.A. The chair was occupied by the President of the Society, Mr. Sidney Harvey, F.LC., F.C.S., and others present included Mr. Sidney Webb (President of the Dover Scientific Society), Captain Gordon McDakin, Alderman W. W. Mason, Mr. W. P. Mann, the Deputy Mayor (Councillor Anderson), the Sheriff (Councillor Bourne), Councillor Horne, Dr. Vipan, Mr. Frank Wacher, Mr. W. H. Hammond, Councillor Godden, Mr. J. McClemens, Mr. Philip Sidney, Councillor Wiltshier, Councillor Smith, Mr. Sibert Saunders, Councillor Belsey, Mr. Walter Cozens, Mr. C. Red- man, Mr. Renfree, Mr. A. W. Ledger, Mr. Lindley, Mr. Cuthbert Gardner, Mr. E. G. Hammond, and many others. The President, in opening the proceedings, mentioned that they were rapidly approaching the jubilee year of the Society, which had been in existence for nearly fifty years. At one time their Society covered a large number of other places besides Canterbury, but most of those towns had now, so to speak, set up in business on their own account. They were very anxious that this jubilee year should be a successful one, and that they should have a large accession of members. They claimed to have done good and useful work in the past, and they hoped to do more in the future. Their membership was not expensive, the library was a good one, the meetings were usually inter- esting, and, altogether, the Society answered a useful purpose (applause). They were that even- ing to be favoured with a lecture by Mr. Bennett Goldney, who had on former occasions contributed valuable information to the Society. His subject was a somewhat controversial one, but it was one that must be of great interest to every English- man and especially to the inhabitants of East Kent (hear, hear). Mr. Bennett-Goldney expressed the hope that the citizens would take to heart the remarks of the President and that the Jubilee year of the Society would be one of increasing numbers and prosperity. Remarking that the subject of his lecture was one upon which he had spoken on more than one occasion in Canterbury, the Mayor proceeded with the delivery of his address, which occupied about an hour and was listened. to throughout with rapt attention. The full text was as follows :— The years fifty-five and fifty-four before Christ correspond with the years six hundred and ninety- nine and seven hundred of the Roman era. At such an epoch,when the march of destiny is about to pass the frontier line of the centuries, as we ourselves may well remember at the present time, in the last weeks of a dying year, it cannot be but that the minds of men should look before and after and seek to gather some augury of the future from the events and tendencies of the past. Well nigh two milleniums have passed since the Italian Eternal City celebrated that seventh centenary of her foundation, yet the thoughts of men in Eng- land to-day are, strangely, like those that then were uppermost in the minds of men in ancient Rome. They, too, in their time, and, according to their dimmer lights, had to take up “the white man’s burden” and to deal as best they might with the ever-increasing responsibilities of an empire, which, even had they wished, they durst not re- fuse to accept. Happily for them the hour revealed the man who knew how to mint and give currency to the hitherto uncoined gold of national senti- ment and tradition by stamping it with the image of his own greatness. It was during these two last years of the seventh century of Rome that Caius Julius Cesar undertook the two campaigns on “English soil” that compelled the free states of “England” to become tributary vassals to the Roman Republic. The deed was worthy of the time. It is to this invasion of our shores—in its results one of the most momentous events in human history—that I wish to direct your atten- tion to-night. The story itself has been told a thousand times. If I tell it yet once again it is because I feel that its true bearing and significance have never yet been fully appreciated. To the world of Cwsar’s day Britain and the Britannic islands were as Timbuctoo to the world of Marco Polo, or the Eldorado of the New Continent, to the world of Columbus. An island, indeed, Britain was surmised to be, but an island that encompassed the ocean, The wealth was believed to correspond with its magnitude. But its mysteries had been shrouded from those that had sought to penetrate them by a veil outstretched by no mortal hands. The mariners on the Gallic shore could tell the traveller with simple truth that the nearest island of the group was called Death—Thanatos, the Thanet of to-day, and weave him wondrous tales of voices heard in the night bidding the fisher folk make ready a bark to ferry the souls of the dead across the sea in darkness to the melancholy island-hayens. Again, tuning from old-world myth to modern archeological science, much were to be said about the invasion as definitely marking the close of the prehistoric iron age in South-Eastern Britain. But the tale that Cesar tells has a higher and deeper interest for Englishmen. His expeditions mark the first point of direct contact between the English and Roman civilizations, and in the pages he devotes to the description of his enterprise, the “English people” themselves for the first time emerge into the light of authentic history. I have said that Caesar's 5 campaigns were conducted on “English” soil, conceived idea seems to have haunted the minds that they were “English” free states he made of historians and ethnologists, that if the Belgw tributary, that it was an « English” civilization were not Kelts, they must have been Germans, he found upon our shores, that it was the “ Eng- and if they were not Germans they must lish” people he encountered. Let me make my have been Kelts. I fail to see the meaning quite clear. The fact on which I desire necessity of invoking a theoretical authority in to insist is that long before the days of Cxsar opposition to the plain statement of Cxsar, and I South-Eastern England was already “English” hold with him that the « Belge” were the peopled by our own forefathers—not “ Kelts,” not “Belge” and no other people. It simplifies the British forefathers of the Welsh, but English, matters. But now let me call your attention to a Saxons, Anglo-Saxons, the real ancestors of the fact which seems to have escaped notice. The English people, hy whatever name they may have “Ancient Britons” whom Cwesar encountered on been known at the time. It would be impossible our south-eastern coast were, according to accepted in a single evening to lay before you all the argu- doctrines, the progenitors of the Welsh people of ments in favour of this view, but I hope at least to-day. The Welsh are Kelts of the Kelts, Kelts to indicate enough of them to commend it to your of the second imimgration indeed, but Kelts pur consideration, perhaps even to your acceptance. sang, typical, unadulterated Kelts. And now it First let us see what Cesar himself has to say may be asked, how came these genuine Kelts to be about the peoples he found on our shores. the descendants of the Belgic people with whom “The inland part of the island,” he Says, “is Cesar had to deal? “Kent and the whole mari- inhabited by those who call themseives its time district,” he says, “was occupied by Belgic immemorial aborigines. The maritime part by States.” The Belge, he further tells us, “were those who passed over from Belgium for the sake not Kelts,” yet our standard historians, one and of plunder and conquest in war. Almost all of all assure us that the Keltic Welsh are the these are called by the same name as the states lineal descendants of these non-Keltic peoples. from which they derived their origin, and from How is this contradiction to be reconciled ? whence they migrated thither. When they had The best answer I can give to the question harried the land they remained there, and began is that it cannot be reconciled at all. Let to till the fields. There is an infinite multitude us next examine the question for a moment of men, and their buildings, which are almost from the other end. If I am right in my contention exactly like those of the Gauls, are exceedingly that the Belgie Britons of Cxsar’s day were the numerous. There is a great quantity of cattle. fathers of the English, it necessarily follows that Of all the inhabitants by far the most civilized Kent became the cradle of the Anglo-Saxon race are those of Kent, which is an entirely maritime at least seven centuries earlier than the period district ; nor do their customs greatly differ from generally assigned to the Saxon Invasion of the Gaulish.” I need not multiply quotations, Britain. At first sight it might seem that the however, in order to prove that the tribes with very word “ Anglo-Saxon ” is sufficient to refute which Cxsar came into closest contact Were any proposition of the kind. I yenture to claim Belgic. So much, I believe, is admitted even by the word, however, as an actual corroboration of standard historians. The real crux is: “ Who itstruth. For what is the original meaning of were the Belge?” Here again let us see what the word “Saxon”? After the learned disquisi- Cesar has to say, remembering, however, that in tions of many ages on the point, the German this case he is speaking not of the Belge in “ Sachsen,” the Celtic “ Sessanach,” the English Britain, but of the Belge in Belgic Gaul. When “Saxon” all seem to point to the word having Cesar enquired of the ambassadors sent by him originally meant, neither more nor less than te the State of Rheims as to the origin and fight- “Settler.” The other half of the word “ Anglo ” ing strength of the Belge, the answer he received raises a question far too complicated for long dis- was “That the greater part of the Belge derived cussion here. The simplest and likeliest their origin from the Germans, that in the days derivation seems the one suggested by a not very of yore they had been led across the Rhine and advanced student of philology, the Venerable there settled on account of the fruitfulness of the Bede. The word “Cant,” the earliest form in soil; that they had driven out the Gauls who which we make acquaintance with Kent, in more inhabited those territories, and that when the than one language means a “ corner ” or “ angle,” whole of Gaul was harried by incursions in days and off the north coast of our county to this day within the memory of our fathers they were the is marked in our charts a point called “The Cant,” only people who wers able to prevent the at which vessels bound down Channel from the Teutones and Kimbri from trespassing across their Thames begin to “ cant ” or turn at an angle more borders. It was on this account, they further towards the South. Cwsar himself speaks of Kent told him, and in remembrance of deeds so signal, as an “ angulus ” or corner of Britain, Now, the that the Belgz arrogated to themselves so high an word “ angle ” as applied to any people in Britain authority and gave themselves such airs in does not occur till after the Roman oceupation of military matters.” This is the earliest and most the island, and during that period apparently the authentic account of the Belge. It leayes a good early settlers adopted the Latin word « Angulus” deal to be desired in the way of scientific com- into their own language. “Angul” in Saxon pleteness, but at least it distinctly emphasizes means a hook, andto fish with an angle two points. In the days of Cwsar the Belge had still retains the word in this secondary long ceased to be Germans, and they were not, sense. When, therefore, we find a Saxon and never had been, Kelts, An unfortunate pre- King styling himself in his charters “Ancul- Saxonum Rex,”—for this and not Anglo-Saxonum is the correct form,—we are, I think, justified in concluding that the element “Angul” did not originally denote a people, but a locality, in much the same way as the Hook of Holland of to-day. The original meaning of the whole word is, in fact, “the settlers in the angle” or “cant,” a strictly accurate and natural definition of the Belge in Britain at Cesar’s time. To those who have never realized how utterly untrustworthy is all our usually accepted history of the Saxon invasion in the fifth century, and the advent of three distinct peoples, the “ Jutes,” “Angles” and “Saxons,” this derivation may, perhaps, at first seem im- probable. In simple fact, however, the earliest legends of this invasion bear on their very face the evidence of their falsehood. The narrative of Nennius is the first connected account of this invasion. Of Nennius himself two facts only are established with certainty—one is that he was not an Englishman and the other that his name was not Nennius. Whoever he may have been, if he is shown to be untrustworthy, no sub- sequent account founded on his can be accepted as worthy of belief. Now after detailing the well- known story of Hengist and Horsa, and telling us that Hengist sent for his daughter in order to marry her to King Vortigern, Nennius proceeds thus: “ Hengist taking counsel with his elders as to what they should ask of the King for the damsel, they were all of one counsel, that they should ask for the tract of land that in their tongue is called “Cant-guara-land” but in our tongue “Chent.” Kent at this time, let it be observed, is assumed by Nennius to be inhabited by Welshmen, and by more modern authorities, the Belge are assumed to be Keltic. Yet here, in the middle of the fifth century, the new-comers are represented as calling Kent, not Kent, but Cant- guara-land. How came they to give it this dis- tinctively Saxon name if the “guara,” or men of the land, were not Saxon already? But the absurdity becomes more absurd as we goon. Canterbury is mentioned immediately afterwards, obviously without a suspicion that this word is also Saxon and a mere contraction of “ Cant-guara-byrig,” the burgh of the Men of Kent. Finally, in a still Keltic Britain, King Vortigern is compelled to surrender to Hengist, Essex, Sussex and Middle- sex, which particular counties he may possibly have regarded as typically “ Brythome.” When it is added to this series of solecisms that the entire myth is merely a variant of the story told about the foundation of Marseilles and does not belong to Britain at all, it will be seen on what a visionary basis rests this entire chapter of what is sometimes called English history. The actual local nomenclature of England indeed is absolutely fatal to the theory that the English first set foot in our island in the fifth century. Cornwall has spoken English for more than a hundred and fifty years, yet look at a map of Cornwall, and for every English place-name you will still find from twelve to fifteen pure Cornish. Look at a map of Kent, and for a single doubtfully Keltic name, like Dover, you will find from forty to fifty purely English names, “tons” and “hams,” and “burys” and “ings,” and 6 “denes” and “dales,” “fields” and “fords,” and “woods,” “steads,” and “ bournes ” and “gates,” leaving scarcely a half-dozen river names to the Kelt who has named half the rivers of Europe. And yet, if the current theory be true, if the first Saxons landed on our shores in the fifth, or even the fourth or third, century, all the place-names throughout the land must have been either “Keltic” or “ pre-Keltic” and the entire population, with the exception of the invaders, must have spoken a “ Keltic” or “pre-Keltic” tongue. Observe too that from the moment these fifth century magi- cians appear, England becomes English at the very sight of them. They land at an English Ebbsfleet, they march to an English Canterbury, and they fight at an English Crayford. There is hardly a trace to be found of city, town, village, or district with a Keltic name, mentioned by a single chronieler of their conquests. Our historians strive to account for this extraordinary disappearance of everything Keltic before their “mythic Saxon” by a theory that the Saxon exterminated the Kelt by some mysterious process unprecedented in human annals. That populations on the move, like other bodies, “ follow the line of least resistance,” is a proposi- tion I believe, universally accepted. One of its corollaries, however, has been very generally over- looked, although it is the predominant factor in British ethnology. It is that those races which moved from the Continent to Britain crossed the Channel where it is easiest to cross. In other words, ever since Britain became an island, Kent and the south-eastern coast generally, must have been the landing-place of the successive races that settled on British soil. Incursions there may have been, and doubtless were of comparatively small bodies of foreigners from other shores than those of North-Western Gaul to accessible parts of owr coast, other than those of Kent; but any immigration on a large scale, and extending over a considerable period, any invasion not merely of an army but of a people, with their wives, children and belongings, must, of sheer necessity in the days of pre-historic and early historic navigation, have landed on our south-eastern coast. It is equally clear that such an immigration must have started on their voyage from the ports of Gaul, from which Britain was most easily reached, and, consequently, that a considerable stretch of coast in North-West Gaul must have been occupied by the people to which the immigrants into Britain belonged at the time the immigration took place. In Cesar’s day, accordingly, we find the Belgz settled on both sides of the narrow seas, and the process of Belgie emigration from Gaul to Britain in full swing, with a close and constant inter- communication between the emigrants and their parent States. When Cesar tells us how “in the days of yore the Belgie people crossed the Rhine and settled on the left bank,” he virtually tells us how it came to pass that the earlier Britons of the British Channel have now to be sought for on this side, in Wales and Cornwall, and on the Continental side to the west of Mont St. Michel. When we remember that the Northumberland of to-day, the land North of the Humber, is now separated from the Humber by the counties of Durham and York, we can readily understand the gradual but inevitable process by which the Britons, who once held Calais and Boulogne and a broad stretch of territory on the Continental side, as well as Dover, Folkestone, and the south-east of Britain generally, were in course of time thrust ever West into the positions they now occupy. But the very fact that the Welsh and Cornishmen are in truth the actual living representatives of the ancient Britons is sufficient in itself to warn us that the men of Kent and their kindred tribes, whom Casar found on the soil of Britain, were not themselves Britons or British, but “an intrusive people” which had dis- possessed the real Britons of a huge slice of their former territory. The Belgic merchant in simple fact was the dominant factor in the civilization of Britain in Cwsar’s day. The nation of “shop- keepers,” which the first Napoleon shrank from invading, was already a trading nation on our south-eastern seaboard two thousand years before. It was the commerce rather than the soil of Britain that the divine Julius was anxious to annex to the Empire of Rome. To establish direct commercial intercourse between Britain and Rome would be, he believed, permanently and largely to increase the revenues of the Republic. And, wildly exaggerated as the commercial importance of Britain may have been in his anticipation, his over estimate was probably far more nearly accurate than the absurd under estimate of nearly every modern European historian. One main branch of the commerce indeed is now practically obsolete. The universal reprobation, however, with which the slave trade is justly regarded is, it must be remembered, a comparatively quite modern sentiment—a sentiment founded on justice and humanity, but a sentiment which ought not to blind us to the fact that the institution as it existed in early Britain had more than one redeeming feature. For who were the slaves that were bought and sold? Many of them were prisoners taken in war. The alternative in this ease would lie between “slavery” and “a violent death in cold blood” at the hands of their captors. On one single occasion, out of several, when Cesar sold all the survivors of a Belgic tribe in Gaul after a battle, he records with the just pride of a merciful man that the purchasers themselves reckoned the number of slaves they bought at fifty-three thousand. Few men, it must be admitted, have saved the lives of their fellow creatures on so extensive a scale. Perhaps if he had told us how much he realized per head on the average, we might be better able to appraise his clemency at its true value. After all it must be remembered that hard and unhappy as the lot of the slave may have been, it was still, as a rule, far from intolerable. When we read that the sporting instincts of the Belgie tribes were at times so strong, that after gambling away all his money, eattle, goods, and clothes he would still stake his own personal liberty on the hazard of one last throw, it can hardly he that “slavery” can have had the same terrors for the free-born Englishman of the period as the word conveys to his modern descendant. However this may be, a brisk trade 7 in slaves was carried on between our island and the continent before the days of Casar. A more honourable, though possibly less profitable, traffic was that in live stock of otherkinds. The dogs of Britain were celebrated throughout the ancient world. They were of many breeds and were largely exported, especially to Gaul, where we are told they were commonly made use of in war. This phrase seems to have been very generally misunderstood. We are not called upon to believe that our ancestors “cried havoc and let loose the dogs of war” in any literal sense. The dog, there can be little doubt, simply fulfilled the duties of the modern baggage mule. Those old enough to remember England before the days of Martin’s Act, or those familiar with the Belgium of to-day, will have no difficulty in understanding how use- ful big dogs would be in the transit of arms, baggage, and provisions during a campaign. In one respect they would be superior to mules ; they could not only draw their loads without stamped- ing, but when they were unharnessed they could mount guard in a manner likely to be effective against the depredations of bare-legged stragglers. Of horned cattle the islanders exported two breeds. The living representatives of the former are still to be seen in the majestic herds preserved at Chillingham and one or two other parks, those ot the latter in the small Welsh breed known as the Keltic shorthorn. Strabo, the geographer whose list of British exports I am here following, includes hides among them, but does not mention “dead meat,” though salt junk, pork, and mutton, were delicacies certainly not unknown in those days, and were unquestionably consumed in large quantities on both sides of the Channel. Strabo also specially mentions corn as one of the British exports, and Pliny supplements the information by telling us how well the farmers knew the best manure for cereal crops. But this is far from exhausting the British exports list. The age of bronze had gradually merged into the age of iron throughout the greater part of the world before the landing of Cesar, and one source of iron was the island of Britain. In the wild district near Crowborough Beacon the remains of the old iron- works still tell of the “Prehistoric Black Country” in the Wealds of Kent and Sussex, wnere the industry seems to have flourished more or less continuously until the early years of the present century. In speaking of his naval victory over the Veneti, Cesar incidentally notices that they made use of iron chains, instead of hempen cables for their vessels. As the carrying trade with Britain was at that time a monopoly of the Veneti, and they had no ironworks in their own country, there can be little doubt that these chains were of British manufacture. Nor need we hesitate to infer that the skill required to forge chain cables for large vessels, was fully competent to supply the swords of war; the ploughs of peace and the thousand and one appliances of iron, the presence of which distinguishes the age of iron from the age of bronze. That tin was one of the many metals exported from Britain in Cwsar’s day, and long before, is well known from the account of the British tin trade given by “Diodorus Siculus.” This trade, indeed, was of immemorial antiquity. Bronze is copper alloyed with tin, and tin in pre- historic Europe was only procured from Spain an Britain. The duration of the age of bronze in Britain is to be reckoned by milleniums rather than by centuries, and in all likelihood during the whole period, the copper and the tin were the produce of native mines. It is true Cesar tells us that the Britons of his time made use of imported metal, but the word he uses is ambiguous, as it not only means bronze, but brass, an alloy of copper and zine. If he is speaking of brass, his observation is doubtless accurate, for zine is not a British product. If he really means bronze he refers, no doubt, to small articles and tools in extensive use, which it was found cheaper to import than to manufacture in districts at a distance from the mines. There are two other metals mentioned by Strabo as among the exports from Britain. They are so still, but under different conditions. In those days both gold and silver were produced in Britain in quantities sufficient not only to supply the demands of the mints established by the Belgie tribes and of the various workers in the precious metals, but to allow of some considerable amount of bullion being sent abroad by way of trade. It is doubtful whether Cesar mentions a gold currency in Britain or not. What is absolutely certain, on evidence more convincing even than that of Cwesar—the existence of the coins themselves—is that at the time of Cwsar’s invasions and for a hundred years before, the Belgie people in South-East Britain had an indigenous gold coinage of their own, in two modules, the smaller pieces being quarters of the larger. There are, I believe, no silver British coins which are known to be earlier than Czsar’s invasion, but there are many nearly, perhaps quite, contemporary with it, and the same may be said of a very remarkable series of rude tin coins, not struck but moulded, @ number of which have been found in the Kentish district. Leaving these tin and silver coimages out of the question, we are still left face to face with the fact that the Belgic people whom Cesar encountered had an abundant gold currency of their own, and that this was supplemented by a bronze coinage as well as by what may be termed a token currency of pars of iron. Now, as early as the autumn of 57 B.c., Cesar had taken steps to keep open the passes of the Alps, and to abolish the heavy tolls that were exacted on all merchandise carried over the Simplon and the Great St. Bernard. The next year Cesar had satisfied himself that a practicable road existed through Gaul to the point on the North- West coast nearest to Britain; but the passage across the Channel was not yet free—the Veneti and a number of other states, Armoric and Belgie, jn league with the Veneti—maintained an effective commercial cordon all along the continental coast, from the mouth of the Loire to the mouth of the Rhine. Before starting on any expedition to Britain it was of primary importance to Caesar to destroy the supremacy of the Veneti in the Channel. It was not enough to force the gate before embarking on the enterprise. It was indis- pensibly necessary that he should not find the gate 8 again closed against his retwen. When Cesar had determined to strike a blow in pursuance of an object he did not care to avow, an opportunity always somehow occurred of striking it on high moral grounds, and the Veneti offered an ex- ceptionally favourable opportunity of the kind. Publius Crassus, one of Ciesar’s lieutenants, had put down an insurrection of the Armorican States the year before, and had taken hostages, which he still retained from the conquered tribes. In the winter Crassus fell short of wheat and sent sundry officers to requisition supplies from the neighbour- ing states. The Veneti at once seized the officers sent to them, and kept them in custody in the hope of being able to exchange them for the hostages they themselves had given. Other states followed the example, and Cesar, then somewhere in North Italy,was informed by messenger of what had occurred. His reply was an order for a num- per of battleships to be built on the Loire, at a safe distance from its mouth; rowers were to be im- pressed from the Mediterranean coast, and pilots: and seamen to be secured wherever they could be found. He himself joined the army as soon as the season would allow. Young Decimus Brutus arrived from the Mediterranean with certain galleys, and his flest was further strengthened by sundry ships from those Gallic States which durst not re- volt. Meanwhile the Veneti had summoned to their aid, not only allthe States which were usually regarded as belonging to the Armorican League, but all whom they could coerce or induce to make common cause against the common enemy. Among their allies Cesar specially notes auxiliaries from Britain. He does not name them, but there can be Jittle doubt that they were either soldiers or sailors belonging to Belgie States oceupying territories on poth sides of the channel. ‘At last Cesar’s ships were ready and the great day of decisive conflict arrived. It was the first time that a Roman fleet had ever been seen on the Atlantic. Brutus was young and inexperienced ; his captains, for the most part, equally new to the methods of naval warfare. The commanders of the Veneti were the most skilful seamen in the world, and in every respect, but one, their ships were superior to those of the Romans. The Romans were being worsted and had already suffered some loss when 2 dead calm came on. It was Ciesar’s own luck, for it favoured to the utmost the one point in which the Roman ships were superior to their adversaries. The Veneti had only sails, the Romans had sails and oars. The galley worked by slave power was the steamship of antiquity. Its power of rapid movement ina dead calm decided the fortune of the day. Brave as they were, the Veneti were thus completely out- manwuvred. Of their two hundred and twenty ships only a miserable remnant contrived to skull into safety under the shadow of night. With these exceptions the ships were Cesar’s. After a defeat so signal, unconditional surrender was jnevitable, and Cxsar decided co make an example of the State. He therefore put the entire Senate to death and sold the rest of the people into slavery. He forgets to observe that the wiping out of the Veneti effectually removed what he regarded as the last hindrance to a descent on Britain. The Venetic League at least would levy no more tolls on the cross channel passage. The next year was the memorable B.c. 55. The high- way from the eternal city to the isle of gold was free as well as open, and the next great enterprise was to follow it across the silver streak, An un- expected hindrance, however, occurred, Two German tribes on the right bank of the Rhine had heen forced across the river by the incursions of the Suebi, the strongest of the German States. These two tribes, after defeating the Uenapii— already sorely depressed by the extermination of the Veneti,—had wintered in their country. Sundry other of the Belgic States, however (among whom probably were the Morini), regarded the intruders as “a Godsend,” and urgently implored them to come to their assistance against the Roman armies. Other German tribes were hasten- ing in the same direction. A fierce engagement and a hideous massacre ensued in circumstances which Cato in the Roman Senate afterwards denounced as treacherous on the part of Cwsar. The conqueror himself, however, records the result with considerable complacency, and the Emperor Louis Napoleon speaks of it as a brilliant success. The number of the enemy Cesar reckons, includ- ing women and children, at fou hundred and thirty thousand. Of these a vast number were slain by the army, and a vastly greater number were drowned at the confluence of the Maas and the Vaal in their effort to escape. It was still necessary, however, to prevent the possibility of a German advance along the shores of Belgic Gaul, which might perhaps intercept his return, or even cut off his retreat from Britain. Cmsar bridged the Rhine and spent eighteen days on the German side. His military precautions were now com- plete. Bunt the eventful voyage was not to be undertaken without full enquiries as to what kind of reception he might expect on the British side of the channel. Nearly all that Cesar knew of our island up to this time was that many of those he defeated in Gaul found a refuge in Britain, and that in almost every battle with the Gauls, contingents from Britain had fought against him. He summoned from all parts a conference of merchants who traded to owr shores and catechized them as to the size of the island, its people and fits resources, its harbours, and its armies—he might as well have catechized the cod- fish of the Channel. They knew that Britain was Britain, but nothing more, absolutely nothing. Cesar as yet was very imperfectly acquainted with the British commercial traveller. Business is business the world over, whether it be carried on in Carthage or Marseilles, in Rome or Maidstone. Failing to elicit any information in this quarter, Cesar despatched the trusty Caius Volusenus in a warship to reconnoitre and report at the earliest possible day. He himself advanced to the Morini, probably Boulogne, with all his forces. And all the ships from all the ports along the Belgic and and Armoric shore were summoned for the trans- port of his armies ; the maritime population that had survived the extinction of the Veneti, supply- ing able-bodied seamen, willing and unwilling, in abundance. Meanwhile the commercial gentlemen whom Czsar had found so reticent had contrived to convey to Britain full and immediate informa- tion of what was going forward. Ina few days envoys arrived from the British States announcing the willingness of their chiefs to submit to Cesar and Rome, and to give hostages for their good behaviour. Czsar received them courteously and sent them back to Britain with much good advice, and a distinguished escort. After his victory over the alliance of the Belgic States in Gaul, among which the Attrebates were the most in- fluential, he had created Commius, one of their own chiefs, King over the survivors of the tribe. The Attrebates, whose capital on the continent was the modern Arras, held territory on both sides the Channel. Whether Commins regarded the title of “King of Arras” conferred upon him by Cxsar as conferring also the sovereignty over the people and territory of the Attrebates in Britain at this time does not appear. At all events, King or no King, he possessed great influence with the Belgic States in Britain, as well as with those of Gaul, and his army now formed part of the assembled auxiliary forces. He was accordingly told off to accompany the envoys on their return, with orders to visit as many British States as he could, and induce them, if possible, to accept the “protection ” of Rome. A guard of thirty horse accompanied the Royal representative of Caesar and the native envoys on their return to Britain. I do not propose to repeat the venerable story of Cesar’s first landing in Britain, you know it all, the difficulty of approaching the shore, the heroism of the Roman legionaries, and the ultimate flight of the defenders. It is necessary, however, to follow the fortunes of King Commius of Arras, for he will figure in an important position here- after. After the first victory on British soil, a number of envoys were hurriedly despatched to Cesar to discuss terms of peace. With them came Commius of Arras. ‘He had been seized,’ he said, “on his arrival in Britain, and thrown into chains, from which he was only now released in order that he might plead the cause of the van- quished before Cesar. Czsar’s clemency accepted both the submission of the tribes and the excuse of Commius. I need not linger on the other details of this first descent into Britain. The real invasion took place in the following year, B.c. fifty-four, the seven hundredth year of Rome. On this second occasion, by the time that Cesar arrived on the Gallic side of the Channel, six hundred new transport ships had been built after designs of his own, and were nearly ready to be launched. Besides these, Cesar tells us that he had 28 warships, as well as those employed against the Veneti the year before; and that a number of others were fitted out by private individuals for their own convenience. The fleet had orders to meet at Boulogne. Altogether Cesar reckons that his fleet numbered more than 800 sail. Before this great armada gets under way, let us doa few sums in simple arithmetic. Simple as these sums are, the result perhaps may be found not wanting in a certain element of surpriso. Of the 800 vessels of which the fleet consisted, no less than 628 had been specially built for the occasion. 98 others used in the war against the Veneti had been employed the year before in the first expedition to Britain ; some of these had now been refitted, and if all wereagain utilised,this accounts for 726 out of the 800. The remaining 74 are doubtless those which Cesar tells us were fitted out by private individuals for their own conven- ience. Now how many men does this number of ships represent? Fortunately Cesar himself en- ables us to forma fairly approximate estimate. On the return from Britain the year before two of his transport ships had beenidelayed. These two,weare told, carried about 300 troops, and it is safe to con- clude that the transports built for the second expe- dition would beable to carry atleast as many men as those formerly employed. We may reckon, therefore, that every infantry troopship carried 150 men. Another point that is quite clear from Czsar’s narrative, is that he took with him 2,000 cavalry. Bearing in mind that the “turma,” or troop of 30 horse, was the invariable unit of the Roman cavalry, the conventional round term “a thousand horse,” in the pages of Cesar, means as a matter of fact only 990, without officers. The 2,000 he here mentions doubtless represents the comple- ment of 66 ships, each carrying 30 horses. If we also deduct another 60 ships for the transport of extra baggage, we still have 600 available for infantry. Reckoning only 130 instead of 150 men to each of them, the number earried in Czsar’s own troopships amounts to 78,000. To these must be added the troops carried in the 74 private ships and the 60 baggage transports. There are no definite Gata by which to calculate the numbers thus carried, but probably 50 men on an average is under rather than over the mark. This would bring up the total to at least 86,040 men. Now Cesar himself tells us that on his second expedi- tion his own forces consisted of five legions, or, reckoning 6,000 (the outside number) to a legion, 30,000 men ; but if the number of distinctively Roman soldiers in a legion was the same then as it was the following year (3,500), the proportion of Roman troops was only 17,500 ; the other 12,500 would, therefore, consist of troops drafted from his allies. In addition to these, his 2,000 cavalry were also all non-Roman. The total number of infantry was, as we have seen, somewhere about 86,000. Even if we reckon Cwsar’s own Roman legionaries at 30,000 men, and deduct them from the total, we find that the number of non-Roman troops which accompanied Cesar on his expedition really mounted up to not less than 56,000. Who, then, were these allies? Fortunately, Cesar himself tells us, though. as is his wont when speaking of his auxiliaries, inferentially rather than directly. When Cwsar arrived at Boulogne he found that the cavalry of the whole of Gaul, to the number of 4,000, had already assembled there as well as the chief men of all the States. Of these Cesar decided to leave only a very few in Gaul, taking the rest- of them with him, by way of hostages, as he was afraid of disturbance in Gaul during his absence. Among those likely to create a disturbance was “ Dum- norix, the Aeduan.” When Cesar first insisted on Dumnorix accompanying him, that unwilling ally petitioned to be left in Gaul. “He was not a good sailor,” he said, “and the channel passage was always trying to bilious constitutions. Besides he had alarming presentiments of bad luck, and 10 entertained conscientious scruples to taking the voyage.” When he found that Cesar disregarded alike his liver and his conscience, he changed his tacties and began to intrigue with other princes in the same predicament, to induce them to stay behind with him. It is significant that he failed to find a single one to agree with him. All but himself regarded it as better business to go than to stay. Twenty-five days passed, and the order was given to embark. Just at that critical moment it was discovered that Dumnorix and his cavalry had disappeared. Czsar sent a great part of the cavalry that remained to bring back the fugitive ally ; or, if he refused to come, to kill him. He refused, and was slain. But,as Caesar remarks with evident satisfaction, “the Aeduan cavalry all returned to Casar.’ It must not be assumed, however, that the malcontents were many. By far the greater number of the “chiefmen of all the States” of Gaul were no doubt glad enough to accept the opportunity of making war upon their kindred States in Britain. After all, with many of them, fighting was a business as well as a pleasure. In Britain there was an appetizing prospect of unlimited loot. And if the plunder should fall short, there were plenty of tribes to be sold into slavery to pay expenses. When Cesar tells us that he took the chiefs of all the States with him there was no need to tell us that the armies accompanied the chiefs; it would have been simple lunacy to take away the generals while he left their armies in full force behind him in Gaul. On the other hand, to take the chieftains and their armies with him would not only add immensely to the strength of his own legions, but would at the same time guarantee the peace and security of Gaul as his military base of operations. It now begins to be possible to understand, both the extraordinary number of auxiliaries on this occasion, as well as who they were. They were the troops of the Gaulish princes in his train. Among them may have been contingents of Kelts and Germans, but the bulk of them were un- doubtedly Belgic, closely akin, in some cases identical with, the people long settled on our South-Eastern coast. If these by anticipation can be called English, then, roughly speaking, two-thirds of Cwsar’s army were English also. At last the mighty fleet got under way, the vessels started from Boulogne where the mouth of the Liane offered the safest harbour on the coast opposite Gaul. A gentle breeze was blowing from the South-West, and at daybreak they found them- selves a little to the North of the South Foreland ; after the tide had turned and the current had begun to bear them down Channel, the soldiers were set to work with the oars, to take the ships to shore at Deal and the flat coast adjoining. The sight of 800 vessels all bearing down at once _on the Island produced its natural effect. Not a defender was to be seen, and the vast army disembarked undisturbed. During the night Cesar moved inland, probably vid Betteshanger towards Canterbury, about 12 miles, when the troops of the enemy appeared in sight. Early next day, that is, on the morning after the landing, “they advanced,” says Cesar, “with their cavalry and war-chariots to the river (probably 11 the Great Stour), and began to check our men, engaging with them from the higher ground. When they were driven back by the cavalry they concealed themselves in the woods, where they oceupied a position admirably fortified, both by nature and by art. This, it appears, had been lately put in order on account of wars in the island, and all the entrances had been barricaded with felled trees. From this position they sallied out in small detachments and prevented our men entering the fortifications. The men of the Seventh Legion, however, formed a roof of shields, threw up a bank against the fortifications, and took the place, driving the enemy out of the woods, only a few of our men being wounded.” Czsar, however, forbade his men to pursue their flight to any great distance, ashe was unacquainted with the nature of the ground and also because the day was far spent and he wished to allow time for fortifying his own camp. There can be little doubt that this position, admirably fortified by nature and art, is Bigbury Camp, just a little to the West of Canterbury, and as little that Bigbury was the oppidum of Canterbury itself, then known as Durovernum. Happily, Cesar himself defines exactly what he means when he speaks of an oppidum in Britain. “It is,” he says, “a thickly-wooded position, fortified by a raised bank and an intrenchment, within which they are wont to congregate in order to avoid an incursion of their enemies.” This passage of Cxsar’s is interpreted even by his latest Oxford editor as meaning that the towns of the British were mere forest fastnesses. Had the com- mentator followed the clue a little further, he could hardly have failed to have arrived at a very different conclusion. As a matter of fact, the very existence of a forest fastness such as the Britons called an oppidum necessarily im- plied the existence in the near neighbourhood of «settled community, whether housed in city, town, or cluster of isolated dwellings ; the members of which had a common right to the protection of the common oppidum in times of necessity. The words in reality connote the exact stage in civili- zation to which the Britains had attained at the time in the art of defending their communities from attack. It was not yet the age of walled towns in the plains or rolling uplands. Cities and towns there were in many positions which nature herself had rendered practically impregnable. Many more were safeguarded by the rude skill of prehistoric engineering. But besides these the needs of a largely pastoral and agricultural popu- lation necessarily involved the existence of larger and smaller organized communities in their midst, and topographical conditions made it equally necessary that many of these should be collected and housed in towns and villages open to hostile attack. In such cases—and Canterbury was one such case—the oppidum was an exceedingly useful, almost a necessary, institution. It will have been noticed that the British warriors advanced with their war chariots to the river. Iam not going to des:ribe the British war chariot, whether with or without the scythes supposed to have been attached to it. I only wish to draw attention to the fact that war chariots do not grow in the fields like mushrooms. They involve the existence of skilful workers in metal, wood, and leather ; smithies and carpenters’ shops, and harness manufactories. But besides these, they involve also the existence of practicableroads. The roads in Britain were probably not so well constructed as those by which Cesar could, if he chose now, post back in a fairly straight line from Boulogne to Rome, but at least they were well laid out, and no small skill must have been spent upon their construction. A map of early Kent presents, perhaps, the {most remarkable network of pre- historic roads to be found within the same area in any part of Western Europe. All of them probably were in use during the Roman occupation of Britain, and in every instance, I believe certainly in the majority of instances — satis- factory evidence is forthcoming that they were laid out and used in pre-Roman days. The most important of these is the Watling Street, running almost West past Faversham and Sittingbourne, to Rochester and London. This, the immemorial high road to the capital, worn by the traffic of more than two thousand years, naturally retains but few features which can definitely be assigned to prehistoric antiquity, except its straightness and ithe presence of early cemeteries along its line. The oppidum at Bigbury lay on the left, at some little distance on leaving Canterbury, and here the disuse of the old intrenchment, consequent on the better enclosure of the City itself, has left the evidence of antiquity more distinctly recoverable. Implements and pottery of the iron age were found by Professor Boyd Dawkins in 1893, as well as by myself this year within the Camp, and along the “ Pilgrims’ Way,” which passed through the oppidum. This ancient road is still partially traceable from where it leaves the City to where it joins the highway some two miles further on. The early existence of this high road from Canterbury to London is further borne out by the old name of Rochester, “Durobrive,” the root word “briv” always indi- eating the existence of either a bridge or a ford at the place in which it occurs. Perhaps, however, the most remarkable of the whole connected system of roads is that which runs due North from Dover to the immediate neighbourhood of Sand- wich to a place bearing the suggestive name of Woodnesborough. It is still possible to trace the remains of the very one by which, in all probabil- ity, Cesar led his armies from Deal and Walmer to Canterbury. This again, like so many other trackways of prehistoric, and early historic date, is known as “the Pilgrims’ Way,” and the first part of the old road has been hopelessly obliterated, but from Great Mongeham and on to Goodnestone Park the line is clearly indicated. Just beyond Goodnestone it again disappears, and it seems doubtful whether it passed the Little Stour at Patrixbourne or Bekesbourne, but a little further on,the line is again clearly marked,and continues to be so, till it reaches the Southern outskirts of Can- terbury. Canterbury thus forms the principal angle of a “military quadrilateral,” obviously de- signed for the protection of the coast from foreign invaders. High roads, suitable alike for war chariots and commercial traflic, radiate from Can- terbury to every single port and harbour of any 1 importance, yound the shore, from Whitstable to Lympne. The oval cireuit of Canterbury to this day retains the shape of the pre-Roman earthen walls which once engirdled it, and the prehistoric remains of antiquity found within and immediately without its ancient limits are innumerable. Yet in the teoth of this overwhelming mass of evidence we are still gravely requested to believe that in the days of Cesar Canterbury itself had no exist- ence, None of us, I hope, would be guilty of any disrespect to our historians, archeologists, and commentators, but I may, perhaps, be acquitted of undue temerity if I suggest that on this particular point their utterances seem a little incoherent. The morning after the taking of the oppidum of Can- terbury Cwsar heard that a sudden gale had scattered destruction on a part of his fleet, which he had left safely moored in the Downs. He at once went back to the shore and spent ten days in attending to the repair of the damaged ships and enclosing the whole Armada within a fortification on the beach. When he returned to the neigh- hourhood of Canterbury he found that the Britons had already assembled there in greater force, and that a chieftain named “Cassivelaunus ” had been appointed Commander-in- Chief of all the British armies. A river, which is called the Thames, separated his own territories from those of the maritime states. In days past continual warfare had beencarried on between these maritime states and Cassivelaunus. But, in face of the common danger, all internal dissensions had been suspended, and Cassivelaunus was chosen as head of all the forces. After a number of encounters —in several of which Czsar seems to have been considerably worsted—he succeeded in inflicting a decisive defeat on Cassivelaunus, whose allies thereupon promptly deserted him and marched home. Czsar, as promptly, decided to march into the territories of Cassivelaunus himself, on the other side of the Thames. He gives no indication whatever of his line of march, but the Watling Street then, as now, went straight to London, and there seems to be no reason for assuming that he would unnecessarily go out of his way. It is true that Cesar mentions no London by name, just as he mentions no Canterbury by name, but the evidence of their existence at the time is not less abundantly complete. London then, as now, but in a far more exclusive sense, was a eat com- mercial centre; and it was simply indispensable to the success of Cesar’s enterprise from his own point of view that the State in which London was situated should be compelled to accept the alliance of Rome. That State was the State of the Trino- Dantes (“almost the most powerful of those parts” Cesar calls them), whose territories seem to have extended over Essex and Middlesex, and probably some distance to the North and West of the latter county. A little before Czesar set out on his second expedition, Cassivelaunus had invaded the State of the Trinobantes and slain their King—Immanu- eutius. The son of Immanucutius, a youth named “ Mandubracius,” escaped with his life, and fled to Cesar in Gaul for protection. Cesar gladly granted it, and it is clear that Mandu- bracius accompanied him to Britain. Meanwhile Cassivelaunus was not only commander-in-chief 9, a but “King” by the right of conquest over the Trinobantes and London. Obviously Cwsar’s policy in such a case would be to drive Cassivelaunus beyond thefrontier of the Trinobantes and restore Mandubracius to the sovereignty of the State. On the one hand, the young prince would be bound by ties of gratitude and interest to Cesar, and, on the other, the Trinobantes themselves would be not less grateful for their release from the usurpa- tion of Cassivelaunus, and the restoration of their former dynasty. Cassivelaunus himself seems to have followed “the good old rule, the simple plan, that those should take, who have the power, and those should keep who can.” He had London, and he meant to hold it. It has been very generally supposed that Verulam was the ancient capital of Cassivelaunus, and that the decisive battle in which he was defeated took place in the neighbour- hood of St. Albans. It may have been. All the definite information that Cwsar gives, is “that he crossed the Thames” before reaching it. The river, he says, is only fordable at one place and even there with difficulty. The further bank was de- fended by sharp stakes and the enemy were in force on the other side. Cesar’s men, however, waded through the water up to their necks, and the enemy, unable to sustain the attack of the legions and the horse, quitted the bank and took to flight. Cassivelaunus seems to have lost heart after his defeat, and the greater part of his forces had been disbanded or had disbanded themselves, and Cesar emphasises his destitute condition by the remark that he had only 4,000 charioteers lefc. How many charioteers went to each chariot js doubtful, but had there been more than two, the usual complement of classic antiquity, it is extremely unlikely that Cesar would have left the peculiarity unnoticed. Each chariot, at all events, required two horses, and when 4,000 charioteers are represented as a mere remnant of a much larger force it is clear that the total num- ber of chariots employed in the earlier part of the campaign must have been as disconcerting to Cesar as it is to the theory that the early Briton had no towns in our sense of the word. About this time the State of the Tziaobantes, probably at Cesar’s own suggestion, sent ambassadors to him promising to surrender and to obey his commands. They petitioned him further to protect Mandu- pracius from the violence of Cassivelaunus, and to send back their own prince to govern the State in accordance with Cesar’s wishes. Cesar demanded forty hostages and corn for his army as the condi- tion of the alliance. Corn and hostages were sent at once, and Mandubracius was sent to them in re- turn. Assoonas the Trinobantes had thus accepted the protection of Rome a number of other States followed suit. From some of their envoys Cesar learnt that he was in the neighbourhood of the principal oppidum of Cassivelaunus himself, and he at once determined to attack it with his legions. Before this final defeat Cassivelaunus hadsent word to four kings in Kent, “ Cingetorix,” “ Carvilius,” «Taximagulus ” and “ Segonax,” to collect forces secretly, and storm Cwesar’s naval camp at Deal. They accordingly attacked it, but were repulsed with great slaughter by the Romans, who captured one of their most distinguished generals—Lugo- 13 torix. The news of this disaster coming on the top of his own defeat, and the desertion of the States, left Cassivelaunus no choice but to submit. Commius of Arras was again the mediator. Host- ages were demanded and sent; Cassivelaunus, by express command, was forbidden ever thereafter to wage war upon Mandubracius or the State of the Trinobantes, and Cesar, having assessed the amount of tribute to be paid yearly by Britain to the Roman people, sailed away to Gaul with his legions, his hostages, and his prisoners, never again to set foot on British soil. Now Cesar’s own ships on starting, as we have seen, numbered 726. Forty of these, however, had been completely wrecked during a gale. This apparently would leave 686 vessels in waiting for the re-embarka- tion. When he arrived at the coast Cesar tells us that he desired to transport his host in two relays, the transport ships returning to Britain for the second contingent. The reason he gives for this decision is that he had with him a large number of prisoners. It would be interesting to know what Cesar considered a large number of prisoners. Fifty-three thousand, as we know, were sold into slavery on a previous occasion without any comment on the magnitude of the haul, and “the large number” may have been anything between that and the actual number he could pack into his ships. Besides the prisoners, a number of hostages accompanied Cesar on this eeeasion. The year before, the British States had promised to send hostages but had failed to do so. This year it may be safely inferred that the number of hostages would be largely increased, and these uncertainties forbid any attempt to estimate the numbers of those who returned from Britain. That the prisoners and hostages were sent by the first convoy is fairly certain, and we have Cesar’s word for it that only a very few of the transports, and none at all of the 60 new ships which Cesar had ordered to be built in Gaul, ever reached the shores of Britain to carry over the second contingent. Czsar waited some time for their arrival in vain, but the equinoctial gales were at hand and he durst notlinger. He stowed away his troops as best he could in the few transports he had and reached Gaul in safety. He duly recorded his luck in not having lost any vessel with troops on board. Casualties to transports carrying prisoners or slaves he leaves’ unnoticed. One fact emerges clearly from his narrative; a large number of his allied troops must have remained behind in Britain. It is clear that he did not take them all back, and clear also that if the ships employed in the return were altogether about equal in number to those in which the expedition embarked, the auxiliary troops he left behind in Britain must have been approximately as numerous as the number of prisoners and host- ages taken into Gaul, whatever that number may have been. Between the days of Julius and the days of Claudius—almost an exact century—no Roman set foot in Britain. It follows, therefore, that the historic event known as Cesar’s invasion of Britain was, in reality, the invasion of that part of our island which may be regarded as already English, by an army of men who, with the ex- ception of the Roman legions, may also be regarded as mainly of English blood ; and, further, that the principal immediate result was to leave a number of these fighting men upon our shores to find sub- sistence and a home. This, I have some reason to believe, is a view of the subject not yet generally appreciated. It is satisfactory to know, however, that one Saxon invasion at least was not a myth but a reality. Let me now add just afew words con- cerning our old friend Commius of Arras, who has afar closer connection with Britain even than the divine Julius himself. He was, as we have seen, king of the Attrebates, both in Britain and on the Continent (his title on the Continent having been given him by Cesar). His conduct in con- nection with the British expedition had been such that Cesar now exempted his State from the payment of tribute, and conferred upon him the country of the Morini, a maritime State adjoining that of the Attrebates. The dominions of Commius, therefore, now stretched along the seaboard from considerably beyond Boulogne in one direction, to considerably beyond Dunkerque on the other, thus giving him practically absolute control of the Channel traffic, in addition to a broad belt of hinterland along his former frontiers. Cesar no doubt conferred these kingly gifts witha view to making Commius a responsible guarantee for the payment of the annual tribute to Rome by the other British princes, but at least he might justly consider himself entitled to the fidelity and gratitude of his vassal king. But when the day of trial came, as it did only ayear or so later, neither gratitude nor loyalty could stand the strain of Belgic patriotism. Commius was appointed one of the four generals who led what then seemed to be the invincible Gallic league against his benefactor, and marched with his troops to the relief of the heroic Vercingetorix at the siege of Alesia. Even after the fall of Alesia and the glorius surrender of Vercingetorix, Commius continued his hostility, and found a temporary home among his German allies, when the Gallic States yet once again bowed their necks to the yoke of Rome. Labienus, Cxsar’s lieutenant, attempted to have the life of Commius taken by treachery, but he contrived to escape with only a severe wound in his head. He could no longer hope to defeat the Roman legions, but at least he might wreak his personal vengeance upon the officer who had struck the treacherous blow. Withafew mounted troops he still continued to harass small detachments of the Roman Army. One day the same officer, now commander of the horse under Mare Antony, was sent in pursuit of Commius and his irregulars. Commius pretended to fly, till he had drawn his old antagonist to a distance from his troops ; then he suddenly wheeled round and tilted at him with his lance. He only succeeded in dealing him a terrible blow in his thigh, which nearly caused his death, but he had achieved his revenge. He at once tendered his submission to Mare Antony, petitioning to be permitted to retire to a place where he would never again come within sight of a Roman soldier. The submission was accepted, and the petition granted (his crimes being such as an Antony ora Cesar knew how to forgive). At this point Commius disappears from the pages of 14 written history, but only to re-appear in a series of British historic monuments ; less ample, indeed, than even our fragmentary early chronicle, but more authentic and more indestructible. Whether there are any British coins which can safely be attributed to Commius himself is as yet not absolutely certain. What is certain is that within the district in which Commius is known to have had rule in Britain, have been discovered coins in abundance, bearing the superscription of three princes — Tincommius, Verica, and Eppillus—all of whom describe them- selves as sons of Commius. The Belgic folk, as we have seen, had already struck eoins of their own for at least a hundred and fifty years, but these are the earliest known, bearing inseriptions recording the names of the princes by whom they were struck. If they do not tell us in so many words that Commius of Arras found a refuge in Britain at the close of his tempestuous career, they tell us at least that his sons succeeded to his dominions in our island, and reigned as kings on English soil. One of them, too, Verica, appears, on indisputable numismatic evidence, to have sueceeded him also in his continental Kingdom of Arras, thus proving that the territories on both sides of the Straits of Dover were actually united under one sovereignty, some sixteen centuries before the similar connection was finally severed by the fall of Calais in the reign of Queen Mary. Here L take leave of the divine Julius and his comrades in his descents upon Britain. The views which I have endeavoured to lay before you as to the real antiquity of the English race upon English soil, is far from being generally accepted. But, after all, Tam no revolutionary iconoclast ; I am only defending the great cause of the con- tinuity of the English history against the more favoured champions of inereditable exterminations and impossible transformations. I believe that the history “forms” of our English universities and public schools ean find no nobler task than to vin- dicate for England, her colonies, and America those seven centuries of English history, of which they have been so long defrauded by generation after generation of historians content to accept old fable for fact, and preposterous theories for scientific method. Captain MeDakin, in moving a vote of thanks to Mr. Bennett-Goldney, expressed the desire to look more thoroughly into the subject with which the lecturer had ‘dealt in so masterly a manner. He paid a tribute to the admirable literary com- position and scientific value of the paper, which he looked upon as a notable addition to their works upon English history (hear, hear). ‘Alderman Mason, in briefly seconding the vote of thanks, referred to the interesting Roman and other relics in the Beaney Institute at Canterbury to which the Mayor had been so generous & Gon- tributor (applause). The proposition was carried by acclamation. Ata subsequent meeting held on January 22nd, 1907, the following references were made to the Mayor’s paper : Mr. Hammond drew attention to various en- campments which lay between Barham Downsand On Barham Downs the remains of one there are small earth- found between there and Iffin Wood, are still to be seen parts of the old chariot road which joined Barham and Bigberry. The encampment in Iffin is by many supposed to be the place mentioned by Caesar as “ fortified both by nature and art.” From Iffin, going westward, we come across another encamp- ment on the plateau above Swarling Downs, while on the Downs there is a very large long barrow known from time immemorial as “ Dead Man’s Bank ” by the country folk. Between this and Mystole Park various earthworks are to be found, while in the wood at the back of Mystole House two encampments close together, and known locally as Great and Little Court Towns, may be seen 5 these are very complete and their existence is known to very few people. Going from there towards Chilham, in a little wood above the mill, we find some works which are mentioned by Hasted, and on the grassy downs may be seen earthworks in the form of a perfect circle, and not far off is the Roman general's grave, Quintus Taberius Durus. There is a tradition among the Chilham people that the Romans and Britons did a great deal of fighting in this neighbourhood. Between Chilham and Shottendane many traces of earthworks may be seen, particularly in Shillings- hold Wood near Stone Stile. Mr. Hammond said that probably more earthworks would be found by going on further in that direction, but Shotten- dane was the limit of his explorations. He pointed out that the old tradition that Czsar fought his way from Deal over Barham Downs to Chilham and then on to Rochester is most likely correct ; he would hardly have gone by what is now known as the London Road and have left all these fortified places in his rear. The fortifications mentioned above extended for about ten miles and were not far from the northern boundary of the forest of ‘Anderidi, into which the Britons could retreat and defy pursuit. Mr. Maylam said he was unfortunately not present when the Mayor gave his paper, but he had carefully read the excellent reports which had appeared in the papers. While they might not agree with the conclusions arrived at, yet they must agree that it was one of the most interesting accounts of Cwsar’s invasion. He had come to the not so much seriously asserting the main proposition which he that pro- position as a nucleusaround which to crystallize his interesting and instructive paper. that their leg was being pulled— (laughter) —and- that the author was not quite serious in putting for- ward his proposition. The proposition laid down by the Mayor was “ that long hefore the days of Cwsar south-eastern England was already peopled by our own forefathers, not ‘ Kelts.’ % other words that the pre-Roman inhabitants of, at any rate, Kent, were Germanic or Teutonic peoples. In support of this proposition he was expecting 15 to find that the Mayor would inform them of some recent archeological discovery, throwing a new light on their previous knowledge—some new diseovery of remains in the county—remains clearly Teutonic and under circumstances showing them to be pre-Roman. Had this been the case he was sure everyone would have given it due consideration, having regard to the Mayor's reputation as an antiquarian. But the Mayor's main argument was the report to Caesar by the ambassadors that the greater part of the Continental Belew were of German origin, coupled with the fact that there were tribes known as Belge in Britain, and he therefore argued that the British Belge were Teutonic. Now, similarity in name did not by any means imply similarity of race, especially in that case. The Continental Belgz in Cesar’s time were admittedly a political confederation, not an unmixed race ; Cwsar, Book II. (4), spoke of fifteen different tribes as forming the Continental Belgic alliance against him ; and after mentioning eleven tribes as contributing among them some 300,000 men, he wound up by referring to the remaining four tribes which he “ states were “all comprehended under the common name of Germans,” and contributed 40,000 ; these figures did not look as if even the Continental Belgie were so largely Germanic as one would judge from the Ambassadors’ report to Czsar, that the Belgz were for the most part Germans originally. Cesar told them that the Continental Belge drove out the ancient inhabitants, who were admittedly Kelts. As the next step the en- quiry arose naturally, “What became of those ancient inhabitants?” The generally accepted conclusion was that they came over to this island nd founded the British Belgie tribes, forming a part of the second or Brythonic Keltic immigra- tion, pushing the prior or Goidelic Keltic immi- grants inland. Richard of Cirencester (1350), speaking of the British Belgw, said, “All the Belge are Allobrages, or foreigners, and derived their origin from the Belge and Kelts. The latter, not many ages before the arrival of Cesar, quitted their native country Gaul, which was conquered by the Romans and Germans, and passed over to this country, i.e. Britain.” He (Mr. Maylam) was not setting up the old chroniclers as authorities in their fabulous stories, but as regarded traditions of race their % % % authority stood on a higher footing. The Teutonic and other tribes who had driven out the ancient inhabitants were also named Belg# from the name of the country they had conquered. If similarity of name was any support of race identity, then one might argue that the English were Keltic, for they were also called Britains, and so were the Keltic inhabitants of Brittany (Bretons). If the British Belgie tribes were Teutonic, it was strange that Cesar did not say so. He said “The Cantii differ but little in their manners from the Gauls.” It was not even admitted that the ancient Cantii were Belgic, for Cesar did not say that “Kent and the whole maritime district” was occupied by Belgic tribes, as stated by the Mayor in his paper. Cwsar (Book V., 12) did not mention Kent, he said :— “ Maritima pars ab iis, qui praedae ac belli inferendi causa ex Belgio transierunt.” Professor Rhys (who was professor of Keltic at Oxford), said that there was no evidence that the Cantii were Belgic. Therefore, even if the British Belgic tribes were Teutonic, it did not follow that the ancient inhabitants of our County of Kent were Teutonic. Before concluding, he should like to refer to the Mayor’s reference to the British historian Nennius. The Mayor’s point, it would be remembered, was that in relating the probably fabulous story of the marriage of the British King Vortigern to Rowena, the daughter of the Saxon leader Hengist, Nen- nius (who was British) said that “ Hengist and his elders were all of one counsel that they should ask for the tract of land that in their (7.e., Saxon) tongue is called ‘Cantwara land,’ but in our tongue (i.c., British), ‘Chent,’” and upon this passage the Mayor asswmed that in the middle of the fifth century the Saxon new comers were represented as calling Kent “ Cantwaraland,” and he enquires how they came to give it this dis- tinctively Saxon name if the men of the land were not Saxon already. If Nennius were a writer contemporary with the Saxon invasion, there might be something in the point, but the real facts of the case were that Nennius did not write until at any rate 300 years, possibly 500 years, after the Saxon invasion, and the mention of the Saxon name for Kent had reference to the time when he was writing, when the Saxons had heen settled here for several centuries, and the County had naturally acquired «a Saxon name. % ® 16 FIFTH WINTER MEETING.—JANUARY 22nd, 1907. ‘*FUNGI AND PLANT DISEASES,’’—Byr PROFESSOR SALMON. The fifth winter meeting was held in the Reference Library of the Beaney Institute, Can- terbury, on Tuesday, January 22nd, Mr. Harvey presiding over a fairly satisfactory attendance. THE LATE MR. W. H. NETHERCKIFT. Before commencing the ordinary proceedings, the President said he wished to allude to the death of one of their valued members—the late Mr. Netherclift—who died very suddenly, when they were hoping that they would see his genial face amongst them again, and hear his eloquent tongue, and enjoy his presence ; but it was not to be. They would miss him greatly. Though not a very regular attendant at their meetings, he came when his professional duties allowed him, and was a very useful member of the Society. The President alluded to a somewhat startling paragraph which he said appeared in that day’s Daily Chronicle, which pointed to the possibility of the greatly increased production of the wheat crop. Mr. Harvey explained that it was impossi- ble to have productive wheat crops without suitable manures, and the chief constituent of those manures must be nitrogen. He alluded to the fact that the principal source of supply of nitrogen had been obtained from South America, but for many years past attempts had been made to utilise the nitrogen of the atmosphere, which was practically an illimitable supply. This, how- ever, had proved an expensive process. Every square yard of the earth’s surface contained some- thing like seven tons of nitrogen, but the question was how it could be fixed at a reasonable expense. Now there seemed a possibility of the utilisation of the nitrogen of the atmosphere at a reasonable price, and if this proved to be so, there was no reason why the production of wheat should not be increased at least ten-fold. He thought there was something in it, because of the quiet way in which Sir William Crookes had made it known in the Daily Chronicle. PROFESSOR SALMON’S LECTURE. Mr. Harvey next briefly introduced Professor E. S. Salmon, F.L.S. (Mycologist to the South- Eastern Agricultural College, Wye). The title of the lecture was “Some fungi which cause diseases of plants,” and Professor Salmon dealt especially in his remarks with the parasitic fungi. The lecture was _ illus- trated with limelight views (the lantern being manipulated by Mr. Lander), and_ proved of a highly interesting character. Professor Salmon, dealing first with the general species of fungi, pointed out that there were two distinct stages—the summer stage and the winter stage. He then proceeded to dilate upon the rose mildew, and showed how the fungi obtained its food from the plant by means of suckers. He next traced the growth of mildew through its various stages, and explained that its progress depended entirely upon whether a particular plant was proof against, or susceptible to, the fungi. Dealing at length with the question. of the American gooseberry mildew, the lecturer explained how the fungus attacked the fruit, leaf, and the wood of the gooseberry trees. A photo- - graph of specimens of gooseberries affected by the mildew was shown, and Mr. Salmon paid a tribute to the great skill of Mr. W. H. Hammond in bringing out the details so clearly. The lecturer said that the effect produced by the American gooseberry mildew was very similar to that of the aphis blight, and in consequence of this when it had been pointed out to gooseberry growers they said that they had frequently had it, and that it always went away. That was because they had confused the mildew with the blight. They had in England a _ powdery mildew called the European mildew, and the difference between the two kinds of mildew was that the European only attacked the leaves and did not touch the wood and_ berries like the American gooseberry mildew did. It was pointed out that in the United States the disease did not attack the native gooseberry trees, which are of a hardier variety than those in this country, but it was found that when imported trees from this country were planted, the blight immediately attacked them. Although the disease had been unknown in Europe until 1900, it had been known in the United States since 1835. In 1900 the mildew first broke out in the North of Ireland, but nothing was done to stop: it. The result was that now a great part of the North-eastern portion of Ireland was full of infeeted districts. Professor Salmon alluded to places in this country where the mildew had been now discovered, and said there was no doubt that En- glish growers were face to face with a most serious danger, unless it was stopped energetically by legislation. In his further remarks the lecturer dealt with other varieties of mildew, principally with those which attack fruit trees. Mr. Hammond said he hoped the Government would show a little more energy in trying to stop: that disease from entering the country than they had done up to the present. Professor Salmon had been trying to stir them up in the matter, but, so far as they could read by the papers, he had got very little help in that direction. He supposed that when it had got a good hold in the country there would be a tremendous effort to stop it (laughter). The President thanked the lecturer for his dis- course, and also Mr. Hammond for the photographs which he had taken of some of the subjects thrown upon the screen. ““CHSAR’S INVASION OF KENT.” A discussion also took place upon the Mayor's paper upon “Czsar’s Invasion of Kent,” which will be found printed at the end of the report of the last mecting. 1 rd SIXTH WINTER MEETING.—FEBRUARY 13th, 1907. ‘CHARLES DICKENS AND CANTERBURY.’—By Mr, A. C. TURLEY. The sixth winter meeting was held on Feb. 13th, by kind permission of Mr. W. Cozens, at “Ye Olde Canterbury Baths,” in the South-Eastern Station Road. Mr. Sidney Harvey, F.C.S. F.I.C., presided, and there was a fair attendance of members and friends to listen to the reading of a paper entitled “Charles Dickens and Canterbury,” by Mr. A. C. Turley (City Surveyor). The President, in introducing the lecturer, alluded to the pleasure afforded of meeting in that venerable old place, and said he was sure they all had the best of wishes for Mr. Cozens in what he was doing to get together those interest- ing objects to be seen there. They had to deplore the loss of another member by the death of Canon Holland, who remained a member of that Society until his death. It was a great loss to the City, as the late Canon was a munificent supporter of many of their institu- tions, and was especially interested in the cause of education. The subject they had before them that evening was of great interest—more so, perhaps, than they anticipated. Mr. Turley then proceeded to read the following paper: My chief object in reading you this paper is to plead for your assistance in establishing in this City a branch of the Dickens’ Fellowship, and with a view of enlisting your sympathies in this direction I purpose attempting to shew you how closely associated with Canterbury is the inimitable writer’s great work—* David Copper- field.” I hope to be able to prove that Canterbury should have been one of the first cities in the world to have kept green the memory of the great writer. That the old City occupied a warm corner in Dickens’ heart we haye proof in abundance. In the 13th chapter of “Dayid Copperfield,” which contains the account of his tramp when a child from London to Dover, he speaks of Canterbury as follows:—‘I have associated with # (the fanciful picture of his mother in her youth) the sunny streets of Canterbury, dozing as it were in the hot light and with the sight of its old houses and gateways, and the stately grey Cathedral with the rooks sailing round the towers.” Again in chapter 52 Dickens writes :—“ Rarly in the morn- ing I ventured through the dear old tranquil streets, and again mingled with the shadows of the venerable gateways and churches. The rooks were sailing about the Cathedral towers, and the towers themselves, overlooking many a long un- altered mile of the rich country and its pleasant streams, were cutting the bright morning air as if there were no such thing as change on earth.” In later life, viz., when he was giving his famous public readings, he spoke thus of his Canterbury audience :—* The most delicate I have seen in any provincial place is Canterbury, an intelligent and delightful response in them” (he wrote to his daughter) “like the touch of a beautiful instru- ment.” Dickens’ last visit to this City was in June, 1869, twelve months prior to his lamentable death. An account of this visit is given by his devoted secretary—George Dolby—in his book entitled “Charles Dickens asI knew him.” As the account of this pilgrimage is both interesting and amusing, as well as being a further proof of Dickens’ love for the old City, I venture to trouble you with a short extract from this work. Upon this particular occasion, Dickens drove over to Canterbury from Gad’s Hill with a number of American friends, some of their ladies, and his secretary—Dolby. Dolby writes :—‘ We drove into Canterbury in the early afternoon, just as the bells of the Cathedral were ringing for afternoon service. Entering the quiet City under the old gate at the end of the High Street, it seemed as though its inhabitants were indulg- ing in an afternoon’s nap after the mid-day dinner. But our entry and the clatter of the horses’ hoofs roused them as it had done the people of Rochester, and they came running to their windows and out into the streets to learn what so much noise might mean. We turned into a bye-street in which the Fountain Hotel is situated, where the carriages and horses were to be put up while we explored the City.” Dolby’s description of one of our principal streets is not of a very flattering nature, but it must be borne in mind that in 1869 the entrance to this street was much narrower than it is at the present time. At that date there was a bit of old Canterbury at both corners of the street. A very good drawing of the old-fashioned building which occupied the site now covered by the Capital and Counties Bank, may be seen in the Beaney Institute. When the bank premises were built I think it is a pity that a design more in keeping with old Canterbury was not adopted. This remark applies to a number of other new buildings—banks and otherwise—which have been erected in the High Street during the last quarter of a century. “,We went first to the Cathedral where service was just commencing. There was a very small congregation, and we were all dis- appointed at the careless, half-hearted manner in which the service was performed. The seeming indifference of the officiating clergy, jarred most acutely on Dickens’ feelings, for he, who did all things so thoroughly, could not conceive how (as he afterwards said) any persons accepting an office or a trust so important as the proper render- ing of our beautiful Cathedral service, could go through their duties in this mechanical and slip- shod fashion. He returned to this subject on several subsequent occasions. As the service had tended rather to depress than to elevate our spirits, we were all glad to get out into the fresh air of the cloisters on its termination. Being in Canterbury Cathedral Mr. Dickens considered it necessary to show his friends the many objects of interest to be found there, and after he had politely, but speedily, got rid of a tedious verger who wanted to lead the way, he played the part of cicerone himself in the most genial and jearned style in the world. Under his pleasant and instructive guidance the afternoon passed only too quickly, and we stayed so long in the grand old Cathedral that we had but little time to spare for a ramble through the sleepy streets. Some of the Americans were rather disappointed at this, for, knowing the accuracy of Dickens’ descriptions, they had shown an extreme curiosity to see and examine for themselves the very house where David Copperfield went to school. There are, however, many houses in Canterbury which would answer to Dickens’ description of “ Doetor Strong’s,” and in reply to one of the party, who had asked him to point out the particular house he said, laughingly, that «there were several that would do.” We took tea at the hotel and then at about six o'clock started on our homeward journey, Canterbury having by this time quite got over the effects of its day-sleep- The people were enjoying their stroll in the cool of the eyening and the streets presented a much more animated appear- ance than they had done on our arrival. In the interval between drowsiness and wakef ulness, Can- terbury had evidently summoned sufficient energy to make enquiries about our party and Jearning that no less a person than Charles Dickens was responsible for having disturbed their slumbers earlier in the day, the good people at once forgave Us all and were quite hearty in their salutations as we left the town. There was never a more delightful ride on a summer's even- ing than the one we took then. ‘The day was fast closing in, and as there was no reason for loitering on the road, we sped along at a rattling pace. The journey from Gad’s Hill to Canterbury had taken nearly five hours, including the time taken for luncheon and loitering. The journey home was made in less than three, and we forgot our fatigue in the enjoyment of supper. It seems to me, as I look back over the years that have inter- vened, that I enjoyed a great privilege, no less than a rare pleasure, on being in the company of my dear old chief when he took this, his last, visit to Canterbury, in the streets of which he had so often wandered in his earlier days.” I trust I have now advanced ample proof of Dicken’s affection for the old City, but Jet me now endeavour to prove to you why Canterbury should be one of the first cities in the country to try. by every means in its power, to keep green the memory of the inimitable novelist. The very name of Canterbury brings back to our memory quite a host of characters and places so ably drawn by Dickens. Its name reminds us of David Copperfield and his school days, 2s well as with his memorable fights with the butcher’s boy, whom he finally vanquished. It recalls to one’s memory Dr. Strong and his academy, Mr. Wickfield (the solicitor) and his devoted daughter Agnes, Mr. Micawber and his wife, and the cringing, servile Uriah Heep. Its name also brings to our mind’s eye Betsy Trotwood over from Dover to see her solicitor (Mr. Wickfield), or to pay @ visit to David; the eccentric Mr. Dick, of “ Memorial” fame; the old soldier or Mrs. Markleham ; and 18 many others. It is a lamentable fact that little appears to be known as to the originals of Dickens’ Canterbury characters or as to the identification, with any degree of certainty, of the places mentioned in “ David Copperfield.” Such a different state of things extists in the City of Rochester, where most of the houses, at any rate, drawn in “ Pickwick Papers,” “ Great Expecta- tions,” “ Edwin Drood,” ete., can be pointed to with absolute certainty. T believe it is a fact that oaly on? building im this City can with certainty be identified with the many named in “David Copperfield,” and that is the Sun Hotel, which is said to be by many reliable authorities the original of the Little Inn, Micawher’s favourite calling place. There may be those living in the City to-day who were young men or women when “ David Copperfield ” was written. If I am correct in my surmise, and if any lady or gentlemen can supply authentic information respecting the originals of Dr. Strong, Mr. Wick- field, Uriah Heep, or of any of the other characters named in “ David Copperfield,” or can furnish a clue as to the whereabouts of Dr. Strong’s academy or Mr. Wickfield’s house, they will be rendering a great service toall lovers of Dickens’ Works. It is thought by some that the house which Dickens had jn his mind’s eye when he described Mr. Wickfield’s residence is the old house with the overhanging stor uated near the railway crossing at St. Dunstan’s, but I don’t think anyone who has read carefully “David Copperfield” can possibly agree with that con- elusion. Towards the end of chapter XV. of “David Copperfield,” David says “But in the course of the evening Thad rambled down to the door (Mx. Wickfield’s) and a little way along the street that I might have another peep at the old houses and the grey Cathedral.” Now if Mr. Wickfield’s house had been at St. Dunstan's. David would certainly have had to walk more than a little way along the street to get in view of the Cathedral. Some six years ago an old citizen informed me that the house Dickens selected as the residence of the lawyer was most probably No. 45, High Street, now known as «Tudor Chambers,” and if Dickens’ graphic description of Mr. Wickfield’s rasidence is carefully compared with this building the likeness will pe found to be most striking, and its close proximity to the Cathedral makes the building and the story fit most truthfully. The original of Dr. Strong’s Academy was most probably the present King’s School, for in chapter XVLof “David Copperfield” the schoolis described “as a grave puilding in a cow't yard witha learned air about it that seemed well suited to the stray rooks and jackdaws who came down from the Cathedral towers to walk with a clerkly bearing on the grass plot ~ and Dr. Strong’s house must have been quite close to the Academy. ‘The whereabouts of Uriah Heep’s “wmble *ome appears to be quite unknown, and none of those authorities who have taken ereat pains to clear up this point, mention the cottage recently pulled down in North Lane as ever having been connected in any way with that extra- ordinary individual. In conclusion, I must again appeal to you all to assist in the formation of a branch of the Dickens’ Fellowship in Canter- bury. Branches have been formed in various cities and towns in all parts of the country. A branch even exists at the small Kentish village of Staplehurst, and I believe I am correct in stating that the only incident which connects Dickens with this place is the terrible railway accident which befel a passenger train on the South Eastern Railway in June, 1865, which occurred at this place and in which train the great writer was a passenger and fortunately escaped unhurt. In the midst of this terrible calamity Dickens, in his usual un-elfish and open-hearted manner and with his usual great desire to do what he could for his fellow men,isat once busy amongst his less fortunate fellow passengers doing everything possible to alleviate their sufferings. [The lecturer read an extract from the letters of Dickens, giving the famous noyelist’s personal experiences in this accident.] The chief object in forming a branch of the Fellowship would be of course to keep green the memory of one of the greatest known novelists, and one who has a great claim upon the affections of the citizens of Canterbury ; meetings would be held monthly throughout the year, at which read- ings from his works might be given and probably papers read respecting the originals of persons and places named in “ David Copperfield.” In the summer season visits might be made to the Dickens’ country, round about Rochester, Grave- send, Chatham, ete. The Mayor (Mr. Alderman Bennett-Goldney) has very kindly offered to give us his able assistance in forming a branch of the Fellowship in the City. It is of course impossible to go into details at this stage respecting this matter. The accomplishment of my object depends entirely upon the encouragement and support given by others interested ;if any- thing like strong support is given to the idea, details as to how the formition of a Fellowship might be accomplished, could be formulated by a small committee appointed for the purpose. I was pleased to notice some time ago that the land- lord of the “Sun Hotel” had caused an inscription to be placed on the outside of his house, announ- cing the fact that that particular house had been made famous by Charles Dickens. What a pity it is that similar inscriptions are not to be found upon other buildings in the City with an equal 19 degree of authenticity. Membership of the Society was a very inexpensive business ; the subscription was only one shilling per annum. Canterbury was a place which teemed with Dickens—it ran through one of his best books—but what did they find ? There was no branch in ,Canterbury. The fact that many other smaller places had one, he thought, was a reflection upon the City. In a short discussion which followed, Mr. Harvey alluded to the visit of Dickens in 1869, at which time the late Dean Alford was President of that Society, and said he thought it was most unfortunate that Dickens should have visited Canterbury on such a_ day as described. He referred to a recent visit of Americans, who, he said, were never tired of talking about Dickens. Taey had nothing upon which they could actually rely as to the characters and places mentioned by Dickens—what they had was literary patchwork, but his opinion was that the real place mentioned as Wickfield’s house was to be found in Watling Street, at tue office of Messrs. Kingsford. Mr. W. E. Goulden, in reply to a question, remarked that the only house he could mention as certain was his father’s old shop in Guildhall Street. He remembered his father saying that Dickens called there during his visit to Canter- bury and purchased a copy of Cruickshank’s set of plates called “The Bottle” only just then published. He (Mr. Goulden) would be pleased to join the Society. Mr. Cuthbert A. Gardner said he must warmly support Mr. Turley’s proposal to form a Dickens’ Fellowship in Canterbury. He mentioned that there was a framed history in the office of Messrs. Kingsford and Co., from which he thought they might trace some information. Dr. Pittock and Mr. Harvey also supported the proposal, and the latter, in proposing a vote of thanks to Mr. Turley for his interesting paper, expressed the hope that he would on a future occasion give them a more lengthy account of the subject. Subsequently, he referred to the railway accident at Staplehurst, expressing the opinion that there was no doubt that Dickens’ death was a result of that accident. Mr. Turley briefly returned thanks, and promised to get further information from the Parent Society SEVENTH WINTER MEETING.—FEBRUARY 27th, 1907. ‘“‘ORCHIDS.”—By Mr. F. C. SAGE. The seventh winter meeting of the season in connection with the East Kent Scientific and Natural Histery Society was held on February 27 in the Reference Library of the Beaney Institute, under the presidency of Mr. Sidney Harvey, F.C.S., F.1.C. The proceedings took the form of a “lantern evening,’ when a paper by Mr. F. C. Sage, on “ Orchids,” was read by the hon. secre- tary, Mr. A, Lander, and a number of slides ex- hibited. In the course of the paper it was observed that there was probably no elass of plants which had attracted so much attention in all times and places from lovers of plant life than the Orchi- dace. With their curious, and in some cases even grotesque forms, their rich and varied colouring, enormous variety, and often delicate perfume, it would, indeed, have been strange 1f they had not secured a leading place amongst the flowering 20 plants. Mr. Sage went on to refer to the great dangers encountered by collectors in their search for specimens in every part of the world, and to point out that,as year by year the amount of unexplored land diminished, it followed that in time we should have to rely almost solely upon the hybridist for new varieties. Happily, great strides had been made in cross fertilization, and a vast number of most beautiful hybrids,which could hold their own with the best natural species, was the result. It seemed probable that as the culture became more generally understood, and the price of the plants more popular, it would be possible for almost every amateur to have a small collection of these peers of the floral world. While probably a single plant had in some cases realised some hundreds of pounds, that could be taken as no criterion of the actual commercial value of a variety. For instance, Odontoglossom Crispum was worth, if of good average type, say £1, but should it be heavily blotched with good rich claret or chocolate mark- ings, the yalue was enormously enhanced, and it was quite possible that it would realise £500. The reason was, that though there were thousands and thousands of Odontoglossom Crispum in cultiva- tion, the best blotched forms were probably below 100 in number. Subsequently a number of highly interesting photographs, showing the beauty of form of various types of orchids, were thrown upon the curtain. Mr. W. H. Hammond also showed a number of excellent slides. EIGHTH WINTER MEETING.—MARCH 13th, 1907. ‘“‘SOME REMINISCENCES OF THE BLACK MOUNTAIN EXPEDITION ON N.W. FRONTIER OF INDIA.’’—By Rey. J. TAYLOR, M.A., BD. On Wednesday, March 13th, the Rev. J. Taylor, M.A., B.D., Chaplain to the Forces, Dover, de- livered a lecture to the members of the Society on “Some Reminiscences of the Black Mountain Expedition on the North-West Frontier of India in 1891.” When ordered on active service he was stationed at Calcutta. He gave a short account of some of the physical features of the winter capital of India. The country in and around the city isa dead level. Indeed, some parts of Cal- eutta are below the level of the banks of the river Hooghly. These facts have made the problem of the drainage of the city an exceedingly difficult one to solve. Recently the municipality has in- eurred considerable expenditure in improving the drainage. The result is that the capital is now much more sanitary and much sweeter than it used to be. The lecturer maintained that Rud- yard Kipling, when he speaks in “From Sea to Sea” of the big Caleutta stink, is guilty of gross exaggeration. The lecturer next gave a brief account of Rawal Pindi, in the north of the Pun- jab, where he joined the Second Battalion of the Seaforth Highlanders as their chaplain. This is the largest military cantonment in India, and it is historically famous, because it was here that the Sikhs finally surrendered to the British. Next he wave some account of the march from Rawal Pindi to Darband, where the frontier was crossed. At this stage he gave an account of the different corps that made up the force on the British side, and of the tribes against which the expedition was conducted. The enemies were Pathans, who are well-known for their love of fighting and of plun- der. It was an unprovoked attack upon a party of our troops marching along our side of the border, when two officers and a number of men were killed and others wounded,which gave rise to the expedi- tion. The lecturer next described the campaign itself. There was not very much fighting, but there was considerable hardship, inasmuch as the soldiers had no tents. They lay on the ground in bivouacs. The country which was the scene of the operations is very mountainous. At the close of the cam- paign the Seaforth Highlanders were encamped at an elevation of 7,509 feet above sea level. The mountain tops were covered with tall firs, which made the scenery look more Canadian than Indian. He next gave a short account of the flora of the district. Beside the last camp he found Edelwess (Gnaphalium leontopodium) and white peonies (Pzonia officinalis). He exhibited the dried plants he collected during the expedition. One remark- able thing about them was that thirteen of them were British plants, namely : Thalictrum alpinum, Thlaspi arvease, Primus padus, Sonchus arvensis, Gnaphalium Inteo-album, Tussilago furfara, Car- dinis nutans, Anagallis arvensis, Hyoscyanus niger, Plantago lanceolata, Polystichuin aculeatum, Poly- podium drypheris, and Lastrea felix-mas. The lecture was illustrated by lantern views, many of them from photos taken during the cam- paign. The last winter meecing was held on March 27th, when Mr. Eadie, of Kodak, Ltd. gave a very interesting demonstration of time development in the Kodak tank, ete. 21 VISIT TO WYE. On Thursday, August 15, members and friends enjoyed an excursion (by kind invitation of the Principal) to the South Eastern Agricultural College, Wye. The party numbering nearly forty met at one o’clock at the South Eastern Railway Station and jowneyed to Wye, where they were met by several of the Professors. Some of the members visited the old Church, and the remainder paid a paid a visit to the well-known Downs. The Church of 8.8. Gregory and Martin is a building in the perpendicular style, originally erected by Cardinal Kempe, when he founded his college here under Henry VI. A fine monument to Lady Johanna Thornbill, dated 1708 was particuly noticed. The party visiting the Downs was led by Professor Salmon and others, who explained its principal features. An unfortunate downpour of rain rather marred the pleasure of this excursion. At 5 o’clock the party met in the Refectory of the College, where tea was taken provided by the liberality of the Principal and Mrs. Dunstan, who presided over the tables, Full justice was done to this weleome function. At the close of the repast Professor Dunstan in afew well chosen words heartily welcomed the party, referring to the pleasure the visit gave him. He sketched a short history of the more ancient portion of the building. It was originally built by Cardinal Arch- bishop Kempe about 1470 as a college for twelve priests ; the buildings were considerably altered in the 17th century, and then consisted of a small cloistered quadrangle, formed by the refectory,the library, etc.; in 1894 further quadrangle was added, containing lecture rooms, also a wing for the kitchens, servants’ rooms, ete. ;in 1900 further additions were made, and another quadrangle containing the new chemical laboratories. In conclusion, the Principal hoped that the visit of this Society might be an annual one (applause). Mr. Sidney Harvey, on behalf of the visitors, thanked Professor and Mrs. Dunstan for the hospitality shewn them, and assured them how heartily they had all enjoyed their visit that day,and he was sure they all felt it was one of the most enjoyable of this summer’s excursions. The party then, under the guidance of the Principal, Professor Salmon, Professor Parkinson, Professor Theobald, and Professor Wailes, visited the buildings, the laboratory, the museum, and other portions of the building, not forgetting the new botanic garden. After again thanking Professor and Mrs. Dunstan for their kindness, the party proceeded to the station and returned home to Canterbury. REPORT FOR THE s5o0th YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER 30, 1907. During the past year the Society has lost by removals, resignations, or deaths 5 members, 3 new members have joined, and the total number now is 86, composed of 8 corresponding members, 11 honorary members, 14 associates and 53 ordinary members. The two members lost by death are Dr. Netherclift and Dr. Maxwell T. Masters. Dr. Netherclift was for some years a member of the Committee, and he was a fairly regular attendant at the evening meetings, where his genial manners and eloquent powers of expression lent much charm to the dis- cussions. The Society has sustained a great loss by the death of one of its corresponding members, the late Dr. Maxwell Tylden Masters, F.R.S., who died on May 30th last. For 45 years he was editor of the Gardeners’ Chronicle, and during the whole of that period he was a valued friend and adviser to our Society. Dr. Masters was the youngest son of the late Alderman Masters, and was born in Canterbury in 1833. He was the author of numerous botanical works, and his valuable “British Herbarium” has been presented to the Library by his widow, a gift which is much appreciated and it is hoped will prove of much use to our members. The cabinet, containing this almost complete collection of British plants has been placed in the Reference Library of the Beaney Institute, and is available for reference ete., by members. Ashort account of the evening meetings and of the papers is given in the preceding part of the transactions. The attendance, except at one or two of the meetings, was not such as to give encourage- ment to those members who had given their time to the -reparation of lectures or papers, and it is a cause of much regret to the Committee that the interest in these meetings is not greater. One of the meetings was held in the Guildhall, and there was a crowded audience to listen to the lecture by his Worship the Mayor on “ Cwsar’s Invasion of Kent.” The incidents in the early history of this south-eastern corner of England were put for ard in a graphic and original manner, and the lecture contained so much of controversial matter that it afforded much for discussion at the following meeting of the Society. The Congress of the South-Eastern Union of Scientific Societies was held this year at Woolwich, but our usual delegate was not able to attend and no other member could take his place. The chief excursion of the summer was to Wye College on the kind invitation of the Principal. Some forty members joined the party, and all were most hospitably treated by the Principal and Mrs. Dunstan. The afternoon was spent in exploring the Downs, and in visiting the Experimental Farm and Botanical gardens belonging to the College. ‘Tea was served in the beautiful Refectory, and after tea 22 a considerable time was devoted to the inspection of a large number of exhibits that had been prepared by the professors. ‘These exhibits included plants, insects, seeds, etc.. in health and disease, and the causes of disease and methods of meeting them were shown in a most interesting manner. Another excursion was to the excavations which have recently been made on the site of the old Church of St. Pancras adjoining St. Augustine’s College. This is the 50th year of the Society’s existence, and the fact that the Society has existed so long, proves that its founders and early members must have been keen and enthusiastic workers. Very few scientific societies live to see their Jubilee, and the fact that the East Kent Natural History and Scientific Society has existed for 50 years, should be an encouragement and a stimulus to all present members to do all in their power to give the Society a more vigorous life, and to make it a worthy monument of those ardent workers who were the founders and keen supporters for so many years. A, LANDER, Hon. Secretary Medical Hall, Canterbury. TREASURER’S STATEMENT FOR YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER 3oth, 1907. Dr. Cr 1906. £ s.-& | 1907. Ss. Oct. 1—To Balance... ... ... .... 1 7 #5| May 10—By Ray Society Urea », Subscriptions for 1906 ... 1 0 O/} June 18—,, Insurance ... 2. ... «.- pats » Subseriptions for 1907 ... 18 5 O » 28—,, RoyalPhotographicSociety 1 1 0 » Donation A cee 1 0 0| July —,, E.B.Gouldenand Co.,Print- ineuheporia) 2. 20 w.9 Ue oe z = 55) WAGE Austeniee <<. es 0) ZL AG | ,, —,, S.E. Union of Societies ... 5 0 |. 350 5 fessrsi Hobday... 2... 10 0 ees —., Hon.Secretary, Postage,ete. 2 5 6 FS — ,, Hon: Librarian .... ... ... Mi. G Ne. — ,, Postage of Reports ... ... 9 0 | Sept.30— ,, Balance cach Reems keds, Wehee ip ee or Oe £2112 5 £2112 5 WIELIAM P. MANN, BOTANICAL NOTES. As my notes for 1906 were unaccountably lost on the way to the printer, and therefore did not appear in our report, I must combine what I have for 1906—07 in one account. The principal find in 1906 was a Lizard orchis by Miss Plumptre growing on waste ground by the roadside in a district which, to safeguard the plant, has been described as lying “ between Canterbury and Dover”; this plant flowered again last summer. The hybrid named Ophrys hybriaa, which was found by Messrs. Walker and Harris at Wye, as described and illustrated in our report for 1905, threw up a flower spike both in 1906—07, and several other specimens of the same hybrid have since been found in the same neighbourhood. Thesium humifusum was seen growing profusely by myself alone the Hollow Lane on Swarling Downs, Petham, in 1906. This makes the third station in Petham for this plant which has been noticed. It was first found by Mrs. Hall in 1902. It is not down in the Flora of Kent. The rare Deptford Pink is still to be found at Petham. In 1907 another Lizard orchis was found at Wye, concerning which Mr. Drax writes me as follows :—It was found by one of my men in the last week of July, and my gardener, hearing him talk about it and gathering from his description of what he had seen that it was a Lizard orchis, obtained the flower from him. The bulb the man had transplanted to his own garden as a curiosity, and I have since obtained that also, and planted in a safe spot in the grounds of Olantigh, near the spot where the one which you saw a few years ago still exists, but has not again flowered since you saw it.” 1 can now remember four Lizard orchis having been found in East Kent. A green variety o \ is was found near Wye last summer ; it is described in the July number of the journal of “ Botany ” by Mv. Rolfe, who calls it Ophrys museifera var virescens, and “4 23 states :—* This varicty seems exceedingly rare, only a single record having been discovered,” but I am certain that several specimens have been gathered near Wye before, and I have seen some. Mr. Rhodes, of Canterbury, reports having taken the Frog orchis in White Hill Wood, in the Parish of Hardres. I am hoping to see this next summer, for although I have, with other botanists, hunted over all the old stations given for East Kent, we have never been able to find it. Lyme grass, Elymus arenarius, has been reported more than once from the Sand Hills along Pegwell Bay, but mistakes have so often been made over this grass that it would be well if botanists would again search the Sand Hills in order to verify this find. W. H. HAMMOND. South Hill, Canterbury. BOTANICAL NOTES FROM DOVER. The following are the most noteworthy plants I came across during my botanical peregrinations last season :— Hieraciwm aurantiacum, found on a garden wall beside the public road at Eythorne. I got per- mission to examine the garden with the view of finding out whether or not the plant had been a recent garden escape, but it was not growing in the garden. The gardener said it had been growing on the garden wall during the six years he had been employed there. My identification was confirmed at Kew. A remarkable coincidence is that I found this plant growing pretty abundantly at Zermatt, Switzerland, last August. Gentiana amavella, found above the south of Kingsdown, all the way along to Dover. The re- markable thing about this “find” is that the variety with the four-lobed calyx and corolla is almost as common as the five-lobed variety. This fact, it seems to me, explains why it is stated in the “Flora of Kent” that several botanists had reported that they had found Gentiana campestris, which is a four-lobed species. My identification was confirmed by the Regius Keeper of the Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh. = Asparagus officinalis, found on the left bank of the Stour, a short distance north of Stonar. Here the plant is well-established. My. Sidney Webb and I counted twenty plants in a comparatively small space of ground, and I have found it here in former seasons. Silene conica, found behind sand dunes close to the beach east of Sandwich. I founda good many specimens, but only in the one place. Melilotus alba, near the left bank of the Stour, about a quarter-of-a-mile north of Stonar. I con- #ider it well-established here, for I have found it at the same place several seasons. Myriophyllum spicatum, in a dyke north-east of Sandwich. Cerastium arvense, between Sandwich and Deal. Vicia bithynica, between Sandwich and Deal. Cephalanthera palleus, near Frogham. Neottia nidus-avis, Fredwell. Aquilegia vulgaris, near Frogham. Habenaria chloro-leuca, near Frogham. Marrubuim vulgare, The Warren. Lathyrus nissolia, Sandwich Golf Links. Genista anglica, Gibbon’s Brook. Pedicularis sylvatica, Gibbon’s Brook. Scirpus sylvaticus, near Gibbon’s Brook. Lathyrus sylvestris, at side of road, about half-a-mile north of Shepherdswell. Spirexa filipendula, between Shepherdswell and Eythorne. Linaria repeus, close to the shore at Walmer. JOHN TAYLOR, M.A., B.D. 1, Guilford Lawn, Dover. HON. LIBRARIAN’S REPORT. In placing his annual report for the year 1907, the jubilee year of the Society, before the Com- mittee and members, the Hon. Librarian is very pleased to report that good use has been made by members and others of the Society's valuable collection during the past year. ‘ It is also gratifying to state from personal observation, that many of the young men of the City are showing more interest in the study of Nature, and other Scientific pursuits. Many also, of the young scholars from the publie and other schools in the City are availing themselves of the opportunities afforded them hy access to such a valuable scientific library. It may not be known generally by the members, more especially by the newer ones, that books from the Society’s library can be borrowed or exchanged on any week-day from 10 a.m. till 9 p-m. The 24 Hon. Librarian or his assistant are always in attendance, and will be pleased to give every possible help to student members. - The following scientific periodicals purchased by, or presented to, the Society, are placed in a conspicuous position in the Reference Library, members or others having access to them on any ordinary week day :— Weekly :—*Amateur Photography ” (presented by the Publishers) ;“ Nature Rigden, Esq.) Monthly :—* Journal of Botany” (purchased) ; “ Entomologist ” (presented by Miss Kingsford) ; “ Geological Magazine” (purchased) ; “ Knowledge” (purchased) ; “ Photographie Journal ” ; “ Zoologist.” r Ri-Monthly :—“ Royal Microscopical Society’s Journal.” The best thanks of the Society are due to the above-mentioned donors for their kindness in presenting these useful scientific journals, and also to Mr. Baker, of Middlesborough, and Miss Kingsford for kindly presenting copies of our earlier reports, ete. Pamphlets, reports, etc., in exchange for ours have been received from the following Museums and Scientific Societies :— Smithsonian Institution, U.S.A., Winsconsin Geological and Natural History Society, Missouri Botanical Gardens, National Museum of Buenos Ayres, Institute of Geology, Mexico, Field Columbian Museum, U.S.A., Milwaukee Museum, U.S.A., Carnegie Museum, British Association, Croydon Natural History Society, City of London College Natural Science Society, Hastings and St. Leonard’s Natural History Society, South London Natural History Society, Ealing Natural History Society, Homesdale Natural History, Royal Microscopic Society, Rochester Natural History Society, Wellineton College Science Society, and Manchester Microscopical Society. From the Societies to which we are affiliated,we have received the following annual transactions :— Ray Society, Quekett Microscopical Club, and the Royal Photographie Society, S.E. Union of Scientific Societies. The work of binding the monthly and other Journals is being steadily carried on by the Society’s bookbinder, and it is hoped by the end of the year to have completed this work to date. H. T. MEAD, Hon. Librarian. (presented by Brian METEOROLOGICAL NOTES FOR 1907. The most remarkable meteorological feature of the past year was the great abundance of sunshine with which we were favoured in March, Tunbridge Wells having recorded as much as 234 hours, or nearly double the average for the month. All the stations in East Kent registered over 200 hours, and at most places March proved to be quite the sumniest month of the whole year. It was quite an unusual month in many ways, much less wind and rain than in most years, and the temperature was almost like summer, Easter being much warmer and brighter than Whitsuntide. The rainfall for the month was less than half,and both the days and nights were remarkably cloudless. The daily range of temperature on several days was well over 30 degrees, the records given by the thermograph being similar to those of midsummer. January was remarkable becanse of the unusually high barometer of the 22nd. In some parts of England the barometer was well over 31'1, and over the Baltic it was as high as 315. On the night of February 9 a brilliant display ef Aurora Borealis was witnessed in nearly all parts of the British Isles, even as far south as the Channel Isles. Unfortunately in Hast Kent it was not very visible, owing to the prevalence of fog. At Kew the largest magnetic storm since October, 1903,. was recorded, and large spots were visible on the sun. The first three months of the year were very dry and sunny, but the second three months were wet, cold, and very deficient in sunshine. January, March, and July had less than half the average rain- fall, and September was very dry and sunny, there being only about 4inch of rain for the whole month in Canterbury. April was very wet, having more than double the usual rainfall, and the sharp frost (14 degrees at Tunbridge Wells) on the 20th, did a deal of harm to the early vegetation. October was extremely wet, the rainfall being as much as 5} inches at Tenterden. August was about a normal month for both rainfall and sunshine, but was colder than the average. The whole year was rather below the average in rainfall, and thanks to the abnormal March rather above the average in sunshine, although about 250 hours less last year.. April, May, June, and July were deficient in sun- shine. The maximum air temperature for the whole year was 76 Tunbridge Wells and 78 Tenterden on September 13, 80 Margate and 784 at Canterbury on May 11, which is very low compared with 94 in September of last year. In conclusion I have te thank the observers whose names appear in the tables for so kindly sending me their reports. A. LANDER, F.R.MET.SOC., Hon. See., East Kent Scientific Society. Medical Hall, Canterbury. 25 SUNSHINE IN HOURS. Tunbridge ‘venter- Littlestone- Canter- Rams- Broad- Mar- Folke- Observer Wells. den. on-Sea. bury. gate. stairs. gate. stone. F.G.Smart, J.E.Mace, M.O. A. Lander, T J.Yaylor, M.O. J. Stokes, MO. Esq. Esq. Esq. Esq. Eeq. —A—,, —> AS — FF OE man ere ~~ 1907. Aver. Jan... 64 47:1 Gh4 70 73 79 81 697 84 Feb.... 88 677 750 75 82 Bt 89 77.3 GE March 234 1219 230°4 218 208 224 222 2154 211 April. 147 1621 1576 176 161 182 180 1615 179 May... 172 2060 184-4 172 177 201 205 186°5 194 June.. 163 2006 180°4 179 184 150 193 180°7 192 July... 190 2109 185°9 1838 184 195 192 1759 215 Aug... 192 1957 190°2 192 190 214 203 193°4 199 Sept... 178 1567 1969 183 175 193 190 185°8 192 Oct ... 84 1092 947 101 94 98 98 835°0 104 Nov... 61 679 62:3 55 54 61 64 475 71 Dec... 62 42°6 634 54 54 65 62 474 63 1635 15884 1687°6 1663 1626 1786 1779 162671 1783 RAINFALL IN INCHES. Tunbridge Maid- Tenter- Ashford. Dungeness. Folke- Capel. Wingbam Observer Wells. stone. den. stone. J. E. F. G. Smart, C.Pratt, J.E.Mace, W.F.Hors- M. O. 470ft. Elgar, Esq. Esq. Esq. naill, Esq. Esq. (as Mea == Nt aN a oN 1907. Aver. Aver. Aver. Jan.... 142 2-76 1-08 100 2.46 3s 1:04 “72 1:85 “49 116 “82 Feb.. 1:92 217 1:22 142 205 & 136 1:26 1°32 1:04 179 1°63 March 1°05 234 “86 “88 1:92 ie “86 “88 1:38 “74 “95 “76 April 3°40 179 2°50 316 166 §& 351 230 138 177 248 2°58 May 2°20 1-69 211 201 184 — 191 2°37 1:28 2°21 2°92 2°08 June 2°83 2°34 2°22 169 186 2 1:87 218 153 159 197 2°13 July... 1:20 210 1:39 1320 0226 oS 168 1:29 1:67 156 134 1:16 Aug... 2:27 2°33 1°94 HERI Beye 2°08 137 198 1°53 2°20 1°72 Sept... 53 2:10 “42 42 251 & “48 48 2°30 “39 “54 28 Oct. . 5°48 419 430 573 348 2 5°26 438 324 460 7-09 5°33 Noy 2°58 344 170 264 3:03 > 2°80 172 2°65 130 2:21 250 Dec 3°67 3 02 2°49 278 280 < 3°06 291 2°24 2°00 2°83 2°56 2855 30°27 22°23 24°86 28°24 25°91 21°86 22°82 19°22 27°68 23°60 RAINFALL IN INCuES (Continued). Canterbury. (ae oe [SEE St.Thomas’ St.Thomas’ High Sturry Hill. ill. Street. Road. Reculver. Margate. Broad- Deal. Observer J. Spillett, W. 8. Ham- A.Lander. C. ferry, A. stairs. Esq. mond, Esq. Esq. Esq. Collard, J. Stokes, W.H.White, S.Miller, 230 feet. 95 feet. 40 teet. 15 feet. Esq. Sq Esq. sq. MOA RS ce Jan. ... 113 184 103 1-21 wi) “(J “98 1:00 Feb. ... 1-75 147 1.55 1°66 115 1:20 1:38 156 March.. “64 “Bh 5A “58 “51 “66 “81 “61 April... 250 212 2719 205 192 2°34 248 217 May ... 2:23 178 1:90 2:28 158 2°10 2-20 3°94 June ... 341 3°09 274 319 1°32 1-41 1:29 182 July ... 1°68 1:26 119 1°34 1°95 1:85 192 1:55 Aug. .. 162 124 1:20 169 1°34 1°47 153 148 Sept. ... “3 “24 “26 “33 “36 65 “70 “45 Oct. ... 453 403 4°30 436 3°64 4:38 5-28 5-48 Nov. ... 218 1°90 2°36 276 197 212 216 2°39 Ret. cs 2°77 241 2°98 3°00 1-42 145 2-00 2°57 2478 21°92 22°24 2445 17-91 20°42 22°73 25 02 26 RLF REF o1P 0.08 O18 Fo TZ “19 PLY 8:CF 0.86 9.4h 469 18 ¥.9¢ O.FS 9.49 8-£8 O6& 8-99 FOL 8.8¢ 1.6¢ 6.89 ace ¢.0F 62L GIL S-69 ¢.19 £19 Osh OFF 82 TIT 6.99 £69 6 09 0.9% O.9F OTL Il 0.96 LE F-8G 02h OFF &2L GIT 10S 8.2¢ GEC O-F8 &.l6 O08 S8T LOF LOF L.9F 0-12 6.18 #9 LOT £89 Pl GIP 0-26 208 099 90T LIP GLE £98 ONG FFG FIG 8 L-&F L8§ LLE G91 1.06 80S @2 ‘qoay p *400F 1 “IT “s8¥lN) “Oly “Xe “ang “Aimqseyavy "slaw “ung, = —~ Naa = ‘AMNLVUSANG], HLUVG “e} R51" £08 GOP 8-87 19S £.29 ¥-29 T-8S F-29 6.9F V2P 0.0% 0.68 “1OAY See “bsq ‘sey099 “£ ‘ayedieyy “@ 186) «(ON 92. 28 98g Se) Sf) 929 foe 98 LL {0p 9F FLL foe tly 92 for fF 94 0g ce #82 fez ise 41L oz 9 {69 hI 06 «8S sie TEE 85) ‘sBVLD “OI “XBy_ “ang — FR 96 S01 LIT OT OTT O0@T LT SOT 801 FR os \ fal 0.08 0.08 O18 o.68 OFF OCF CP OE 0.08 0.6% O18 OT 0-8¢ 0.09 099 O-8L 0-22 GPL C&L 0.94 0.1L ¥-69 O.8S 0.0¢ ‘ssucg “Ulf “XPT =!) = “ainqiegaep ——+- ‘uepse4uay, 6-26 €8T oct 6-L ‘ssva “GIN i “STAM PSpliquny, C.64 7-08 0-98 O.LE L-&F FP OCF ele LAS L8G F-06 LL GAS 8-09 O-F9 0.9L T-SZ O.GL a4 6-FL TIL 6.19 81S 6-SP XEN — ss ‘NOS NI SHILOH GNV ‘SSVUD NO LSA0109 ‘NAGMOS AML NI GAUOLVURINAL AO SANAALXA a ~ NF SOARS 19:19 19 19 9¢ $4] cot rounrn” ‘ON "910989910, “bsg ‘1epuey “Vy “£InGIOJABO ‘ssomasunq 6-1F &-OF €.4¢ ¢.69 0.09 989 €9¢ 8.29 8.9F PPP 9-98 L-8& U-—~-—- ‘OW “beg ‘evn as ‘uep19e4yde f, 8:L4S €¢9 HOd L2¢ POF L.9F 9.1F L&P T-88 G.Gé GLE 0.LE AAW UCU -- —— “beg aeMg “vf “STIOM OSplaquny, ‘NAAUOS NI AVOLVAAINAL ATIVE NVAW “TWAIOSY() aaqme0a(y IAQ U19A0 NT 1940}9O jeqmaydag qsnany Sang enue fem vee judy youre AIVNAGO Auwnars “LOGT 27 CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. i= Bates, Mr H. W., London Mitchinson, Right Rev. Dr.,Sibstone Rec/ory,Atherstone Britten, Mr J., K.S.G., F.L.S., British Museum, South | Saunders, Mr G. S., 20 Dents Road, Wandsworth Kensington, S.W. Common Holmes, Mr FE. M., F.L.S, Ruthven, Sevenoaks | Whittaker, Mr W., B.A., F.R.S., F.G-.S., 3, Campden 3: Housman, Rev. N., Bradley Rectory, Redditch Road, Croydon Marshall, Rev. E. S., Devon. HONORARY MEMBERS. Fiddian, Mr W. H., 121, Queen Street, Cardiff Pugh, Mr, Vernon Place, Canterbury Hayward, Mr E. B., 6 Burgate Lane, Canterbury Reid, Mr James, F.R.C.S., Bridge Street, Canterbury Jeffrey, Mr W. R., 37 Bank Street, Ashford Rosseter, Mr T. B., F.R.M.S., 6 Nursery Terrace, Kemp, Dr. William, Wellington, New Zealand Canterbury F Maudson, Mr B., 34 St. Peter’s Street, Canterbury Saunders, Mr Sibert, Whitstable Mead, Mr H. T., 2 Bertha Villas, Canterbury Small, Mr F. A., 95 Westgate, Canterbury ASSOCIATES, Canterb De Vere, Mr T., Belle Vue, Harbledown ary Goulden, Mr W. E., St. Paul’s, Canterbury Snell, Mr. F. C.. 8, Guildhall Street Harvey, Mr S. W., 84, Ferndale Road, Brixton. S.W. Smith, Mr. W. E., 11, Brosd Street Hawkins, Mr E. M., F.I.C., Stone Street, Petham | Spillet, Mr, Winchester C Ashenden, Mr C., 7 Havelock Street, Canterbury | Porter, Mr. A. Graham, Holmwood, Guildford Road, Holden, Mr S., Longport Canterbury Surry, Mr W., 6 Dane John Terrace, Canterbury Kennedy, Mr A., Canterbury Surry, Mr R., 14 Upper Bridge Street, Canterbury Langston, Mr H., 12, Tudor Road, Canterbury MEMBERS. Abbott, Miss, Lavender Cottage, Cherry Garden Road. | Jeffs, Mr F. J., B-Se., Oaten Hill, Canterbury Canterbury. Jennings, Mr W. J., Latchmere House, Canterbury Austen, Mr W. G., 18 St. George's Street, Canterbury | Johnson, Mr J. G., Shakespeare Terrace, Dane Jobn, Bennett-Goldney, Mr F., Abbott’s Barton Canterbury Biggleston, Mr H., 3, St. Augustine’s Road, Canterbury | Kingsford, Miss, 14 St. Dunstan’s Terrace, Canterbury Biggleston, Mrs H.,3, St Augustine’s Road, Canterbury | Lander, Mr A., Ph.C.. F.R.Met.Soc., The Medical Hall, Biggleston, Mr F., Cornubia, Canterbury Canterbury Biggleston, Miss. Cornubia, Canterbury Lavender, Miss Frances L., 2 Vauxhall Villas, Sturry Burch, Miss, 22, Norman Road, Canterbury Road. Canterbury Chapman, Mr H. M., The Priory, St. Martin’s Hill, | Leeming, Mr W. T.. M.Sc., Hanover Road, Canterbury Canterbury Mann,MrW.P.,B.A..Simon Langton School,Canterbury Chapman, Mrs H. M., The Priory, St. Martin’s Hill, | Maylam, Mr P., Watling Street. Canterbury Canterbury McDakin, Captain J. Gordon, 12 Pencester Road, Dover Cole, Miss, 53 London Road, Canterbury | McMaster, Mr J., J.P., The Holt, Canterbury Cozens, Mr W., Ferndale, Canterbury Mount, Mr. H.,Westbank, Whitstable Road,Canterbury Cozens, Miss, Ferndale, Canterbury Moring. Mr. P.. 23, Randolph Gardens, Dover Curnow, Mr , Blean | Page, Mr H., J.P., Beverley, Canterbury Ellis, Mr E., Old Dover Road, Canterbury | Partridge, Mr J., Oakwood, Oxford Road, Canterbury Facer, Mr F. M., B.A., Kent College, Canterbury Phillpotts. Miss, Woolton House, Bekesbourne Facer, Mrs., Kent College, Canterbury Pittock, Mr G. M., M.B., Winton, Whitstable Road, Finn, Mr P., 2, St. Augustine’s Road, Canterbury Canterbury Finn, Miss, Ethelbert Road, Canterbury Proudfoot, Miss, Whitefriars, Canterbury Flint, Mr W. H., M.R.C.S , L.R.C.P., Ansdell House, | Reid, Mr A. S., M.A., F.G.S., Trinity College, Glenal Whitstable mond, Perth Galpin, Rev. A. J., M.A.. King’s School, Canterbury | Rosenberg,Mr G.F.J.,B.A., King’s School, Canterbury Gardner, Mr C. A., la Castle Street, Canterbury Smith, Mr J. T., Salisbury House, St. Thomas’ Hill, Hamilton, Mr, 19 St. Margaret’s Street, Canterbury Canterbury * Hammond, Mr W.H., Whitstable Road, Canterbury Underhill. Mr., Junz., Fairview, St. Thomas Hill, Harvey, Mr Sidney, F.I.C., F.C.S., 18 Watling Street, Canterbury Canterbury Wace, The Very Rey. Dr., The Deanery, Canterbury Harvey, Mr.A.B.,6,BalhamP’k Mansions, ParkRd.,SW. | Wacher, Mr Sidney, F.R.C.S., 9 St. George's Place, Henton, Mr J. Henniker, M.P.,38 Eaton Square, Lon- Canterbury Holmes, Miss, WooltonHouse, Bekesbourne [don,W. | Webb, Mr. S., 22, Waterloo Crescent. Dover Hook, Miss Ada, London Road, Canterbury Wills, Dr.C.M., M.D., 8, St.George,s Place,Canterbury 28 CON TENTS LIST OF OFFICERS aes Be a son Sex Rot Ao oa ao Winter Meetings— Presidential Address, Mr. Sidney Harvey, F.1.C., F.C.5.... 1 * The Diplodocus and Other Giants,’’ Captain McDakin 3 “The Grinding and Polishing of Lenses,” Mr. C. Roberts ... 360 ace 3 4 “ Cesar's Invasion of Kent,’ Alderman F, Bennett-Goldney, F.S.A. “Fungi and Plant Diseases,” Professor Salmon ... atc Aes ae 16 “Charles Dickens and Canterbury,” Mr. A. C. Turley a eee 35h0 17 “Orchids,” Mr. F. C. Sage... eek ie a te ee ei 19 “Some Reminiscences of the Black Mountain Expedition on N. W. Frontier of India,” Rey. J. Taylor Pes act ae aes ae 20 VS EIeTOSW YE - 4. aie iis ae oe Pe ae = ies 21 ANNUAL REPORT FOR 1907 ... AS set ee ss ae re 21 FINANCIAL STATEMENT ba ‘sf aise hs ms as sii 22, BOTANICAL NOTES, Mr. W. H. Hammond ... ee waa wee ae 22. BOTANICAL NOTES FROM DOVER, Rey. J. Taylor ass =a ee 23 HON. LIBRARIAN'S REPORT FOR 1907... ade se 300 aa 23. METEOROLOGICAL NOTES FOR 1907, Mr. A. Lander, F.R.Met.S0c. ... 24 LIST OF MEMBERS sor “rie Ab 30 oot = 307 300 27 PRESENTED 16 MAY. 1914 ra ely Nat) Cee) KENT ~SUIENTIFIG AND NATURAL HISTORY. REPORT AND TRANSACTIONS OR TH Year ending September 30th, 1908 Series II Vol. VIII NTERBUR Bes baie NT WITH WHICH IS INCORPORATED THE Canterbury a Society. = AFFILIATED WITH THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION, THE ROYAL PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY, AND S.E. UNION OF SCIENTIFIC SOCIETIES ESTABLISHED 1857. Rooms :—BEANEY INSTITUTE, HIGH STREET, CANTERBURY. REPORTS AND TRANSACTIONS for the year ending September 30th, 1908. SERIES It. VoL. VIitit. Edited by the Hon. Secretary, A. LANDER, Ph.C., F.R.Met.Soc., F.S.M.C., The Medical Hall, Canterbury, To whom all communications should be sent ce “ipa iS dye lee i. = -¢ oe ey ao io f. . East Kent Vatural Xistory Society. OFFICERS 1907-08. President : S. HARVEY, Esq., F.1.C., F.C.S. Vice-Presidents : REV. THE DEAN OF CANTERBURY, THE VERY REV. A. J. GALPIN, M.A. CAPTAIN J. GORDON Mc DAKIN, Hon. Treasurer : W. COZENS, Esq., ‘‘ Ferndale,’”’ Dover Road. Hon. Librarian : Mr. H. T. MEAD. Committee : F. BENNETT GOLDNEY, Esq., F. M. FACER, Esq., H. M. CHAPMAN, Esq., G. M. PITTOCK, Esq., W.COZENS, Esq., W. T. LEEMING, Esq., W.H. HAMMOND, Esq., P. MORING, Esq. Hon. Secretary : Mr. A. LANDER, The Medical Hall, Canterbury. Reporting Secretary : W. T. LEEMING. Assistant Secretaries : Mr. C. A. GARDNER, ta, Castle Street, Canterbury. Mr. E. B. HAYWARD, 6 Burgate Lane, Canterbury. Local Secretaries or Referees. To organise special observation and investigation, and report upon definite subjects, in accordance with the suggestions of the British Association. The Members of the Society are invited to assist the work of the Sub-Committees by giving notice of any facts or occurrences relating to the subjects of investigation named to the General Secretary, or to the Local Secretary, who will always be glad to receive the informatian, and tender any advice or assistance in their power. Botany: W. H. Hammonp, Esq., B. F, Maupson, Esq. Entomology Geology : Caprain J. G. McDakin, A. S. Rem, Esq., M.A., F.G.S. Marcotm Burr, Esq. Lepidoptera : F A. Smatt, Esq. Meteorology : A. LANprER, Esq , F.R.Mer.Soc. H. Mrav-Briaes, Esq. Photography : W. H. Hammonp, Esq. The Misses Hotmes AND PHILLPOTTS. Coleoptera : : Sipney Wess, Esq., W. R. Jerrrey, Esq Orthoptera : Ornithology : CON Peet S oo FIRST WINTER MEETING AND JUBILEE CELEBRATION—Presidential Address by Mr, Sidney Harvey ... “SOME REMARKABLE MOUNTAINS.’ —By Captain J. G. MeDakin, R, U.S.1. ‘*RECENT DISCOVERIES IN FOSSIL PLANTS.’—By Mr. P. Moring ‘‘ALTERNATION OF GENERATIONS IN PLANTS.”’—By Mr. P. Moring... “THE DISCOVERY OF THE KENTISH COALFIELD.’—By Mr. Malcolm Burr, B.A., F.G:S. VISIT TO GUILFORD COLLIERY BOTANICAL NOTES ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTES SECRETARY'S REPORT FOR 51st YEAR HON. LIBRARIAN'S REPORT METEOROLOGICAL NOTES FOR 1908 ... BOTANICAL NOTES JUBILEE SOIREE BALANCE SHERT ... TREASURER’S STATEMENT LIST OF MEMBERS... Page FIRST WINTER MEETING AND JUBILEE CELEBRATION.— OCTOBER 16th, 1907. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS BY MR. SIDNEY HARVEY. The jubilee of the foundation of the Society was fittingly celebrated on October 16th. By the kind permission of the Governors of the Simon Langton Schools the proceedings were held in the boys’ school-rooms and_ the adjacent art room and laboratories, and the arrangements were of such a character that a thoroughly interesting and _ instructive evening was spent by a numerous company of members of the Society and their friends. The weather was not nearly so favourable as could have been wished, rain falling heavily at inter- vals, but the erection of a covered way between the schoolrooms and the laboratories obviated any inconvenience on that score. Naturally, the brunt of the organisation of the proceed- ings had to be borne by the courteous and excellent hon. secretary of the Society (Mr. A. Lander), with the assistance of the members of the Committee, but their efforts were lightened in marked degree by the valuable co-operation of Mr. W. P. Mann and the assistant masters of the Langton School, whose efforts could not have been more whole-hearted had it been a school event. Under such conditions the proceedings could not fail to be attended with conspicuous success. ELECTION OF OFFICERS. The annual meeting of the members of the Society was first held, the report and statement of accounts being received and adopted. The election of officers for the ensuing year resulted as under :— President, Mr. Sidney Harvey, F.I.C., F.C.S.; Vice- Presidents, the Very Rev. the Dean of Canterbury, Capt. Gordon McDakin, Rev. A. J. Galpin, M.A., and Mr. Sibert Saunders ; Hon. Treasurer, Mr. W. P. Mann, B.A., Simon Langton Schools ; Hon. Librarian, Mr. H. T. Mead ; Committee, Mr. F. Bennett-Goldney, F.S.A., Mr. F. M. Facer, B.A., Mr. H. Mapleton Chapman, Mr. G. M. Pittock, Mr. W. Cozens, Mr W. T. Leeming, and Mr.W.H. Hammond; Hon. Secretary, Mr. A. Lander, The Medical Hall, Canterbury ; Reporting Secretary, Mr. W. T. Leeming; Assistant Secretaries, Mr. C. A. Gardner and Mr E. B Hayward. THE CONVERSAZIONE. The subsequent proceedings took the form of a conversazione, the object being “to celebrate the jubilee of the Society and to inaugurate its fifty- first winter session.” The President, at seven o'clock, held a reception in the large hall, the company which assembled including the following : The Bishop of Dover and Mrs. Walsh, the Rev. and Mrs. A. J. Galpin, Alderman and Miss Mason, Mrs. nnd Miss Sidney Harvey, Mr. W. P. Mann and assistant masters of the School, Mrs. Mann, Miss Proudfoot and assistant mistresses, Mr. Sebastian Evans, Miss Phillpotts, Miss Holmes, Dr. H. C. and Mrs. Perrin, the ‘!own Clerk and Mrs. Henry Fielding, Mr. Sibert Saunders (Whitstable). Captain and Mrs. Gorcon MeDakin (Dover), Mr. Perey Godfrey, Mr. Guest, Councillor and Mrs. Dean, Mr. UC. A. Gardner, Mr. Henry and Miss Page, Alderman and Mrs, Gentry, Mr. and Mrs. Silas Williamson, Mr. W. H. and the Misses Horsley, Dr. and Mrs. Harold Wacher, Mr. Walter, Mrs. and Miss Cozens, Dr. and Mrs Henchley, Dr. Williams, Dr. Wills, Mrs. and Miss Collard, Mrs. and the Misses Ashenden, Mr. J. Stokes (Margate), Mr. Linscott (Ramsgate), Mrs. Facer, Rev. W. E. and Mrs. Evill, Mr. Edward and the Misses Hunt, Mr. and Mrs. Wright Hunt, Mr. and Mrs, Herbert Biggleston, the Misses Biggleston, Mr. Percy Finn, Mr. and Mrs. Ray Finn, the Misses Finn, Rey. Le Mare and Mrs. Shallis, Mr. RB: S. and Mrs. Chappell, vr. A. A., Mrs. and Miss Gilham, Mr. Frank and Mrs. Hooker, Mr. W. J. Jennings, Mr. and Mrs. Harry Mount, Mr. Perey Moring (Dover), Mr. and Mrs. Percy Maylam, Mr. H G. Sadler, Miss Sworn, Mr. and Mrs. H.C. Page, Councillor, Mrs., and Miss Smith, Mr. Crawford Barlow and the Misses Barlow, Rev. L. H. Evans, Mr. E. G. Hammond, Vr and Mrs. Brian Rigden, Mr. Owen Wheeler, Rav. Thomas and Mrs. Rae, Mr. H. J. and Miss M. Goulden. M's. H H. and Miss Harvey, etc. In all the company numbered nearly 250. The President said he had very great pleasure, in the name of the Committee, in welcoming the members of that Society, their friends, and visitors to that, the jubilee meeting of the East Kent Scientific Society. Before delivering the address which he had been asked to give, he felt bound to say how indebted they were that night for the efforts attending that hospitable meeting. The Committee had worked with untiring energy and they were greatly indebted to Mr. W. P. Mann, the Principal of that School, and the whole of the staff for what they had done for them. They were also favoured with the presence of Mrs. Parker’s band, and thanks for valuable assistance were due to Miss Phillpotts and Miss Holmes. The Committee had made elaborate preparations, and he believed that those preparations would prove successful. They looked for no reward but this, that those present should appreciate and spend a very pleasant evening. They had had some of their reward already in the very large attendance then present, and he had very great pleasure, in the name of the Committee, in saying to them all Welcome—weleome to this, the 50th anniversary of the East Kent Scientific Society. The Hon. Secretary (Mr. Lander) mentioned that he had received a number of letters of regret from persons who were unable to be present. The Dean of Canterbury was very sorry not to be with them that night. He was one of the Vice-Presi- dents of the Society, and he would have been present to have taken part in the proceedings, but his recent bereavement had caused him to cancel all engagements for some time to come. He had also received letters from the Mayor of Canter- bury, Canons Mason, Stuart, and Moore, the Rev. Minor Canon G.C. E. Ryley, the Rev. Canon F. H. Hichens, Lady Mitchell, the Ven. Archdeacon of Maidstone, Lieut.-Colonel Dickenson, J.P., Mr. J. McMasters, J.P., Mr. H. Mapleton Chapman, the Rey. Dr. Murray, Mr. F. J. Godden, J.P., ete. THE PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. Mr. Harvey next proceeded to deliver his presi- dential address. He said : It is my privilege to congratulate the members of the East Kent Scientific Society upon the occa- sion of the 50th year of its existence, and we celebrate its jubilee in the hope of its continued prosperity. It was started at a meeting of lovers of nature held in Canterbury in 1857, and had for its object the association of persons, whether naturalists or otherwise, for the purpose of mutual intercourse and the promotion of science, by means of periodical meetings, by occasional excur- sions in order to collect specimens, and to investi- gate objects of interest and natural phenomena ; to circulate among the members the various scientific journals, and diffuse by publications correct data of every inceresting fact relating to natural history which might oceur in East Kent. The first annual report was dr sented in ]858,and found the Society bers, of whom 382 were ladies, while the first balance sheet for the same year showed an income of £76 10s., with an expenditure of £33 7s., and last, but not least, a balance in hand of £43 2s. 7d. at the end of the year. Four general meetings were held at the Guildhall concert room, now no longer in existence; at Margate, at Sandwich, and at the Maison Dieu at Dover ; in addition to these vatherings, local meetings were held at Margate, Sittingbourne, Canterbury, Dover, Deal, Sandwich, and at Herne Bay, Folkestone, Ashford, Hythe and Faversham. It will thus be seen that at this early period the Society fully justified its title to he called an East Kent Society. In reading over the list of members who joined at the outset, and were therefore founders, I can find but two sur- vivors at our jubilee, viz., Dr. Pittock and Mr. James Reid. As I joined the Society in 1862, and have never missed more than two or three of its meetings, Iam qualified to speak of the advan- tages I have enjoyed from the very friendly fellowship of the members, as well as of very pleasant memories connected with meetings and excursions, and, above all, from the gatherings for microscopical work at that time prosecuted with great ardour. At the time I refer to, our room—a small one— was situated in the Cathedral yard and here was our library, then but small also; our general meetings were held in the King’s School, the successive headmasters of which have always been ready to give us hospitahty at such times. Sometime after, we moved our headquarters to the Church House, High Street, now the Foresters’ Hall, then to number 6 High Street, then to St. George’s Street, at the Office of the Kentish Gazette, and then to 19 Watling Street, using the spacious South Eastern Laboratory for our general meetings, and renting a separate yoom at the same address for the library which had now assumed considerable proportions and value, and this latter is mainly due to the energetic and devoted exertions of the then librarian, Mr. James Reid, who not only gave much time to its arrangement and management, but himself was a most munificent donor to its shelves. Up to this time the Society was able to devote a considerable balance to the purchase of new volumes and serials, so that these, together with the Librarian’s generosity and grants from the funds, it became, and is still, a very valuable Natural History Library, rich in complete sets of current scientific literature. While for years the Society figured as a county association, and boasted many subscribers at a distance, there wasa tendency for certain towns to set up for themselves, and thus it was that Dover, Folkestone, Margate, and other boroughs, all of which possessed excellent naturalists, found it more convenient to localize their efforts (as well as their subscriptions) and to hold meetings upon their own ground. While these secessions did not, and do not interfere with the mutual goodwill between these new associations, the effect upon the Society’s income was such as to make it im- possible to contimue to rent suitable premises, and we ultimately found ourselves at the Reference Library of the Beaney Insti- tute, rent free, our own library transferred there and constituting a loan in lieu of rent. To give a resumé, however condensed, of the past work of the Society would he too lengthy for this oceasion, besides which I made the matter the subject: of a presidential address a few years ago, but I look back, as doubtless others do, to the many instructive: excursions we used to have to such places as Eastwell, and other parks, Dunge- ness, and the general coast line from that point to Pegwell Bay, on which oc asions we had the use of the Dover Harbour Master's steamer, thanks to the late Captain Irons, whose crew aided us in dredging operations. Well attended visits were also paid to Folkestone, Sandwich, St. Margaret’s Bay, Whitstable, and other places. For mutual support and co-operation we have lately joined the local Photographic Society, with generally satisfactory results. Photography has now become such a prime factor in nature observations, and we possess in our midst so many skilful and art loving operators, who, following in the steps of the Kearton brothers, study bird life in all its branches without injury or terror to these beautiful creatures, and are thus inaugurating a reign of loving kindness towards the denizens of our fields and woods. During the fifty years of the Society’s existence a vast improvement has taken place in the development and construction of the microscope, which, from a heavy, massive, and costly instrument has now become light and portable, while its optical powers and methods of illumination have not only been perfected, but also cheapened to a surprising extent, and these results are mainly due to the suggestions and experience of the large number of workers fostered by our own and other kindred societies. The enthusiasm, too, exhibited forty-five years ago in order to clear up the vexed question as to the nature of the minute markings of the diatomacea, a matter still unsettled—made such *9UBSIB *£inqiopTey “uepsequey, es 18 ‘00d 1908 “AON 9L GIT 490 oy) .SiE qdes gL ar ysnsny 08 9a Aine 28 9a eune i, kat AB 29 ~~ 901 judy 9¢ «BOTS OAR ie 16 “qaq eg 98 “ues “‘x¥R_ ung = “S06T 2) (ee ‘sqleM ESpreqanyy, LVUTINAL AO SAKAALXA L19 ©.66 G-S9 OFF OF Gb 698 U-—-~,- —-H bsq‘eouy ae “mep194.0a,], NAAUOS NI AUOLVARdINAL AVIV NVYAN g.G¢ 068 Z19 RRS 6 FS 6:6P £-68 Z.OF beg ‘qaumg “9 “STIOM @Spliquny, “* gaquieoa(y “+ JEqUeAON 1a4yo190 oe * gequiagdag oe Cy qsnony ws oe “ gme on Res oun Au dy your oe Aawnaqag, ak Aauwnuee “S061 “18AIOBQYG) 17 BOTANICAL NOTES. Pulmonaria oficinalis—Has anyone seen this recently in the woods between Chevening and Knockolt ? (Sec Fl. Kent). I hunted for it there over much wooded ground, in May, 1908, but without success. Barbarea prxcov,—Roadside, Crockham Hill, 1908.* Crocus aureus.—Sibth, Charlton, truly wild herb.—F. Bossey.* Althwa hirsuta.—Wouldham, ex herb. Soc. Bot., Lon., 1840 in herb. Brit. Mus. Spartina Townsendi.—Groves, Littlestone—Mrs. Davy, 1902.* Euphrasia nemorosa —H. Mart.» (Fide F. Townsend), Folkestone Warren, 1899, A. J. Crosfield. Mentha sativa, var. paludosa, Sole. Osier bed, near Sydenham, 1832, Hb. Homesdale N. H. Club.* M. Viridis—Gravesend, 1835, Hb. Homesdale N. H. Club.* Anthriscus vulgaris, Bernh, Thames, near Greenwich, 1839, Hb. R. Pryor.* *means that I have seen the specimen. Cc. E, SALMON. JUBILEE SOIREE, OCTOBER, 1907. RECEIPTS. | EXPENDITURE. £s.d. | £& s.d. To Subscriptions— | By Wilson—Refreshments... a 715 0 S. Harvey, Esq. bes we iL i) @) 4 Expenses—Mrs. Parker’s Band... I {Gis 0) Captain McDakin ... Se PF kK O..0 S. Webb, Esq. ES ae ul. (0) a0) | Rey. A. J. Galpin ... co ys 10 6 King’s School, Harvey Competi- tion Essay Fund “ee ra 10 6 W. Cozens, Esq. ... = i 10 O H. Biggleston, Esq. aa ‘a6 Miss Proudfoot 5 0 P. Finn, Esq. ae 5 0 H. P. Page, Esq. ... 5 0 F. M. Facer, Esq. ... 5 0 Miss Holmes 5 0 Miss Phillpotts 5.0 Miss Abbott 5 0 S. Saunders, Esq. ... db 0 C. Gardner, Esq. ... 3 0 Miss Lavender 2 6 Miss Cole ... Be OF ot A, Lander, Esq. 114 0 |} | Soot 0) £9 10 TREASURER’S STATEMENT FOR YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER 30, 1908. RECEIPTS. , EXPENDITURE. ee asa dynen £ To Balance... awk an se 4 9 8 | By Quekett Club Subscriptions aed a ae oS oO | “Ray Society ... ~ ie 1 | Royal Photographic Society 1 Mr. Austen—Printing oad 3 | Periodicals... =O 1 Mr. Goulden—Printing Reports ... 8 | Insurance... ee Bc ser Hon. Secretary—Postages, ete. ... 2 | Librarian, ete... ... : Postage of Reports ... Ke Balance ... sec oes so 2 £22 14 8 | £22, WALTER COZENS, Hon. Treasurer. = ie ett Fest lees SID URE RUD RH RH ON = r= cs cr awwoonooc™ oa) 18 CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. Bates, Mr H. W., London Britten, Mr J., K.S.G.. F.L.S., British Museum, South Kensington, S.W. Housman, Rev. N., Bradley Rectory, Redditch Holmes. Mr E. M., F.L.S, Ruthven, Sevenoaks | Marshall, Rev. E. S., Devon. HONORARY Hayward, Mr E. B., 6 Burgate Lane, Canterbury Fiddian, Mr W. H., 29, Bassett Street, Pontypridd | Jeffrey, Mr W. R., 37 Bank Street, Ashford Kemp, Dr. William, Wellington, New Zealand | Mann, Mr. W. P., B.A., 38, Crabton Close Road, Boscombe Maudson, Mr B., 34 St. Peter's Street, Canterbury Mitchinson, Right Rey. Dr. ,Sibstone Rectory, Atherstone Saunders, Mr G. S., 20 Dents Road, Wandsworth Common Whittaker, Mr W., B.A., F.R.S., F.G.S., 3, Campden Road, Croydon MEMBERS, Mead, Mr H. T., 2 Bertha Villas, Canterbury Reid, Mr James, F.R.C.S., Bridge Street, Canterbury Rosseter, Mr T. B., F.R.M.S., 6 Nursery Terrace, Canterbury Saunders, Mr Sibert, 197, Amesbury Avenue,Streatham Hill. S.W. Small, Mr F. A., 95 Westgate, Canterbury ASSOCIATES, Ashenden, Mr C., 7 Havelock Street, Canterbury De Vere, Mr T., Belle Vue, Harbledown Goulden, Mr W. E., St. Paul’s, Canterbury Harvey.Mr.A B.,6,Balham P’k Mansions, ParkRd.,SW. Hawkins, Mr E. M., F.1.C., Stone Street, Petham Holden, Mr 8., Longport Canterbury Surry, Mr R., 14 Upper Bridge Street, Canterbury MEMBERS. Abbott, Miss, Lavender Cottage, Cherry Garden Road Canterbury. Austen, Mr W. G.. 18 St. George’s Street, Canterbury Rennett-Goldney, Mr F., Abbott's Barton Biggleston, Mr H., 3. St. Augustine’s Road, Canterbury Biggleston, Mrs H.,3,St Augustine’s Road, Canterbury Biggleston, Mr F., New Dover Road, Canterbury Burr, Mr Malcolm, B.A., F_G.S., Eastry Cackett, Miss D., 4, Hilda Terrace, Hanover Road Chapman, Mr H. M., The Priory, St. Martin’s Hill, Canterbury Chapman, Mrs H. M., The Priory, St. Martin’s Hill, Canterbury Cole, Miss. 53 London Road, Canterbury Cozens, Mr W., Ferndale. Canterbury Cozens, Miss, Ferndale, Canterbury Fllis, Mr E., Old Dover Road, Canterbury Evans, Rev. L. H., Holme House Facer, Mr F. M., B.A., Kent College, Canterbury Flint, Mr W. H., M.R.C.S , L.R.C.P., Ansdell House, Whitstable Fowler, Miss R., Wiite Lodge, Ethelbert Road Galpin, Rev. A. J., M.A.. King’s School, Canterbury Gardner, Mr C. A., la Castle Street, Canterbury Hammond, Mr W.H., Whitstable Road, Canterbury Harvey. Mr Sidney, F.1.C., F.C.S., 18 Watling Street, Canterbury Heaton, Mr J. Henniker, M.P.,38 Eaton Square, Lon Holmes, Miss, King’s Bridge, Canterbury Hooker, Mr. F., Westholme, Whitstable Road Jeffs, Mr F. J., B.Sc., Oaten Hill, Canterbury Jennings. Mr W. J., Latchmere House, Canterbury Johnson, Mr J. G., Shakespeare Terrace, Dane John, Canterbury Kingsford, Miss, 14 St. Danstan’s Terrace, Canterbury Lander, Mr A., Ph.C., F.R.Met.Soc., The Medical Hall, Canterbury Leeming, Mr W. T., M.Se., Hanover Road, Canterbury Mason, Miss, 34, St. George’s Place Maylam, Mr P., Watling Street, Canterbury MeDakin, Captain J. Gordon, 12 Pencester Road, Dover MeMaster, Mr J., J.P., The Holt, Canterbury Mount, Mr. H..Westhank, Whitstable Road,Canterbury Page, Mr H., J.P., Beverley, Canterbury Phillpotts, Miss. King’s Bridge, Canterbury Pittock, Mr G. M., M.B., Winton, Whitstable Road Canterbury Proudfoot, Miss, Whitefriars, Canterbury Roberts, Mr C. C., St. Edmund's College Reid, Mr A. S.. M.A., F.G.S., Trinity College, Glenal- mond, Perth Rosenberg. Mr G. F. J., B.A., King’s School,Canterbury Sharp, J. H.. Esq., B.A., Simon Langton Schools Smith, Mrs J. T., Cherry Garden Road, Canterbury Underhill. Mr., Junz., Fairview, St. Thomas’ Hill, Canterbury Wace, The Very Rev. Dr., The Deanery, Canterbury Wacher, Mr Sidney, F.R.C.S., 9, St. George's Place, Canterbury Webb, Mr S., 22. Waterluo Crescent, Dover Wills, Dr. C. M., M.D.,8,St George’s Place, Canterbury Wooldridge, Mrs., Rozel, Barton Fields Wooldridge, Miss Isabel, Rozel, Barton Fields Wooldridge, Miss Irene, Rozel, Barton Fields PRESENTED 234i Vew m10 ile 9 a eee AGNES BAe KENT SOIENTIFIG AND pATURAL sil FOR THE CANTERBURY : “ KENTISH GAZETTE AND CANTERBURY PREss”’ ry Bear! ORI T S\TISH WITH WHICH IS INCORPORATED THE L x BS F > Se | RAL AL HIST ibe Canterbury enor Societpe Seep _ AFFILIATED WITH THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION, THE ROYAL PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY, AND S.E. UNION OF SCIENTIFIC SOCIETIES. ESTABLISHED 1857. Rooms :—BEANEY INSTITUTE, HIGH STREET, CANTERBURY. REPORTS AND* TRANSACTIONS for the year ending September 30th, 1909. SERIES it. VoL. Ix. Edited by the Hon. Secretary, A. LANDER, Ph.C., F.R.Met.Soc., F.S.M.C., The Medical Hall, Canterbury, To whom all communications should be sent. East Kent Watural Xistory Society. OOO Oe OF FICERS—1908-09. President : S. HARVEY, Esg., F.1.C., F.C.S. Vice-Presidents : THE VERY REV. THE DEAN OF CANTERBURY, CAPTAIN J. GORDON Mc DAKIN, - REV. A. J. GALPIN, M.A. Hon. Treasurer : W. COZENS, Esq., ‘‘ Sudbury,”’ St. Thomas’ Hill. Hon. Librarian : Mr. H. T. MEAD. Committee : F. BENNETT GOLDNEY, Esq., F. M. FACER, Esq., H. M. CHAPMAN, Esgq., J. H. SHARP, Esq., G. M. PITTOCK, Esq., W. COZENS, Esq., W. T. LEEMING, Esq., W.H. HAMMOND, Esq., Dr. MALCOLM BURR. Hon. Secretary : Mr. A. LANDER, The Medical Hall, Canterbury. Reporting Secretary : W. T. LEEMING. Assistant Secretaries : Mr. C. A. GARDNER, 1a, Castle Street, Canterbury. Mr. E. B. HAYWARD, 6 Burgate Lane, Canterbury. Local Secretaries or Referees. To organise special observation and investigation, and report upon definite subjects, in accordance with the suggestions of the British Association. The Members of the Society are invited to assist the work of the Sub-Committees by giving notice of any facts or occurrences relating to the subjects of investigation named to the General Secretary, or to the Local Secretary, who will always be glad to receive the information, and tender any advice or assistance in their power. Botany : W. H. Hammonp, Esgq., The Misses Houmes AND PHILLPOTTS. Coleoptera : B. F. Maupson, Esq. Entomology : SipNey Wess, Esq., W. R. Jerrrey, Esq Geology : Caprain J. G. McDanin, A. S. Rerp, Esq, MA., F.G.S. Orthoptera : Matcoum Burr, Esq. Lepidoptera : F A. SMA.L, Esq. Meteorology : A. LANDER, Esq , F.R.Mer.Soc. Ornithology : H. Mgav-Briaas, Esq. Photography : W. H. Hammonp, Esq. FIRST WINTER MEETING.—OCTOBER 28th, 1908. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS By Mz. SIDNEY HARVEY, F.I.C., F.C.S. The annual meeting of the Society was held on October 28 at the Beaney Institute, Canterbury. Mr. Sidney Harvey, F.I.C., F.C.S., the President of the Society, having recovered from his recent indisposition, was now able to attend, and the attendance also included :—Captain Gordon McDakin, Rev. A, J. Galpin, Messrs. P. Moring, A. Lander, W. Cozens, C. A. Gardner, H. Page, J.P., Underhill, H. Mapleton Chapman, Jeffs, Leeming, J. G. Johnson, Mrs. and Miss Harvey, Miss Holmes, Miss Phillpotts, Miss Cozens, Dr. Pittock, Dr. Graham Wills, and Mr. and Mrs. J. T. Smith. : ELECTION OF OFFICERS. The election of officers for the ensuing year resulted as under: —President, Mr. Sidney Harvey, F.LC., FC.S. ; Vice-Presidents, the Very Rev. the Dean of Canterbury, the Rev. A. J. Galpin, M.A., Captain Gordon McDakin ; hon. treasurer, Mr. Walter Cozens ; hon. librarian, Mr. H. T. Mead ; committee, his Worship the Mayor (Alderman Bennett Goldney, F.S.A.), Mr. H. M. Chapman, Mr. F. M. Facer, B.A., Mr. W. H. Hammond, Mr. W. T. Leeming, M.Se., Dr. G. M. Pittock, M.R.C.S., F.R.M.S., Mr. P. Moring; hon. sec., Mr. A. Lander ; reporting sec., Mr. W. T. Leeming, M.Sc. ; assistant hon. secs., Mr. K. B. Hayward, Mr. C. A. Gardner ; local secretaries and referees as last year. A very cordial vote of thanks was moved by the President to Mr. W. P. Mann in acknowledgment of the valuable help which he afforded the Society for so many years. Mr. Harvey referred to the very active interest which had always been shown by that gentleman down to the time of his recent departure from Canterbury, and especially coramented upon the large part taken by Mr. Mann inensuring the great success achieved on the occasion of the celebration of the Society’s jubilee, when a conversazione was held in the Langton School buildings. Other speakers supported the proposition, which was unanimously adopted. The Rey. L. H. Evans and Mr.C. C. Roberts were elected members of the Society. The Society possesses a complete set of the publication Nature, from its commencement, copies haying hitherto been presented by Dr. Masters, through Mr. Brian Rigden and Mr. W. P. Mann. Owing to the death of Dr. Masters this has been discontinued, and it was agreed that in future the Society purchase copies. THE PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. The President Elect said he thanked them for having again elected him, though he could not help regretting that someone else was not chosen, having regard to his time of life and to the fact that after his already long connection with the Society he would be unable to put forward much that was novel to them (No, no). His heart was in his work, but he found that his strength was not what it was, and he had to apologise that night for the first time in his official connection with the Society for having failed to be at his post —indisposition having prevented his attendance on the previous Wednesday evening. He was very anxious that the first year after their jubilee might be a successful year, and that great and warm interest should attach to their meetings and proceedings. There was plenty to talk about and no lack of subjects for investigation, and he ventured the hope that they might all work together and make the session a great success (applause). He proposed to say a few words to them that mght upon two very remarkable instances of successful research. The first instance which he wished to illustrate was that which led to the discovery of the planet Neptune. That took them back to the early Forties—about 1546. His object in drawing attention to that subject was, firstly, to show what magnificent results might come from careful observation, and, secondly, to show how very singularly that re- search contrasted with another research which was still going on in Europe. The discovery of the planetNeptune was, of course, a tale which had often been told, and he did not profess that there was anything new about it—it was only because of the parallelism that he was led to touch upon it. It was one of those grand instances of the careful working out of a theory in strict agreement with what we knew of natural law. He might remind them that in 1781 Herschel discovered the planet Uranus. That wasa planet outside the illustrious Seven Planets of the Ancients and much beyond the orbit of Saturn. Until Herschel discovered a strange object, and, watching it night by night, saw it change its position in the heayens—which an ordinary star would not do-and took note of the fact that it could hardly be called a comet, nothing was known about it. Herschel worked out some of its main elements, calculated its orbit, its mass and other facts relating to it, and then very modestly gave it the name of Georgium Sidus. Others requested that it should be named after the discoverer, he being one of the most illustrious of astronomers. Ultimately, it was called Uranus, but he (Mr. Harvey) never could find out why. Herschel said its period was about eighty-four years, by which was meant that it took eighty-four years for it to make its journey round the sun. Later, certain perturbations were noticed, which led some speculative astronomers to imagine that there was some other body in the system of our sun which affected the motions of Uranus to a considerable extent. These were worked out also andas a result two astronomers, Adams of Cam- bridge, and Leverrier, of Paris, came to the conclusion that there was a planet of considerable importance very much outside the orbit of Uranus,which caused these perturbations, and very careful calculations led them at last to the conclusion that the new planet, which then had no name, would be found in a certain part of the heavens at a certain time, and so nearly did those two astronomers work out the problem that they only differed by one degree as to the position of the planet. That was one of the most astound- ing instances of dogged perseverance, of careful calculation and research, and of unbounded faith in the reliability of the great law of gravity which Newton had enunciated long before. Then came its actual discovery, which was made independently by Adams and Leverrier. The orbit of that new planet which was afterwards called Neptune, was about 165 of our years. It was not a brilliant or conspicuous object, although considerably larger than our earth. On this particular occasion, however, Galle at Berlin saw the planet within a short distance of where they expected to find it. There were in those days few railways and no telegraphs, but in our time the news of such a discovery would have been promptly communicated to the whole world. Truly, it was a wonderful example of discovery by two persevering scientists, and of their actually assigning to it its mass and diameter—a marvel- lous instance of what science was capable. So much for the discovery of Neptune. Another remarkable thing was that thetime kept by planets, moving at a tremendous rate, was perfectly accu- rate. There was no such thing in Nature as “near to” or “about” so-and-so. They were up to time to the merest fraction of a second. Very few of those present probably were able to count ten ina second, but what about a body like our earth which would flash through space at a speed of nineteen miles in a second! That was almost incomprehensible, but yet that was not the highest rate of speed. Other stars were said to move ten times as fast as our earth. He now came to the researches to which he wished to call attention more particularly—re- searches which were now in hand and a subject of enormous interest to all of us, because they tended to the uprooting of certain views as to the nature of electricity and to the reconsideration of the laws of chemistry itself. He referred to the new element —for an element it is—Radium. There was a singular coincidence between the discovery of Uranus, and, on the other hand, the discovery of Radium through the instrumentality of a mineral containing Uranium. It was a coincidence and nothing but a coincidence, although he strongly suspected that it was named after the planet Uranium compounds were very remarkable in character and its chief source was known mineral- ogically as Pitchblende. Uranium compounds were used very extensively in the laboratory, in fact he did not think they could possibly do with- out them as reagents. It was also known for its singularly beautiful fluorescent qualities, but was looked upon as somewhat unusual in its behaviour. Its atomic weight was considerable—it was prob- ably one of the heaviest atoms known--and thePitch- i} blende mineral in which it was found was an un- inviting, dull-looking material with but little external beauty about it. It also existed in Uranite. We were a great deal in the dark as to the constitution of Uranium. The aspect of its salts when heated before the spectroscope was very remarkable indeed, and this attracted the attention of the late Professor Curie, of Paris, and up to the time of his tragic death in the boule- vards through being run over by a motor-car, he must have worked untiringly upon it, and also haye received great assistance from his wife, Madame Curie, who was the first lady to be honoured by being made a member of the Chemical Society. Madame Curie had worked upon tons of Pitchblende, and the net result was six or eight grains of that precious Radium as a result of her toil. Uranium was one of the first radiant minerals known to science, but Radinm was probably a million times as powerful. The Radium emanations were being thoroughly inves- tigated, and only within the last twelvemonth scientists had given it as their opinion that in Radium we possessed a most powerful and subtle agent. Within the last few months solutions of copper had been exposed to the rays from a small quantity of Radium, salt, with the result that two elements if not three, had turned up which were not there before—lithium and sodium salts. Not only so, but there was a suspicion that uranium itself was a compound of leadand helium. Helium was discovered many years before radium. It was one of the recognised gases in the sun’s atmosphere, and was credited with very remark- able properties indeed. The discovery of helium led to that of many other elements, and it was now suspected that the curative effects of certain mineral natural waters were due to those rarer gases, which probably were not available at a distance from the springs. He threw that out as an instance of the medical value of somefof these discoveries. The Réntgen rays, although not derived from Radium, were similar in character, in that they contained radiant matter which penetrated solid bodies by mere exposure to the rays. But even that was not all. We were now informed by some of our foremost physicists that electricity must be looked upon no longer as a fluid, but as helping to constitute a material of which chemical atoms are built up in the form of electrons. That was to say that what we had hitherto called atoms and looked upon as incapable of division—something a thousand times smaller than the finest microscope could render visible— were really, each of them, made up of thousands if not tens of thousands of electrons. As to what they were we knew nothing, except that they seemed to be tenanted by electricity of high tension. Chemical calculations had hitherto been founded upon the atomic theory which Dalton discovered that the atoms varied from one an- other in their weight and only’ in their weight, and that the combining power of these atoms was a small multiple of their weight. Whether atoms should now prove to be divisible or not, would not effect the value of the atomic theory as a working theory which had proved of incalculable value in the past and will in the future bear still richer fruit, and it was a matter for national congratulation that its dis- coverer was an Englishman. Whether the ele- ments were transmutable or not one was led to meditate as to where that might lead. He (Mr. Harvey) was not hinting at all at the realization of the alchemists’ dream, the production of gold and silver from the baser metals —whether that would ever be possible or not it was certain that those alchemists who participated in those researches had died very poor. There was plenty to show that in the future the value of discovery to man was to be obtained not so much in the production of precious metals as by the promotion of those arts which tended to the comfort and health and safety of those who lived upon this earth. He trusted that someone else would at a later date show thefurther developments of the idea. It was to him somewhat revolutionary in character, but we could not stand still and must be thankful to accept the great advantages which resulted from research. We might be sure that the pro- gress made would be to the ultimate benefit of mankind (applause). Captain Gordon McDakin, in proposing a vote of thanks to Mr. Harvey for his address, said he felt that what he had to say must take rather the form of congratulation to Mr. Harvey upon his re-election and to their Society in being able to retain him in office as their President. They had been struck, he thought, with the versatility, genius, and breadth of knowledge which their President had shown in his address—not only by the extent of his knowledge, but also by its accuracy, especially in that department of science which he had made peculiarly his own (applause). He had a fellow feeling for Mr. Harvey in that he knew that the Presidency of a Society was not without its drawbacks and sense of responsibility. In his twenty years of service with the Dover Society he knew, however, that he was much the junior of Mr. Harvey. Still, he felt that in hay- ing such a spirit as they were proud of possessing in the East Kent Society, then the office was rendered more easy to be borne by the President, to whom he wished every success in the ensuing year (applause). The Rey. A. J. Galpin seconded, and said he felt sure that they all wished Mr. Harvey to know that they did appreciate very much his kindness in again accepting office and in coming among them at considerable self sacrifice so soon after his indisposition (hear, hear). He could not help thinking as Mr. Harvey summed up the matter with which he had been dealing that he, like a certain other great orator whom they had seen on the stage of history, had the remarkable merit of being one who stood between the old and thenew, and, though he had been trained in what they might perhaps speak of as the older school, he was perfectly ready to welcome new thoughts. He was not one of those who were afraid of what was going to come, but was willing that, if necessary, his cherished views should to a certain extent, or entirely, pass away, if they were giving plaze to something grander and better in the march of truth. It was, he thought, the evidence of a great and noble mind to be able thus to project itself into the future and to secure, at whatever cost it might be, the march of that truth which it had been, as in the case of their President, the work of a life-time to endeavour to follow (applause). The vote was accorded by acclamation, and, in response, Mr. Harvey said he felt very deeply the kind things which had been said of him. He hoped that he mizht, in the course of the session, be able to do something a little more deliberate and interesting than the somewhat dry discourse which he had addressed to them that evening. He thanked them very much (applause). The exhibits on the tables, which were subse- quently inspected with much interest, included the following: Photograph of Ancient British hearth at Ripple, by Mr. P. Moreing, of Dover ; a wondergraph, or harmonograph, an ingenious instrument for the execution of harmonic curves, by Mr. N. K. Johnson ; Rupert’s drops, Chladnes plates, crystals, sensitive flame and Newton’s rings, by Mr. Leeming, M.Se., and Mr. Jeffs, B.Sc., Simon Langton Schools ; and a number of inter- esting mineral and other specimens, by Mr. Walter Cozens. SECOND WINTER MEETING. NOVEMBER 1th, 1908. ‘©THE WONDERS OF LIME.”—By Mr. W. COZENS. Mr. Sidney Harvey, F.I.C., F.C.S., oecupied the ehair at the meeting held on November 11th at the Beaney Institute. Others psesent in- eluded the following :—Mr. W. Cozens, Mr. ©. C. Roberts, Mr. W. T. Leeming, Mr. W. E. Goulden, Mr. C. A. Gardner, Mr. T. Underhill, Miss Holmes, Miss Phillpotts, Mrs. and the Misses Wooldridge, Miss Abbott, Miss Mason, Miss R. Fowler, Miss -Cole, and the Hon. Secretary (Mr. Lander). Several new members were proposed by the Hon. Secretary, and the following ladies and gentlemen were elected: Mrs.Wooldridge, Misses Isabelle and Irene Wooldridge, Miss R. Fowler, Miss Mason, Miss D. Cackett, Mr. F. Hooker, and Mr. J. H. Sharp, B.A. k The speaker for the evening was Mr.W. Cozens, who gave an intensely interesting lecture, entitled “The Wonders of Lime.” In the course of his address he said :— Among the eighty or more elements now recognised by scientists, that known as “ calcium ” oceupies a most important position. It occurs in the sun and stars, and is very widely diffused in our earth. As an element, it is seldom found alone, and we will deal with it chiefly as a « carbonate.” Tn this form, calcium and carbonic acid (the gas produced by combustion or breathing) become « calcite,” which is the essential base of all lime- stone rocks, chalk, coral, marble and bone. Let us look at them in this order. What is chalk ? To us who live upon it, and see flint stones and gravel pits in every walk, chalk, and the Hints that were formed in it on the ocean bed so long ago, are more familiar than to those who live in Wales, or in the Tsle of Man, where the chalk formation and lower rocks, were washed to sea long ages before man appeared upon this earth. After the ocean waters ceased to boil, and through the cooling of our planet, the hot waters became warm Seas, life in the ocean became a possibility, and the waters teemed with tiny creatures that had power seerete the lime out of the water and with it form their minute shells; generation succeeded generation, life ended, their microscopic sheltering films of lime slowly sank to the bed of the ocean, forming a kind of white oozy slime, getting thicker every day. The chalk in England is in places over a thousand feet in thickness, and it 1s said that it could not be formed at a quicker rate than one inch in four hundred years. In process of cooling and consequently contraction of the crust of the earth, the ancient sea bed has been heaved up, and we see the white walls of England as chalk cliffs around our coast. At Dover, Shakespeare Cliff rises four hundred feet above the sea! How much higher it rose towards the east, and how much has been washed off the present surface, are inatters for speculation. When we look upon what may be termed pure chalk, we see what was formed many miles from land. Rivers have always carried their load of mud and discharged it in the sea. At flood: times the torrents bear along their pebbles, poulders for many miles, and the mud and fine particles in solution are found as far out in the sea as three hundred miles from the mouths of great rivers. It is beyond this point that the waters are free from any river sediment, and nothing whatever is deposited in those vastareas of the sea bed, save the relics of marine organisms. It is quite evident, that through countless ages, the sea has been the home of myriads of fish and animals of various kinds, not only the minute, as the Foraminifera, of which Globigerina is the most common, but of the gigantic, as the Ichthyosaurus. Death followed life in the usual order, and whether a natural, or a violent death is of no moment, the carbonate of lime they had secreted from the sea water, whether as a shell, or bones, or teeth, found its way surely to the bottom, and added tothe slowly rising mass of lime we now call chalk. The deposit was of extreme slowness, S0 that teeth of sharks and earbones of whales are yet barely covered, although some of them have lain on the sea bed for centuries. stones, and 4 When it is said that creatures living in the sea have the power to secrete the lime from the water, and do this to make their shells, ete. of, it is not expected that they take any steps to help the pro- cess, any more than an animal takes to make its It is simply one of the marvellous ways of nature, and needs no outside assistance. abundant in the seas. large and important islands are formed by the corals, and when we Jook upon the marvellous forms of beauty in the several varieties of coral, we again see some of the wonders of lime. here is at least one more highly important source of limestone rock. Seaweeds, known as « Nullipores,” have the same power as the corals to secrete the carbonate of lime from the water, and these weeds, on the wreck of their predecessers, puild up vast masses of limestone. Tn certain places favourable for the growth of shellfish, limestone rocks are formed almost entirely of these shells, and not least among them bemg the sea urchin—Echinos (sea hedge- hog or urehin. The sea urchin or sea hedge-hog is enclosed in a case of carbonate of lime, peautifully fitted together and perforated for the extension of the spines and tube feet by which it crawls. The mouth is in the centre of the under side, and the shell is very regularly and beautifully laid out in twenty equal sets, like the gores of a balloon. ‘Another very important source of limestone is the Crinoidea, or se@ lily; these are usually attached to the sea bed by & jointed calcareous stalk, and these stems and arms form in some areas a vast accumulation of limestone rock and marble. At one time, probably when this planet was much warmer, these deep sea animals were numerous and flourishing, but now they are comparatively rare, and only to be obtained by dredging in deep ocean waters. Above the cretaceous system, the chalk of which has been already referred to, there have been deposits of limestone in what may be called a small way. In the Eocene we find the Septaria in the London clay : this is an argillaceous limestone that fifty years ago was much in quest for the making of Roman cement, an article long since superceeded by Portland cement. Higher still, in the Oligocene system, we have the limestones of the Headon and Bembridge beds. Next above we set in the Miocene system on the Continent, shelly limestone that is a deposit altogether absent in England. Yet later, in the Pliocene we have the “CoraHine Crag,” a limestone found chiefly near the surface of the Eastern counties, and known as Norwich Crag, ete. Let us now probe deeper into the crust of this wonderful earth. We strike chalk, we bore a thousand feet and we are through it ; after passing the greensands and the gamit. we find the rocks forming what compose the “Jurassic” system, and in these rocks is indeed a yeritable fairly-land. Right on the top of this system, and in what some geologists call the Wealden beds, and put as the lowest of the cretaceous strata, we come upon a peculiar kind of consolidated limestone, made up entirely of the shells of a species of fresh water snail just hard enough to take a polish. This is known as “ Bethersden marble,” and may very often be recognised doing duty in Kentish villages as a chimney piece, or in the churchyards as a headstone. The form of the shell is most distinct. Just below this point we find shelly limestone composed of a mass of much smaller shells known as “ Paludina,” a “ marsh ” snail. It occurs in layers not exceeding a foot in thickness and was peculiarly adapted for long and slender shafts or columns, so characteristic of the early English style in church architecture, giving grace and beauty to our own Cathedral. The marble takes a good polish, but from the fact that in the shape of columns, it cannot be set on its natural bed, the sides in course of time give way along the planes of bedding, and the shaft or column ceases to be round. Before going lower down, we must mention the beds showing well round Hythe, and known as “Kentish Rag.” These occur in a limited area in the lower greensands of the Cretaceous system. Being extremely tough, and of good lasting nature it is well adapted for building where the initial expense is borne by the many, or for structures of a public nature intended to stand the elements for centuries. Our own grand old Westgate is a worthy example, and stands to-day, a memorial not only to Archbishop Sudbury who built it, chiefly at his own costs and charges, but to his wisdom in making selection df so good a material. Previously to 1623 Portland stone does not appear to have attracted much attention. In 1660 Inigo Jones restored a portion of old St. Paul’s, which was originally built of another “ wonder in lime” from the Midlands, an oolite stone known to-day as “ Weldon.” Although the quarry owners claim this stone to be “very dur- able,” hardening under exposure, and able to resist frost and water, we take it, that they mean it will do all this perhaps for a little longer period than some other limestones. That it did not last in its early beauty without showing signs of decay and collapse, is evident from the fact that just before the great fire of London, it was necessary to case the walls, and had it not been for the forest of scaffolding that encircled the old Cathedral at the time of the great fire, it might have been standing to-day. The scaffolding caught alight, the Cathedral was doomed, and Wren’s master- piece occupies the site. The stone chosen for tha restoration, was from this Portland bed, and when Christopher Wren came upon the scene, he decided to use the same kind of stone, and we must admit that this Portland Oolite is most suitable for massive structures in classical styles, like St. Paul’s Cathedral of to-day. The quarries from which Sir Christopher Wren obtained the Portland stone which he employed have been long deserted, the reason assigned being that the stone is « little harder, and thereby more expensive to work. There is this consolation about 5 . it ; when the softer beds fail, the harder beds will be wanted, and they will not spoil in the keeping. It is most interesting to note the great local convulsions in the earth’s crust at the time when the strata now referred to, were laid down. The Purbeck marble is a mass of fresh water shells, and immediately below, lies the Portland stone, full of fossils of animals that lived in the salt water of the ocean. Geologically speaking, it was not so very long ago that England was joined to the Continent, and just across the Channel is found that finest grained of all the oolites that was used for the fabric of our own Cathedral and for nearly all the monastic buildings in this corner of the country. Caen stone will last, and has lasted for several centuries after leaving its native bed, but the gases emanating from coal fires, have a distinctly disintegrating effect upon it when exposed to the elements, causing it to crumble and disappear. For internal decorative work we have not far to go to see how admirable a stone itis, and the Caen carving inside our Cathedral shows again—the “ wonders of lime.” So far as we can gather from ancient customs, it has always been a laudable characteristic to study economy, so that when we look upon our noble Cathedral, what we were intended to see is stone, but where the eye of the casual observer does not penetrate may be anything. ‘he fact that the “Gods see everywhere ” was all very well for the builders on the Acropolis of ancient Greece, but in medieval times the order was for a facing of stone without and a core of chalk, flint, sandstone, or anything fairly hard and held together as a kind of concrete. To wit—the Angel Steeple or Bell Harry Tower of our Cathedral is really built of good, sound, honest brick, which anyone can see who ventures up the belfry spiral; no bricks appear outside, but in some places a few inches of Caen stone skin, or face, or crust, make this venerable tower so beauti- ful in its proportions, a “wonder in lime ” that all the world wants to behold it. The restoration of our Cathedral, now in process, has been carried out with a shelly, granular oolite, known as “ doulting” stone, the colour of which varies from cream to light brown. It is a promising and compact limestone, and it is stated that the stone, which is free in working, is very durable and uniform in its texture. Of Bath stones on the market there are a dozen kinds, and twice that number of names. Among other oolites of note is that fine grained limestone known as “Ancaster,” of which many of the Lincolnshire churches are constructed. Chilmark and Ham Hill are great favourites with some architects. The creamy-pink oolite stone known as “ Ketton,” and which the local masons call “roe stone,” was largely used in the restorations of both Ely and Peterborough Cathedrals. A cream coloured limestone known as “ Painswick,” from the upper oolite, was used in the construction of the Houses of Parliament. The lecturer then had placed upon the screen some illustrations of the gigantic animals which formerly roamed the country now known as Kent, 6 and he explained that the fossil remains were plentiful enough in all the limestone rocks to prove to them the shape and size and habits of these fearful animals who had their day before this earth was fitted for the habitation of man. The lantern was efficiently worked by Mr. Lander. At the close a very hearty vote of thanks was accorded to Mr. Cozens for his very interesting lecture, and Mr. Cozens then explained the numer- ous specimens that he had brought to illustrate the subject of his lecture. “MEDIAVAL CRAFTSMEN.’—By Mr. W. J. JENNINGS, J.P. A paper of especial interest on “ Medixval Craftsmen” was read by Mr. W. J. Jennings, of Canterbury, the Diocesan Architect, at a meeting of the Society held on December 9th, 1909, in the Beaney Institute. Mr. Sidney Harvey, F.C.S., F.L.C., presided, and there was a numerous attend- ance of members. The following was the text of the lecture : It is with a feeling of diffidence that I venture to appear here to-night, as I cannot disguise from myself the fact that any topic with which I have such an acquaintance as entitles me to speak upon is somewhat remote from the declared objects of this Society. All the same, I hope the subject I have chosén, “The Craftsmen of the Middle Ages,” will prove not uninteresting ; especially seeing the ip,portant position which workmen of to-day occupy in our political and social system. It is my intention to say something of their training, trade organization, and status in the eommunity ; also to endeavour to account for- the admitted excellence of medieval workmanship, and finally to give some idea of the wages the craftsman of old received. We, in this City, with some of the finest examples of medieval buildings in our midst, need no other reminder of the patience, the enthusiasm, and the skill which the workmen of old put forth in their efforts to realize their mnate desire for excellence. No point appeared to them too trivial, no trouble too great, to achieve the most. satisfactory result. It was an age of great activity and perfection in all arts appertaining to buildings and their adornment. It is not too much to say that the buildings of the period I have chosen exercise upon the minds of those who now behold them a stimulating, an elevating and inspiring influence, the value of which, directly and indirectly, as a national asset cannot be over-estimated. It isno doubt true that a certain glamour is imparted to medieval work which only age can give, and that itis only the best examples that have withstood the ravages of time and come down to us ; but, making due allowances for this, it is undeniable that not only were craftsmen of the period splendidly trained and the possessors of great skill, but that they had in addition that with- out which mere skill could not have produced the splendid results we have everywhere around us, viz., a deep and abiding love of their craft, a pride in it, which, coupled with long and careful training, produced the happiest results. I must not be understood as implying any censure upon, or doubt in, the ability of the best workmen of to-day; this is not my intention, indeed it is contrary to my opinion, for I believe that the best trained workmen to-day are as skilful, as enthusiastic, and as persevering as were the craftsmen of old ; but the well trained, enthusiastic, skilful, modern workman is the exception among his fellows, whereas in mediwval times he was the rule; there was, in fact, no place in society for the half trained craftsman. It is desirable in the first place to define the period I intend by the expression “ medieval.” I commence with the accession of John in 1199 and end with the death of Elizabeth in 16038, this embraces roughly 400 years, a very considerable span in the history of a country, and comprises some of the notable reigns of our history, covering stirring and strenuous times during which this country rose from comparative obscurity to the position of a great power exercising an enormous influence in Europe, and at home establishing upon a firm basis Parliamentary institutions and the constitution of the country as we know it to- day. It wasa period which: witnessed not only the birth of Gothic architecture, but its advance- ment to perfection and subsequent debasement. The population was inconsiderable,so far as it is possible to tell it did not exceed half the popu- lation of London as we know it to-day. The people were divided strictly into classes ; most of them were very illiterate, crime was rife and the physical aspect of the country was chiefly forest land. Truly a condition of things most uncongenial, one would suppose, for the fostering of art. Throughout the whole period I have chosen the main facts in regard to craftsmen are roughly these: Carpenters, masons, smiths, glaziers—in fact, all trades—existed in separate or general erafts. Till the end of the 12th century carpenters were regarded as the leading craftsmen and were commonly spoken of before masons, but atthe end of the 13th century (which witnessed the birth of Gothie architecture and the consequent enormous impulse to church building) this order wasreversed and masons were regarded as of somewhat more importance than carpenters ; but their rules and regulations and the period and training of apprentices were practically the same. All were members of their trade Guilds. Each trade Guild organised the education of the body as a whole, especially seeing to the apprenticeship of youths destined for the craft. A youth after serving his apprenticeship was admitted to the freedom of the craft, and usually to the freedom of citizenship in the town in which he worked. Thus a mason or carpenter’s apprentice passing through his seven years’ course satisfactorily was received into his guild as a master competent to exercise his craft, for a master was a definite degree in craftsmanship granted exactly like Mastership in a University to apprentices in letters. In fact, it is not too much to say that the evidence to be gathered from the Universities and Colleges shews that these were organised upon the lines of the Trade Guilds, which were older than the Universities, going back as they did almost,if not quite,to pagan days. The conferring of a Mastership of Arts upon an undergraduate (who after all is but an apprentice in letters) who had passed the requisite examination was merely another form based upon the admission of an apprentice to his degree of master workman. In fact, the Colleges were Guilds of teachers and learners, organised from within on the craft-guild system. Soa master mason or master baker stood: with the master of letters or of physic ; his furred robe and distinctive cap marked his mastership in his eraft exactly as the gown and hood marked that of the clerk in holy orders or the physician. Our word “Mister” to this day does not mean employer but graduate of a Guild, but the two meanings came together,'as only a master, a graduate of a Guild, could be an employer. The word is only used in reference to an employer to-day because it was conferred upon the employer in the Middle Ages, who was of necessity a master craftsman. An important fact to be borne in mind in considering the excellence of medie#val workman- ship is that craft industry through its organised Guilds claimed and won an honourable place in the life of the citizen. The craftsman was proud of his shop, proud of his Guild, proud of his city. He prided himself on his tools in the same way as a Knight prided himself on his sword, his order and his castle. It was the ambition of some work- men to set themselves to gain grants of arms for their guilds—a high distinction in|the Middle Ages —and when obtained they had these arms engraved on their tombs and on the tombs of members of their family. It is difficult for any of us to realise the airs which a craftsman of London and other big cities gave himself. He was part owner of the City, and in London a craftsman’s idealin the Middle Ages was to mould the City into a free Republic on the Italian model. A craftsman would not have allowed a lord or a member of the aristocracy in his Guild, and his instincts set him against the handling of goods for profit or brokerage. His pride was in his skill. Carpenters tended to lead in the houses erected for members of the aristocracy. Masons tended to lead in the construction of churches, and while no doubt an employer had a consider- able say in the work, and some employers laid down the lines of their abbeys and castles very closely, a great deal was left to the craftsmen, acting under the general direction of the master mason or master carpenter who was in general control of the work, he being what we should to-day describe as the architect of the work, with the advantage that he was highly skilled in the use of the toolsappertaining tothe particular craft to which he belonged. In works of great impor- tance like a Cathedral or a royal work an agent was possibly appointed to represent the employer as keeper or co-keeper of the work ; or when such awork as a Cathedral was going forward there would be employed a resident master mason, or it might be a master carpenter. The title Abbey Mason at Westminster continued till the nine- teenth century when it was changed to that of Clerkof Works and itishighly probable that there had been an unbroken succession of masons in charge of Westminster Abbey fromthe time when Henry III. began the work. Of course, there were cases where some mason or carpenter was recognised as a great master and could not be induced to devote his whole time and energies to a particular work. A craftsman of this order possessing special qualifications would advise, by consultation and by means of rough patterns, the resident master mason or master carpenter working under his advice. Generally, however, the whole work was done by each craftsman bringing his skill to bear upon his particular craft under the direction of a crafts- man skilled in that trade which formed the greater part of the work in question, who con- trived to work in one harmonious whole the best that skilled workmen in each craft could devise. Work, in fact, was done so as to take advantage of the special material to hand. It was a true evolution, hence comes the vital interest of old builded work; it was as natural as a honey-comb ora bird’s nest. The thought was close to the act. The design was not, as it so often is to-day, a mere exercise—a sort of Chinese puzzle. It was not an application of a mere theoretical idea. It was just doing the work as it ought to be done according to the craft of masonry or according to the craft of the particular trade. The origin of the Trade Guilds has been the subject of considerable controversy, but however obscure and doubtful their origin of one thing we may be certain; they did not spring from sub- jection and dependence. They originated in the freedom of the handicraft class. The oldest, most reliable, and detailed accounts which we have of Guilds consists of those Guild statutes, the drawing up of which took place in the beginning of the eleventh century. The object of these statutes appears to have been the support and nursing of infirm Guild Brothers, the burial of the dead, the performance of religious services, and the saying of prayers for their souls. The essence of the manifold regulations of the original statutes appears to be the brotherly banding together into close union between man and man, some times established and fortified by oath, for the purpose of mutual help and support. This essential characteristic is found in all the Guilds of every age, from the earliest known to us in detail to their descendants of the present day, the Trade Unions. In Anglo-Saxon times Guilds enjoyed such authority in the country that their rules bound even non-members, and Town Constitutions were developed from them. Every combination of men was formed on the Guild basis. Thus there were Guilds for the preservation of the peace of a district called Frith Guilds,then followed Religious (or social) Guilds, then Town Guilds or Guild Merchants, then Craft Guilds, and, finally, we have Trade Unions. Craft Guilds probably sprung from the Merchants’ Guilds since handicraftsmen who were full citizens (such citizenship depending upon the possession of estates of a certain value situated in the town) enjoyed perfect freedom of trade in the towns, but there were other craftsmen who were not full citizens. These had to buy from the lords of the town the right of carrying on trade and had to purchase by means of various burdens and imposts the privilege of using the market halls and other institutions for buying and selling. As is not infrequent in modern societies and communities so it was in mediwval times there was a split between the two factions, the Merchants and the Craftsmen ; the Guild Merchants expelled the free handicraftsmen from the full citizen Guild, and endeavoured to suppress them into a kind of subjection. The free handicraftsmen thereupon confederated with those craftsmen who were not free, and the Craft Guilds were established by Charter from Henry I., and from this period till the middle of the thirteenth century various Craft Guilds originated as the rise of the different trades in a town rendered it expedient. So soon as a Guild was originated and the craftsmen were organised, further ordinances for the regulation of the brethren were drawn up and rules were made for severely punishing any breach of the regulations, and all trade concerns were in the management and under the jurisdiction of the particular Guild. Wherever Craft Guilds were legally acknow- ledged we find foremost that the right te exercise their craft and sell their manufactures depended upon the freedom of their city. No one was admitted to any trade, even to the lowest, or tolerated in it, whose moral conduct and honour were not stainless. No one also who had not proved himself a proper workman, and no one who had not served a regular apprenticeship, the duration of which generally lasted seven years. The admission of an apprentice was an act of special solemnity corresponding to the important legal consequences it involved. It generally took place in the town hall in the presence of the town authorities, or in solemn meeting of the Craft Guild. The apprentice was specially instructed on this occasion in his duties, both as to his moral conduct and the trade. The indenture was drawn up, which contained the special conditions under which the apprentice was placed with his master, and by this admission the apprentice became a member of the family of his master, who instructed him in his trade and watched over his morals, as well as his work, during the period of his appren- ticeship. At the expiration of his apprenticeship the lad, then a man, was received into the Guild again with special forms and solemnities, and became thereby a citizen of the town. After the care for skilful workmen the next important concern of the Guild was for the use of proper tools and the application of well adapted processes of manufacture. No honest member of the Guild was allowed to possess tools unless the same were testified to be goodand honest. There were statutes containing directions and prohibi- tions entering into the most minute details with reference te the method of working. It was specially forbidden in the strongest terms to mix inferior materials with a better sort to the detri- ment of the buyer, or to sell patched up articles as new. Measures were also taken to protect the public against the spoiling of materials entrusted to the craftsmen for manufacture. Thus, Guild brothers were enjoined to assist a member who found difficulty in his work in*order that it might not be spoilt. Such directions are frequently met with among masons, one regulation applying to the trade of masons recording that he who wishes to undertake work in gross, that is what we should call piece-work, is to bring forward four ancient men of his trade as security for the proper execution of the work and they,in the event of his not fulfilling his duty, have to execute the work themselves. Further the Guild statutes always ordained, nominally to ensure the good quality of their wares, that no one should work longer than from the beginning of the day until curfew, nor at night by candle light, but I cannot help thinking that the real ground for this ordinance was rather regard for the well-being of the erafts- men. Certainly there was a desire to give them leisure for fulfilling their domestie and political duties and to prevent the collective body from being forced to over-exertions by a few too zealous for gain. Similar considerations were also sometimes the cause of long holidays, as for instance the prohibition of the London Weavers to work between Christmas and Purification Day. This was also the origin of our present Saturday half-holiday which is a relic of the same considera- tions supported, probably, by religious motives which caused strict prohibition of work on Sun- days and on festivals, alsoon Saturday afternoons. The custom fell into disuse at the Reformation and in Puritanical times, possibly savouring too much of {the old faith, and it was not till a comparatively recent date that British workmen were able to regain their lost holiday. There were also ordinances with a view to preventing ruinous competition among the Guild Brothers, which was held to be contrary to the spirit of brotherhood. For instance, no tradesmen was to entice away a brother’s customers nor a brother’s servant. There were also restrictions in the number of servants and apprentices which an individual member was allowed to have, and it became common to make regulations with regard to prices, under the supervision of the town authorities. It was forbidden for a Guild Brother to work for a customer who was indebted to another brother. The Guild generally looked after a member becoming poorthrough adventures on the sea, or thefadvanced price of merchandise, or from borrowing and pledging, or by any other misfortune, and such a brother might claim to be xelieved in proportion to the fraternity’s funds. Members of the Guild were entitled to have a share, not exceeding a third, in any of the goods coming to the city to be sold to the order of another brother, and the brother so ordering would have to allow abrother desiring to share with him, to the extent of a third to have such goods at cost price. If the brother did not agree he was liable to a penalty of 20s. for refusing to share. Besides being brotherhoods for the care of the temporal welfare of their members, the Craft Guilds were, like all other guilds, religious fraternities having their priests, whose duty it was to conduct their religious services and to pray for their dead. In fact, in reading some of the old statutes one might fancy that the craftsmen cared more for the well being of their souls than for their temporal well being. All guilds had particular saints for patrons, after whom the Society wasfrequently called, and, wherever it was possible, the patron saint would be chosen who had some relation to the trade. Astime progressed Craft Guilds frequently went in solemn procession to their churches, and to this is to be traced the present day practice of benefit clubs at their annual meetings beginning the day witha service in a church. The very soul of the Craft Guild was its meetings, which brought all the Guild brothers together, every week or quarter. These meetings were held with certain ceremonies for the sake of greater solemnity. The box, having several locks like that of our Trade Unions, and containing the charters of the Guild, the statutes and many other valuable articles, was opened on such occasions, and all present had to uncover their heads. These meetings elected the presidents, originally called aldermen, which is the origin of the aldermen of to-day, afterwards masters and wardens, and other officials. Asa rule, the Guild was free to choose its own master either from their own members or from men of higher rank, although sometimes the master was appointed by the king, the bishop, or the authorities of the town. The above is an outline merely of a Craft Guild, an association of master craftsmen, in the Middle Ages. It was made up of masters who were born free or who had acquired free citzen- ship. Théy represented the class we should to- day call the employers of labour, but, about the middle of the fourteenth century, chiefly as the result of the plague, when the people were rush- ing in great numbers into the towns, being attracted by the high rate of wages to take up trades, it became impossible, owing to the great number, for all to become independent masters, and thus there arose the real working class as we understand it to-day with separate views and interests. The year 1350 was the date of the first rush to the towns (as to which we hear so much to-day) and it was about this period when elaborate pro- visions were first made for the settlement of disputes between masters and workmen, as well as provisions for ensuring the fulfilment of the obliga- tions to each other. In questions of dispute the de- ciding authorities were the Wardens of the Guilds. Master craftsmen who withheld from the work- men the wages to which they were entitled were compelled by the Guild Authorities to pay. On the other hand if any serving man should conduct himself in any other manner than properly to- wards his master and act rebelliously towards him, no one of the trades was allowed to set him to work until he should have made amends before the Mayor and Aldermen. It was the plague, known as the black death of 1348, and the consequent depopulation which 9 brought the opposition between the interests of the working class and the employers for the first time, on a large scale, to a crisis. Even the clergy took advantage of the small number of those who could say masses and prayers in conformity with the intentions of the faithful in order to increase their fees, and as merchants and tradesmen took advantage of the small supply of wares to raise their prices, in like manner the workmen en- deavoured to use, for a general rise in wages, the distress into which the propertied class had been plunged through the universal dearth of labour. I must refer to this plague in’some little detail as it exercised an enormous influence over the country. A well-known writer describes it “as the most terrible flague which the world ever witnessed, advancing from the east, and, after devastating Europe frem the shores of the Mediterranean to the Baltic, swooped, at the close of 1348, upon Britain ; the traditions of its destructiveness and the panic-stricken words of the Statutes which followed it, have been more than justified by modern research. Of the three or four millions who then formed the population of England, more than one half were swept away in its repeated visitations. Its ravages were fiercest in the greater towns, where filthy and undrained streets afforded a constant haunt to leprosy and fever.” The whole organisation of labour was thrown out of gear. The scarcity of hands made it diffi- cult for minor tenants to perform the services due for their lands,and only a temporary abandonment of half the rent by the landowners induced the farmers to refrain from the abandonment of their farms. For a time cultivation became impossible. “The sheep and cattle strayed through the fields and corn,” says a contemporary, “and there were none left who could drive them.” Even when the first burst of panic was over, the sudden rise of wages consequent on the enormous diminution in the supply of free labour, though accompanied by a corresponding rise in the price of food, rudely disturbed the course of industrial employment, harvests rotted on the ground, and fields were left untilled, not merely from scarcity of hands, but from the strife which now for the first time re- vealed itself between capital and labour. Asaresult of the plague, and consequent dis- organisation of labour, the notorious Statutes of Labourers were passed in the reign of Edward the Third, in which it was ordained for workmen in general, but especially for those engaged in the building trades and for agricultural labourers, that no workman should take more and no em- ployer should give more than had heen customary before the plague. Further, in 1362, when a tempest caused fearful ravages amongst the roofs of houses, there was issued a Royal Order that the materials for roofing and the wages of tilers were not to be enhanced by reason of damage done by the tempest. About this same period there are accounts of strikes in the building trade, which trade differed somewhat from other trades in the fact that it shewed a greater similarity to institutions of our modern great industry, i.e., compared with other trades, there were fewer pe1sons who carried on the 10 trade on their own account and a greater number of a sheep was rather dear at 1s., and an ox would be dependent workmen. Consequently the dependent reckoned at 10s. or 12s., the value of cattle being workmen were in a better position to combine as dependent, of course, upon their breed, size and being a greater proportion of the men engaged in condition. ‘There are no early accounts of butchers’ the particular trade, and a combination having for meat, but a multiple of thirty would be fair to its object a strike possessed greater terrors for the take for animal food and eighteen or twenty for employers. We have accounts as to the workmen corn, in order to bring the prices of the thirteenth who have withdrawn from the works at the Palace century to a level with those of the present day. of Westminster and generally of a strike amongst Combining the two and setting the comparative workmen in the building trades. dearness of cloth against the cheapness of fuel and To summarise it may be said the Craft Guilds, many other articles, it would be about correct to which until the middle of the 14th century had consider any given sum under Henry the Third been gradually acquiring power and which by that and Edward the First as equivalent in purchasing date had obtained independence and authority in power of commodities to about twenty-four or trade matters in the towns, soon began to degener- twenty-five times a similar sum to-day ; by the end ate, which degeneration progressed, after it had of Plizabeth’s reign the purchasing power of once begun, with increasing rapidity, So that by the money had diminished considerably, and was end of the 15th century the capitalist quality of about fifteen times as great as money at the craftsmen became more and more a necessity present time. for obtaining membership of the Guild and the There were, of course, many articles, the value restrictions by which the members of the Guild of which did not correspond with the general endeavoured to seclude themselves and thus to rules stated above, some articles seem irreducible make the handicraft the monopolies of a few to.any rule, not because of the relative scarcity of families become more and more numerous ; as a particular commodities, but from the change in result we find by the date of the accession of manners and in the mode of living. James the First the great power of the Craft Tt is difficult to conceive, in this age of luxury, Guilds had declined to comparatively modest the great frugality of medieval times. Incomes— dimensions, but they continued to exercise some after taking into account the difference in the power in civic affairs until the end of the 18th value of money then and now—which in century. medieval times were regarded as princely would It may be observed that Trade Unionism, now be regarded as quite ordinary. A very Socialism, and strikes are not mere modern inno- wealthy man in those days wouldnow beregarded vations, but as a matter of fact were as rife in the as only moderately well off, if not, indeed, poor. Middle Ages as to-day, though perhaps their The following extracts are for wages in 1351 :— 1d. general trend was somewhat different ; under Haymakers, per day ..- the influence of the old Craft Guilds (which were Reapers of corm... ++ + 3d. the prototypes of present day Trade Unions) Master Carpenter -.- => 3d. their tendency was to raise the general level of Master Mason... «+ = 3d. skill of the worst craftsmen to that of the best ; Master Tiler «- = + 3d. to-day the tendency is to level down from the Master Plasterers -- 3d. best to the least skilful. Some people even go SO Others—carpenters, masons, tilers, plasterers far as to argue that it is desirable in the interests ie., what we should call journeymen, per day, 2d. of labour to call a halt at intervals in the race of If these figures were multiplied by twenty-five life to allow those laggards (who, from their they do not fall far short, if at all, with wages inability or want of energy oF desire) fail to keep paid for similar work within my own recollection. pace with their fellow- workmen, to catch up with The following is a record of wages, prices and those who, by the exercise of greater skill and expenses of some craftsmen and articles when perseverance lead, as they deserve to do. pbuilding Eton College, HenryVI. (1441). Now what were the wages paid for labour, skilled Freemasons, 3s. per week. and unskilled? One can only deal with this Stonemasons and carpenters, 2s. 6d. per week. question very generally. Of course, the wages Labourers 4d. per day for working days only. paid differed considerably in different localities, Artizans were allowed for all religious holidays. and were by no means yniform over the whole of ‘Ale cost 1} a gallon. the period covered by the term medieval. The charge for sending a man to London was Speaking generally, I do not think workmen 2s. which is stated to be at the rate of 8d. per were paid materially jess—when the value of money day for the necessary entertainment of man and is taken into account—than they have been within — horse. living memory, for, of course, the value of money The Caenstone imported for puilding the chapel must ever be the factor in determining wages; and 8s. to 9s. per stone. . the value of money depends upon the amount of The rag stone from Boughton Monchelsea, near commodities it will purchase. Maidstone, ls. per ton at the quarry and 2s. 4d. One authority states that, taking the ordinary per ton carriage to Eton. tenor of pricesand discarding extreme fluctuations In the second year of the building the brick of cheapness and dearness, it would appear that in kiln at Slough was finished and the bricklayers the reigns of Henry the Third and Edward the are there first distinctly mentioned in the amounts : First, previous to the first debasement of the coin they received 6d. a day each. The bricks were by the latter in 1301, the ordinary price of wheat chiefly burnt with thorn, but some sea borne coal was 4s. per quarter, barley and oats in proportion, was used, which cost 7s. per chauldron ; straw, 11 including carriage, 10d. and Is. per load; sand, 1d. per load. Labourers were sharply fined for any fault, losses and breakages: For chiding, 2d.; for playing, 2d.; for letting (hindering) of his fellows, 8d.; for looking about, 2d.; for telling of tales, 2d.; for shedding lime, 6d.; and a stonemason for leaving without license, 3d. With the mention of these figures (taken from the accounts), I have, Mr. President, completed the task I set myself, very inadequately and sketchily, [am aware. It now only remains for me to sum up ina few words and to answer the question that so often comes to us when beholding some splendid ancient building, Such as all are familiar with “ How was it the craftsmen of old could produce such results?” Perfect in craftsmanship, unsurpassed in concep- tion, in purity of style, in accuracy of detail, possessing that peculiar charm impossible of description. Surely the answer is that the crafts- man of old, having received a thorough training, brought to bear upon his work not only great skill, but thorough conscientiousness and honesty of purpose. There was no such thing as the putting in of inferior material or workmanship merely pecause it was out of sight. The architect, in the modern sense of the word, i,e., as the detective, was not needed. A crafts- man did not call himself an artist in those days, he was content to be known as a craftsman, a mere stonemason, smith, or painter, but lacking the title he did not lack the skill. The study of design was never more enthusiastic, the desire for excellence never more sincere. A craftsman was always trying to improve his knowledge of his craft ; but whatever their skill, perseverance and enthusiasm they could not have achieved the results they did had they not loved the work for its own sake. A love which prompted them to embellish with carving or other enrichment, not only those features which were in the most conspicuous places in a building but details hidden away from sight, as for instance, the carving upon some miserere seats in the stalls of many of our parish churches, or, as one often sees, a beautifully carved corbel away in some obscure corner or the exquisite and delicate chasing upon some bell hidden away in a belfry unseen, uncared for, known, practically, only to the craftsman himself. This love of his craft was the real secret of his excellence, and this we must cultivate to-day if owr work is to approach the level of that of the medieval craftsmen. The President expressed the indebtedness of the members to Mr. Jennings for his interesting paper, remarking that he had clearly shown that the artizan and craftsman of medieval times was not only a servant, but had his degree. He was a master of learning, manifested through his clever fingers and hands. The paper had been an intensely suggestive one, and he hoped that before long they might have another of equal interest from Mr. Jennings. He would ask Mr. Moring, of Dover, to move a vote of thanks, Mr. Moring said it gave him great pleasure to move that proposition. He might mention that he, the speaker, was one of the craftsmen who had received an apprenticeship and was a member of one of the old companies of London—the Cutlers’ Company—which, he believed, was almost the only one which, in the present day, looked after the admission of its craftsmen. The decay of influence of the craft guilds to which Mr. Jennings had alluded was not, he thought, altogether the fault of the guilds themselves, but arose through unforeseen circumstances in the time of the devastation caused by the plague, and which must have had a great deal to do with the disorganisation of the guilds. But when they compared the condition of things with modern times, they found that the Universities were taking the place of the guilds, insomuch that they were establishing specialised degrees for the promotion of industries. In London and other Universities there were special degrees for engineering ; it was the same with chemistry, and he believed that in some northern universities the practice was extending to a very great extent. Mr. W. Cozens seconded the proposition, and said Mr. Jennings had given them a wonderful insight into what was done five hundred years ago. As regarded the unemployment problem, he believed that if the system of apprenticeships had not been done away with so largely they would not be experiencing the troubles which they had at the present time. There were so many work- men about who, when asked what they could do, replied “I can do anything.” They, however, did not know how to do anything properly, whereas if apprenticeships had been continued they would have been able to do work equal, and he thought better, than that of the workmen of medieval times. He believed that among the crafts the period of seven years’ apprenticeship was only maintained in the case of carpenters. Stone masons were apprenticed for five, four, and sometimes only three years, but in all other trades as far as building was concerned, the apprenticeship was much shorter, with the result that they never turned out to be the workmen they ought to be. He would like to ask if Mr. Jennings could give them any information as to the way in which architects laid their work before the craftsmen in the shape of specifications and details. Did they draw them ? The vote was carried by acclamation, and in returning thanks Mr. Jennings said it was diffi- cult to get precise information as to how archi- tects used to design and control their work, but he believed that architects, as we understood the term now, did not exist then. Generally there was pro- bably one exceptionally skilled craftsman, perhaps a mason or carpenter, and it was this craftsman who, being constantly upon the work, would direct the men under him, showing” the masons where to build the piers and walls on the spot. Except in quite exceptional cases, there were probably no plans on paper. There would also be a leading carpenter, with whom the mason would work, and so their workman- ship, as the result of personal intercourse, would be moulded into one harmonious whole. Of course when they came to elaborate buildings such as the Palace at Westminster or Canterbury Cathedial there must have been some looking further forward, because no one man lived long 12 enough to see from the beginning to the end of those enormous buildings ; but such buildings were not designed as a whole. No doubt diagrams were carefully prepared laying down the general lines to be pursued. Of course on a huge building the work was capable of division into units; these would be care- fully laid down and repeated. He (Mr. Jennings) was much struck in looking over a church at Rainham the other day. He measured the difference in the spacing between the arches of the nave. One often found that scarcely any two were exactly alike, and in this case there was a difference of two feet in the west-end bay. There was no apparent reason for this difference and he thought that indicated that there was no abso- lute hard and fast plan on paper as we under- stood it to-day. It was most interesting that our Town Councils should seem to be based on this system of Trade Guilds, and he was much struck by the fact that the head of a Guild was called an alderman and wore a furred robe. He thought there could be no doubt that the aldermen of our town were the successors of the old Trade Guild heads. As to the question of unemployment, he, personally, regarded the decay of the system of apprenticeship, as the crux of a lot of the troubles which they were in to-day. It was the exception to meet a thoroughly skilful craftsman. In coun- try districts one would see a man working one day as a labourer and on another as a bricklayer, although it was quite obvious that he could not be capable of skilful bricklaying without training. Then, afterwards they found that work had been spoilt because of the absence of training. He thought this a very serious question. The President said he happened to be reared in East Anglia, where the black death was worse than in any other part of England. Tracing the coast of Norfolk, Suffolk, and Essex one found a succession of churches which we could consider almost akin to cathedrals. They were remark- able for the beauty and finish and the excellent character of the work upon them, but where were all the people and villages,and where were the labourers who built those churches? They were all gone. ‘I'he churches alone remained, but most of them now were getting into a condition of decay and requiring restoration of a kind which it was almost impossible to undertake. Mr. Harvey also mentioned that the scene of the plot of Rider Haggard’s book, “The Witch’s Head,” was laid on the Suffolk coast. Mr. A. Lander raised a question as to the quality of the work of the medizyal craftsman, and pointed to the fact that the Bell Harry Tower of Canterbury Cathedral had an outer skin of stone, but was inside largely constructed of bricks. Mr. Jennings said he thought it was true to say that, dealing with old walls, one found a great deal of loose material in them, but he did not think that arose from a desire to put inferior workman- ship behind, but that it was due to the difficulty of obtaining better material and thus were led to have recource to something which they would not otherwise have used, Again, the medieval builders had little regard for foundations. They did not go in for the foundations which modern builders put in, and it was in great part due to that fact that one so often found serious settlement taking place in old buildings. As to the question whether the buildings and the workmanship of the present day were inferior to that of mediwval times, as a whole, he did not believe that there were any better workmen than the best of to-day, but they were in the minority. He could not help feeling that there never was a time when there were such fine buildings, both from the point of view of design and structure, as might be found to-day in the streets of London. He knew that many people raved about everything and anything that was old, merely because it was old ; but, personally, he was not one of those. There was some old furniture, which was admirable in every way, but other old stuff was really no better than fire-wood; yet some people raved over it, whether good, bad or indifferent. The best workmanship turned out to-day was equal to anything that was ever done, but, owing no doubt to the exigences of the time in which we lived, there was a tremendous amount of poor building. In the present day there was great difficulty in obtaining good timber—the fault lay not with the people who used other material, but they could not buy good timber. So it was in the old days. There were certain things which they could not get, and the best had to be made of the material available. Subject to the limitations of time and place, their work was good from beginning to end, and, of course, subject also to their knowledge. Although design was good, no one would but agree that their skill in engineering and from a constructional point of view was not equal to the best work of to-day. He understood that the walls of the Angel Steeple of Canterbury Cathe- dral are backed up in parts with bricks, and he believed that some parts of the interior of the walls was composed of chalk— probably that was the only material to hand, and they knew that, when protected with a hard face, chalk would last remarkably well. There were modern instances in which we had gone back to the idea of building with chalk both externally and internally ; this was done in some country districts in houses of considerable size. Mr. Walter Cozens said he mentioned in his recent paper that at places the interior of the Angel Steeple was faced with good, honest brick, and he believed that that was far more lasting than the Caen stone outside. Brick was the most lasting material which they could obtain, so that they had the best material inside the. tower. Whether the internal portion of the wall was of rubble, he could not say. Mr. Cozens went on to mention that a short time ago when in Carlisle he saw a short tower with Norman arches around, which had been crushed out of shape through the addition of a low storey on the top of the tower. There being little or no foundations, the additional weight had crushed in the arches about two feet. The proceedings shortly afterwards terminated. 13 “COLOURS OF SOAP FILMS.’’—By Mr. F. JEFFS, B.Sc. Through the courtesy and kindness of the authorities of the Simon Langton School, the members of the Society assembled in the labora- tory attached to the Boys’ School on Wednesday, December 16, to listen to an intensely interesting lecture given by Mr. F. J. Jeffs, B.Se_—a member of the teaching staff of the school—his subject being “Colours of Soap Films.” There was a good attendance, and the chair was taken by Mr. Sidney Harvey, F.C.S., F.I.C. At the commencement of the proceedings Mr. Harvey said they were assembled in that laboratory that night, not for the first time, to enjoy the hospitality of the managers and staff of the Simon Langton Schools. It was, he explained, for greater convenience that they met in that room with all its valuable appliances to illustrate the lecture, and he felt sure they woud all enjoy the meeting. They were much indebted to the Simon Langton authorities for allow- ing them to meet there. Mr. Jeffs illustrated his lecture with many experiments which were watched with the keenest interest. The lantern was also brought into requisition to more clearly demonstrate the points of the lecturer, and towards the close of the meeting a framed soap bubble was, by means of reflected light, thrown on the screen, thus showing the distinct bands of colour and the ever varying motion of the films. At the close a very hearty vote of thanks was passed on the initiative of Mr. Harvey to Mr. Jeffs for his lecture, and Mr. Harvey also congratulated him on the success of his experiments which he said were especially difficult to carry out before an audience. Mr. Jefts responded, and expressed his willingness to give another demonstration at any time. ‘*MINIATURE PORTRAITS.’—By Mr. F. BENNETT GOLDNEY, Mayor or CANTERBURY, At the Guildhall, on January 14, the Mayor gave a lecture on the subject of “Miviature Painting.” Mr. Sidney Harvey, F.C.S., F.LC., presided over a good attendance. The Mayor said before they went to the 16th century he thought it was almost necessary to say afew words with regard to the Renaissance, which was the beginning of miniature painting in Eng- land. His Worship remarked that he had thought of obtaining some magic lantern slides, but those he had been to see gave such a poor idea of what miniature painting really was that he thought it was far better that they should see a few genuine minatures which he had brought with him. {These were here handed round to those present]. Continuing, he said few phenomena in human history had been more exhaustively studied than the wondrous development not only of Italian, but of French, English and German art, which was conventionally ¢mphasized as Renaissance. Little could be said by way of explaining the new birth of art, science and literature which transmuted medieval Christendom into modern Europe. At the outset, however, it might be well to note that no study of the Italian Renaissance as an isolated phenomena could tell them much of its real nature. The invention of printing and the dis- covery of America were a singularly attractive couple of events approximately contemporary with theearly Renaissance, and it was almost inevitable thatthey should be regarded as having been among its efficient causes. Doubtless in the infinite series of actions, re-actions, inter-actions, and counter- actions which affected human destinies, each of these far-reaching events did not fail to modify, and even profoundly to modify, the direction in which the Renaissance moved, and the special form it assumed, but it was no less certain that so far from being the causal forces, which produced the movement, they were essentially co-ordinate results produced by the same forces as the Renaissance itself acting under different condi- tions. The invention, for instance, of printing from wooden or metal types was nothing more than the ingenious adaptation of a process familiar from primeval antiquity, and, given an effective demand for the rapid multiplication of books, a thousand cunning artificers were to be found capable of conceiving not only the novel application of the ancient process, but of construct- ing the first rude working of the requisite machinery. But it might be noted the super- session of the written by the printed book rapidly resulted in the practical extinction of one singularly beautiful and important department of pictorial art upon which the early Renaissance had exercised a predominant influence. A fine illuminated manuscript, as a work of art, belonged to an almost unique category, and it could not be gainsaid that the illuminators of medi#valand early Renaissance manuscripts remained still unsurpassed in many classes of decorative design ; that their still extant works were of inestimable value as throw- ing authentic light oa the manners and customs, the ways, habits, costumes, appliances, and general surroundings of life in a past which had well nigh totally disappeared. He had brought down with him one of their extremely beautiful old charters of the City of Canterbury. As they would see, the charter was in wonderful preservation, and at one corner they would note the miniature, an extraordinarily wonderful portrait for its time of King James I. of England. If they examined that charter they would be amazed to see how beautifully it was painted and how beautiful was the decoration which surrounded the 14 manuscript of the charter itself. The Mayor went on to say that the illuminated manuscript, of which their editions de luae of to-day were but sorry mechanical substitutes, was killed by the printed book. It was true that as the development ran its destined course a number of masters and craftsmen who had devoted them- selves to that special branch of art found scope for their genius and skill in other fields. Their very word “miniature” for what their forefathers called “a portrait in little,” bore witness to that fact. ‘Che custom of writing the capital letters and such passages as were intended to arrest attention in red or yermilion, were so universal throughout the Middle-Ages that it has left a distinct mark on many of the languages of Christendom—our own included. A public festi- val is still a “red letter” day, because the festivals of the Church were noted in red letters in the calendars ; the instructions to those officiating in the services of the Church are “Rubrics,” because they were “ rubricated” or written in red in the old service books; a miniature is so-called because the earliest miniatures were the work of the artists that wrote or painted the red letters in the manuscript volumes that contained the pictures. The miniator or “man who wrought in minium” was a personage of considerably higher standing and importance than the ordinary scribe who wrote the “black letter” of the manuscript. He was always a specially skilled artificer, and not unfre- quently an artist of singular talent and ability. In the forefront of his manuscripts, if the book were intended for the use of kings, or nobles, or high dignitaries of the Ghureb, he would by uo means always be content with depicting an illuminated initial letter, glowing with draperied gold, and floreated with fantastic leafage and accessories in all the colours of the rainbow. He would often adorn or surround his initial letter with real © pictures in little,” religious, or secular, as the oceasion might demand ; decorative indeed, in motive and general character, but works of true pictorial, as distinguished from merely cali- graphie art. more particularly towards the close of the Medieval period, such pictures often more or less completely shouldered out the initial letter itself into a quite subordi- nate position, man” had to be content with the second place in the production of costly manuscripts. The inven- tion of printing, or more correctly, the improve- ments in the manufacture of paper, which brought into the market about the middle of the 15th century a material easy to print on, and at the same time commercially profitable to produce, exercised a very considerable influence on minia- ture art. Inthe great majority of early printed books a space is left blank for the inser- tion by the “Red letter man,” of the larger capital letters after the sheets had left the printer’s hands. The work of the ordinary «lack letter seribe” was superceded, but that of the red letter craftsman was still left to be done by hand, and a fierce trade battle had to be fought before the printer finally emerged as victor in the singular and long contested game of rouge- ot noir. During this conflict—which was more severe 1m Germany than either in France or England—and for some years afterwards a number of artificers, many of them monks, well skilled in the illumination of manuscripts and the lessartistie work of illuminating the unfinished printed books, found that their own special yocation was rapidly going the way of the inferior craft of the “ black letter” scribe, already well nigh absorbed by the omnivorous printing press. Many of them found employment in other directions, but a not incon- siderable number availed themselves of the only alternative open to them. The printed book at pest was a mere mechanical substitute for the really artistic manuscript, and although the days of the ordinary manuscript book had practically departed for ever, there was still a demand for manuscript works of a high class among the nobility, clerical and lay, and not a few among the wealthier grades of society were willing to pay long prices for these necessarily costly luxuries. For at least fifty years, accordingly, after printed books had become comparatively common, manu- scripts of a highly florid and elaborate kind took the place now partially occupied by editions de luxe. In these the first page 1s often partially, or wholly, occupied by a brilliantly coloured picture of a monarch sitting in the midst of his court, or of some striking episode eontainedin the volume, or perhaps even more frequently by a highly finished representation of the author of the work on his knee, presenting his work to his royal, or noble, patron or patroness. These pictures, generally containing two or three, and often a long series, of real portraits, more or less directly drawn from life with equal skill and fidelity, may fairly be regarded as the first examples of miniature art in the modern sense of the word, The volumes in which they appeared, sometimes from a literary point of view of inestimable value, were from a purely artistic point mere encumbrances. In somewhat later days many miniatures were cut out and mounted, or framed, separately, and the book they had once adorned was thrown aside as worthless. The printer sought for artistic decora- tions of other kinds to recommend his wares to the public, and the art of the miniature painter, finally emancipated from its earlier associations of making initial letters beautiful, sought and found its natural development as 4 free and independent branch of the mighty primeval art of human portraiture. In England, especially where the influence of the Reformation brought about a wholesale destruction of illuminated missals and service books, and, indeed, of illu- minated books generally, the art was emancipate at an earlier date and more effectively than in Continental Christendom, and, deeply as we may regret the destruction of these artistic treasures, it is only fair to remember that the same influence first established the pre-eminence of Ergland in this particular branch of art, which she has ever since maintained. Naturally, the first efforts of “ portraiture in little ” bore traces of the school in which the artists had learnt their craft. They were the works of men accustomed from the first to work on a miniature scale. The broad hand- ling and vigorous sweep of the full brush was not only forbidden by the nature of their work, but 15 most of the methods of life size portrait painters they had never learnt. Mastery, sometimes surpassing mastery, in minute work they possessed, and at times the calm breadth and largeness they contrived to impress upon work done, to all appearance, under a powerful magni- fying glass, are among their most striking merits. They avoided the appearance of “ niggling ” ; they concealed, indeed, all the methods of their technique from allsbut microscopic observation. But it was not the mastery of the artist who knows how to work as well on a great scale as on a small. Happily for art, they soon found in Hans Holbein (1497-1543) the very man in all Europe best fitted to teach them. Few, indeed, are the miniatures as distinguished from “ illuminations ” for manuscripts, known to have been painted by English artists before the first visit of Holbein to England in 1526. The only artist whose name is recorded is one Luke Horebolt, and even he was not of English parentage. At any rate he came of a family of “ illuminators,” and was employed by Henry VIII. to paint his portrait on more than one occasion. The Mayor mentioned among other great miniature artists Nicholas Hilliard (1547-1619), Isaac Oliver (1551-1617), Frederigo Guccaro (1574-1580), John Hoskins (1664), Samuel Cooper (1609-1672), Alexander Cooper, Richard Gibson the Dwarf (1615-1690), Thomas «‘latman (1633-1688), Lewis Crosse (1650-1724), Sir Robert Strange, Jeremiah Meyer and Nathaniel Hone, Samuel Scotes, John Seouler, John Smart (1741-1812), and Ozias Humphrey (1742-1810), Richard Cosway, R.A. (1741-1821), James Nixon, A.R.A. (1741-1821), Samuel Shelley (1750-1808), George Engleheart, Sir Thomas Lawrence (1752-1829), William Grimaldi (1751-1830), Andrew Robertson (1777- 1845), James Holmes (1777-1860), A. E. Chalon, R.A. (1780-1860), Sir William Newton (1785- 1869), Sir William Ross (1794-1860). Those last named, he said, bring us down to the days of the great eclipse of miniature art by the scientific processes of photography. The “ period of total obscuration,” however, if the signs of the times might be trusted, was already past, and keen observers are already announcing the rapid restoration of this pre-eminently English art to the fullness of its former glory. It was extraordinary, he said, the strides which miniature painting had made within the last ten years. He only hoped that some of their ait students in Canterbury would not forget that the art of miniature painting was one of the most lucrative. He knew a lady who ‘ARTISTIC PHOTOGRAPHY.’ A meeting of the members of the Society was held in the Reference Library of the Beaney Institute on Wednesday, January 27, when the lecturer was Mr. J. Ogden, A.R.C.A., headmaster of the School of Art. Unfortunately the attend- ance was somewhat meagre, and it is much to be regretted that members and their friends did not studied in a school of art for two years and who went to America three or four years ago. In the last three years she had made by miniature painting a sum of no less than £14,000. And there were many ladies in London and other towns who were making quite considerable sums by miniature painting, although, of course, they took a certain amount of time to paint. The payments for miniatures varied from sums of £10 to £100—amounts not to be sneezed at in these hard days of free trade (laughter). He sincerely hoped that this would be taught in their new School of Art, for he was told that it was allowed by the South Kensington Department, and he was also informed that it would not fall upon the ratepayers but upon the National Ex- chequer. Reverting to the historical portion of his subject, the Mayor explained that the art of painting miniature portraits on enamel was intro- duced into England by Jean Petitot (1607-1691), its greatest master, in the year 1635. Among other artists subsequently mentioned were Jacques Bordier, Charles Boil, Christian Frederick Zinke, Nathaniel Hone, R.A. (1718-1784), Jeremiah Meyer, R.A. (1735-1789), Henry Bone, R.A. (1757-1834), and Henry Pierse Bone. The principal artists in enamel in England have here been grouped together apart from other painters in miniature, not because the methods of enamel painting differ in any essential respect from those employed in other kinds of art, or because the finished picture is either the better or the worse for being painted on enamel, but simply because at the present time it seems desirable to callattention to one quality in which enamel paint- ing possesses a distinct superiority to any work executed on paper, whether produced by the artist or the photographer. This quality is durability. The enamel will still be in the bloom of its first youth when the colours have faded and fled from any paper, or vellum, or ivory, and, indeed, when most of the paper itself has become a mere im- palpable dust. Here, at least, is a field in which —although it is already partially occupied by the photographer—the true artist can always find free room to work with the certainty that the true lover of art will be able to recognise and appreci- ate his genius for ages after his own right hand has forgottea its cunning (applause). At the conclusion of the lecture a cordial vote of thanks was given to the Mayor, proposed by the Chairman and seconded by Alderman Mason, who especially referred to the Mayor’s efforts in con- nection with the framing and better preservation of the old City Charters. ’—By Mr. J. OGDEN, A.R.C.A. assemble in greater force, especially in view of the intensely interesting character of the subject, and the large number of amateur photograhers to be found in the City. Among those present we noticed Mr. S. Harvey, F.C.S., F.L.C., Messrs. Me Dakin, W.Cozens, A. Lander, Mrs. Lavender, Miss Phillpotts, Miss Holmes, and Miss Cole. 16 Mr. Ogden said that he found the subject to be so vast that it had been utterly impossible for him toarrange his lecture as he would have liked. He took it that the intention of the Society in asking for that lecture was to supplement the admirable ones which they had had from time to time on the practical side of photography, by one dealing with the theoretical side of the subject. He would, therefore, not attempt to touch that part of the work, but would endeavour to offer them some observations on the more elusive side of the subject. Mr. Ogden went on to define the word “artistic” as being according to the rules of art or the way which a true artist might be expected to adopt. A wide education, he said, was required for the full appreciation of the artistic, and no opportunity should be lost of becoming acquainted with the art of the great masters, whether of painting, literature or music. In dealing with the power to obtain artistic ex- pression, he could give them little but a syllabus of work, and urged those present to make a collection of reproductions of good paintings. Mr. Ogden had an excellent selection of these on the table, and at the close of the lecture they were examined with much interest by those present. The lecturer mentioned several artists whose works he strongly advised those present to obtain a reproduction of. The value of hearing good music was, he explained, to stimulate one’s artistic consciousness, and would, as a result, react wpon one’s power to secure a good photograph. In the British Museum were to be seen for nothing some of the very finest examples of light and shade work, and these should be of the greatest possible value to the student of photo- graphy. Dealing with the arrangement of lines and light and shade, it was pointed out. that in order to make a picture beautiful the student must select, reject, arrange, and rearrange the parts until the lines and masses established a condition of beauty, and in illustration of this point a number of diagrams were drawn on the black- board. The selection must possess unity, that is be free from unreasoning contradictions which would tend to confuse the attention of the observer. Proportion was a property which must never be overlooked by the artistic phetographer, and the principal subject must therefore dominate the space and not appear as a mere speck. Art is not the direct copying of nature, but rather a reduc- tion of nature to abstract form. The human vision can only be focussed upon one spot at a time and as a result the mind accepts the larger object in a picture as a kind of accent or evidence of strength, giving little attention of any other part of the picture space. Mr. Ogden here deprecated the custom of taking full face bust portraits, as the picture lost much of its artistic merit by its similarity, one side being as it were a reproduction of the other. In dealing with sea- seapes or cloudscapes the student would do well to allow the subject to predominate the picture space and not crowd itinto the smaller portion of the space, thereby leaving the cbserver in doubt as to what was really meant. In the latter poction of his address, Mr. Ogden dealt with the character and nature of lines, and the principles of light and shade,and referred to two most valuable principles of art practice—contrast and gradation. At the close, Mr. Harvey, in proposing a hearty vote of thanks to Mr. Ogden, said he had given them a very suggestive lecture, and he hoped that they would have the pleasure of hear- ing him on some future occasion. “RAMBLES IN NORTH AMERICA.’—By Rey. A. J. GALPIN. In the Parry Library of the King’s School, Canterbury, on Wednesday, February 10, the Rev. A. J. Galpin (Headmaster of the King’s School, Canterbury) gave a highly interesting lecture entitled “ Rambles in North America.” Despite the inclement weather there was a good muster of members of the Society, who evidently highly appreciated the geological, geographical, and historical information which was given them, in reference to what we are accustomed to call the New World. Mr Sidney Harvey, F.LC., F.C.S. (President of the Society) in the course of a few introductory remarks, said he could hardly avoid, when they met in that hall, reminiscences of a past—which might be new to some of the members there— when, forty years ago, through the hospitality of the King’s School, the Society used to meet, not in that room, because that was not built then, but in the school-room on the other side of the playground. Dr. Michinson was then the Presi- dent of their Society, and he used to extend that hospitality pretty frequently. Mr. Harvey went on to remark that similar hospitality had been extended to them since that time, and he was sure the Society appreciated the kindness of Mr- Galpiniand the King’sSchoolauthorities (applause)- Mr. Galpin, in prefacing his lecture, thanked Mr. Harvey for the kind remarks which he had made in reference to the school in those early days. It was a great pleasure to him to see them there that night, and he thanked them for coming. He would like them to regard what he had to say to them much more in the way of a ‘‘ talk” than a formal lecture. He was, of course, not qualified to speak with expert knowledge about many of the subjects which he would put before them, bu: when he was over in the States he used his eyes like an ordinary intelligent person, and he thought that some of the things which he saw and noted there might be of interest to them in reading and thinking about the more ancient history of North America. It was in 1883 that Lord Lansdowne was appointed Viceroy of Canada, and he (the Rey. A. J. Galpin) was appointed by him to his staff as one of his assistant private secretaries, and as tutor to Lord Lansdowne’s two sons. The lecturer explained that for two months during the Summer he had carte blanche to go where he liked, and he used 17 that opportunity to go from the Eastern coast right along to the West, coming back by a different route, so that he spoke from first hand knowledge. When he left England he travelled from Liverpool to Canada, via Quebec, which was three hundred and forty miles shorter than from Liverpool to New York. There was another advantage in travelling by what they called the All Red route, because it was from English shores, to the shores of a part of our dominions. It had also the further advantage, that they might have a chance of seeing white porpoises which were only to be fonnd in the river of St. Lawrence. He had the good fortune to see those white porpoises, and also a black and white whale—a somewhat peculiar speci- men. They were sometimes in the habit of thinking of Canada as being in the very far North, and they should correct their ideas in regard to that. Labrador was in the same degree of latitude as England; the boundary line of Canada and the United States as Paris; Quebec as Berne, Switzerland; Toronto as the Riviera, and New York as the south of Rome. The bulk of the population in Canada lived in the same southerly degree as the most southerly point of England. The Winters in Canada were much colder and the Summers much hotter than in the British Isles, and reasons for this were, viz., (1) the high rocky western mountains stopped the winds from the Pacific, (2) for the low lands in the centre there was no protection from the cold polar winds in Winter, or the hot southern winds in Summer. Mr. Galpin, turning for a moment to the geological side of his subject, dissipated the idea of Canada’s being a new country, and remarked that as one sailed up the St. Lawrence River one saw on the route rocks that were knownas the Laurentian, and said that at Montreal he saw the Eozoon Canadense, found in the Laurentian rocks, the earliest known form of life. The lecturer remarked on the cold _ electrical atmosphere experienced in Winter, and related how under certain conditions a human being could light the gas with the aid of a poker, and how electricity could be generated by the shufiling of feet ; and he went on to give a graphic description of the magnificent spectacle presented by the ice palaces at the Winter carnival at Montreal. At Spring-time, he said, one was struck by the fact that there was so very much less of life in the woods than in England. They were very sombre. There was not that busy life of birds and so on; and there was not the variety of undergrowth or “copses” that one got in this country. Thenagain one wasstruck by the apparent great waste of timber. He was, of course, speaking of twenty-five years ago ; but the owners at that time only allowed certain trees to be cut down so that there should always bea succession. In the Summer the weather was very hot and semi- tropical, and the humming birds and mosquitoes made their appearance ; and in the autumn there were very beautiful autumn tints Mr. Galpin mentioned that he had brought home a collection of Canadian butterflies, and said that whilst some of the species closely resembled some of those in England, yet they were not really quite the same. Although the written history of America went back only a few centuries, yet, as it was expressed to them by the monuments of a people who had long since disappeared, it carried one back many thousands of years. People after people had lived there and left no trace other than those monuments. Over all the district from the coast of the Gulf of Mexico, up the Mississippi, through the valley to Lake Superior they found those mounds and earth works. These earth works, and sometimes pits cut into the solid rock, rubbish heaps, tools, stone im- plements, etc, they found scattered about the central part of North America. It might be thought that these earth-works would have been chiefly upon the higher part of the land; but they were to be found in the valleys and the lowlands and generally near rivers—and very seldom in hilly, broken country. The fact that they were placed near rivers was probably that these were the means of communication. These earthworks might be divided into enclosures and mounds. There were two kinds cf enclosures. First of all, there were fortifications, the most celebrated of which was “ Fort Ancient,’ in Ohio, 33 miles N.E. of Cincinnati, which had four or five miles of embankments (which averaged from nine to ten feet high); and, secondly, there were the sacred enclosures, which usually contained as part of their design large circles, nearly all from 250 feet to 300 feet in diameter. The walls ranged from three to seven feet high, but they were sometimes as high as 30 feet; and what was so interesting was the regularity with which the enclosures were made. They got smaller circles, parallel lines, complete squares, octagons, and they sometimes got an ellipse and figures of that kind. Of mounds there were three kinds, viz. : (1) watch towers or defence beacons; (2) burial places (just as in England) ; and (3) symbolical mounds, comprising representations of beasts, birds, reptiles, men, and other emblems. Mr. Galpin exhibited a representation of the “Great Serpent ” Mound in Ohio, which is situated at the end of a spur of land on the top of a hill about 150 feet above Bush Creek. The mound was at the top, about 150 feet wide and 1,000 feet long, and represented a serpent resting its head, its body winding back in graceful undulations with a triple coil at the tail. Another representa- tion shown was that of the “ Big Elephant” Mound in the south-west of Wisconsin, only about 8ft. above high water. Then there was also the symbols of the mastodon and mammoth. He remarked that there were no bones of any of the elephant family to be found in the Mississippi valley, although those of the mastodon, mammoth, etc., were to be found in plenty in the gravel and mud. These animals, he said, must have ceased to exist in the United States long before the Mound builders began to flourish—or else they must give these men an antiquity wnich other evidence did not justify. Mr. Galpin next pro- ceeded to deal with the early inhabitants of North America, and he put them in chronological order as follow :—(1) Toltecs and Alleghans, (2) Esquimaux, (3) Chippewas, (4) Algonquins. He ex- 18 pressed the opinion that the most civilised and most highly developed race, although the earliest, was tke Alleghans—and he pointed to this as exem- plifying a primitive civilisation fading into barbarism. In concluding his lecture, Mr. Galpin aescribed a visit to Salt Lake City—the city of the Mormons—and a somewhat unfortunate bathing experience which he had there as the result of a dive into the salt water. He related many inter- esting facts in reference to the Mormons, how since they were founded in 1830 by Joseph Smith, they were gradually driven westwards until they finally settled in Mexican territory in 1846, and he also described their very interesting and well laid out city. At the close of the lecture Mr. Galpin was cordially thanked by the President of the Society on behalf of the assembled members. Articles of pottery, butterflies, and photos which Mr. Galpin had brought back with him from Canada, were subsequently inspected with interest by the members. “THE BALKANS.’—By Dr. Graham Wills on February 24 gave before the members of the Society an historical sketch of the various nationalities by whom the Balkan Peninsular is peopled. The grave condition of affairs in South - Eastern Europe at the present time naturally added considerably to the interest of the lecture. The proceedings, as usual, took place in the Reference Library of the Beaney Insti- tute, the chair being taken by the President of the Society (Mr. Sidney Harvey). There was a goodly muster of members, and at the close a very hearty vote of thanks was passed to Dr. Wills. Mr. Harvey said their subject of that evening was of the greatest possible interest, judging by the newspaper reports of the past few days. It was a subject which he personally knew nothing about, and he should be very glad to hear what Dr. Wills had to say upon it. Dr. Wills said the real reason why he had taken that subject was because it was one that was continually present with them. Of course, it was impossible to deal with the subject in a single lecture, but he found there was a tendency among certain people to urge our Government to take sides, and he felt it was necessary that people should know what was really going on there and understand the habits and prejudices of the inhabitants. He could not claim first hand acquaintance with the peoples and countries, and was dependent for facts largely upon the writings of others. In such cases as the Bulgarian massacres, the Macedonian and Armenian risings, it was very important to remember that sympathy with the sufferings of the unfortunate peoples must be very carefully expressed or it might be quite misunderstood, and such sympathy, both moral and financial, might lead the recipients to plunge themselves into greater evils, under the impression that British armed intervention was to follow the expression of that sympathy. There could be no doubt that both Russia and Austria had used money and influence freely in the Balkan Peninsula for their own ends, and it was more than doubtful if English money, though given as the distinct expression of charity, pure and simple, would be looked upon as disinterested help either by the oppressor or the oppressed. It is fully recognised by good authorities that the excesses which have horrified Europe from time to time are not confined to the Turks, but that all the Balkan races are prone to resort to methods in settling their differences that we can only regard as horri- Dr. GRAHAM WILLS. ble and brutal to a degree. The Balkan peoples of to-day live in the past; races have rapidly followed one another, rising and falling through the ages until the all-conquering Ottoman swept down, and for centuries they were blotted out of the world’s history. When these Rip Van Winkles of Eurcpe awoke, their one desire was to go on at the point where they left off, irrespective of the changes which had arisen. They had with them unsolved problems of the fourteenth century, while externally those of the twentieth century faced them. Therein lay the secret of much of the difficulty of the present day. Dr. Wills went on to give a short account of the many races who had held sway in the Balkans, and mentioned that, owing to their restlessness and continual fighting, their literature had not been developed, and it was difficult to obtainauthentic records of the past. Their history appeared to be one long struggle and intrigue between Macedonian, Albanian, Bulgar, etc. Each nationality was the born enemy of the other, and, besides, Moslem hated Christian, and followers of the Greek church were at enmity with the disciples of other Christian churches. One great factor in dealing with the solution of the problem would be to define the boundaries of the various races, and the people would then drift to their own allotted territory and automatically right themselves. Mr. Malcolm Burr, who has spent several years in Montenegro, expressed his great pleasure and appreciation of the admirable way in which Dr, Wills had dealt with his subject (hear, hear). He was an Anti-Bulgarian and every one who visited the country became an Anti-Bulgarian. He was sorry Dr. Wills had not a better word for the Turk, for the real Turkish peasant, when one could find him, was one of the finest fellows, a good soldier, thrifty and industrious, Mr. Burr also paid a tribute to the fine physique of the Albanians. The menfolk, however, are very lazy, and leave all the work to their women. In con- clusion, Mr. Burr said he had a large number of slides of Montenegro. Mr. Lander explained later that early in the next session the members would have the pleasure of hearing Mr. Burr lecture on the subject (hear, hear). Dr. Wills desires us to mention that he was much indebted for his facts to Miss M. E. Durham’s excellent volume “The Burden of the Balkans,” the Institute copy of which was recently brought under his notice by the Librarian, Mr. H. Mead. 19 “ BIRDS."—By Mr. H, MEAD BRIGGS. In the Hammond Room of the Royal Museum at the Canterbury Beaney Institute on Wednes- day evening last, a highly interesting lecture was given by Mr. H. Mead Briggs on some of the varieties of birds in the valuable collection be- queathed to the Museum by the late Mr. W. O. Hammond, of St. Albans. The attendance was not a large one, but the instructive remarks of the lecturer were followed with close attention. The President of the Society, Mr. Sidney Har- vey, F.L.C., F.C.S., in a few brief introductory remarks, mentioned the fact that Mr. Briggs had acted for some years as honorary secretary of that Society. He was an expert on the subject of birds, and they had metin that room for obvious reasons —as the mountain won’t come to Mahomet, Mahomet must come to the mountain (laughter). In opening his leecture—which was in no sense a stereotyped discourse, but rather a pleasing explanatory talk—said he desired to deal with a few birds which had been found in East Kent. Kent was one of the premier — he believed the premier—county as regarded bird life. They had, roughly speaking, 3867 recognized British specimens of bird life, and out of these two hundred and forty-seven had been found in the County of Kent, which he thought spoke remarkably well for the county (hear, hear). First among the varieties briefly dealt with by Mr. Briggs were the peregrine falcon, the old hawking bird, which is still to be found breeding on the cliffs of our Kentish coasts, and the oyster catcher, which is to be found in Kent in the winter. The crested tit, the next variety to which attention was drawn, existed, the lecturer said, principally in the valleys of the Spey and some of the neighbouring rivers, and was one of the handsomest of the tit species. After an interest- ing allusion to the puffin, with its curious parrot bill, which is shed in autumn, thereby rendering the bill much smaller, Mr. Briggs went on to describe the Sandwich tern, which he said derived its name through its having been first found at Sandwich in 1784. The roseate tern (in the same case) he pointed out was smaller, and had red legs. The avocet (in the next case) was, he said, a most extraordinary bird. One of the three specimens in that museum was shot at Sandwich. These birds had a peculiar scoopy movement in feeding. The smew, the next bird referred to, was stated to be the smallest, and least numerous of the saw bills. Explana- tions of other varieties were as follow :—The great crested glebe is found in the broads of Nor- folk, where the pair exhibited was obtained. This bird makes a nest like a lot of rubbish. In 1899 an adult was shot at Littlestone. The dipper had been observed in Kent chiefly on migration, but some years ago his attention was called to a pair at Chartham in the breeding season. Although he was not able to see the birds a friend and him- self discovered a nest under an old bridge,and in all probability it was still there. The woodchat-shrike, of the butcher bird species, had only been found four times in Kent, and the specimen in the Hammond collection was obtained in the warren between Dover and Folkestone. The next bird, which was seemingly unable to be identified by any of the company present, possibly from shyness, was described as “the common or garden” cuckoo. The curious fact was alluded to that the cuckoo often carries its egg in its beak until it finds a nest in which to place it; and there was also brief reference to the spotted cuckoo, of which there is no authentic record of its having been found in Kent. The coloured pastor, of the starling order, might be called one of our rare East Kent birds. A specimen was shot by Mr. W. O. Hammond at Godmersham in 1889. The Richard pippit specimen in the Museum was one of two which had occurred in Kent, the other being in the Dover Museum at the present time. It is much larger than the ordinary pippit. The nightjar, with its curious serated claw, the use of which has yet to be determined: a peculiarity of this bird is that it never perches in the ordinary way, but always lies along the branch with head down. The waxwing derives its name from the tiny point of pink, waxlike substance which is to be found in certain of its feathers. Of the hoopoe, common enough in China, there were aboutforty or fifty specimens in Kent. It was, however, a comparative rarity, being only seen about once a year. It was a question whether the bridled or braided guillemot was a different species from the ordinary guillemot, but authorities had held that it was not a distinct variety. The next bird referred to was an unidentified one. It is a little smaller than a pigeon, with a long beak which has a small curve at the end. It is claimed as a new species, it having been before all the leading authorities in England, none of whom knew what it is. It is supposed to be a petrel of some description, and by reason of the mystery surrounding it, is really one of the most interesting specimens in the Hammond collection. For a petrel, it is really an extraordinary sized bird. It was picked up at Wingham in 1865. In regard to the three buzzards, one of these is the honey buzzard, a fierce looking bird which feeds chiefly on wasps. It has occurred about three or four times in Kent and used to breed in the New Forest. An interesting allusion was made to three varieties of owls, and passing on to the gannet it was mentioned that this bird feeds chiefly on small fish on the surface. It has a curious habit of coming down from a con- siderable height with closed wings. _ Specimens have occasionally been found in Kent. The purple heron had only occurred abou; twice in Kent, the other specimen being in the Dover Museum. The bearded tit occurred in Kent at Lydd in the Forties where it used to breed. Ac- cording to the History of Kent, it was said that a black-winged stilt was to be found in the Canter- bury Museum : the question, said Mr. Briggs, was where. In concluding, the lecturer gave some interesting particulars concerning the woodcock. Among some of the other rarer species which he dealt with were :—The ‘great reed warbler, blue 20 headed wagtail, golden oriole, Lapland bunting, nutcrackers, Alpine swift, marsh harrier, kite, etc. In a subsequent discussion, the question of the last eagles seen in Kent was raised by the Presi- dent of the Society, and he recalled the fact that one was caught and destroyed at Chilham Park about thirty years ago. That eagle was, he said, shown at a meeting of that Society. Mr. Briggs said there was one, he believed, shot at Ramsgate at a later date. The proceedings concluded with a cordial vote of thanks to the lecturer. “LIQUID AIR.’—By Mr. W. T. LEEMING, M.Sc. The eleventh meeting took place on March 24 in the Chemical Lecture Theatre of the Simon Langton Schools, which was placed at the services of the Society by the kindness of the Governors and the Headmaster. Mr. W. Leeming, M.Sc., was the lecturer, and his subject was that of the liquifaction of gases. Mr. Sidney Harvey, F.I.C., presided, and the atten- dance, in view of the extremely unpropitious weather, was most encouraging. Before com- mencing his lecture, Mr. Leeming, at the instance take place. In fact for air a temperature equiva- lent to 256 degrees of frost was needed. The process by which liquid air is obtained was ex- plained and a number of experiments with a vessel containg liquid air were carried out. Tubes containing mercury, ammonia, etc., were plunged into the vessel, and in a few moments their con- tents were frozen. A piece of ordinary rubber tubing was also immersed and on removal the intense cold had rendered it so brittle that a portion was smashed with a hammer, like glass. A of Mr. Harvey, announced that it had been kettle containing some of the liquid was placed on decided to hold a soirée at the Simon Langton aslab of ice and it immediately commenced to boil, School, on somewhat the same lines as that held the lecturer explaining that the contents of the at the jubilee celebration last year. It being kettle were so much colder than the ice. felt, however, that the original date fixed (April At the close Mr. Harvey proposed a very hearty 7) was unsuitable it would be held after the vote of thanks to Mr. Leeming and his colleagues, holidays. Mr. Leeming, who was most ably and said he wished to congratulate him on his assisted by Mr. Jeffs and several of the senior students of the school, proceeded to give an inter- esting exposition of the theory of matter in its separate states, gaseous, liquid and _ solid, illustrating his points by experiments showing the effect of pressure and heat in reducing gases to a liquid state. Every gas possessed its “ critical temperature,” i.e., the temperature at which it could be liquified; such gases as oxygen, hydrogen, and nitrogen requiring an extremely low temperature before this change would successful experiments. They had not only spent a great deal of time and trouble and much extra work in preparing the lecture, but he knew those articles could not be moved about without con- siderable risk and danger. Mr. Harvey also thanked the Governor; for the use of the room. Mr. Leeming, in acknowledging the vote, said Mr. Jeffsand himself promised, jointly, to give two lectures, and he took that opportunity of thanking Mr. Jeffs and also those who had assisted him. **‘SOME MEMORIES OF MONKEYS.’—By CAPTAIN McDAKIN. A meeting of the Society was held in the Beaney Institute on April 13, when Captain J. G. McDakin delivered a lecture, his subject being “Some memories of monkeys.” The speaker in- troduced a number of amusing anecdotes of monkeys, with observations on their habits made by himself during an expedition into the great Terai jungle, on the borders of Nepaul. The meeting concluded with a vote of thanks to the lecturer for his interesting address. ‘““BLACKMORE'S WORKS.’ —By Mr. P. MAYLAM. The last meeting of the session 1908—9 of the Society was held in the Reference Library of the Beaney Institute on Wednesday evening, April 28, when Mr. 8. Harvey presided, and a good number of members and friends were present. Mr. P. Maylam presented a paper on “ Blackmore’s Works,” and, despite its unpromising title, he succeeded in keeping the interested attention of those present to the end. Prior to the commencement of the lecture, the Hon. Secretary, Mr. A. Lander, said they had had that evening a preliminary committee meeting to consider the arrangements for the closing soirée, which was fixed for Wednesday, May 12- It was felt that they could not afford to give such a swell affair as they did last year, and it was agreed that a charge of 1s. be made to members ; non-members to pay 1s. 6d. The soirée would be held in the Simon Langton Schools, and demon- strations of different kinds would be given, ard it was hoped that the members would do their best to induce their friends to purchase tickets. My. Lander added that he would be giad if any mem- bers who had any objects of interest would bring them, and so try to make the evening as instructive and helpful as that of last year (applause). 21 Mr. Maylam in his opening remarks said that a philosopher gave the advice “never excuse, never apologise, never explain.” That line of conduct might be all very well, but if an ordinary individual was to follow it consistently he would find himself in a perpetual state of pubhe and domestic embroilment. He began that evening with a whole series of excuses, apologies and explanations. He apologised for giving that paper to that society at all, for he knew that a paper read there should be one to inform them of some hitherto unknown beetle, or the life history of a particularly unpleasant fungus (laughter), in fact a paper which would in some way add to their knowledge of the wonders and beauties of nature. In considering the works of any novelist we must declare some standard upon which we base our remarks. Some people regarded style, others philosophy, and others character. Personally, he agreed with none of these. The standard upon which he considered that a novelist should be judged was a very simple one. “Is he interesting?” Not only interest sustaining at the first perusal—a large number of Family Herald supplements would answer that qualifica- tion—but interest sustaining at a third, fourth, and fifth perusal. To fulfil this requirement in- volved a higher standard of excellence than was at first apparent—incident alone was not sufficient. The Rev. Baring Gould said of Lorna Doone :— “Tt possessed a freshness of style, an originality in delineation of character, which were of the highest order, and it introduced the reading public to new pastures, and those pastures were very delightful ones.” The last few words of that quotation were worthy of note when one thought of the novels of forty years ago. Dickens, the master, was still with them, it was true, but he was soon to leave them, and at chat time the tollowers of his school were becoming a weariness ; the public were getting tired of it. The lecturer went on to point to the vividness of the incidents, so simple in diction and so life-like in narrative, of Blackmore’s works, and the naturalness of his characters, and, in conclusion, remarked that his message to his fellow men was “The joy of life and the hopefulness of the future of our race.” The meeting closed with a hearty vote of thanks to Mr. Maylam for his interesting lecture. CONVERSAZIONE IN THE SIMON LANGTON SCHOOLS. A conyersazione somewhat on the lines of the Jubilee celebration of the Society in 1907 was held on Wednesday evening, May 12, by kind permission of the Governors and Headmaster, in the Simon Langton Schools, Canterbury. Use was made of the School rooms and the adjacent art rooms and _ laboratories fer the purposes of the gathering. The large schoolroom in which the company were received had been cleared of the school furniture and con- verted into a well appointed reception room and a number of highly interesting scientific and natural history specimens and apparatuses had been pr2pared in the various rooms of the building for the inspection of the Society and their friends. Among those present were: Captain and Mrs. McDakin, Mr. J. Stokes, J.P. (Margate), Mr. J. Linscott (Ramsgate), Dr. Evers and party (Faversham), Dr. and Mrs. Wills, Mr. and Mrs. S. Williamson, Mr. and Mrs. Sharp, Miss Hilda Mason, Miss Fowler, Mr. and Mrs. F. Hooker, Councillor and Mrs. Johnson, the Misses Holmes and Phillpotts, Mr. Harry Mount, the Misses Page. Mrs. and Miss Woolridge, Mr. W. Cozens and party, Mr. and Mrs. E. Chamberlain, Mr. and Mrs. A. Lander, Mr. E. B. Goulden, Mr. and Mrs. P. d’Este Eastes, Mr. Cuthbert Gardner, Mr. and Mrs. Glanville, Miss Wiltshier, Miss Sachs, ete. Mr. S. Harvey, F.1.C., F.C.\S, President of the Society, said he wished to thank the Headmaster and staff of the Simon Langton School for the extensive preparations which they had made. It was not the first, he said, or the fiftieth time he might almost say, in which they had enjoyed their hospitality. He went on to comment upon the ungrudging manner in which the necessary attention and labour was given for carrying out the arrangements of those meetings, and he said he felt sure they would enjoy themselves very much indeed. In the name of the Society he welcomed themall. There were many exhibits, some of which they had seen before but would no doubt be pleased to see again, and others which were entirely novelties. Without being invidious in regard to the exhibits or the experimental dis- plays, as regarded one of these they enjoyed the presence of a gentleman who had made balloons and airships and that kind of study a speciality. He alluded to their Honorary Secretary, Mr. Lander (applause). He was very clever in all his work, and would give a lecture on what was certainly a subject foremost with the times. It was curious how one class of research helped another.© They would see that evening that without the aid of chemistry and meteorology they would be unable to show what they did—no longer toys but highly scientific instruments, which might be sent up to great heights, carrying certain instruments by which they were informed of very important points in regard to the atmosphere itself, and by which old notions had been corrected. He mentioned that merely with a view of giving them an appetite for what he felt sure they would receive by-and-bye (laughter and applause), Mr. Lander, Hon. Sec. of the Society, men- tioned that he had received the following tele- gram from their old friend and treasurer, Mr. W- P. Mann: “ My kindest thoughts are with you all and my best wishes for success of the Society. W- P. Mann, Boscombe.” Mr. Lander also mentioned that a number of letters had been received re- gretting inability to be present, among others from the Rey. A.J. Galpin, Canon Hichens, Canon Ryley, and others. A number of large telescopes had been lent by 22 Mr. J. Linscott (of Ramsgate), Mr. Harry Mount, Councillor Johnson, and Mr. Lander, but, after almost a month of clear evening sky, the heavens on Wednesday were obscured by a heavy pall of eloud, completely plotting out Jupiter and hiscom- panions. It was useless, therefore, to fix the tele- scopes,fand, needless to say, much disappointment was felt. Amongthe loan collections on exhibition wasa splendid collection of British and foreign butterflies, moths, ete., kindly lent by Mr. FLA Small. An interesting collection of typical British beetles, the property of Mr. B. Maudson. A num- ber of Hints lent by Mr. W. Cozens, while Mr. Lander exhibited a number of sheets bearing the records of various instruments regarding the weather in Canterbury. Mr. J. Sharp, the Headmaster, and Mrs. Sharp, Mr. Leeming, also the Hon. Secretary. of the Society, Mr. A. Lander, and the other officials are to be congratulated on the excellence of the arrangements which had been made for the com- fort and entertainment of those who attended. The early part of the evening was taken up with a most interesting lecture on kites, balloons and airships. The spacious art room had been set apart entirely for the use of the lecturer, and a most instructive half hour was spent by those who were fortunate enough to be present. Mr. Lander illustrated his remarks with models of the various styles of airships, while he had several kites and bailoons which be uses to obtain meteorological data, but: these of course were too large for indoor demonstration. Mr. Lander humorously remarked that he feared that his kites and balloons were somewhat of a nuisance to the citizens of Canter- bury. The Cathedral appeared to have an active influence over them, for they usually made for that building. The string of the first kite which he sent up broke and it fell in the Precincts. He eventually recovered it from one of the courts or gardens there. Strange to say, his balloons too made straight for the Cathedral. The largest balloon exhibited that night was made of gold- beater’s skin, which was the material mostly used for that purpose at the present day. Attached to these balloons when used were small instruments encased ina polished aluminium coverto prevent the heat of the sun’s rays from adversely affecting the means of lines scratched on the silver coating of the copper foil. These lines, way were SO minute that it was necessary to use a microscope in order to take the readings. The Meteorological Office were continually sending up these balloons and often some time elapsed before they were recovered. Quite recently a balloon, which was sent up last J uly, was discovered hang- ing in a tree somewhere in the west of Ire- land. Each instrument, however, bore a label with an address, also the request that the finder would return it, when he would receive one shilling. By that means they recovered a good number of their instruments, and thereby obtained valuable information. The old text book theory with re- gard to the temperature of the atmosphere—that it grew colder the higher one ascended—had been degrees warmer than at the same height above the Equator. Scientists had also cover a great deal about the composition of the atmosphere and to detect the presence of rare gases ; they a lso learned the velocity and direction of the winds at various heights in the same way. Many people, said Mr. Lander, became confused in their minds when speaking of balloons and airships. ‘An airship such as that with which our military staff had made asuccessful trial trip that day, and of which the Germans possessed specimens, were really dirigible balloons and not airships at all. Those kind of things were of little use in a high wind, and we need not lie awake of nights for fear of them. The first airship was patented about the year 1840 by Henson; but at that time the necessary engines had not reached the perfection which they had to-day, and the machine was never a success. Mr. Lander explained the method which he adopted in sending up kites with a thermometer, barometer, hygrometer and anemo- meter attached. He was, he pelieved, the only man in this country who used a spring in the pridle of his kite. By that means, in the event of a sudden gust of wind striking the kite, the spring gave to it and the kite was able to recover itself without breaking loose from the cable. These springs were used extensively in America. Mr, Lander went on to speak of an American inventor of airships, Langley by name, who had proved that Newton’s theory denying the practi- bility of building workable airships which would lift their own weight was totally wrong. Lang- ley’s first airship in 1896 flew two or tnree miles near Washington, but carried no passengers. In tried all over the world and failed to get engines lighter than 10lbs. per horse power 5 he therefore set to work himself and made engines of less weight than 231bs. per horse power, and it to know that the first aeroplane lifting the weight - of a man was made at Baldwyn’s | ark, in Kent, by Sir Hiram Maxim, and that according to the Wright brothers iati ground in the world at Shellbeach, Isle of Sheppey. Several models of the most success- ful kinds of aeroplanes were then shown, and in response to the expressed wishes of those present Mr. Lander essayed to send his miniature ships on a voyage, but owing to the restricted space and the adverse currents of air passing through the room, the little machines were only partially successful. room was given later, by « Faraday ” demonstration of the Mr. Leeming, a lantern new Lumiére colour slides. The negatives were taken by Dr. Evers and Mr. Whiting, of Faversham, and by Mr. Lander, and were most beautiful specimens of the reproduction of objects 9 a in their natural colours. Mr. Leeming described the process by which these photographs were obtained through the medium of a screen con taining starch grains of the three primary colours, and went on to explain thata very strong light was absolutely necessary to obtain good results. The pictures included views of land- scapes, specimens of fruit and flowers, still life groups, etc. The natural colouring and general excellence of the slides were much appreciated, and the opinion was that the demonstration was one of the best of the evening. Unfortunately at the commencement the gas failed, but later another much more successful attempt was made and the pictures were shown very perfectly. Demonstrations were also given in the Newton and Kelvin laboratories by Mr. Fagg of wire- 3 less telegraphy, X rays, vacuum tubes, etc., and much interest was evinced in this clever display. The action of the electricity on the oxides of various metals was watched with keen interest, and later several ladies and gentlemen, in response to an invitation from Mr. Fagg, sub- jected their hands to the power of the X rays. In the “Davy” room Mr. F. J. Jeffs made a number of experiments with liquid air, etc. The intensely low temperature of this liquid was demonstrated in various ways, quicksilver being immediately frozen toa solid mass when immersed in it. During the evening refreshments were handed round, the catering being efficiently undertaken by Mr. C. Wilson, and Mr. H. Court ably presided at the piano. THE LIZARD ORCHIS (ORCHIS HIRCINA). hen = [From photos by Mr. W. H. Hammond.) A few years ago the lizard orchis was regarded as verging on extinction in this country, but recently it happily appears to have taken a new lease of life. It is hoped that a know- ledge of this fact will not lead to its eradication by thoughtless specimen hunters. According to Hanbury and Marshall’s “Flora of Kent,” it was first recorded in 1641. In “Flora Anglica,” published in 1798, it is reported as growing at Crayford and Dartford. “The Wild Flowers of Great Britain,” by Hogg and Johnson, contains a drawing taken from a quantity of wild specimens found near London in 1867. Probably the spot would be the quarry at Greenhithe, where it was found in 1878. “ Flora Londinensis,” by Sir W. J. Hooker, gives it as having been found near Maidstone, and it is evidently not extinct there, as a specimen was found at Boxley this year, and referred to in the South Eastern Gazette by Mr. J. B. Groom, F.L.S. With regard to the East Kent finds, the “Flora of Kent” states that Mr G. C Oxenden noted twenty-seven plants between Charing and Walmer in 1858. Mr. Oxenden also reported a specimen growing in Broome Park in 1860. A few years after this one was found on St. Alban’s Downs, Nonington Probably this is the plant referred to as “near Wingham” in“ Flora of Kent.” The next recorded find was at Shepherdswell in 1885. This plant did not re-appear. But now comes the query. There was no trace of any member of the orchid family growing in the immediate vicinity, but about 250 yards away there was a solitary O. fusca. When the spot was visited in 1886 five young plants were found immediately on the spot where the lizard grew. No others were to be found near. One bloomed, but instead of being O. hircina as expected, it appeared to be an ordinary O. fusca, but a close examination revealed certain structural differences. Sir Joseph Hooker labelled it O. fusca, but after spending two hours examining it, stated he had never seen one exactly hke it. It is now preserved in his herbarium. Three of the plants avpeared the following year, but did not bloom. After that they entirely disappeared. 24 Was the 0. hircina fertilized by the O. fusca and produced a plant with characteristics of the latter, and other plants too delicate to live ? In 1898 the Wye Downs specimen was found, which has occasionally bloomed since. One or two other specimens have also been found in the same neighbourhood, and reported in the local papers. Unfortunately, it often happens that finders of a rare botanical specimen thoughtlessly pluck it iastead of reporting it to someone who would take steps to preserve it, and make a record of the find. It is well that interest should be arousedin the flora of our County, if it can be done without leading to ruthless eradication of rare plants. !It sometimes falls to the lot of a casual observer to make a good find, of which nothing would be heard had not interest previously been aroused by announcements in the Press. In 1905 Miss Plumptre found a specimen near Fredville, which was sent to Wye College. The same plant bloomed the following year, but in 1997 no trace could be found of it. The fine specimen found at Adisham in 1908 (photographed by Mr. Lander, and which was recently exhibited at Canterbury by Mr. C. Clarke, of Folkestone) has bloomed again this year, but it was only about one-third the size. In 1908 it was 30 inches high, the spike when fully out being over 12 inches and containing over 80 florets. Well might the late Mr. G. C. Oxenden describe it as the monarch of British orchids. Another good specimen was also found this year in the same neighbourhood. ‘Two others are also reported growing near together in the neighbourhood of Dover, one of which was exhibited on Messrs. G. and A. Clark’s stand at Holland Park Show. Postling, near Lyminge, can also boast of a specimen this year, but it was a poor one compared with the others. Cypress Spurge (Euphorbia cyparissias), whose home is at Elm’s Vale, near Dover—the only station where it was regarded as a native—is fairly abundant at Barham Park, not far from the Canterbury and Dover Road. Ambrosia trifida and Anchusa ochrolenca have again bloomed at Shepherdswell and Eythorne respectively. J. JACOB. ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTES. Referring to my note at Page 12 of last year’s Report, it was afterwards found that the supposed eggs of a spider were those of a coccid Eriopeltis festucw. The dipterous larve feeding on them were duly reared to maturity, several flies emerging at the end of last May. It was kindly named for me by Mr. J. E. Collin, of Newmarket, as Leucopis annulipes, being of much interest, the fly not being easy to find in the perfect state. The members of this genus were known to be parasitic on Coccide and Aphide. Mr. Collins informed me the genus Leucopis was in an unsatisfactory condition systematically and that he was glad to have confirmation of the breeding of any of the species; moreover, the male exhibits characters not possessed by the female, and one of my bred examples (sent alive), being a male, was of special value. Should have been glad to get more of the egg cocoons of Eriopeltis this Autumn, but the weather has been against long excursions, the locality where they occurred being near Postling. In July last two examples of Botys hyalinalis emerged in one of my cages, having been reared from eggs laid nearly a year before (passing the Winter as larva), but both being males and failiug to find the moth in its natural haunts, no more of the interesting eggs were obtained in August for further observation. Another interesting insect that has come under my notice this year was Reduvius personatus, one of the Hemiptera. It was found the third week in June in a chemist’s shop in the town and brought to me for the name. It was not in the perfect state—the wings not being developed, and covered with a lot of fluff on the back. Never having seen the creature before, could only say it was one of the bugs in an immature stage. Dr. Chapman, of Reigate, to whom I sent the creature alive, informed me it was Reduvius, and that he had taken it abroad, but that this was the first living British example he had seen. It was returned to me that I might try to rear it, so many tales being told about it that rather wanted confirming. Westwood says of this black bug, “The larva and pupa have the instinct to enyelupe themselves in a thick coating of particles of dust (De Geer), and so completely do they exercise this habit that a specimen shut up by M. Brullé,and which had undergone one of its moultings during its imprisonment, divested its old skin of its coat of dust in order to recover itself therewith.” Saunders, in his Hemiptera of the British Isles, says of it, “ generally distributed, but apparently nowhere common, It isa destroyer of other insects, and is said to feed on Cimez lectularius, diptera, etc. It is probably chiefly a night feeder, as it often flies to light in windows.” I was therefore much interested in watching its habits, supplying it forsome time with small live flies, which it would lie in wait for and pounce on after the manner of the hunting spider, and pierce with its rostrum, sucking its poor victim dry. It was several weeks before a live Uimex was brought to me, and then only an emaciated individual which Master Reduvius did not take much notice of at first, even when the latter bug crawled over his back. Eventually, however, the Cimex was found 25 dead in the bottom of the cage pierced with a hole, so that it would seem the Reduviusdoes make use of the bed-bug wher it can get them! and possibly a better fed one would have had attention at once. Reduvius did not clothe itself in captivity, though material was put in its cage for the purpose, and I am inclined to think that though evidently not averse to such clothing, it is more an accider.tal result of the hiding places it frequents in its early stages. For some seven or eight weeks it seemed to thrive, became plump, and the wing cases developed, but in September it became less active, and on the 27th of that month I found it was dead. On looking through the pages of the Entomological Monthly Magazine for the last 40 years, I find only five or six notices of its occurrence, only one of them being in East Kent. Mr. Hall records it flying to light at Deal and Dover some 20 years ago, of course the perfect insect. W. R. JEFFREY. BOTANICAL NOTES. There seems but little to report from this district; true, several specimens of the Lizard Orchis have been found in East Kent during the past summer, but the pleasure of seeing this rare British orchis growing was not my lot. Another orchid (which is said to be commoner in Kent than in any other country in England), Aceras anthropophora, was seen in some numbers, one huge “ Man” being found near Chilham, which must have beaten the record of 112 flowers as given by Mr. Hanbury in his Flora of Kent; it was truly a magnificent specimen, a rough estimate giving about 140 blossoms on the spike, all much crowded, but well out. 1 regret not counting them accurately before sending the plant off the same night to Edinburgh, where Professor Balfour had it preserved in spirit for the Museum of the Royal Botanic Gardens. A further acquaintance with the Silene growing on Dungeness beach has convinced several botanists that it is a variety of S. Nutans not Silene italica of Persoon, as was supposed by the authors of the Flora of Kent, at the time of its publication. The Verbascum Lychnitis is still fairly common at Westwell, and plenty of V. Thapsus, but only two plants of the hybrid mentioned in last year’s report were found during the past summer. The prevalence of wet weather, as might be expected, has been more favourable for Cryptoganis, Fungi especially abounding. Of this last group of plants some of the rarer species have turned up, such as the fine Sparassis crispa, the singular little Hydnwm auriscalpivm and Polyporus lentus. Many species of Boletus including B. parasiticus found growing on the “Hard Puff Ball” Seleroderma vulgare, Dedalia latissima, and the pretty “Star Puff Ball” Geaster hygrometrica, Crucibulum vulgare, Calocera viscosa, Tremella frondosa, and others. Of the Ascomyceles may be mentioned the rare Torrubia capitata, Peziza reticulata, in Hothfield lanes in the spring, near where the lovely P. coccinea occurs in the winter months. Thealmost equally beautiful Peziza awrantia has been more than usually common, the large Sepultaria coronania in May at Westwell together with Peziza acetabularia, and P. cochleata occurred in the Warren near Ashford. The curious waxy Mitrula paludosa among wet pine leaves. Many others could be mentioned, indeed, the least observant could hardly fail to notice the numerous species of Hygrophorus in the pastures, so gaily coloured, some attaining a iarger size than I have seen before. Ashford. WILLIAM R. JEFFREY. In the “ Alien Flora of Britain,” by S. T. Dunn, Silene nutans is printed in italics. This implies that this plant is probably a native of Britain, but has been exclusively or chiefly recorded in Floras in non-indigenous localities. This year I found it pretty abundantly growing among the shingle at Dungeness far from houses and fields. There 1t seemed to me to be truly wild. The plant at Dungeness is not so large or stout as the plant that grows on the cliffs at Dover. Moreover, the Dungeness plant flowers later. On July 19th I found a good many plants in flower at Dungeness. Next day or the day after I made careful search along the cliffs in the neighbourhood of Shake- speare’s Cliff, but I failed to find a single plant in flower, though I found many in seed. I may say that I noticed this plant in flower a fortnight later at Clavadel, near Davos Platz in Switzerland. The rays of the crown in the Swiss plant are longer and thinner than they are in the Dungeness plant ; but the Swiss plant is about the same size. . In Hanbury’s “Flora of Kent,” p. 14, it is stated that Helleborus foetidus is found by the road side up the chalk hill N.W. from Charing. During several years I made diligent search for this plant at the above indicated locality. I was assisted on several occasions by M1. Webb and Captain McDakin and once or twice by Mr. Jeffrey, but I have never found it. Mr. Jeffrey is of opinion that it does not oceur there, and he doubts whether it ever did. I think it right that this should be recorded. The following are believed to be now habitats for the plants mentioned. The date when each plant was found is stated : Helleborus viridis (Green Hellebore), near St. Nicholas’s Church, Martin Mill; June 18. Cnicus eriophorus (Wooly-headed Plume-thistle), near Shepway Cross, Lympne; May 4. Astragalus glycyphyllus (Sweet Milk-vetch), near Shepway Cross, Lympne; June 8. Stellaria ulizinosa (Bog Stitchwort), Sandling Park; June 8. Trifolium subterraneum (Subterranean Clover), near Sandling Junction, abundant ; June 8. 26 Ribes nigrum (Black Currant), in a wood, Sandling Park, first noticed by Mr. Webb; June 8. Crambe maritima (Sea-kale), among shingle on coast, King’s Down ;June 16. Vicia sylvatica (Wood Vetch), Park Wood, Wootton ; first noticed by Mr. Webb; June 28. Spirea filipendula (Dropwort), Three Barrows Downs, Shepherdswell; abundant ; July 5. Lathyrus sylvestris (Narrow-leaved Everlasting Pea), where turnpike crosses railway immediatel y north of Shepherdswell ; July 5. Epipactus purpurata (Violacea), wood to the south of St. Ratigond’s Abbey; identified at Kew ; September 3. During the past season I haye devoted a considerable amount of time to the study of the larger Fungi. One difficulty connected with this study is that there is no book, so far as I am aware, that records the Fungi that have been found in Kent. In the ElmsVale there is a well-known large patch of Euphorbia cyparissias(Cypress Spurge), grow- ing in the middle of a grass field. This plant is probably an alien; but it has established itself in a few places in Britain. In May I examined the planis in the Elms Vale while in flower. I noticed that some of them were much taller and thicker than others. On looking at the back of the leaves, I saw that they were diseased. Then I noticed that none of the diseased plants produced flowers. The disease seemed to be caused by a fungus. On sending a specimen to Kew, I got this suspicion confirmed. The fungus was there identified as Uromyces pisii in its ecidiospore form. The uredo- and teleuto spore stages are found on Piswm sativum (the Common or Garden Pea). The following are, perhaps, the most noteworthy fungi I have found this season :— Reticularia atra, Westwell Wood, Charing. Identified by Mr. Jeffrey, and said by him to be rare. (22nd April). Amanita strangwata, (Fries) Folks Wood, Newing Green. Identified at Kew ; said by W. G. Smith in his “ British Basidsomycetes” to be uncommon (12th July). Tremella vesicaria, Aldridge Wood, Bekesbourne ; said by W.G: Smith in the above-mentioned avork to be rare. JOHN TAYLOR, M.A., B.D. Wellington House, Dover, 10th December, 1909. BOTANICAL NOTES.—CARICES OF THE WEALD. For the last five or six years I have been giving more attention to the carices of the district than hitherto, as Mr. Hanbury in the “ Flora of Kent” says “ many contributors to that work have quite neglected that most interesting genus.” Some forty-five species are enumerated in the “ Flora” as naving been found in the county. I have been successful in finding the following twenty-three species and varieties in the district; Carex paniculata Carex var bjunceda (Fries) | Carew binervis s vulpina a glanca » oederi var adocarpa » stellulata » pilnifera | » hirta » remota » verna | ss _ pseudo-cyperus » ovalis 5 panicea = riparia » acuta » pendula » rostrata » vulgaris fries ) » sylvatica | » var brunnescens (Ands) vel goodenovii § » levigata 5 vesicaria I found in two localities a very pretty Carex with glaucous involute leaves and upright, slender, fertile spikelets, which seemed to suggest Carex involuta, the hybrid between Carex ve-isaria and Carex rostrata. Mr. Hammond was much interested and some specimens were forwarded to him, and also some to Mr. C. E. Salmon, who wrote: “The specimens hardly agree with Syme’s plate of Involuta ; possibly your plants are small Rostrata var brunnescens (Ands), a small neat form.” Mr. Arthur Bennett confirms Mr. Salmon’s opinion, and Dr. Rendle says the Carex does suggest Involuta, but on comparing with a large series of C rostrata, he found forms similar to my plant. Carex vesicaria grows almost in the same tuft as the slender variety of C. rostrata mentioned, and on searching again I found forms of C. vesicaria, which were different from the type of specimens I forwarded to Mr. C. E. salmon, who says further investigation is needed. I am indebted to the following gentlemen for assistance in naming and confirming the names 6f the species found: Mr. E. M. Holmes, Sir James Stirling, F.R.S., Mr. W. H. Hammond, Mr. C, E. Salmon, and Mr. Arthur Bennett. The following plants have also been found in localities near Cranbrook not mentioned in the “Kent Flora” : Narthesium ossifragum | Geranium pheum Lathyrus nissolia Hypericum elodes | Ruscus aculeatus Hottonia palustris Epipactis latifolia | Bidens cernua Orobanche major Ophrys apifera | » tripartita Orchis pyramidalis Nitella opaca (Agarah) | Salvia verbenaca Habenaria chloroleuca Mr. Robert Cheesman brought me a specimen of Cyclamen hederw/olium from a wood at Sandhurst. Cranbrook. A. W. HUDSON, M.P.S. 27 GEOLOGICAL NOTES.—COAST EROSION. On March 30, 1909, a considerable fall of the West Cliff took place near the boundary stone on the Shakespeare Cliff. Mr. Gatehouse states that the dust was carried a long way out to sea and along the coast. The fall extended for about one hundred yards along the coast, and two hundred and fifty in a seaward direction. The cliff here is about three hundred feet in height, consisting of Lower Chalk about one hundred feet Holaster subglobosus zone. Four feet of the Belemnitella zone. And the upper two hundred feet or so of the Middle Chalk, the Terrebratwlinar gracilis zone. It is worthy of note that at the same time a fall took place from Cape Blanenez on the French coast. The distance to which the dust was carried is remarkably like the fall mentioned by Mr. Ham- brook, of Dover, in 1853, occurring from the cliff near Holy Trinity Church, the dust on that occasion covering the pavement, and objects in the market place half a mile distant and, so to speak, round the corner. J. GORDON McDAKIN. A WINTER BLOOMING HAWTHORN. A severe and prolonged attack of rheumatism has put an end to my long botanical rambles in this county, so I am unable to send many notes of interest with regard to our Kent plants, but I should like to record the finding, on November 13th, 1908, in a hedge along a meadow and near a stile on Neale’s Farm, in the parish of Harbledown, an old Hawthorn bush in full bloom, and putting out young leaves. It continued in bloom for a long time, and I gathered a good spray on Christmas morning. The bush flowered again in the Spring, and on the Ist of November of the current year it was again in bloom, and also in fruit from the Spring flowers. The flowers are rather smaller than those of the common hawthorn, and the leaves nearly entire. This find at once brought to my mind the legend of the Glastonbury thorn, so I referred to the back volumes of Science Gossip for information. Tn the volume for 1885, Page 11, we read: “There are three theories in connection with the history of this shrub. According to some, it originated with Joseph of Arimathea, who is reportea to have visited England, and having struck his staff into the ground, the celebrated thorn of Glaston- bury grew from it. It is also alleged that the same shrub was planted by St. Peter from a staff formed from the Jerusalem plant, whence the ‘ crown of thorns’ was made, The third version is that it was planted originally by St. Patrick.” Tradition says that the bush invariably blooms on Christmas day. In the volume of S.G. for 1877, p. 97, we have this : “For several years past the tree, or small bush, has been visited at mid- night on old Christmas Eve by people who vow that the bush actually blossomed while they were watching it, and became bare again shortly afterwards, On Friday night the number of pilgrims to this shrine was at least 200. . . . . They say that at half-past eleven not a sign of flower could LS seen, but that at midnight every twig of one side of the bush was covered with delicately tinted ossoms.”” I have found records of other early blooming thorns in other parts of Somerset, slips from the original bush ; also one at Romney Marsh, and at Nantwich, which flowered both at May and Christ- mas ; also one at Ipswich. Our “ Canterbury Thorn,” which has borne flowers on three consecutive Winter months, Novem- ber, December, and January, is a far greater wonder than that of Glastonbury, which could only make a show for one night! From the accounts I received during the Summer of the finding of the Lizard Orchis, it seems to have become quite a “common object” of our county. I dread its extinction again from over attention, and too much bottling and pickling. In future let all finders of the plant join in a com- petition, chief honours to go to the one who leaves most plants to go to seed. Several specimens of Ophrys hybrida were shown to me last Spring. The Winter fruit, or perithecia of the oak mildew, has not yet been found, so the species remains undetermined. W. H. HAMMOND. a ee REPORT FOR THE FIFTY-SECOND YEAR, ENDING SEPTEMBER 30, 1909. During the past year the Society has lost by resignations and removals 2 members, and 4 new members have joined, making the total membership 81. Of these 8 are corresponding members, 7 associates, 11 honorary members, and 55 ordinary members. We are sorry to record the death of Mr. T. G. Peckham, D.L., of Harbledown, who was formerly an active member of our Society. This year we were fortunate in being able to arrange and carry out a more attractive winter programme than we have had for several years. We regret to say that this did not result ina much better attendance at the meetings. The papers, however, were highly appreciated by those fortunate 28 enough to hear them. Accounts of the meetings will be found in the earlier part of these transactions. On November 25 Mr. W. F. Slater, F.R.P.S., gave a demonstration of Velox Printing. Captain J. G. McDakin, with his usual kindness, represented the Society at the Congress of the South Eastern Union of Scientific Societies held at Winchester. No organised excursions took place in the summer months, these having been found difficult to arrange to suit the convenience of more than a very few of the members. Through the kindness of the Governors, Headmaster and Staff of the Simon Langton School, a very successful soirée was held at the School on May 8, when about one hundred members and friends spent an enjoyable evening. This year, for the first time, a small charge was made for admission, to defray expenses, but the financial result was not as encouraging as we had expected. It has been decided to try the experiment of arranging the winter programme of the coming session, 1909-1910 in two sections, and members will receive copies of two separate programmes, one in October, and one in January. This will reader individual notices of each meeting unnecessary. As in previous years some of the meetings will be held in the Reference Library of the Beaney Institute, but in order that all meetings may commence not later than 8 p.m., other meetings will be held in Simon Langton School by kind permission of the Headmaster and the Governors. The name of the place of each meeting will appear on the programmes. An attractive programme has been arranged and the Committee hope that members will do all they can to improve the attendance at the meetings. 5 » F £2 82 GG 16 2G cz. © '89 9% «Ge “8S oss OFS ord ae 99 GOL co) Scena Le 99 c 0.4¢ GLS 98 ee © «Ok [Il Le 68 bl 18 TL 9 $85 Gh oF 28° Gel GF O98 ob #8 g L.9¢ oF DE aA Tt oF bh SL, G 8-89 ze 6@ FL 611 eg 98 ‘Gy 96 OL g 6P ¥G ran ta) eae 96 «688 18 ee 18 Fb £.oF 98 1z WR Fal Hohe COSMO! 6% 69 & 9-68 1Z g 6 LS 66 I 6 s¢ LT 1g Z.0% LZ cI &% Lg 6 ST € 2 Ow 61 #S Garcia 1d $I §0zZ og cL LT 61 os 1a SF “950 “WEP ‘Ty “XB ‘sstip) “UT “XBW “ung ‘S8tIN “UIT “XB]T mA XUN “STIOM “UN “Oye ne) eee SSS —— SS ‘AM OLVEEI WAT, HLAV EL OY R.S IVT “sanqaeqaey ‘uep194uay, ‘STI9M OSplaquny, ‘NOS NI ESULLOH GNY ‘SSV3Y NO ISH0100 ‘NAAHOS AHL NI AHOLVAATINAL FO SAWNAYLXa ¢.68 £-0F c.0F ¢.68 ¢-8€ ao iJeqm1e08(] GP BoP P-GP PIP Ger as 3 “+ JequLeAoN, HBS 8.87 ras 6-28 oF ed ne ae 1940990 3-98 1.99 9.98 6.9 8.99 ood age “ goqutezdag z-19 £:29 8-19 9.19 8.09 oy qsusny z8¢ ¥.29 9.89 8-65 .19 ee a ATS, L-#S L8¢ EPS 9%S 9.8 enn Lis ara eI G2 £-2S Aum 8.LF 6.9% 9.9% 6.8% ¥.9F pudy 6-18 avai L-L8 9.88 9.1F ace ea yore LL 0.0% Loe $98 L-8& ie pee Areniqe gd 6.88 0.68 6.88 £88 o.LE Avenuvt OAV “6061 ew Ss ) ———— -—~-—- (i ON “Ds ‘se¥09S “f ‘ON ‘OW bsq ‘oe ae “bsg “4rvaig 5) Wf *19A108Q() “eAO(T ‘eyBsIeyy “eT0Fsaq[O “"ssauedan(y “aepieqdey, “STIOM esplaquny, ‘NUGMOS NI AHOLVAAINAL ATIVG NVAW 33 CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. Bates, Mr H. W., London Britten, Mr J., K.S.G., F.L.S., British Museum, South | Saunders, Mr Kensington, S.W. Holmes, Mr E. M., F.L.S, Ruthven, Sevenoaks Housman, Rey. N., Bradley Rectory, Redditch Marshall, Rey. E. S., Devon Mitchinson, Right Rev.Dr.,Sibstone Rectory,Atherstone G. S., 20 Dents Road, Wandsworth Common - Whittaker, Mr W.. B.A., F-R.S., F.G.S., 3, Campden Road, Croydon HONORARY MEMBERS. Fiddian, Mr W. H., 29, Bassett Street, Pontypridd Hayward, Mr E. B., 6 Burgate Lane, Canterbury Jeffrey, Mr W. R., 37 Bank Street, Ashford Kemp, Dr. William, Wellington, New Zealand Mann, Mr. W. P., B.A., 38, Crabton Close Road, Boscombe Maudson, Mr B., 34 St. Peter’s Street, Canterbury Mead, Mr H. T., 2 Bertha Villas, Canterbury Reid, Mr James, F.R.C.S., Bridge Street, Canterbury Rosseter, Mr T. B., F.R.M.S., 6 Nursery Terrace, Canterbury Saunders, Mr Sibert, 197, Amesbury Avenue,Streatham Hill, S.W. Small, Mr F. A., 95 Westgate, Canterbury ASSOCIATES. Ashenden, Mr C., 7 Havelock Street, Canterbury De Vere, Mr T., Belle Vue, Harbledown Goulden. Mr W. E., St. Paul’s, Canterbury Harvey,Mr.A.B.,6,Balham P’k Mansions, ParkRd.,SW. Hawkins, Mr E. M., F.1.C., Stone Street, Petham Holden, Mr S., Longport. Canterbury Surry, Mr R., 14 Upper Bridge Street, Canterbury MEMBERS. Abbott, Miss, Lavender Cottage, Cherry Garden Road, Canterbury. Austen, Mr W. G., 18 St. George’s Street, Canterbury Bennett-Goldney, Mr F., Abbott’s Barton Biggleston, Mr H., 3, St. Augustine's Road, Canterbury Biggleston, Mrs H..3, St. Augustine's Road, Canterbury Biggleston, Mr F., New Dover Road, Canterbury Brookfield. Miss G., 29, Nunnery Fields, Canterbury Burr, Mr Maleolm, D.Sc., B.A., F.G.S., Fastry Cackett, Miss D., 4, Hilda Terrace, Hanover Road Chapman, Mr H. M., The Priory, St. Martin’s Hill, Canterbury Chapman, Mrs H. M., The Priory, St. Martin’s Hill, Canterbury Cole, Miss, 53 London Road, Canterbury Cozens, Mr W., Ferndale, Canterbury Cozens, Miss, Ferndale, Canterbury Ellis, Mr E., Old Dover Road, Canterbury Evans, Rey. L. H.. Holme House Facer, Mr F. M., B.A., Kent College, Canterbury Fowler, Miss R., White Lodge, Ethelbert Road Galpin, Rev. A. J., M.A.. King’s School, Canterbury Gardner, Mr C. A., 1a Castle Street, Canterbury Hammond, Mr W.H., Whitstable Road, Canterbury Harvey, Mr Sidney, F.I.C., F.C.S., 18 Watling Street, Canterbury Heaton, Mr J. Henniker, M.P.,38 Eaton Square, Lon. Holmes, Miss, King’s Bridge, Canterbury Hooker, Mr. F., Westholme, Whitstable Road Jeffs, Mr F. J., B.Sc., Oaten Hill, Canterbury Jennings, Mr W. J., Latchmere House, Canterbury Johnson, Mr J. G., Shakespeare Terrace, Dane John, Canterbury Kingsford, Miss, 14 St. Dunstan’s Terrace, Canterbury Lander, Mr A., Ph.C., F.R.Met.Soc., The Medical Hall, Canterbury Leeming, Mr W. T., M.Sc., Hanover Road, Canterbury Lewis, Mr F., 17. North Holmes Road, Canterbury Mason, Miss, 34, St. George’s Place Maylam, Mr P., Watling Street, Canterbury MeDakin, Captain J. Gordon, 12 Pencester Road, Dover McMaster, Mr J., J.P., The Holt, Canterbury Monnt, Mr. H., Westbank, Whitstable Road,Canterbury Nicholson, Mr T. P., Fairlawn. Shepherdswell Page, Mr H., J.P., Beverley, Canterbury Phillpotts. Miss, King’s Bridge, Canterbury Pittock, Mr G. M., M.B.. Winton, Whitstable Road, Canterbury Proudfoot, Miss, Whitefriars, Canterbury Roberts, Mr C. C., St. Edmund’s College Reid, Mr A. S., M.A., F.G.S., Trinity College, Glenal- mond, Perth " Rosenberg, Mr G. F. J., B.A., King’s School,Canterbury Sharp, J. H.. Esq., B.A., Simon Langton Schools Underhill. Mr., Junr., Fairview, St. Thomas’ Hill, Canterbury Wace, The Very Rev. Dr., The Deanery, Canterbury Wacher, Mr Sidney, F.R.C.S., 9, St. George’s Place, Canterbury Webb, Mr S., 22, Waterloo Crescent, Dover Wills. Dr. C. M., M.D.,8.St George’s Place, Canterbury Wiltsbier, Miss, 25, St. George’s Place, Canterbury Wooldridge, Mrs., Rozel, Barton Fields Wooltridge, Miss Isabel, Rozel, Barton Fields Wooldridge, Miss Irene, Rozel, Barton Fields Ci© IN Ea PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS.—By Mr. Sidney Harvey ... “THE WONDERS OF LIME.’—By Mr, W. Cozens ... “MEDIA VAL CRAFTSMEN.’ —By Mr. W. J. Jennings, J.P. ‘*COLOURS OF SOAP FILMS,’’—By Mr. F. Jeffs, B.Sc. ‘MINIATURE PORTRAITS.”—By Mr. F. Bennett-Goldney, Mayor of Can- terbury ... “ ARTISTIC PHOTOGRAPHY.’ —By Mr. J. Ogden, A.R.C.A. ‘RAMBLES IN NORTH AMERICA.’’—By Rey. A. J. Galpin «THE BALKANS.”—By Dr. Graham Wills ‘‘ BIRDS.”’—By Mr, H. Mead-Briggs * LIQUID AIR.”—By Mr. W. T. Leeming, M.Se. ‘SOME MEMORIES OF MONKEYS.’'—By Captain McDakin “ BLACKMORE’S WORKS.’—By Mr. P. Maylam CONVERSAZIONE IN THE SIMON LANGTON SCHOOLS THE LIZARD ORCHIS (ORCHIS HIRCINA) ... ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTES BOTANICAL NOTES GEOLOGICAL NOTES A WINTER BLOOMING HAWTHORN... COMMITTEE'S REPORT FOR 52nd YEAR LIBRARIAN'S REPORT FINANCIAL STATEMENT METEOROLOGICAL NOTES LIST OF MEMBERS... PRESENTED 28 APRISI9 Page p|| REPORT AND TRANSACTIONS | a ; FOR THE \ Year ending September 30th, 1910. Series Ul. Vol. X. CANTERBURY: “ KENTISH GAZETTE AND CANTERBURY PRESS”’ OFFICE. E Ae KENT ae) Scientific and \atural fjistory § Society, : [ ¢ WITH WHICH IS INCORPORATED THE \t, Canterbury Whotograpbhic Society. AFFILIATED WITH THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION, THE ROYAL PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY, AND S.E. UNION OF SCIENTIFIC SOCIETIES- ESTABLISHED 1857. Rooms :—BEANEY INSTITUTE, HIGH STREET, CANTERBURY. REPORTS AND TRANSACTIONS for the year ending September 30th, 1910. SE RIiEBS It. VoL. xX. Edited by the Hon. Secretary, A. LANDER, Ph.c., F.R.Met.Soc., F.S.M.C., The Medical Hall, Canter-ury, To whom all communications should be sent. East Kent JYatural Xistory Society. EEE OFFICERS—1909-10. President : Dr. GRAHAM WILLS, C.M. Vice-Presidents : THE VERY REV. THE DEAN OF CANTERBURY, CAPTAIN J. GORDON Mc DAKIN, REV. Dr. GALPIN, M.A. S. HARVEY, Esgq., F.1.C., F.C.S. HIS WORSHIP THE MAYOR, REV. C. R. McDOWALL, M.A. Hon. Treasurer : W. COZENS, Esq., ‘‘ Sudbury,” St. Thomas’ Hill. Hon. Librarian : Mr. H. T. MEAD. Committee: H. M. CHAPMAN, Esq., J. H. SHARP, Esq., G. M. PITTOCK, Esq., W. COZENS, Esq., W. T. LEEMING, Esq., W.H. HAMMOND, Esq., Dr. MALCOLM BURR, J. G. JOHNSON, Esq. Hon. Secretary : Mr. A. LANDER, The Medical Hall, Canterbury. Reporting Secretary: W. T. LEEMING. Assistant Secretaries : Mr. C. A. GARDNER, 1a, Castle Street, Canterbury. Mr. E. B. HAYWARD, 6 Burgate Lane, Canterbury. Local Secretaries or Referees. To organise special observation and investigation, and report upon definite subjects, in accordance with the suggestions of the British Association. The Members of the Society are invited to assist the work of the Sub-Committees by giving notice of any facts or occurrences relating to the subjects of investigation named to the General Secretary, or to the Local Secretary, who will always be glad to receive tke information, and tender any advice or assistance in their power. Botany : W. H. Hammonp, Esq., Coleoptera : B. F. Maupson, Esq. Entomology : Sipney Wess, Esq., W. R. Jerrrey, Esq Geology : Caprain J. G. McDakin, A. S. Rem, Esq., M.A., F.G.S. Orthoptera : Matcotm Burr, Esq. Lepidoptera: F A. Smatt, Esq. Meteorology : A. LANDER, Esq, F.R.Mert.Soc. Ornithology : H. Mrav-Briaas, Esq. Photography : W. H. Hammonp, Esq. CONTENTS: PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS.—By Mr, Sidney Harvey, F.I.C., F.C.S. ‘«‘ MONTENEGRO.’ —By Mr. Malcolm Burr, D.Sc., B.A., F.G.S. “RADIANT HEAT.’—By Mr. W. T. Leeming, M.Sc. . “NORMAN ARCHITECTURE IN EAST KENT CHURCHES.”—By Mr, T. Underhill, Jun. ... 500 nen oes “COLOUR AND DYES.’’—By Mr. F. J. Jeffs, B.Sc. ... ‘THR EVOLUTION OF THE HUMAN EYE.’—By Mr. F.S.M.C. se aa ao COMMITTEE'S REPORT FOR 53rd YEAR LIBRARIAN'S REPORT BS BOTANICO-ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTES... BOTANICAL NOTES THE ELHAM VALLEY NAILBOURNE THE PETHAM NAILBOURNEH ... THE DRILLINGORE NAILBOURNE GEOLOGICAL NOTES SALT RAINS... METEOROLOGICAL NOTES LIST OF MEMBERS dee S00 AS nat pee A. Lander, Pag® FIRST WINTER MEETING AND PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. “NATURE'S RAPID BUT THOROUGH WORK. ary — By Mr. SIDNEY HARVEY, F.1.C., F.C.S. The opening meeting of the winter session of the Society was held in the Simon Langton Schools on Wednesday, October 20, among those present being the President (Mr. S. Harvey, F.LC., F.C.S.), Messrs. J. H. Sharp, Walter Cozens, H. M Chapman, W. T. Leeming, (. A. Gardner, Coun- cillor Johnson, Mr. F. Hooker, Mr. W. Godden, Miss Holmes, Miss Phillpotts, Miss Abbott, Mrs. Sharp, Miss Mason, the Misses Brookfield, Miss Fowler, Mrs. Lander, and Mr. A. Lander (hon. secretary ). The report of the Committee was read and approved, and the balance sheet was then sub- mitted by Mr Cozens, the treasurer, who said they had a balance in hand of £3 7s. 2d. at the end of their year, which concluded in October. They now owed about £9 8s. 6d., but with the balance and the subscriptions to come in he thought the Society would be quite solvent. The balance sheet was approved. The Librarian’s report was approved. one new member, Miss G. Brookfield, was elected, and all the officers of the Society were re-appointed. The President then gave his address. He said he would like to take as his subject “ The element of time as applied to natural events ; the part played by time in nature.” We lived at a period of bustle and excitement. We were not satisfied with coaching time or coaching distances. Every thing must be quick. If we wanted to go to Corn- wall we must select a train and could select a train where the first stopping place was Ply- mouth, 250 miles from London. Other lines might be cited as instances of rapidity. We must have motor-cars and drive them at a very extrava- t speed and now we were investigating the question of flying machines very literally indeed. As regarded our Atlantic liners we had left off speaking of days and weess, and taken to regis- tering in hours and minutes. So he might go through a great variety of matters to show whata hurry and bustle there was in regard to time when we \anted to getabout. In London, for instance, we had a choice of tubes and underground lines, and there again was what he might call hustling. We got into the first train that came to the piat- form, seat or no seat. And then came the delight- ful pastime of strap hanging—(laughter)—a new amusement, very acceptable, no deubt, to some people, and a new word for the dictionary. The question might be asked whether this bustle and hurry was always the correct thing and whether it was not trying to the nervous system and exhausting to the indivi- dual. The sight of our great terminal rail- way stations at the approach of the autumn holidays, the huge mountains of luggage and the turmoil and confusion surely could not be altogether acceptable and pleasing, and one asked the question whether nature—and we always went to nature when we were a little bit in doubt as to what was right—justified this hurry. What did nature say to it? He was bound to admit that it set an example of an immense amount of work done in a very small amount of time Here came in some of the difficulties of defining his subject. Our system of measuring, whether time or anything else, was adapted to our faculties. We could divide time into minutes or seconds, but he doubted if anyone in that room could count seconds or half-seconds without being left behind if he took his watch in his hand and noted the ticks. Still it did not follow that because we could not appreciate it, nature does not do so. Nature does appreciate it, and does a great deal in a very short time. This old planet went around the sun at the rate of nine- teen miles in a second. Nineteen miles in & second would take us from one end of the United Kingdom to the other in a fraction of a minute— avery desirable thing perhaps in some persons views—but we had to take into consideration that wea should need some thousands of miles in which to get up speed, and when we got to our destination, some thousands of miles in which to slow down, or else we should probably burst into flame, through tho intense heat caused by the friction. Nineteen miles was a pretty good long measuring line. We could divide it into yards or inches if we liked, and we might he very sure of this, that the earth, in traversing this scale did an inch ata time. However contradict- it might seem, one inch was done and finished before another inch was begun. Yet the whole of this overwhelming feat was accomplished in a second. Here was a. method of dividing asecond into many millions of parts and which was practically kept by nature. In all measure- ments we had our disadvantages. Of course the eye itself was capable of appreciating very small distances. He supposed most of us could see the hundredth part of an inch, which was as small a division as we could see. The microscope had now adopted millimetre as its unit, and that was the twenty-fifth of an inch. ‘That was much too coarse, and we had invented the micro-millimetre, which was the thousandth part of a millimetre, but now we had the micro-micro-millimetre. which was a thousandth part of the other measure ; in other words a millionth of a millimetre. It was not a bit too small, for there were many bodies which required even more delicate measure than that. There was no such thing in nature as about or the term little or unimportant details. Nature was perfect, and the whole of the details and dimensions of all natural objects and natural phenomena were exactly connected up, whether our feeble senses could appreciate them or not. He might go further than that and say there was no such thing as isolated phenomena. There was no phenomenon that takes place in nature that had not a bearing and influence on other phenomena, and, therefore, it came to pass that the great unity of nature was maintained,with the greatest possible punctuality and deliberation—that was the only word he could find to use. That constituted to his mind one of the great charms of nature. Speaking of rate, light travelled at 185,000 miles in a second —10,000 times faster than the passage of the earth around the sun. That light might come from a glowworm, or a common candle, or the sun, or electric light, or from radiant matter, or from those wonderful waves used in wireless telegraphy —the vibrations travelled at that rate. That was about the fastest speed we can record. There were other speeds approaching it, but he supposed it was almost as fast as anything possibly could move. But we must not limit nature even in this respect. It went to show that all those particular influences of light were of one character, and prob- ably meant that they were very much the same thing, the whole of them. As regarded division, we could have many thousands of vibrations in an inch, or indeed in a tenth of aninch. Although very much too small even for the microscope to see, they could be estimated and valued, and would be found as regarded nature’s application of them, exactly maintained and adhered to. Last Spring was a backward Spring, and it was often remarked by those going into the country that when we had some warm showers we should see things make up for lost time. Soit was. The growth that the warm showers produced in some of the garden flowers and plants was remarkably rapid. What did that mean? It meant the development of millions per second of those small cells of which those flowers were built up. Those cells were elabor- ate constructions, perfect structures, very small, requiring the microscope to see them at all,and yet they were forming all about us in those spring days with the utmost rapidity and noiselessly. How different from the scurry he had alluded to in the first part of his remarks! Then they came again to chemical action and the rapidity involved there. Someone might say, “How do you make out there is nosuch thingasinstantaneous action?” It was a succession of events, however close those events might come together. Chemical decompo- sition was not an affair of a moment. It was a succession of events. It was true we showed the first equation that took place and the last, but we did not show and we could not show the great amount of interchanges which took place between those two events, although an instant of time embraced the whole of them. Perhaps those changes might amount to thousands in number. What about explosions? This was an age of explosives—high explosives for blasting and destructive purposes and low explosives for military purposes. We had in those explosives, they would say, instantaneous action. Indeed not. There was always a succession of events, though very rapidly carried on. If ever there was a time when Nature’s great maxim, nihil per saltum—nothing done by a jump—asserted itself. It was in the case of an explosion, Of course it was a rapid thing as we under- stood it. If we could see the ultimate molecules of matter concerned in that explosion, if we could witness those vibrations, if we could witness their re-arrangement he did not think for a moment we could compare it to anything except a very large military review of picked and trained troops which were carrying out very rapid and complicated manceuvres with careful and perfect precision. We should see nothing approaching confusion or chaos, or anything that would make us think there was a violence happening to the laws of nature. They were strictly according to law, and however terrible their forces and instantaneous their effect, they were carried on with the greatest deliberation, and without hurry or haste. So one might go through the whole category of chemical phenomena. Mr. Harvey said he would like to allude to another matter of motion. Without any egotism he would like to go back twenty-seven years, when the first lecture was given on those premises by himself on radiant matter which was then a new subject. He was conscious he was the only person present who remembered that lecture. He was invited to give it by the then headmaster, and the lecture was intended to bring before the Canterbury puble the phe- nomena of radiant matter as exhibited by Sir W. Crookes’ own apparatus devised for the purpose. There they had matter in a very remarkable state. They did not know much about it, but we had known a great deal more since. At that lecture he had, among other things to exhibit, some glass vessels holding perhaps a pint. Those vessels had been exhausted of the residuary air or gas in them to what was called a millionth of an atmosphere, which was the greatest exhaustion that could be produced then. The amount of matter left in these vessels would be exceedingly small; much too small for the most delicate balance to indicate by weight. When an electric current was passed through a vessel like that the particles remaining in the vessel—they were very small, of course—had elbow room enough to “cut their capers,” which they could not do in a crowd. Obeying the behest of the electric current, they were hurled from one end to the other at the rate of 50,000 miles in a second. Not so fast as light, but still a very respectable approach to it. At that time they were unable to measure that rate, but they could measure its effects, and they were these : those particles were hurled at one particular spot of the vessel and there was such a bombardment that the glass was made red hot, and if he had not promptly arrested the cur- rent he would have lost his valuable apparatus. Another thing was still more impressive. Another vessel was chosen, in which was a very small delicately made aluminium and mica water wheel of an old fashioned type. The current was allowed to impinge on a point. It struck the water wheel with such force that the wheel became white hot, and had he persisted it would have been destroyed. He then hung the electro- magnet above the water wheel, which pulled the eurrent of projectors upwards, and caused an overshot water wheel. He then put it under the wheel, causing an undershot movement, showing the complete obedien:e of those tiny little corpuscles to magnetic or electric influence. because the glass was SO terribly hot it was not safe to go any further. Since that time they had been able to measure at the rate of 50,000 miles per again was immense heat but no confusion. Tn all nature there was and perfect orderliness sceptical whether there ever was chaos at all. One could hardly imagine that ever there was anything approaching confusion or imperfection, OF delay, whether in mineral or any other matter. other subject, and that radiant matter by Sir William Crookes that set a great deal of enquiry on foot, and ultimately resulted in the discovery of radium. Unfortunately the discoverer of radium met with a tragic end. They were glad tosee thathis widow,Madame Curie, who ably seconded his efforts, had found a seat amongst the highest ranks of scientists in Europe, ‘and was still continuing his work. He mentioned that at this time because we were face to face with something of the very greatest value. Whether cancer would submit to the curative effects of radium remained to be proved, but there was no doubt that it would be of immense value in some diseases. Let us its value in other cases further on. other reasons why physics and natural pheno- gaye him great pleasure that night after twenty-seven years to school, where science had its due work and where their laboratories and appliances were of first class order. hope that what was predicted then was coming to pass now, and they might have others in the old City of Canterbury, not only those who distin- guished themselves in the classroom or school, but that they would have many scientists in future who would do credit to the old City and introduce valuable information and valuable discoveries (applause). Mr. Sharp then proposed a vote of thanks to Mr, Harvey for his address, There was, he said, a particular touch of interest in the reference their President had made to the lecture he gave on those premises so many years ago, and he thought the reference to the details of the lecture would interest every one of them. Apart from Mr. Harvey’s long connection with the Society —and of course he acted as link with the whole of its history for so many years—they were indebted to him for the delightful lecture which he had given that night in such felicitous and absolutely clear terms. With regard to the use of the building, he might say when he approached the Governors of the school, they not only granted it, but were most willing to do so. The feeling undoubtedly was that those schools were to a great extent the school of the citizens of Canterbury, and it was, he thought, peculiarly the school of Canterbury. They were proud to have Mr. Harvey as President of this Society, and above all he thought that they felt while he was present they were keeping up their strong link and connection with the past of the Society. Mr. Cozens, in seconding, said they always looked forward to the presidential address. Their President came before them year by year and never told them what he was going to talk about, put he never disappointed them and always prought out something fresh, something that they never knew before, perhaps, and had never even thought about. The vote of thanks was heartily accorded, and Mr. Harvey briefly replied. Councillor Johnson moved a vote of thanks to Mr. Sharp for the assistance he had given to the Society, and for using his influence to procure the use of the schools. He added that he certainly thought the Langton Schools were doing their utmost to turn out scientists, and referring to Mr. Harvey’s address, said he could not help thinking what an excellent thing it would be if they could get something as interesting as that on Sundays i There was a freshness about the address which one missed on some occasions. Tn seconding, Mr. Harvey remarked that it en- much indebted science really was to the past and present headmasters of that school, for if there was any hesitancy Or hanging fire astregarded the provision of appara: tus, the late headmaster and the one who preceded him, purchased apparatus i able sacrifice. They were very. greatly indebted to Mr. Sharp, and their dear dear Mann and his predecessor. The vote of thanks haying been carried, Mr. and said in it, of course, he they had in the school. after working hard in the day to prepare their apparatus for the ungrudgingly. He was particularly pleased to hear the reference to Mr. Mann. They knew how absolutely devoted he was to his work. It was quite right, he had made sacrifices in all possible ways, and when he wrote to him he would convey to him the President’s expressions with regard to the Society’s indebtedness to him. The members then inspected the Jaboratory and tke wireless telegraphic apparatus, and watched the flights of a model aeroplane, as well as numerous brilliant physical experiments displayed by the science masters of the School. + ‘“MONTENEGRO.,’’—By MALCOLM BURR, Esq@., D.Se,, B.A., F.G.S. Last year the members of the Society had the pleasure of listening to an exceedingly interesting lecture on the Near East given by Dr. G. Wills, who finds recreation from his professional duties in the study of the history of the various races which inhabit these regions. At this lecture Mr. Malcolm Burr was present, and in the discussion that followed he expressed his willingness to give a lecture on his personal experiences in the country. On November 10th he redeemed his promise, and all those who were present spent a most enjoyable time listening to Mr. Burr’s account of his wanderings in the little known country of Monte- negro. Before the lecture two new members were pro- posed and unanimously elected—Miss G. Wiltshier, proposed by Miss Mason, and Mr. Nicholson, proposed by Mr. M. Burr, D.Se. The Chairman, Mr. S. Harvey, F.I.C., returned thanks for his re-election as President of the Society and paid a warm tribute to the loyalty of the members of the Committee and the Hon. Sec., Mr. A. Lander. Mr. Harvey also called attention to the recent death of Dr. Dallinger, one of the greatest microscopists of the day. Dr. Dallinger, he said, resided when he (the speaker) first knew him at Boughton. At that time they had Dr. Reid, a celebrated microscopist, living at Bishops- bourne on the one side and Dr. Dallinger at Boughton on the other side. Mr. Harvey then called upon Mr, Burr to deliver his lecture. Mr. Burr said he had only just returned to England and was sorry to say that some gramophone records of Montenegro music, which he had procured, had not yet arrived. He had with him, however, a native musical instrument which those present might like to examine after the lecture. The whole of the slides shown by Mr. Burr were from photographs taken by himself while on a tour of the country, and the lecturer’s lucid explanations and spicy anecdotes made up the sum total of an intensely interesting address. One great characteristic of the Montenegrian towns was, he said, their absolute peacefulness; wheeled traffic was most uncommon, and the streets were practically deserted. The usual method of travelling was on horseback. Most of the towns are situated in the valleys which, surrounded as they are with rugged mountain$ of limestone, have the appearance of craters of extinct volcanoes, but are really caused by the subsidences due to the action of its underground rivers which are so numerous in this country. The prince’s palace in Cetigne, the capital of Monte- negro, is a very unpretentious-looking building and differs but little from the dwellings of the common people. Women were the beasts of burden, and it seemed to him (the speaker) that the men did nothing but smoke and chat all day and play cards all night, while the women did the work (laughter). Views of a wedding procession—with the bride walking home on the arm of the best man—types of Montenegrian and Albanian peasants and specimens of the rugged mountain scenery were also shown, and Mr. Burr gave a graphic description, illustrated by a photograph of their stay at one of the mountain “hotels.” They gave them some funny things to eat, he said, including some milk which tasted strongly of turpentine. They afterwards discovered that it was sheep’s milk, and that the animals had been feeding on the needles of the pines which abounded in the locality, hence the taste of turpentine. Montenegro was the only country south-east of the Balkans which has never been conquered, a fact which was due to the mountainous character of the country. Italian influence was strong in the country, and an Italian firm was carrying on extensive works along the river. The Albanians were a fighting race, and were taught to shoot from infaney ; many of the clans had heen engaged recently in fighting the young Turks. At the close of the lecture Mr. Burr exhibited a most interesting little collection of native articles giving a lucid explanation of the uses and mean- ings of each. Mr. Harvey, in proposing a hearty vote of thanks to Mr. Burr, said the only fault they had to find with the lecture was that it was too short. That lecture was an excellent supplement to the one given by Dr. Wills on a previous occasion. The vote was carried unanimously, and Dr. Wills spoke for a few minutes on the subject, after which a short discussion followed. Mr. A. Lander presided atthe lantern, and the slides exhibited were exceedingly clear. “RADIANT HBRAT.”—By Mr. W. T. LEEMING. A lecture on the above subject was given at the Simon Langton Schools on December 8 by Mr. W. T. Leeming. Mr. Harvey, President of the Society, presided over a good audience of members and friends. The lecturer said :— The subject of “ Radiant Heat” has been chosen for consideration, as one on which some interesting experiments may be shown. These experiments require the use of some very delicate instruments which in themselves have many points of interest. At the same time an attempt will be made to ex- plain the nature of radiant heat, and to show the similarity between light and heat. Newton thought that light was a substance, but it was shown later by Youny,a man who in the opinion of Tyndall was little inferior to Newton, that two certain kinds of light could be added together and produce darkness or no light. This is conclusive evidence that light is not a substance, since two substances added together cannot pro- duce nothing. Heat was for a long time also considered to be a substance. The fact that a body weighs the same whether hot or cold is almost sufficient to prove that heat is not a sub- stance, since it has no weight. It was conclusively shown by Rumford and Joule that heat is a form of energy. Rumford, who was responsible for the boring of cannon for the German army, deduced that there was a relation between the amount of energy expended in boring and the heat produced, and Joule actually measured the numerical rela- tion between heat and work. Light and heat, therefore, are not substances, but forms of energy, and from many experiments it has been concluded that they are both wave motions. They can both travel through a vacuum. This is known because the sun’s light aud heat reach the earth, having passed for over ninety millions of miles through avacuum. ‘This fact may also be illustrated by the apparatus used for measuring the sun’s radiant heat It consists of a thermometer with a blackened bulb enclosed in a glass vessel free from air. The bulb can be seen and the tempera- ture of the thermometer rises when the apparatus is exposed to the sun, showing that both lightand heat pass through a vacuum. The passage of these through space with the enormous velocity of 186,000 miles per second is inconceivable without some medium, and a medium called ether, which pervades all space, and in which the parti- eles of ordinary substances move, has been assumed for tae transmission of light and heat from place to place. The next question to consider is how they pass through this medium, and there is abundant evidence to show that they travel in the form of waves. The reasons for classing them as wave motions are that we can get in light and heat (a) reflection, (b) refraction, (c) interference. It is interesting to note in addition that light and heat can be polarised, and this shows that the waves are transverse, i.e., are due to motions in the ether at right angles to the direction in which the light or heat is going. The only difference between the waves of light and heat is the length of the waves. Light waves are shorter and affect the eye, whilst the heat waves are longer, the lengths of the waves in both cases being extreme- ly small. Numerous experiments were then shown, illus- trating that light and heat can be reflected and refracted, and that both follow the same laws. For the experiments in heat a very delicate instru- ment called the thermopile was used, and the construction of this and the sensitive galvano- meter, to which it was attached, were explained. The radio-micrometer of Boys, and Langley’s bolometer were described, and it was mentioned that these instruments would show an alteration in temperature of one ten-thousandth part of a degree centigrade. The absorption of light and heat by various bodies was next considered. It was shown that the colours of bodies were due to their different powers of absorption. White light is made up of seven colours: red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo, and violet,and a red body absorbs all these colours except the red. A black body absorbs all the colours, and it was then shown that a black body absorbs heat. Experiments on the different absorptive powers of iodine dissolved in carbon disulphide, alum, glass, and rock salt were per- formed. Iodine solution was shown to be opaque to light, but transparent to heat. Alum was opaque to heat rays, but transparent to light. Glass is an interesting substance, as it is trans- parent to the light waves, i.e., the shorter waves, but opaque to the heat waves, i.e., the longer waves. Hence glass may be used for fire screens and for covering greenhouses. Rock salt \as transparent to both light and heat. In conclusion the sun’s radiant energy was referred to and Pouillet’s pyroheliometer, an instrument for measuring the radiant heat of the sun, was explained. The encrmous energy possessed by the sunisa matter for speculation, but of greater interest to mankind is how this energy is kept up. Helmholtz considered that it was due to a very slight contraction of the sun, and thought thatif the sun contracted one ten- thousandth part of its volume it would supply as much heat as it radiated during 2,000 years. A vote of thanks was given to the lecturer, and in his reply Mr. Leeming acknowledged the help he had received from Mr. Jeffs and the laboratory assistants of the school. ‘“NORMAN ARCHITECTURE IN EAST KENT CHURCHES.” By Mz. T. UNDERHILL, Jovy. A most interesting lecture was delivered by Mr. T. Underhill, jun., to a rather small attend- ance of members of the East Kent Natural History and Scientific Society at the Beaney Institute on Wednesday evening. Mr. Sidney Harvey, F.L.C., F.C.S., presided. The lecture, which was illustrated with excellent lime-light views (the lantern being manipulated by Mr. A. Lander), was most attentively followed, and gave evident pleasure to the audience. In the course of his remarks, Mr. Underhill said that.if they left out the Norman por- tions of the Cathedral and the Monastic buildings (such as the Norman Staircase which was considered to be a very fine specimen) they found that there was not much work of the Nor- man period left in the City churches. They could discern remains of the Norman period in St. Peter’s,St.Alphege’s.and St.George’s. Dr. Cox(the greatest ecclesiologist) advanced the theory that the top tier of the celebrated font in St. Martin’s Church was a restoration of the Norman. Turning to the parishes just outside the City they would be struck by the many churches of Norman con- struction surrounding them. St. Stephen’s Church afforded an example of an early Norman Tower ; the buttresses being a later addition. The western side of the tower had the remains of a Norman doorway, and there was another Norman doorway in the south porch To the north of the nave of St. Nicholas’ Hospital Church, between two semi-circular arches, the Norman capital deserved their admiration. The nave of Nackington Church was Norman, and there were remains of Norman work to be seen at Bekesbourne and Bridge. A very good example of a Norman church was to be seen at Patrix- bourne, from the typical east end to the beauti- fully adorned south doorway. The old town of Fordwich possessed an ancient church. The Norman window and font in the nave aisle, and a very much worn stone shrine appeared to be the oldest portions of the church. This shrine was such a remarkable one as to deserve more than passing notice. Its front was sculptured with interlacing round arches, the sloping roof being covered with a curious scale- like ornamentation very much resembling the rounded tiles which were found in the roofs of the earliest known spires of Norman churshes. This stone shrine was discovered by Mr. Hasted (their county historian) inthe churchyard,and,as it was in danger of perishing by exposure to the weather, he purchased it and brought it to Canterbury, from whence if was subsequently restored to its present position. Although some antiquaries had given ita much earlier date, he did not think they would be far wrong if they attributed it to the Norman period, it probably being the tomb of the founder of the church. After a passing reference to the slight Norman remains at Sturry, Westbere, and the ruined Church of Reculver, the lecturer dealt briefly with the in- teresting church at Chislet. He explained that the tower in the centre of the Church was Norman, and of a very plain character. Inside there was a Norman chancel arch, and Norman door to the tower (now blocked up) with a wooden lintel. These wooden lintels were often met with in Norman dcorways ; they were chiefly used in the earlier churches, although the feature was re- tained in some of the later buildings. Passing over into the Isle of Thanet they could commence their mspection of its churches with the beautiful church of Minster, one of the finest churches in the county. The very plain Norman tower had flat buttresses, and some interesting rubble work at the base of the south side. Entering the church by the modern west doorway, which replaced the old Norman doorway, they were at once confronted by the beautiful interior. On each side of the Nave were five Norman arches springing from Norman capitals and columns, and containing the Chevron, Dog-tooth and Billet mouldings. There were also remains in the district at Monkton and St. Nicholas-at-Wade churches. The Norman remains in St. John’s Church, Margate, would afford the student much material for reflection. Some of the bases of the Norman pillars had spurs. At St. Peter’s, near Margate, there was a Norman nave of the late period, but the church, having been much restored, had lost somewhat of its ancient appearance. The Church of St. Lawrence had a like Norman Nave and the Tower in the centre was of the same period. The arches to the Tower were pointed, and if they looked at the construc- tion of the supporting piers they could see quite a new style in the grouping of the half columns and shafts round them. Coming to Sandwich, there were three ancient Churches. Slight Norman remains could be traced at St. Peter’s, the Parish Church ; in St. Mary’s Church there were Norman capitals and shafts at the West End ; and St. Clements, with its Norman Tower was the finest Chuch of all. This Tower had on the outside three rows of arches, but the beauty of the whole was spoilt by the present roof which was raised higher than the original Norman one, and was therefore out of proportion with the tower. Inside the church they saw the turret doorway to the tower and the gracefully rounded towerarches. They also noticed a feature which was very characteristic of Norman churches. Immediately over the tower arches there were on its four sides seven smaller arches; the row to the East and facing West being chevroned, whilst the rows of arches on the other three sides were plain. The Norman builders would often place enrichments in profusion over a chancel arch, while the other parts of the building were left quite plain. Leaving Sandwich, Norman remains were to be found at Betteshanger, Deal, Eastry, Eythorne, East Langdon, Great Mongeham, Sutton, North- bourne, Ripple, Tilmanstone, Waldershare, Whit- field, Walmer, and Worth. The views of a transitional Norman capital at Deal and of the interior of the old church of Walmer might be an incentive to those who were interested in their churches to visit the ones mentioned. Dover, the port on which the Conqueror set longing eyes, possessed at one time a great many churches, but Norman remains were only now to be found at St. Mary the Virgin (entirely rebuilt with Norman portions in 1843), St. James (Old Church), St. Mary-in-the- Castle, and St. Andrew, Buckland. Outside, in the North Wallof the Nave of St. James, a once beautiful doorway, was now filled up with some very good fragments of sculptured stones. On the outskirts of Dover they had the fine Norman church of St. Margaret’s at Cliffe. The massive tower had a west doorway which was an excellent speci- men of Norman work. There was also a north doorway, much enriched with Norman mouldings, and the lofty nave of the church, with its richly carved capitals and arches on each side, made 1t one of the best Norman edifices in the country. At Hougham Church, situated on the hills outside Dover, the base of the tower was Norman, including the arch opening to the nave. In the chancel two Norman arches were closed up and now formed the South Wall, the three columns supporting them being exposed. There was no doubt that much early work was hidden in the walls of their ancient churches. They found a well preserved Norman doorway at Temple Ewell. It had a well moulded arch which was*headed by the Embattled and Round Billet mouldings. Other churches in the neighbourhood with Norman remains were at Coldred, Guston and Westcliffe. A perfect gem of late Norman work was the small church at Barfrestone. In the beautiful south doorway (which probably owed its excellent state of preservation to a porch that once enclosed it), the wheel window at the east end, the grotesque figures, and the ardorned chancel arch in the interior, they saw examples of the finest Norman sculpture. Further into the country there were churches with traces of 12th century work at Adisham, Chillenden, Elmstone, Goodnestone, Ickham and Staple. Continuing along the coast from Dover and reaching Hythe they would be puzzled to plan the Norman Church from the remaining Norman portions. In this district considerable Norman remains were to be found at Hawkinge, Lympne, Paddlesworth, Saltwood, and Swingfield Churches. The Church of New Romney had a Norman [nave and at the west end a tower of the Transitional period, It was to be noted that this tower was a great development upon the early plain Norman tower. Appledore, Brook- land, Burmarsh, Dymchurch, and St. Mary’s Churches might be considered worthy of a visit for their remains of the twelfth century. Probably not many visitors to Ruck- inge Church saw its two fine Norman doorways, as they are not used at present. The one to the south of the nave aisle appeared to have never undergone restoration since placed there by Norman hands; and the other tothe west of the church (in the tower) was well proportioned. A typical early Norman church was to be found at Brook with the plain fortress looking tower at the west end and small round headed windows high up in the nave wall This church was almost entirely Norman. Bra- bourne Church had a lofty Norman arch to the chancel of the same date ; and outside could be seen the flat buttresses which in the succeeding centuries developed into such artistic proportions. Among the Norman remains of the church at Smeeth was the chevroned arch between nave and chancel ; and above the east window the head of a Norman window was still visible. Other ‘COLOURS AND DYES.’”’— A meeting of the Society was held in the Chemical Lecture Theatre of the Simon Langton School on Wednesday, March 9. The chair was taken by Mr. S. Harvey, F.LC., F.C.S, and Mr. Jeffs gave a popular account of colour and colour- ing materials. Experiments were shown to illus- trate the splitting up of white light into its com- ponent colours and their reunion to form white light in. The colours seen at sunset were ex- plained by the presence of minute dust particles 7 places in the same neighbourhood where traces of 12th century work might be distinguished were Mersham (plain door to south porch), Sellinge, Waltham, and Woodchurch. Going across country they passed Godmersham, which had Norman details in its church, and came to Molash, where they had a very plain Norman font. In regard to the churches of Faversham and district, King Stephen was said to have been buried in Faversham Church, and it was not therefore surprising that there were Nor- man parts in that church. Davington Priory Church was almost solely Norman and possessed something unique in a Norman holy - water stoup. The Norman chancel door to Ospringe Church was of a larger and more ornate style than was usual for doors in that position. There were other Norman remains at that church and at the following churches in the same dis- trict :—Graveney, Luddenham, Norton, Oare, and Sheldwich. At Goodnestone there was a small Norman church, and they should particularly notice the small windows in the walls. These were mere slits when viewed from the exterior, but inside they were very deeply splayed. They could, perhaps, understand why churches were used ‘as places of refuge when they saw such churches as that in which very little of the outside world could enter when once the door was barred. In concluding Mr. Underhill said if they were unstinted in their praise of the buildings that had existed through so many changing ages, and still were with them to-day, should they not also think of the Faith that they had nursed through the centuries, and expressed the hope that both might be preserved for succeeding generations (applause). At the conclusion of the lecture Mr. Sidney Harvey proposed a vote of thanks to Mr. Under- ill, and remarked that some of the views which had been thrown on the screen reminded them of several pleasurable eacursions which had been made by the Society. Dr. Wills congratulated Mr. Underhill on the clearness and excellence of the photographs, and he referred to the difficulty very often of taking photographs in the interior of churches. By F. J. JEFFS, Esg., B.Sc. in the air, anda method of imitating these colours in the lantern was exhibited, the blue of the sky and the red of the sun being both formed by a fine powder suspended in water. The colouring of a number of objects was shown on the screen by means of the “aphengoscope,” an instrument which shows solid objects as well as lantern slides. Next the various colours of flames were exhibited, indicating how it is possible to judge the nature of heated substances at a distance and hence to arrive at a knowledge of the constitution of the sun and stars. A number of coloured objects were shewn in coloured light, and revealed remarkable changes in their colour when the illumination was altered. The colours of bodies were due, the lecturer explained, to the vibration either of their separate particles or to portions of these. Models and plans of the structure of the complex mole- cules of the dye substances were shown. A very slight change indeed, either of composition or arrangement, was shown to makea great difference in the colour of the dye, and hence some idea could be formed of the enormous number of possible shades. The basis of these dyes is almost invari- ably aniline, a product of coal tar. The method was shown of fixing the dye by means of a mordant, and also the way in which bleaching is carried out. The lecturer concluded by exhibiting a great variety of coloured fabrics kindly provided by the chemist of the Berlin Aniline Dye Company. Mr, Harvey, in thanking the lecturer, referred to the difficulties experienced by the pioneers in the subject, and to the fact that the initial dis- covery was, like so many others, a pure accident. THE EVOLUTION OF THE HUMAN BYE.” By A. LANDER, Esq., F.5.M.C. The last meeting for the session took place on March 23 in the Reference Library at the Beaney Institute, Canterbury. Mr. A, Lander, hon. secre- tary of the society, was the speaker, and his sub- ject was the “Evolution of the Human Eye.” As is well known, Mr. Lander is a keen student of this subject and the members were looking forward to an interesting lecture, and in this they were not disappointed. The speaker illustrated his remarks with a series of microscopic slides, which were capitally exhibited by means of his lantern micro- scope, in fact, Mr. S. Harvey, the President of the Society, remarked at the close that they had had a magnificent display. He had seen, he said, a great many microscope displays, but never one to equal that (applause). Mr. Lander explained that he feared his lecture was something of a makeshift (“No”), but two of their members who had promised to give lectures had had a breakdown and were unable to assist in filling up the programme, and therefore he would do his best to fill the gap. He did not propose to give them the whole history of the evolution of the human eye, that would take too long, but he intended to run briefly through the various stages. He designated sight as the most precious of the senses. It was the only sense that brought one into touch with the infinite. The eye was not always as perfect as it was in the human brain. In some of the lower creatures it was very primitive. Professor Darwin and others had discovered that plants had eyes. That might seem a very preposterous thing to say, but they would all acknowledge that plants had their sense of feeling. All knew that if a plant was turned away from the light it would turn itself, if possible, back again. If they went a little further they would see there must be some method by which the plants could tell where the light was. Quite recently they had found out that spread over the leaves were little bulging cells, which appeared to concentrate the light or focus it upon the nucleus of the cell. If these little bulging cells were removed, the plant no longer turned to the light, and photographs could be taken by means of these little lenses as with the eyes of insects. Passing on to the lower types of creatures Mr. Lander traced the gradual development of the organ of sight until it reached its highest form in the human being. Among the slides exhibited was that of a photograph taken through the eye of an ordinary house fly, using that organ as a lens. The photograph was one of the late Queen Victoria, and the plate contained a large number of small reproductions, instead of one large one. In dealing with the phenomena of the colour of the human eye, Mr. Lander stated that this was governed by what was known as Mendel’s law of heredity, and knowing what was the colour of the parents’ eyes, it was possible to tell what colour the eyes of their children would be. Long sight, explained Mr. Lander, was caused by a defect in the shape of the eye. If a person’s eye was too flattened—not globular in shape—he would be long sighted. If, on the other hand, the eye was too long the person would suffer from short-sightedness. Colour blindness, he said, had lately been discovered to be hereditary. The first generation would, however, have normal vision, but the daughters’ sons would be partially colour blind. In Canterbury there were probably between 500 and 600 persons who were more or less colour blind. At the close of the lecture Mr. Roberts, science master of St. Edmund’s College, gave a demonstra- tion of an apparatus which he had constructed for the purpose of making slide rules. With the aid of the machine it was possible to obtain the greatest accuracy even to the minutest fraction of an inch, and at the close of the demonstration Mr. Harvey complimented Mr. Roberts on his invention. ‘Lhe meeting concluded with a very hearty vote of thanks to Mr, Lander for his interesting lecture, Mr. Harvey putting forward the motion. 9 REPORT FOR THE FIFTY-THIRD YEAR, ENDING SEPTEMBER 3oth, 910. During the past year the Society has lost by resignation and removal 10 members, and 8 new members have joined, making the total membership 79. Of these 8 are corresponding members, 6 associates, 11 honorary members, and 54 ordinary members. Our Winter Session was opened on October 20th in the Simon Langton Schools. Mr.S Harvey delivered the Presidential address, in whieh he gave some most interesting facts, comparing the exactitude with which the heavenly bodies carried out their journeys with the performances of the works of man. The address was followed by an exhibition of scientific experiments and model wro- planes arranged by Mr. Lander and the Staff of the SimonLa ngton School. Owing chiefly to the General Election one of the most interesting lectures on the programme was not given, The Committee hope that his Worship the Mayor will fulfil his engagement during the coming Session. As stated in our last report, alternate meetings of the Society were held in the Simon Langton Schools by the kind permission of the Headmaster and Governors. The Committee fully appreciate this privilege, as the School is so well adapted for scientific and other lectures. The Society was again ably represented by Captain J. G. McDakin at the meeting of the South- Eastern Union of Scientific Societies held this year at Maidstone. A summer programme of excursions was arranged in connection with the Dover and Folkestone Scientific Societies, but for various reasons only one was carried through. This was to the colleries and works of the Kent Coal Concessions Company at Guildford and Tilmanstone, and we are greatly indebted to the management for allowing us to inspect their pits, down which several lady members ventured to go, and also for the tea which they kindly provided. The Committee much regrets the receipt of a letter from our esteemed President, Mr. S. Harvey, in which he states that he must resign the position of President, which he has so ably filled for 22 years. His decision has been taken under medical advice, but we are glad to say that he will con- tinue to take an interest in the Society. The Society is extremely indebted to Mr. Harvey for the very active part he has taken in its work for over 40 years. His wide knowledge of every branch of science has made his Presidential address one of the most interesting features of the year’s pro- gramme, and such remarks as he made after each lecture invariably threw fresh light upon the subject dealt with. We know that Mr. Harvey has the welfare of the Society at heart, and we feel sure that nothing would please him better than the future prosperity of the Society. The Committee therefore hope that the members will show their appreciation of the great services of Mr. Harvey by a determined effort to make the Society more successful. A good programme is being arranged for the next Session. A. LANDER, Hon. Secretary. LIBRARIAN’S REPORT, The Hon. Librarian has pleasure in reporting that good use has been made of the Society’s valuable collection of books, both by members and others, during the past year. The books and scientific periodicals are always available for use of the members, or their friends, any week day from 10 a.m. till 9 p.m. Darjng the year some few volumes of magazines have been bound by the Society’s book-binder. In July the Society’s books were all removed from theshelves and overhauled. The books were thoroughly dusted and shelves washed prior to returning the books to the cases again. Magazines and reports have been placed in proper order and earefully labelled. The following scientific periodicals purchased by or presented to the Society are regularly placed in the Beaney Reference Library :— h Weekly—Nature. Monthiy—Journal of Botany (purchased), Entomologist (presented by Miss Kingsford), Geological Magazine (purchased), Kn »wledge (purchased), Photographic Journal, Zoologist. 4i-Monthly—Royal Microscopical Society’s Journal. The cordial thanks of the Society are due to Miss Kingsford and other donors for their gifts to the Society’s Library. Pamphlets, reports, etc., in exchange for ours, haye been received from the following Museums and Scientific Societies :— Smithsonian Institation, U.S.A., Winsconsin Geological and Natural History Society, Missouri Botanical Gardens, National Museum of Buenos Ayres, Institute of Geology, Mexico, Field Columbian Museum, U.S.A., Milwaukee Museum, U.S.A, Carnegie Museum, British Association, Croydon Natural History Society, City of London College Natural History Society, Hastings and St. Leonard’s Natural History Society, South London Natural History Society, Ealing Natural History Society, Holmesdale Natural History Society, Royal Microscopic Society, Rochester Natural History Society, Wellington College Science Society, and Manchester Microscopical Society. From the Societies to which we are affiliated we have received the following annual transactions - —Ray Society, Quekett Microsopical Society, and the Royal Photographie Society, SE. Union of Scientific Societies. H. T. MEAD, Hon. Librarian. 10 A FEW BOTANICO-ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTES. Fungi have not been so abundant in this district during 1910 as they were the previous year, but ow fresh ones coming under my notice—one or two of these, however, were of more than usual interest. Towards the end of September I met with a few plants of the remarkable Cordyceps militaris spring- ing upand showing their pretty orange-red club-shaped héads among the dark green moss, Polytrichwm formosum, resembling to some extent a Clavaria, but belonging to a very different class of fungi—the spores in the last-named being developed on basidia surrounding the smooth clubs, whereas the club of Cordyceps is tubercled from the projecting mouths of the perithecia, which contain the asci and their enclosed sporidia—hence they are asco mycetous fungi. Moreover, they will in most cases be found to spring from an insect larva or pupa (fig. 1). Larve are not unfrequently found infested with a mould which in some cases is the mycelium that gives rise to the stroma of Isaria farinosa (see fig. 2) which is generally considered as the early or conidial stage of Cordyceps militaris—though it would appear it does not always reach its more per- fect condition. In this conidial stage they are white and nearly being covered with the sporules or conidia, and hence formerly placed in a different class under the genus Isaria. These fleshly stroma of the Isuria were at first only a sterile branch from the mycelium but eventually gave rise to the carpophore of the Cordyceps which is the means of bringing the fructifica- tion into the air aud light so essential with these organisms which you grow from a larva or pupa buried in the soil. It would seem that Isaria is much more often met with than the Cordyceps (occasionally in the field as was our case once on a pupa near the surface at Charing) frequently appearing in the breeding eages of the collector of insects to his annoyance and disappointment. Only in the November number of the Entomologist a figure is given of this fungus which‘had madeits appearance on pupa of a Geometer moth, which, of course, would not be bred. Indeed it has come home to us here, for my friend Mr. C. Viggers, of this place, has had a colony come up in one of his cages from a number of larve of Trachea piniperda which he colllected from Scotch fir last June. He has kindly handed the lot over to me, as I am desirous of seeing if anything further is developed from them ; at present they have nothing but the stroma of the Isaria peeping above thesoil. One advan- tage of such cases is that we know the species of larva on which they are growing, when dug up at large the host is generally past identification. It is not unlikely, however, that larve of the various species of Teniocampa (to which family T piniperda belongs) will often fall victims, for they feed during the early summer months, assuming the pupa state in the ground at once, but not emerging as moths till the following spring, so the sporidia of the Cordyceps may be washed by the autumn rains into the soil to their suitable nidus. It has been questioned whether the caterpillars are attacked while stillalive—it would seem they generally are. In the case of our larve of T. piniperda they were particularly fine and healthy looking when full-fed and ready to enter the ground ; such as have been exhumed, indeed, even made the last moult, assuming the pupa state as can be seen in Fig. 2. It is not unlikely my friend introduced the germs in some light soil brought in on purpose for them to enter for pupation—when in such a confined space as the small cage, many might be attacked while still alive, it is not so likely they became infected while feeding on the fir trees on the chalk downs. Then we have instances on record of allied species being found on living insects, sometimes even in winged state and flying about with their fungus burden on them—hence the term “ Vegetable wasps.” aitsiner instance (though a different mould) is that of the common housefly, which is familiar to most people as it flies about in the autumn, settling down finally on a window pane, where the sporules may be seen discharged around it, this is the Empusa musca. There seems much difference in the form assumed by Isaria farinosa, judging by figures that have been given, that in the November number of the Entomologist shows it as broad and coral-like, while one given in a former number is represented by a few filiform sprouts from a larve, ours on T. piniperda are something between the two, as may be seen in Fig. 2, though they are not all so slender as the one figured. Isaria farinosa has been found on the caterpillar of Mamestra brassicw, so it would seem that for once, a mould may have the credit of being indirectly beneficial to vegetation, in thus tending to keep in check that pest, the common cabbage moth. Another fungus nearly allied to Cordyceps, is known by many botanists as a bright orange growth encircling the culms of grasses during the summer months. Tuis is Hpichlow typhina, having some resemblance to the reed-mace (Typha) on a small scale. 1t covers the grass stem to the length of half an inch to 2 inches—it is at first white, being inan analogous condition to the Isaria of the Cordyceps—eventually it becomes tuberculated with the ostiola of the perithecia and is then conspicuous from its bright orange colour (Fig. 3). During 1909 the still more scarce Cordyceps capitata was found at Westwell—but not being recognised (Fig. 4) at the time, the host was not looked for, or it would probably have turned out to be another fungus, an underground puff-ball Elaphomyces granulatus, belonging to the same family as the Truffle. This calls to mind another fungus parasite met with this year much more frequently than has been noticed before. It is the Boletus parasiticus on the hand puff-ball Scleroderma vulgare, but Boletus and host being of much the same colour, it is probably often overlooked (Fig. 5). 11 BOTANICAL NOTES, 1910. On August 29th I was in Fredville Park, about a quarter of a mile to the east of the mansion house, on the outlook for |fungi, when I was overtaken by a shower. I took refuge under a sweet chestnut tree (Castanea sativa). Whilst waiting for the shower to pass I noticed that the bole of the tree is very thick. Measuring it with my outstretched Jarms I found that it must be roughly 30ft. in circumference. Going back on September 10th with a tape, I found that the circumference 4ft. above the ground is 28ft. lin. Another tree n2arer the house is 20ft. 3in.in girth at the same height. There are five or six other trees in this park of considerable girth. In Knowlton and Waldershare Parks there are also some pretty large sweet chestnuts. In Howletts Park, near Bekesbourne, there are also some sweet chestnuts of considerable girth. One, which I measured by the stretch of my arms, I found to be roughly 20ft in circumference. In the “ Flora of Kent,” by Hanbury and Marshall, p. 315, it is stated that this tree is “frequently planted in woods and copses.” Curiously, this handbook does not mention that this tree is also frequently planted in parks, where the oldest and the finest trees are found. In Boulger’s “ Familar Trees,” vol. ii., p. 43, it is recorded that at “‘ Burgate, near Godalming, in Surrey, is a grove of some twenty splendid trees, two of which exceed 19ft in girth.” These trees come far short of the giant in Fredville Park, the girth of which exceeds 28ft. It would be interesting to know the girths of the largest sweet chest- nuts in Kent and to have them recorded in the proceedings of your Society with a view to determine their rate of growth. No doubt the sweet chestnut is most probably an alien; yet itis one of the commonest trees in England, where it has been growing for seven hundred years at least. This being the case, it is right not only that it should be mentioned in a hand book like the “ Flora of Kent,” as has been done, but also that one of the commonest habitats, and perhaps the most unim- portant one, namely, “ parks,” should be recorded. I was told by Mr. Hanbury that Lactuca virosa (acrid lettuce) was growing on the cliffs above the sea opposite Folkestone. On September 5th I went along and found it growing there pretty abundantly, but I have a suspicion that it may have been sown. I found this plant also growing at the eastern end of Sandgate, above the Lower Sandgate Road. On October 7th I found, about a quarter of a mile behind the Lydden Spout Coast Guard Barracks, the closely allied species : Lactuca scariola (prickly lettuce). I noticed only one plant. . On October 26th I found Physalis peruviana (cape gooseberry) (Kew), growing in the Coombe Valley, near Dover. I found it on a rubbish heap at some distance from houses. There were two or three patches of it. One remarkable thing about it is that it is not mentioned in any of the books on the alien plants that Ihave. It was first noticed by a school boy. The following are believed to be new habitats for the plants mentioned :— Ranunculus fluitans, Westenhanger (June 6 Petasites offic malis (butter bur), behind Polton Church (April 25). Galium uliginosum (rough marsh bedstraw), Gibbon’s Brook (June 6). Pedicularis sylvatica (dwarf red rattle), Gibbon’s Brook (June 6). Lathyris silvestris (narrow leaved everlasting pea), Woolwich Wood and Eastling Wood, near Whitfield. Atropa Belladonna (deadly nightshade), Bourne Park, in several places pretty abundantly (September 19). The following are the most noteworty fungi I have come across during the year :— Boletus satanas (rare), Knowlton Park, found by Mr. Sidney Webb, identified by me. Poyporus chioneus (uncommon) (Kew), Eastling Wood, near Whitfield. Clavaria contorta in & wood at St. Alban’s Court, near Chillenden, first noticed by Mr. Douglas Webb, identified by me, confirmed at Kew. Mr. Sidney Webb and I were both struck by the paucity of mushrooms (Agaricus campestris) and of fairy ring champignous (Marasmius oreades) we saw this year in our botanical peregrinations. JOHN TAYLOR, M.A., B.D. 18, Liverpool Street, Dover, December 30, 1910. The soason of 1910 has not been very satisfactory from a botanical point of view, the continued wet weather during the spring and summer has prevented me from doing much field work. Mr. W. R. Jeffery, Mx. C. Viggers and I had a pleasant botanical excursion on the Downs near Crundale, Wye, and Chilham on June 5, and again on July 14 (with Mr. Jeffery) we found many interesting plants on the chalk downs, Ruscus aealealus, Paris quadrifolia, Monotropa (growing on beech roots), and also many of the common orchids. Although Orchis hircina was reported to have been found in the district we were not successful in finding a single plant of that interesting species, although we traversed some very likely ground for it. '[he scarcity of Orchis fusca was very noticeable, and on close examination we found that many specimens had been systematically cut off, leaving just the radical leaves. Of course, tliis is better than if the plants had been pulled up altogether, but some restric- tion seems necessary to prevent extermination of this plant by mere collectors who are not botanists, reserving the right to botanists to gather specimens for study. A suggestion has been made in the Selbourne Magazine to devise a method to prevent the extermination of rare British plants, if necessary, by legislation, and the Devonshire County Council “12 has already framed a bye-law to prevent fern sellers and hawkers from digging up ferns and other plants. I have very few fresh localties for plants to record for the Wealden district. I found Myriophyllum verticillatum growing in profusion in a pond at Biddenden. Habenaria chlorleuca has many localities in the Weald which are not mentioned in the “ Kent Flora,” but I regret to say I have come across one or two mere collectors who do their best to exterminate this pretty plant, one man boasting that he had dug up 15 plants from a wood near here and transferred them to his garden. The weather improved in the latter part of the autumn. I paid two visits to the marsh district near Appledore and Reading Street, and was surprised to find so many plants still in blossom, amongst them Althea officinalis and some fine specimens of Sium erectum in flower and fruit near Appledore, also Oenanthe lacheralii, Arundo phragmites was luxuriant, and first putting on that downy appearance when in fruit, the tall stems with the down on them looking in the distance like birds perched on sticks in the winter months, when all the leaves haye disappeared. The marsh has a beauty of its own in summer and autumn, and well repays a visit. The prevailing moss in the marsh dykes is Hypnum riparium, which is very luxuriant. On visiting Bedgebury Woods in August I found the pretty moss letraphis pellusida in profusion. The Glastonbury Thorn on south side of Cranbrook Church, supposed to be a cutting from the original, did not bloom this Christmas, although at Christmas, 1909, it had flowers and fruit. The young oaks have been much infested again this year with mildew. A. W. HUDSON, M.P.S. The Lizard orchis bloomed again at Adisham in 1910. A specimen was also found at Beach~ borough. The Frog orchis has again been found at St. Margaret’s-at-Cliffe. A colony of Erucastrum pollichii was found on a farm at Shepherdswell. As far as I am aware, it is new to Kent. Hooker gives it in the Appendix (8th edition) as almost naturalized in Essex. I had a primrose with green petals brought me from Dord’s Wood, Temple Ewell. JOHN JACOB. Shepherdswell. THE ELHAM VALLEY NAILBOURNE. This stream began to run at the beginning of December, 1909, and by the 9th the lake in Bourne Park was full of water. By the 19th the overflow from the lake had reached Bifrons Park, and the stream higher up the valley was running very strong. The water reached Derringstone on December 17 ry Barham + a Charlton Park a 25 a Bishopsbourne = 26 a5 Bourne Park eS 27 During January, 1910, vast quantities of water came down the valley, flooding fields, meadows and roads, especially near the Black Robin at Kingstone. The volume of water began to decrease by the middle of April and gradually dwindled away until the middle of August, when it ceased running through Bishopsbourne. Below Bishopsbourne, in the Park, the springs did not cease gushing out all through the year, but were very feeble in July and August; there was, however, a little water flowing through Bridge on October 20 In November and December the flow gradually increased, but by the end of the year the Nail- bourne was again running strong. THE PETHAM NAILBOURNE. In November, 1909, it was noticed that the water in the wells about the village was rising fast, and by January 17 the water was just beginning to bubble up in Marble Pond; by the 30th the springs were flowing out of the bank and the pond had begun to overflow. By the first week in February the water was running down its course. > By February 13 the stream was near the Chapel 2 at Swarling Pond » » oe 25 A flowing out of pond is 27 5 at Lower Kenfield April 7 about one hundred yards from Perry Road 12 Ground now very dry and stream making slow progress 24 the stream had reached the pond in the Perry meadow, but only ran into it for one day, then receded. May 2,3, 4 Running very feebly into pond again. ” ” 13 May 15 Stream had dropped back half-way to Kenfield ; it appeared to drain away through holes in the bottom of ditch. » 27 Still owing past Swarling By the end of July the flow out of Marble Pond had ceased, but by the end of August it was still fairly full. It was dry on September 8. The stream above Petham was flowing from a field 200 yards south of Duckpits farm on March 20th, and eventually reached Marble Pond, but it ceased at Duck Pits between May 4th and 15th. It is a curious fact that this stream has never been able to get beyond the pond in the meadow at Perry since the deep well at the Asylum was dug. Local observers have noticed that when the pond has been full and the air calm, a faint ripple could be seen on the surface of the water at every stroke, when the pumps were working. THE DRILLINGORE NAILBOURNE, IN THE ALKHAM VALLEY, DOVER. This Nailbourne rises in a very large hollow in the valley at Drillingore Farm, near South Alkbam, and in the flood time it forms a lake large enough to float a Channel steamer, over 200 yards long by 10 yards wide. In 1909, I paid my first visit to it on December 30th and found it about at its height. I was informed that it started on the 26th and it was within a mile of Kearsney on the 28th. I visited it again on January 10th, 1910, and above Alkham saw it running over gardens, flooding fields and obstructiog traffic in the roads. On February 3rd [ paid it another visit, and found its volume still more increased, and on March 3rd not much fallins off could be noticed, but the life of this stream is always a short and merry one, and on April 16th it came to an end. W. H. HAMMOND, from notes supplied by F. SNELL. GEOLOGICAL NOTES. A great fall of the cliff took place on November 12th, 1910, on the East side of St. Margaret’s Bay~ The mass of chalk extends about 300 feet out to sea, and is about 200 feet in width. As on former occasions, the cloud of chalk dust was a remarkable sight. On January 28th, 1911, another fall of the cliff took place to the East of Dover, between Cornhill and Fan Bay. The cliff here is about 350 feet high. J. GORDON McDAKIN. SALT RAINS. On December 14th, 1910, we had a very heavy gale from the S.E. with a deluge of rain in the night : on the following day I noticed that all my windows which faced S.E. had quite a frosted appearance when dry. I scraped some of the substance off, dissolved it in distilled water, and proved that it consisted of common salt by means of nitrate of silver. When I lived at Milton Chapel, some years ago, I think it was in the 80’s, I recollect on one occasion the N.E. window was coated with salt after a gale, and Captain McDakin tells me that when he lived on the Dane John about the same time he experienced a salt gale ; this was in May, and it made; the young leaves look as if they had been scorched by fire. I can also remember in 1871 when I was student at the Royal Agricultural College, Cirencester, Professor Church telling us that the rain which came in a gale one day from the direction of the Bristol Channel, was loaded with salt—this must have travelled about sixty miles. W. H. HAMMOND. METEOROLOGICAL NOTES FOR 1o10. The year 1910 was breezy, dull and wet. On January 11 the wind at Dover reached a velocity of 72 miles per hour. March was unusually quiet and dry. July and November were extremely cold At Tunbridge Wells, July being 4 degrees and November 5 degrees below the average, these figures being almost a record. October and December unusually warm. November 5°19 inches of rain at Tenterden, wettest November since 1877 except 1906. Snow all day at Canterbury November 17, and the temperature on the grass fell 14 degrees below freezing. Many sharp ground frosts during April and May, ruining the fruit crop. As much as 7 degrees of frost on grass at Tenterden as late as May 10. On December 14 the rain was so charged with salt that it left an incrustation of salt on the greenhouses, etc. A note on this by Mr. W. H Hammond appears above. We have during the year made a standard electric clock and fixed it in a c20l underground cellar from which we work by electricity the clocks in the various recording instruments, so that they are all synchronised and keep exact time, which is maintained by the wireless time signal from the Eiffel Tower at Paris, thus recording the exact time of any special rainfall or barometer movement, etc. Iam much indebted to the observers who have so Kindly sent me their reports. Medical Hall, Canterbury. A. LANDER, F.R.Met.S. 14 SUNSHINE IN HOURS. Tunbridge ‘Tenter- Littlestone- Rams- Broad- Mar- Folke- Dover. Deal. Observer Wells. den. on-Sea. gate. stairs. gate. stone, M.O. S.Miller, F.G.Smart, J.E.Mace, M.O. TJ.Taylor, M.O. J. Stokes, M.O. Esq. Esq. Esq. Esq. eq. a) eS ES 1910. Aver. Jan. ... 61 47 70 64 79 76 63 74 76 76 Feb... 75 68 _— 71 72 70 61 68 71 70 March 179 122 _— 177 184 178 177 188 191 176 April 141 162 134 152 159 162 147 158 161 152 May. 215 206 187 207 209 204 192 222 = 192 June 189 200 197 214 207 205 173 235 — 187 July.. 135 211 117 125 127 123 104 149 114 103 Aug.. 185 196 183 188 197 202 180 196 194 186 Sept.. 163 107 155 161 172 173 155 188 171 157 Oct .. 86 109 95 100 94 98 85 98 102 88 Nov 81 68 80 81 86 89 7 95 100 89 Dec 33 42 42 39 55 54 38 56 53 51 1543 =-1588 1520 1579 1641 1634 1452 1727 1663 1527 RAINFALL IN INCHES. Tunbridge Tenter- Ashford. Dungeness. Folke- Wells. den. stone. Observer F. G. Smart, J. E. Mace, W.F.Hors- M. O. M.O. Esq. Esq. naill, Esq. —— SSS} ——— > = eo~ 1910. Aver. Aver. Aver. Jan... 3°20 2°54 309 2.46 S 3:18 3°03 1°85 3°38 Feb.... 490 2:10 — 205 Ss = 3°36 1°32 2:70 March 2°30 2°48 — 192 4g 1°65 145 138 1°82 April. 230 © 1°88 137 166 & 1-92 211 138 201 May... 277 1:70 247 184 4 2.88 245 1:28 3°03 June .. 1-71 2°32 188 186 1°95 2:05 153 292 July... 279 2-21 232 226 2°62 3:59 167 2°28 Aug... 2°86 2°46 1:98 237 ” 205 180 1:98 1°68 Sept... 039 = 208 48 251 & 70 43 2°30 “56 Oct. ... 3°23 4°23 277 348 5 2°42 S16 324 442 Nov... 434 3:22 519 303 & 509 696 2°65 6:39 Dec.... 4:53 311 439 280 ~< 4:27 3°09 2:24 3°41 3532 3023 31-04 28°24 — 35-48 22-82 3460 RatnFaLy in IncuEs (Continued). Canterbury. = =a ps a St.Thomas’ St.Thomas’ High Sturry Hill. Hill. Street. Road. Reculver. Margate. Broad- Deal. Observer J.Spillett, W.H.Ham- A.Lander. C. lerry, A. stairs. Esq. mond, Esq. Exq. Esq. Collard, J. Stokes, W.H.White, S.Miller, 230 feet. 80 feet. 40 feet. 15 feet. Esq. sq. 1910. SS Sey SS) Se Jan. . 275 2°41 271 3 35 1°40 i 3°25 Feb. ... sll 2°32 2°97 3-09 208 3°24 March.. 1:69 1:38 1°50 156 1:23 154 April ... 216 1:89 2714 231 217 217 May ... 3°84 3:16 351 3 92 4°22 3°59 June ... 405 3°76 3°61 377 2°96 3:27 July ... 223 175 203 211 172 208 Aug. ... 235 201 218 224 1:96 221 Sept. ... 117 102 1:18 137 1:30 099 Oct. ... 1:90 1:60 1:98 2°09 150 2°33 Nov. ... 4°28 3°53. 402 Sey tts 3 02 591 Dec. 3:79 3°35 3°83 3°75 2-92 408 33°32 28°18 31°66 33 34 26:48 28°52 30°03 34 66 £.07 S.PP ¥-1¢ P-8S L29 9&9 9.6 8.89 8.9F 6,07 £88 L-8& esBi0ay "BIT9M OSpraquny, “93E 69h OFF 0.6% Ley #99 97S £19 9-19 £89 @-19 OLS £-69 £-99 ¢.6S L8t PS <= POF 6 eh 92h OTF L.68 EP 9.0% “WP 43 ‘eVesreyyy ‘AN OLVAGINGT, HLAV 15 ‘OW *qoaoq ‘NOS Nl LSULLOH ANY ‘SS¥BD NO ISHA100 ‘NAGNOS AHL NI AAOLVAAMNAL JO SHNAALXA ed ‘bag ‘809099 “f ‘e7Bd IBY 0.28 FS ¥-68 G.29 POF 8.69 SF 9.0L &-0S 8@L PBF 0.1L 0.08 69h 8.98 9.8L POS 6.19 £68 9.99 £-1€ $89 PLE P89 ‘TIN | XBT —— ‘ou BSIV IN id 62 a 81 co ag ce &F IL 6& £P PL oF Li 9L oF Sr L OF oF os 1é 8& Ll 86 rE st?) £% 0g 8g £% 0g 69 LI oc 39 ‘seBIn) ‘UIP, “Xe = eee -£inqie4,08p 61 v9 91 gc Le 69 98 GL OV ¥L ose eL 187 82 9% €L £6 99 81 06 6g ‘SSBIQ) “UL “XBIT See) ‘uep104 U0, 8.5% O.1F 6-S9 T-89 6.09 #89 o.89 69 62h 0.1% 1-68 — ‘OW "em0}80q [0,7 LF L.OF 8-79 8.9S 8.09 L839 3-89 8.19 6.9% 6.27 LIP 0.0% ue, ‘ON ‘ssouedung Lee 9.68 8-86 G-9S ¢.09 €.8¢ 9.65 0-89 P-OF 6-68 ue —- SY “beq ‘ooen a'r “uepi9e4ue Ty, 86h ¢.88 9-LE 9&F 9.29 9 6h Go 1.99 8.69, *-09 €.19 v-19 6-69 8.19 9.2¢ €2S P-GP POP Lar Lh 3.0% 088 9.88 PLE ‘IOAY (oe “beg Javnig 9 “STIOM OSpraquny, ‘NATHOS NI AHOLVATINAL ATIVE NVA £3 GS If TL 8& FL le Gd, cr €L bey 6L Té TL 82 9 L1G 9g iG Tg sl 29 MA XUN (a ‘STM OSpriquny, *1@A198q0 reqme0eq JOqMIeAON 1940990 qeqmeydeg Areniqe,7 Avenues ‘O16 16 CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. Bates, Mr H. W., London Britten, Mr J., K.S.G., F.L.S., British Museum, South Kensington, S.W. Holmes, Mr E. M., F.L.S, Ruthven, Sevenoaks Housman, Rey. N., Bradley Rectory, Redditch Marshall, Rev. E. 8., Devon HONORARY Fiddian, Mr W. H., 29, Bassett Street, Pontypridd Mitchinson, Right Rev. Dr.,Sibstone Rectory ,Atherstone Sandee, Mr G. S., 20 Dents Road, Wandsworth ommon Road, Croydon | Whittaker, Mr W., B.A., F.R.S., F.G.S., 3, Campden MEMBERS. Mead, Mr H. T., 2 Bertha Villas, Canterbury Hayward, Mr E. B.,3,,St. Jobn’s Hospital, Canterbury | Reid, Mr James, F.R.C.S., Bridge Street, Canterbury Jeffrey, Mr W. R., 37 Bank Street, Ashford Kemp, Dr. William, Wellington, New Zealand Mann, Mr. W. P., B.A., 38, Crabton Close Road, Boscombe Mandson, Mr B., 34 St. Peter's Street, Canterbury Rosseter, Mr T. B., F.R.M.S., 6 Nursery Terrace, Canterbury Saunders, Mr Sibert, 197, Amesbury Avenue,Streatham Hill, 8. W. Small, Mr F. A., 95 Westgate, Canterbury ASSOCIATES. D’Aines, Mr, Illawara, Canterbury Ashenden, Mr C., 7 Havelock Street, Canterbury De Vere, Mr T., Belle Vue, Harbledown Harvey, Mr.A.B.,6, Balham P’k Mansions, ParkRd.,SW. Hawkins, Mr E. M., F.I.C., Stone Street, Petham Holden, Mr S., Longport, Canterbury Surry, Mr R., 14 Upper Bridge Street, Canterbury MEMBERS. Abbott. Miss, Lavender Cottage, Cherry Garden Road, Canterbury. Austen, Mr W. G., 18 St. George’s Street, Canterbury Bennett-Goldney, Mr F., Abbott’s Barton Biggleston, Mr H., 3, St. Augustine's Road, Canterbury Biggleston, Mrs H.,3, St Augustine’s Road, Canterbury Brookfield, Miss G., 29, Nunnery Fields, Canterbury Brownscombe, A., Fsq., M.A., Kent College Burr, Mr Malcolm, D.Sc, B.A., F.G.38., Castle Hill House, Dover Chapman, Mr H. M., The Priory, St. Martin’s Hill, Canterbury Chapman, Mrs H. M., The Priory, St. Martin’s Hill, Canterbury Cole Miss, 53 London Road, Canterbury Cozens, Mr W., Sudbury, Canterbury Cozens, Miss, Sudbury, Canterbury Evans, Rev. L. H., Holme House, Canterbury Fowler, Miss R., White Lodge, Ethelbert Road Galpin, Rev. A. J., M.A.. Saltwood Gardner, Mr C. A., la Castle Street, Canterbury Hammond, Mr W.H., Whitstable Road, Canterbury Harvey, Mr Sidney, F.I.C., F.C.S., 18 Watling Street, Canterbury Heaton, Mr J. Henniker. M.P.,38 Eaton Square, Lon. Hooker, Mr. F.. Westholme, Whitstable Road Jennings. Mr W. J., Latchmere House, Canterbury Johnson. Mr J. G., Shakespeare Terrace, Dane John, Canterbury Kingsford, Miss, 14 St. Danstan’s Terrace.Canterbury Lander, Mr A.. Ph.C., F.R.Met.Soc., The Medical Hall, Canterbury Lamarque, Miss, St. George’s Place, Canterbury Lefevre, Mr F. C. 25 Hanover Road, Canterbury Leeming, Mr W.T., M.Sc., Hanover Road, Canterbury Lewis, Mr F., 2, Edward, Road, Canterbury Lewis, Mrs F., 2, Edward Road, Canterbury Mason, Miss, 34, St. George’s Place Maylam, Mr P., Watling Street, Canterbury MeDakin, Captain J. Gordon, 12 Pencester Road, Dover Me Dowall, Kev. C. R., M.A., The King’s School MeMaster, Mr J., J.P., The Holt, Canterbury Mount, Mr. H., Westbank, Whitstable Road, Canterbury Nicholson. Mr T. P., Fairlawn, Shepherdswell | Pittock, Mr G. M., M.B., Winton, Whitstable Road, Canterbury Proudfoot, Miss, Whitefriars, Canterbury Reid, Mr A. S., M.A., F.G.S., Trinity College, Glenal- mond, Perth Reid, Mrs, Langton House, Canterbury Rosenberg, Mr G. F. J., B.A., King’s School, Canterbury Sharp, J. H.. Esq., B.A., Simon Langton Schools Underhill, Mr., Junr., Fairview, St. Thomas’s Hill, Canterbury Wace, The Very Rey. Dr., The Deanery, Canterbury Wacher, Mr Sidney, F.R.C.S., 9, St. George’s Place, Canterbury Webb, Mr S., 22, Waterloo Crescent, Dover Wills, Dr. C. M., M.D.,8,St George’s Place, Canterbury Wills, Mrs. 8, St. George’s Place, Canterbury Wiltshier, Miss, 25, St. George’s Place, Canterbury Wooldridge, Mrs., Rozel, Barton Fields Wooldridge, Miss Isabel, Rozel, Barton Fields Wooldridge, Miss Irene, Rozel, Barton Fields PRESENTED 2 CAND Ori ik ZA\SE LE a2 1519 aa a> EAST KENT ~ SUIEATIFIG aND NATURAL HISTORY aut Mag iSH an SOCIETY &82 °) cos Cw LU Hist? 3 REPORT AND TRANSACTIONS FOR THE . a Year ending September 30th, 1911. e Series II. ' WVol. XI. CANTERBURY: “ KENTISH GAZETTE AND CANTERBURY Press” OFFICE es Eb \NTurk EASat KENT Scientific and ‘tural History Society i» % WITH WHICH IS INCORPORATED THE 2 nse, A j f, Canterbury BWbofographic Society. AFFILIATED WITH THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION, THE ROYAL PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY, AND S.E. UNION OF SCIENTIFIC SOCIETIES. ESTABLISHED 1857. Rooms :—BEANEY INSTITUTE, HIGH STREET, CANTERBURY. REPORTS AND TRANSACTIONS for the year ending September 30th, 1911. SERIES it. VoL. XT. Edited by the Hon. Secretary, A. LANDER, Ph.C., F.R.Met.Soc., F.S.M.C., The Medical Hall, CanterFury, To whom al] communications should be sent. any ; ae | oe rt) by ate ee VeRO ra tiiv de East Kent atural Xistory S Society. OE eEOEOEOOeeOEe OES OFFICERS—1910-i1. President : Dr. GRAHAM WILLS, C.M. Vice-Presidents : THE VERY REY. THE DEAN OF CANTERBURY. CAPTAIN J. GORDON McDAKIN. S. HARVEY, Esgq., F.1.C., F.C.S. F. BENNETT GOLDNEY, Esg., M.P. Rey. C. R. McDOWALL, M.A. Hon. Treasurer: W. COZENS, Esq., St. Augustine’s Road. Hon. Librarian: Mr. H. T. MEAD. Committee : H. M. CHAPMAN, Esq., J. H. SHARP, Esq., G. M. PITTOCK, Esgq., W. COZENS, Esq., W. T. LEEMING, Esgq., MALCOLM BURR, Esg., T. UNDERHILL, Esq. Hon. Secretary : Mr. A. LANDER, The Medical Hall, Canterbury. Assistant Secretaries : Mr. C. A. GARDNER, 1a, Castle Street, Canterbury. Mr. E. B. HAYWARD, 6, Burgate Lane, Canterbury. Local Secretaries or Referees. To organise special observation and investigation, and report upon definite subjects, in accordance with the suggestions of the British Associ ation. The Members of the. Society are invited to assist the work of the Sub-Committees by giving notice of any facts or occurrences relating to the subjects of investigation named to the General Secretary, or to the Local Secretary, who will always be glad “to receive the infor- mation, and tender any advice or assistance in their power. Botany : W. H. Hammonp, Esq. Coleoptera: B. F. Mavnpson, Esa. Entomology : Stoney Wess, Esq. Geolegy : Captain J. G. McDaxiy. Orthoptera : Matcotm Burr, Eso. Lepidoptera: F. A. Satz, Esa. Meteorology: A. Lanper, Esq., F.R.Mer.Soc. Ornithology : H. Merav-Brices, Esa. Photography: W. H. Hasatonp, Esq. CONTENTS. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS.—By Dr. Graham Wills ‘OLD CHINA.’’—By Alderman F. Bennett-Goldney, F.S.A. ... ‘““THE ENTOMOLOGICAL CONGRESS AT BRUSSELS.’’—By Malcolm Burr, Esrq., D. Se., FES Debate on ‘‘ THE ECONOMIC ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF IMPORT DUTIES” “THE HIGHLANDS AND ISLANDS OF SCOTLAND.’’—By Mr. Leeming “COASTAL CHANGES IN KENT AND SUSSEX.’’—By Rev. L. H. Evans, M.A. ‘“THE FRENCH REVOLUTION.”—By Mr. J. H. Sharp, B.A. ‘““CRYSTALS.”—By Mr. J. F. Jeffs, B.Sc. ‘““NATURE PHOTOGRAPHY.’—By Mr. F. C. Snell Debate, ‘‘ CAN ANIMALS REASON?” ‘IN THE BEGINNING.’—By Mr. W. Cozens ‘“NEW ZEALAND.’’—By the Rev. Canon Stuart THE LIZARD ORCHID.—Notes by Mr. W. H. Hammond BOTANICAL NOTES.—By Mr. A. W. Hudson GEOLOGICAL NOTES.—By Capt. G. McDakin NOTES ON KENTISH LEPIDOPTERA.—By Mr. E. H. Holmes NOTES ON A VISIT TO KENT.—By Mr. John Cryer #3 . THE PETHAM, DRILLINGORE, AND ELHAM VALLEY NAILBOURNES SUNSHINE AND RAINFALL TABLES TEMPERATURE TABLES SALT RAINS LIST OF MEMBERS PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS BY Dr. GRAHAM WILLS. The annual meeting of the Society, held in the Simon Langton Schools, Canterbury, on October 19, was of more than ordinary interest, owing to the retirement of Mr. Sidney Harvey from the position of President, which he has so ably filled for twenty-three years. Dr. Graham Wills, who was elected to fill the office, gave a very in- teresting address, in which he deprecated the reading of sensational literature and advocated an endeavour on the part of the Society to stimulate more interest among the public in the marvels of science. Among those attending the meeting were :— Mr. Sidney Harvey, F.LC., F.C.S. (the retiring President), Dr. Graham Wills (the President- elect), the Rey. C. R. McDowall (the new Head- master of the King’s School), Mr. J. H. Sharp (Headmaster of the Simon Langton Boys’ School), Mr. H. Mapleton Chapman, Mrs. and Miss Har- vey, Miss Abbott, Miss Fowler, Miss Mason, Mr. Leeming, Mr. Jetts, Mr. Underhill, Mr. Lewis, Mr. Walter Cozens (hon. treasurer), and Mr. A. Lander (hon. secretary). THE SOCIETY'S FINANCES. Mr, Cozens presented his report, which showed that the Society started the year with a balance of £1 3s. 3d. and finished up with a balance of £2 7s. 9d. He pointed out, however, that if he paid for everything that was owing, he would need about £18, but.the members’ subscriptions were just about due. Mr. Leeming thought the Society ought to know exactly its indebtedness, and if there was a balance on the wrong side it should be put down at once. They were relying on their next year’s subscriptions, which ought to be reckoned in next year’s account. Mr. Lander said he thought that the difficulty weuld be met if each member paid the sub- scription. There was a good deal in arrear. Mr. Harvey mentioned the necessity of keeping their library up-to-date and of getting the money for that purpose before spending it. He thought that at an early late a committee meeting should be held to consider their financial position. This suggestion was adopted by the meeting, Mr. Cozens remarking that he would like them to go through the books and see whether they should appoint a collector. Mr. Leeming thought the money spent in printing the report might be better applied in getting one or two good lecturers from London. It would be one of the best ways of increasing the Society’s membership. Mr. Harvey said their experience as to having lecturers down did not bear out that opinion. Mr. Lander pointed out that there was a good deal «f benefit in publishing the report, because it was sent all over the world, and they got back for their library much more than the £6 or £7 spent on the report. ELECTION OF OFFICERS Miss Fowler and Miss Mason kindly acted as scrutineers of the balloting papers, and reported that the following were duly elected to be the officers for the coming year :—-President, Dr. Graham Wills; Vice-Presidents, His Worship the Mayor, the Dean of Canterbury (Dr. Wace), Rev. C. KR. McDowall (Headmaster King’s School), Mr. S, Harvey, F.L.C., FC.S., Captain J. G. Mc Dakin, and Dr. Galpin ; Hon 'l'reasurer, Mr. W. Cozens ; Hon. Librarian, Mr. W. ‘I. Mead ; Hon Secretary, Mr. A. Lander ; Committee, Messrs. H. M. Chap- man, F’. M. Facer, and W. H. Hammond, Councillor Johnson, Mr.W.'l’. Leeming, and Dr. G. M. Pittock. THE RETIRING PRESIDENT. Copies of the Committee’s report for the 53rd year were handed to the members. Mr. Harvey said he had for 23 years acted as their President—for 11 years, year after year, without a break, and then their lamented friend (the late Mr. Stephen Horsley) took his place, with all the energy and ability a man could possibly throw into it, but, alas, he was set aside by illness and he, (Mr. Harvey) as his deputy, had to take his place. During that 23 years he did not think he (Mr. Harvey) had missed but four meetings. That spoke volumes as to the patience of the audience and the commit- tee, and also spoke volumes for their regard for him. He telt it very deeply indeed. It was time he did withdraw, but he would not withdraw his efforts or his example, or anything he could say to enlighten them in any way ; but surely one had earned a little rest after 23 years. He had to thank them very warmly indeed for their uniform patience and kindness to him. Not a single Jarring note had been heard during that 23 years, and he owed it to their patience and forbearance that he had managed to get through as well as he had done. He had very great pleasure indeed in calling on his successor Dr. Graham Wills to speak. THE NEW PRESIDENT. Dr. Graham Wills, who had been unanimously elected, by ballot, gave his first Presidential address. Hesaid he must thank them exceedingly for all the very many kind things that had been conveyed to him in various ways before he assumed that, what to him was a very responsible, post. He was comparatively a new-comer to this old City, and he felt there was a great deal that he must leave absolutely in their hands to guide and assist in such a position as the present one. He was the more sensible of it, because there had been such a constant example of careful culture of the Society by his old friend, Mr Harvey. He felt that the East Kent Scientific Society was under a deep debt of gratitude to their retiring President for his generous expenditure of time and thought in its interests, and they all united in the hope that he would continue to them the help of his presence and counsel as far as health conditions and professional cares would permit. He (Dr. Wills) was the merest amateur in the wice field of science ouside his own profession, but at the same time he was very keenly interested in the various things which constituted the Society’s programme, and he hoped in some degree to make up in enthusiism what he lacked in knowledge, and add very substantially to both knowledge and enthusiasm as time went on. Taking for his sub- ject “ Our position towards Science” rather than “The attitude of Science towards us,’ the new President said he felt that in a Society like that it was absolutely essential to devote their best endeavours to seeing what could be done to improve the position of the Society in every way and to attract interest thereto. ‘That could not be\done without their keeping their fingers on the pulse of the public while, at the same time they sacrificed nothing for science. Their pro- gress might be stated thus :—]. The assistance of scientific enquiry. 2. The promotion of intercourse between individuals who cultivate any branch of science. 3. The endeavour to claim more general attention to scientific objects. 4. The removal of any hindrances to progress of a public or private character. The first of these items sas met very fairly by their meetings for the presentation of papers on matters of interest and for discussion ; by the provision and maintenance of the refer- ence library,and by work of their local secretaries or referees, of whose kindly assistance enquirers could avail themselves if they would. As to the second point, the promotion of intercourse between those interested in scientific matters, important as it was, might be very much more extensively utilized, and they trusted it would be so. They knew what difficulties there were of bringing together people in different grades of society, even in the consideration of scientific things. But their most serious difficulty arose when they endeav- oured to raise more interest amongst the public generally. There was no doubt the public to-day were quite willing to avail themseives of the acecmplished facts of science so far as they ministered to pleasure and convenience, or lent themselves to spectacular effects, but were perhaps little inclined to recognise the benefits obtained by displaying practical interest in the means by which such benefits were brought about. In fact there could be no denying that in this country there was deplorable apathy manifested towards scientific knowledge or the facilities oftered to attain it, and he suspected that this laxity lay at the root of our defective commercial pro- gress compared with our rivals on the Con- tinent, who had long ago recognized the need for the best scientific training in the competition of the present day If we asked the reason for this apathy perhaps it might be found in the prevalence of AN INSATIABLE LOVE OF PLEASURE in all forms, and of course a corresponding absence of interest in any pursuit involving sustained effort and self-discipline; and in no department was this more visible than in litera- ture, while it was only too obvious that the increasing demand for sensational novels must destroy the taste for, or assimilation of, useful information in the same manner as the physical appetite for wholesome food was destroyed by in- discriminate gorging of sweet-meats. He did not for a moment belittle the nature of a certain kind of fiction. For instance, if we took Scott’s works, there we had some of the finest word painting— absolutely artists’ work in print. Then there were the works of Dickens, whose books had a remarkable effect in bringing before the public the conditions of certain classes. Librarians would tell them that the only books that really had any circulation were the most sensational fiction. It was absolutely impossible for a person who had given himself up to fiction to settle down to solid scientific reading. It was their duty as a Society to point that out. It was rather a theo- retical remark, but at the same time they would have to go deeper into it and find out whether they could give force to such a remark as that. He could not help thinking—and it was almost a truism—that the only antidote toapathy was enthusiasm, and both were very infectious. It behoved those of them who desired to spread a thirst for knowledge to be always acquiring more themselves and giving out to others. He was convinced that such should be their attitude if they had the good of their country at heart, for the apathy they had just complained about was no doubt becoming a national evil, and if not averted could hardly fail to lead on to a national calamity. 'o illustrate and emphasize the impor- tance of those questions they might glance at the subject of our food supply. Perhaps it was realised only by a small proportion of even our better educated classes how important it was that with an increased population and a far higher standard of living it was practically impossible to follow out the methods of past years in any one of those industries involved in the equalising of supply and demand. If they took the question of COLLECTING AND DISTRIBUTING FOOD only, they had at once ample material for thought. Scientific methods were demanded to obtain the ut- mostfrom the land in the shape of food stuffs for the man, as well as for the animals, which also, in their turn, provided him with food. Those vegetable foods demanded careful study in order that the best species might be selected, cross-fertilised, gratted, or otherwise adapted to meet the special conditions of climate under which they were required to grow ; their diseases must be studied, the habits of destructive fungi or insect pests determined in order that they might be destroyed at the most favourable times,as indicated bya study of their life history, which mght point out tousthat the preservation and cultivation of some other forms of animal and insect life might do this guardian work for us in cheapest and the most ~ efficient manner. Next the questions of harvesting and preserving those foods in the most economical manner presented themselves and they must consider to what extent partial cooking, the use of sealed vessels or antiseptic chemicals could be adopted without injury to the most valuable properties of those delicate materials. Finally, the collection of foods into great distributing centres, and the best and quickest means of distribution called for comment, especially of course in respect to the most perishable dietary articles. He might specify fish and fruit which were at present conspicuous as special sufferers from the lack of efficient preservative and distributing methods, the latter having more interest for Kent. In carrying out the necessary working of such machinery as he had indicated, it was absolutely necessary to call to their assistance engineering (including electricity, steam, ete.) chemistry, botany, entomology, and he might say geology. Undoubtedly such an example amply sufficed to prove how well worth their earnest attention were subjects that had so important a bearing on the well-being of the community. The last proposition of their programme, namely, the removal of impediments to scientific progress joined the previous one in many points, but was more aggressive in charac- ter, and in considering it he wanted to enquire what active part a scientific society should play in public life. Was it not desirable and possible to pay special attention to all public questions that came within their scope; to aiscuss them and endeavour to influence public opinion in the adoption of the best modern methods ? He, of course, did not advocate taking up controversial matters, or commenting freely on any subject not strictly coming under the scientific category, but he could not help thinking that members of their society might justly look for assistance and enlightenment concerning some of the current methods of the day, and that some effort should be made to deal with some such questions as far as possible in their meetings if any of their mem- bers had special knowledge on the subject. For instance, there was the question of modern educa- tion which seemed to tax the ingenuity of our legislators sorely to say nothing of the unfortunate teachers who were so often called upor to change their methods. He could not learn from contant enquiry that our national system was based on scientific lines, nor was the working of it satisfac- tory to the teachers, but there was a subject upon which, no doubt, some of their members could give them useful information. One thing was certain, that if they were to remove obstacles to scientific progress they must first be absolutely certain what the correct method was, ere they could remove the obstacles that frustrated it, and it seemed to him that they might advance in the right direction to some extent hy the means ae had indicated (applause). Mr. Harvey remarked that Dr. Wills was en- thnsiastic and they wanted a little more energy in that department. They would get it. In many other ways Dr. Wills would be a most useful pre- sident of their Society and he anticipated at his hands very great success. About the time the East Kent Scientific Scciety was founded—and they had their jubilee two years ago—those great doctrines of evolution were announced by Darwin. It would be the greatest possible impertinence on his; (Mr. Harvey’s) part to disparage in any way the works and contributions to science by that great writer or those by Hackel, and his (Mr. Harvey’s) old tutor, Huxley, but he asked them, and begged them, not to confine their views to those great writers, but to assert their own inde- pendence, and bear in mind there was another side even to that question. There was a disposition to contribute everything to mere matter and mere force. Some of them thought there was some- thing else beside which ought to be taken into account, said Mr. Harvey, who then referred to the infloresence of the Victoria Regia, that won- derful plantin Regent’s Park—a phenomenon which those who witnessed it would never forget. If any- one had watched it grow and disappear as he had done, he thought one could find room in one’s imagination to suspect something besides mere matter and force. Mr. Harvey then moved a vote of thanks to Dr. Graham Wills. Mr. J. H. Sharp, in seconding, spoke of their President's vigour and enthusiasm, and, referring to the address, said he thought they must take up the line of trying to draw members by personal interest and conduct. He believed societies trusted too much to notices instead of persuading those whom they met to come tothe meetings. In wel- coming Dr. Wills they were most pleased and de- lighted that they were not losing Mr. Harvey and that they would be having his kindly presence and most valuable help. As to the reading of fiction his (Mr. Sharp’s) experience had been that the moment a boy began to read trashy stuff he lost doubly. His time was wasted and his taste was wholly spoilt, and for some time they could not get him back to work that required concentrated thought. Unless they could break him off from that fiction, undoubtedly his chance of doing any good had utterly vanished. There were so many good standard authors that a boy need never make an experiment. He could leave it to them (the masters) to guide him. When he became older, when his taste had been formed, then he could afford to launch out. Referring to the President’s remark on education, Mr. Sharp said they would be glad to welcome Dr. Graham Wills at the Simon Langton School and to receive any sug- gestions or answer any enquiries. Dr. Graham Wills thanked Mr. Sharp for his kind offer, and accepted it. A hearty vote of thanks was given to Mr. Lander for his excellent work as secretary. “QLD CHINA.” 4 _By tHE MAYOR OF CANTERBURY. The Mayor of Canterbury(Alderman F. Bennett- Goldney, F.S.A.) delivered a highly interesting lecture on “ Old China” toa good attendance of members and friends at the Beaney Institute on November 16, 1910, the new President (Dr.Graham Wills) presiding. The pleasure of the lecture was greatly en- hanced by a number of valuable specimens placed on the table, which served as illustrations for many points in the lecture. The President, in introducing the Mayor, stated that it was the desire of the Society to make its programme a more popular one and to extend the scope of its work,and he did not think they could have started with a more interesting subject than that of “Old China.” The Mayor, who spoke for about one and a half hours, first of all explained the derivation of the word porcelain, and then went on to observe: «It is its unique perfection of material which is still the glory of Chinese porcelain and was for so many centuries the despair of the European potter. Properly treated, its whiteness, its homogeneity, its plasticity, its translucency, its power of resist- ing fire, its imperviousness to liquids, its suscepti- bility of delicate and brilliant decoration, its beauty of surface, its perennial durability, all combined to render it an ideally perfect substance for the purposes of ceramic art in its higher deve- lopment. ff in the classic lands of the West the art of the potter often glorified his material, in the flowery lands of the Par East the material always glorified his art. It seems strange at first sight that Chinese porcelain, known at Rome in the second century, if not earlier, should have practically only re-appeared in Europe after an interval of some fifteen hundred years. In reality, however, it would have been stranger had it become generally known in Europe at an earlier date. The discovery of the sea route round the Cape to India and the Far East towards the close of the fifteenth century for the first time opened the highway for its commercial passage to the West, and to the Portuguese is due the credit of having been the first to bring home samples of the porcelain of China, Korea, and Japan.” His Worship proceeded to speak at considerable length upon several of the periods of Chinese art, outlining the distinctive features of each and the symbolisms of some of the subjects which they saw represented on old China ware. He mentioned that it was after the death of the fourth ‘sing Emperor, Keen Lung (1736—1799) that a decadence in the art commenced and had continued with more or less rapidity and persistence ever since. In the course of his concluding summary, he said: The two special national characteristics of the “heathen Chinee,” his inveterate conservatism and the “ ways that are dark and arts that are vain” for which he is “peculiar,” both came into play in the matter of marks on porcelain. Thus, unless distinct orders to the contrary happen to be given, the mark of an archaic period may con- tinue to be employed for several centuries ; or an ingenious potter in counterfeiting work cf earlier days, may, and generally does, counterfeit the mark as well (laughter). Most of the porcelain, however, so marked is too valuable in Chiua itself to find its way into the Western markets. The special frauds against which the collector has to be on his guard are almost exclusively Japanese or European, France and Hungary having an un- desirable reputation in this respect. Still, when all is said, the number of impositions, either old or new, which can pass undetected under the serutiny and touch—for handling is in some cases an even surer test than ocular inspection—of a thoroughly experienced and careful judge, is an almost infinitesimal residuum. A few doubtful and even spurious examples are no doubt to be found in many museums of note, but even here the judgment of many generations comes in to supplement the knowledge of the individual, and where specimens of the kind are retained, their true character is generally known, to all to whom the knowledge is of practical importance. After all,. master works of decorative art speak for them- selves. The first, second and third object is to please—the first to please everybody by their appropriateness and genera] harmony with de- lightful surroundings ; the second to please the educated observer by their general good taste and effective appearance ; the third to please the skilled specialist by the perfection of their eraft- manship and their own artistic beauty. All the rest, when not actually superfnous, is simply surplusage of more or less value so far as it tends to carry out the primary objects of all purely decorative art—to please. Thus, in even a super- ficial examination of a collection of Chinese porce- lain, in which every example has its own indi- yviduality and its own special wealth of decoration, when we have taken due note of the many subtle perfections and graces of the decorations them- selves, it is a perceptible addition to the pleasure we derive from the visible object to know that more is meant than meets the eye, that almost every detail in the design is symbolic, a poetic metaphor in the language of art, and that every symbol not intended simply as a means of identifying a figure or subject represented, breathes a kindly wish or expresses a sense of enjoyment for all who can interpret them aright. ‘lhese sprays of delicious whitethorn blossom, almost dazzling on their ground of intense but lustrous blue ; these delicately tinted chrysanthe- mums, agnolias, peonies, waterlilies, and all the choicest blooms and leafage of the Gardenland, not forgetting the mystic and ubiquitous mush- room ; these butterflies and birds, real or unreal, yet always true to nature in movement and attitude, however imaginative they may be in plumage and anatomy ; these wondrous lions and tigers, and serpents and dragons, writhing their scaly bulk of coils in illimitable space; these daintly pencilled single figures, or bevies of high born damsels or groups of philosophers and im- mortals, even these tilted rocks and wayward rivers, exotic trees and wide sweeps of cloud and shore, and far off glimpses of the Islands of the Blest, bathed in “ the light that never was on sea or land”—everything, in fact, that goes to make up the sum of objects represented in the decora- tion of Chinese porcelain, has a meaning and a message to those who, in Blake’s phrase, “ Can see not only with, but through the eye.” And what is the burden of the message? From first to last it is the expression in a thousand varied forms of a desire that those to whom it may come shall enjoy a lifetime of happiness. It wishes them youth, health, strength, pleasure, wisdom, intel- lectual delight, and love ; and, above all, length of days that their happiness may be fulfilled to the uttermost. The wishes, doubtless, are conven- tional, but the convention itself is noble (applause). The Chairman, in proposing a vote of thanks to the Mayor for his lecture, said he was sure that everyone of them had been deeply interested in what Mr. Bennett-Goldney had told them—in fact, for him, the Chairman, it was the opening of a new book. One could realise from what the Mayor had said that that subject was not a mere question of the manufacture of porcelain, but that it was indeed a history of a people—of their thoughts, of their religion. He was perfectly sure it would be a matter of interest to them for many years to come; and when they had any china they would doubtless find pleasure in investigating and in translating those symbols (hear, hear). The Mayor, in acknowledgment, said that some extraordinarily valuable Oriental pieces had been picked up in Canterbury during the last few years. He could only say that he believed it to be a fact that the old curiosity shops at Canter- bury were always worth going to, because they could always find some bargain—the prices were not exhorbitant. There were certain centres which were good, and others which were bad. Among the good centres were Bath—and Tun- bridge Wells usel to be—and Canterbury was still a more or less unexploited centre. “THE ENTOMOLOGICAL CONGRESS AT BRUSSELS.” By Dr. MALCOLM BURR, B.A., F.C.S. At the meeting of the Society on November 30, Dr. Malcolm Burr spoke briefly of the Entomologi- cal Congress at Brussels, at which, though there were representatives from all over the world, the British preponderated. He spoke of the great need for entomological study in view of the great devastation caused by insect pests, citing as an ex- ample the havoc wrought by the gipsy moth in the forests of Massachusets, U.S.A. Dr. Burr then pro- ceeded to give a most interesting account of his visit to the Canary Islands and Madeira last autumn, describing the physical conditions and the flora of the islands, and speaking at some length of the special object of his visit—to hunt for grasshoppers, of which there are many peculiar kinds in the Canaries, and for earwigs in Madeira. - Dr. Burr showed specimens of both. On the voyage home, the ship put in at Lisbon the morning after the outbreak of the revolution, and Dr. Burr described what he saw of the fighting from the deck. When the ship reached Oporto the following day they found everyone 1n complete ignorance of the state of affairs in the country, owing to the destruction of all means of com- munication. “THE ECONOMIC ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF IMPORT DUTIES.” As a result of the President's suggestion that the Society should sometimes take up the con- sideration of matters which come prominently before the public, the members of the Society had a debate at their meeting on Wednesday, Decem- ber 14, at the Beaney Institute, Canterbury, on “The Economic Advantages and Disadvantages of Import Duties.” The heavy rain which fell all the evening had the effect of reducing the attend- ance to a small one, but those present entered into the interest of the debate thoroughly. Dr. Graham Wills, the President, said that that was going to be a test case of what they could do in the way of debating some of the subjects very much before the public. He thought their Society had many members who because of their practical experience could deal with such subjects, so that the other members might get a great deal of advantage and real information upon those matters. He wished it to be understood that what they were doing that night was quite in an experimental way. Mr. W. F. K. Mist, of Canterbury, opening the debate in favour of import duties, said he would discuss it from the economic view rather than the political. He claimed four things for it, that it would inerease revenue, broaden the basis of taxa- tion, protect home markets, thereby increasing employment and wages, and produce machinery for preventing unfair competition in the home market. When we taxed things which we could produce, such as meat, dairy produce and manu- factures, then they entered into competition with the home articles, and the foreigner would pay if not the whole, the greater part, but in taxing the things that we at present taxed, he maintained that the consumer had to pay, because there was no competition between the taxed and the untaxed supply. The moment we taxed a thing we could produce ourselves, there was competition between the taxed and the untaxed supply. All Free Traders seemed to forget the home market. The foreigners raised tariffs against us, but we let them in here free. Cocoa was one of England's protected industries. Raw cocoa was taxed one penny per pound, and manufactured cocoa 2d. per Yb. Why should cocoa manufacturers object to the extension of the same benefits to other manu- facturers? Was it unreasonable to say that other manufacturers would also reap benefit by such protection ? , Mr. W. 'T. Leeming said they were not there as partisans of any political party, and he thought in a society like that they might legitimately discuss that or any other question of the day. He came with the conviction that the absence of import duties was to our advantage and that the imposition of those duties would be to our disadvantage. He firmly believed also thatEngland’s future prosperity would not lay in import duties but the better provision of education and other legislation which would bear upon employment and other things that occurred in the labour market. England was after all ina special position. We must depend upon duty free imports, foreign produce for our daily food, and raw materials for ‘our daily occupations. America could builda wall around herself, but England required a free and epen market. If we protected our home market by keeping manufactured goods from coming in, then we could not increase our revenue in the proportion that was suggested by the exponents of that policy. One would like to think that the foreigner would pay the greater part of the duty, but experience had shown that that was not the case. If the foreigner did pay the tax, why should there have been a remission of £350,000 taxation made to English sellersin 1903, when the shilling tax on corn put on the year before was removed? We could not expect German imports from England to be always at their high water mark, because in Germany they had an education superior to that in any other part of the world, and until we realised that fact we should expect to have keen competition in commercial matters from the Germans. Mr. Leeming said he would like to see the taxes off cocoa altogether, and went on to state that import duties raised the cost of living and that raw material in one case was often the manufactured article in another. Mr. J. G. Johnson maintained that a scientific tariff was altogether different and more beneficial than the present tariff which we placed on articles which we could not possibly raise our- selves. Mr. Underhill raid that nearly every other country had Protection, but they did not seem to go down, comparatively, at the same rate as England. If Germany could get along so well under Protection, surely it would be beneficial to England to adopt some of their ideas. Mr. A. Lander said the essential difference between taxing for revenue and taxing for Pro- tection was that in taxing for revenue they put the same amount on the article made in this country as on the imported article, while in the case of Protection they simply put a tax on the imported stuff, the whole idea at the bottom being that the manufacturers could make an extra profit to put in their own pockets. Mr. Cozens pointed out the necessity of remem- bering that ariff Reform meant re-arranged taxation. He then gave an instance in his own business, where he found that on a marble head- stone, which he had to send to America, there would be a duty of £5 10s. if it was worked by his men in Canterbury, but only 10s. if sent to America to be worked. Did the Americans protect their masons, he asked, or did we protect ours ? In a brief reply to the discussion, Mr. Mist said that the British Empire could, like America, produce everything she wanted within her borders. It was not the intention to put the question to a vote,so the meeting closed, after thanks had been expressed to Dr. Graham Wills and the speakers. “THE HIGHLANDS AND ISLANDS OF SCOTLAND.” In the Reference Library at the Beaney Institute, Canterbury, on Wednesday, January 18, a very interesting lecture was given on the “ High- lands and Islands of Scotland.” Dr. Graham Wills, the President of the Society, was in the chair, and after the disposal of the ordinary business, which included the election of anew member—Mrs. H. J. Reid—he introduced the lecturer, and said he would be glad to have expressions of opinion from the members as to whether they approved of the innovation of lectures of this kind. Mr. Leeming pointed out that the slides were lent by the Royal Photographic Society, to which the East Kent Natural History Society is affiliated, and that the lecture was written by Mr. John Hodges. Mr. Leeming, drawing upon his own knowledge gained through travelling in the particular districts, made the lecture an exceedingly interesting one. Starting from Craigendoran on the Clyde, he described the scenery in threading the Kyles of Bute, and then spoke of Oban, the wild pass of Glencoe, Loch Lomond, and the charming Loch Katrine, now, unfortunately, suffering somewhat at the hands of the engineers who are carrying out a scheme for supplying water to Glasgow. Some typical scenes of the Western Highlands, the land of mountain, moor and loch, rock, water and glen, were next shown. It was pointed out that the tourist was sure to experience bad weather during some part of his holiday, and due allowance should be made for this in his plans. It was probably an experience lecturer humorously remarked, caused an angry tourist to enquire of anative if it always rained there. “No, no,” replied Sandy, “it sometimes’ snaws.’’ Those visiting Scotland were warned by the lecturer against attempting too much. The best way was to walk from place to place, staying a few days in each, and exploring the surrounding country. The President expressed their appreciation of the lecture, and A vote of thanks was accorded to Mr. Leeming, and to Mr, Lander for the able manner in which he manipulated the lantern. of this kind the which once COASTAL CHANGES IN KENT AND SUSSEX.—By Rey. L. H. HVANS, M.A. An exceedingly interesting lecture on “ Coastal Changes in Kent and Sussex” was given by the Rey. L. H. Evans, of the King’s School, before the members of the Society at their meeting in the Beaney Institute, Canterbury, on Wednesday, January 25. The lecturer—who was briefly introduced by Dr. Graham Wills, the President of the Society— said he proposed to limit the scope of his remarks, so far as detailed discussion went, to the stretch of |coast-line from Fairlight promontory to the South Foreland. He then exhibited charts of the district at different periods, and remarked that it would be readily seen that the redistribution of land and water that had taken place in the last 500 years presupposed some special and local reasons to account forit. Broadly speaking, all alterations of coast-line were the result of two processes, sometimes working separately, some- times together. The first was the upheaval or depression of the land, owing to some kind of movement in the earth’s crust. The second, which was swifter in its action but less extensive in its effect, was the formation of new land by alluvial river deposit or by detritus carried in by tidal action. In the Romney Marsh proper, it was entirely marine. By marine, he meant merely the detritus of cliff and shore brought in by the sea, which in that district had been both large in amount and fertile. Making a general survey of the coast-line from Fairlight promontory, the lecturer said that there was not a single inlet or harbour from Pett End to Dover that had not been either entirely or partially blocked by masses of shingle and sand. Walking along the beach till almost opposite the present town of Winchelsea they would find the remains of stone jetties and docks half buried in shingle, close to the old and now deserted coast- guard cottages. That was the memorial of a hopeless attempt to construct a new harbour for Rye by making an outlet for the river there from the right angle formed by the Brede. Eastward, in a straight line, they came to the little hamlet glorified by the name of Rye Harbour, and as unlike a harbour as anything could well be. There were no docks worthy of the name, but the boats that came up on the tide lay there in a kind of widening of the stream. Twice had the Rother been denied its outlet, partly by natural, partly by human agency, and now it had joined forces with the Brede and Tillingham and still endea- voured to pose as a navigable river and be of service to man, who had been its worst enemy. At the harbour of New Romney the Rother found its second outlet, thanks to the builders of the Rhee Wall, and in spite of the short-sighted policy of the Canterbury monks who “inned” the marshes on the west of that embankment. The Roman harbour Portus Lemanus, which lay, according to some, near the foot of Lympne, suffered the same fate as the rest and shipping was unable to pass further up this estuary than West Hythe, being finally driven further eastward to Hythe Haven. This, in its turn, was choked up, as was the har- bour of Folkestone and also the harbour of Dover, which lay some way up the Charlton valley, but was stopped up by shingle on which the lower part of the present town of Dover was actually built. Rounding the South Foreland they found a similar state of things, with the exception that shingle was for the most part replaced by sand. Walmer and Deal had both suffered in times past, while the great water-way of the Wantsume had been completely and rapidly blocked at its eastern end. Nothing could show more strikingly the irresistible power of this ever-driving sand than the course of the River Stour as marked on the map. The Roman fort at Richborough comman- ding the eastern end of the Channel (as Reculvers commanded the northern) must have fallen a prey to the sand not long after the departure of the Romans and its place was taken by Sandwich. There the Stour entered the sea, but was driven northwards by the con- tinuous pressure until at last it struggled out into comparative freedom in Pegwell Bay. The facts summed up amounted to this, that an almost continuous barrier of shingle had been built along the coast from Fairlight to Folkestone, choking up all harbours and inlets, and repeating the process at Dover, while on the east coast of Kent a similar invasion had taken place with equally remarkable results, but by sand instead of shingle. The chief agent was what had been termed by Professor Burrows the “ Law of Eastward drift,” that was, the ascertained pre- valence of south-west winds in the Channel, and the remarkable fact that the flood tide up Channel moved faster than the ebb, under certain conditions which occurred with frequency. The result of these two united agencies was that more detritus was brought up Channel than returned. It was obvious that all the heavy shingle that came up Channel was now intercepted by Dunge- ness or carried past the point into the open Channei while the curve of the shore afforded protection from the south-yest winds and allowed the north-east winds and the ebb tide to exert their forces on the shingle bank in the opposite direction. The same thing was happening at Hythe and Sandgate, and the same difficulty was experienced in keeping up the foreshore. Up to Dover it was the same story—the old material being washed out and no new material coming in. So far as he could see, that unfor- tunate condition of things must continue to increase, and an increasing amount of artificial resistance would be required in proportion to the outward growth of Dungeness. That growth was of great rapidity, amounting to an average of seven feet per annum. The whole process seemed to provide a curious instance of the inconsequence of natural forces. Centuries had been spent in blockading the coast-line, and all the work was being undone again. Though no _ shingle passed through the Straits of Dover, yet the finer particles held in suspension were still carried through and were deposited, as they had been probably since the Channel was first opened, in the form of sand, and the growth of the Goodwins had done something to atone for the difficulties they put in the way of navigation by providing Deal with an admirable shelter. The reason why those sand banks formed at that particular spot was that two tidal waves met there and so formed a sort of equilibrium which allowed the suspended particles to sink. It might be interesting to note that Deal owed its immunity from the sand plague to the fact that it had no river outlet and the current which passed at high speed between the Goodwins and the main land was not diverted or checked by an estuary. The causes which had effected the silting up of the Wantsume and the practical effacement of Sandwich were closely akin to those which had operated at Romney Marsh, being partly the work of nature and partly of man. ‘The soil of the Marsh had been proved to be entirely of marine silt, and it had been found that this soil at the west side of the Marsh was no less than 90 ft. in depth and some 5 ft. deeper at the east end. How long would be required for such a deposit to be made could not be deter- mined, but with an open waterway at both ends Lewin calculated the average deposit at one-tenth of an inch annually, which would give a period of 10,000 years. If, on the other hand, one half of the suspended silt was deposited, which was a fair estimate for an enclosed area, the required time would be only 360 years. One thing was quite certain: it must have been before the Roman occupation, or at least before the building of the Rhee wall. The Romans certainly either made the Marsh dry land, or found it so, for the whole area was rich in Roman remains, which were found notably at Ivychurch, in the centre of the Marsh, {and at Dymchurch. That fact disposed of the fallacy that the Portus Lemanus lay, as some held, at the foot of Lympne hill, cn which the castle of Stutfall was built, for had the sea penetrated to that point, the whole of the Marsh must have been several feet under water at every high tide. The ex- cellent harbour which Romney once had through the cutting of a fine straight channel which provided a direct waterway between Apple- dore and Romney, might have remained to this day but for the selfish land-grabbers (Archbishops and other ecclesiastics), who proceeded to enclose or “inn” the land on the west of the Rhee Wall either ignorant of or disregarding the value of a good harbour so long as they could embank a few more acres. Twice had that district been com- mercially ruined by that stupidity. The river was diverted from the Rhee channel to the old devious course, spoiling the direct in and out flow of the tide and reducirg the amount of incoming water on which the proper scouring of the river mouth depended. Nature, assisted by that short- sighted policy completed the disaster at a stroke, for in 1287 a great tidal wave overflowed the shingle barrier and again entirely altered the course of the Rother, forcing it westward till it found its present outlet at Rye. It was more than probable that had the Roman river bed not been banked off, the river would not have been diverted by that storm. At Rye a _ highly efficient port might have been maintained with a navigable river up to Rubertsbridge but for the same suicidal policy. The evidence in connection with Rye Harbour given before the Tidal Harbour Commission of 1845 showed conclusively the fallacy of entrusting the care of what were really national interests to purely local bodies. Individ- ualreports and actual evidence before the Com- mission almost unanimously in attributed the deterioration of the harbour to the innings of land and the building of dams in the waterway. The whole question of the entrance to the harbour depended on the amount of tidal water admitted, and if a special example was needed it was to be found in the history of Scots’ Float Sluice which dammed the Rother-as it did to- day-about a mile above the S.E.C.R.Bridge. That sluice remained, said the lecturer, a momument of human folly, waiting for some hand to carve upon it. “Here died Rye Harbour, and the hope of a sheltered water-way between London and the Channel.” As a fact that was hardly an exaggera- tion, he said, for plans were actually prepared for deepening the river above Robertsbridge and making a connection between the upper waters of the Rother and the Medway. In that case they would have had a waterway to London without going around the South Foreland. That was not so important now as then, but apart from that they would have had a navigable river, and it was a thousand pities that the landowners were so selfish and did not give any thought to the really national interests. There was a short discussion, in which Mr. Sidney Harvey, Mr. Cozens, and the President took part. Mr. Harvey remarked that the ques- tion dealt with in the lecture was a very important one, and pointed out that during his time the rent which the French Church received from land in Romney Marsh had decreased one-half ewing to the high demand for Scots. A very hearty vote of thanks was accorded to the Rev. L. H. Evans at the close of the meeting, “THE FRENCH REVOLUTION.”—By J. H. SHARP, Esg., B.A. Mr. J. H. Sharp, B.A., Headmaster of the Simon Langton School, Canterbury, gave an interesting lecture on the French Revolution at the meeting of the Society in the Beaney Institute, Canterbury, on February 8. The lecturer confined his attentions to the eauses leading up to the Revolution and to the events ending in the capture of the Bastille. Going back to the period during which France was under the Feudal system, he showed how the barons transformed a system of holding land into a system of government, and finally set up what were practically independent king- doms. These kingdoms were brought back under the central authority by the efforts of Charles VII., Louis XI., and Charles VIII. The barons had had almost unlimited power over their vassals, who, in return for protec- tion, had to pay feudal incidents and to per- form a great number of services for their over- lords. Richelieu attacked the barons with the greatest determination, stripped them of their administrative power as territorial magnates, increased the central authority, and reduced them practically to the state of mere courtiers, a result best seen in the reign of Louis XIV. In their places he set up in the various prov- inces intendants, appointed by and responsible to the king. Unfortunately the nobles retained the immunities and privileges formerly enjoyed for services performed for the State. Richelieu further increased the power of the King by allowing the States General, a body represent- ing the nobles, clergy and the third estate, to fall into abeyance, so that no meeting was held from 1614 to 1789. The various “ Parle- ments,’’ a body of jurists who had assumed to themselves the right to register or to refuse to register the king’s edicts, were allowed to lapse. For many years, therefore, there had been no recognised official body that could act as a check on the power of the king. At the time of the Revolution practically the only body to bear the burden of the taxation was the tiers- état, and a peasant probably paid 81 per cent. of his income in taxes to the State, to his lord, and to the tithes. The clergy were divided into two distinct bodies: the higher clergy, who belonged to noble families and for whom all impertant posts were reserved, and the parish clergy, whose sympathies were on the whole strongly on the side of the people. Many of the members of the Third Estate, having won wealth in manufactures and commerce, iad be- come a real power in the State, and from their ranks sprang many of those who stirred up pub- lic opinion against the injustice of the social life in France, and the barriers. which made intercourse between province and province so difficult. The intellectual revolt was led by Montesquieu with his Esprit des lois, and he was followed by the Physiocrats, including Quesnay and Turgot, and they by the Philoso- phers, of whom the most famous were Voltaire, Diderot, d’Alembert, and who declined to ac- cept tradition and custom as sufficient justi- fication for the existence of any condition of affairs, and rejected whatever could not bear the light of question and reason. A body of these men spread their views in the Encyclo- pedia, and were known as the Encyclopzdists. Louis XVI. found the finances in a thoroughly bad state, the central power discredited, the Parlements becoming unmanageable, and he encountered an imperious and enlightened pub- lic opinion. No man had a keener perception than the king of the evils of the country, or a more eager desire to find remedies, but he lacked initiative, and, above all, the determi- nation necessary to carry through a continuous policy. He chose Maurepas as his chief minis- ter, and Maurepas at once called Turgot to act as Comptroller of Finances. Turgot proceeded to introduce wise and broad reforms, but he was badly supported by Maurepas and by those whose interests he touched, and he resigned. He wis followed by the banker, Necker, and he by Calonne, whose senseless extravagance brought matters to a crisis, and largely con- tributed to the summoning of the States Gene- ral. The Parlement of Paris, in its opposition to the King and to the successor of Calonne, demanded the meeting of the States General, aud Louis summoned that body for the 5th May, 1789. The States General had always met as three bodies, the Nobles, Clergy, and the Third Estate. Necker succeeded in bring- ing about a double representation of the people, that is the Third Estate sent up as many repre- sentatives as the combined representatives of the clergy and nobles. The States General met at Versailles, and the first battle was fought over the question as to whether voting should be “* by order”’ or “ by head,’’ victory finally resting with the Third Estate, who formed them- selves into the national assembly and swore not to 10 part until they had given France a constitution, The court party, led by the Queen, induced the King to attempt to break down the Commons, but the national assembly, led by Mirabeau, declared that nothing but the bayonet should drive them out, and Louis had to yield. Troops were then massed by the King at Versailles and Paris, evidently with the intention of crushing the assembly and Paris by foree of arms. Events followed rapidly in Paris. The regiment of the Gardes Francaises supported “ CRYSTALS.”—By £. On Wednesday, February 22, a meeting was held in the Simon Langton Boys’ School for the purpose of hearing a lecture by Mr. Jeffs on ** Crystals.” The chair was taken by Mr. S. Harvey, F.I.C. In the conrse of his remarks the lecturer drew attention to a large number of examples of naturally occurring substances of definite goemetric form, and showed some of the rays in which they may be artificially prepared. The erystal referred to in the Bible and other ancient literature was what we now know as quartz or pebble, and was thought to be pro- duced from iec. The different systems of crys- tals were exhibited, and a set of blocks was used to illustrate the reason for the geometric shape and the tendency to show “cleavage ”’ in particular directions. Interesting experi- ments were given to illustrate the reluctance of many dissolving or melting substances to re- turn to the solid state unless they are “ inocu- lated’? with a minute particle of the solid. Even in the case of two salts dissolving in the same water only cne of them crystallised when the people, and with their help the Bastille was taken. ‘The King, who had hitherto refused to remove the troops from the neighbourhood of Paris and Versailles, now came to Paris, re- ceived the cocade from Bailey, whom he recog- nised as the Mayor of Paris, and Lafayette as general of the City soldiery. This point marks the downfall of absolute monarchy, and pre- ceded the period in which the National Assem- bly became the Constituent Assembly. J. JEFFS, Esa., B.Sc. its proper crystal was added: the other re- mained in solution. An account followed of the remarkable right-handel and left-handed forms of the crystals of a particular body which bear to each other the relation of an object and its image in a mirror. They were accounted as being crystals of a substance whose ulti- mate particles admitted of two possible ar- rangements of its constituent atoms being mir- yor images of one gnother. Inflammable crys- tals were shown which burst into flame as they were formed. While speaking of minute par- ticles the lecturer showed a very remarkable property possesséd by a heap of spheres—ordi- pary lead shot. The heap actually became larger wheu compressed instead of smaller as one might suppose would be the universal rule. The lecture concluded with an exhibition of crystallisation in the lantern, and of some very large and well developed crystals of different substances, some of which were the property of the school, and others very kindly leut by Messrs. Bing and Mr. W. Godden. “NATURE PHOTOGRAPHY.’—By Mr. F. C. SNELL. At the meeting of the East Kent Natural His- tory and Scientific Society at the Beaney Institute, Canterbury, on Wednesday in last week, Mr. F. C. Snell gave a lecture on “ Nature Photography.” According to the programme, Dr. Graham Wills was to have spoken on “The wonders of plant life,” but the energetic President of the Society was unable through pressure of professional duties to carry this out. However, Mr. Snell pro- vided those who attended with a very instructive and entertaining lecture, which amply bore out the President’s introductory remarks that Mr.Snell had done exceedingly good work as an amateur photographer. Mr. Snell pointed out that nature photography was capable of calling forth all the photographie skill, all the enthusiasm, and all the interest that could be got out of any hobby, and all the taste and feeling and sometimes not a little of the artistic faculty required for other photographie work. By means of the lantern, manipulated by the Secretary (Mr. Lander) the lecturer then showed some of tha photographs he had taken of birds and birds’ nests. He was careful to point out that he was not ‘‘a nature puritan” as some were. If, for instance he saw that a nest would make a better picture by the alteration he did not mind remoy- ing or adding a few leaves or sprays. He ex- plained how he “composed” some of the pictures which he had taken. He also showed how, by means of the ‘“vontrol method ”—bringing creatures home and placing them in sur- roundings similar to those amongst which they lived—that instructive photographs could be obtained of these creatures, such as would be impossible but for that arrangement. One instance, in particular, was that of a mouse clinging to an ear of wheat. It would not be easy, said Mr. Snell, to select one ear of wheat out of ten acres as the most promising one to focus the camera upon in order to obtain a photograph of a mouse in such a position, so the control method was necessary. Mr. Snell's pictures of reptiles were very interesting, too, and the series showing the development of the tadpole into the frog were exceptionally good. The President, in proposing a vote of thanks to the lecturer, said they were very proud they had one in Canterbury who took such enormous pains with his work. It spoke tremendously for Mr. Snell’s perseverance and constant attention to detail. ; ll DEBATE: “CAN ANIMALS REASON ?” Arriemative: Mr, T, UNDERHILL. Neeative: Mr, A. LANDER. An interesting debate on the somewhat diffi- cult question as to whether or no animals pos- sess reasoning powers, occupied the members of the Society on the evening of the 15th inst. The meeting took place in the Reference Li- brary of the Bearey Institute, and Dr. Graham Wills, the President of the Society, presided. Mr. T. Underhill opened the debate, taking the view that there was unmistakable -proof the animals did reason. In support of this theory he quoted extracts from the works of Darwin and Husley. The former writer, in his “Descent of Man,” puts forward a number of interesting anecdotes of anima!s which, in his opinion, gave conclusive proof of the posses- sion of reasoning powers to no small degree. Mr. A. Lander, on the otlier hand, held that man alone pessesses the power of abstract rea- soning. He proceeded to read an extract from a letter written by Mr. Kay Robinson, editor of Country Life, in which he said: ‘ There is no doubt, I think, that all animals can draw simple, reasonable inferences from past experi- ence as a guide to future conduct; but man alone has the power of abstract reason, because be alone has the gift of self consciousness which enables him to separate himself in mind from his surroundings, so as to think about things in their relation to each other, apart from their immediate bearing upon existence as an animal.’’ By means of a sketch of the human brain, he pointed out that the part of the brain which he designated the con- scious mind—and which was the seat of reason in man—was entirely missing in animals. He maintained that many actions which were con- sidered to be the result of reasoning power in animals was really due to habit or was inherited from their ancestors millions of years before. The reason why a dog would leave a new home and go back to its old master was that in its wild state dogs hunted in packs under a leader, and the animal was following its instinct in returning to its leader—man. Several membeis present joined in the discussion, and a number of personal incidents were given, some of which showed intelligence—not to speak of reasoniny power—of a high order. At the close :f the meeting Dr. Wills proposed a hearty vote of thanks to Mr. Lander and Mr. Underhill for the part they had taken in the debate, and ex- pressed himself as astonished at the weight cf evidence brought to bear upon the matter. There was, undoubtedly, something in the ani- mal which approached so near to the human mind that it would be very difficult to separate them, and say where one began and the other ended. The vote was carried unanimously. his own struggle for “IN THE BEGINNING Considering the great interest attaching to many of the lectures, etc., arranged by the East Kent Natural History and Scientific Society it is a great pity that a larger number of the citizens do not avail themselves of the opportunity of being present at the meetings which are held in the Beaney Institute, Canterbury. Another very pleasant evening was spent on April 5,when Mr. W. Cozens, whose knowledge of geology isso well known, gave a lecture entitled “In the beginning.” Mr. Cozens had prepared a number of charts illustrat- ing the various strata of the earth’s crust and giving the epoch to which each belonged. He had also a fine collection of specimens of strata to be found in England. There were bits of rock from the glacial period, gypsum, Purbeck, chalk in various stages of formation, volcanic slag, etc. while one of the most interesting specimens was that of a bit of rock found in the sand pits at Canterbury belonging to Mr. Cozens, in the heart of which was embedded a shark’s tooth. The East Kent Coalfields were also represented—a fine bit of fossilised timber, found at Tilmanstone at a depth of 1,100ft. lying on the table. Mr. Cozens, when dealing with the carboniferous period, remarked that he was not there to boom Kent coal, but he firmly believed in its possibilities. The shores of England were beinz constantly attacked by the .—By W. COZENS, Esa. ocean, and every year a tract of land as large as Gibraltar was lost to the country. The land which was washed away went somewhere. The lecturer went on to give instances where, within the memory of man, enormous tracts of land had been washed away, swallowing up whole cities. In passing, Mr. Cozens alluded to the treasure which was at the present time being washed up along the coast of Suffolk,and spoke of the presence of a former town—Dunwich—thesite of which had been beneath the waves for many centuries. Such changes interspersed by violent volcanic upheavals, had been going on for thousands and millions of years, and those were the means by which the various layers of strata were formed. England was very rich in geological specimens, and con- tained nearly all the known kinds of strata. Voleanic dust and slag, desert sand and stones from the glacial period were all to be found. Mr. Cozens then proceeded to explain the method of the creation of the sun and its attendant planets, including our earth. There was, he said, a large quantity of luminous gases floating in the universe. These were named “nebule,” and, in course of time, these gases became solidified, and formed a huge fiery bulk—our sun. The speaker went on to deal with the throwing off of various portions now Fnown as the planets. As the 12 temperature of this earth cooled down, the early forms of life appeared. The age of the earth was put by various authorities at anything from 150 millions of years. The chalk deposits alone took at least five million years to form. In some parts of the country the very early rocks were found projecting on the surface, a fact which was due, among other causes, to the cooling down, and consequent pressure and crumpling of the earth’s surface. The presence of as many as thirty seams of coal in England showed that thirty times had that portion of the earth’s crust been to the surface. A number of beautiful lantern slides, showing types of prehistoric mammoths—whose remains are continually found—as well as carboni- ferous flora, were thrown on the screen. At the close, Dr. Graham Wills, President of the Society, who presided, proposed a very hearty vete of thanks to Mr. Cozens for his lecture. He mentioned that opinions in regard to the Bible and geology had changed of late, and now all really learned men, who had gone into the study of it, fully agreed that the statements which we had in our Bible were not in ary way at variance with geology. He went on to point out that the words used in the original were often capable of a great many interpretations, and the translators used the one which they thought best. It was quite obvious that there was no attempt made in Holy Writ to satisfy curiosity as to the original forma- tion of our earth. The lantern was under the direction of Mr, A. Lander, Secretary of the Society. “NEW ZEALAND,”’—By Tae Rev. CANON STUART. The East Kent Natural History and Scientific Society brought their programme of meetings to a conclusion on Wednesday, the 3rd inst., when a lecture on his recent visit to New Zealand was given by Canon Stuart. The lecture afforded the utmost enjoyment to a crowded audience in the Art Roum of the Simon Langton Boys’ School— kindly lent by Mr. J. H. Sharp, B.A.—the graphic descriptions of the scenery, and life and industries of the country, being followed with keen interest, whilst the pleasure of the listeners was added to by the exceedingly fine lime light illustrations, many of which had been reproduced from photographs taken by the lecturer. In opening, Canon Stuart took as his starting point the town of Auckland. A picture of a vicarage being thrown on the screen, the lecturer drew attention to the prevalence of the cabbage tree in New Zealand, and also men- tioned that in the particular garden which they saw represented there were over 1,000 blooms of arum ilies cut for Christmas decorations. Ina referenec to the Maori people, the lecturer briefly described their mode of life, and incidentally exploded the somewhat common idea that they were a degraded race. He remarked that many of the Maoris were wealthy,and,in fact, the acting Prime Minister was himself a Maori. In the village of Ohinemutn was situated the earliest Maori Church —and, a picture of this church being shown, Canon Stuart pointed to the beautiful but strange Maori carving. ‘The village of Ohinemutu was, he mentioned, still inhabited entirely by Maoris; in fact, no European was allowed to go there after a certain hour without a special permit. The Maoris were very fond of their palavers, and sometimes spent a whole day in what was called their “ palaver” houses, discussing some subject. The lecturer went on to refer to the great boiling pools and springs and geysers in the neighbour- hood of lakes Rotorua and Rotoiti—and he described the terrible mass of boiling mud and sulphur as an awsome sight amid a scene of desolation. At Waimunga there was a geyser which shot up 1,700 feet in the air. At Rotoma- hana the whole mountain erupted and another crater evidently burst underneath the lake, with the result that the whole lake was blown into the skies. The pink and white terraces which sur- rounded the lakes at that time were destroyed. It was said that these would form again in time, “but,” added the Canon, drily, “I think itwill be in time.” Wairoa, a village 25 miles away, was de- stroyed, and he and the party who were with him walked over the tops of the houses of that village. The village at the time of the eruption was a missionary station, and the missionaries had planted a great number of English trees to remind them of the old country. When the eruption took place in June—which was the New Zealand winter—ths English trees had no leaves, but the New Zealand treesnot being deciduous trees were evergreen. ‘The result was that the New Zealand trees were totally destroyed by the eruption, whereas the English trees were not hurt. Now there was hardly a single New Zea- land tree to beseen at Wairoa. A picture was shown of Sophia’s “wharri” in the neighbourhood of Wairoa, which was the means of saving fifty lives during that awful eruption, and the portrait of Sophia as she is at the present day was also exhibited. In the course of a reference to the village of Ohinimutu the lecturer explained that in the district of the boiling springs there was no need for any fires, as the natives cooked their food, which was covered with sacking, by placing it in holes close to the boiling springs. Canon Stuart next described the wonderful and changing scenery which he saw in a trip down the Wan- Ganui River. It seemed almost, he said, as if one must say “ Stop, I cannot take in any more.” The speaker also gave a graphic description of the many magnificent falls which were encountered, and then, after sojourning a long time in the wilds, the audience were taken to Wellington— their attention being especially directed to the 13 wonderful harbour of that town. The lecturer said the people were wonderfully receptive of the mission, crowds of 3,000 persons attending the services every night at the Town Hall, whilst some seven hundred men attended the luncheon hour services. Leaving Wellington, Canon Stuart briefly described his journey via the port of Lyttleton down the South Island, and then through a tunnel to what he designated as the wonderful Canterbury plains. These plains, which had a width of about forty miles and were about 200 miles in length, were, he said, the most fertile plains in New Zealand, and it was from there that they got their Canterbury lamb which was so much advertised (laughter). The city of Christchurch, situated on these Canterbury plains, was certainly one of the most accurately designed cities he had ever been in. In the centre was the Cathedral, from which stretched out in every direction long streets, at each corner of the city was a church, and all round was a beautiful park for the recreation of the citizens. After alluding to his visit to the town of Dunedin, which, he said, was largely Presbyterian, the lecturer referred to an enjoyable journey from Dunedin to Kingston, thence hy steamer up Lake Wakatipu to Queens- town, and finally coaching from Glenorchy to the hotel of Paradise amongst the mountains. He stated that though this hotel was eight miles from Glenorchy and over twenty miles frem Queenstown the hotel people telephoned to Queenstown “Important party arrived, send up the best of everything which you have got,” and they did. His party wero given menus day by day which would have done credit to a first class hotel in London. A climb up the mountains—as they were the first party to make the trip that summer they had to force their way through the bushes— was most interestingly described, and the lecturer said “When we got to the top we were rewarded by the most magnificent views’—snow capped peaks above,and the magnificent lakes down below. In concluding, Canon Stuart spoke more particu- larly inregard to the generallife of the New Zealand people. He remarked that the train service was good though the progress was slow. The rate of travelling was seldom more than twenty miles an hour, as some of the gradients were very steep. The journey from Wellington to Auckland—a distance of 426 miles—occupied eighteen hours ; they had to rise to a height of about two thousand feet two or three times during the journey. Most of the houses were built of wood and corrugated iron, and he mentioned that he was impressed by the fact that there was none of that poverty and destitution which one saw sometimes in this country. In regard to the industries he said it seemed wonderful that whereas seventy years ago there was not a four-footed creature in New Zealand larger than a rat, to-day the fields were covered with thousands and thousands of sheep and horses and cattle. It was marvellous when it was remembered that all that ground had been reclaimed from the virgin bush. People had asked him if he would advise young fellows to go to New Zealand. Hesaidif a man has some £200 or £300 behind him, let him go by all means. If he secured some virgin bush land, in three years he could clear it and would be able to have his sheep on it—but, he added warningly, he must live in the meantime. For the cultivated lands, he said, a high price had to be paid. The lecturer, in concluding, referred to the kauri (timber), flax, and other industries, and the basket-making industries of the Maoris, and he warmly testified to the kindly way in which he and his party had been received by the New Zealand people. Dr. Graham Wills proposed a hearty vote of thanks to Canon Stuart, and paid a tribute to the educational value of the lecture which he had delivered. He remarked that the mission with which Canon Stuart was associated had done good in a double way—not only in the higher and more sacred sense, but in the social sense of uniting and strengthening the link between the Mother Country and her Colonies. Canon Stuart, in acknowledging, said New Zealand would always have a very warm place in his heart, and he must say that he found the people most loyal to the old country. They thonght that we were very much behind them in many things, and he was inclined to agree with them. They were very far in advance of us in their dealing with criminals, and he was very interested to see the way in which they were grappling with some of the problems which were troubling us here at home. The great difficulty in New Zealand was the labour question, because labour was top dog. On the other hand, the people were well honsed, well clothed, and well fed, and one saw nothing of the squalor and the poverty which was to be seen here in England. The women, however, had a very hard time, owing to the circumstance that it was almost impossible to get domestic servants. The limelight apparatus was very ably manipu- lated by Mr. A. Lander. 14 THE LIZARD ORCHIS. These notes were suppled by Mr. W. R. Jeffrey; they were given to hm by Mr. Hyland, au Ashford botanist keenly interested in this plant. ; s 4 1908, July 4th—Found a Lizard growing a few miles East of Wye—habitat A. _ 1908, October 26th—Visited A, found three new leaves showing, and the old flower spike still standing. 1909, June 21lst—Visited A. It had thrown up a spike, which had been eaten off. 1910, June 27th—Visited A. It was in flower, but going to seed; this we afterwards safely dispersed. 1911, April 17th—Visited A. It had been burnt off with the surrounding grass, but it after- wurds made a slight growth. 1909, June 19th—Found a Lizard on Downs, West side of the river Stour, habitat B. 1909, June 26th—Visited B. Found that the plant had been dug up with a lot of ‘‘ Bees.” _ 1909, June 27th—Discovered five Lizards in full bloom, and one maimed plant several miies East of A—habitat C. _ 1909, July 4th—Visited C. The two longest ones had disappeared. Searched about and found two fresh plants. 1909, July 7th—Visited C. Saw a lady dodging suspiciously about the place, so cut off the largest spike, leaving one. ; 1909, July 24th—Visited C. The spike I left had disappeared. 1910, May 15th—Visited C. Found twelve Lizard plants, five of which would certainly hicom, possibly one or two others. : 1910, July 22nd—Visited C. Found five holes where the plants had been dug up. All the smaller plants had died down. 1910, October 10th—Visited C. Removed three plants to safer quarters, habitat D. 1911, April 17th—Visited D. All three plants flourishing. 1911, July Ist—Visited D. Could not find the plants. Weather hot and dry. Probably the plants had died down for the season. Found no Bees on this hill all the year. Visited C several times this year. Could only find three Lizards; only one plant threw up a very small bloom spike. W. H. HAMMOND. BOTANICAL NOTES. In June I found some fine specimens of Conium maculatum growing on the banks of the stream at Horsmonden, and also Tanacetum vulgare. On June 29th Mr. Viggers and I had a botanical excursion on the downs near Chilham and Wye, hoping to find Orchis hircina in flower. Our search was unsuccessful, but we found many interesting chalk plants, and the usual orchids of the chalk district. We again noticed the increasing scarcity of the orchids, especially Orchis fusca, due to the depredations of mere collectors who are not botanists. As suggested by the Selborne Society, the Kent County Council has made a bye-law prohibiting the wholesale gathering and uprooting of wild plants, which I hope will prevent extermination of many of our native species, whilst reserving the right to botanists to gather for purposes of study and research. Potomageton lucens grows in a pond at Biddenden. Myriophyllum did not flower this year. I think the genus Mentha would repay investigation; fifteen species and varieties are enumerated in the Kent Flora. I found an interesting species growing in a swampy place at Cranbrook, which had an odour very like the official peppermint (M. piperita). I for- warded some specimens to Mr. E. M. Holmes, F.L.S., who considers the plant to be Mentha piperita var vulgaris of Sole, who was the authority on the genus a century ago. Valeriana officinalis was found in great profusion growing in a recently cleared wood, and looked beautiful in flower. The Glastonbury Thorn in churchyard did not flower at Christmas, 1911. October was very wet, and prevented me from doing any long excursions. A. W. HUDSON, M.P.S. Cranbrook. I found at Eythorne last summer a vetch resembling Vicia craeca in habit, but the blossom was rosy-pink in colour. I sent a specimen to Kew, where it was identified as Vicia villosa. It is not mentioned in Hooker's ‘‘ Students Flora,’’ or Mavshal and Hanbury’s ‘‘ Flora of 15 Kent,”” but Louden’s Encyclopdia states that it was introduced into England from Germany in 1815. It is also mentioned in Dunn's Alien Flora. Of rareties previously reported I have again found Ambrosia trifida, Anchusa ochrolecua, and Erucastrum pollichii. The latter was in blossom as late as December. J. JACOB. Shepherdswell. GEOLOGICAL NOTES. An immense fall of cliff took place on Sunday night, December 31st, 1911, between Dover and Folkestone. This *‘ slide,’’ which is the most extensive that has occurred in this vicinity for some years past, took place about nine o'clock at night, the site being Abbotscliff, to the westward of the Warren. The vast quantity of chalk which slid away from the face of this cliff can best be judged by the extent of the débris, which formed a miniature breakwater extending from the foot of the cliff to about four hundred yards out to sea, whilst its width is some two hundred yards, and it is in places thirty feet deep. Such a mass of chalk represents some hundreds of thousands of tons. The cliff at this point is about 348 feet in height. Geologically, the upper portion consists of the hard coneretionary chalk, and a zone of “«Terebretulina gracilis.” Next in descending order the ‘‘ Belemnites plenas” bed of only about 4 feet, which is regarded as the upper bed of the lower chalk. Then a white chalk containing ‘‘ Holaster subglobosus’’ for 138 feet. After this, a remarkable bed known as the ‘‘ cast bed,’’ only 2 feet in thickness. It terminates in the grey chalk, and chalk marle, the whole superineumbent beds resting on the Gault Clay. The chalk, especially the upper beds, is very absorbent of moisture. So that it may be readily understood that the late saturating rains may have added a ten per cent. burden to these cliffs, and if it be taken at only five per cent., this would amount to millions of tons. Another factor must be taken into account, and an important one, that these cliffs, resting on the impervious grey chalk, and Gault clay, have in these a plain of saturation. This clayey foundation, becoming plastic, is squeezed out, letting down huge masses, which are shed off like icebergs into the sea. J. GORDON McDAKIN. NOTES ON KENTISH LEPIDOPTERA. During a short visit to Ashford in July we found in that neighbourhood abundance of the larve of Cucullia asteris in Golden rod, but only one C. graphalii, which was as they usually are, ichueumoned with a single large larve, which emerged next day, leaving only the skin of C. gnaphalii, Cymatophora, and Taeniocampa popunti, and Brephos notha and Sphinaz populi were obtained from aspen trees, but only by diligent beating. Near Seven- oaks I found for the first time, about the end of the month, Gortynu ochracea full fed in the stems of burdock in a damp wood. In the open I have never met with it, nor in thistle stems, which it is said to frequent, but in the latter I have found numbers of a small larve resembling it in markings, but evidently belonging to a different group of insects. During October, when visiting ivy blossom at night, I was surprised to find Uropteryx sambucaria hanging down by a thread from the flowers. They appeared to eat the flowers by preference, but when supplied with leaves fed also on them, eating away the sides of the leaf. I find the Hepialus humuli one of the most destructive insects in the garden, and most difficult to eradicate. The moth flies low, so near the herbage that it is almost impos- sible to catch it in a mixed border with a butterfly net, and as it drops its eggs on the soil like small shot they cannot be seen and removed like eggs laid on a leaf, and the disappear- ance of some rarity or the sudden withering of one side of a plant such as a peruga clematis indicates the enemy at work, and digging at this time of year (December) reveals the limp, white, half-starved looking larva of nearly 14 inches long, and of the thickness of a quill, and then it is easily seen, but later on forms a thin cocoon, in whieh earth adheres and thus hides it, as it does not, like that of the shark moths, form a firm oval case, but gives to the touch, and it is only when the empty somewhat cylindrical chrysalis case is seen on the surface of the ground in May or June that evidence of its existence is found. The only enemy it seems to have in my garden is our Russian cat, which enjoys insect hunting as much as we do, and sees them better, and kills many of the low fying lepidoptera. E. M. HOLMES, F.L.S., F.E.S. 16 NOTES ON A VISIT TO KENT, July and August, 1910, and June, 1911. Polygala austriaca, Crantz, near Westwell. Mr. Jeffrey, of Ashford, pointed out to me this station in 1905, but on going over the ground no specimen was found. Last June I again visited the place along with a friend, and we found many specimens growing in association with Herminium monorchis, Br., Accras anthropophora, Br., Orchis pyramidalis, L., ete. Two specimens of the rare Ophrys fuciflora, Reichb., were observed near Brook on June 22nd last, and a very fine bed of Mimulus langsdorffii, Doun., with very large and brilliant flowers. In the hedge on the roadside leading from Brook to Brabourne fine plants of Astragalus glycyphyllos, L., were noticed in over half-a-dozen different places. In Gibbons’ Brook Orchis braunii, Halaczy (Orchis latifolia, L., x O., maculata, L.), was found in fine form and in fair abundance, June 19th, along with its two parents. With careful searching I have no doubt but that natural hybrids between O. maculata, L., and O. incarnata, L., as well as O. incarnata, L. x O. latifolia, L., will be found here. I was surprised to find in a field (arable) near Sandling Station Bupleurum tenuissimum, L., growing. Perhaps it had come with seed used. Near Ashford the previous summer I found Hieracium umbellatum, L. var. linariifolium, Wallr., and Mr. Hammond, of Canterbury, sent me an undoubted specimen of Hieracium sabaudum, L., var. Hervieri, Arv-Touv. from Canterbury, as well as Fumaria bastardi, Bor., which Mr. H. W. Pugsley, who has seen a Kent specimen, believes is a record. JOHN CRYER. THE PETHAM NAILBOURNE, 1911—1912. The water began to rise in the wells at the beginning of December, 1910. January 19th—Water in the wells now stands within six inches of the ‘‘ flowing point,” also within six inches of the surface of the ground in the middle of Marble Pond. January 22nd—Water appeared in Marble Pond. February 2nd—Marble Pond half full. February 16th—Commenced to flow out of Pond. March 11th—Water reached the Bridge at Tar All. March 16th—Water had reached a point four hundred yards further on. April 8th—Water never got beyond the above point. The volume of water gradually decreased, fell back and dried up. 1912—This stream began to rise in Marble Pond the first week in February. On March 3rd it was out of the pond and a little way down the meadow. W. H. HAMMOND, from notes supplied by F. SNELL. THE DRILLINGORE NAILBOURNE, ALKHAM VALLEY. 1911—This stream began to flow in February and left off in April. 1912—Began to flow again early in February. W. H. H., from notes supplied by F. SNELL THE ELHAM VALLEY NAILBOURNE. The water ceased running over the Road at Bridge—October 8th, 1906. It commenced again—February 2nd, 1907. It ceased— June Ist, 1907. It commenced again—December 7th, 1909. And has continued to this date, December 6th, 1911, and is still running. The greater part of the time the water flowed only from the Lake in Bourne Park. The stream came through from Lyminge, very strong on December 27th, 1909, and again on January 19th, 1911. It did not quite cease running through Bridge all the summer. 1912, January 29th—The stream is again running very strong. It is now just below the Black Robin at Kingstone. 1912, February 3rd—The water came through Bridge. W. H. H., from notes supplied by MR. T. L. COLLARD, Bridge. 17 SUNSHINE LN HOURS. Tunbridge ‘l'enter- Littlestone- Rams- Broad- Mar- Folke- Dover. Deal. Observer Wells. den. on-Sea. gate. stairs. gate. stone. M.O. S.Miller, F.G.Smart, J.E.Mace, M.O. ‘TJ.Taylor, M.O. J. Stokes, M.O. Esq. Esq. Esq. Esq. Esq. lente a cn — oS Oe’ “Na em 1911, Aver. RIBTICI ses. cs. 63 47 59 57 72 73 65 66 73 64 Feb.... coo 82 68 87 81 82 88 71 82 94 84 March... 96 122 103 104 99 100 91 108 101 90 peu. .. 165 162 187 167 183 192 165 182 183 172 Mss ee 262 206 261 263 249 250 229 269 261 246 June... ... 225 200 226 226 253 259 225 242 248 234 July... ... 379 211 355 344 353 352 337 362 339 343 Aug... wn 277 196 280 285 276 286 253 277 292 277 Aptis aes 257 107 255 245 240 241 234 243 249 227 Oct ... rob 115 109 121 115 109 114 97 118 117 105 Nov... For 61 68 55 4 59 62 52 57 66 62 12 (ae iyi 50 42 43 39 46 50 40 43 47 48 2032 1588 2035 1980 2021 2067 1859 2049 2090 1952 RAINFALL IN INCHES. Tunbridge ‘Tenter- Ashford. Dungeness. Folke- Wells. den. stone. Observer F. G. Smart, J. E. Mace, W.F.Hors- M. O. M. O. Esq. Esq. paill, Esq. — eee SS SSS SS) 7 = S ~— 1911 Aver. Aver Aver. Jan, l77 234 246 151 a 1sl 170 185 2°14 Feb.. 170 2:03 2:05 133 @ 132 156 132 1:07 March 2°85 254 192 230 = 231 2°24 1:38 2°65 April 2°56 1:88 166 1:89 = 191 135 138 1:34 May. 113 1-72 1:84 75 4 1-08 “65 1:28 “94. June 2°14 2:29 186) 3:98". if 250 2°26 1:53 217 July “37 216 D6) be to 19 "34 1°67 28 Aug 74 2-40 2 S720) ae 1:65 64 1:98 119 Sept 176 194 251 1:42 9 143 109 2°30 1°39 Oct. 6°30 427 348 499 5: aoL 6:05 3 24 6°89 Nov 634 342 303 455 473 571 265 581 Dee 758-837 280 613 4 = 529 224 463 3519 3067 25°21 2845 = 28'88 22:82 30°50 RaInrALt in Inctes (Continued). Canterbury. t = a London High Sturry Ro-d. Street. Road. Reculver. Margate. Broad- Deal. Dover. Observer E. Colthup, A.Lander. C. Terry, A. stairs. Esq. Esq. Collard, J.Stokes, W.H. White, S.Miller, M.O. 15 feet. Esq. Esq. Esq. Esq. 191. ————S) . Sie SS SS Oe 1A SRR OSPR Code NEO 201 183 104 1-40 152 182 175 GD accuse. ee eee 134 1-05 “S4 “83 “90 “98 115 INDACCH veal) ei) ised 264 187 2:25 226 212 284 239 PET Gos vee oe ac 1:25 L-0s “94 “98 - 113 112 1:26 BAY ek atte Caen Gate 1:02 1:03 “96 1:12 117 “84 “69 REDE ccyad sce, Item Te 2°86 273 2-70 147 170 219 215 BG in) cawlices Sy “38 “42 22 soe 38 27 "26 RRPON 3 wie Pee Fo 72 1-05 “TO “96 *92 119 1:10 > Ta ee 162 161 Loo 1°76 195 1 28 1-45 Ces Kose ane ree 6:76 6°37 479 5:13 561 6°30 607 PONE a ews Vinee) lane 76 443 2:86 3°59 395 5°28 510 itt, i ae 2 538 499 3°34 3°80 334 549 395 3L69 27°-1lv 28°42 26 48 23°57 24°69 2951 27°32 18 c.0F SPP 9.19 8.99 6 29 e 9 ¢.09 6-85 4.9F 6,07 E8E BSE BSBIOAY BPP LPP ZIG c.19 6.99 9-69 GPS O-FP 9-1 0 OF OSE e~ ‘OW “1BA0T “aL STP OSpraquny, ‘AUVALVITIWA, HIVE £.9F OEP Z0S O9F 9.99 §.29 £19 o19 89 O-F9 969 9 0.9 1-69 609 GPS SPP Libr £8P G&G LP if Soh £ 68 VP VL OPROU TY S.8e 9a¢ GG Of 1) F.66 L-8¢ a 96 6¢ P6E 0-L9 8G ES Lg GLY 8-06 ve OP 16 TFS $16 OF OS 86 9:09 $:86 OP vy c6 9.8F 6.94 9& oY €8 LOF 8.0L 66 oe LL & 64 €-¢9 X¢ 66 L9 ee L19 cs es L9 5 9-86 LT GG Ss GLE 0-49 ies oG GS TI | XRT "SSBI) “UIP “XBIL =¥ J - a s “OV ROIV “£unqiejUey) 1G 61 9% Fe GY 68 38 LG 1a 0@ 91 ST “SSH “UPL i “Map19} 08,7, OF va 1€ 68 OF PF 88 Le 9z og ST &G ¥e 62. Oz oe 8¢ er Lg <7 9 66 99 a 06 sé 16 : 6 Le 8G ze £6 Waid 6 <4 GS 88 es vy 82 98 8Z ae £9 va €9 se a) 9G 09 aa ee 1G ge ae (a9 OS “XUN TY XEN — | V ‘STIOM OSpliquny, ‘NOS Nl LSHLLOH GNV ‘SSVUY NO LSA0100 ‘NAAMOS AHL NI AUALVAIMNAL 1O SANAALXA “bs ‘se7099 ¢ -ayesinyy £.SP LSP o.oP LSP GES Pas 9.6 9.69 $-99 g.co ¥-¢9 £89 T-89 9-LS ¢-a¢ PES O-PP LGV £.1P &.68 ‘OW ‘OW ‘emoysayjog ‘ssauesuanq “Dsq ‘ern a's “mepie4uay, 6.2P 6.88 a Lor £ 8h x POF L 6 ae = og 8-69 p.BS a vie ¢:99 L.09 : o 0.99 £.19 he Bic = : 6S ae 3 &.9) < GIP oe dee 988 5 Gls ° IOAY VU —— “Dsq “javaig ") “Wf “IWAIOSGO ‘sTIOM odpraquny, AAMOS NI AUALVAEIWAL ATIVG NVAW reqmeoagq 19qM0A0 NT 1940400 raquteydag qsnony tae Aqne eune ke ae [udy yore Aveniqo,7 Aaenuep ‘TI6I 19 SALT RAINS. Combined chlorine was found in the rain which fell on the following days. It exists principally as common salt, and is derived from the spray which is blown inland from the sea. Rainfall. Date. 21st 22nd 24th 26th 53 27th November 7th December 6th ith 8th October ” An inch of rain is equal to 101 tons of water per acre, or one grain of salt per gallon it would amount to Wind. Chlorine, equal to Salt in grains per gallon. S.W. gale 0.5 0.824 S.W. gale 0.9 1.48 S.W. gale 0.3 0.49 S.W. 0.6 0.98 N.E. 0.3 0.49 S.W. 0.3 0.49 S.W. 0.25 0.42 S. 0.25 0.42 S.W. 0.3 0.49 22 If it contained 22,624 gallons. 3lb. 30z. W. H. HAMMOND. CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. Bates, Mr H. W., London Britten, Mr J., K.S.G., F.L.S., British Museum, South | Kensington, S.W. Holmes, Mr E. M., F.L.S, Ruthven, Sevenoaks Housman, Rev. N., Bradley Rectory, Redditch Marshall, Rey. E. S., Devon HONORARY Fiddian, Mr W. H., 29, Bassett Street, Pontypridd Hayward, Mr E. B.,3. St Jobn’s Hospital, Canterbury Kemp, Dr. William, Wellington, New Zealand Mann, Mr. W. P., B.A., 38, Crabton Close Road, Boscombe Maudson, Mr B., 34 St. Peter’s Street, Canterbury Mitchinson, Right Rev. Dr.,Sibstone Rectory,Atherstone Saunders, Mi G. S., 20 Dents Road, Wandsworth Common Whittaker, Mr W., B.A., F.R.S., F.G.S., 3, Campden Road, Croydon MEMBERS. Mead, Mr H. T., 2 Bertha Villas, Canterbury Rosseter, Mr T. B., F.R.M.S., 6 Nursery Terrace, Canterbury Saunders, Mr Sibert, 197, Amesbury Avenue,Streatham Hill, S.W. Small, Mr F. A., 95 Westgate, Canterbury ASSOCIATES. Cozens, Mr A , 41 Hanover Road, Canterbury Davies, Mr Arthur, 28 Norman Road, Canterbury Francis, Mr, 80 St. Dunstan's, Cantarbury Hawkins, Mr E. M., F.1.C., Stone Street, Petham Hooker, Mr. F., Westholme, Whitstable Road Surry, Mr R., 14 Upper Bridge Street, Canterbury MEMBERS. Abbott, Miss, Lavender Cottage, Cherry Garden Road, Canterbury. Austen, Mr W. G., 18 St. George’s Street, Canterbury Barber, Mrs., 20 Norman Road Canterbury Bennett-Goldney, Mr F., Abbott’s Barton Biggleston, Mr H., 3, St. Augustine’s Road, Canterbury Brown, Miss, Kirkburton, Nunnery Road, Canterbury Brownscombe, A., F'sq.. M.A., Kent College Burch, Miss, St. Sepu'chre’s, Oaten Hill, Canterbury Burr, Mr Malcolm, D.Se , F.£.S., F.G.S., Castle Hill Honse, Dover Carter, Miss 16 The Friars, Canterbury Chapman, Mr H. M., The Priory, St. Martin’s Hill, Canterbury ‘Chapman, Mrs H. M., The Priory, St. Martin’s Hill, Canterbury ole Miss, 53 London Road, Canterbury Cook, Miss L. E., 4 Dane John Terrace, Canterbury Cook, Mrs. Linden Villa, St. Thomas’s Hill, Canterbury Cozens, Mr W., St. Augustine’s Eoad, Canterbury Cozens, Miss, St. Augustine’s Road, Canterbury Evans, Rev. L. H., Holme House, Canterbury Finn, Miss M., Vhornby, Ethelbert Road, Canterbury Finn. Miss C.. Thornby, Ethelbert Road, Canterbury Fowler, Miss R., White Lodge, Ethelbert Road Gardner, Mr C. A., 1a Castle Street, Canterbury Harvey, Mr Sidney, F.I.C., F.C.S., 18 Watling Street, Canterbury “ish Muse cM “Gy \ » Huches, Miss L., 8 St. George’s Terrace. Canterbury Jennings, Mr W. J., Latchmere House, Canterbury Lander, Mr A., Ph.C., F.R.Met.Soc., The Medical Hall, Canterbury Leeming, Mr W. T., M.Sc., Hanover Road, Canterbury Lewis, Mr F., 2, Edward, Road, Canterbury Lewis, Mra F., 2, Edward Road, Canterbury Mason, Miss, 34, St. George’s Place | Maylam, Mr P., Watling Street, Canterbury MeDakin, Captain J. Gordon, 12 Pencester Road, Dover Mc Dowall, Kev. C. R., M.A.. The King’s School MeMaster, Mr J., J.P., The Holt, Canterbury Mount, Mr. H., Whitstable Road, Canterbury Pittock, Mr G. M., M.B., Winton, Whitstable Road, Canterbury Reid, Mrs, Whitstable Road, Canterbury Rosenberg, Mr G. F.J.,B.A., King’s School,Canterbury Sharp, J. H., Esq., B.A., Simon Langton Schools Underhill, Mr., Junz., Fairview, St. Thomas’s Hill, Canterbury | Wace, The Very Rev. Dr., The Deanery, Canterbury Wacher, Mr Sidney, F.R.C.S., 9, St. George’s Place, Canterbury Webb, Mr S., 22. Waterluo Crescent, Dover Widdison, Miss, B.Se., 12 St.George’s Place Canterbury Wills, Dr. C. M., M.D.,8,St George’s Place, Canterbury Wills, Mrs, 8, St. George’s Place, Canterbury | Wotton, Mr E., junr., Kamsgate PRESENTED OFrn 104 Uru n.1919 4A TAe eis im it TAM WH A gh te iat Gad plete db she le er Tekal2l 26d AD Verge oad Wodl baviad © » . ; aa! fezg Wi MOR at | we Maes alt “= sdLastbioadh ae oT ere ; : Bi coe ay edn ; 4 aT Sees ra) yy aS ae vols rte ® - eg 229,22 4a: isa Be; ee asi 4 i ei 208) HIB BD Sescoowa & or cofeq we Men i i) ) ’ i £ a ————— . - — Sane OVE SUW09 2 = ad 4 - “paaawnet yapnovon ee a fi Liagribet waa Te eats ie ra) sriete ; gated walt watzaitie'? woos h qecsrenk (TH debe € —— biel | ate wets > we ye a iu yu wee at 2 18 lone oka * igre nv PS PATA ADOEER, cont tte i ae * Pi rr Bb epee 2? ‘e ine : ere nv < Liein) dary nagar Aen" are epted > bene! ‘ 7 att aie rv sal nia : vgs into distress. Although everybody felt fer them =obody had anything definite to do. Henee a Bill had been brought forward which was attempting t) make a corporate body responsible, and it was attempting to make the whole nation responsible. Mr. Frank Hooker believed that national insurance would be a great boon to the com- munity. He was an employe: of labour and did not like paying, but he would rather pay a stated sum and know a man who was unwell could go on his elub and be relieved of his hard work and then come back fit for his work rather than have the system we had to-day. Mr. Cuthbert Gardner menticned that he was instrumental in getting Mr. Allen to come because he saw his letters in the paper, and his was the only idea that commended itself to him (Mr. Gardner). If they were going to destroy one evil they should be careful not to work another evil. Mr. Cozens thoi ght that if a Bill such as the present one was passed there would be very few more workhouses built. If this tax was to be paid it would be paid vy industry. _Pecple at large would pay it. Why shouldn’t they? Other members having taken part in the debate, Messrs. Allen and Leeming re- sponded, and were accorded the thanks of the meeting. Following the Society’s cus- tom, no motion on the subject of the debate was put to the vote. THE CATHEDRALS AND CHURCHES OF THE NORTH OF FRANCE. By Mr. T. UNDERHILL. At the January meeting of the Society, held at the Beaney Institute, Canterbury, on Wednesday, January 17, an illustrated lec- ture on the Cathedrals and Churches of Northern Frauce was given by Mr. T. Underhill. Mr. Mapleton Chapman presided. Mr. Underhill said that Ecclesiastical ar- chitecture in France presented such a wide field of enquiry, that in his survey that night he would be able to take only a gene- ral view of the subject. By drawing a line from the mouth of the Loire to the Allier just below Moulins, and then another line to the Ardennes they would have to the north over thirty churches which were aclu- ally the seats of bishops at the present day. One of the most instructive features of the French churches was the plan of the build- ings. Between the plain cruciform of An- gers and the glorious choir of Le Mans they had a great variety of plans. The nave was usually plain with aisles, and sometimes aisle chapels, but round the choir and the apse they had double aisles and chapels, making what was called the chevet. The forms which the chevet took in the French cathedrals had always excited the admira- tion of ecclesiologists, and there were many beautiful examples, such as at Bayeaux, Bourges, Chartres, Amiens, and Rouen, to name but a few. There was one beauty of those churches that could not be conveyed and which must be seen to be appreciated; that was their stained glass windows. Some of the finest stained glass in the world was to be found in the ecclesiastical buildings of Northern France, where there were speci- mens from the First Pointed period (13th century) to the Flamboyant and early Re- naissance periods. The trvansepts and the western sides of the Churches contained cir- eular, or Rose windows that were unsur- passed, the design in some cases being very fanciful and graceful, and they were gene- rally filled with stained glass of the period. At the west end of the Churches as a rule there was a pair of towers, but in many instances they had not been completed, and were frequently not of the same design. The Church was entered through porches beneath those towers, sculpture being freely employed in the porches and in the whole of the western fagade. A great feature of our English Cathedrals was the central tower, but except in Normandy that was not so much in evidence in French Cathedrals. Sometimes, as at St. Ouen, Rouen, they had a lantern tower, which vose to no great height, or in some cases a small leaden fleche. There were, however, many fine towers and spires scattered throughout the country, more especially in Brittany, where they encountered spires of a beautiful type. As in English Churches, the Lady Chapel was usually at the choir end, but it was not often so large as those at home, as it formed one of the radiating chapels of the chevet; moreover, a great number of French Cathedrals were dedicated to *‘ Our Lady.” Owing to the double aisles and the chapels to the choir and nave, the transepts were not so marked as in English Cathedrals. In many churches they had portals with masses of sculpture. It was a well-known fact that the Churches of France exhibited certain peculiarities which were confined to the particular Province in which they were found. The French styles of architecture followed very much on the same lines as our own up to the end of the 14th century (through the Romanesque, First Pointed, and Middle Pointed), but with the 15th cen- tury there was a wide divergence. In Eng- land we developed the Perpendicular; in France they evolved the Flamboyant, and they came under the Renaissance spell in a much greater degree than we did in Eng- land. Mr. Underhill then proceeded to deal with the cathedrals, as far as it was convenient to do so, in their respec- tive Archiepiscopal Provinces, — there being seven in Northern France. By means of slides from photographs taken by himself and others, he illustrated each of the Cathedrals or Churches he referred to, and also pointed out the special features. Speaking first of Churehes he referred to, and also pointed out the special features. Speaking first of Rheims Cathedral, he said that in the lovely western portals, with the statues in the niches and the Gallery of the Kings above the Rose window between the towers, they saw the typical west front of the French Cathedral. He remarked upon the immense work entailed in that part of the church alone, which comprised nearly 600 statues, and was wisurpassed for its excellence of execution. The Cathedral had been the scene cf the coronation of several of the French kings. He next illustrated Soissons Cathedral, built in the Early Gothie style, and sometimes called the Salisbury of France; the neighbouring old Cathedral at Laon, which has a pleasing group of towers with and without spires; the one- time Cathedral Church of Senlis, whose west portal belongs to the middle of the 12th century; and then described the many fea- tures of Amiens Cathedral—one of the best known in France. At Beauvais, he said, the Choir was the loftiest in the world, rising to nearly 160ft., the clerestery window being of the extraordinary height of 60ft. AJl the architects of Beauvais had such lofty aspi- rations that they exceeded the bounds of prudence and disaster succeeded disaster. Vaults fell in again and again, and the wonderful spire, rising 445ft., collapsed when the architect was examining it. The lecturer then spoke of the cathedrals at Chalons-sur-Marne, Notre Dame de Paris, St. Etienne at Meaux, Chartres, Orleans, Evreux, and Bayeux. Among other cathe- drals and churches dealt with were the celebrated Norman churches at Caen, the Abbey Church of Mont St. Michel, the cathedrals at Coutances, Seez, Tours, Le Mans, the cathedral, churches, and religious buildings at Rouen and Angers, the cathedrals at Nantes, Sens, Troyes, Auxerre, Moulins, Nevers (where there was one of the two examples in 7 France of the double apse), and Bourges (one of the finest in France). In a reference to the Cathedrals of Brittany Mr. Under- hill said they seemed to belong to a class quite apart from those more closely con- nected with the Ile de France, and they were not very imposing. The old Cathedral at Dol contained many interesting features. The lecture was followed with great in- terest, the slides (shown by the lantern admirably manipulated by the Secretary, Mr. A. Lander) adding a great deal to the value of the information given. A hearty vote of thanks was accorded to Mr. Underhill, on the proposition of Mr. Mapleton Chapman, who expressed his pleasure at being present, and said there were several points he would like to have referred to if time had allowed. ILLUSTRATED LECTURE ON PHOTOGRAPHY. By Mr. J. W. EADIE. A meeting was held in the Reference Library of the Beaney Institute, Canterbury, on Wed- nesday evening, February 17. The Rev.C.R. L. McDowall (Headmaster of the King’s School) was tohave lectured on “Grecian Pottery ” but was unable todo so. He wrote stating that he hoped to fulfil the engagement later. The breach was filled by Mr. J W. Eadie, of London, who gave an illustrated lecture on photography in which he suggested that the amateur should specialise in some branch such as photographs of churches, or rivers, or wood- land scenes. THE DAWN OF FREEDOM IN ITALY. By Mr. J. H. SHARP, B.A. Mr. J. H. Sharp, B.A., Headmaster of the Simon Langton Boys’ School, Canterbury, gave a very interesting historical address on ‘* The Unification of Italy *’ at the meet- ing held in the Reference Library at the Beaney Institute, Canterbury, on February 21. The lecturer commenced by stating that it was impossible to discuss the question of the unification of Italy without watching the course of events in other parts of Europe, beginning from the year 1815, when the Con- gress of Vienna rearranged the boundaries of the European states. After this Congress three countries, Russia, Prussia, and Aus- tria, formed the Holy Alliance, the object of which was to govern Europe by congresses, and to suppress by their united forces the attempt of any nation to rise against abso- lutism, and to claim some share in the gov- ernment of the country. The Congress of Vienna left Italy broken up into various kingdoms, duchies, and dependencies. Venetia and Lombardy were under the con- trol of Austria, Piedmont was governed by Victor Emmanuel, Parma and Modena were governed by Marie Louise and a member of the Hapsburg family, Tuscany was gov- erned by a duke controlled for all practical purposes by Austria, Rome was held by the Pope, who also governed the Papal States, while Southern Italy and Sicily were under Ferdinand. The bitter disappointment of the nations at the retrograde action of the ruling classes broke out into risings in 1820 in Spain, Greece, Portugal and Italy. The Holy Alliance put down these risings, that in Italy being suppressed by a large Aus- trian army, and Victor Emmanuel, of Pied- mont, abdicated in favour of his brother, who ruled in accordance with the wishes of the Holy Alliance until his death in 1831, when he was succeeded by Charles Albert, who was known to sympathize with the hatred felt for the Austrians. The depo- sition of Charles X of France in 1830 led to fresh risings in the Papal States, but Aus- tria again intervened successfully. Mazzini roused enthusiasm for the cause of freedom by instituting the Association of Young Italy, but he received no support from Charles Albert, and fled first to France and afterwards to Italy. The year 1848 saw the next series of risings against arbitrary and irresponsible government. Louis Philippe was driven from France, Metternich from Austria, and only by the help of Russia did Austria maintain its hold upon Hungary. The North of Italy, headed by Piedmont, rose against Austria, but after considerable successes, suffered defeat at Novara, and the puppet princes who had fled returned to their States. Charles Albert abdicated in favour of Victor Emmanuel, who was des- tined to be the ruler of a united Italy. In this last rising Rome had for a time been formed into a republic, but Louis Napoleon sent a force from France which reinstated the Pope, in spite of a splendid resistance offered by Garibaldi. Helped by Cavour, Victor Emmanuel proceeded to develop the resources of the Kingdom of Sardinia, and to fit his people to take the lead in the liberation of Italy. At Cavour’s instigation Sardinia took part in the Crimean War, and there recovered the prestige lost at Novara. In the Congress held at Paris at the con- clusion of the war Cavour represented Italy, and came into close touch with the minis- ters of Louis Napoleon. In 1858 Cavour met Napoleon at Plombieéres, and a compact was formed by which Napoleon was to help to drive out the Austrians, and in return to receive Savoy and Nice. War broke out in 1859, and the combined forces of France and Sardinia won the battles of Magenta and Solferino. To Cavour’s disgust, Louis Na- poleon suddenly at Villafrance made peace with Austria, and on terms such that only Lombardy was added to Sardinia. But Central Italy soon expelled its incompetent rulers, and Victor Emmanuel found himself at the head of Modena, Parma, Tuscany, and the Romagna, in addition to his own states. Savoy and Nice, however, had to be surrendered to France. A romantic turn was given to events by the brilliant exploit of Garibaldi and his 1,000 men, who in a few months made themselves masters of Sicily, and then crossed to the mainland and entered Naples. Cavour, afraid that Gari- baldi, ignoring the danger of complications with France, would march on Rome, antici- pated events by seizing part of the Papal States, and at a subsequent meeting, Gari- baldi resigned his power into the hands of Victor Emmanyel and retired to Caprera. The Two Sicilies united themselves by ple- biscite to the Italian kingdom. Venetia was won as a result of an alliance with Prussia when that power was on the brink of war with Austria—Prussia promis- ing that Venetia should be for Italy the spoils of victory. The outbreak of the Franco-German war necessitated the with- drawal of the whole of the French forces from Rome, and in 1871 Victor Emmanuel made a triumphal entry into that City. To Cavour, more than to any other man, Italy is indebted for her liberty and unity. He possessed pre-eminently the qualities that go to make a practical statesman— steadfastness of purpose, lofty ideals, ab- sence of mere personal ambition, and that soundness of intellect which distinguishes between the possible and the impossible. At the conclusion of the lecture a cordial vote of thanks was given to Mr. Sharp, on the motion of the Chairman. EXTINCT VOLCANORS IN BRITAIN. By Mr. W. COZENS. An exceedingly interesting and. informa- tive lecture on ‘‘ Extinct Volcanoes ‘n Great Britain’? was given by Mr. W. Cozens at the March meeting of the East Kent Natural History and Scientific Society on Wednesday, March 14, in the reference library of the Beaney Institute, Canterbury. The President, Dr. Graham Wills, was in the chair, and the gathering was a little larger than usual, though very inadequate, having regard to the interesting nature of the subject. Mr. Cozens said that as every part of the crust of the earth had been subject to tre- mendous pressure on all sides, and perhaps even more pressure through gravitation try- ing always to drag every portion towards the centre of the planet, all parts of the crust had from time to time been subject to folding, cleavage, breaking, falling into the molten magma, and in other ways hav- ing the orderly strata which had been laid down by the water disorganised, it was not to be expected that the tiny portion of the crust we called Great Britain should be any exception to the general rule. Neither was it. In every direction there were evidences of Plutonic and Volcanic energy, and in the ages that elapsed to bring this land into its present state of glorious perfection for the habitation of man the internal fiery forces had had their part to play, and had done it well. Needless to say, in the present time no active voleano reared its head in Britain, but in the bygone ages numerous and furious were the discharges from the molten sea in the nether world, both strengthening the egg-shell crust and stor- ing its increasing thickness with precios treasure for the benefit of man in this present age. It was well to remember that when this planet was thrown off the sun in a state of gas all was hot as the sun, and as the gases on the outside of the revolving mass cooled so they sorted themselves cut into the various elements. After many mil- lions of years a scum or thin crust would form on the external parts of the more than white hot sphere, and this skin woud tend to conserve the enormous internal heat. In the course of the ages the crust got thicke> through more of the molten material coming to the surface and cooling, and in process of time the stratified rocks were formed through deposits laid down on the scum crust by water, and from material worn down from the igneous rocks first and from other stratified rocks later. This vro- cess of degradation of the older rocks, both igneous and stratified, had been repeated again and again, and the wreckage had been relaid to form the newer stratified rocks. Mr. Cozens then pointed to a diagram of geological strata, and said the same order of layers occurred all the world over, and, generally speaking, the crust of the earth was about 25 miles in thickness. Now, with a jacket so thick, so strong, so heavy, and so strongly sei and banded, if there was no escape for the intensely hot gases im- prisoned in the interior, this little world would be in danger of such an explosion that would, with one mighty effort, find re- lief in shivering this floating sphere into myriads of aimless splinters, like the débris of the ring shed by our sun, which never coalesced, and across whose path our earth spun twice every year, and received thou- sands of its fragments as shooting stars. But there was an escape, and it was with that he proposed to deal. All hot things shrank in cooling, and large things got so much strained that they cracked. In the gradual cooling of the earth’s crust the rocks contracted, and immensely strong and rigid as they were, what would not bend and fold was ground to powder; the earth got smaller. In every age of the world’s existence the hot gases from the heated in- terior found many lines of weakness through the cracked and fractured crust, and follow- ing those lines of weakness, the imprisoned forces of Pluto—the Roman God of the infernal fiery regions—found their way of escape and those ‘‘ plutonic’’ rocks, as we called them, came to the surface through such vents, cracks and chasms, filling all cavities on their way to the top with their lava streams of molten rock. It was affirmed that at a depth of 50ft. below the surface, anywhere, from the poles to the equator, the temperature was found to be about 50 degrees fahrenheit, and in deeper sinkings in wells and mines the tempera- ture steadily increased at the rate of oue degree for every 60ft. in depth. Mr. Cozens added that this varied somewhat, because in some mines it increased by one degree every 24ft., whilst in one American mine the in- crease was only one degree each 70 feet. The deepest mine did not exceed a mile in depth, he said, and there it was so hot that men were not allowed to remain long below, but came often to the surface to avoid col- lapse. If the temperature went on increas- ing at the same rate it would be high enough at 10,000 feet to boil water and still deeper. even to melt rocks. Springs which issued from a great depth were found to be hot, and sometimes they came as steam instead of water. . Hot springs were numerous in al quarters of the globe, but especially in the neighbourhood of active or extinct volca- noes. At Buxton was a hot spring always coming forth at about 82 degrees, and at Bath the perpetual hot spring welled up at 120 degrees, and had done for many cen- turies. Many people regarded that hot spring at Bath as a manifestation of present voleanic activity. As, however, no less than 180,000 gallons issued daily from that source, we might well understand how great was the amount of heat of which the earth’s crust was relieved by its agency. As this spring was constant its action might moe than equal a considerable volcano, which though so much more violent, was intermit- tent. The Bath spring contained in solution various saline substances, principally sul- phates and chlorides, which had quietly passed out by river and sea, and had been lost to view, but if those solids brought from the interior of the earth during the last 2,000 years since the Romans came and used the springs, could be collected, they would form quite a respectable cone, equal to many a powerfully active volcano. Earthquakes and volcanoes were very much akin, sail Mr. Cozens, and earthquake shocks had heen recorded in nearly all parts of Great Britain. In 1110 the river Trent had a mile of its bed laid dry. In 1148 a length of the bed of the river Thames was similarly affected. An earthquake in 1185. shook the whole of England, and brought down the Cathedral at Lincoln. Nor had Canterbury escaped. In 1382 an earthquake wrought great havoc in the City. The Campanile in the Pre- cincts collapsed, the great west window of the Cathedral and the east window of the Chapter House were ‘‘ terribly shaken and shattered,”’ and other edifices in the City, particularly the monastery of St. Augus- tine’s, suffered at the same time. As the Westgate was built by Sudbury in 1379 it was therefore, at the time of this earth- quake, only just erected, yet it stood the shock well. Tt was intensely interesting to 10 note that England afforded visible proofs that from the very earliest time in the for- mation of the earth’s crust voleanic dis- charges had been without intermission. For every instance known to-day, probably there would be a hundred points that had been either buried up or altogether de- stroyed by degradation, and so unknown. The Wrekin in Shropshire was a venerable specimen. Mr. Cozens then went into de- tails upon the abundant evidence of volcanic action in the different periods, such, for 1n- stance, the proofs in the Wrekin that before the long distant period of the Cambrian there existed voleanoes which ejected scoriae, lapilli, and volcanic dust, the lower Silurian rocks which, while being laid down, were contorted and pierced by varieties of molten granite which formed the mountain masses of Cader Idris, Berwyns, etc., proofs in North Wales and the Lake District of vol- eanic action on the grandest scale in Sila- rian times, renewed in the Devonian or Old Redsandstone age, with fresh violence upon that part of the earth’s surface now occupied by the British Islands, diminished in the following Carbon- iferous Age so that, imstead of great central volcanoes, there were innumer- able small vents throwing out tufts and lavas round the bases of the now extinct Devonian volcanoes. The well-known hill called Arthur’s Seat at Edinburgh was a granite poured forth at this time, and many castle crowned crags of the Forth and Clyde valleys were the worn and denuded relics of those small voleanoes. At that time the sea covered the South of Scotland, and all England except a ridge from Mid-Wales to the Wash. In Permian times what volcanic action took plice was probably below the large inland sea which, like the Caspian, covered the previous deposits. During the next division of time what was now Devon- shire was the scene of several small volcanic outbursts. The mountain: limestone which in Derbyshire was not less than 1,600 feet in thickness, was clearly deposited in an open and fairly deep sea. Mr. Cozens remarked that during the Eocene Period England was covered with a tropical sea like the Indian Ocean, and turtles, tortoises, crocodiles, sea snakes, and animal life suited to warm waters, infested this area. On what little land there was, tropical plants flourished. He said that in his sand pits and around by St. Thomas’s hill they found sharks’ teeth, and they could not have sharks’ teeth without sharks. The lecturer alluded to the Oligocene and Pliocene times, and then to the period when the ice cap was on the Jand. It went without saying, he proceeded, that this great Ice Age was necessary in the pur- pose of the Great Creator in getting the earth into a fit and proper state for man to live upon. The ice passed away, the tropical fauna and flora disappeared, the climate be- came more temp2rate, forms of life as we knew them in this land began to show them- selves in plant and animal, and in due time, on the very last and uppermost of the stratified deposits which we called Pleisto- cene, and simply meant ‘‘ most recent,’’ we found the first remains of primitive man and his tools. We divided them into E«- lithic (Dawn of Stone Age), Paleolithic (Ancient Stone Age), Neolithic (New Stone Age), Bronze Age, Iron Age, Historic Period. To-day we looked upon our islands as secure from voleanic peril, and serenely read the news of eruptions and seismic energy in other lands. A very hearty vote of thanks was given to Mr. Cozens on the proposition of Dr. Graham Wills, and Mr. Cozens, in replying, said how interesting geology was, and stated that he would be pleased to give assistance to any person who was taking up the study. MEMBERS The winter programme of this Society came to a close on April 11th, when the customary ‘‘ members’ evyening’’ was ob- served, members bringing interesting ex- hibits or raising subjects of discussion. An interesting lecture on the Delhi Durbar was the chief feature, Mr. A. Lander manipu- lating the lantern with his usual skill, and Mr. Underhill reading the lecture. The slides were largely the work of Mr. Ernest Brooks, who had the honour of being ap- pointed private photographer to the King for this tour, and some particulars concern- ing his photographic methods were given. For all the negatives taken by him in con- nection with the Durbar, he used Tabloid Rytol developer. The latest portraits of the EVENING. King-Emperor and Queen Empress, and of Indian princes and notables in their state robes, were particularly interesting, and there was a specially beautiful picture of Her Majesty on a terrace taking a last look at the Taj Mahal Mr. W. Cozens had a very interesting ex- hibit—a piece of petrified timber found re- cently about four feet deep in the gravel pit at St. Stephen’s, and showing medullary rays, annular rings, fibre, bark, and worm holes. Miss Mason exhibited a curious transparent crystal. There was a diseus- sion on the summer programme of excur- sions, particulars of which will be an- nounced later. 11 SUMMER EXCURSION. The members of the Society and friends had a summer excursion on June 27th. Starting from Canterbury in motor cars, a stop was made at Elham Church, the beautiful reredos being much admired. Lyminge was next visited, and here the party inspected the interesting remains of the Saxon churches containing Roman bricks. They then proceeded to Lympne, where fine views of the Romney Marsh were obtained from the churchyard, the remains of the Roman Castrum indicated, and the Norman church visited. After an interval for tea in a charming garden at Newingreen, the tour was resumed to the ruined Chapel of Our Lady at Court-at-Street, where Elizabeth Barton, the Maid of Kent, fell into her passions, which ended in the stake at Tyburn. The next church visited was Smeeth, which has con- siderable 12th century work and a very pretty churchyard; and then the early Norman church at Brook, with low-side window and mural paintings in good preservation, detained the party for some time. Wye, where the brasses and other features were examined, was the last church visited. The President, Dr. Wills, accompanied the party, and Mr. T. Underhill acted as guide. CONTENTS. 10: 1912-13. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS.—By Dr. Graham Wills ... ee Pc Ht ee ae ““ THE HARMONY OF RELIGION AND SCIENCE.’’—By the Rev. A. H. T. Clarke... 4 “* ANCIENT ROME.’’—By Mr. Thomas Underhill A. = ea 450 ceo ‘““ THE EVOLUTION OF THE UNIVERSE.’’—By Mr. A. Lander __... ms: SNS ““SHOULD BOARDS OF GUARDIANS BE ABOLISHED.’’— By Councillor J. G. B. Stone . on os es ws see bos or roe oso ‘“*THE GENERATION OF ELECTRICITY AND ITS USES.’’—Lecture by Mr. F. Lewis 11 ““ THE FLIGHT OF BIRDS.’’—Lecture by Rev. L. H. Evans, M.A. ... es eae SUMMER EXCURSIONS, 1913 = a ae ak #8 ror op, utes LIBRARIAN’S REPORT ae = oe ais =e: = Be we 4S NOTES a5 ot BSc ay 2 te a8 2a 50 egy iz: SUNSHINE AND RAINFALL TABLES : ae ee sen eh pay te LIST OF MEMBERS = — 6 > oe Sp ach re ike ‘‘ EUGENICS.”—PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS ny Dr. GRAHAM WILLS. Under the chairmanship of Dr. Graham Wills (president), the opening meeting of the winter season was held on Wednesday evening (October 23) in the Reference Library at the Beaney Institute. There was a fairly good attendance, con- sidering the unsatisfactory state of the weather. Among those present were: Mrs. Wills, Miss Mason, Miss Fowler, Miss Ab- bott, Mr. and Mrs. Lewis, Messrs. C. Gard- ner, T. Underhill, A. Lander, W. Cozens, Miss Greenwood, and Miss Widdison. The first part of the proceedings was devoted to business. Then the presidential address was given, Dr. Wills delivering an ex- tremely useful and interesting discourse on the Theory of Eugenics. : ELECTION OF OFFICERS. The following were elected as officials for the ensuing year:—President, Dr. Graham Wills; vice-presidents, the Very Rev. the Dean of Canterbury, Captain McDakin, Mr. S. Harvey, the Rev. C. R. McDowall, and Mr. F. B. Goldney, M.P.; hon. treasurer, Mr. W. Cozens; hon. li- brarian, Mr. H. T. Mead; committee, Messrs. H. M. Chapman, J. H. Sharp, G. M. Pittock, W. T. Leeming, Dr. Malcolm Burr, A. Brownscombe, and J. Underhill; hon. secretary, Mr. A. Lander; hon. assis- tant secretaries, Messrs. C. A. Gardner and E. B. Hayward. A letter of regret at inability to be resent was received from Captain eDakin, Dover. The Hon. Treasurer (Mr. W. Cozens) sub- mitted a satisfactory report. Miss Widdison, B.Sc., and Mr. Arthur Davies were elected members of the Society. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. The President then addressed the mect- ing as follows :— It is impossible for any individual whose lot is cast anywhere within hail of the large centres of industry to be otherwise than impressed with the rapid development in all departments of knowledge during even the past few months. Equally impos- sible is it for me to attempt a recapitula- tion of such progress since last I addressed you, and any cursory remarks I may make must necessarily refer to one or more selected subjects. It is to be regretted that a certain section of recent discoveries have not proved to be unmitigated blessings, but have been diverted from their original utility and abused, and crime has been facilitated and its detection and punish- ment rendered more difficult, e.g., the motor car bandit and modern burglar have at their command the same resources which have done such yeoman service in many of the industries. I do not overlook the fact that on the other side of the account we have such balancing factors as the use of wireless telegraphy, which has so fre- quently of late brought the fugitive to jus- tice amongst other incalculable benefits. But still, we can only lament the presence »f a strong element of aggression and de- stcuction in our methods of utilising what science is constantly providing. Our ad- vaneing methods of locomotion, for ex- ample, exact a heavy toll of human life. We are told that already this year 188 lives haye been lost in motor accidents in London alone; the loss of the Titanic, with its heavy death roll, was undoubtedly another sacrifice to speed, and the heavy casualties connected with the development of the aeroplane and the submarine vessel go to swell a formidable list, apart from the fact that all these machines seem to owe much of their popularity to their importance in war, and to thoughtful pre- sons comes the conviction that they may, in the near future, be responsible for such wholesale destruction of human life as may indeed ‘‘ stagger humanity.’’ It may seem remarkable (though it is not uncommon) that at such a time a new science should spring up, having an entirely different object, and we might term it a neutralising factor in the general destructive movement aiming, as it does, at construction of the human race on the best obtainable lines. I allude to the so-called Science of Eugen- ics, which has recently been brought be- fore us, and which we may find some in- terest in examining. What is the science of Eugenics? I will quote from one of the test known writers on the subject (Dr. Saleeby, I believe) :— ““The people called Eugenists believe that the soul of all improvement is the improvement of the soul; that since indi- viduals are mortal, the quality and quan- tity of parenthood are the dominant factors in the destiny of any people; that the enl- ture of the racial life is the vital industry of mankind everywhere and always; that every child who comes into the world should be planned, desired, and loved in anticipation; that the function of govern- ment is the production and recognition of human worth and the extirpation of human unworth, and that to these incomparable ends for which the world was made all powers of man and nature, all forces spiritual and material, must be made sub- servient.’”’ This is no new fad, but rather the modern form of the idea, and the ideal to which the noblest men and women of all the past have consecrated all their powers. The Eugenists desire and hope for what all people worthy to be called human have desired and hoped for—the coming of nobler and finer men and women—the disappear- ance of disease and ugliness, misery and vice, the making of a better world, and the dawn of that Golden Age which, often spoken of in fable, is so heartily to be desired. Having started with such high ideals, it was manifestly necessary that the prac- tice should follow the principles, and here Eugenics had to call in the aid of science in order to mark out the lines on which they proposel to attain these objects, and as it is granted that the chief point is the making of noble individuals, the question arises ‘‘ What are the factors that make the indiviual noble or base, healthy or diseased, tall or short, clever or stupid, kind or cruel? The answer is clear. Every attribute and character of every livivg being is the product of what he may con- veniently call nature and nurture. _ These terms were adopted by Sir Francis Galton, and their significance may be roughly ex- plained thus: Under ‘‘ Nature” is in- cluded heredity in its ordinary sense, and also everything else given at the indi- vidual’s beginning, though it may be un- like anything possessed by the parents. “‘Nurture’’ includes all nutrition, from the moment of the formation of the new individual onwards, and all environment, physical, social and spiritual. These two terms therefore can be used to include all the forces that make us or any other liy- ing being. Both of these are mutually essential, for if there be no nature, nur- ture is impotent, and if there be no nur- ture nature comes to nothing. Eugenists maintain that they include in their pro- gramme all the agencies that make for better nurture alike for rich and poor, born and unborn, and they regard the care of expectant motherhood as essential, and, in this fact and their special regard for the question of heredity, lies the difference between them and other social reformers and philanthropists. The Eugenist further asserts that the statement that ‘‘ All men are born free and equal’? may be a poli- tical fact, but is not biologically true; the two must not be confounded. Vitally speaking, all men are not born free and equal. All men and women are different, and some are as certainly doomed by their nature to inferiority and slavery (not poli- tical slavery), as others to superiority and freedom. If all children began life alike, and if the differences between men were simply due to nurture, then nurture would cover the whole question of Eugenics. But if children differ inherently, and if these differences are not accidental, but are the result of law, and if these range from the criminal lunatic to the saintly genius, from the blight of hereditary disease to the per- fection of health, then clearly nurture is only a stage in the formation of a man or a woman, and is not even the first stage but the second. Now, this argument is born out by the experience of the last seventy or eighty years, in which so much has heen done for social reform, including the nationalization of education for the latter half of the period, and yet the record cannot be said to be satisfactory as regards the ennoblement of life. Better housing and drainage, diet and water sup- ply, have brought about enormous im- provements, and together with education of a certain kind, have perhaps encouraged us to think we have met with partial suc- cess, but too much yet remains to be done. We have certainly made efforts to attend to these and other similar matters, but the important, i.e., the primary matters of the law of life, have been forgotten, according to the Eugenist. Take one marked ex- ample: we care for the feeble-minded girl when she gets into trouble, and also for her feeble-minded child when she, in her turn, gets into trouble, and we now have all three generations sometimes living to- gether in the same workhouse. No doubt it is a fine workhouse, well ventilated, with large grounds which provide for its expan- sion. And mark you, we have taken good care to ensure that its expansion should shortly be required, for have we not actu- ally devoted ourselves to nurture in such a fashion as to ensure, guarantee, and mul- tiply the quantity of defective ‘‘ nature” in each succeeding generation? The Eu- genist asserts that this is one instance in which the factor of heredity or nature has been forgotten, and unless care is taken it would be quite possible to abuse nurture in such a way as to bring about a speedly degeneration of the race. We may, and certainly do, take great care of defective children, and of the defective babies of defective mothers, as we ought to do; but we also neglect myriads of healthy babies and healthy mothers, and it appears to be demonstrable that in many instances we ensure the survival of a much larger pro- portion of feeble-minded than of normal children. If, then, we admit that nature is so important, and the degree of its im- portance becomes more and more evident as investigation goes on, and if the experience of all who breed cattle or roses, horses or peas, confirms this as true, are we, or are we not, bound to apply our knowledge to the far higher task of obtaining the high- est type of men and women? This the Eu- genist regards as our duty. And how is this duty to be carried out? We see that while many people agree about the nurture of the adult, e.g., as to housing or the nurture of the adolescent and school child, and while lately public opinion has discovered the infant, the Eu- genist alone is emphasising the well-known but neglected fact that every one of us is alive for nine months before we are born. If, therefore, we would carry out the prin- ciple of prope> nurture, we must recognise that the nurture of the next generation must be begun now, and that all exceptant mothers shall be made secure from defect- ive nourishment, neglect, dishonour, worry, or overwork in factory or home. This may startle some of us, but undoubtedly the Eugenist has much truth on his side when he demands that this is one of the most crucial questions for us to decide upon. Some Eugenists (and other people, too) argue that the race is degenerating because the birth-rate is falling more rapidly among the middle class. Such an assertion may be true, but it is difficult to prove, as all statistics omit any consideration of the diff- erences of nurture in the two classes, and this probably makes all the difference. Now, as to natural or primary Eugenics, as the Eugenists propose to name it. This calls for special attention. The term ‘* Eugenics’? or good breeding was intro- duced by Sir Francis Galton in reference to the possibility of breeding more largely than heretofore from good stocks, whose members would probably be of special value to the community. That would be a Eugenie selection practised among man- kind, but all selection must really involve rejection; to choose is also to refuse; and Eugenics must include not only selection of the able and worthy, but also rejection of the unworthy (like the feeble-minded), as those who are to become the parents of the next generation. Dr. Saleeby has pro- posed that the first of the two methods mentioned, viz., the selection of the fit, should be termed positive Eugenics, and the second, or rejection of the unfit, negatiy> Eugenics. These terms have been approved and adopted by Sir Francis Galton, and sear into general use among Eugenists. ositive Eugenics may therefore be defined as the encouragement of worthy parent- hood, and negative Eugenics the discourage- ment of unworthy parenthood. Beside these two another section is recognised as preventive Eugenics, the aim of which is to combat the racial poisons. It may be well, after so far considering these prin- ciples, to recapitulate them in tabular form. We have then A.—Natural or Primary Eugenics, under which we range No. 1.—Positive Eugenics. worthy parenthood. No. 2.—Negative Eugenics. ing unworthy parenthood. No. 3.—Preventive — opposing the racial poisons. B.—Nurtural, or Secondary Eugenics. No. 1.—Physical—including nurture from the beginning—not merely from the cradle —to the grave. No. 2.—Psychical—including education. No. 3.—Social and moral—home, school, and nation. Encouraging Discourag- It is almost superfluous to remark that, having stated such principles as the fore- going, we are only at the beginning of the matter. All kinds of questions and difficul- ties are bound to crop up, e.g., the decision between the worthy and the unworthy, and to obtain general agreement to the standard set up. And even granted that there is general agreement on these points, and that we know what we want, and what we do not want—just what particular ma- tings of individuals will produce the kind of race we desire, still we have to ascertain what methods we shall adopt to persuade the right people to become parents, and dissuade or exclude the wrong people, if any such methods exist. It is evident that here the Eugenist has to run up against human instinct—pride, passion, and prejudice, politics and custom—at every turn, and, above all, the great fact of that love which makes the world go round, and may be quite equal to turning Eugenics out of doors altogether. Is love to be a friend or an enemy? The Eugenists claim it for a friend, provided those agents, such as Mammon and Bacchus, which tend to pervert it, are searched out and destroyed. So, in spite of the difficulties we have enumerated, the Eugenist still seems deter- mined to persevere, endeavouring to influ- ence those within his reach to marry the physically and mentally fit rather than the well-to-do, if lacking in physical or mental calibre, and, at the same time, endeavour- ing to secure better legislation for the feeble-minded and inebriate. I have dealt with some of the principles of Eugenics with the idea that some of you may be interested in a matter which is very much before the public just now. I need hardly tell you that there is a very great deal more to be said, and this you can easily understand if we are to apply the principles we have laid down. It has oceurred to me that it might be of great interest to get Dr. Saleeby himself at some future time to address us on the subject if possible. He has written and spoken much on the matter, and is undoubtedly the greatest authority on the subject, and I have borrowed his remarks almost ver- batim in this evening’s paper. Some of you may be disposed to regard the whole thing as a crank, and dismiss it as utterly impracticable, but before you do so let me impress on you that much which is commonplace with us to-day has in its inception been regarded in precisely similar terms. We may instance aero- planes as a good example. If you should ask me what is the use of such an idea I can but point to the condition of our asylums at the present time—the even more frequent recurrence of outrage by criminal lunatics, arson, homicide, as seen in the attack on Colonel Roosevelt just a few days ago. The assault upon and murder of little girls, which so often provide our newspapers with ghastly details. Do you not admit, at any rate, that there is strong reason on the side of those who desire to breed a better race, and to guard the germ from the very beginning, forti- fying the individual at every point to suc- cessfully meet the strain of 20th century life? Personally, I am not among the pessimists who declare that the race is de- enerating. I believe there never was a jay when finer specimens of manhood and womanhood were met with than at the present, but probably there never was a time either when moral perverts of the worst type were more numerous, and as the chain is no stronger than its weakest link, we cannot regard such conditions with equanimity. No doubt the fine men and women are due to what the Hugenist would call nurtural Eugenics—good environment, etc., combined with natural Eugenics—the accident of birth of healthy parents. I suppose the Socialist would consider that the Eugenist is a crank, and that if he could only secure the ideal state which would undertake the care of the children where required, and guarantee a living wage to the worker, all other ills would gradually eradicate themselves under the influence of State hygiene, better housing, etc., etc. I am rather on the side of the Hugenist, I must admit, as regards his theory, it is the working out of it which is the difficulty. We have only to look in our shop win- dows at the present time and observe the splendid fruit, notably apples, there dis- played. Visit our flower shows as the sea- son goes round; also the stalls of the ani- mals at agricultural shows, to impress our- selves with the wonders that science has wrought during the past few years. We cannot claim that the marvellous improve- ments in size and quality of fruit, vege- tables, flowers, and animals is only due to improved environments. No! It is the right interpretation of the laws of nature which has worked the change. Notably the study of stock selection, crossing, fertilisa- tion, or, as the Eugenist would put it, en- couragement of worthy parenthood and discouragement of unworthy parenthood, which is rigorously enforced by the gar- dener and stock breeder, proper environ- ment following as a matter of course but secondary. Shall our animals, fruits, flowers, and vegetables advance while our race degen- erates? Mr. Cozens, in proposing a vote of thanks to the President for his address, said that everyone must be interested in the question of Eugenics. He supposed there could not possibly be a more interest- ing question, but, as Dr. Wills said, it was fraught with many difficulties, and he could not see what they, as a little society, could do in the matter. Mr. Lander seconded, remarking that the subject bristled with difficulties. One diffi- culty was that a child might be weak and unhealthy, and yet it lived, and was not the hopeless wreck that was sometimes an- ticipated. He thought it was a question that wanted to be thoroughly discussed. At the conclusion of the meeting those present were enabled to listen to the re- ceiving of wireless messages through the courtesy of Mr. Lander, who brought in his portable wireless set. The first station picked up was an Admiralty station in Yorkshire, while messages were also re- ceived from Paris, and several ships at sea. Everyone was highly interested in this, the latest form of communication. “THE HARMONY OF RELIGION AND SCIENCE.”—By Tue Rey, A. H. T. CLARKE, On Wednesday, Nov. 13, in the Beaney In- stitute, was held the second meeting for the season, when the President (Dr. Graham Wills) introduced the lecturer, the Rev. A. H. T. Clarke, who took for his subject: ‘‘The Harmony of Religion and Science as illustrated in the making of the World.” The lecturer opened the subject by remarking that there was no more remarkable sign of the times than that men nowadays did not go to church. He thought their excuse a poor one, namely, that the ‘doubts that had gathered over the Old Testament from sci- entific discoveries were so rarely met by Christians that the ‘‘man in the street”’ was quite justified in thinking that they could not be met. The issue was there- fore a vital one. And we must frankly meet it. Now, it was impossible to over- look one fact about the theory of Evolu- tion. It had, in the past, been the fa- vourite weapon of infidelity. Darwin ad- mitted that he had given up all religion, that he was an agnostic, and that the argu- ment for a Creator from the apparent design of the universe must be given up also. And this attitude of mind invariably brought in its train fatalism and Socialism. If we were the automatic result of a long chain of cause and effect over which we had no control, if we had no more free-will than a monkey, we became the creatures of cir- cwmstances and the victims of our environ- ment. And the French Revolution is proof sufficient that these very principles of Diderot and Lamarck ended in social anarchy, when God was removed from the world. The lecturer, however, reminded his hearers that these were not the views of the highest scientists of any age. Buffon, the greatest of naturalists, Cuvier, the greatest of geologists, Owen, Agassiz, Lyell, Virchow, and Kelvin were the chief scientists of the last hundred years, but they entirely disbelieved the theory of Evolution. And the modern Evolutionist, such as M. Depéret or Dr. Wallace, had recently changed their tune. They ad- mitted that the evidence was against them —that the gaps in the record could not be surmounted at present, that nature still refused fertility to hybrids, and that the old arguments from rudimentary organs were abandoned. These last were exceptional facts which proved regression quite as much as advance, and which, if they had be- longed to creatures in a state of transfor- mation, would have upset the balance of the organism. The lecturer illustrated these remarks by the instances of the whale’s teeth and femur, and of the appa- rent descent of the elephant from the moeritherium, paleomastodon, tetrabelodon, mastodon, and mammoth. He warned his audience that (as Buffon had _ shown) science was largely a system of abstrac- tions. It often dealt in pure conjecture, and at best could never penetrate to the origin of anything. Sir Richard Owen frankly admitted that the accident of a working man showing him a buried tim- her once saved him from a huge geological blunder. ‘‘ We cannot,’’ said Weismann, the leading Darwinian of the day, ‘‘ ex- plain even a single vital process by purely physical forces.” It was notorious that Haeckel, in his works on Evolution, had out of twenty-two stages of man’s supposed pedigree, invented twelve and leapt six, besides faking (a serious charge) his il- lustrations of embryos, in the desperate hope of proving his theory. The origin of life, the colouring of birds’ feathers, the nature of radium, the magnetism of the pole, the electric organs of fish, the begin- nings of speech, the extinction of the whole fauna and flora of both worlds, and the successive creations of new types of animals and plants, are as great mysteries as ever, on which science throws no real light, and about which evolutionary science is content only to fling phrases. Lord Salisbury, when President of the British Association at Oxford in 1894, justly de- scribed Evolution as that ‘‘ comfortable word—one of those indefinite words from time to time vouchsafed to humanity, which has the gift of alleviating so many perplexities, and masking so many gaps in our knowledge. But the families of elemen- tary atoms do not breed. And we cannot, 5 therefore, describe their ordered difference to accidental variations perpetuated by heredity under the influence of natural se- lection.” The lecturer then proceeded to show that the first chapter of Genesis had anticipated four thousand years of science, not only in the order of events enumerated, but in the general accuracy of the details. The world was originally, according to a probable and accepted conjecture of La Place, a whirl of rotating gas, gradually condensing into globular solidity, and throwing off from the central heat rings, which became planets like itself. This vapour state contained the elements of metals, of sulphur and lime, even of water, so largely composed of gas (hydrogen), all of these emerged on condensation (read Genesis 1, 1, 2). On the first day or luminous period (for there was as yet no sun to measure a strict day period) the enormous discharge of electri- city called forth luminous vibrations in the ether; and the internal fire of the globe, in contact with the water of ocean, gene- rated a double current which, travelling, the one underground and the other by the rising vapours of the sea, were neutralised at the poles and produced an atmospheric luminosity, exactly like the Aurora Bore- alis (read Gen. 1, 3-5). On the second day, the primeval granite rocks, on which no life could be or has been found, first emerged from the fiery sea, preparing the floor of the future world. The earth was literally, as St. Peter (2 Peter, iii., 5, 7) describes it, not only ‘‘ stored with fire,’ but ‘‘ standing in water and out of the water.’’ Now was the atmosphere (Hebrew rakiyah, mistranslated firmament) _ pre- pared; while the earth, a diminished but solid ball, was poised in space (read Gen. 1, 6-8). On the third day some 800 species of carboniferous flora appeared—green plants which could grow without the sun, and which, before long, disappeared beneath the earth for perhaps 9,000,000 years, to produce the coal beds of future ages. This withdrew that excess of carbon in the air, which, while it lasted, prevented the appearance of animal life. (Read Gen. i., 9-13.) On the fourth day the sun appeared as a light holder (Hebrew) through the thick mist, shedding a powerful ray of steady light, in which animals could be warmed into life, as the ostrich and croco- dlie eggs still are, and in which also colour could be called forth, as being dependent on the action of light—hence the gay colouring of the tropics as contrasted with Arctic tints. (Read Gen. i., 14-19.) On the fifth day first appeared the only animals that could have appeared, to swim in water or fly above it: these were the primordial molluses, fish (some without jaws and with newt-like tails, others vertebrate and as highly differentiated as at the present day); the great saurians, or water lizards, from forty to sixty feet long; and the first birds, toothed and bony feathered, such as the archexopteryx and pterodactyl, whose earliest ancestors shew no variation from their latest descendants. Perhaps at this period came the whale, so like a fish and yet not a fish at all—but a warm-blooded mammal (heat 104 deg. Fahrenheit), with horizontal instead of perpendicular tail, with three skins instead of scales, and with the power of suckling and holding in its five-fingered flipper its single calf—as like a fish and as different as a man is like and yet unlike a monkey !” (Read Gen. i., 20-23.) This corresponded to what scientists call the Palaeozoic and Mesozic periods. Now comes what Dr. Wallace calls an inexplic- able break—a gap in the records. We pass to the sixth day, when we come upon a new creation. In this Caenozoic period come, in succession of creative swarms, the whole tribe of herbivorous followed by car- nivorous mammalia, gradually improving in intelligence, yet highly differentiated specific characters from first to last; and which, while the tertiary age is closing and the quaternary is succeeding, culminates in man, with whom creation ceases, and God’s rest from creating new types begins. (Read Gen. i., 24-27; ii., 1-2.) Of man we have discovered one still doubtful series of relics, the Java skull, having three teeth, a lower jaw, and a left thigh bone 50ft. apart; also one skull with minute teeth in a large jaw (homo heidelbergensis), very like that of the present aborigines of Australia; and a whole series of skeletons ranging between this type and modern European types, chiefly fixed by the discoveries at Spy, Neanderthal, and Engis, but which are all admitted to be very doubtfully unlike quite modern types of African, Australian, and Esquimaux man. A single discovery of a new ‘‘ primate,” said Prof. Schwalbe, might upset our evolution theory. The latest dis- covery at Ipswich (September, 1911), the oldest find on record, has completely upset the theory of any evolution of man. As we survey these wonderful facts of the laws of nature, implying a lawgiver, and of adap- tation and contrivance and order implying design, we can truly say with Voltaire: “Tf there was not a God we should have had to have invented Him.” And when we observe the many concurrent possibilities in nature that might upset or destroy the deli- cacy of these several organisms we may get new comfort from the thought that we are of more value than many sparrows, that not a sparrow falls to the ground without our Father, and that the very hairs of our head are all numbered. (Applause.) A discussion followed, when the lecture was severely criticised by Mr. W. T. Leeming, M.Se., Miss Widdison, B.Se., Mr. A. Lander, F.R.Met.S., Mr. W. Cozens, and others, who all strongly dissented from the views expressed by the lecturer. ‘ANCIENT ROME.”—By Mr. THOMAS UNDERHILL, At the meeting on the 27th November last, an illustrated lecture on Ancient Rome was given by Mr. Thomas Underhill. In the course of his lecture, Mr. Underhill said: Modern Rome to-day stands 30 feet above Ancient Rome, and -it is this covering up of the ruins that has preserved so much of the old build- ings. When an Emperor erected a new building he made no attempt to clear the ground but levelled it with earth; and therefore when excavating, the remains of two or three different periods were found on the same site. The building of the Ancient City was spread over a period of years: portions of the wall enclosing the first City, and composed of large blocks of hard stone, still exist. The Roman Forum, which was the first market place, is situated in a valley, with the Palatine and the Capitoline on two of its sides. As the Empire grew the Forum became the centre of the religious and civil life of the Romans, for whose accommodation temples and other structures were erected. At the time of Julius Casar’s death it must have presented a wonderful collection of build- ings. Viewing the Forum from the Capitol- ine, one obtained an idea of the position of the buildings.. At their feet to the right was the Basilica Julia, built B.c. 46 on the site of an earlier Basilica by Julius Cesar, but destroyed by fire several times. It was the great Court of Appeal. Further on to the right were the remains of the-Temple of Castor and Pollux, and the Temple of Vesta with the Palace of the Vestals. The buildings on the other side of the Forum are partly buried beneath more modern erections. Of the more important he mentioned the remains of the Senate-house (Curia Julia), re-built by Czsar, and then Domitian; the Basilica Aimilia, erected B.c. 179, but restored several times; and on the east side of the Forum the substructions of the Temple of Julius Cesar, which marks the spot where Cesar’s body was burnt when Antony had excited the populace with his eloquence. The lecturer then described some of the ruins in a more detailed manner. He said that thirty-seven years after the foundation of Rome the Temple of Vesta was erected in circular form as a symbol of the earth, and in it the sacred fire was always kept burning by the Vestal Virgins. The present ruins of the Temple and the Vestals’ Palace belong chiefly to the Ist and 2nd eenturies a.p. Livy, in his History of Rome, tells us of a Vestal who broke her vow and was buried alive. Concordia, the last High Vestal (a.p. 364) became a Chris- tian. Close at hand the three Corin- thian columns and entablature belonging to the Temple of Castor and Pollux form one of the most beautiful remains of Ancient Rome. At the south-east end of the Forum stands the Triumphal Arch of Titus, a memorial of the defeat of the Jews (a.p. 70). Within the arch there are some fine reliefs, one show- ing the carrying away of spoils from the Temple of Jerusalem. These Triumphal Arches were a peculiar form of art among the Romans, there being 3 notable ones in Rome. Near the Arch of Severus are two objects of great interest. One is the Tullian Prison, consisting of two small dungeons, one over the _ other, the lower dungeon being entered from a hole in the floor of the upper one. There is a tradition that St. Peter and St. Paul were confined here. The other inter- esting object is the ancient column with inscription found beneath the Forum, and said to mark the tomb of Romulus, the founder of Rome. The speaker went on to give an interesting description of the Pala- tine and the various Palaces erected by the Emperors of Rome, making special mention of the interior arrangements and decorations. In proceeding from their Palaces to the Forum, the Emperors made use of underground passages. The Colosseum was erected on the site of Nero’s artificial lakes, and dedicated in A.D. 80. At first constructed of stone, it has received reparations and additions at later periods. The building forms an el- lipse of nearly a third of a mile in cireum- ference, and had seats for over 50,000 spec- tators. After enumerating the remains of the Circuses and Theatres, the lecturer described the Baths provided for the Roman citizen. In this connection he mentioned the Pantheon, and said that there is still much diversity of opinion as to whether the Portico or the Rotunda is the oldest por- tion. It was a remarkable edifice, remain- ing in perfect condition. The necessity of providing for the-traders who, for want of space, had been driven from the Roman Forum, was recognized by the Emperors, and they caused Forums to be erected which were named after them. Thus we have the Forums of Trajan, Augustus, and Nerva, and, besides others, the Forums that were set apart for certain purposes, such as the cattle and fish markets. If the Roman Emperors lived in luxurious buildings during their lives they were no less handsomely surrounded after death. Hadrian erected for himself and his successors an enormous tomb, now the Castle of St. Angelo. A cylinder, 70 yards in di- ameter, rises on a square substructure; and it was originally covered with marble, and decorated with statues of the gods and heroes. Adjoining the Appian Way, during the early centuries of the Christian era, was formed what is to-day one of the most marvellous sights of Rome—the Catacombs. The district in and around the city has been honeycombed with these cemeteries, the principal entrance into the largest usually opening upon the great high roads. The Catacombs consisted of a series of narrow passages crossing one another, at the sides of which recesses were cut horizontally out of the tufa, and then, after a burial, closed with slabs of marble or terra cotta. This labyrinth of passages at places is in 3 or 4 stories. For martyrs and certain families small chambers were constructed with re- cesses on the sides, and frequently they contained niches for oratories or chapels. In some of these tomb chambers we can see remarkable frescoes. Not only are these cemeteries the most ancient monuments of christianity at Rome, but they also recall the persecutions that later befell the christians. The Catacombs of St. Calixtus have passages running about 27 miles, 12 of which are at present explored, and in this cata- comb one million people are said to have found sepulture. Beyond these, and under- neath the ancient church, are the Cata- combs of St. Sebastian, which served as the first cemetery of the christians. The lecture, illustrated by slides from photos taken by the lecturer and others (the lantern being admirably manipulated by the secretary), was followed with great interest. At the close, Mr. Lander, on behalf of those present, thanked Mr. Under- hill for his lecture, and said that personally he had no idea so many of the old buildings were still to be seen. 8 ‘THE EVOLUTION OF THE UNIVERSE.”—By Mr. A, LANDER. There was a well-attended meeting on the lith December, when a _ lecture on ““The Evolution of the Universe”’ was given by Mr. A. Lander, F.R.Met.Soc. Mr. Lander dealt with this en- grossing and all important subject in a masterly manner, and rendered it addi- tionally interesting by a series of wonderful photographic slides of the heavens, micro- scopic revelations, charts, diagrams, etc. An interesting discussion followed at the end of the lecture. Mr. Lander said he proposed to enlarge their vision of the Universe, and first of all they would take a telescope and look at the stars, noticing the infinite space around them, and the infinitely great—in distance, size, and wonder. Then they would take the microscope and probe for a few minutes into the infinitely small. The same laws that held in the great sphere of the heavens also held in the infinitely small spheres of the dust under our feet. Several wonderful slides of the heavens were then thrown on to the screen, giving some idea of the infi- nite number of worlds in space. Mr. Lander went on to demonstrate how these worlds were formed, saying that when two dead worlds came into grazing collision with each other a great amount of heat and gas was generated, and as the spheres passed each other large pieces of the blazing mass were torn off, and thus a new revolving nebulous body was formed. Many new stars had thus suddenly blazed forth in the heavens during the past few years. It had been calculated that some of these nebulae were 3,600,000,000,000,000,000 miles distant from this earth, so that even the light from them, travelling at the enormous speed of 186,000 miles per second had taken 600,000 years to reach us. Next photographs taken by the aid of the microscope were shown, many of which were a revelation to several present. Mr. Lander said that if a tiny speck of dust was looked at through a microscope multi- tudes of tiny objects would be revealed. He showed photos of wonderful beauty of the flinty skeletons found in the slime of an ordinary pond, so small that eight million of them went to the inch. Microbes of an- thrax, typhoid fever, etc., were thrown on the screen, while there were microbes that were so small that the microscope would not reveal them. But there were things even smaller than the smallest microbes, which chemists had knowledge of by the study of X-Ray tubes, and they were called molecules and electrons. These molecules were so small that if a tiny drop of water could be magnified to the size of the earth they would be about the size of an ordinary marble. If one of these tiny molecules was still further magnified to the size of the Nave of the Cathedral then it would be found that in each molecule there would be about 2,000 little particles, like specks of dust in a sunbeam, called electrons, and these would all be rapidly revolving around the centre of the molecule in exactly the same way as the planets revolved round the Sun. These tiny electrons obeyed the well-known laws of Kepler in the same way as the huge bodies in the heavens, thus proving that the infinitely great and the infinitely small were both made on the same plan and designed by the same Intelligence. A short but animated discussion followed the lecture. Dr. Wills said that Mr. Lander had done them good service that night. They had had a lecture; there was no mistake about that. (Htear, hear.) Under the present conditions of Science they were getting more facts crowded upon them than they could digest, and he thought that to get to work discussing the absolutely removed questions of Science was only a thing that should be done by people who had gone very deeply into the question. Mr. T. B. Rosseter, F.R.M.S., said that they would find the same specific law as Mr. Lander had _ pointed out existing in plant life as it existed in the atmosphere. If they placed a small uantity of soap suds under the microscope they would find the same thing, and there was the same rhythmic law going on in the vitalisation of an egg. Mr. Lander said that there were various theories as to the origin of life. Professor Schafer thought it originated in protoplasm, but Professor Minchin thought life origi- nated in a simpler substance called Chro- matin. Lord Kelvin suggested life was brought to this planet on a meteorite, whilst Arrhenius and others believed that life like the ether of space, matter, and energy, was created in the beginning. In this world we had three substances: the ether of space the great spirit that pervaded everything, matter, that was to say, chemical elements formed from the ether by means of the electrons; then there was energy such as light, which was the vibration in the ether caused by the rota- tion of the electrons in the molecule; and a fourth thing was life, the origin of which, notwithstanding recent discussion, was as much a mystery as the origin of ether, energy, etc. Mr. Lander went on to say that the fluid or serum of the blood was pure sea water. Dr. Wills would bear him out when he said that when a person was ill for want of blood, sea water was injected into the veins, to replace the natural serum, which was another indication that life originated in sea “er. Mr. Leeming, M.Sc., said he hardly thought it would be fair to continue the discussion of last time because Mr. Clarke was not there. He wished he had been present that evening. It seemed to him that great difficulties had been hinted at, and one occurred to him in the diagram of the origin of the nebula. It showed two worlds coming into collision, and what Mr. Clarke would have wanted to know would be the origin of those worlds. Another great difficulty which must appeal to the sceptic was that we now reduced matter to the electrons. Whatever the theory ot the electrons was, the difficulty that struck the seeptic was ‘‘ What is the origin of the energy that these electrons possess?’’ These were great questions. He thought the time would come when every difficulty would be capable of solution. We had seen so many wonderful things in our time that even the pessimist must submit that men would be able to solve what were now known as impossible difficulties. After they had got over the origin of the electrons the rest was quite easy to him. He could not sce why the combination of the electrons should not be changed directly into life. He saw no difficulty whatever in the change of what we now called dead to what was living, because it seemed to him that nothing was dead. The distinction between dead and living matter was merely an artificial one. He saw no difficulty whatever in accepting Schafer’s theory. He thought it was only the lack of knowledge in man that prevented him from producing living matter at the present time. Mr. Lander said that if we knew what was the solution of the problem ‘‘ What is the origin of energy?’’ then he could agree with Mr. Leeming, but we were in total ignorance of these matters. Councillor Johnson thought that Mr- Leeming was a little mistaken in his idea that we human beings would know sufficient to enable us to unravel this great question of the origin of life. For his own part, he thought that we were finite. There was a limit to our intelligence, even if we lived for many more million years. Take space, for instance. Could they imagine the limits of space? It dazed them to think of it. He thought that that showed our own little power as much as anything. He did rot think that we should ever, in our little life, be able to solve the origin of life. Mr. Rosseter next remarked that all the while we did not know why there should be a difference between the fat globules and plasmic substance the origin of life would not be known. Dr. Wills, in congratulating and thank- ing Mr. Lander for his lecture, said that he believed the origin of life would remain in the hands of the Deity. He reminded them that those who were trying to work out problems of that kind must not be preju- diced. He thought the questions they had had that night should be thrashed out care- fully. Directly we had religious prejudice coming into science we did no good to science and no good to religion. The only position we could take up at present was the learner’s. Forty years ago the man who said he could send messages by wireless telegraphy would have been burnt alive al- most. He was sure they would thank Mr. Lander with him for the lecture, and also the discussion that he had opened. Mr. Lander, in reply, said that if only he had lodged the spirit of enquiry he did not think the lecture had mn in vain. Mr. Edward Wotton, junior, Miss Wid- dison, B.Sc., and one or two other ladies also took part in the discussion. SHOULD BOARDS OF GUARDIANS BE ABOLISHED ? ° ADDRESS BY COUNCILLOR J. G. B. STONE. Mr. A. Lander presided at the meeting of the East Kent Scientific Society held at the Beaney Institute on the 22nd January, the president of the Society, Dr. Graham Wills, being unavoidably ab- sent. He mentioned that for the next meeting, to be held on February 3, the Society had received an_ invi- tation from the Canterbury Camera Club to an illustrated lecture to be held in Gaywoods’ Rooms, Canterbury. Mr. Lan- der went on to introduce the Deputy Mayor, Councillor Stone, who, he said, was to speak to them that evening on the subject, ‘*Should Boards of Guardians be abol- ished?’’ Mr. Stone was the Chairman of the Canterbury Guardians, and had made a special study of Poor Law matters. Councillor Stone said he did not attend there in the whited sheet of repentance on behalf of the authority to which he be- longed, and, on the other hand, it was not his intention to use forcible arguments in defending them. To his mind, it rested with those who sought to abolish Boards of Guardians to prove why they should be abolished, and also to show what kind of authority should be set up instead. He thought that the fairest way of dealing with this subject would be to take a survey of the work of Boards of Guardians, and hay- ing heard the facts which he would put before them, he felt convinced that in com- mon honesty they would agree that, com- pared with every other authority, the Guardians had rendered, not only signal 10 service, but in many cases had rescued a certain section of the community from bank- ruptey and destruction. There had been two great epochs in what was known as poor law work, the first commenced with an Act in 1601 known as 43 Elizabeth. That Act substituted a sort of legal compulsion for the maintenance and care of the poor, to take the place of the voluntary efforts of the clergy and churchwardens. That Act was terribly loosely drawn, with the result that every parish interpreted the meaning of its provisions according to its own ideas, and chose just whatever means it thought fit to administer it. This went on until they came to another step. It was found that the poor used very naturally to con- gregate in the choicest spots—in the words of the Act of Charles II., ‘‘ they gravitated to the parish which possessed the best com- mon or the most stock, and did desolate the country.’’ It was then enacted that every person should have a settlement, and anyone going from one parish to another who became destitute should be removed by the churchwardens within 40 days of the liability for relief. In 1782 the Act known as Gilbert’s Act, was passed, and under this legislation unions were established, and the cost of the poor was made a common charge upon the union. Here again, most extra- ordinary provision was made, it being en- acted in section 32 that labour should be found for any poor person who was willing to work, but could not get employment. It was not the responsibility of the poor person to seek work; he simply had to state to the parish officer that he had no work, was unable to obtain any, and the parish was required to provide it for him. Coun- cillor Stone went on to refer to the woeful results of this legislation, and to mention some of the illustrations contained in the Blue Book issued in 1834. Among other things it appeared that in many of the rural districts the rates varied from 4s. 6d. to 21s. in the £. Let them just imagine that. To-day, with all the progressive im- provements, the cost of which came out of the rates, if one went into a town they were apt to complain if the rates amounted to 10s. in the £. Yet in many parts of Kent and Sussex—Udimore for one—they were in those days paying 21s. in the £ on the full assessment. Such was the condition of things previous to the passing of the Act of 1834, Before that was done a Royal Commission was held which cost more than any commission held previous to that time. It sat for two years, and made most ex- haustive enquiry into the condition, both of the poor and of the parishes, and of the people who came within its sphere of influ- ence. There were some 15,000 parishes then, but the Commissioners were only able to examine people from 3,000, and the result was the passing of the Act to which he had referred. Proceeding, Councillor Stone de- clared that the stern measures adopted in connection with the poor law of former days to which people werg apt to object was really necessary for the chastening and purifying of the whole atmosphere of the working classes of that day. Independent labour had been discouraged, and men simply looked to the poor law authorities for subsistence. A premium was put upon early marriages, and life in the poor houses had n of a most demoralising character. In dealing with this question of the abolition of Boards of Guardians, it was most necessary to con- sider what the Boards had done to justify their proposed extermination, and what was the authority that was to succeed them. The probability was that whatever authority did succeed them, most of the members of the present Boards of Guardians would be acceptable as members of that authority. There was, therefore, no personal feeling or petty parochial spirit when they said that they had done nothing to justify the con- demnation of the Boards. They simply said, if you judge us by our works by what we have done or what we are doing, we shall be able to hold our own with all the other public authorities. He did not, however, suggest for a moment that the present sys- tem was not capable of further amendment, and of further adaptation to the needs of the times, so that its policy might be a progressive one. As evidence of the good work of Guar- dians under the present system, Councillor Stone mentioned that in the first two years after the last enactment there was a saving of 13 million pounds sterling. That showed that there was a great leakage, and a leak- age which was sapping the lifeblood of the people. In 1854, exclusive of casuals and insane, paupers numbered 56.5 per thou- sand; in 1870 it was 44.1; in 1890 24.5, and in 1908 22.1. In 1850 the aged and infirm chargeable to the parishes were 22.7 per 1,000; in 1908 there were only 12.7. In 1850 the able-bodied numbered 13.5 per thou- sand; in 1905, 3.5; in fact, all classes, with the exception of the insane and the vagrants, had shown a most satisfactory diminution, and as regarded the increase of vagrants, Guardians could not be held altogether responsible. One of the princi- pal reasons of that increase was the indis- criminate charity that went on outside. People with large hearts and very small heads were apt to encourage a state of things which ought to be suppressed. (Hear, hear). Unfortunately, lunacy had increased enormously, so much go that out of the vast army of 900,000 persons chargeable to the poor law one out of every eight was either in an asylum or signed up to be detained in a workhouse as a person of unsound mind. The speaker claimed that the poor law infirmaries of the present day were among the finest hospitals to be found in any part of the country, so that if they were not provided under the present system accommodation of the kind would still be necessary. Among the changes which he favoured he would have all poor law legis- lation uniform, and none of the Acts should permissive. He was instrumental in getting the Canterbury Board to adopt the Act of 1882. As a result of the deterrent which was put upon casuals under that system the number of vagrants dropped from 12,000 a year to about 2,500 and that had been kept up for the last 10 or 12 years. His view was that Guardians should be exclusively occupied in administering the poor law. The able-bodied poor should be dealt with by another authority. He would do away with mixed workhouses, and there should be no place for the lazy vaga- bond. No matter what was done for those people, they would simply skulk and rot out their existence. If they could be put into labour colonies and made to earn some- thing and reform themselves the prospect would be more hopeful, but as far as he could see, the vagrants themselves were ‘quite satisfied—they wanted nothing better than they had at present. Another thing which he would be prepared to forego was the assessment of property. He could not ‘quite see where the qualification to look after the bringing up of children gave a person the qualification to value a canal or a limekiln. The Guardians should, le thought, be dispossessed of those powers, and an authority with some technical know- ledge might take over that work. The supervision of vaccination he looked upon as a sanitary matter which should come under the purview of the medical officer: and the Infantile Life Protection Act, and the Children’s Act could be better carricd out by the police than by relieving officers. THE GENERATION OF ELECTRIC LECTURE BY Me He had his suspicions that in the past in Canterbury there had been persons who had undertaken the care of children who had not altogether done their best by those children, and had not taken them as a result of disinterested feeling but rather for the gain which they had brought. His view was that if the administration of those Acts was vested in the Watch Committee, and an inspector went round in a blue uniform with buttons it might be more helpful to the efficient administration of the Act. The machinery of the poor law ought certainly to be scrapped. The methods of procedure were simply maddening, and it required more brains than the ordinary human being possessed to comprehend the intricacies of many of the enactments, the worst feature of which was legislation by reference to various statutes. The whole of the poor laws should be consolidated. In conclusion, Councillor Stone claimed that, after a survey of the steady improvement which had been brought about by Boards of Guardians in the poor law administra- tion, they would fail to see any reason to do away with those authorities any more than they would do in the case of Town Councils and other bodies. Unless they were prepared for the luxury of increased rates he thought they would do better to bear the ills they had than to incur others of which they knew nothing. An interesting discussion ensued, being taken part in by Messrs. C. A. Gardner, W. T. Leeming, W. Cozens, Colin Roberts (Master of the Workhouse), the Chairman, Messrs. E. R. Glanville and T. Underhill. There was, for the most part, very gene- ral agreement with the conclusions arrived at by Councillor Stone. To him a very cordial vote of thanks was given at the close, ITY AND ITS USES, ° MR. F. LEWIS. Mr. F. Lewis, of the Canterbury Muni- cipal Electricity Works, gave an interest- ing illustrated lecture at the Beaney Institute on the 26th Feb. The lecture Was given under the auspices of the East Kent Scientific and Natural History Society, and was well attended. About the room were arranged various electricat apparatuses, including electric irons, grills, kettles, pans. cookers, 3 horse power electric motor, ete. The room was heated by a Dowsing electric radiator, and a Ferranti electric fire. There were also two electric ovens, one of the ‘‘ Tricity ’’ make, the other, perhaps more interesting locally, made by Messrs. H. M. Biggleston, of Can- terbury, under the Harrison patents, both of which ovens were shown complete. The Biggleston oven is used in a household in the City, and with current at 14d. per unit (the price in Canterbury), all the food, including bread for a family of five persons, is cooked by the oven, the cost for last quarter being 13s. 9d. for electric current. After mentioning the wide range the sub- ject covered, the historical part was briefly mentioned. The word ‘ Electricity ’’ is derived from the word ‘‘ Electron,’’ which is Greek for amber. Thales, of Miletus, discovered 600 B.c. that amber, when tubbed with silk, attracted licht bodies owing to its electrification. The Greeks and Romans made no use of electricity. In 1799 Volta announced the results of his experiments, which were the foundation of the scientific applications of electricity as we know it to-day. In 1853 Dungeness Lighthouse was lighted by electricity. Mr. Lewis then gave an interesting de- scription of the Canterbury Electricity Works. As showing the increased use to which electricity is put, the lecturer stated that in 1879 the Town Clerk of Liverpool, giving evidence before a Parliamentary Committee, said they had a 20-horse power engine driving a fountain during the day- time, which could very well drive a dynamo and light Liverpool during the evening. To-day Liverpool has about 55,000 horse power connected. Later some practical demonstrations were given. Mr. Lewis ex- plained the principle of the lamp and heat- lng apparatus, and how an electric lamp is made. By the kindness of Messrs. Siemens Bros. a lamp in various stages of manufacture was shown. Some experi- ments were indulged in with the ‘‘ Tricity ’’ cooker and oven, which were on view. The lecturer also showed a ‘‘ Magic’’ vacuum cleaner, which picked up pieces of paper, etc., and collected them in a collecting bag. With electricity at 14d. per unit (price in Canterbury) Mr. Lewis showed what can be done for a penny: Run a sewing machine for 20 hours, warm the shaving water every 12 morning for a month, run an electric piano for 6} hours, lift 2} tons 75 feet in 4 min- utes, knead 6 sacks of flour into dough, clean 3,500 knives, saw 200ft. of deal timber, clean 50 pairs of boots, warm curling tongs every day in the year for two minutes, and twice on Sundays. As illustrating the enor- mous power of electricity, the lecturer stated that one ton of coal will evaporate 1,600 galfons of water in a boiler, giving 16,000lbs. of steam, which will develop 1,600 horse power in a steam engine, the engine in turn rotating an electric dynamo which will send out 1,000 units of electrical energy per hour. These 1,000 units could be used for lighting 40,000 16 candle-power lamps, 2,000 are lamps, driving 1,400 horse- power of electric motors for propelling 80 tramears, or for cooking electrically meals for 2,000 persoas. At the close the president, Dr, Wills, spoke of the advantages of electricity from practical and personal experience, empha- sizing the fact that with electricity there were no smoke, no fumes, no smell, ete. The lecturer thanked the meeting and also Mr. Boydell Shallis for his assistance, and Messrs. E. J. Philpot and the A.E.G. Co. for the loan of the various apparatuses. THE FLIGHT OF BIRDS. Os LECTURE BY THE REV. L. H. EVANS, M.A. The following is a summary of a paper read by the Rev. L. H. Evans before the members of the East Kent Scientific Society on the 12th March. The flight of birds, explained the lecturer, is the poetry of motion, and poets and scientists have vied with each other in pay- ing it their admiration. Mention is made in Job of the flight of the hawk and the eagle as striking evidences of the Creator’s power, while both ancient and modern poets paid a high tribute to its beauties. The principles of human aerial flight, so far as he understood them, had little to do with those of bird flight. In two respects they were analogous—first in that the flying machine, like the body of a bird, was heavier than air, and second, that the alte- ration of the angle of the planes governing the rise and fall is of the same nature as the tilting up and down of the wing margin which enables the bird to alter its course. Otherwise, the bird and the flying machine have little in common. Proceeding, the lecturer mentioned the penguin, who used his wings as an extra pair of legs, efficient if clumsy, and expressed the opinion that if it survived a few millions of years it would pass into a quadruped. The ostrich employed its wings like sails. The causes which had produced those modifications were extremely interesting, but they must confine themselves to the genuine flyers. The Rev. Evans went on to describe minutely the various parts of the wing and feathers. The primary feathers (those attached to the wrist) were the longest and strongest, and varied considerably in individuals as well as in species. In the swift, the golden plover, and many seabirds the first primary is the longest, while in members of the falcon tribe the second is longer than the first; both species belong to those requiring strong and rapid flight. If the longest feather is the third or fourth, then the wing is called a round one and adapted for shorter flight. It might be imagined that birds like the swift, albatross, ete., would need a broad wing to provide a large sup- porting surface, but it would seem to be a tule that the stronger the flight the nar- rower the wing. The action and direction of the wing were next discussed, the lec- turer quoting the divergent opinions of various authorities on the subject. Pettigrew, in his book on Animal Loco- motion, fully discusses the question of flight, and holds that the action of the wing is of the nature of a screw rotating round its long axis, and in consequence of this action a kite-like motion is communicated to the bird. As stated previously, the nar- 13 row wing appears to give the stronger flight, presenting, as it does, a finer angle with the resisting medium. As Professor Cayley shows that the centre of resistance in a sail when set at a fine point to the wind is not the centre of the sail but much in advance of it, so with the bird. The resistance of the air is transferred almost entirely to the front edge of the pinion. The drawback of the long wing is that it makes it practically impossible for the bird to rise without dropping off a high point or running a considerable distance until suffi- cient momentum has been acquired for a spring to allow a full sweep of the wings. The vertical movement of the wing results in a forward movement, and the more the wing is tilted up the greater will be the tendency to rise. In vertical flight the body will assume an almost vertical posi- tion to allow the wings to rotate at a proper angle; while only those birds whose muscu- lar power is great in proportion to their weight can mount vertically. There are, however, two movements which assist the vertical flight, (1)—The neck is stretched forward and the tail is spread out flat in the same plane as the expanded wings, so that the bird assumes more or less the shay of a_ kite, and darts upwards obliquely, while (2) an upward momentum is started in the middle of rapid horizontal flight by a sudden depression of the ex- panded tail. Soaring is an art that has been acquired by many birds, notably the albatross and other sea birds, as also by the hawks and members of the swift family. This power belongs only to the strong winged species, and the only movement made is an alteration of the angle of the wing so that the bird moves like a car on a switchback railway. This alteration of the angle of the wing is not easy to detect by observation, except under very favour- able conditions. Many birds use a jerky method of flight—the finches notably so— which progress after momentum has been obtained only by a series of jumps—opening and shutting the wings without striking a direct blow. In conclusion, the lecturer commended to his hearers the study of this most interest- ing subject—a subject which baffled the tra- ditional wisdom of Solomon when he set in the foremost place of the things he under- stood not ‘‘ the way of an eagle in the air.’’ SUMMER EXCURSIONS. A small party of members of the Society and friends had their first summer excursion on the 19th June, journeying to Reculver in a horse-brake, and visiting Chislet and Herne churches en route. At Reculver the remains of the Roman walls were inspected, as well as the ruins of the ancient church; some manuscript notes on the latter written by a visitor about 130 years ago enabled the party to form an idea of the interesting building which has now almost disappeared. The churches at Chislet and Herne detained the company for some time, the Norman work of the former and the fine brasses in Herne church being closely examined. Dr. Wills, the President, accompanied the party, and Mr. T. Underhill acted as guide. On July 3rd a few members made an excursion to Sandwich and Richborough. They spent some time examining the Roman walls and subterranean works at Richborough, where they found workmen engaged in stripping the walls of the ivy which completely covers them in places. At Sandwich the old Town Hall and churches were visited. This excursion was a very interesting and enjoyable one. LIBRARIAN’S REPORT. The Hon. Librarian has again pleasure in reporting that good use has been made of the Society’s valuable collection of books, both by members and others, during the past two years. The books and scientific periodicals are always available for use of the members, or their friends, any week day from 10 a.m. till 8.30 p.m. In July the Society’s books were all removed from the shelves and overhauled. The books were thoroughly dusted and shelves washed prior to returning the books to the cases again. Magazines and reports have been placed in proper order and carefully labelled. 14 The following scientific periodicals purchased by or presented to the Society are regu- larly placed in the Beaney Reference Library :— Weekly—Nature. : Monthly—Entomologist (presented by Miss Kingsford), Photographie Journal. Bi-Monthly—Royal Microscopical Society’s Journal. The cordial thanks of the Society are due to Miss Kingsford and other donors for their gifts to the Society’s Library. Pamphlets, reports, ete., in exchange for ours, have been received from the following Museums and Scientific Societies :— Smithsonian Institution, U.S.A., Wisconsin Geological and Natural History Society, Missouri Botanical Gardens, National Museum of Buenos Ayres, Institute of Geology, Mexico, Field Columbian Museum, U.S.A., Milwaukee Museum, U.S.A., Carnegie Museum, Croydon Natural History Society, City of London College Natural History Society, Hastings and St. Leonards Natural History Society, South London Natural History Society, Ealing Natural History Society, Holmesdale Natural History Society, Royal Microscopic Society, Rochester Natural History Society, Wellington College Science Society, and Manchester Microscopical Society. From the Societies .to which we are affiliated we have received the following annual transactions: British Association, the Royal Photographie Society, and S.E. Union of Scien- tific Societies. H. T. MEAD, Hon. Librarian. NOTES. The Drillingore (Alkham Valley), Petham, and Elham Valley Nailbournes. All these Nailbournes ran very strong during the years 1912 and 1913. 15 SUNSHINE 1N HOURS. ‘lenter- Littlestone- Rams- Broad- Mar- Folke- Dover. Deal. den. on-Sea, gate. stairs. gate. stone. M.O. S, Miller, Observer J.E.Mace, M.O. T J.Yaylor, M.O. J. Stokes, M.O. Esq. Esq Esq Esq. (equa = aUGas aA >See Ss eS eS ESE 1912 1913 1912 1943 1912 1913 1912 1913 1912 1913 1912 1913 1912 1913 1912 1913 Jan... 29 56 25 48 31 60 29 «51 22 39 26 49 30 650 30 «53 Feb. 58 89 5L 73 52 «82 56 = 90 43 76 49 89 49 94 49 83 March 110 113 116 120 107 125 111 126 101 117 61 114 122 131 117: (132 April. 257 1385 264 143 254 155 255 160 242 132 271 141 276 157 253 147 May. 218 233 211 234 219 218 225 224 187 193 213 226 230 228 220 208 June 225 218 217 201 285 212 238 218 218 190 233 210 240 214 2383 203 July 226 128 209 1384 198 148 196 141 148 110 218 146 214 143 192 126 Aug. 145 169 126 — 125 168 127 181 82 158 120 189 1382 185 114 176 Sept 149 152 1383 155 125 162 1384 171 126 157 140 154 148 170 129 162 Oct .. 171 127 162 128 147 #128 151 182 125 121 143 117 157 #117 #2150 118 Nov 46 79 39° 74 46 78 50 = 80 39 «62 45 76 51 84 46 83 Dec 41 52 39 438 36 46 43 49 29° 34 35 ©=653 30 660 41 49 1675 1551 1582 1575 1582 1615 1623 1362 1889 1554 1564 1679 1633 1574 1543 RAINFALL IN INCHES. Canterbury Tenter- Ashford. Dungenessy Folke- High Kent Sewage Reculver. en. stone. Street. College. Farm. Observer J.E.Mace, W.F.Hors- M. O. M. O. A. Lander, A. Browns. C.Terry, A. Collard, sq. naill, Esq. Esq. combe, Esq. Esq. Esq. Srey Gea eet a, Sa CSN eS = Sean 1912 1913 1912 1913 1912 1918 1912 1913 1912 1913 1912 1913 1912 1913 1912 1913 Jan... 276 458 260 445 225 352 324 365 215 402) 4-06 576 229 374 196 3:04 Reb... 246 -94 279 -93 41:90 “95 U6) “88 147 125 “9 (L438 BE AT cbs March 3°83 2°66 411 262 364 259 372 214 338 256 347 220 357 279 2:23 1°88 April.. 14 2:87 13 302 O00 1°86 20 2°64 36 250 ‘19 341 46 257 16 1:88 May... AT “84 ‘74 112 52 = 69 58 «1:01 82 92 ‘87 ‘94 85 111 “43° 1:64 June.. 3°33 53 406 “61 324 ‘65 427 S54 272 “77 293 “69 284 ‘92 227 43 July... 1:02 164 1°63 206 172 4143 175 214 170 274 202 230 172 1:19 1°58 Aug... 623 146 703 435 2°28 526 369 550 1°75, 679 2:21 655 225 502 ‘92 Sept... 317 Ld5l 349 265 204 1:96 209 315 100 267 1138 295 109 262 1:84 Oct.... 388 457 352 339 394 426 646 309 389 335 374 374 374 2-70 3°39 Nov.... 263 3:25 245 195 298 212 399 236 323 257 345 2.54 333 143 248 Dec.... 3°38 121 334 252 175 250 248 281 ‘96 2°76 ‘97 270 ‘97 162 ‘92 33 30 26:06 35°29 28°47 2497 31:15 31:32 30°15 2403 32°40 27:31 3222 25:09 22:80 20°58 Rarnratt in Incues (Continued). Margate. Broad- Deal. Dover. Tankerton. Sandwich. stairs. Observer J. Stokes, W.H.White, S. Miller, M.O. M.O. MO. Esq. Esq. Esq es ae = — —— 1912 1913 1912 1913 1912 1913 1912 1913 1912 1913 1912 1913 Jan. 256 243 208 258 307 3:92 3°42 3°50 269 315 1.34 3:13 Feb. 116 42 4128 ‘71 208 ‘81 261 1:03 1:13 60 119 ‘54 March 270 1:27 2°74 2:04 415 2°34 394 225 3°57 190 192 1:52 April 37 «1821 *39 «2°19 18 2°50 15 2°60 — 4159 21 198 May 83 «171 ‘95 1°56 “76 1:02 “60: -:99, FOS de 131 1:13 June 279 ‘61 321 °45 275 ‘60 3°56 74 223 °48 269 1:24 July 157 135 177 168 2:28 2°49 142 192 135 161 237 153 Aug. 489 34 526 1°62 5:20 2°73 527 133 450 ‘62 401 1.38 Sept. 249 303 2°87 2°50 378 1-60 310 1:90 peril ela 3:00 3:39 Oct. 262 331 303 375 312 3°93 3°80 3°55 237 304 2.97 379 Nov. 175 42°82 1:82 2:77 221 3:39 2:34 3°79 161 266 149 282 Dec. ... 165 123 1:99 1:58 293 1:98 3°42 2:28 143 "84 157 138 25°38 20°33 27°39 23°43 32°51 27°31 33°63 25:98 18°39 2467 2383 16 CORRESPONDING MEMBERS, Bates, Mr H. W., London Britten, Mr J., K. a G., F.L.S., British Museum, South Kensington, S. .W Holmes, Mr E. M., F. Ths 8, Ruthven, Sevenoaks Housman, Rey. N., Bradley Rectory, Redditch Marshall, Rey. E. 8., Devon Mitchinson, Right Rev. Dr. ,Sibstone Rectory, Atherstone Saunders, Mr G. S., 20 Dents Road, Wandsworth Common Whittaker, Mr W., B.A., F.R.S., F.G.S., 3, Campden Road, Croydon HONORARY MEMBERS. Fiddian, Mr W. H., 29, Bassett Street, Pontypridd Kemp, Dr. William, Wellington, New Zealand Mann, Mr. W. P., B.A., 38, Crabton Close Road, Boscombe Maudson, Mr B., 34 St. Peter’s Street, Canterbury Mead, Mr H. T., 2 Bertha Villas, Canterbury Rosseter, Mr T. B., F.R.M.S., 6 Nursery Terrace, Canterbury Saunders, Mr Sibert, 197, Amesbury Avenue,Streatham Hill. S.W. Small, Mr F, A., 95 Westgate, Canterbury ASSOCIATES, Cozens, Mr A , 41 Hanover Road, Canterbury Davies, Mr Arthur, 28 Norman Road, Canterbury Francis, Mr. E., 80 St. Dunstan’s, Canterbury | Hawkins, Mr E. M., F.I.C., Stone Street, Petham Hooker, Mr. F., Westholme, Whitstable Road, Can- terbury Surry, Mr R., 14 Upper Bridge Street, Canterbury MEMBERS. Abbott, Miss, Lavender Cottage, Cherry Garden Road, Canterbury. Austen, Mr W. G., Dormans, Whitstable Road, Can- terbury. Bennett- Galdney Mr F., M.P., Abbott’s Barton, Canterbury Biggleston, Mr H., 3, St. Augustine’s Road, Canterbury Brown, Miss, Kirkburton, Nunnery Road, Canterbury Brownscombe, Mr. A.. M.A., Kent College, Canterbury Burch, Miss, St. Sepulchre’s, Oaten Hill, Canterbury Burr, Mr Malcolm, D.Sc , F.E.S., F.G.3., Castle Hill House, Dover Carter, Miss, 16 The Friars, Canterbury Chapman, Mr H. M., The Priory, St. Martin’s Hill, Canterbury Chapman, Mrs H. M., Canterbury Cole Miss, 53 London Road, Canterbury Cook, Miss L. ®., 4 Dane John Terrace, Canterbury Cozens, Mr W., Dover Street. Canterbury Evans, Rey. L. H., M.A., Goodnestone Vicarage, near Canterbur ‘y Finn, Miss M., Thornby, Ethelbert Road, Canterbury Fowler, Miss R., White Lodge, Ethelbert Road, Canterbury Gardner, Mr C. A., 1a Castle Street, Canterbury Harvey, Mr Sidney, F.I.C., F.C.S., 18 Watling Street, Canterbury Hughes, Miss L.. 8 St. George’s Terrace, Canterl urv Lander, Mr A., Ph.C., F.R.Met.Soc., The Medical Hall, Canterbury PRES! 5 OUUN The Priory, St. Martin’s Hill, | Leeming, Mr W.T., M.Se., 56, St. Dunstan’s Street, Canterbury Lewis, Mr F., 2b Edward, Road, Canterbury Lewis, Mrs F., 2, Edward Road, Canterbury Mason, Miss, Longport, Canterbury Maylam, Mr P., 32. Watling Street, Canterbury MeDakin, Captain J, Gordon, 12 Pencester Road, Dover Mc Dowall, Kev. C. R. L., M.A., The King’s School, Canterbury MeMaster, Mr J., J.P., The Holt, Canterbury Mount, Mr. H., Roselands. Whitstable Road, Canter- bury Mount, Mr. Charles, 48, St. Dunstan’s Street, Canter-- bury Pittock, Mr G. M., M.B., Winton, Whitstable Road, Canterbury Reid, Mrs, The Green Court, Canterbury Rosenberg, Mr G.F.J.,B.A. ‘King’ s School »Canterbury Sharp, Mr. H., B.A., Simon Langton Schools, Canterbury Underhill, Mr. T., Juny., Fairview, St. Thomas’s Hill, Canterbury Wace, The Very Rev. Dr., The Deanery, Canterbury Wacher, Mr Sidney, F.R.C.S., 9, St. George’s Place, Canterbury Webb, Mr S., 9, Waterluo Crescent, Dover Widdison. Miss, B.Sc., 18, Hawks Lane, Canterbury Wills, Dr. C. M., M.D.,8,St George’ sPlace, Canterbury Wills, Mrs. 8, St. George’s Place, Canterbury Wotton, Mr E, junr., 39, &t. Margaret’s Street, Canterbury ITED I91/ het GAN 7 ; of wah te ie ve ts “uh ¥) Ba ot uiayet hi Rit a biel # + Reva iit) i aa TRG ein tt ae ; PAS =% ¢ Spee er Rud Mt 4 as aes See ane eae ar